PHYTOLOGIA

Designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol.29
September, 1974

No.

LfORARY
CONTENTS
KING, R.
M.,

BOTANICAL GARDEB

& ROBINSON,

H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).

Additions to the American and Pacific Adenostemmatinae. Adenostemma, Gymnocoronis and

CXXVII.

Sciadocephala

MOLDENKE, MOLDENKE, MOLDENKE,

H. N., Additional notes on the genus Amasonia. VI

21
38 66

H. N., Additional notes on the genus Bouchea.

A. L.,

IV

Book

reviews

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and

Alma

L.

Moldenke
1

303 Parkside Road

Plainfield,

New

Jersey

07060

U.S.A.
Price of this

at close

number, $1.50; per volume, $9.00 in advance or $9.50 of volume; 50 cents extra to foreign addresses

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE)

CXXVII.

ADDITIONS TO THE AMERICAN AND PACIFIC ADENOSTEMMATINAE

ADENOSTEMMA, GYMNOCORONIS AND SCIADOCEPHALA
.

R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560.

The tribe Eupatorieae has been divided into four subtribes by B. L. Robinson (1913). The groups were largely artificial and have only nomenclatural significance at present. The Adenostemmatinae, however, represented, with the exclusion of the genus Hartwrifihtia a natural group and one of the most distinctive elements in the tribe. No taxonomic study of the American or Pacific members of the group seems to have been undertaken in this Centurj-- and the present work is an effort to correct the various errors and omissions in the established generic and specific concepts. The subtribe Adenosteramatinae has been rather accurately circumscribed in the past in spite of the lack of any one obvious unifiJ-ing character. Most members of the group have the distinctive stout gland-tipped arms of the pappus but these are lacking The latter genus and Adenostemma share the in Gymnocoronis usually greatly expanded soft style branches but these are lacking in Sciadocephala Distinctive features of the subtribe that are common to all genera but are less obvious are in the structure of the receptacle. This is shown partially in the broad and rather indefinite bases of the involucral bracts. More definite is the persistence of soft tissue between the areolae allowing the latter to shift in position. In other Eupatorieae the cells of the ridges between the areolae are sclerified and sometimes highly ornamented. The three genera of the Adenostemmatinae can be distinguished by the following key.
, . .

1. 1.

Pappus lacking; style glabrous

Gymnocoronis
2

Pappus with 2-5 distinct gland-tipped knobs

2.

Anther appendages longer than wide; style glabrous, with firm narrow branches Sciadocephala

2.

Anther appendages not as long as wide; style often with numerous hairs on shaft, with soft usually expanded branches Adenostemma

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

The generic concepts are reenforced by additional characters. Adenostemma has anther collars more swollen in the lower part with few to many distinct subquadrate basal cells, while the other genera have only oblong basal cells with transverse annulations. Gymnocoronis has five ribbed achenes where the ribs expand more at maturity. Sciadocephala has the pappus knobs proportionately longer with the glandular tips short and sharply demarcated basally. In Adenostemma the glandular surfaces extend downward on the outer side of the knobs. Gymnocoronis has the anther appendages mostly recessed between the anther sacs and very emarginate at the tip while Adenostemma has appendages simply truncate. Some Old World species of Adenostemma may have less swollen anther collars or glabrous stlyes but do not otherwise depart from the overall generic pattern. The evolution of the Adenostemmatinae most likely involves an ancestral form closer to Sciadocephala which has the firmer less expanded style branches and the longer ovate anther appendages. Such forms are the ones common in the rest of the Eupatorieae. Gymnocoronis seems less specialized than Adenostemma but has more modified styles and anthers than Sciadocephala Gymno coronis retains traces of the pappus knobs in one species, G. nutans where the knobs are very vestigial and have no specialized glandular tips. The genus Adenostemma has the greatest concentration of specialized features, including the setiferous styles and reduced anther appendages as well as the reduction to three angles or knobs on the achenes in most species. Each of the genera of the subtribe has proven to need considerable revision.
,
. ,

ADENOSTEMMA
The genus as circumscribed here excludes two species,
A. nutans is a Gymnocoronis and A. pakaraimae is a Sciadocephala .

The remaining element of the genus Adenostemma still retains the great majority of the species in the subtribe and includes all the species that have reached the Eastern Hemisphere. Although Sciadocephala also has gland-tipped pappus knobs, it is Adenostemma in which these structures seem to have functioned most successfully. The glandular part of the knobs produces a very sticky substance when mature and some achenes are still sticky after many years in the herbarium. It seems obvious that animals are common agents in the distribution of these achenes and birds have probably introduced the genus into the Eastern Hemisphere more than once. The genus is the most highly speciated member of the tribe in the African and Asiatic region. These Old World species are not well known though a recent study of those from Ceylon (Grierson, 1972) is very helpful. The distribution by animals seems to be successful only within limits and long range dispersal over larger areas of water is rare enough that most of the results have achieved species distinction.

197U

King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenos tanmat inae

A. platyphylliim

Distribution of three Andean species of Adenostemma dots circles A. fosber^ii stars A. cuatrecasasii
,
,

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

The reinterpretation of A, lavenia (L.) O.Kimtze shows that its elements are not conspecific as often assumed, and not even the West Indian and South American elements are the same. The South has also been interpreted too American A. brasilianum broadly. The species occurs naturally only in eastern South America. West Indian material under the latter name is A. berter ii DC. and a single specimen from Nicaragua ( Flint 1868 US) probably represents a recent introduction. The direct effects of animals seem evident in the distributions of three species of Adenostemma in western South America. One of these species, A. platyphyllum Cass., ranges from the coast of Venezuela and Colombia with one station in Panama southward in Ecuador west of the Andes. The species reaches intermontane valleys in central Peru and occurs east of the Andes in Bolivia and northernmost Argentina. The species occurs mostly at low elevations. The second species, A. fosbergii, occurs on the average at slightly higher elevations beginning in the north in the Western Cordillera and first intermontane valley of the Cauca and Valle regions of Colombia. The species occurs in the second intermontane valley slightly farther south in Dept. Huila in Colombia. Elsewhere in Colombia and in Ecuador and northern Peru the species occurs only on the eastern slope of the Andes. The third species, A. cuatrecasasii , occurs at distinctly higher elevations in central and northern Colombia It seems remarkable that the three and in adjacent Venezuela. species would have such closely adjacent and extensive rather parallel distributions without any actual overlap. Two of the species have extended their ranges quite far north and south, each crossing the main ranges of the Andes at different places. It seems likely that there are distinctive bird migration patterns that would explain these distributions. The distribution of Adenostemma in Central America seems xinexpectedly limited. There is one species known from Guatemala, A. hirtiflorum Benth., which is quite distinctive in many features including the characteristic five knobs of the pappus. There are two species in the Greater Antilles, A. berterii DC, an erect growing plant and A. verbesina (L.) O.Kuntze, a mostly creeping plant. There are seven species in South America, including three that are undescribed. The seven species can be distinguished by the following key.
1.

Leaves mostly elliptical, entire to subserrulate

A. suffruticosiai

1.

Leaves ovate or triangular, usually distinctly serrate or crenate

2. 2.

Plants mostly creeping, erect only near tips

A. verbesina

Plants mostly erect, procvunbent only at base

197U
3.

King & Roblnaon, Additions to the Adenostecmatlnae

Mature corollas not or scarcely exserted beyond the long Involucral bracts; plants of higher elevations, above 1000 m in Colombia and Venezuela .... A. cuatrecasasil Mature corollas distinctly exserted beyond involucral bracts; plsmts mostly of lower elevations 4
Leaves triangular vdth angulate lateral margins; plants of eastern South America 5 Leaves ovate without angulate lateral margins; plants of western South America to Bolivia smd northern Argentina
6

3.

A.

4.

5.

Leaf blades longer than wide; involucre with prominent scarious margins; limb of corolla short and mostly hirsute A. involucratum
Leaf blades about as wide as long; involucral bracts with only slight scarious margins; limb of corolla cylindrical A. brasilianum and glabrous in lower part

5.

6.

Corolla limb very short and densely hirsute; style branches A. fosbergii not broadened distally
Corolla limb cylindrical and glabrous in lower part; style .A. platyphyllvun brsuiches greatly enlarged distally
. . .

6.

Adenostemma verbesina (L.) O.Kuntze is rather widely distributed in South America, A. suffruticosum Gardn. is known only from eastern Brasil. The following three species from South America and one species from Fiji are previously undescribed.

Adenostemma cuatrecasasil R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. PTantae erectae aliquantum grosse herbaceae usque ad 2 m altae annuae vel subperennes. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-11 cm longis supeme sensim distincte alatis sub medio teretibus; laminae late ovatae vel subtriangulares usque ad 18 cm longae et 16 cm latae base rotundatae vel truncatae vel subcordatae abrupte late decurrentes margine valde serratae vel sunintegrae ad apicem obtuse acutae supra et subtus persparsim puberulae prope basem valde trinervatae, nervis secondariis sensim valde ascendentibus Inflorescentiae laxe profuse cymosae, pedicellis 5-18 mm longis dense glandulo-puberulis Capitiila 5-7 mm alta 5-10 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 15-25 eximbricatae irregulariter biseriatae anguste oblongae subacutae vix vel non scariosae 4-5 nm longae base breviter connatae extus saepe glandulif erae Flores ca. 15-55Corollae albae 2.5-3-5 mm longae anguste infundibulares, tubis vix angustioribus, limbis elongatis extus pauce
. .

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 1

glanduliferis, lobis base pauce vel dense setiferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore base dilatata 150-200 |i longis, cellulis plerumque subquadratis; thecae ca. 1 mm longae; scapi stylorum distincte setiferi, appendicibus grosse elongate clavatis usque ad A mm exsertis. Achaenia ca. 2.0-2.5 mm longa leniter curvata subtrigona plerumque dense glandulo-tuberculata; carpopodia distincte obliqua; clavulae pappis plerumque 3 ca. 0.5-0.7 mm longae. Grana pollinis 18-20 ^x diam. Type: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca entre El Salto y El Colegio, 1680 m, March 10, 19Z|0, Cuatrecasas 8237 (Holotype US). Paratypes COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Rio Anori between Cruces and Madreseca, 800 m, Core 679 (US); Boyaca: extreme western part, region of Mt. Chapon, 3000 ft., Lawrance 178 (US); Cundinamarca: La Vega, 1300 m, Arbeldez & Cuatrecasas 5352 (US); Sasaima, vereda San Bernardo; La Marid entre las quebradas La Marid y La Victoria, 1850-1940 m, Garcia-Barriga 12600 (US); Norte de Santander: Regi6n de Sarare, entre el Alto del Loro y el Alto de Santa In6s, 1800-2200 m, Cuatrecasas Schultes & E.Smith 12487 (US); Santander: Jordan, 10 k sse Landazuri, ca. 2300 m, Ewan I567I (US); Tolima: Quindio, Triana II60 (US); VENEZUELA: Merida: Tabay 1800-2000 m, Gehriger 365 (US); Tru.iillo; entre Bocon6 y El Batatal, 1800 m, Steyermark & Rabe 97367 (US) The new species is most closely related to A. platyphyllum Cass, but it can be distinguished rather easily by its someidiat larger size, by its more cordate or subcordate main leaves and by the higher elevations where it occurs. The most distinctive difference of the new species is the length of the involucral bracts vrtiich are pointed and mostly reach the level of the corolla lobes. The bracts of A. platyphyllim are particularly short and rounded at the tip in contrast. The new species has some variation with the Venezuelan specimens tending to have larger heads with more densely glanduliferous involucral bracts and less serrate leaf margins.
: ,

Adenoste^a fosbergii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae erectae herbaceae usque ad 1 m altae subperennes. Folia opposita, petiolis 1-7 cm longis supeme sensim alatis
sub medio teretibus; laminae late ovatae non angulatae usque ad 13 cm longae et 10 cm latae base rotundatae abrupte late decurrentes margine subintegrae vel subcrenatae ad apicem breviter acutae supra et subtus sparsim minute puberulae prope basem

valde trinervatae, nervis secondariis valde ascendentibus Inflorescentiae laxe profuse cymosae, pedicellis 7-21 mm longis dense minute puberulis non glanduliferis. Capitula ca. 3.5 mm alta ca. 4.0-4. 5 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 15-20 eximbricatae plerumque biseriatae oblongae vel ovales ad apicem rotundatae anguste scariosae ca. 2.5 mm longae base breviter connatae extus subglabrae. Flo res ca. 15-20. Corollae albae 1.3-1.5 mm longae, tubis distinct is ca. 0.5 mm longis pauce glanduliferis, limbis brevibus late campanulatis ca. 0.5 mm

197U

King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenoatenntatinae

longis extus dense setiferis; lobis A-5; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore base dilatata ca. 150 p, longis, cellulis plerumque subquadratis; thecae ca. 0.5 nm longae, appendicibus latis; scapi stylorum subtriangularibus ca. 75 p, longis et 125 distincte setiferi, appendicibus late linearibus usque ad 1 mm exsertis. Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa leniter curvata subtrigona plerumque dense g]andulo-tuberculata; carpopodia aliquantiun obllqua; clavulae pappi plerumque 3 ca. 0.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 18 g, diam. Type: COLOMBIA: Huila: 12 km ese of Garz6n below Finca la Estrella on Quebrada Oucaracha, one of headwaters of Quebrada Damas, 2000 m, Fosberg 19918 (Holotype US). Paratypes COLOMBIA: Cauca: Micay Valley, "La Gallera", I4OO-I5OO m, Killip 7679 (US); Cundinamarca: "Susumuco" southeast of Quetame, 1200-1/|00 m, Pennell 1737 (US); Putumayo: rio San Miquel, en el afluente izquierda Quebrada de la Hormiga, 290 m, Cuatrecasas 11089 (US); Valle: hoya de Rio Anchicayd, Quebrada del Dimubio, 300-350 m, Cuatrecasas 13721 (US); Valle: Cauca Valley, east of Zarzal, Quebrada Nueva to Cuchilla, IIOO-I3OO m, Pennell Killip & Hazen 8487 (US); ECUADOR: Napo: at Rio Suno, 3 km w of Rio Napo, 400 m, Holm-Nielsen & Jeppesen 908 (AAU); Pastaza, vicinity of Puyo, 750-1000 m, Skutch 454^ TUS) Tungurahua: Valley of Pastaza River, between Bafios and Cashurco, I3OO-I8OO m, Hitchcock 21794 (US); PERU: Huanuco: Tingo Maria, 625-1100 m, Allard 20609 (US); Loreto: Divisoria, 59 km from Tingo Maria on highway to Pucallpa, ca. 1600 m, Allard 2I8O4 (US); Loreto: Gamitanacocha, Rio Maz4n, 100-125 m, Schunke 262 (US); Loreto: lower Rio Huallaga, 155210 m, Williams 5I64 (US); Loreto: Mishuyacu, near Iquitos, 100 m, Klug 222 ( US ) San Martin: Prov. de Lamas Trocha, DesquiteCufiumbuqui, camino Sisa-Tarapoto, 1000-1200 m, Ferreyra 7991 (US); Zepelacio, near Moyobamba, 1100-1200 m, Klug 3379 (US). Adenostemma fosbergii is distributed along the eastern side of the Andes in Peru and Ecuador and crosses over to the Western Cordillera in Colombia. The species is very distinct by the short and densely hirsute corolla limbs and by the rather slender style branches. The heads are generally smaller than those of A. platyphyllum which is vegetatively similar. The new species also seems to occur at slightly higher elevations on the average than the related species. The short corolla and small style branches are most like A. viscosum Forst. of the Indian and Pacific Oceans and A. perrottetii DC. of Africa. Both the latter species differ primarily by the more pubescent leaves and involucre and by the lack of hairs on the style.
|Ji

Adenostemma involucratum R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plaritae~'erectae~?ierbaceae usque ad 1 m altae subperennes. Folia opposita, petiolis usque as 10 cm longis supeme sensim alatis sub medio teretibus; laminae ovato-triangulares vel hastatae usque ad 14 cm longae et 12 cm latae distincte longiores quam latiores base late cxmeatae vel truncatae et abrupte longe

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

'decurentes margine subintegrae vel partim argute dentatae ad apicem argute acutae vel breviter acuminatae supra et subtus

sparsim minute puberulae prope basem valde trinervatae, nervis Inflores cent iae laxe profuse secondariis valde ascendentibus cymosae, pedicellis 5-26 ram longis dense minute puberulis non glandiferis. Capitula 4-5 mm alta et 5-7 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 15-20 eximbricatae extus subglabrae aliquantum regulariter biseriatae exteriores anguste oblongae ca. 2.0-3.0 mm longae interiores late obovatae ca. 2.5-3.5 nm longae ad apicem late rotundatae late scariosae. Flores ca. 15-25. Corollae albae 2.0-2.3 mm longae, tubis distinctis ca. 0.6 mm longis, limbis anguste campanulatis ca. 1 mm longis extus pauce glanduliferis lobis 5 extus pauce setiferis; filamenta antherarxim in parte superiore base dilatata ca. 100 y, longis, cellulis plerumque subquadratis; thecae ca. 1 mm longae, appendicibus truncatis latis; scapi stylorum distincte setiferi, ca. 80 p, longis et 300 appendicibus grosse elongate clavatis usque ad 3-0 ma. exsertis. Achaenia ca. 2.0-2.5 mm longa leniter curvata subtrigona glandulfera vix tuberculata; carpopodia distincte obliqua; clavulae pappi plerumque 3 ca. 0.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 23 p. diam. Type: BRASIL: Sao Paulo: Ubatuba, Est. Exp., March lA, 1939, Killip 3498 (Holotype US). Paratypes: BRASIL: without precise locality, Gardner (US IO66363); Minas Gerais: Vi9osa, State Agriciiltural School, Irwin 2700 (US); Parana: Morretes, entre Cabrestante e PilSo de Pedra, Hatschbach 1A059 (US); Rio de Janeiro: Corcovado, Brook Trail between Sylvestre and Paineiras, 200-469 m, L.B.Smith & Vieira 1377 (US); Parque Nacional de Itatiaia, Barth 1117 TUS); Itatiaia, Porto 2861 (US); Porte R. Doce, Esp. Santo - Matas do R. SSo Gabriel, Vieira 33 (US); Santa Catarina: Mina Velha, Garuva, S. Francisco do Sul, 10 m, Reitz & Klein 6259 (US). The new species has triangular leaves similar to A. braail ianum (Pers.) Cass, which occurs in the same areas of eastern South America. The distinctions of the species include the leaf blades being longer than wide and more broadly cuneate at base, the involucre being more regular in its structure with more scarious margins on the inner bracts, the pedicels being essentially without glands, and the limbs of the corollas being shorter and more hirsute. The structure of the involucre is the most patterned that has been seen in the genus but the regularity is often broken by two or more scarious inner bracts or more rarely two narrower outer bracts occurring together. Material of this species ( Irwin 2700 ) is the source of a chromosome report of n = 5.
.
|j,

Adenostemma vitiense H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae erectae herbaceae usque ad 1-2 m altae annuae vel subperennes. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-5 cm longis supeme sensim distincte alatis sub medio teretibus; laminae late ovatae

197U

King & Robinaon, Additions to the Adenoa temmatlnae

usque ad lA cm longae et 9.5 cm latae base late rotundatae abrupte decurrentes raargine serratae ad apicem argute acutae supra perpauce minute piliferae subtus distincte sparse minute glandulo-punctatae prope basem valde trinervatae, nervis secondariis sensim valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae laxe corymboso-paniculatae, pedicellis 6-25 mm longis hirtellis. Capitula 6-7 mm alta 8-10 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 16-20 eximbricatae irregulariter biseriatae oblongae vel obovatae subacutae margine et apice plerumque anguste vel distincte scariosae U.0-U.5 mm longae base breviter connatae extus distincte sparse puberulae. Flores ca. 20-30. Corollae albae ca. 2 mm longae anguste in fund ibu lares extus multo glanduliferae, tubis subdistinctis usque ad 1 ram longis, limbis anguste infundibularibus extus hirsutis, lobis latioribus quam longioribus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore base aliquant\im dilatata 300-350 ^ longa, cellulis plerumque subquadratis; thecae ca. 0.7 mm longae, appendicibus ca. 100 p, longis 250 u latis; scapi stylorum glabri, appendicibus distincte leniter clavatis usque ad 2-3 mm exsertis. Achaenia ca. 3 nmi longa leniter curvata biconvexa vel trigona sparse glandulifera non tuberculata; carpopodia distincte obliqua; clavulae pappi 2-3 ca. 0.7 ram longae. Grana pollinis 23-25 n diam. Type: FIJI: Viti Levu: Mba (formerly Tholo North), western slopes of Mt. Nanggara-nambuluta (Lomalangi), east of Nandarivatu, 1000-1100 m, A.C.Smith 4799 Holotype US). Paratype: FIJI: Nania, Wilkes s.n (US). Adenostemma vitiense seems unique in the glandular punctate lower surfaces of the leaves and it is one of the few species with nontuberculate achenes. The other species that has been seen from Fiji is A. viscosxim Forst., described from the Society Islands and distributed from Hawaii to Ceylon. This latter species has short narrow style branches and a very short corolla limb in addition to tuberculate achenes. The Forster species seems to be the same as A. parvif oliura (Bl.) DC. originally described from Java. A third species, A. lanceolatum Miq., occurring in the Pacific and perhaps occurring in Fiji, has long exserted style branches, usually less sharply pointed leaves and tuberculate achenes. Glabrous styles are apparently characteristic of all the Pacific species of Adenostemma
.
.

GYMNOCORONIS
The species of the genus are characteristically marsh plants occurring in two widely separated areas of Latin America. The genus is represented in South America by a single species, G. spilanthoides (D.Don.) DC. Blake (1923) thought it necessary to revert to the later name G. attenuata DC. for this species, but what Blake interpreted as a homonym for G. spil anthoides should be treated simply as a miscitation of author.

10

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

The species is knovm primarily from Paraguay, Uinguay and adjacent Argentina with one collection from Bolivia. A still more northward extension of the natural range is now known from extreme western Brazil: Terr, do Acre: Svunpfpflanze am Ufer des A Rio Mamor6 bei Gua j aramirlm, Jan. 1965, St .Vogel 3^9 (US) collection from the coast of North Carolina dating from 1888 seems to represent a short-lived introduction. The genus Gymnocoronis in Mexico seems more complex and the number of collections is less than adequate. The present study has arrived at only limited conclusions that shoiild be carefully rechecked against future collections. The specimens include one with densely glanduliferous corollas. All other specimens have corollas with few or no glands. The strictly alternate branches of the inflorescence are an additional but perhaps unreliable distinction of the more glanduliferous material described below as a new species. Among the less distinctive members of the genus in Mexico the oldest name is G. latifolia Hook. & Am., described originally from Jalisco. On the basis of a Blake photograph of the type and an additional specimen from the southern coast of Chiapas the species seems to have rather narrow bases on most of its leaves and seems to be restricted to the Pacific Coast of Mexico. The remaining specimens from along the Gulf Coast of Mexico with opposite basal branches of the inflorescence and generally broader leaf bases include G. nutans , originally described as an Adenostemma and perhaps a second species, G. sessilis Blake. The Blake species was separated from G. latifolia by the obviously sessile leaves but the relationship to the previously described Adenostemma nutans was not recognized. The latter species had been placed in Adeno stemma because of the vestigial knobs at the top of the Achene. The knobs are so vestigial that they are probably of more significance for phyletic interpretation than for taxonongr. Still, such knobs have not yet been seen in any other specimens and the involucral bracts of the type specimen are more broadly rounded than the bracts of any other specimen. It would be premature to reduce G. sessilis to synonymy, but a new combination is required for G. nutans in any case.
.

Gjmnocoroni^ ""^'^'

nutan (Greenman) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. '^denostemma nutans Greenman, Field Mus. Bot 2: 3A4. 1912.
.

G2mnocoroni matijdae R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae erectae herbaceae minimum 40 cm altae non ramosae. Caules castanei hexagoni striati glabri. Folia plerumque opposita sessilia oblonge elliptico-lanceolata usque ad 13 cm longa et 4 cm lata base cvineata et vix amplexicaulia margine crenulato-sermlata apice anguste acuta supra et subtus glabra, nervis secondariis paucis subpinnatis ascendentibus Inflorescentiae corymboso-paniculatae, ramis altematis glabris vel pauce minute glanduliferis, pedicellis 7-13 mm longis saepe
.

197U

King & Robinson, Additiona to the Adenoatemmatloae

11

cemuis.

Capitula /+-6 mm alta et 4-6 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 20 eximbricatae plerumque biseriatae anguste oblongae 3.54.5 mm longae apice obtusae vel anguste rotundatae interdum lanceolatae non scariosae extus sparse glanduli ferae. Flores ca. Corollae ca. 3.2 mm longae extus multo glanduliferae, tubis 50. basilaribus brevibus ca. 0.7 mm longis, limbis cylindricis, lobis 5 triangularibus 300-400 \x longis ca. 400 ^ latis; filamenta longis; thecae antherarum in parte superiore crassa ca. 350-400 Achaenia ca. 3 ca. 1 mm longae; rami stylorum valde incrassati. mm longa 5-costata intercostate dense glandulifera; pappus nullus. Grana pollinis 18-20 p, diam. Type: MEXICO: Campeche: Palizada, July 25-28, 1939, Matuda 3844 (Holotype US). The species is distinguished by the densely glanduli ferous corollas and the strictly alternate branches of the inflorescence.
^j,

SCIADOCEPHALA
The genus is knovm only from northern South America and has previously had only one recognized species. The original description by Mattfeld (1938) and another collection from near the tjrpe locality in coastal Ecuador have provided a clear concept of the type species. It has been rather surprising to find that a more recent collection from the interior of Colombia that has been placed under the name is a totally distinct species. This second species is of further interest because of the form of its nectary which seems unique in the family. A final surprise is the existance of a third species from British Guiana vrtiich has been described as an Adenostemma At present the three species are separated in the three main isolated areas of moist tropical low lands in northern South America, the Pacific Coastal, the Amazonian, and the Guianian. The three species can be distinguished by the following key.
.

1.

Plants creeping; leaves broadly ovate with rounded to truncate bases S. pakaraiTnae
Plants erect; leaves elliptical to ovate-lanceolate with cuneate bases

1.

2.

Leaves entire, with secondary veins pinnate in 4-5 pairs S. amazonica

Leaves serrate-dentate, with few secondary veins, lower veins prominently trinervate ... S. schultze-rhonhofiae The three species of Sciadocephala are as follows:

2.

. .

12

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 1

Sciadocephala schultze-rhonhofiae Mattf ., Notizbl. Bt. Gart. Berlin U: 42. 1938.

(Maguire & & 5i?:^2E^!Si: P^:JSS^55:S son, combT^riovT Idenosteiiima pakarai mae Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. New York Hot. Card. 9: 3o^.
1957.

Wurdack) R.M.King

H.Robin-

Sciadoceghala amazonica R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae erectae herbaceae usque ad kO cm altae perennes. Caules base decumbentes supeme evanescentiter breviter rufohirsuti anguste fistulosi. Folia opposita, petiolis 5-15 mm longis; laminae ellipticae vel anguste obovatae 5-9 cm longae et 2-4 cm latae base cuneatae margine integrae ad apicem obtusae vel breviter acutae supra et subtus sparsim minute puberulae, neiTAis pinnatis, paribus secondariis ca. 5 valde ascend entibus Inflorescentiae subcymosae pauce capitatae, pedicellis ca. 1-2 cm longis puberulis. Capitula ca. 1 cm alta ca. 3-4 inm lata; squamae involucri ca. 10 plerumque uniseriatae plerumque 5-7 mni longae lineari-lanceolatae extus sparsim puberulae ad apicem anguste obtusae base vlx connatae. Flores ca. 9. Corollae albae 6-7 mm longae anguste infundibulares extus sparsim puberulae, tubis indistinctis, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.8 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiors ca. 0.6 mm longa; thecae ca. 1.8 mm longae, appendicibus ovatis longis et 250 p, latis; nectaria ad apicem setifera; ca. 300 styli glabri, appendicibus linearibus. Achaenia 6-8 mm longa sparsim puberula; carpopodia leniter asymmetrica; clavulae pappi 4-6 plenomque 3 ca. 3.5 mm longae, partibus glanduliferis discretis ca. 0.3 mm longis. Grana pollinis argute spinosa ca. 30 |i diam. Type: COLOMBIA: Amazonas: Loretoyacu River, 100 m, Oct. 1945, Schultes 6674 (Holotype US) The new species differs from S. schultze-rhonhofiae Mattf most noticeably in the leaves which are entire with many pairs of secondary veins pinnately arranged. In the Mattf eld species the leaves are prominently serrate and there are only two remote pairs of secondaries with the lower pair forming a trinervate base of the lamina. The new species is also distinct in the feature that seems unique in the entire family, the presence of hairs on the tip of the nectary. Other Asteraceae have nectaries of various shapes and with variously positioned stomata but none have previously been seen with any kind of pubescence.
|j,

LITERATURE CITED
Blake, S F A new Gymnocoronis from Mexico 1923 Soc. Washington 36: 179-180.
. . . .

Proc

Biol

Grierson, A. J. C.

1972.

Critical notes on the Compositae of

197li

King & Robinson, Additiona to the Adenoatenmatinae

Ceylon.

13

Ceylon J. Sci. (Bio. Sci.) 10: A2-60.

Mattfeld, J. 1938. Corapositae tn L. Diels, Neue Arten aus Ecuador. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. u Mus. Berlin 1^: 41-4^.
Robii^son, B. L.

Eupatorieae.

I913. 1. A. Generic key to the Compositae Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 42: 429-437.

lU

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 1

Holotype, AdenosteTnma cuatrecasasii R.M.King & H.Robinson, E. Krantz, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

197U

King 4 Robinson, Additions to the Adenoatamaatinae

15

Adenostemma fosbergii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarivon.

16

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

Adenostemma involucratum R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbariiom.

197h

King

St

Robinson, Additions to the Adenostammatinae

17

//

'

'''^'J9

&^e4itittUM<x ^OArUt^Cj^j/s^j^tfe.

Adenostemma vitiense H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium.

18

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

FLORA M E

A N

i^/^A-Lu'

/Jin,J:..''''i^

Qymnocoronis matudae R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium.

197U

King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenos temnatinae

1?

I.

WTAt: coi OMrir AN Ai:

Sciadocephala amazonica R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium.

20

PHTTOLOQIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

/h ^^'

"-4-'^

Enlargements of heads of Adenostemmatinae. Top left; Adenostemma cuatrecasasii Top right; A. f osbergii Middle left; A. involucratum Middle right; A. vitiense Bottom left; Gymnocoronis matudae Bottom right; Sciadocephala amazonica.
. . . . .

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS AMASONIA

Harold N. Moldenke

VI

AMASONIl L. f. Additional &. enended Bynonyvay: Diplostenana Neck, apud P, DC. Prodr. 7: 306, sphaLn. IO38 [not Diplostemna Steud, & Hochst., Tachigalea Griseb. apud Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., 1838]. Ind. Kerw., pr. 1, 2i 1030, in syn. 1895 [not Tachigalia Aubl,, 1775]. Hassleria Brig, ex Moldenke, in Fedde, Hepert. Spec. Nov. U6: 19k, in syn. I939. Haasleria "Briq. ex Moldenke" apud Hill t Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 251, in syn. 19U7. Diplostanma DC. apud Airy Shaw in Wills, Diet. Flow. PI,, 9<i 7, 365, in syn. I966. Amsoaia Steam, Humb, Boiq)!. nuntn Trop. Am. Bot. 16, sphalm. I968 [not Amsonia Walt., I788] Additional & emended bibliography: Scop., Introd. Hist. Nat. 169. 1777; L. f ., Suppl. Pi., pr. 1, US & 29U. 173lj J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 2: 887, 89O, 922, & 965. 1789 A. L. Juss., Gen. PI., ed. 1, 109, 119123, & Ul8 (I789) and ed. 2, 109, 119123, & U18. 1791; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 2, 2: 887, 890, 922, & 965. 1796; Lam,, Tabl. Encyol, M4th. Bot. [Illustr.] 3: pi. 5U3. 1797; Raeusch., Ncm. Bot., ed. 3, 378. 1797; H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. PI., ed. folio, 2: 205 (1817) and ed. quart., 2: 253. I8I8; Pers,, Sp. PI. 3: 355. 1819; Reichenb., Conapect. Reg. Veg. 1: 117. 1828: Volgt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. U73. I81i5; Schau., Linnaea 20: U8U. 18U7; Schnitzl., Icon. Fam. Nat. Reg. Veg. 137. 1856; Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind., pr. 1, 501. 1861; Bocq., Rev. VerbSnac. 7, h9, 50, 5U. 6Ii, 69, 75, & 86 (thesis). 1862; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 87, HO 111, 117, 119, 121, 128130, 13U, lUi, lii9, 155, 156, & 163 (1362) and 3: 183 & 217219, pi. 5, fig. 1113. 1363; Bocq., Rev. Verbfinac. 87, HO, 111, 117, 119, 121, 128130, 13ii, lUi, 2h9, 155, 156, I63, 178, 180, 133, & 217219, pi. 5, fig. 1118. 1863; Pfeiffer, Ncm. Bot. 1 (1): 135. 1373; Benth. in Benth. & Hook, f.. Gen. Pi. 2 (2): 1132 1136 St llhl, 1876; Anon., Handelsbl. Tuinb. Sempervirens U;: 201 &. 20U. 1885; Anon.. Joum. Hort. Sc Cottage Gard., ser. 3, 10: U35U36, fig. 109. 1885; [Lebl], Illustr. Gartenzeit. Stuttg, 29 193, pi. 26. 1885; W, Robinson, Garden 27: 13(> 131, pl. U79. 1885; Beck von Mannagetta & Abel, Wien. Illustr. Gartenzeit. 15: 68--^9, fig. 9. I89O; Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr, 1, li 103 & 769. 1893; Briq. in Engl. 8c Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., d. 1, U (3a): 156. I89U; MSUer, Deutsch. Qartn.-Zeit. 9: 1U2. 189U| Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew,, pr. 1, 2: 1030 & 1032. 1895; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suk)1. 1, pr. 1, 23. 1901; Barnhart, Bxill, Torry Vot. Club 29: 590. 1902; Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, Ul9. 1906; M. Kuns, Anatom, Untersach, Verb. 5859. 1911; P. C. Standi,, Contrib. D. S. Nat. Herb, 23t 1335. 1926; Benoist, Arch, Bot. Caen 5, MAa. 1: 258. 1931; Benoist, Bois Guyan. Fran?. 259. 1933; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 260. 193U; L, f ., Suppl. PI., pr. 2, U8 & 29U. 1936; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl.

lU

21

22

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

9: lU. 1938} Fedde & Schnist. in JuBt, Bot. Jahresber. $9 (2): Iil6. 1939; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2. 23 & Ul9. 19U.i Wangerin & Krauae in Just, Bot, Jahresber, 60 (1;: 636. 19Ul; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 91. 19l*5j Jacks, in Hook, f. & Jacks,, Ind. Kew,, pr, 2, 1: 103 & 769 (19U6) and pr, 2, 2: 1030 & 1032. 19U6j Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 198199 (19U6) and 2: 2li62U7. 19U7J Hill & Salisb., Ind, Kew, Suppl, 10: 12, 10^, 227, c 251. 19U7} Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. QLcot. 1031, 1032, & lOUO, 1950j Ingely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17 2, 1956; Angely, Fl. Paran, 7: U. 1957{ Moldenke in Dawson, Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contrib. Scl. 7: 11. 1957j Anon., U. S, Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj, Ind, 15: 11*353. 1958; Cuatrecasas, Revist, Acad, Colomb, Cienc, 10 238, 1958; Duraad & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl, 1, pr, 3, 23 & Ul9. 1959; Angely, LiT, Gea, Bot, Bras, 35 & 37. I960; Braga, PI. Nordest., ed. 2, 99 & 100. I960; Encke, Pareys BlumengStrt., ed. 2, 2: UUU. 1960i Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 103 & 769 (I960) and pr. 3, 2: 1030 & 1032. I960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot, 13 (5): 611 & 689, I960; Potztal in Encke, Pareys Blumengart ., ed, 2, 2: U39. i960; Moldenke, Biol, Abstr, 36: 2311. 1961; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 338~3U2. 1961; Runner, Rep, G, W, Groff Con, 362, 1961; Angely, Fl, Bacia Paran, 22: 39. 1962; Graf, Exotica 3j 11*83 & 1531. 1963; Griseb,, Fl, Brit. , Ind., pr, 2, 501, 1963; Hocking, Excerpt, Bot. A, 6: 532, 1963j Melchior in Engl,, Syllab, Pflanzenfam,, ed. 12, 2: U37. 196U; F, A, Barkl^, List Ord, Fam, Anthoph, 75, 138, 171, & 211*, 1965; Moldenke, Ptytologia 12: 6 & 21. 1965; Moldenke, Rfisumfi Sur>1. 12: 3. 1965} Van Donselaar, Wentia 11*: 70. 1965} Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Diet. Flow. PI., ed. 7, U8, 306, 362, 365, 521, 1097, & 1099. 1966} Hulnink, Wentia 17: 136. I966; aicke, Schonst. Kalt & Warmhauspfl. 393. 1968; Moldenke, RfisumS Suppl, 16: 21, 22, & 27. 1968; Steam, Humb, Bonpl, Kunth Trop. Am, Bot, 16, I968; J. A, Steyezn., Act, Bot. Venez. 3: 156, I968; Van Donselaar, Meded, Bot, Mus, Rijksuniv, Utrecht 306: 1*01*. 1968; Angely, Fl, Anal. & Fitogeogr, S, Paulo, ed, 1, 1: 8, I969; Anon., Torr. Bot. Club Ind. Am. Bot. Lit. 3* 30l*, 306, & 308. I969; Foley, Flow, World Wilson 251* & [325]. 1969; Lasser, Act, Bot, Venez. J*: I18. 1969; El-Gazzar 4 Wats., New Phytol. 69* 1*69, 1*73, 1*83, & 1*85. 1970; Ooodland, Phytologia 20: 78. 1970; Soukup, Raymondiana 3 26 & 38. I97O; Tsunissen & Wildschut, Verb, Konink, Nederl, Akad, Wet, Matuurk, $9 (2)t 28 & table 2, 1970; Angely, Fl, Anal, & Fitogeogr. S, Paulo, ed, 1, 1*: 826, 831, & i, xnap 1377. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth SuDm. 1: 5, 111, 115, 122, 129, 131, 133, 139, 11*6, 11*7, 185, 351*, 389, & 1*76 (1971) and 2: 526, 639, 755, 771, & 850, I97I; Teunissen & Wildschut, Meded, Bot, Mus, Utr, 3l*l> 28 & table 2, 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 503 (1971) and 23: Ul8, 1*31, & 501*. 1972: Encke & Buchhein in Zander, Handworterb, Pflanzennam., ed. 10, 7u & 102. 1972; Stafleu, Intemat. Code Bot. Nom. 35U & 378. 1972: L4pez-Palaoios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Uniy. Los Andes 9 (13): 9, U9, & 5761. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25*. 235 &. 503 (1973), 26: 1*99 & 511 (1973), and 28: 1*37, 1*38, 1*53, 1*63, 506, & 512. 1971*; Troncoso, Darwiniana I8: 297, 299, 303, 307, 3981*01, 1*08, & 1*11, fig. 38 & 39. 1971*.

197U

Uoldenke, Notas on Aaaaonla

23

It should be noted that there Is also a genus Dlplosteia of Steudel & Hochstetter which is a Bjnonya. of Geigeria Griesselich in the Carduaceae . Although Aiiy Shar (1966) credits this same generic name to De Candolle, consultation of the De CandoUe reference shows that this author there plainly credits the name to Necker The Aasonia of Steam (1968) is plainly the result of a typoHumboldt, Bonplar^i, & Kunth distinctly spell the graphic error naiM "Anasonia " in the work referred to by Steam. Amsonia Walt, is a handsome genus in the Apocynaceaie The generic name Taohigalea , accredited to Grisebach by Jackson (1895), occurs in the Grisebach work (1861) only as "Tachigalea caiqpestris Aubl," an obvioos error in spelling of Taligalea campestris Aubl, Tachigalia Aubl. is a genus in the Caesalpinlaceae. This Grisebach reference has previously been cited ly me, and by nimerous other workers, as "18611", the title-page date, but pages 315 [bis] to 506 were actually issued in 1861. According to Rickett & Stafleu (I960) "7156. Amasonia Linnaeus f ., Suppl. 1*8, 29U. 1781 sem. 2", typified by "A. erecta Linnaeus f .", is coosez^ed by the International Code of Botanical Noaenclature over "Taligalea Aublet, PI, Guiane 625. 1775", typified by "T, canyestrle Aublet." Stafleu (1972) also tells us that the type species of Amasonia is A, ereota L. f . auad of Taligalea is T. campestris both of these binomials are regarded by me as synonyms of Amasonia campestris (Aubl.) Moldenke, Barkley (1965) lists Hassleria among the valid genera of Verbenaceae , but in my opinion it is a complete and undoubted symnym of Amasonia . Encke (i960) records the common Geinan name for the members of this genus as "Amasonie** and gives the following description of the group: "(Thomas Amason, aaerlkanischsr Reisender, wahrscheinlioh des 18 . Jahrhunderts) . HalbstrSuoher, mit wechelstandigen, gezahnten Blattem und gelben oder schwefelgelben Blfiten In verlangerten, endstandigen Trauben oder in rispigen Trauben Oder einzeln in den Achseln gros2ei*or und kleinerer wie Kelch und Bllitenstiele rotgefarbter Deckblatter. Kronrohre lang, gerada Oder am Grunde gebogen. Kronsaum 5spaltig, mehr oder wenlger 21ippig. Kronabschnitte ausgobreitet oder zuriickgebi^en, Etwa 8 Arten in tropischen Amerika." In reviewing the systematic position of this genus. Troncoso (197U) says: "Briquet en Die nat. Pflanzenfamilien, 1897 ubica Amasonia (sub Tal 1 galea Aubl.) en la Tribu Monochileae de la Subfan. Yerbenoideae por su fructo drupficeo con U plrenas uniseminadas, sin tener en cuenta su inflorescencia de tipo cimoso. Este criterio fue adoptado por Moldenke, 1959. Por el contrario, Schauer en el Prodrcoius, 18U7 lo considera en la Subtribu Viticeae Sch., Junto con Aegiphila , Tectona , Callicarpa , Clerodendrxm , Vitex, etc., todos g^neros de inflorescencia definida, clmosa. Esta misma posicl6n adopta Jvmell, 193U basindose en el estudio de la estirictura del

2U

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

mi opini6n 6ste es el criterio mds correcto a

ovario que dice ser la ndama que en el gfinero Clerodendrum , Segiin sigtiir, correspondiSndole por sus caracteres la siguiente Qbicaci6n en el sistema, Subfam, Viticoideae , Tribu Clerodendreae . " In this connection it is rather interesting to note that Jtmell (193ii), in coming to this apparently very important taxonomic conclusion examined ovarian material from seven species of the 570 taxa at present accepted in this genxis. The Grabb , Lloyd , Pennington , & Whitmore lljO , distributed as Amasonia , is not verbenaceous

AMASONIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Mart. & Schau. Additional & emended bibliography: Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: [Rev. Verbfinac.] 219. 1863} Ktmtae, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: $09. 1891; Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Keir., pr. 1, 1: 103. 1893; Dorand & Jacks., Ind. Ker. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, Ul9. 1906j H. Kiina, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 58. 1911; Dorand &. Jacks., Ind. Ken, Suppl. 1, pr. 2, U19. I9I4I; Jacks, in Hook, f & Jacks., Ind. Eew., pr. 2, 1: 103. I9U6; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10; 12. 19U7; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, iil9. 1959; Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, IJ 103. I960; Moldenke, Kgrtologia 7: 339. 1961; El-Gaazar & Wats., Mew Phytol. 69: U83 & U85. I97O; Moldenke, Fifth Simi. 1: ll;6 & 389 (1971) and 2: 639 & 850. 1971; L6pea-Palacios, Reviat. Fac. Fann. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58 & 61. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb, 30 cm. tall, the upper leaves and stems red, the corollas yellow, and found it growing in open grassy savannas, blooming in November. The type specimen, G. Gardner 3U31 , was photographed in the herbarium of the Botaniscbes Museum in Mxinich by Maobride as his type photograph number 203U5, while an isotype in the Delessert Herbarium at the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques in Geneva is the basis of his type photograph number 28390. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Anazdnas: Ducke I903 (W~19083U3); Prance , Pena, & Ramos 3370 (Ld, N, S) . GoiAs: G. Gardner 3Ull [Macbride photos 203U5 & 28390] (F83028l~photo of isotype, F68U152 photo of type, F686619 isotype, N photo of type, V 29U783 isotype, W ^photo of isotype, W photo of Pari: Spruce 8.n. [In vicinibus Barra] (V 29^705) type) .

AMASONU ARBOREA H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. PI., ed. folio,

2t 205. 1817. Additional synonQnny: Amasonia arborea (Aubl.) Moldenke, Pfaytologia U: U51i, In syn. 1953. Amazonia arborea H.B.K. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 1*53, in syn. 1971^ Additional & emended bibliography: H.6.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pi., d. folio, 2: 205 (1817) and ed. quart., 2: 253. I8I8; Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 103. 1893; Barnbart, Bull. Torr^ Bot. Club 29: 590. 1902; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Eew., pr. 2, 1: 103. 19U6; Moldenke in Dawson, Los Angeles Co.

197U

Uoldenke, Notes on Amaaonla

25

Ums, Contrib, Sci . 7 11. 1957i Cuatrecaaaa, Revist. Acad. Colomb. Cinc. 10: 238. 1958} Jacks. In Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 103. 1960J Moldenke, Phytologia 7 339-~3liO. 196lj Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 122, 129, 131, 133, lli6, & 389 (1971) and 2: 81iO. 1971; L6pez-Palaclo8, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13) k9 i 5861. 1973i Moldenke, Phytologia 28 j U53. 197U. Recent collectors describe this plant as a perennial herb, gubligneous herb, or a shrub, simple-stenned, 0,5 1 b. tall, the leaves blue-green, purple beneath, and the bracts red, deei>-red, crimson, or scarlet. The corollas are described as having been fellow" on Ste7ennark & Banting 102910 , "leinon-yellow" on Philcox & Freeman lt659 t and "greenish-'white'' on Maguire , Maguire , & Wilson-Browne li6o50a . It has been found growing in dry forests and in rain-foi^sts, under subshrubs, or "occasional" on escarpments, at altitudes of 125 915 m., flowering in April and September. It should be noted here that the Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kuntb reference dates given above correcting the one given by me in have been authenticated by the ny original monograph (1939) late Dr. John Hendley Bamhart (1902). Material of Amasonia arborea has been mis identified and distributed in some herbaria as A_. campestris (Aubl.) Moldenke. On the other hand, the Petitbon 62 , distributed as A. arborea , is actually A. campestris , while Lourteig 1803 , Philipson , Idrobo , & Femandeg lij^, and R. E. Schultes 5665 are A. lasiocaulos Mart.

& Schau.
Additional & emended citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Cardona (W 1832666)} Foldats 3718 (N, Ve li7282, W 23l|0li52) , 3861t (N, Ve U7308, W 23UOU61)} Holt & Blake U71 (W 1517871), U83 (W 1517880), 729 (W 1519322); Holt & Gehilger 273 (11*71983)} Maguire , Cowan , & Wurdack 29U58 (W 2058976) ; Maguire , Wurdack , & Bunting 36787 0f--217ii99l) ; Steyermark & Bunting 102910 (N); LI. Williams 15175 (W 1878502) . Bolivar: Bemardi"lI[5B~ (N); . A. Steyermark 902Q7 (Ca); Wurdack & Monachino UlOii7 (N) . GUYANA: Maguire , Maguire . & Wilson-Browne ll6050a (W 2563597) . BRAZIL: Amaz8nas: Holt & Blake I46I (W 1517862); J. A. Steyermark IOU03I (N) . Maranhffo: G. Gardner 6O8U (V 29U78U) . Mato Grosso: Philcox & Freeman U659 (N) . Par4: Black, Egler, Cavalcante, & Silva 57-195U2 (S); Killip & Smith 30322 (W lli63Ui7)
166

AMASONIA CALICIKA Hook. f. Additional synonyuy: Taligalea punicea Hort. ex Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew. Suppl, 1, pr. 1, 23, in syn. I9OI [not T. punicea (Vahl) Poir., I8O6] Additional & emended bibliographer: W. Robinson, Garden 27: 130 131, pi. U79, 1885} [Lebl], Illustr. Gartenzeit. Stuttgart 29: 193, pi. 26. 1885} Anon., Handelsbl. Tuinb. Sempervirens Hi: 201 & 20U. 1885} Anon., Jovim. Hort. & Cottage Gard., ser. 3, 10: 1*35--

26

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

U36, fig. 109. I885j Meehan, Gard. Month. & Hort. 27i 300301. 1885; Regel, Gartenfl. 35 1 336338, fig. 35. 1886 j Hook. f. in Curtis. Bot. Mag. 113 [ser. 3, U3] : pl. 6915. 188? J Veitch, Gat. PI. 1889: pl. 27. 1889 j Beck von Mannagetta & Abel, Wien. Illustr. Gartenzeit. 15: 6869, fig. 9. I890j Kuntae, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: ll;2. I89U; Pucci, 509. I891j Moller, Deutach. Gartn.-Zeit. 9: Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ortic. 22: 232233, pl. 10. 1897 J Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 23 (1901) and pr. 1, Ul9. 1906j Veitch, Hort. Veitch. 226. I9O6} Stapf, Ind. Lond. 1: 16U. 1929; Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. U6: 217 219. 1939; Moldenke, Lilloa U: 306 307. 1939; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 23 St his, 191a; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 200. 19li6; Moldenke in Cheesman, Fl. Trin, &. Tob. 2 (6): 399. 1955; Moldenke, Fam. 2 Verbenac. 18. 1955; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 23 & UI9. 1959; Encke, Pareys BlumengKrtn., ed. 2, UiU. I960; Graf, Exotica 3: llt83 & 1531. 1963; Encke, Schbnst. Kelt & Warmhauspfl. 393. 1968; Foley, Flow, World Wilson 251*. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 129, 35U, & 389 (1971) and 2: 639 & 850. 1971; Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Handworterb. Pflanzennam., ed. 10, 102. 1972; L6pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Fans. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58. 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: UOl & liD8. 197U. Illustrations: W. Robinson, Garden 27: 130, pl. U79 [in color] 1885; [Lebl], Illustr. Gartenaeit. Stuttgart 29: pl. 26, 1885; Aix}n., Handelsbl. Tuinb. Sempervirens li(: 201; 1885; Anon., Joum. Hort. & Cottage Gai^., ser. 3, 10: U36, fig. IO9. 1885; Meehan, Gard. Month. & Hort. 27: 300301. 1885; Regel, Gartenfl. 35: fig. 35. 1886; Hook. f. in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 113 [ser. 3, U3]: pl. 6915 [in color]. 1887; Veitch, Cat. Pl. 1889: pl. 27. I889; Beck von Mannagetta & Abel, Wlen. Illustr. Gartenzeit. 15: 69, fig. 9* I89O; MSller, Deutsch. GSrtn.-Zeit. 9: 11*2. lB9h; Pucci, Bull. Soc, Tosc. Ortic. 22: pl. 10. 1897; Veitch, Hort. Veitch. 226. 1906; Encke, Pareys Elumengartn., ed. 2, hiik* I960; Graf, Exotica 3: 1531. 1963. In the Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener (1885) the anonynous author says that "This is one of the distinct new plants which Messrs. Veitch & Sons (to whom we are indebted for the illustration) from time to time introduce to the public, and their description of it, as follows, appears to be very accurate 'This is unquestionably one of the most beautiful of flowering shrubs that have been brought under the notice of hortictilturists for nai^r years. It was introduced by us from British Guiana through our collector, Mr. Davis Burke. It is of direct habit, with elegant spreading foliage; the leaves are of elliptic-lanceolate form, from 9 to 10 inches long. The inflorescence is veiy brilliant, being particularly striking from having a series of the richest vermilion-crimson Poinsettia-like spreading bracts arranged in pairs along the entire length of the racemes, which are a foot long; these bracts, the lowermost of which are h inches long, are very persistent, remaining in perfection fully two months. From the base of each bract are produced pendulous tubulous flowei^, in twos and threes, of a creamy irtiite colour, offering a striking contrast to the rich colouring of the other

UA

197U

Uoldenke, Notes on Amasonla

27

parts of the inflorescence.' Two first-class certificates have one last year ly the Floral Conmitbeen awarded to this plant tee of the Royal Horticultural Society, and the other last week at the Royal Botanic Society's Show at Regent's Park. Those honours sufficiently indicate the merit of the plant, which, by its long-continued brightness and apparent easiness of culture, is likely to find its way into most gardens where stove decorative plants are grown." Encke (I96O) has the following to say about this plant: "Brit. Quayana. Winter. 3060 cm hoher, wenig odor gar nicht verrweigter Halbstrauch. Blatter langlich- oder elliptisch-lanzettlich, 15 30 cm lang, unregalmaszig gezahnt oder ausgebuchtat, mit Ausnahme dor obersten Blatter glatt. Blixten hell schwefelgelb, k $ en lang, hangend. Kelch etwa 2 1/2 cm lang, wie die Blutenstiele rot. Deckblatter grosz, rot, mit purpurroten Haaren bosetzt, nach dem Abfallen der Bluten bis 3 Monate lang an der Pflanze haftend. ....Pracht voile, viele Monate lang bluhende 1881 Warmhauspflanze filr Schausammlungen und Liebhaber, auch fur warme, geschlossene Wintergarten. Kultur in Warmhaua, hell, luftig und feucht, in lehmlg-himoser oder in Einheitserxle . Vermehrung durch Stecklinge lai geschlossenen Warmbeet bei 25 300." in his 1963 work he gives almost the same description but adds 'TiOlder ist diese prachtvolle und dankbare Pflanze fast vollig aus den Sanmlungen verschtwunden. Man sollte sie wleder einfuhren. Sis gehort ins Warmhaus, wo sie genauso kultiviert wird wie Clerodendrum speciosissimum . Die Vermehrung erfolgt durch Stecklinge, die im geschlossenen Tfannbeet bei 2$ 30 bald wurzeln. Leider aber bilden die Muttei^jflanzen nur wenige Stecklinge, da sie sich so gut wie gar nicht verzweigen, so dasz es oft schwierig ist, auf diese Weise zu einem gewissen Bestand zu kommen." I am indebted to my very esteemed friend. Dr. J, L. van Soest, for the following summary of the "Senpervirens" article about this plant: "on p. 201 there is a short notice about Amasonla . It tells that it is imported from Brit. Guyana by David Burke for James Veitch & Sons. It is still expensive to buy, but it is to be hoped that the price will go down in future. It is mentioned a year ago (I88U) by Gardeners Chronicle, the Garden and Journal of Horticulture. The figure is - 1/2 x. No author and no names of the editorial staff and no indication from where the illustration is taken." Graf (1963) describes it as a "subshrub with scattered oblong, toothed leaves 612 in. longj flowered with colored bell-shaped calyx and long corolla tube, sulphur-yellow in nodding purplehairy racemes, bracts red." Lebl (1885) says "Diese unstreitig wertvolle Neuheit wurde von dem Saomler David Burice in British Guiana entdeckt, an der Fima Veitch in London gesendet und von da aus in den Handel gegeben. Die hervorragendsten englischen Fachzeitsohrtften sprechen sich sehr giinstig uber die Pflanze aus und die konigl. Gartenbaugesellschaft in London belohnte sie mit einem Zeugnis I. Klasse. Amasonla ponicea ist von aufrechtan, iippigem Wuchs und hat elegant aufge-

28

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

breitete, elliptlsch-lanzettformige Blatter von ca. 22 25 cm Lange. Der reizende Blutenstand besteht aus zwel Relhen roich hochroter Brakteen langs der ca. 30 cm langen Bliitenahre und aus Je 2 3 beisammenstehenden, abn&tshangenden Rohreabltmen Ton rafamirelszer Farbe, die aus den Achseln der Brakteen oder Deckblattem zum Vorscheln kommen. Die Deckblatter, von welchen die vintersten 10 cm lang slnd, sehen jenen von Polnsettla pulcherrima iDinlich und behalten Ihre Schonheit voUe 2 Honate. So lautet die Beschreibung dieser Pflanze, auf die wir die Aufmerksaokeit der Blumenfreunde lenken." The identical illustration is reproduced here as is foTind also in the Sempervirens article, on p. II42 of Moller's work, and in the Journal of HortictLLture and Cottage Gardener article. Moller (I89U) follows Hooker (1887) in distinguishing between this cultivated plant and the A, punicea of Vahl [now known as A. canyestris (Aubl.) Moldenke] under whose name it was originally distributed to gardeners. He says "Eine andere, durch die Herren Veitch Sohn aus Britisch-Guyana eingefiihrte und vielfach falschlich als A, punicea verbreitete Art ist A. calycina Hook. (Syn.: A. punicea Hort. non Vahl). Es ist dies ebenfalls eine prachtige Pflanze, die sich von der echten A^ punicea Vahl hauptsachlich durch den breiteren Kelch und durch die verschieden geformten Brakteen deutlich underschiedet; ebenso sind auch die Zipfel des Kelches groszer und lang zugespitzt. A. c alycina ist ebenfalls ein Halbstrauch mit 15 30 cm langen, elliptisch oder langlich lanzettfbrmigen, zugesgitzten Blattem, die grob oder unregelmassig gebuohtet oder gezahnt sind und zu einem 3-5 cm langen Blattstiel sich verengem. Sie sind ganzlich glatt, mit Ausnahme der am Blutenstande sitzenden Blatter, die oft hellrot gefleckt sind. Der 1$ bis 25 cm lange Blutenstand ist etwas geneigt, reiohlich belaubt und schwach mit roten bis purpurfirben0n Haaren besetzt. Die Brakteen oder Bliitendeckblatter sind glatt, sichelfbrmig gebogen und zugespitzt, die oberen oft blutenlos oder nur mit unvollkonnen ausgebildenten Blumen versehen. 'n}le unmittelbar am Blutenstande bef indlichen Bliitendeckblatter sind ofters ganz hellrot, ofters auch wieder griin mit Hellrot gefleckt Oder scharlachrot in Griin verlaufend. ^Die Blumen selbst sind kurzgestielt, hangend und U bis 5 ob lang. Der Kelch ist fast 2 1/2 cm lang, glatt und ebenfalls hellrot gefarbt. Die KoroUa ist mattschwefelgelb, zylindrisch geformty leicht gebogen und schwach behart, mist Axtsnalme des kurzen, verengten Teiles der Rohre im Grunde des Kelches. "Es sind Jener zu Schnitzwecken verwendbaren Pflanzen, die sich gleicb den Amsonien, Bougainvilleen und Poinsett ien durch lebhaft gefarbte Blutenhullblatter auszeichnen, nicht shr viele. ftasomehr ist es geraten, ihre Kultur zur Axisbildung zu bringen, well durch ihren ELutenstand der Blumenbindekunst ein ganz eigenartig schon wirkender Werkstoff zuganglich gemacht wird. "Tfir haben zu unserem Bedauem sowol von der Araasonia punicea wie auch von der k, calycina in Deutschland eine Vorlage fur die bildliche Veranschaulichung~nicht auf zutreiben vermocht und geben

'


197U
Moldenko, Notes on Amaaonia
29

deshalb die Daratellung der erotgenannton nach einer in E, Pynaert'a RsTue de ! Horticulture Beige et Etrangere' veroffentlichen Farbentafel und der letteren nach einer engliachen Vorlage wieder, deren eij;entlichen Uraprung wir nlcht zu ermitteln in der Lage waren. "Die ubrigen etwa 8 bia 10 noch bekannten, zu dieser Gattung gehorenden Speiiea slnd bisjetzt noch nlcht eingefiihrt; da aie auch keine beaondera hervorragenden blumiatischen Eigenschaften aufweiaen, ao diirften aie wol nur fur botaniache Garten Wert haben," [It ahould be noted that the Pynaert illustration which be reproduces aeema to represent A, spruceana Moldenke, rather than the tjrue A. calycina .]

AMASONIA CAMPESTRIS (Aubl.) Moldenke Additional & emended synoqyiny: Amaaonia erecta L. f ., Suppl, Pi,, pr. 1, 29U. 1781. Tachigalea caiqpestria Aubl. ex Griseb., Fl. Brit. W, Ind. 501, aphalm. l86l, Amaaonia erecta L. ex Bocq., Adanaonia, ser. 1, 3 219. 1862. Amaaonia campreatria (Aubl.) Moldenke, R6auml Suppl. 3'' 30, in syn. 1962, Amazonia campeatria (Aubl,) Moldenke, RiaumS Suppl, 1^: 16, in syn, 196?. Amaaonia campeatria (Aubl.) Moldenke, Phytologia 2^: 235, in syn. 1973. Additional & emended bibliography: Aubl., Hiat. PI, Guian, 2t 625, pl. 252. 1775; L. f., Suppl. PI., pr. 1, 29U. 1781; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed, 13, pr. 1, 2: 922 & 965 (1789) and ed. 13, pr, 2, 2; 922 & 965. 1796; Raeuach., Norn. Bot., ed. 3, 182. 1797} Vahl, Eclog, Amer, 2: 51. 1798; Poir, in Lam., Encycl, M^th, Bot, 7: 556, 1806} H,B.K,, Nov, Gen, & Sp, PI,, ed, folio, 2: 205 (1817) and ed, quart., 2: 253. I8l8: Pers., Sp. PI. 3: 355. I8l9; Stoud.. Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1j 7U. I8u0: Voigt, Hort, Suburb, Gale, U73. I8li5; Schau., Linnaea 20: U8U. loU7} Schau. in A, DC., Prodr, 11: 677. 18U7; Schau. in Mart., Fl. Braa. 9: 291293. 1851} Griaeb., Fl. Brit, W, Ind,, pr, 1, 501, 1861; Bocq., Adanaonia, ser. 1, 2: 76, 87, 110, 156, & I63 (1862) and 3 219, pl. 5, fig. 1118. 1863; Bocq., Rev. VerbSnac. 76, 87, 110, 156, 163, & 219, pl, 5, fig. 11 18. 1863; AncKi., Joum. Hort. & Cottage Gard., ser. 3, 10: U35--U36, fig. 109. 1885; [Lebl], Illustr. Gartenzeit. Stuttg. 29: 193, pl. 26. 1885; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 509. 1391; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Keir., pr. 1, 1: 103, 1893; Moller, Deutach. Gartn.-Zeit. 9'- Uil lli2. I89U; Jacka. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 1032. 1895; Briq, in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, h (3a): 157. 1895; Hook. f. in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 121: pl. 7k}6. 1895; Pucci, Boll. Soc. Tosc. Ortic. 22: 232233, pl. 10. 1897; Bamhart, Bull. Torr?y Bot, Club 29: 590. 1902} T. Peckolt, Bericht. Deutach. Pharm. Gesell. Hi: U8O. I90li} M, Kunz, Anatooi, Unterauch, Verb. 53 S9 * 1911} Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, Ul9. 1906; Pulle, Enum, Pl, Surinam, U02, 1906; Gleason, Bull, Torrey Bot. Club 58: 1^63. 1931} Moldenke, Torreya 3li: 8. 1931; Junell, Symb. Bot, Upsal, k: 107, pl. 7, fig, 2. 193U; L. f ., Suppl. Pl., pr. 2, 29li. 1936; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: llx, 1938; Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec, Nov. k6: 210216. 1939; Moldenke, Lilloa 1^: 305306. 1939} Mol-

30

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

denke. Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names h, $. & U2. 19U0j Durand &. Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 2, Ul9. 19ulj Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kerr., pr. 2, 1: 103 (I9li6) and pr. 2, 2: 1032. 19U6,* Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 200. 19)+6j Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 12 & 227. 19U7; Moldenke, Alph. List Invalid Names Suppl. 1: 2. 19U7J Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 502. I9l;8j Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed, 2], 57, 62, 65, 67, 68, 75, 156, & 176. 19h9i F. C. Hoehne, Ind. Bibl. & Num. PI. Col. Com. Rondon 3l;6. 1951} Moldenke in Cheesman, Fl. Trin. & Tob. 2 (6): 398399. 1955 J Moldenke, Fan. 2 Verbenac. 1718. 1955; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 3, lil9. 1959i Braga, PI. Nordest., ed. 2, 88 & 100. 1960j Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 103 (i960) and pr. 3, 2: 1032. 196O} Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3U0 3lil. 196li Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind., pr. 2, 501. 1963j Van Donselaar, Wentia lU: 70. 1965} Moldenke, R^sumS Suppl. 12: 3 1965} Huinink, Wentia 17 1 136137. 1966} J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot, Venei. 3: 156. I968; Van Donselaar, Meded. Bot. Mus. Rijksuniv. 306: UOU. 1968; Foley, Flow. World Wilson 25U. 1969} Lasser, Act, Bot, Venez. Us U8. 1969} Teuniasen & Wildscbut, Verb, Konink. Nederl. Akad. Wet. Natuurk. 59 (2): 28 & table 2. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 111, 122, 129, 131, 133, 1U7, 35U, & 389 (1971) and 2: 639 & 850, 1971} Teunissen & Wildschut, Meded. Bot. Mus. Utr. 3Ul: 28 & table 2. 1971} Stafleu, Intemat, Code Bot. Nom, 35U. 1972} L6pez-Palacio8, Revist, Fac. Farm. Univ, Los Andes 9 (13): 5861. 1973} Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 235 (1973) and 28: U63, I97U} Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: UOO, UOl, & U08, fig. 39. 197U. Illustrations: Aubl., Hist, PI. G\iian. k'- pi. 262. 1775} Lam,, Tabl. Encycl. M6th. Bot, 3: pl. 5U3. 1797} Vahl, Eclog. Amer. 2: pi. 20. 1798} Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: pl. 5, fig. 11 18, 1863} Bocq., Rev. Verbenac. pl. 5. 1863} Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. k (3a): 157. 1895} Hook, in Cturtis, Bot. Mag. 121: pl. 7liU5 [in color], 1895} Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: UOO, fig. 39. 197U. Recent collectors describe this plant as an erect peretudal herb, a half-shrub, or a subshrub, 0.3 2 m. tall, usually with a single erect stem and no branches, or occasionally with red branches, the leaves scattered along the sten, the midrib and veins purple beneath, the inflorescences 3050 cm. tall, the hairs dark-violet, the bracts red, bright-red, dark-red, or cardinal-red to Vermillion or even brown-purple" , or else "greenish outside and red inside", the calyz red or dark-red, the corollas yellow or pale-yellow to cream-color, the filaments irtiite, the anthers brown or mustard-green, and the fruit green or light-green to yellowish-green when immature, turning black at maturity. The Sastres ascy "nervures face inf^rieure des feuilles rougetres, tiges rouges} bractSes rouges, nerv\ires face infdrieure vertes saillantes} p6doncules rouges, s6pales vert rougedtres, p^tales Jaunes grande racine pivotante blanche} fruits Immatures veirts." The corollas are said to have been yellow" on Cavalcante 2U09, D. H. Davis \x3, and . Ju Stgyermark 86561 , "pinkish-iriaite" on W^

I97li

Moldenke, Notes on Amasonia

31

R. Anderson 7732 , and "creaa" on Irwin , Harley , & Smith 30808 j on Davis 903 the label states "bracts and flowers red", but this la most certainly due to an error In observation on the part of the collector. The Eltens describe the plant as a "low aubshrub, the flowers 22 nun. long from base of the calyx plus 8 mn. more of projecting style, face of corolla (looking into its mouth) 11 x 12 mm,, outside of corolla light-green tinged with red, upper svirface of limb light-green with reticulate red lines, filaments whitish, anthers mustard-green, ripe berry spherical, 7 mm. in diameter, black." They encountered it growing in a "chapada" of tall trees in deciduous to evergreen xercmorphlc tree woodland (cerradfio) on the tops and sides of sandstone plateaus and some low flat land, at 300 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in April. It should be pointed out that the fruits are actually drupes, not "berries". The plant has been found growing in forest shade, in open woods, on savannas, in thickets in savanna meadows near streams, in hammocks in the middle of savannas, on white or gray sand of dry savannas of ByrsonJjna verbascifolia , in sandy cerrado or on cerrado slopes, in "cerrado xeromorphic arboreal woodlands", and in cutover semi -deciduous forests on slopes. Goodland found it in the partial shade of shrubs on dry lateritic ridged savanna grassland with scattered trees, the doniinant plants being Curatella , Byrsonima , Traclypogon , and Fimbristy] is . Anderson found it in cerrado in an area of "mesoph^ytic woods by stream, open marshy place near stream, and cerrado on hillsides above". Lems encountered it on loano^ soil of savannas dcsdnated by Trachypogon and Curate 11a americana . Irwin and his associates report it from cerrado in regions of gallery forest and adjacent ceirado in Qolia and assert that it is "Infrequent in cerrado" in Bahia. The Eitens found it "on natural lithosol campo, in the stor^ soil on top of bedrock sandstone pavement". Amaaonla canpestri s has been found at altitudes of 300 to 1000 meters, flowering (in addition to the months pi^viously reported by me) in August and fruiting in February and March. Huinink (1966) states that it is found in the Polycarpaeo-Trachypogonetum cyperetosum and Polycairpaeo-Trachypogonetum cura telle tosTim associationa. The vernacular names, "cacho vermelho", "cola de gallo", and "mend6ca", are recorded for it, and it is said to be used tiy natives in the treatment of stomach inflanmations . Peckolt (I90U) says of it "Ein Strauch der Staaten vom JL'quator bis zum 9, siidl, Br Das Dekokt der Blatter ist ein Volksmittel bein Gonorrhoe," The type specimen of Tal 1 galea canyestris , Aublet s,n, , in the herbarium of the British Museum (Natural History) in London, was photographed there by F, G, Meyer as his type photograph number U070. The type specimen of A, velutina , Blanchet 31|6, was photographed by Macbride in the DeCandolle Herbarium at the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques in Geneva and is his type photograph number 7887. It should alao be noted here that the Utxiboldty Bonplaad, and

32

PHTTOLOQIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

given in the emended bibliography above have been authenticated by Barnhart (1902) . It is interesting to note, also, that Raexischel (1797) gives the native habitat of A. erecta as Siirinam and of A^ taligalea as "Guiana". Foley (1969) describes iihat he calls Amasonia punicea as a "pretty flowering plant, native of British Guiana. Each shoot terminates in a raceme of many white tubular flowers each 1" long and subtended by a bright red bract which persists for a couple of months after the flowers have fallen," Obviously, he is speaking of A. calycina Hook, f . (the "A, punicea Hort.", not A. punicea Vahl) . Similarly, the description and illustration given by Pucci they are merely copies of those in (1897) refer to A, calycina niustr. Gartenzeit. (1890), Moller's Deutsch. Gartn.-Zeit. (I89li), etc. Steyennark (I968) cites J. A. Stqyermark 86g6l & 88U88 . Material of A. cagqpestris has been distributed in some herbaria as " Amazonia sp." On the other hand, the Maguire , Maguire , & WilsonKvinth reference dates

Browne U6050a, distributed as Amasonia campestris , is act\ially A. arborea H.B.K., -mhile Mur(;a Pi res & Cavalcante 51993 is A. hirta Benth. and Prance & Silva 58720 is Aj, lasiocaulos Mart. & Schau, Maguire & Stahel 22782 is a mixture with Aegiphila laevie (Aubl.) Qnel. its label is inscribed "Frequent j liana", a statement which doubtless applies to the Aegiphila portion of the number* Additional & emended citations; TRINIDAD & TOBAGO: Trinidad: Brit ton , Coker, & Rowland 112 (W--10ii68l6) ; W. E. Broadway 2138 (F~2U8873Tr6950 (F--9722lay} Eggers 1003 (CaII53283, V98O99), 1389 (W111^8085) J D. 0. Fairchild s.n. [Feb. 15, 1932] (E 1082993, W 162601377 Ryan s.n. [Macbride photos 22773] (F 6873U7photo) J Vanning 207 (W--123U850) j Webster . ELlls , & Miller 9653 (S) . VENEZUEU: Anzoategui: H, Pittier 15089 (W I876257) . Bolivar: Maguire , Wurdack , & Bunting 35955 (W 21714981) ; Pannier 822 (Ve--5ll81); J. A. SteyenBai0656l (W 2U86289), 88U88 (N)j U. Williams 13U20 (W I8OO636) . Guirico: Aristeguieta 2317 (Ve^3038), U206 (Ve1|6120), 5669 (N)j Blydenstein 273 (Ve U9237); Tamayo 1015 (Ve 38U21, 2220993) Monagas: Tamayo 3U88 (Ve 5lU03) . Sucre: Lasser & Vareschi 3883 (Ve--38121). GUYANA: Cowan &. Soderstrom 1759 (W--2370U83), 1771 (W 2370U8U, W~2370li85)} D. H. Davis U3 (N), 903 (N); Goodland 209 (Ld, 25l46l83)i A. S. Hitchcock 16956 (W1056155, W^ 1056156)} Irwin 301 (W--21726U0) , $93 (Au 165U80), 1039 (Au 165661) J Jenman 5567 (W 57332, 1323I69)} Rob. Schomburgk 228 (V--29U781, V 29U785, W 702593)} A. C. SmitF2]IUl (F 10236827. SURINAM: Archer 2772 (Wl5923ii7) J D. G. Fairchild s.n. [March 3, 1932] (W--1626066) j Hostmann 893 (V 111721, V29U780), ll;09 (V 123li50)} Lems 61i0223 (N)} Maguire 4 Stahel 22762 , in part (W 1902626)} Wullschlagel U03 (7132182, V--i6ilO^), 1982 (V~132l8l).

r . .

19 7U

Moldenke, Notes on Amaaonia

33

FRENCH GUIANA.: Aublet a.n. [F. G. M07. photo U07O] (Gz photo of type, N photo of type); W. E. Broadway I76 (G, W 1068$12), ]k7 (WIO689OI); M6linon 82 (F^39771, W 1123381); Petltbon 62 (?); Polteau 8,n. [Cayenne] (V 125539); Sagot U2li (V 122956), 1319 (V~122957), a.n. (Pd); Saatre 4 Saatre 21 (N, P), Ijli (N, P), 219 (P, P); Schnell 11068 (P) , IIO89 (N) . BRAZIL; Amapd; Black & Lobato 50-9 U3U (Ca 9lli82); Inrin &. Westra U72l;9 (N) ; Kaguire & Magulre 1|7025 (W 256359^0 ; Murga Pires , Rodriguea , & Irvine 51102 (W 2563595), 51120 (W 2563^9^ Bahia: Blanch^~ll|6 [Macbride photos 7887] (F 6U556l--photo, F6861ill, F--869622, F 923105 photo, W photo); Irrrin , Grear , Souza , & Rels doa Santos Ui68l (Ld) J Iryjn , Harley , & Smith 308O8 (Ld, N) . Ceari: Freire Allemflo 11 68 (ff 1199360) ; G. Gardner I987 (V--29U782); Luetzelburg 26095 (F912251), 26162 (F--8361i65) . Goida: W. R. Anderson 7732 (Ub); Irtrin , Grear , Souza , & Rels do a Santos lhh9k (N); Irwin , Maxell , & Waashausen 21253 (N), 21390 (Ac). MaranhSo: Eiten & El ten 3586 (N, W--2Ui5203), 39li^ (W 2l4l;5200), Ul58 (N, N, W 2U1*5197, W 2Ui5212), 1^353 (W--2UU5215), 103 7U (W 2687975), 10505 (W 2701739). Minas Gerais: Belfa & Mendea U|l (Ac) J Irwin , Reia doa Santos , Souaa, & Fonaeca 23879 (Ac, N) Pari: Archer 7606 (W 2U39056) ; Cayalcante 2li09 (Ld, N); Drouet

2125 (F--9U9U36, Ml, W--159U7U2) ; Guedea 100 (Ba); Mexla 592Ua , in part (E 1068925); Monteiro da Costa 263 (F 693999); Mxirga Pirea & Silva 1052U (Ld) . Piaul: G. Gardner 2276 , in part (V 29U706). Trauira Island: Frtfes 1862 (E10la569, F--707013, W 16601 7lt). LOCALITT OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Herb. Barbie a.n. (P)

AMASONIA CAMPESTRIS var, SURINAMENSIS Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. U6: 216. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac, ed. 1, 33 & 36. 19U2; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 200. 19^6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac,, [ed, 2], 67 & I76, 19Ia9; Moldenke, R^aua^ 76 & Ui2. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 131 (1971) and 2: 850, 1971; L6pez-Palacio3, Rerist, Fac, Faim, Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58 & 61. 1973. L6pez-Palacioa (1973) feel that this plant may yet be found in Bolivar or Amazooas, Venezuela.

AMASONIA HIRTA Benth. Additional synonynor: Gesnera pilosa Glaz. ex Moldenke, Phytologla 23: U3I, in syn, 1972, Geaneria pilosa Glaz. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 23: U31, in syn. 1972 [not G. pilosa Hort,, 18U7] Additional & emended bibliography; Jacks. in Hook, f . & Jacks,, Ind, Kew., pr. 1, li 103. 1893; Durand & Jacka,, Ind, Kew, Suppl, 1, pr, 1, UI9. 1906; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 58, 1911| Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec, Nov, U6j 203 205, 1939; Durand

3U

PHTTOLOQIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

2, 1*19. 191;!} Moldanke, Lilloa 6 J 313. 19Ul# Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr. 2, 1: 103. 19ii6j Moldenke in Davrson, Los Angelas Co. Uus. Contrib. Scl. 7: 11. 1957i Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kaw. Suppl. 1, pr, 3, Ul9, 19^9; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kefw,, pr. 3, 1 103. 1960j Moldenke, Phytologia J: 3l*l. 1961; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, U: 83I & i, map 1377. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sunn. 1: lli7 & 185 (1971) and 2: 639 & 850. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: U3I. 1972; L6pe2-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58. 1973; Troncoso, Darwlniana 18: 399, UOl, & li08, fig. 33. 197U. Illustrations: Troncoso, Danriniana 18: 399, fig. 38. 19 7U, Recent collectors describe this plant as a tall erect herb, subshrub, or small shinib, 0.25 1 m. tall, the stems simple, in clumps, red or reddish, the leaves softly hairy, daric-green above, paler beneath, the inflorescence apex nodding, the bracts red, reddish, or red-orange to orange-red, orange, or scarlet, sometimes described as "yellow-green to red or rusty-red", "yellow to red-orange", "yellow-green and red", or "red inside and greenish outside". The calyx, similarly, is described as red, reddish, bright-red, orsmge-red, or scarlet, yellow-green and red, yellow-green to rusty-red, or sometimes orange-yellow. The immature fruits are described as green or yellow-green. Irwin and his associates speak of "heads violet-brown" and "heads cream", but I am not certain to what they are here referring since there are no capitate inflorescences in this genus. The corollas are said to have been "white" on R. P, Bel&n U77 , "cream" on Irwin , Anderson , Stieber, & Lee 3UI6U , 3U509, & 3h7^0 t Irwin , Grear , Souza , & Reis dos Santos 12305 , Irwin , Harle^, & anith 32793 , Irwin , Maxwell , & Wasshausen 113U0 & 1882); , I^n, Onlshi , FonsSca, Souza , Reis dos Santos , & Ramos 25008 & 26I6I , and Irwin , Reis dos Santos , Souza , & FonsSca 23990 Sc 21*967 , "yellow" on Mur^a Pires & Cavalcante 51993 , "pinkish-yellow" on Irwin, Onlshi , FonsSca , Souza , Reis dos Santos , & Ramos 257U8 , "pinkishcream" on Phllcox & Fereira 3886 , and "cream, pinkish in throat" on Irwin , Souza , & Reis dos Santos 11 389 . On Philcox & Fereira U37U they are described as "corolla- tube fawnish-cream". Some collectors have described the calyx as "reddish-green". The plant has been found growing among grasses on campo slopes and among newly invading vegetation, in cerrado, on rocky slopes, in grassy cerrado on very dry soil, on dry campos, in story pastured campos on gentle slopes or in pastured cerrado, in wet places on campo on roclQ^ slopes, in cerrado in areas of brejo (wet sedge meadow), cerrado, and gallery woods, cerrado and adjacent slope forest. Irwin and his associates describe it as conmion on campos; others refer to it as frecpient at gallery margins and on upland savannas and have found it on campos in regions of cerrado on steep slopes surrounded by caiqpo. It has bean collected at altitudes of 700 1250 meters, flowering from January to March, in July, and in October, fruiting from January to March and in July,

& Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl, 1, pr,

19 7U

Moldenke, Notes on Amasonla

35

Irwin & Soderatrom avor that it is "infrequent" in GolAs. Kuntze (I89I) reduces A_. lasiocauloa Mai*t. & Schau, to the aynonyuiy of A, hirta , a disposition with which I cannot agz*ee* Oliveira describes A, hirta as an "arbustinho, cilice vermelho, pdtalas brancas tubulosas, es tames e anteras brancas" and "fl8r eTarmelhada" and found it in a high forest on sandy terraflnna (non- inundated land) . The Eitena call it a "tall herb, petals pale light-yellow, filaments pale light-yellow, anthers yellow, calyx in flower pale-peach tinged with green, in fruit reddishpeach" , A vernacular name recorded for the plant is "mendoca" A specimen of Martius $83 in the herbarium of the Botanisches Moiaeum in Uiinich was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number 203i46 and another of the same collection at the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques in Geneva as his type photograph number 7886, but this collection is not one on which the species was based. The type of Gesneria pilosa is Glaziou 21835 from GoiAs, Brazil, deposited in the herbarivm of the MusSxan National d'Hifltoire Nattxrelle in Paris. Some material of A^ hirta has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as A^ campestris (Aubl.) Uoldenke. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Amap: Mxir<;a Pires & Gavalcante 51993 (Ld, N, S) . Distrito Federal: R. P. Bel&a 1|77 (Ac, Ld, N); Irwin , Souza, & Reis dos Santos II389 (Ac); Mur^a Pires, Silva , & Souza 9h58 (B) . GoiAs: Glaziou 21835 (P) J Harlqy , Barroso , & al. 11U31 (N) ; Irwin , Anderson , Stieber , & Lee 3UI6I (Ub) 3la6U (N), 3U509 (Ld, N, 2709617), 3U750 (Ac, N, W 2709359); Irwin , Grear , Souza , & Reis dos Santos 12305 (Ac), IU296 (Ld); Inrin , Harley , & Smith 31820 (Ac), 32793 (Ld, N, 2709810); Irwin , Maaorell , & Wasshausen 188 2U (Ac), I88UO (Ld); Irwin , Onishi , Fonsica , Souza , Reis dos Santos , & Ramos 25008 (Ld, N); Irwin , Reis dos Santos , Souza , & Fons8ca 23990 (Ac, N), 2U967 (Ld, N); Irwin & Soderstrom 7227 (N) . Mato Grosso: Malme 1318 (W lli83l;7l) ; Martius 583 [Macbride photos 7386 & 203U6] (B--I3U932, F6U572liphoto, F68I4I53photo, Nphoto, W photo); Philcox & Fereira 3886 (N), h31h (N); Retter , Bertoldo , Castro . Santos , & Souza R._9l5 (N) . Minas Gerais: Eiten & Elten 3566 (N, W 2lUi5209); Irwin , Onishi, Fons|ca, Souza , Reis dos Santos . & Ramos 2571^8 (Ac, N)7~2^1 (Ac); Macedo 195 (W 2197251)} Tamberlik s.n. (F87632ii) . ParA: E. Oliveira WiB (N), 14^69 (N); Spruce s.n. (In vicinibus Barra] (F686366), s.n. [In vicinibiis Santarem, 1850] (V 29U708). Sfio Paulo: L. Riedel 37x (W 15736U]*), s.n. [Villa Franca, Jxme l83i*] (W 157361^7)

AMASONIA lASIOCAULOS Mart. & Schau. Additional synoByuy: Amasonia lasiocaulis Mart. & Schau. ex Kuntze, Rev. Gen, PI. 2: 509, in syn. l89iT" Additional &. emended bibliography: Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks.,

36

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 103. 1893# M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb, 58^9. 1911; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 22?. 19U7i Cuatrecasas, Revist. Acad. Colomb. Cienc. 10: 238. 19^8 j J. F. Macbr., Field Mua. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 689 690. 1960j Moldenke, Pl^tologia 7: 3Ul. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 115, 139, Hi?, & 389 (1971) and 2: 639 & 950. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23 Ul8. 1972; L6pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13) 58 & 61. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: U37, U38, & U53. 197U. Recent collectors descrtbe this plant as an herb, 20 50 cm. tall, or a shrub, 1 1.5 m. tall, the stem leafless beloir, the upper leaves whorled, purple beneath or bright-red or red when young and maroon when adult, the inflorescence rosy-coral or scarlet, the bracts red, cardinal-red, or vermin Ion to scarlet, or bright-red when young and maroon when adult, the calyx red or scarlet, the corollas lemon-yellow or cream, and the immature fruit green, becoming deep-red when mature. The corollas are said to have been "fellow" on Prance & Silva 58720 , "light-green" on Prance , Maas , Kubitzki , Steward , Ramos , Pinhelro , & Lima 11782 , and "red" on Silya & Souzja 2278 . The plant has been fovind growing in clay or limestone soil in dense humid or shaded forests or in moist forests on white sand, at altitudes of UOO600 meters, flowering from July to September (in addition to months previously reported by me), and fruiting in February, Avigust, and November, Cowan & Soderstrom report it "locally occasional" in Guyana, trtiile Miss Lourteig refers to it as "rare" in AmapA, Brazil. A vemacvilar name reported for it is "mendoca", the same as is used for other species of the genus. L6pez-Palacios (1973) thinks that it may yet be found in Amazonas or Bolivar, Venezuela. Macbride (I960) cites only Allard 20522 from San Martin, Peru, The Eitens call A. lasiocaulos a subshrub, with the bracts red, the corollas light-green, the filaments and style light-green, and the anthers light-brown. They encountered it growing in virgin upland semideciduous mesophytic foz^st m. tall, the tree canopy over 60 percent, with a few shrubs, the ground layer of dense marantaceous herbs and low Olyra-like grass [this lype of forest ia locally called "carrasco"], flowering in January. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as A. arborea H.B.K., A. canpestris (Aubl.) Moldenke, or "Aaiaaonia arborea H.B.K."

Additional k. emended citations: COLOMBIA: M^ta: Philipson , Idrobo & Fernandez 11^88 (W 20261U6) . Vaup^s : Cuatrecasas 7017 l^f-^ 177U22li); R. E, Schultes 5665 (Wl8750UO) . GUIANA: Cowan & Soderstrom 1712 (Fg, 2678022). BRAZIL: Acre: Prance, MaasJ Kubitzki, Steward , Ramos, Pinheiro , & Lima 11782 (Ld, N) . AmapilT Egler & Irvine U61t26 (N); Lourteig'"l803 (W 2595102); Mur<;a Pires , Rodrig^es , & Irvine 50308 (N), 50761 (H) . AmazCnas : Prance , Pena, Ramos , & Monteiro 2203 (N); IDLe 896I (W 1615262) . MaranhSo: Eiten & Eiten 10275 (W 2689051) . ParA: Dahlgren & Sella 53U (F
,

"

1971*

Moldenke, Notes on Amasonla

37

602561), 637 (F602980) J KaxdTmann 5 (F603li52)j MexLa $92U, in part (F 6709I12, F--6709li3)j Prance & Sllva $8720 (N, W 2$lli755)i Sllva & Sonza 2278 (N) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: pi. U8. 18^1 (N, Z)

AMASONIA OBOVATA Gioason Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: Hi. 1938j Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $9 (2): Ul6. 1939j Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3lil. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth STJmm. 1: 122 (1971) and 2: 8^0. 1971; L6pez-Palacio8, Revlst. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58, 60, & 61. 1973. L6pez-Palacioa asserts (1973) that "Sin embargo, en algunos ejemplares de A^ campestris de los Llanos venezolanos se encuentran tambiSn brdcteas obovadas .
AMASONIA SPRUCEANA Moldenke Additional synonymy Amasonia sprucena [Moldenke] ex L6pezPalacios, Revist, Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13)s 59, sphalm. 1973. Additional bibliography: Seghers, Rev. Hort. Belg. 20: 13 15 ll*2. l89Ui A. W. Hill, l89Ui Mb'ller, Deutsch. Gart.-Zeit. 9: Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: lU. 1938; Cuatrecasas, Revist. Acad. Colotnb. Cienc. 10: 238. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3U2. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Sumrn. 1: 115, 122, ll;7, & 35U (1971) and 2 J 850. 1971j L6pezPalacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13) J U9 & 5o 61. 1973} Moldenke- Phytologia 28: 1*53. 197U; Troncoso, Danriniana 18: UOl & U08. 197U. niustrationa : Seghers, Rev, Hort. Belg. 20: 13 (in color). I89lj; Moller, Deutsch. GJirt.-Zelt. 9: Hd. I89U. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in forests on terrafirma (non-inundated land), flowering and fruiting in October, and describe the plant as a shrub, 1 m. tall, with white flowers and red fruit. L6pez-Palacios (1973) wonders if this taxon may not be merely an anomalous form of A, arborea H.B.K, An isotype of A_. sprue eana . Spruce 3288, in the Deles sert Herbarium at the Gonaervatoire et Jardin Botaniques at Geneva was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number 28391. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Vaup6s: Cuatrecasas 6853 (W 177U67li) . VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Spruce 3288 [Macbride photos 28391] (F6865l2--i30type, F830282photo of isotype, V 29U707-- isotype, W photo of isotype). BRAZIL: Amazfinas: Prance , Maas , Woolcott, Monte iro , & Ramos 15818 (Ld, N)
t

Ha

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS BOUCHEA . IV

Harold N. Koldenke

BOUCHE/L Cham.

Additional synoriymy: Fovearia L. C. Rich, ex Moldenke, Alph, List Invalid Names 2li, in syn, 19U2. Buchea Cham, ex Moldenke, Alph. List Invalid Names Suppl. 1: 3, in syn. 19U7. Beucbea Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 302, sphalm. I97l|. Additional & emended bibliography: Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. PI. Anno 1679 Hort. 1680; Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pi. Seciind. lOU. 1689; Pluk., Phjrtogr. 2: pi. 70. fig. 1, & pi. 321, fig. 1. 1691} Sloane, Cat. PI. Ins. Jamaic. 6U. I696j Moris., PI. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3: UlS ["UOS"] & hl9 1699; Ray, Hist. Plant. 3: Suppl. 28^ & 286. 170l;j Herm., Cat. Plant. Nond. 13 & 15. 1705; Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. PI. Prim. & Sec. 2t lol*. 1739; Crantz, Inst. Rei Herb. 1: $72. 1766; [Retz.], Nom. Bot. 11. 1772; Christm. & Panzer, Vollst. Pflanzensyst. Houttiiyn 5: 121 122. 1779; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 2: (1789) and ed. 13, pr. 2, 2: lil. 1796; Raensch., Ncm. Bot., ed. 3, 3. 1797; Balbis, Cat. PI. Hort. Bot. Taur. U8. I80li; Pers., Sp, PI, 3'- 351. 1819; Peterm., Cod. Bot. Linn, Ind. Alph. 196. 18U0; Steud.. Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 2: 629 & 750. ISU; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. U73. 18U5; Schau., Linnaea 20: 1|78. 18U7; D. Clos, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, 10: 378 381, 18U8; C. Gay, Hist. Fis. Chile Bot. 5: 2527 & Atlas 1: pi. 55. I81i9; Schnitzl,, Icon. Fam. Nat. Reg. Beg. 137. 1856; Thwaites & Hook, f ., Enum. PI. Zeyl., pr, 1, 2lil. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 89, 110, 115, 12U, 125, 127, 128, 132, 139, lli3, & lli6 lli8 (1862) and 3: 180182, l81i, 185, 235237, & 2ia, pi. 16. 1863; Bocq., Rev. Verb^nac. (repr.) 89, 110, 115, 12U, 125, 127. 128, 132, 139, 1U3, lli6 lltS, 180182, I8U, l85, 235' 237, & 2la, pi. 16. 1863; Griseb., Cat. PI. Cuba 211i. 1866; Harv,, Gen. S. Afr. PI., ed. 2, 288 & 290. 1868; R, A, Phil., Anal, Univ. Chil. 35: 193. 1870: Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (1): 1^50 & 702 (1873) and 2 (1): 759. 187U; A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am., ed. 1, 2 (1): 333335. 1878; C. B. Clarke in Hook, f., Fl. Brit. Ind. h'. $6k, 1885; Trimen, Joum. C^lon Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9: [Syst. Cat. Flow. PI. Ceylon] 68, 1885; A, S. Hitchc, Ann. Rep. Mo, Bot. Card. J*: 117. 1893; Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Keir., pr. 1, 1: 327, 3U9, & 753 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 50ii, 56U, & 567. 189U; T. R. Sims, Sketch & Check-list Fl. Kaffr. 63. I89U; Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 97U & 1178. 1895; Robinson & Greeim., Am. Joum. Sci. 150 [ser, 3, 50]: 11^7. 1895; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 3: 3U7 3U8. 1895; Just, Bot, Jahresber. 23 (2): 76. 1897; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Eyer, Fl. Trop, Afr. 5' 273 & 281283. 1900; Durand St Jacks,, Ind, Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 61. 1901; T, Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Qesell. lli: U66. I90I1; M. Eunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb, 38 Ul. 1911; J. Matsunura, Ind. PI. Jap, 2 (2): 533. 1912; Loes., Verb. Bot. Ver. Brand. 53: 79 [Abhandl.

38

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea

39

2lili], 1912i Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. U, pr. 1, 28. 1913} Chlov., Result. Sclent, kiss. Stef. 1: 1143. 19l6j Prin, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5m pr. 1, 3$. 1921j Gamble, Fl. i^resid. Madras 6: 1085 & 1089. 192U} Bews, Pf . Forms t Evol. S. Afr. 156 & 188. 1925} Britton & P. Mis., Sclent. Surv. Porto Rico 6: 137 & U42 lli3. 1925} Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5U (l)j 1170 [366]. 1932} Steyenn. & Moore, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 20: 801. 1933} Fedde & Schust. in Juat, Bot. Jahresber. 5U (2): 7U6 7U7. 193U} P. C. Standi., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 993. 1938} Tharp, Veg. Tex. 67. 1939} Roblado, Lecc. Bot. 2: li98. 19U0} Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 61. 19U.} Fedde k Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569 & 571. I9UI} TTangerin & Krause in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 60 (1): 653. I9UI} Savage, Cat. Linn. Herb. Lond. U, 19U5} Jacks, in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind, Kerw., pr. 2, 1: 327, 3li9, & 753 (19li6) and pr. 2, 2: 50U, 56U, 567. I9U6} Hill & Salisb., Ind. Ken. Suppl. 10: 33 & 222. 19U7} Selling, Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 38: 27U & 39h, 19U7} E. D, Merr., Ind. Raf, 20U. 19U9} Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1031, 1032, & lOiiO. 1950} Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc, Diet, Gard., ed. 1, 1: 302. 1951} Kearney, List Citations Place Publ. Spp. Ariz. 19 [thesis]. 1951} Ranbo, SelloTria 3? 72 & 78. 1951} Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 1, Ui8 & Ui9, fig. 256 C & D. 1952} Amoldo, Zakfl. 125126, 15U, & 163, pi. SS, fig. 119. I95I1} Rambo, Sellowia 6: 59, 67, & 153. 195U} J. B. Gillett, Kew Biill. Misc. Inf. 1955: 132135. 1955} Ange^y, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 3. 1956} Chittenden, Roy, Hort. Soc. Diet. Gard., ed. 2, 1: 302. 1956} Rambo, Sellowia 7: 207. 1956} Angely, Fl, Paran. 7: U & 11. 1957} Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 31: 561, 1957} Schnack & Fehleisen, Darwiniana 11: 2ii5 255. 1957} V^lez, Herb, Angiosp. Lesser Ant. 116, 1957} Anon., U. S, Dept. Agr, Bot, Subj. Index 15: li435U. 1958} Cave, Ind. PI. Chromosome Nos. 1: vi & 53. 1958} R. C. Foster, Contrib, Gray Herb, I8U: 169. 1958} Humbert. Fl. Sahara Sept. 4 Cent. U07. 1958} Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl, k, pr, 2, 28. 1958} Van Caiipo, Bull. I, F, A, N, 20 (A-3) 753760. 1958} Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Index 1929-1956, li7. 1959} Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew, Suppl, 1, pr, 3, 61, 1959} J. Hutchinson, Fam, Flow. PI,, ed. 2, 2: 395. 1959} G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 23. 1959} Angely, Uv. Gen. Bot, Bras. 35 & 39. I960} Howell 4 McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz, Fl,, ed. 2, 730, I960} Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr, 3, 1: 327, 3ii9, & 753 (i960) and 2: 50U, 56Ii, & 567. I960} Kevorkian, Phytopath, li3: U06, I960} Kevorkian, Mycologia 52: 523 52U, I96O} J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 611 & 656657. I960} Martin i Noel, Fl. Albany & Bathhurst 92. I96O} Prin, Ind. Kew. Suppl, 5, pr. 2, 35. I96O} Renn6, Levant. Herb, Inst, Agron. Minas 1U9. I960} Rambo, Peaquis. Bot. h: 18 (I960) and 12: 21. I96I} Kevorician, Mycologia 53: U37li38. I96I} Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3U5 350. I96I; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr, 36: 2311. 1951} Runner, Rep. G. W. Groff Coll. 362. I96I} Angely, Fl. Paran. 17: U6. 1961} Angely, Fl. Bacia Paran. 22: 39. 1962} Nair & Rehman, Bull. Bot. Gard, Lucknow 76: 3. 1962} Moldenke. Biol. Abstr. 39: 6lli. 1962} Soukup, Biota U: 123 12U (1962) and U: 366. 1963} Hepper in Hutchinson St Dalz., Fl. W. Trop, Afr,, ed. 2, 2: U37. 1963} Erdtman in Preston,

UO

PHYTOLOQIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

Adv. Bot, Res. I]i9 208. 1963 j Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 6: 532 & 535. 1963] Legris, Trav. Sect. Sclent. Inst. Frang. Pond. 6: 395, 535, & 558. 1963 J J. K. Haheshwarl, Fl. Delhi 276 & 279. 1963 Quezel & Santa, Nouv. Fl. Alg. 2: 779 & 781. 1963; H. P. Riley, Fan. Flow. PI. S. Afr. 128. 1963} Santapau & agh. Bull. Bot. Smtv, India 5: 108. 1963; Angelj, Bibl. Veg. Paran. 195. 196Uj R. Good, Qeogr. Flow. PI. liJ^O. 196U; Melchior in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 12, 2: li37. I96I4; Langman, Select. Guide Lit. Flow. PI. Mex. 208, 335, 517, & 1010. l96Uj Puri, Jain, Mokerjee, RowSarup, St Kotwal Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19s 107. I96ltj ell, Sida 1: 260. I96UJ Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A. 7: 16. 1961;; W, T. Steam, System. Assoc. Publ. 6: 8U. I96U; Thwaites & Hook, f., Enum. PI. Zeyl., pr. 2, 2m. 196ki Moldenke in Shreve & Wiggins, Veg. & Fl. Son. Des. 2: 12551256. 1961; j Moldenke, R6svmi5 Suppl. 11: 6 (I96U) and 12: 3, 5, & 9. 1965; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 577. 1965; F. A. Barkloy, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 75, ll;6, & 158. 1965; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor. Fl. Barbados 353, 355356, & 1;66. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 3U9350. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 12: 6. 1965; Rambo, Pes quia. Bot. 21: 13, Hi, & [59]. 1965; Aiiy-Shaw in J, C. mills. Diet. Flow. PI., ed. 7, 150, 163, 661;, Sc 896. I966J Erdtman, Pollen Morph. &. PI. Tax., ed. 2, 14;8 &; Ul;9, fig. 256 C & D. I966; Hirata, Host Range & Geogr. Distrib. Powd. Mild. 276. 1966; Jafri, Fl. Karachi 286 & 287, fig. 282. 1966; Jimenez, Supl. Cat, Fl. Doming. 1: 210. 1966; J. K. Maheshwari, Illustr. Fl. Delhi 172, I966; Rzedowaki & McVaugh, Contrib. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9i 107. 1966; W. T, Steam, Botan. Latin 292 & 297. 1966; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.ll: 503. 1967; Moldenke, RSsumfi Suppl. 15: 2, 3, & 16. 1967; Puig, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 103: 309. 1967; Sladkov, Introd. Sporopoll. Ana]ys. 1967; Burlage, Ind. PI. Tex. 182 & 193. 1968; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. l;9: IA99. 1968; Mol'^r^ke, R^suml Suppl. 16: 5, 16, & 28 (1968) and 17: 8. I968; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est, S. Paulo, ed. 1, 1: xii & 8. 1969} Anon., Torr. Bot. Club Ind. Am. Bot. Lit. 3: 301; & 309. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Mayvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. PI. 711;. I969; M. Martinez, PI. Med. Mex., ed. 5, 505. 1969: Moldenke. Phytologia 18: 50l;. 1969; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 113111;. 1969; Quezel, Fl. & Veg. Plat. Darfur [Doss. 5 Rscherch. Coop. Prog. i;5:] 131. 1969} Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 362 & 366. I969; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, 325 & 326. 1969} Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 2: xxx. 1970} Correll & Johnston. Man. Vase. PI. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Fovmd, Bot. 6:] I807 & 1871. 1970; ElGazzar &Wat8., New Phytol. 69: 1;57, h69t Ull, 1;73, li77, 1;83, & 1;85. I97O; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 21; (9): 168 & 179132, fig. 33. 1970} Moldenke in Correll St Johnston, Man, Vase, PI, Tex, [Contrib, Tex, Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1313 & 13351336. 1970} Obei^ Winkler, Pterid. & Sperm. Venez. 12 & 78. 1970} Reitz, Sellowia 22: 22. 1970} Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. U (3): 5U2 & 765. 1970; Soukup, Raymondiana 3 J 26 & U3. 1970; Angely, Fl, Anal, & Fitogeogr. Est, S. Paulo, ed. 1, 1;*. iii, 826, & 836837, map I388. 1971} Bews in Elyre, World Veget. Types 161. 1971} Tmjer, Raymondiana U: 70. I97I; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 3, IM

CM.


197U
Moldenka, Notes on Bouchea
I4I

1971; Moldenke in Wiggins & Porter, Fl. GalAp. Isls. 500. 1971| Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Galip. Isls. 98O, 1971; C. D. Adams Flow. B. A. PI. Jam. 626, 63I, & 80U. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. $k {k) S. I. C. S.33. 1972; Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. U2 (3): Suppl. [Enuni. PI. Aethiop.] 1629. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 51i: 1725. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 210, hXh, Ul6, U25, & 50li. 1972; A. L. Moldenke, Phorbologia 23: 318. 1972; J. Mukherjee, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. Calcutta 3$: 37 Uh* 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vol. 120 part 1: Sh & 379. 1972; Stafleu, Intemat. Coda Bot. Nocn. 73, 35U, & 380. 1972; R. R. Stewart in Nair & Ali, Fl. West Pakist. 605. 1972; Thanikaimonl , Inst. Frann; . Pond. Trav. Sect, Scient. & Techn. 12 (1): 35. 1972; Whipple, Joum. Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. 88: [1], 9, & 13. 1972: Lfipez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 9 & [62] 63. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25i 236 & 50U (1973) and 26: 500. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 57 (12): Ba.Sa.C. E.3ii. I97I4; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23 290. 197U; "H. R.", Biol. Abstr. 57: 69UO. 197U; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 507. 197U} Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 296, 301, 302, 305, 3U8--350, U08. lOl, & U12, fig. 13. I97I1. Airy-Shaw (1966; avers that the Buchla D. Dietr., Syn. PI. 3s 370 371 (18U3) is a synonym of Bouchea Cham. In this disposition he is obviously following Jackson in Hook, f , & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr, 1, 1: 3U9 (1893). However, it appears evident that the Buchla attributed to Dietrich is identical with the Buchla H.BJf. (1317) referred to by Dietrich and which Jackson on the same page of his work reduces to synonymy under Perama Aubl. in the Rubiaceae. The description is "Cal. bipartitus, laciniis acuminatis carinato-concavis. Cor. basi extus pills serlatis cincta infundibuliformis U-partita. Ovarium depresso-globosum. Stigma 3-partitvim laciniis capillaribus . Fructus 3-cuspidatu3 3-locularis ." It seems unquestionable that both names belong In the synonymy of Perama , not Bouchea . Barkley (1965) lists Denis la among the valid genera of Verbenaceae, although he also correctly lists it among the synonyms of Bouchea , where, in my opinion, it belongs. Chascanum E. key, often listed in the synonymy of Bouchea , is a valid separate genus and Pleurostigma Hochst. and Plexipus Raf , belong in its synonyny. According to Rickett & Stafleu (I96O), the generic name Bouchea has been conserved under the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature as follows: "^711^8. Bouchea Chamisso, Linnaea 7: 252. 1832", typified by B. pseudogervao (A. Salnt-Hilalre) Chamisso (typ. cons.)." ( Verbena pseudogervao A. Saint-Hilaire) Nalr & Rehman (1962) say that "It is known that in Bouchea , there are either 3-porate or 3-colpate grains on which baisis the genus could be divided into two groups (Erdtman, 19U5) . But the Indian species of Bouchea have shown a 3-colporate condition as different from earlier reports." Actually, there are no true mambers of the genxis Bouchea native to India the plants referred to by Nair & Rehmann are probably Chascainum aarrublifolitm Fensl and

k2

PHYTOLOQIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

Svenaonla tyderobadensls (Walp.) Moldenke, and I am not at all surprised to learn that the pollen grains are distinct. The late Dr. Gunnar Erdtman, in a letter to me dated Decembttr 21, 1972, says "I am -writing a short critical note on the (very abundant?) occurrence of Bouchea (maybe several species) similsu: to or, amazingly enough, almost identical with recent taxa in Late Cretaceous deposits in northeastern Brazil. Can you possibly drop ae a line on your opinion in this matter? I consider my opinion (i.e. the determination of the fossil remains) as perfectly safe. What about paleoecolc^y? What about connections betw. America, Africa, Madagascar and India? ( Bouchea & Ghascanum ) ."In a following letter, received by me on January 20, 1973, he says "Thank you so very much indeed for your very kind and prompt answer to my letter of Decanber 2l8t. Bouchea seems to be a very interesting genus for several reasons and I would like to have a young palynologist making a detailed stucfy of it before the publication of aty data on its geologic history, B. linifolia , prisma tica , pseudogervao , rusbyl etc. seem to be particularly interesting." It shoxild be noted here that Merrill (19U9) and Airy Shaw (1966) erroneously reduce the genus Lomake Raf . to synocoany unit definitely belongs in the synonymy der Stactytarpheta Vahl of Bouchea . Soukup (1963) records the vernacular name "pacunga" as applied to a species of Bouchea in Peru [probably B^ fluminensis (Veil.) Moldenke] The Angely (1971) work referred to in the above bibliography bears the date "1970" on its title-page, but was not actTially published until 1971. It is also worth noting here that the Schauer (I81i7) reference from Linnaea was published in August of 18U7, while his generally quoted work in De Candolle's Prodronus did not appear until November 26 of that year. The Index Kewensis uses the latter work as the original place of publication of the several new binomials published by Sohauer in the Linnaea work. I am informed that this will be corrected in the next Index Kewensis Supplement. Gibson (1970) makes the cxorious statement of the genus Bouchea: "Ten species, one in Abyssinia, the others found in tropical America". She does not indicate what the Abyssinian species is. Actually the genus is confined entirely to the New World, The Ethiopian species which formerly were placed in Bouchea are now regarded as Chascanum {k species) and Svensonia (2 species) . She lists only B. nelsonil, B. prismatica , B. prismatica var. brevirostra, and B, prismatica var, longirostra frcm Central America. Standley (1938) says "The genus Bouchea is represented in Central America, and perhaps in Costa Rica." Seven species and varieties occur in MexLooj the only one known to me from Costa Rica is B. nelsonil . Sanchez Sanchez (I969) says "Bate g^nero comprende Unas 17 especies en America tropical y subtropical" actually 16 species and 7 named varieties and fonos are now recognized. Martinez (I969) notes for an unidentified species from Veracruz

19 7h

Moldenke, No tea on Bouchea

U3

the following Infonnation; " Bouchea ap. Tierra Blanca, Ver, El coclmiento de las hojas se usa contra la diarrea." Tharp (1939) comments that some unidentified members of this genus in Texas [there are 3 in the state] are found "in mesquite chaparral and sotol-lechuguilla regions." The " Bouchea sp," recorded ty Robinson & Greenznan (1895) is actually Stachytarpheta cayennensis (L, C, Rich.) Vahl. The Bredlove 1Q268 , distributed as Bouchea sp., is actually Ghinia cxiraasavica (L.) MiUsp., Stuessey 1031 is Priva grandlflora (Ort.) Moldenke, and C_^ C. Albers 62122 is not verbenaceous

BOUCHEA AGRESTIS Schau. Additional & emended bibliography: Jacks, in Hook, f , & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327 (1893), pr. 2, 1: 32? (19U6), and pr. 3, 1: 327. I960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3U6. 1961; Moldenke, R6swa6 Suppl. 12: 3. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: lU7 & 399 (1971) and 2: 768 & 850. 1971. Two cotype sj>ecimens, Blanc het 3731 and 3907 , deposited in the herbarium of the Conservatoire et Jaixlin Botaniques at Geneva, were photographed there by Macbidd as his type photograph nunber 7851. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Blanchet 3731 [Macbride photos 7851, in part] (E 13li933 cotype, W photo of cotype), 3907 [Macbride photos 7851, in part] (W photo of cotype) . MaranMto: Eiten & Eiten Uil5 (N)

BOUCHEA BOLIVIANA (K\intze) Moldenke Additional synonyny: Bouchea pseudogervao f . pilosa Herzog apud R, C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb, 18U: 169, in syn. 1958. Bouchea boliviana Mold, ex Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 350. 19 7U. Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 39. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just. Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569. 19U-; Moldenke, Phytologia k'- ii88 U89. 1951; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. I81i: I69. 1958; Moldenke, R6sum^ 113, 123, 239, 3li7, 356, Sc hh3, 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sunn, 1: 181, 195, & 1*00 (1971) and 2: 628, 6Ji6, & 850. I971i Moldenke, Phytologia 28: Ua & 953. I97U; Troncoso, Darwiniana I8: 350. 197li. Recent collectors describe this plant as herbaceous, 1 m. tall, frequent in wet soil "en seja de monte", and have found it growing at IiOO m. altitude, blocaiing in March. The coroUaa on R. F. Steinbach 789 are described as having been "violet" in color when fresh. Troncoso (197U) cites Burkart & al. s.n. [Ledeana; Herb. Inst. Darwinion l52li]i] from Jujuy and Rodriguez I7I4. from Salta, Angentina, in the Danrinion herbarium. Additional & emended citations: BOLIVIA: Santa Cruzi R. P. Steinbach 789 (N, S, W--2533570, Ws). Tarija: Pflanr. 2037 Tw
1231*317)

kh

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

BOUCHE& BOYACAM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phjrtologia 7t 3h6 (1961) and 13: 2h2, 1966: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 11: 503. 1967} Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. U9s l4l99. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: 115 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971 J Moldenke, Phytologia 28: li3U. 197it. BOUCHEA BOYACANA var. GLABRATA Moldenke Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 2U2, 1966} Rocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 11: 503. 1967} Moldenke, Biol. Abatr. h?'- U199. 1968} Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 139 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. Material of this taxon has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as B. fluminensis (Veil.) Moldenke. Citations: PERU: Piura: Hutchison & Wright 6592 (W~2U6755U isotype, Z type).

BOUCHER CHASCANOIDES Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3U6. 1961} Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: Ikl (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. BOUCHEA CIPOI!nsIS Moldenke Synonyny: Bouchea cipoensis Moldenke ex Renn6, Levant. Herb, Inst. Agron. Minas 2li9 , I960. Additional bibliograpliy: Renn6, Levant, Herb. Inst. Agron. Minas lli9. I960} Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3U6~3li7. 1961} Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 11*7 & 399 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971.

BOUCHEA DISSECTA S. Wats. Additional synoEyiqy: Bouchea dessecta S. Wats, ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: U53, in syn. 197li. Additional & emended bibliography: Durand &. Jacks., Ind. Kew. SuRpl. 1, pr. 1, 61 (1921) and pr. 2, 61. 19U.} Moldenke, Phytologia U U89~U90. 195U} Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 61. 1959} Moldenke, Rdsumfi 3U, 238, 239, & U1a3. 1959} Moldenke in Shreve & Wiggins, Veg. & Fl. Son. Des. 2: 1256. 196U} Langoan. Select. Guide Lit. Flow. PI. Mex. 335. 196U} Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 67, 399, & UOO (1971) and 2: 850. 1971} Moldenke, Phytologia 28: U53. 19 7U. In Shreve & Wiggins (196U) the distribution of this species is given as "In shade on llanos, in pebbly, slightly red soil and fields, and on rocky ridges, ledges, and hill slopes. Lower Sonoran to Tropical Zones, central Sonora to Guerrero". Gentry found it on an open slope with turf grass and thin arid soil in the Lowland Forest Area, at 1500 feet altitude, and notes "the corollas falling before midday". Other recent collectors have found the species in fields, on dry llanos, on hillsides with dense shrubs and woods, and "occasional" on wooded bliiffs with Cordia , Acacia , and Lysiloma tergemina . The corollas are described as having been "pink" on Hinton 6U92, 12019, & l?n)i , "bright pink" on II. S. Gentry 6133, "lavender-pink" on Dieterle 1;317, and "purple" on McYaugh 17993 . The plant has been found in fruit in September. Hinton, on the label

197U

Uoldenke, Notes on Bouchea

U5

of his no. 61^92 , says of it "very rarej a new record". Still other recent collectors have enco\mtered Bj^ dissecta in fields and on forested slopes with Bursera, Pseudobombax , Ipomoea , and Guazxma , while Dieterle refers to it as an "occasional herb in the shade of shmbs in cultivated land with remnants of thorn forest and areas of old lava flows". Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Guerrero: Hinton & al. 6U92 (Ld, Se 103li32, Tu 112028) . Mlchoacdn: Dieterle lill?
(Ui)j Hinton & al^ 12019 (Ld, Se~103U33, Tu 112029), 12062 (111, S), 12111; (Ld, Mi, Se 1033U1, Tu 112030)} McVaugh 17993 (Ml). Sinaloa: T. S. Erandegee a.n. [Culiacan] (Ca 10l;993, W 873656); Breedlove & Thome 179^ (Gg 532706) ; H. S. Gentry 6133 (Du

Tu 12U391)i . Gonzalez Ortega 621 (W 1083758), 68I (F 598077) Nervaez Montes & Salazar 621 (W 1039133); Edw. Palmer m85 (W 305276); Waterfall 12757 (St, Z) . Sonora: M, E. Jones 2236I (E 969938); Edw. Palmer 259 (W U6708 isotypelj B (W 208736); I. L. Wiggins 7292 (Ca665313, Ld, Se 168355, Tu3197U2,
i

98U86)
BOUCHE/L FLABELLIFORMIS M. E. Jones

Additional bibliography: A. W, Hill. Ind, Kew. Suppl. 9: 39. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia Us U90. 195u; Moidenke, R6s\m6 3h & l4li3. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 67 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. Einended citations: MEXICO: Baja California: M. E. Jones 27U39 (B 103li293--isotype, F 721365 isotype)
BOUCHEA FLUMINENSIS (Veil.) Moldenke Additional & emended synoEonny: Verbena fluminensis Arrab. ex Steud,, Nom, Bot., ed. 2, 750. l81il Verbena pseudo-gervao A. St.-Hil. ex Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 2: 750, in syn. IQhl. Bouchea p3eudogerva8 Cham, apud Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr. 1, 2: 1179. 1895. Bouchea pseudogervao Cham, ex M, Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. UO. 19 11. VerbeQa flumiaansls (Veil.) Moldenke, RSsumS Suppl. 16: 28, in syn. 19^. Bouchea fluminensis Veil, ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 399, in syn. 1971. Bouchea fluminensis Mold, ex Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 236, in syn. 1973. Additional & emended bibliograpl^: Cham., Linnaea 7: 252 25ii. 1832; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 2: 750. I8UI; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: [Rev. Verbfinac] 237. 1863; Jacks, in Hook. f. Sc Jacks., Ind. Kew,, pr. 1, 1: 327 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 1179. 1395; T. Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesall. lU: li66. I90U; M. Kunz, knaton. Untersuch. Verb. UO. 1911; Wangerln in Just, Bot. Jahreaber. Sh (1): 1170 [366]. 1932; Moldenke, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 522: 176. 19liO; Jacks, in Hook. f. Sc Jacks., Inl. Kerw., pr, 2, 1: 327 (I9U6) and pr. 2, 2: 1179, 19U6; Chittenden, Roy, Hort. Soc. Diet, Qard., ed. 1, 1: 302. 1951; Erdtman, Pollen llorph. k PI. Tax., ed. 1, U^S. 1952; Chittenden, Roy. Hort, Soc. Diet. Gard., ed. 2, 1: 302. 1956; Rambo, Sellowia 7: 207. 1956; Angely, Fl.

16

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

Paran. 7: U. 1957; Schnack & Fehleisen, Darwiniana 11: 2U5~255 1957; Cave, Ind. PI. Chromosome Nos. 1: vi & $3. 1958; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18U: I69. 1953; Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Ken,, pr. 3, 1: 327 (i960) and pr. 3, 2: 1179. i960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 656-657. 1960; Renn6, Levant. Herb, Inst. Agron, Minas 1U9 I960; Rambo, Pesquis. Bot. U: 18 (i960) and 12: 21. I96I; Angely, Fl. Paran. 17: 16. I96I; Soixkup, Biota U: 12U. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot, A.6: 535. 1963; Angely. Bibl, Veg. Paran. 195. 1961;; Moldenka, R6sum6 Suppl. 11: 6 (1964) and 12: 3 & 5. 1965; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran,, ed. 1, 577. 1965; Rambo, Pesquis. Bot. 21: 13 Hi & [59]. 1965; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed, 2, UJiB, I966; Moldenke, RisumI Suppl. 16: 28. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal, & Fitogeogr, Est, S, Paulo, ed. 1, 1: xli, I969; Bolkh,, Grif, Matvej,, & Zakhar,, Chrom, NiMb, Flow. PI. 71ii. 1969; Reitz, Sellowia 22: 22. 1970; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, Uj 837, iii, & xix, nap 1388, I97I; Dwyer, Raymondiana kt 70. 1971; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 3, Ui8. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 135, 139, lli7, 181, 188, 195, 355, & 399 UOl (1971) and 2: 628631, 668, 680, 691, 768, & 85O. 1971; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vol. 1-20 part 1: 5U & 379. 1972; Stafleu. Intemat. Code Bot. Ncm. 35U. 1972; Moldenke, Phortologia 23: U25 (1972) and 25: 236. 1973s Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 3i;8 350, 1|11, & Ul2, fig. 12. 197U. Additional illustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 3U9, fig. 12. 197U. Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb, subshrub, or open irregularly branched shrub, 1 1.5 m. tall, the leaves grayish-green, glabrous, and soft, the flowers slightly zygcmorphic, and found it growing in open places, gallery forests, capoeira at the edge of streams, partial shade on wooded calcareo^l3 outcrops, and in semi-arid cactus -Acacia forests, at altitudes of 800 1200 m., flowering in March and from May to December, and fruiting in March, May, and October, Hatschbach describes the species as "ruderal", while Macbride (i960) actually makes the amazing statement that "Too many collections have been made of this weedy plant" . Actually, not intensive enough collecting of it has been done as yet in ojrder to deteiBiine more accurately the distribution of its several names (and perhaps other as yet unnamed) subspecific taxa. Macbride also notes that correspondence between Saint-Hilaire and Kvmth, from which I have quoted in a previous work (I9U0), "shows, interestingly, that the observing and extremely able French botanist [Saint-Hilaire] was deterred by his friend [Kunth] from proposing a new genus based on his V[eAena] pseudogervao , six years before Chamisso's segregation was published." Stafleu (1972) informs us that Bouohea pseudogeirvao (A, St,-Hil.) Cham, is the conserved type ["type cons."] for the genus Bouchea, The corollas are described as having been "blue" on Hatschbach 32635 and Sehnem U07I, "purple" on Woytkowski 5801 , "blue to purple" on Ferreyra 17lt29 , "lilac" on Krapovickas , Crist6bal , & Maruflak 15778, "violet" on Hatschbach 23U62, "pale rosy-lavender"

, , .

19 7U

Uoldenke, Uotea on Bouchea

hi

on Imin, Maxirell , & Waashaviaen 21013 , and "light- violet, the tube paler" on Irwin , Sauza , Grear, & Rei3 do3 Santos 15702, while on Madison lOUliT-TO it is stated that the calyx was "light-green, corolla-tube white, the lobes lavender, the anthers bright-yellow? Erdtman (1966) has exauained the pollen of Widgren 3Ui from Brazil and describes the grains as more or less like those seen in B. prismatica (L.) Kuntze, but slightly smaller, being 121 mu X 77 mu in dimensions . Soukup (1962) records the vernacular names "pacunga" and "pacungua" for B, flumixiensia in Peru. Cave (19^8) reports the haploid chromosome number as 20. Peckolt (190U) says "In den Staaten vom A'quator bis zur sudlichen Tropenzone beGroszblatteriger G[ervaB] kannt als GervaC de folha grande rHese Pflanze wlrd als Ersatz der folgenden [ Stachytarpheta dichotCTaa (Ruiz & Pav.) Vahl] genommen, doch nicht so geschatzt." A co-type specimen of Verbena paeudogervao . A, Saint-Hilaire U97 , was photographed in the herbarium of the Botanischer Garten und Museum at Berlin by Macbride as his type photograph number 17583, but is now de3tix>yed, and a specimen of Reineck s.n. in

the same herbarium is his type photograph number I76OU [although it is not a type number of anything] and is ailso now destroyed, Chittenden (19^6) describes B_. flumlnenais as an "Evergreen perennial. Stems li-angled, 2 to 5 ft. h[igh]", the leaves "ovate or elliptic-ovate, slendea>-pointed, toothed", the flowers [corollas] "purplish with white throat, in terminal spikes, 6 to 10 in. long, slender", flowering in September [in England], Ha says that it was introduced into cultivation in England from Brazil in I87U and should be grown there in the "Stove". "A well-drained compost or loam and sancty peat suits them. Propagated by cuttings taken in spring, placed in sand under a hand-glass in gentle heat." The Ledingham lJt39 , cultivated in Argentina, is said to

have come originally from Mlslones Rambo (1965) cites the following Herb. Anchleta numbers, all collected by himself except irtiere otherwise noted: 1135 , 27li9 , 9U96 , 306U6, 351;80 [ Henz s.n. ] , 37900 , 38378 . U2U31, U2763 7T2903 , U2950 , U3792, Ui756 , U7O69, U7761 [ Sehnem U056 ] , li7762 [ Sehnea SoTl T, 1177^3 [ Sehnem 35191 , U8893 , 119118 , 50U73 [Sehnem , U056 ] , and 52259 [ Spies s.n. ] from Rio Grande do Sul, 30U53 [Reitz 995] and 32076 from Santa Catarina, tind 35821 [ Hatschbaoh 7U5] ar^L ^3U77 from Parani, Brazil. The U7761 [ Sehnap1;056 ] however, has been examined by me and proves actually to be f alblflora Moldanke. Macbride (i960) cites from Peru: Cuzco: Diehl 2U29 , So\ikup 800 . Junln: Killip & Smith 26625 , Klug 2839, Macbride 530U . San Martin: Goods peed 3500U & 35105, Klug 390U & 1|206 , U. Williams 5U69 . 5561, & 5808 , Woytkowski 3500U He records the vernacular names "pacTinga" and "pak\mgua" and gives the extra-limital distribution of the species as "Ecuador and Brazil", Troncoso (1971*) cites Rojas s.n, [Puerto Aguirrej Herb. Osten

Wi%

U8

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 1

807U3 and Sehnack s.n. [IguaztSj Herb. Inst. Danrin. 19855] from Misiones, Argentina, the former deposited in the herbarium of the Museo de Historia Natiiral in Montevideo and the latter in the Danrinion herbarium, and Ule 3886 from Santa Catarina, Brazil, in the Hamburg herbarium, Dwyer (1971) cites Woytkoiraki 5728 from Cajamarca, Peru, 5801 from Junln, and 7152 from San Martin, Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as B. ehreribergii Cham, and as something in the Acantbaceae or Gesneriaceae . On the other hand, the Hutchison & Wright 6592 , distributed as B^ fluminensis , is actually the type collection of B, boyacana var. glabrata Moldenke, while Eggers Ili6l8 is Stachytarpheta cayennensis (L. C. Rich.) Vahl, Additional & emended citations: ECUADOR: Manabi: Anthony & Tate 87 (W--1192177) . PERU: Cajamarca: Wgytkowski 5728 (239700011 Cuzco: Diehl 2i|29 (F 630092) . Junln: Killip 4 Smith 23397 (W 135809 7Tr2^023 Tw 1359316) , 26625 (W 11^60505") } Macbride 530U (F536329, W 1515778); M. T. Madison 10Ult7-70 (F~172808U7; Woytkowski 5801 (W 23970]i0) . Loreto: KLug 2839 (W1065Ul2)j Spruce U528 (V 29U397) . San Martin; Ferreyra 17li29 (W 2552872);

KLug 39OU (E~110U925); LI. Williams 5U69 (F626650), 5561 (F 623226), 5808 (F 626U86, 1U96555) . BRAZIL: Acre: Ule 9725 (UtU920U, W I61522U). Distrito Federal: Irwin , Mazwell. & Wasshausen 21013 (Ld) . GoiAs: Irwin , Souza , Grear , & Reis dos Santos 1^02 (Ac), Ouanabara: N. Santos 5U25 (Ja), ""Minas Gerais: Mexla 5268 (Au120850, F 866392, Go, Mi); Regnell I.3U0 [1856] (W--20965U); A. Salnt-Hilaire 9U7 [Macbride photos 17583] (E 663062-photo, B--911il02 photo , Nphoto, Wphoto); Widgren s. n^ [Galdas, I3/VI8U6] (W1323026) . Parani: Dus6n 7567 (W Ili8l823), 950U (D--683OIO, E 1035819, F6681a6, W-l!l8l82li) Hatschbach 28162 (Ld), 32635 (Ld). Rio de Janeiro: AguiUar s.n. [EstacSo Experimental, 2 Nov. 1922] (Ja--li5980, Ja); A. Lutz 23668 (F656559). Rio Grande do Sid: Leite 2025 (G); Rambo Herb. Anchleta U8893 (W 20I47022) , U91l6 (Du-^o7S556, Go); Relneck s.n. [Macbride photos 1760li] (W photo); Sehnem li071 [Herb, Anchieta ii7762] (B). Santa Catarina: Reitz <t KLein 2626 (W BOLIVIA: El Beni: H. H. Rusby 9l'(Du 382293, E 23li0820) . 118620, V928, 32698, 1323027) . La Paz: Krukoff 10l;6l (W I778I6I4) . ARGEMTINA: Corrientes: Pedersen 2911; (W 2283157)* Misiones: Krapovlckas , Crist6bal, & Marufiak 15778 (Ld) . CULTIVATED; Argentina: Ledlngham Ui39 (N).

BOUCHEA FLUMINEKSIS f , ALBIFLORA Moldenke Bibliography: Moldenke, Ptytologia 8: 273. 1962; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 39$ 6lli. 1962; Moldenke, R6sum5 Suppl. U: 5. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt, Bot. A. 6: 535* 1963; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: lli7 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971.

197U

Uoldenke, Notes on Bouchea

Siil:

U9

Citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do ieta U7761] (B type).

Sehnem kOB6 [Herb. Anch-

BOUCHEA FLUMINENSIS var. PILOSA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Paran. ?: (1957) and 17: li6. 1961 J Moldenke, Phytologia 7 3li8. I96lj Angely, Bibl. Veg. Paran. 195. 1961i; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 577. 1965} Moldenke, Fifth Summ. li m7 & 195 (1971) and 2i 850. 1971. Recent collectors have foiind this plant growing in forests, woods, and pastvires, at 200 300 m. altitude, flowering in May, October, and December, and fruiting in December. They describe it as a aubshrub, 70 cm. taU. The corollas are said to have been "lilac" in color when fresh on Hatschbach 29683 and this collection was made on the banks of an "areia". Additional citations: BRAZIL: ParanA: Hatschbach 29683 (Ld) Santa Catarinas Smith Klein llgOO (N, Z)j Smith & Reitz 12670 (W2li5l606)

Sc.

BOUCHEA INDPINATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: A, W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 39. 1938} Moldenke, Phytologia U: U93li9U. 195Iii Moldenke, R^suml 87 & U43. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 11^7 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. The type specimen, Schiich s.n. , in the herbarium of the Naturhistorisches Museum in Vienna, was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph nimiber 3u325. Additional citations: BRAZIL: State undetermined: Schuch s.n. [Macbride photos 3h32S] (W photo of type).

BOUCHEA LINIFOLIA A. Gray Additional synouyay'. Bouchea linitolla A, Gray ex Moldenke, R6svmi6 Suppl. 6: 0, in syn. I963. Additional & emended bibliography: A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am., 6d. 1, 2 (1): 335 (1878) and ed. 2, 2 (1): 335. 1886} Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327 (1893) and pr. 2, 1: 327. 19li6} Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 1, U18 & Ui9, fig. 256 C. 1952} Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 327. I960} Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3li8 (I96I) and 9: 165. 1963; Moldenke, R6sum^ Suppl. 6: 9. 1963} Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 2, U48 & hh9, fig. 256 C. I966} Rickett, Wild Flo. U. S. 3 (2): 366. 1969} Correll & Johnston, Man. Vase. PI. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1807. 1970} Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vase. PI. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1336. 1970} Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 3, IM & hh9, fig. 256 C. 1971} Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 5U, 61, 67, Sc UOO (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. Additional illustrations: Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 1, fig. 256 C (1952), ed. 2, fig. 256 C (I966), and ed. 3, fig. 256 C. 1971. Recent collectors describe this plant as an erect shrub, 1 feet tall, or an "infrequent perennial", with large showy flowers.

.{ ;

50

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

growing on limestone hills, in limestone crevices, on open, dry, rocky or dry calcareous hillsides, in small rocky canyons, and "along permanent streams of water", at 1100 3800 feet altitude, flowering in April and from June to October, and f rxdting frcm June to October. Wamock & McBryde describe it as "infrequent" in Val Verde Coimty, Texas, but R. M. Stewart asserts that it is "fairly common" or "ccounon" in Coahuila, Mexico. The corollas are described as having been "lavender" "rtien fresh on Wamock 13331; and on Wamock & McBiyde 15100 , "purple" on R. M. Stewart 1611 , and "magenta" on Johnston & Mueller 3U2. Erdtman (1966) examined the pollen from l^d & Mueller U09 and describes the grains as k 5-colpate, subprolate, and 76 mu x 65 nu in size. The Speriy T.125 & T.563 , distributed as B. linifolia , are actually Verbena perennis Wooton, Additional &. emended citations: TEXAS: Brewster Co.: Havard s. n. [W. of Taelingra] (F--252020) . Kinney Co.: Havard 1383 (E~ 11863U, F--25211i7, W I559li5) . Pecos Co.: Flyr 199 (Au 235321;) B. H. Wamock 1333li (Ld) . Presidio Co.: Tharp 253 (Ca882li36) Terrell Co.: B^ H. Wamock lljOOl (Ld). Uvalde Co.: , J. Palmer 13007 (Au, Cali25600, B827557, Tu^69660) . Val Verde Co.: G. L. Fisher U9109 (Ew); Schott s.n. [Qnoiy 811;] (W~l;3500) j B. H. Wamock 11170 (Ld), 11289 (Ld); Wamock & McBryde 15100 (Au, Ld)j C. Wright 1;1;9 (Ca 221687cotype, W U3509cotype) , 1509 (E

118619

cotype,

(Au 23639U) ; Johnston & Mueller

1383 (Au, St) i
W;ynd

& MueUer

MEXICO: Coahuila: Gotild 10605 (Au^-299I;25) i E. G. Marsh R. M. Stewart 61;5 (Au 30129U) , 1611 (Au^300789) U09'Te111U105, Mi, St).
3l;2

W113510cotype).

BOUCHEA NEISONII Grenz. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5U (1): 1170 [366]. 1932j Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51; (2): 7U6. 1931; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3U8. I96lj Langman, Select. Guide Lit. Flow. PI. Mex. 335 & 1010. 1961;; Moldenke, R6sirnS Suppl. 15: 3. 1967j Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 21; (9): 179181, fig. 33. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sumn. 1: 67, 78, 87, & iiOO (1971) and 2: 850. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: Ull; & 1^6. 1972. Illustrations: Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 21; (9): 181, fig. 33. 1970. Recent collectors describe this plant as herbaceous, 60 cm. tall, with flowers l/U inch long, and have found it growing on llmestoue hillsides, on road shoulders, in chaparral, on slopes, in matorral vegetation in canyons, and on wet alluvium at <aTT streamsides, at altitudes of U; 1100 m. Tapia encountered it on "ladera granitica con vegetaci6n de bosque tropical decidua", while Ventura A. refers to it as "scarce" or "rare". The corollas are described as havijag been "lavender" when fresh on R. M. King 877 . "pink" on Breedlove 6303 and Hinton 10862 , "blue" on Laughlin 2617 , "light-blue" on Pfeifer 1613,

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Boucbea

51

"purple" on Tapia a.n, and Ventixra A. 26U6, and "light red-violet" on Moldenke & Moldenke 228^ King describes this species as "common", growing in open sxm on clay-loam of flat grazed aireaa with the vegetation consisting mainly of cacti and legimiinovis shrubs. Gibson (1970) gives its distribution as "Brushy, rocky slopes or plains, 150 800 meters; Huehuetenango; Zacapa [Guatemala]. Mexico (Oaxaca and Chiapas); Honduras" and reports the vernacular name "verbena" Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as B, prismatica (L.) Kuntze and as B. prismatica var . longlrostra Grenz . On the other hand, the Horton & Morrison Q6$k , distributed as . nelsonli , is actually B_^ prismatica var,

longlrostra Grenz. Additional & emended citations i MEXICO : Chiapas: Breedlove 6303 (Ac); Laughlin 261? (W 2557095); Moldenke & Moldenke 2285 (Ld); E. W. Nelson 2867 (E923liOO photo of type, W 229331 type) Xolocotzi HI [E J, Alexander Guerrero: Alexander &. Hernandeg 2122] (N, N, N, N); Hinton 108^2 (Ld, Se 120071); Webster , Rowell , & Barkley 17M718 (Au 123230) . Oaxaca: E. J. Alexander 272 (N, N, Z); G^ L^ Fisher 35U72 (E 109703U) , s.n. (Tu 107930); R. M. King 877 (Mi); Matuda 6119 (Ld); Orcutt 5268 (W 1266957); Tapia s.n. [25/IX/1965] (Ip). Veracruz: Ventura A. 261i6 (Au~ 303155, Mi, N). GUATEMALA: Zacapa: Kellerman 7932 (F~22U758, W21^2732), s.n. [Zacapa, I9O8] (W 2Uii2663) ; H. Pittier 1779 (W 578173). HONDURAS: Distrito Central: Pfeifer I6I3 (W) . COSTA RICA: Guanacaste: A^ R^ Moldenke 1217 (Ac)

BOUCHEA NOTABILIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 1;: U95. 195U; Moldenke, Rlsum^ 65 & lii3. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 115 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971.
BOUCHEA PRISMATICA (L.) Kuntze Additional aynocynys Verbeaa americana media annua , ocyni folio lanuginoso , flore purpureo acqplo Bi^yn., Prod. Fasc . Rar. PI., ed. Verbena americana annua , folio ocymi Bryn., Prod. 1, 2: lOli. 1688. Fasc. Rar. PI., ed. i, 2: lOl;, in syn. 1688. Verbena Scutellariae , a. cassidae folio , disperaos , americana , an Verbena indie a Bontll Hist. Ind. Or. forte etiam Verbena curassavica Scutellariae foliis, flora purpurascante Pluk., Phytogr. 1: pi. 70, fig. 1. I69I, Verbena minima chamaedryos folio Sloane, Cat. PI. Ins. Jamaic. 6k 1696. Verbena americana media annua ocimi folio lanuginoso , flora purpureo amplo Breyn. apud Moris., PI. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3'- UI8 Verbena curassavica Scutellariae foliis, flore ["li08"] . 1699. purpurascante Herm. ex Morj.s., PI. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3'- UI8 ["Ii08"], in syn. 1699. Verbena americana media annua , ocimifolio lanuginoso , flore purpureo amplo Breyn. apud Ray, Hist. Plsuit. 3'- Suppl. 285.

52
170li.

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

Verbena Scutellariae slve cassldae folio dispermos Pluk, apud Ray, Hist. Plant. 3 Suppl. 285, in syn. 170U. Verbena Scutellariae foliis dispermos americana Pluk. ex Herm., Cat. Plant. Nond. 13 & 15. 1905. Verbena americana media annua , ocymi folio lanuginoso, flore purpiireo ample Breyn., Prod. 2: lOU. 1739* Verbena erecta divisa , spicis e divaric ationibus supremis assurgentibus Sloane, Civil & Nat. Hist. Jamaic, ed. 1, 115 1755 Verbena folio subrotundo serrato, flore caeruleo Sloane, Civil & Nat. Hist. Jamaic, ed. 1, 116, in syn. 1755. Verbena Scutellariae Nat. Hist. sive cassidae folio , &c. Pluk, ex Sloane, Civil Jamaic, ed, 1, 116, in syn. 1755. Verbena diandra , spic laxls , calyc altemis prisma ticis truncatis aristatis , fol. ovatis obtusis J. A. Mvirr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 13, 62. 177U. Verbena diandra , spicis laxis , calycib. altemis prisma ticis truncatis aristatis, fol. ovatis obtusis L. apud H. E. Richter, Cod. Bot. Linn. 35. 1335. Verbena minima , chamaedryos fol. Sloane apud H. E. Richter, Cod. Bot. Linn, 35, in syn. 1835. Verbena , Scutellariae 3. cassidae fol. , dispennos americ Pluk. apud H. E. Richter, Cod. Bot, Linn. 35, in syn. 1835. Verbena minima , chamaedr. fol. Sloane apud Peterm., Cod. Bot. Linn. Ind. Alph. 196, in syn. I8U0. Verbena Scutellariae s. cassid. fol. etc. Pluk. apud Peterm., Cod. Bot. Linn. Ind. Alph. I96, in gyn. I8U0. Stachytarpheta prisma tica Vahl ex Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc li73. 13U5. Bouch^a ehrenbergiana Cham, ex Schau., Linnaea 20: 1;78. I8l47 Bouchea prismatiea Briq. ex Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 61, in syn. I9OI. Bouchea prismatiea Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr, 1, 61, in syn. 1901, Callicarpa prismatiea Robledo, Lecc Bot, 2: U98, I9U0, Verbena folio subrotundo serrato flore coerulea bloane ex Moldenke, Fifth Suram, 2: 670, in syn. 1971* Zapani a prismatiea Lam, ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 737, in syn, 1971. Additional & emended bibliography: Breyn., Prod. Fasc, Rar, PI, Secund, lOU. I689j Pluk., Phytogr. 1: pi. 70, fig. 1. I69IJ Sloane, Cat, PI, Ins. Jamaic 6k l696j Moris., PI. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3: U18 ["UOS"]. 1699J Ray, Hist. Plant. 3: Suppl. 285286. 170li; Herm., Cat. Plant. Nond. 13 & 15. 1705 j Breyn,, Prod, Fasc Rar, PI. Prim. & Sec. 2: lOU. 1739j Sloane, Civil & Nat. Hist. Jamaic, ed, 1, 115116, 1755i Crantz, Inst. Rei Herb. 1: 572. 1766; [Retz,], Ncm, Bot. 11. 1772; J. A. Murr. in L., Syst, Veg., ed, 13, 62. I77U; Christm. & Panzer, Vollst. Pflanzensyst . Houttuyn 5: 121122. 1779; Sloane, Civil & Nat. Hist. Jamaic, ed, 2, 115116. 1789; J. F, Gmel, in L., Syst, Nat,, ed. 13, pr, 1, 2: l|l (1789) and pr. 2, 2: Ul. 1796; Raevisch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 3. 1797; Balbis. Cat, PI, Hort, Taur, U8, I80U; Dum, Cours, Bot. Cult^ ed. 2, 2: 62U. 1811; Pers., Sp. PI. 3: 351. 1819; H. E. Richter, Cod. Bot. Linn. 35. 1835; Peterm., Cod. Bot, Linn. Ind, Alph, I96, 18U0; Steud,, Nam, Bot., ed, 2, 2: 629 & 750. I8la; Voigt, Hort.
S-.

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea

53

Suburb. Calc. U73. 13U5 Schau., Lirmaea 20: hlQ. l8U7j Bocq., Adanaonia, ser. 1, 3'- [Rev. Verb4nac,] 237. 1863; Grlaeb,. Cat. PI. Cuba 21ii. I866j A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am., ed. 1, 2 (1): 33li. 1878; A. S. Hltchc, Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. Ui 117. 1893; Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Kow., pr. 1, 1: 327. 1893; Just, Bot. Jahresber. 23 (2): 76. 1897; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 61. 1901; M. Kvin2, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 39. 1911} J. Matsuraura, Ind. PI. Jap. 2 (2): 533. 1912; Loes., Verh. Bot. Ver. Brand. 53: 79 [Abhandl. 2Ui] . 1912; Brltton & P. Wila., Sclent. Surv. Porto Rico 6: lli3. 1925; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber, Sh (1): Il60 [366]. 1932; Fedde & Schuat. in Juat, Bot. Jahresber. Sh (2): 7li6. 1931;; Robledo, Lecc. Bot. 2: U98. 19U0; Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 61. 19U1; Savage, Cat. Linn. Herb. Lond. k 19U5; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 327. 19U6; Selling, Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ, 38: 27U & 39l|. 19li7; E. D. Merr., Ind. Raf . 201;. 19U9; Kearney, Ust Citations Place Publ. Spp. Ariz. Fl. 19 [thesis]. 1951; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 1, UhQ & hh9, fig. 256 D. 1952; Amoldo, Zakfl. 125126, l51i, & 163, pi. 55, fig. 118. 195U; V5lez, Herb. Angiosp. Leaser Ant. 116, 1957; Durand & Jacks,, Ind, Kew, Suppl, 1, pr. 3, 61. 1959; Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks,, Ind, Kew,, pr, 3, 1: 327. I960; Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz, Fl., ed. 2, 730. I960; Kevorkian, Phytopath. U3: U06. I96O; Kevorkian, M7cologia 52: 523 52U. I960; J, F, Macbr., Field kus, Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 657. I960; Kevorkian, Itycologia 53: U37 li38. I96I; Moldenka, Phy-tologia 7: 3U8 3U9. 1961; Langmaa, Select. Guide Lit. Flow. PI. Hex. 335. 1961;; Rowell, Sida 1: 268, I96U; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barbados 355 356 & I466. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 3U9 350. 1965; Moldenke, R^sm^ Siqppl. 12: 3 & 9, 1965; Ertdaan, Pollen Morph. & PI, Tax., ed. 2, UU8 & U;9, fig. 256 D. 1966; Hirata, Host Range & Gepgr. Diatrib. Powd. Mild. 276. I966; Rzedowaki & McVaugh, Contrib. Univ. Mich. Herb, 9: 107. 1966; Puig, Bull, Soc, Hist, Nat. Toulouse 103: 309. 1967; Moldenke, R6sum6 Suppl. 15: 2 (1967) and 16: 5 & 28. 1968; A. L. Moldenke Phytologia 18: 113 111;. 1969; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 366. I969; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Max., ed. 1, 326. 1969; Correll & Johnston, Man, Vase, PI. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] I807, 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2li (9): 179, 180, & 182. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man, Vase. PI. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1336. I97O; Oberwinkler, Pterid, & Sperm. Venez. 12 & 78, 1970; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. li (3): 5U3 & 765. 1970; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 3, IJ48. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sumn. 1: 62,

CM.

67, 78, 82, 85, 93, 9li, 100, 102, lOU, 106. IO8, 112, 113, 115, 122, 135, lli7, 3^S, 396liOO, U02, U16, & U75 (1971) aad 2: 519, 568, 627, 631, 639, 61^6, 61*7, 651, 653, 665, 666, 68I1, 691, 695, 696. 737, 790, & 851. I97I; C. D. Adaas, Flow, PI, Jam, 63I, 797, & 8li6. 1972; Moldenke, PhQrtologia 23: Uli;. 1972; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 318, 1972: L6pez-Palacioa, Reviat. Fac, Fara. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62]63, fig. 112. 1973; Moldenke, Pl^ologia 28: h3h, U36, Sc U6U. I97I4. Additional illustrations: Pluk., Phytogr. 1: pi. 70, fig. 1.

$k

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

1691; Erdtnan, Svensk Bot. Tidsk. 39: 282, fig. 8. l9U5i Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 1, Ui9, fig. 2^6 D. 1952} Amoldo, Zakfl. pi. 55, fig. 118. 195U; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 2, I4U9, fig. 256 D. 1966; L^pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62], fig. lU. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as an erect annual herb or subshrub ["sufrutice"], unarmed, 15 cm, to 1 m. tall, with 27gomorphic flowers, the calyx green, the corolla easily detached, filaments white, anthers yellow, ovary and style light-green, and stigma darker green. Erdtnan (1966) describes the pollen grains as 3-colporate, trans- and brevicolpate, the colpi not very distinct, about ii mu X 27 mu in size, the ora more or less circular, diameter about 27 mu (margins included), prolate, 156 mu x 96 mu overall. He asserts that this is the longest axis of any pollen grains [which he has examined] in the Verbenaceae , Avic enniaceae , Stilbaceae , and Symphor emac eae , and that the grains of fluminensis are similar but slightly smaller. The corollas are described as having been "lavender" when fresh on Laughlin 822 and Lundell & Lundell 7876 , "violet" on Daniel 228U and Hutchison , Idrobo, & Wright 3085 , "carmine" on Contreras 1523, "lilac" on Amoldo 1693 , "purple" on H^ Pittier 7887, "violet-blue" on Dugand & Jaramillo 332li , "blue" on Breedlove 10615 & 12080 , R, Irving I96, and Ton 1385 , "lilac" on Contreras 3311 and Romero C. 9797, "pink" on F. A, Barklgy 38CU31 , "purplish-pink" on Liogier 17637 , "rose-violet" on L6pez-Palacio3 3095, "lilac to clear purple" on Rulz-Te ran & L6pez-Palacio8 6197 , "pale-green" on Liogier 17505 , and "lavender above, white below" on Crosby , Hespenheide , & Anderson 132 . This plant has been found growing in vacant lots, waste places, airfield clearings, and low forests, on bottomlands with large forest trees, along roadsides, on wooded slopes, and, according to Crosby and his associates, "very coormon in waste areas on back of river bed" [in Jamaica], from sealevel to 1950 m. altitude, flowering in February ard from April to November, and fruiting in April and frcm Jiily to November. Matsimiura (1912) asserts that it is cviltivated in Japan, Irving remarks that he found it to be frequent "in dense stands of Melaapodium americanum " , Ton found it on slopes with Heliocarus, Croton , and Erythrina along a small river and on grassy slopes with Quercus, and Liogier says that it is "common in open places along roadsides in coastal thickets on limestone". The vernacular name, "wild vervine" [ sic ] is recorded for it in Jamaica and the names "shon Lena" and "yerba distatia" in Curacao. Rickett (1969) describes the plant as "erect or rather spreading, not usually more than 16 inches tall. The paired leaves have slender stalks up to an inch long and mostly elliptic, blimt, toothed blades up to 1 1/2 inches long. The spikes tezminate the stems and branches which rise from the axils. They are 26 inches

$$

197U

Uoldenke, Notes on Bouchea

long, quite narrow, and maiiy-f lowered . The small corolla is funnel-shaped, from rose to blue and purple, and less than 1/2 inch long." He avers that it blooms from March to November "in fields and waste land from western Texas to Arizona^ also in Mexico, South and Central America, and the VJest Indies". Raeuschel (1797) refers to it as a perennial. Macbride (I960) says that it "probably" extends into Peru fron northern South America, but I have as yet seen no material of it froo that country. He describes it as having the "calyx 5 9 (10) mm. long, the 2 cocci separating, about 7,5 mm. long, beak 1 1.5 (3) mm. long, dorsal surface often smooth, cOTimlssiaral often rough. Too many collections have been made of this weedy plant." Gibson (1970) tells us that "Plants of this species usually wither when the rains end and are seldran seen during the dry months", Adams (1972) says "Rather local in the southern parishes [of Jamaica] , a weed of open ground in thin pastures on limestone and dry alluvial gravel j 20 1000 feetj fl, and fr. June Jan." and cites Adams 5511 & 5655 . Harris 11792 . and Powell 1020, giving its overall distribution as "S. United States, Mexico to northern S. Amer., Bahamas, Greater Antilles, Virgin Is,, Antigua, Barbados," L6pez-Palacios (1973) illustrates very well the seed characteristics of the typical form of B_. prlsmatica as compared with those of var, brevirostra Grenz, and var. longirostra Gi^nz, He cites

iiiller

tc Johnston 205 from Margarita Island and notes that B, priamatica and its var, longirostra "aparecen simultneamente en varies estados (of Venezuela] y aiS en el mlsmo Ivigar" According to Savage (19li5) the Linnean Herbarium in London contains one specimen of this plant: "35 VERBENA 3 Verbena k priamatica [m. Sol.] Br. [Sm;] Stachytarpheta priganatica Sto. in R. Cycl, n, 11 "

Here, according to his explanation, " Verbena " is in Solander's handwriting, " priamatica " in Linnaeus' s, the Stachytarpheta

citation in Smith's, and "Br" stands for Patrick Browne, the collector of the specimen in Jamaica, Alma Moldenke (I969) lists some references in mycological literature to fungi infesting Bouchea prismatica , notably Elsinoe boucheae Kevoi^c,, a spot anthracnose disease on the stems, leafblades, and petioles of this host, Hirata (I966) records Oidium verbenae on this host in Dominica and 0, sp, in Venezuela. The type of Rafinesque's Lomake brachlata was collected in Cuba, but Merrill (I9l;9) is in error when he reduces it to synonyBQT under the genua Stachytarpheta Vahl. A specimen of C A. Ehrenberg 112 , deposited in the herbariiai of the Botanisches Museum in Berlin, was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph ntamber 17582, but is now destroyed. It should be noted here that the Verbena curassavica Scutellariae f oliin , flore purpurascente accredited to William Sherard in

$6

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

P. Hennaim, Par. Bat. Prod. (I689) by Plukenet (I69I) and Morison (1699) does not appear to occur in the New York Botanical Garden c<^y of that work. Sloane (I696) notes for his Verbena minima chamaedryos folio "Ad ripas fluvii Gobre dicti infra urbem St. Jago de las Vega repetitur". This locality is in Cuba, not Janaica. Crantz (1766) cites "SLOAN, iam. 63. hist. 1. p. 172. T. 107. F. 2" for this species and this citation is repeated by Schauer, but thus far I have been unable to locate or verify the existence of this illustration. The Bouchea prismatica recorded by Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor (1965) from the Barbados Islands is most probably var. brevirostra Greni . I have seen no material of typical B^ prismatica from those islands, but have seen material of the variety from there. They cite Herb. Barb. Mns. 222 and Herb. Univ. W, Ind. 79. Sloane ( 17^5) calls this plant "The larger erect Vervine" [ sic ] and comments that "This plant has been conmonly confounded with the following species [ Stachytarpheta jamaicenais (L.) Vahl], from which it is easily distinguished by its growth and appearance; it is commonly divided into a great number of branches, and generally rises from one to two feet, or more, above the root." This statement is well illustrated by the fact that his Verbena folio aubrotundo serrate flore caeruleo has often been placed in the synoE(ymy of Stachytarpheta jamaicensis by various authors, including nQTself in my 1971 workl liaterial of Bouchea prismatica has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Priva lappulacea (L.) Pers., Stachytarpheta cayennensis (L. C. Rich.) Vahl, S. straminea Moldenke, and S_. sp . , as Bouchea prismatica var . longirostra Grenz . , and as Pluehea sp. On the other hand, the Barkley , Webster , Rowell 7579 4 76U2, Contreras 5669, Diaz Luna 256, H. E. Moore Jr. 1508 , Pipes 58, Quintero 2637 , Stewart & Johnston 2105, Stuessy 1006 , Turner , Dodge , & Mason 2061 , J. R. Wajther 61, and Waterfall & WalUs I3883 , all distributed as typical B prismatica , are actually var. brevirostra Grenz., D, Powell 1020 , E, Reed 587 & 588 , and Yuncker 17366 are var, longirostra Qrenz., H, H. Rusty 915 is B fluminensis (Veil.) Moldenke, Laughlin 2617 and Ventiira A. 26U6 are B. nelsonii Qrenz., Hitchcock & Stanford 6905 is Ghlnia curassavica (L.) Millsp., and Cuatrecasas & Castafieda 25U72 is Stachytarpheta angustifolia f. elatlor (Schrad.) L6pez-Palacio8 Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Agu&s Callentes: Rose & Hay 6220 (W 396033) . Chiapas: Breedlove 106l5 (21^70262), 12080 (W 2U70267) ; Laughlin 822 (Ac); Ton i07rtw--2556595) 1385 (N, W 2557238). Federal District: W. Schumann 232 [1885] (1^1323023), 232 [1887] (W~1323022). Guanajuato: Knobloch IO78 (Mi). Hidalgo: Purpus 1;85 (Ca 13882li, WU 70290) . Oaxaca: Rowell . Webster , & Barkley 17MU88 (Mi) ; H. H^ Rusby U9 (W 57U555)
St.

.;

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea

57

Puebla: Rose & Haj; 59U9 (W--3957UO) . Quintana R6o: G. F. Gaumer 1935 . in part (F 58733) . Veracruz: R, Irving 196 (Au 2a669li) Yucatfin: Arrlngton & al. a.n. [27.IX.196U] (Ip); Degener & Degener 26761 (N), 26762 (N, W) ; G. F. Gaumer 1139 (D--659191, B 1265789), 1160 (F 3851iO), 2li305 95U561i, F 38519, V 10525, (F 552310); Lundell & Lundell 7876 (Du 362752, Ld, N, Se~l65626); St e ere 1071 (F668593), 2127 (F668596) . State undetermined: . A. Ehrenberg 112 [Macbrlde photos 17582] (F663061, N photo) GUATEMALA: El Petin: Agullar Hidalgo 166 (E 1067875, F 713087); Contreras 1523 (Ld, Ml" S), 3311 (Ld, Ld, S); R. T. Ortfz 905 (N). HONDURAS: Copln: Barkle7 & Velez U0291 (Ld) . CUBA:Las Villas: A^

Gonzalez hhl (N) . JAMAICA: Crosby , Hespenheide , & Anderson 132 HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Abbott 958 (W 1078766); (Mi, N). B. Augusto 1208 (N); Eggers 1878 (W 1323018); Faris 189 (W 10U8U6U), 199 (W 10li8li7U); Liogier 17505 (N), 17637 (N); Raunkiaer 1102 (W 1110127); Tixrckhelm 2532 (E 118633, V~1132, W 656068). Haiti: Ekman H.7072 (W--130li6l5)} Harshberger 5l (W PUERTO RICO: Britten & Brltton 9k99 (W lii09710); U26761i) .

Britton & Wheeler 252 (W8U7232); Goll 689 (W--U09232); A. A. Heller 6109 (D~500590, B113623, Ms 30912, W U263U6); Sintenis 2117 (E U8626, V 70, W U03386); Underrrood & Griggs 585 (W li05528). VIRGIN ISLANDS: St. Thomas: Eggers s.n. [Juli 1387] (W-1323202) . LEEWARD ISLANDS; Antigua: millschlagel U35 (V 88207) . CURACAO: Rose & Rosa 22012 (W--763U2U) . NORTHERN SOUTH AMERICAN ISLANDS: Margarita: Gines li031 (W 217U911) ; Miller & Johnston 205 (E~-118625, W53U020) . COLOMBU: Antioquia: F. A. Barkley 3^31 (Ft 39U8); Daniel 228U (Mi); . W. Pennell 1082^ (D 623263, W Uli3079); Toro 32U (W 13l;23ii3) . Atlintico: Allen 7 (E 1013896); Ellas 1068 (F680933) . Bolivar: Dugand & Jara millo 332U (W I3529li7), 3379 (W 1352979); Heriberto 81 (W 10368U5); Romero-Castafleda 9797 (N), 9981 (Ac). Cauca: Holton Magdalena: 505 (D610666); _H. Plttier 833 (W53102U) 517 (E 101)|)|l|0). Valle del Cauca: Dryander 260 (W 169051a); Hutchison . Idrobo, & Wright 3035 (Ac, N) . VENEZLIXA: Aragua: H. Plttier 5830 (W6015U0), 5832 (W~60l5U2) . Barinas: L6pezPalacios 3095 (Ld) Federal District: Eggers I3069 (W 123li5Ui) E. Plttier 72 (W 1186939); E^ Plttier 7887 (Mi), 9720 (W 1120755). Lard: Birkart 16621 (Ve) . M^rida: L<5pez-Palacio3 256U (Ft); Rulz-Teran & L6paz-Palaclo8 6197 (N); Vareschi & Pannier 1$U6 (Ve 323i;iiy. Tdchira: Steyermark & Velasco 100029 (Ld) Trujlllo: K. Reed 1068 (W 1693919) . State undetermined: Boldingh a.n. [coast] (Ut lii39U) . CULTIVATED: Curacao: Amoldo 1693 (w 2110533).
.

men

58

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

BOUCHEA. PRISMATICA var, BREVIROSTRA Grenz.

Additional synonymy: Bouchea prisma tica brevirostra Grenz. ex Correll & Johnston, Man. Vase. PI. Tex. [Contrib, Tex, Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1807, in syn. 1970. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jaliresber. $k (1): 1170 [366]. 1932j Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. Sk (2): 7U6. 193hi Kearney, List Citations Place Publ. Spp. Ariz. Fl. 19 [thesis]. 1951; Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2, 730. 1960j Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3l49. 1961; Langman, Select. Guide Lit, Flow. PI. Mex. 335. 196U; Moidenke in Shreve & Wiggins, Veg. & Fl. Son. Des. 2: 1256 1257. 196U; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barbados 355 356. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 350. 1965; Rzedowski & McVaugh, Contrib. Univ. Mich, Herb. 9: 107. 1966; Moidenke, R^sxim^ Suppl. 15: 2. 1967; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val, Mex., ed. 1, 326. 1969; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vase. PI. Tex, [Contrib. Tex. Res, Found. Bot. 6j] I807. 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2l| (9): 179 & I80. 1970; Moidenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vase. PI, Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1336. 1970; Moidenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 31, 5U, 62, 67, 78, 8U, 106, 109, 112, 115, 122, & UOO (1971) and 2: 5l8, 571, 626, 628, 631, 665, 666, 736, 737, & 851. 1971; Moidenke, Phytologia 23: UHi. 1972; L6pez-Palacio8, Revist. Fac, Farm. Univ. Los Andes [62] & 63, fig. 912. 1973; Moidenke, Phytologia 28: 9 (13)

19 7U. Illustrations: Grenz., Ann, Mo. Bot. Gard. 13s pi. 9, fig. 9 12, & pi. 12, fig. 30. 1926; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, fig. 261-B. 1969; Lfipez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62], fig. 912. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in fields, llanos, wet or wet open meadows, grassland, deserts, clearings, roadside marshes, dry open roadsides, in moist gravel, granitic soil on cliffs of sandstone and soft granite, in black volcanic soil among boulders, on hills, limestone hills with Prosopis and
U3li.

Acacia , and gently sloping pastured hills, in secondgrowth bordering airfields and in moist draws, among Quercus emoryi and in matorral of Prosopis , Celtis, and Karwinskia , in pestizal on hillsides and volcanic soil on mountainsides, in vacant lots and grassy valleys, in moist soil or fairly moist sandy-loam soil, in moist gravel and in black soil of bassiltic outci*op8, often in the open sun, on cropped hillsides, steep rocky volcanic outcrops, wet stony hillsides with Acacia , banks of irrigation ditches, shrubby or gentle igneous west slopes, shrub-covered flats and silty flats in deserts, among grasses, along roadsides, on hilltops, in cropped grassland, and among shrubbery in sam^y bairrancas, at altitudes of 330 2U90 a., flowering and fmiiting from April to October. Ugent and his associates have found this plant in weedy bean fields with Solanum cardiophyllum var, endoiodandrum and S_, rostra turn , on north-facing steep dry grazed slopes under Acacia and Opuntia with Castilleja and Solanum c ardi ophy lltm , and at the

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea

59

base of adobe walla and along roadsides under scattered acacias in a grazed field with Solanum pinna tlsectim . Howell & KcClintock refer to it as "frequent in rich shaded ground along streams", Stuessy calls it "common", while litis and his associates recoI^i it as "conmon in dense pure stands in wet open meadows" . Diaz Luna encountered it "in potrero with isolated Pinua oocarpa and P. michoacana ", while Rzedowski co3J.ec ted it on "ladera csLliza con vegetaci6n de matorral bajo de Karwinskia y Condalia " and "ladera de roxa cristalina con vegetaci6n de matorral de Prosopis , Myrt ill oc actus . Agave, Opuntia y Eysenhardtia " Contreras 8731 exhibits unusually large leaves, much like those normally seen in typical B^ prlsmatica (L.) Kuntze. Bouchea prisma tica var. brevi rostra is described by recent collectors as an erect herb, $0 60 cm, tall, altho\igh on the label of Waterfall 1638U it is stated that the plant may be ">It is said to be branched, often smaller in statii feet tall" . ure when growing among grasses. The corollas are described as having been "blue" on Breedlove 10615, 12080 , & ll|)|l5 , Stewart & Johnston 2105 , and S_. S_. White 2605 , "pale-blue" on Splvey 17U, "puiTple-blue" on Feddema 1627 , "purple" on Hinton 12998 , Laughlin 1105 , J. Rzedowski 286 , 131^3 , & 16193, and Stuessy IOO6, "lavender" on Harker & Mellowes 29 and Schery s,n , "pink" on Hinton 13036 & 13968 and Moore & Wood U229, "pink-purple" on Contreras 5669 , "rose" on . Rzedowski 2hSkh t "reddish" on H. E. Mooire Jr. 1508, "carmine-lilac" on Contreras 8731 , "purple to pink, white at base of lower lip" on McVaugh I6633 , "lavender with whitish throat" on Feddema 1736, and "purple to lavender or pinkish, lower lip white at center" on McVaugh 16313 McVaugh refers to this variety as "abxxndant* in Jalisco and "ab\indant especially in disturbed ground" in Iguas Calientesj Stewart & Johnston found it to be "frequent* in Chihuahua, and Feddema says that it is a "common weed" in Jalisco and Morelos, but "not abundant" in Nayarit. litis and his associates found it growing in "wet open meadows in openings high up near top of cerro" in Jalisco. The Moldenkes rfer to it as "abundant on road shoulders and grazed areas" in Oaxaca. The vernacular name, "8hep-u6n", has been recorded for it, Sanchez Sanchez (I969) describes the vairiety as "Planta herbicea, que midi 20 35 cm de altura, con el tallo tetra-angulado, pubescente, poco ramoso, Hojas ovales, crenado-dentadas, esparcidamente pilosas en ambas caras, que miden h 8 cm de largo, por 3 Racimos terminales, de 8 cm o aigo mis, con las 5 de ancho. flores pequeflas, coi*tamente pedunculadaa , subsfisiles, bracteadas, con las corolas violAceas Colectada los mesas de Julio y agosto. Desierto de Los Leones, Cafiada de Contreras." L6pez-Palacios (1973) illustrates very well the differences in the seeds of this variety as compared to those of the typical form and of var. longirostra Greni. He cites Miller & Johnston 205a from Margarita Island and notes that this variety often grows

60

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

together idth the typical fona in M6rida, Venezuela, and on Margarita Island. The original description of Stachytarpheta laxiflora (regarded by ae as a synonym of Bouchea prismatica var. brevirostra ) is as follows: "(Tarphostachydes soicis elongatis) . St caule fruticoso subtetragono tenuiter puberulo trichotomo, ramis dichotomls; foliis longiuscule petiolatis, basi parum attenuatis subrhomboibeis, a medio ad apicem argute serratis, utrinque vix puberulisj spicis e dichotomiis nascentibus longissimis laxiflorisj oalycis dentibvis h setaceis bracteas oblongas aristatas fere duplo superantlbus. Corolla coerulea, tubo e calyce parum exseirto. In prov. Pamplona Novae Granadae, prope San Jose de Cuente, alt. 200 hexap. Linden No 1380 ." The Bouchea prismatica recorded by Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor (1965) from the Barbados Islands is more probably var, brevirostra , since I have not as yet seen any of the typical form frwa those Islands . They cite Herb. Barb. Mus. 222 and Herb. Univ. W. Ind. 79 . The latter is probably the Barron sn. [Bot. Stat. Herb. Barbados 79] which I have cited in a pi?evio\is work as var, brevirostra . Loiaake brachlata Raf . is cited in the synonymy of this variety in Shreve & Wiggins (196li), but on what basis is not clear to me, since the type came from Cuba and this variety is not known fr<Mi that island. Dr. Berkley's surname is misspelled "Berkley" on the label of Barkley , Rowell , & Paxson 737 at Austin. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria imder the names Bouchea prismatica (Jacq.) Kuntz^ Bj, prismatica (L.) Kuntze, Pfayla sp., Stachytarpheta sp., Valeri anoides mutabilis (Jacq.) Kuntze, Verbena sp., and even Escholtzia glabra Benth. Additional & emended citations: TEXAS: Val Verde Co.: . Wright 1508 (W~U3511). ARIZONA: Cochise Co.: Gooddlng 905 (Tu 98U9U), 235-60 (TU--151336) ; Peebles . Harrison , & Kearney 3523 (W I3679I8) . Santa Cruz Co.: Harrison 8168 (W 1530787) . Kaiser hS9 (Gg 373579, Tu 106950). MEXICO: Aguas Calientes: Hartweg 15 (V 29)ili)i1)? R. McVaugh 16633 (Ip, Mi, N)j J^ RzedOTraH~^93 (Ip, Mi). Chiapas: Breedlove 10615 (Ac, Ip), 12080 (Ld), U|)tl5 (Ac, N, Ws); Laughlln 1105 (LdTT Chihuahua: LeSueur Mex.91 (Ca 712706); Pringle 325 (Ms 30913, V 2513, W57336), 991^ (Ca IOU99U, B118631) J Shreve 9093 (Ca 731836) j Stewart & Johnston 2105 (Au 300682, Q); Stuessy IOO6 (Au 257715, Bl 23606O, Ws)} Waterfall 12508 (St), I6II3 (Ca)j S. S. White 2325 (Mi), 2U81 (Mi) , 2605 (Mi) . Colima: Edw. Palmer lOU (W 315U57) . Durango: Ed*f Palmer UI6 (Ca 138822, E 118622, W 30U365)} Shreve 9162 (Ca 731726) . Federal District: Balls B.5212 (Ca 68U203)j P. Bopp 0. 215 (Ip)i Bourgeau 51;5 (W U3505) j G. L. Fisher 327 (E 911i798, F555003, W 1207U12T, 7U80 (TuIO788F), s.n. [Tlalpaa,
',

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea

61
J. Rzedowskl 236

3, I92U] (Ws); E. I^onnet 317 (W 103U197); (Ip), 13148 (AU--2UI396, Ip); Schmitg s.n. [Valle Guanajuato: Fume as s.n. (F-~h 67638); Spivey 17li Waterfall & Wallls 135B3 (Au I8305I, St). 13920

Aug.

de Mejico] (On).

(Ca~9l6735);

(St) . Guerrero: Hidalgo: Rj_ Q. Abbott 309"Tlp); Moldenke & Moldenke 2319 (Ld) . Gonzalez Quintero 1071 (Ip). 2$01 (Ip). 2637 (Ip, Mi, Tu 169^96, Wood U229 (Ba) . Jalisco: Ws); H. E. Moore Jr. 1508 (Ba); Moore
''z

Ll Lt Barkley 35520 (Ac, N) ; Barkley , Webster , & Rowell 7$ 79 (Au 167059), 761;2 (Au 167082); Diaz Luna 256 (Mi); Feddema 1736 (Mi); Harker & Mellowes 29 (Ip, Mi, Ws); litis , Koeppen & litis 823 (Ip, Mi, Ws); R. McVaugh 16313 (Mi, N); Edw. Palmer 261 (WU3502); Tuttle 333 (Tu 187728); Waterfall 15622 (St), l6381i (Ca)j Weintraub Sc Roller 118 (Mi) . Mexico: Berlandier 838 (V U4;780); Hinton 1152 (Ld, Se~12005l, Tu--112077); Paray 2U13 (Ip); Parra A. 11 (Mi, N); Peflalosa 871 (Gg); . Rzedowski 158U5 (Ip). Michoacn: Arsene 2857 (E 8U5039 type, W 1003539--isotype), 30UO (E--81i5038, W5666Ii8, W--10O35UO), 8U89 (E839731, W IOG3U62)} Hinton 12998 (Ld, Se 1200147, Tu 112075), 13036 (Mi), 13968 (Ld, Se 120069, Tu 1120li2); Schery s.n. [near Morelia, July Hi, I9UI] (Mi); Ugent & Flores C. 2071 (Ws); Ugent , Ugent , & Flores C. 1875 (Ws) . Morelos: Feddema 1627 (Mi); Pipes 58 (MiSj^J. R. Walther 61 (Mi) . Nayarit: Feddema 595 (Ip, Mi); Waterfall I63la (Ca) Oaxaca: Johnston & Davis s.n. [June 28, 19U7] (Au 278271); Liebmann III8U (W I31503I4) ; Moldenke & Moldenke 2313 (Ac); Purpus 3U05 (Ca 138823, E 118612, W8U1138); Rowell , Webster, & Barkley 17MU88 (Au 17005U) ; Seler & Seler 112 (WI323OI7T; Ugent, Ugent , & Flores C^ 2625 (Ws) . Quer^taro: Arsene 9997 (E 8K507, W IOO36UO); Barkley . Rowell . & Paxson 737 (Au 123232); Barkley , Webster . & Paxson 697 (AuI7OIU6, Mi, Ws); Basile 98 (W 1268615) ; Rose , Painter , & Rose 9570 (Wli5306l) ; Waterfall 16533 (Ca) . San Luis Potosl: Pariy ^ Palmer 716 (E 11862U, B~ 118632, W 57335); J. Rzedowski 3767 (Ip), 2l|6l;l; (Ip). Sonera: Thurber 109li (F 306233); Turner . Dodge , & Mason 2061 (Du 500U79, Tu lli2270); S. Sj, White 2631; (Mi), 3728 (Mi), 1;055 (Mi, Tu 118661); Wiggins 7055 (Tu 98U88) . Tamaulipas: Stanford , Lauber , i Taylor 2302 (Se li77l6) . GDATaiALA: El Pet4n: Contreraa 5669 (Au 25I4I3O, Ld), 8731 (Ld, Ld). Huehuetenango : Seler & Seler 3072 (W 1205600) . Santa Rosa: Heyde & Lx 2965 (W 143506, W 1323019). EL SALVADOR: Santa Ana: Calder6n 2169 (W 126653li) San Vicente: P. C. Standley 21620 (W 1137386) . WINDWABD ISLANDS: Barbados: Barron s.n. [Barbados Bot. Stat. Herb. 79] (W 81*5525). COLOMBU: Narifio: Lehaann B.T.687 (W 79U779) . Norte de Santandert Unden I38O (V 29UU67). VENEZUELA: Aragua: Burkart I69II4

(Va)

62

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

BOUCHEA PRISliiTICA var. LACINIATA Grenz. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot, Jahresber. Sh (2): 7U6. 193U} Moldenke, Phortologia 7: 31a9 (1961) and 9: 388 & 393. 1961i; Langman, Select. Gxiide Lit. Flow. PI. Mex. 335. 196Ui Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 6? & 399 (1971) and 2: 678, 679, & 851. 1971. Qaended citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Ervendberg 102 (E 92590U photo of type).

BOUGHEA PRISMATICA var. LONDIROSTRA Grenz. Additional synoi^yny: Veronica spicata jamaicana teucrii pratensia folio dispermos Fluk. apud Moris., PI. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3 Verbena dispermos americana lignescens veroni Ul.9f in syn. 1699. cae foliis Moris., PI. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3s U.9. 1699. Additional bibliography: Pluk., Phytogr. 2: pi. 321, fig. 1. 1691j Moris., PI. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3j Ul9. I699j Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5U (1); 1170 [366]. 1932; Fedde k Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $h (2): 7U6. 193U; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 3li9 350. 1961; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 3li9. 1965; Jimenez, Supl. Cat. Fl. Doming. 1: 210. 1966; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2U (9): 179, 180, & 182. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sxnun. 1: 67, 81, 82, 93, 9U, 100, 102, lOU, 113, 115, & 122 (1971) and 2: 709 & 851. 1971; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 318. 1972; L6pez-Palacio3, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62] & 63, fig. 55. 1973j Moldenke, Phytologia 28: U36. 19 7U. Illustrations: Pluk., Piytogr. 2: pi. 321, fig. 1. I691j L6pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Fana. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62], fig. 58. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as an annual herb, 0.5 m. tall, with its leaves lighter green beneath. The corollas are described as having been "purple" on Mexia 107 and J. Rzedowski 18653, "pinkish-purple" on Holdridge 10l|2 , "pink" on Hinton 12050 , "rose-pink" on IL, E^^ Moore 1;928 , "delicate pale-lavender" on D. Powell 1020, "mauve" on Alston 51^38, and "lilac" on Romero-Castafleda 9797 , while Rulz-Teran & Lfipez-Palacios describe it as "flores de color lila a morado claro". The plant has been found growing in dry soil, in poor dry soil on open hillsides, on dry hillsides with thin black soil over limestone outcrops, in deserts with water only in the rainy season, along roadsides and shaded roadsides, in tropical deciduous forests, and in tall stands with grass in sunny locations, at altitudes from sea-level to U700 feet, flowering in March and from August to November, fruiting in March and from August to November. Miss Mexia describes the plant as "common" in Sinaloa. Rzedowski encountered it on "ladera basiltica con vegetaci6n de bos que tropic o deciduo". Material of this variety has been misidentif ied and distributed in some herbaria under the names B. prismatica (L.) Kuntze, B. nelsonii Grenz., Stachytarpbeta cayennensis (L. C. Rich.) Vahl, and S, Jamaicensis L. On the other hand, the Dug and & Jaramillo

. .

197U

Uoldenke, Notes on Bouchea

63

332li & 3379 , diatributod as this variety, are actually typical B. priamatica (L.) Kuntze, wtdle Tapia s.n. [25/11/196^] is a mixture with B_. nelaonii Grenz. Additional & emended citations: AIABIKA: Mobile Co.: C_. T. Mobr 79U (W 1323021), s.n. [Mobile, 1883] (W 771823) . MEXICO: Guerrero: J. Rzedoir8ki1M53 (Z) . Hidalgo: H. E. Moore li928 (Ba) Michoacin: Hinton 12050 (Ld, Mi, Se 120000) . Oaxaca: Nelson 1|99 (W 566032); Tapia s.n. [25/11/1965] (Au 256588). Sinaloa: J. Gonzalez Ortega 605l (D 615075, ff--1209723)i Mexla 107 (Ca 36735I1) . Yucat4n: Seler & Seler 3951 (F li4li52U, F6898 31, W 1323025). BRITISH HONDURAS: Gentle s.n. [C. L. Lundell U856] (F 683507) . HONDURAS: Amapala: Horton & Morrison 8851i (Ca61i3903) CUBA: Camaguey: Shafer .2861 (W 697308). Havana: Baker & Wilson 52U (W8ii5219); A. S, Hitchcock s.n, [Santiago de las Vegas] (F 229957). Las Villas: Combs 15^ (E118627, F 357965, W 1101616) j A. Gonzales Wl (Mi, S) j . Wright 366Q (WU3515) Province undetermined: Sagra 8I8 (P) . JAMAICA: R. . Alexander s.n. [Kingston] (W~10U8363)i W^ Harris 11792 (E 7926ll~type, W 79085U-i3otype)j A. S_, Hitchcock s.n. [Kingston streets] (E 118628, F 228168), s.n. [Port Royal] (118630); H. A. Lang $9k (D 55U667); Maxon & Killip 311i (W loii6010) j D. Powell 1020 (Mi) ; Yuncker 17366 (Mi). HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Valeur 217 (W Haiti: Eyerdam 29 (W 1303137); Holdridge I0U2 (Au lIiIII577). 189215, Ca 913159, Mi); E. G. Leonard 2852 (W 1075098). 298I (W1075228), UI83 (W 1076607), 5219 (W 1077822), 9801 (W I3OO8U6) i Leonard & Leonard 12087 (W ll;50937) . PUERTO RICO: Britton , Cowell , fc Brown 5378 (E805365, W 791807) . COLOMBIA: Atlinticoj KLias 260 (W-^^l3Il25U6) . Bolivar: Heriberto 208 (W IO3696O); Killip & Smith 1U035 (W 135003li) ; Romero^astafleda 9797 (Ac); Sohott k (F UII59). Cundinamarcat Arbel&ez 2U95 (W 1615650) VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Holt & Gehriger 17li (W Ili7l887) . Federal District: Alston 5U38 (N); H. Plttler 7887 (W~98798U) . M^rida: R. Reed 587 (W l'gl9027) , (Mi); Rulz^eran & L^pez-Palacios 6177 (N).

BOUCHEA PSEUDOCHASCANUM (Walp.) Grenz. Additional & amended bibliography: Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks,, Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327. 1393; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 31. 1933; Fedde Sc Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. Sh (2): 7li7. I93I4; K. V. 0. Dahlgren, Svensk Bot. Tidsk. 32: 231. 1938; Jacks, in Hook, f . k Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 327 (19U6) and pr. 3, 1: 327. I960; Moldenke, Phorbologia 7: 350. I96I; Moldenke, Fifth Simm. 1: liA7, 355, & UOO (1971) and 2: 627, 628, 631, & 851. 1971. This species has been collected in anthesis and in fruit in January. Material has been aisidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the oaioe Stachytarpheta dichotoma Vahl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Guanabara: B. Lutz 523 (Ja, Ja

6U

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

23668); Mello Filho IOO8 (Ja, Ja, Ja ^2577)} N. Santos ^819 (Ja, Ja)j Segadas-Vianna 8U2 (Ja, Z) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: pl. 33. 18^1 (N, Z).

BOUCHEA RUSBII Moldenke Additional bibliography: M. Kvinz, Anatom. Unterauch. Verb. UO. 1911; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kerw. Suppl. 9: 39. 1938; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 10311032. 19^0; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 1, I4I48. 1952; Moldenke, Phytologia U: 503--50li. I9$hi R. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18^: I69. 1958; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 2, iM (1966) and ed. 3, UiU3. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: I8I & UOO (1971) and 2: 851. 1971. Erdtman (I966) has examined the pollen of M, Bang 2226 from Bolivia and describes the grains as more or less of the same type as those of B. prismatioa (L.) Kvintze, which see, but 129 mu x 87 mu in size. Bnended citations: BOLIVIA: El Beni: Buchtien 8I83 (W--15U3U00) Province undetermined: M. Bang 2226 (E 7350 isotype, V--1273-isotype, W-350081 isotype, W132302U isotype)

BOUGHEA SPATHULATA Torr. Emended synonymy: Bouchea spatula ta Torr. ex A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am., ed. 1, 2 (1): 335. 1878. Additional bibliography: A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am., ed, 1, 2 (1): 335. 1878; Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks,, Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327. 1893; Steyerm. & Moore, Ann. Mo. Bot, Gard. 20: 801. 1933; Jacks, in Hook, f . &; Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 327. 19U6; Moldenke, Phytologia U: 50I4 (1951i) and $t 67, fig. 1216. 195U; Jacks, in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, Is 327. I960; Langman, Select. Guide Lit. Flow. PI. Mex. 335. 196U; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 366. 1969; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vase, PI. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1807 & I87I. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vase. PI. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1336. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 5U, 67, UOl, & U02 (I97I) and 2: 851. 1971; Anon,, Biol. Abstr. $h (U): BJ^.S.I.C. S.33. 1972: Moldenke. Biol, Ahstr. Ski 1725. 1972; Moldenke, ?hytologia 23: 210 & mi. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290. 197U. Illustrations: Moldenke, Phytologia $'. 67, fig. 1215. 195U. Recent collectors describe this plant as a bush or shrub, 1 feet ta l l, erect, with large flowers, whose tube is to 3 cm. long & whose limb is 1.5 cm. wide when well pressed, and have found it flowering fron July to September, fruiting in August and September, and growing at 3800 feet altitude. The corollas are described as having been "lavender" on C. H. Muller 32 7U , R. M. Stewart II89, and B. H. Warnock 107U9 . "purplish" on I. M. Johnston 8367 and Johnston & Muller 38I, "purple" on I_, M^ Johnston 9286 and R, M. Stewart 2938 . "lavender-blue" on Johnston & Muller 6U0, and "lilac to bluish" on I. M. Johnston 872U. The plant has been found growing on dry limestone slopes or rocky limestone slopes at canyon mouths and along arroyos. Warnock

. ,

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea

6^

reports that It is "frequent" or "infrequent" in limestone soil in Brewster County, Texas. In Coahuila it is described by Uuller as "abundant in desert scrub on steep slopes", while Johnston reports it as "common on limestone ledges on north-facing mountainsides" and "common on rocky flats and ridges" . Stewart reports it as "common" on hillsides in Coahuila, while in the same liexican state Johnston & Muller found it connnon below the oak and pine belt, in open Talleys with scrub oaks and scattered pines, and on limestone ledges Steyermark & Moore (1933) comment that the species was "Collected previously in Texas by Hanson and Havard", while they found it on "Rock ridge above [Boquillas] csmyon. The plants are suffruticose at the base, have thick coriaceoxia leaves, and bright purple corollas". Rickett (I969) describes it as "a densely branched shnib with leaves in pairs and threes, their blades rather thick, an inch long and widest at the end; no teeth, no stalks. It is a plant of western Texas and Mexico." The common name "spoon-leaf" is recorded for it. The , Baird s.n. [July 1936], distributed as B, spathulata , is actxially Aloysia macrostacbya (Ton*.) Moldenke. Additional & emended citations: TEXAS: Brewster Co.: H^. l iiS2~ son 718 (W 983030); Moore & Steyermark 3Uli6 (CaU71U21, D Z9$293, E IOO8IO9); . C. Parry s.nTTGreat Gallon of the Rio Grande near Mt . Camel] (W U9887 isotype) ; B. H, Wamock 107U9 (Ld), 10766 (Ld). Oldham Co.: Havard 96 (F 252007, lli7^ETT MEHCO: Coahuila: I^ M. Johnston 8357 (G), 9286 (G); Johnston & Muller 38I (Au~29938l, G, Mi), 6UO (Au 299693, G, Mi); H. Muller 3271; (Ca~725273, Ld, Mi); Purpus 1|750 (Ca m82Ul*); R^ M^ Stewart 1189 (Au 301996, G), 2933 (G).

BOUCHEA SPATHULATA var. LONGIFLORA Moldenke Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 210 & hXh* 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 5U {k)i BJl.S.I.C. S.22. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 5U: 1725. 1972; Hocking, Rxcerpt. Bot. A.23: 290. 197U. This variety differs froQ the typical form of the species in having its corolla- tubes 3 U cm. long. Citations: MEXICO: Coahuila: I. M. Johnston 872U (Au 29995Ii type, isotype)

BOOK REVIEWS

ALna L. Uoldenke

"AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES OF THE PACIFIC STATES" by Gayle Pickwell, XTiii & 23U pp., illua.. Facsimile Replication by Dover Publications, New lork, N. I. lOOlIi. 1972. $2.75 paperbound.
This new unabridged replication of the original 19U7 work issued by the Stanford University Press is dedicated to the memory of the author by his son, George V, Pickwell, He has added a Table of Changes in Nomenclature" augmenting the scientific value and convenience in usage. "My father's original intent was not Just the presentation of a handbook for identification ... .but rather the presentation of the fascinating life stories of these animals, especially as he had himself observed them in the wild through long hours and days of field study. What he learned and wrote is still valid and useful in this context and I hope that a new generation of herpetologists [or even anyone with a temporary amateur or professional herpetological interest] will again find this to be so." The many photographs have reproduced well. The descriptions of these classes generally, of the individuals and their habits and habitats, make valuable aiKl very interesting reading.

"THE BOOK OF FLOWERS: Four Centuries of Flower Illustration" by Alice M. Coats, 208 pp., illus., McGraw-Hill Book Company, St. Louis & San Francisco & New York, N.I. 10020. 1973. $30.00 folio size.

This is an exquisitely beautiful, phyto-historically significant, botanically valuable and interesting labor of love. Flowers (s. 1.) originally printed on paper or vellum for book illustrations from 1U85 to 18 50 comprise the 126 plates, most of which have not previously been reproduced. They are very well presented in either natural colors or black and white according to the original. Most come from rar, treasured books in the libraries of the Royal Horticultural Society, of Kew's Royal Botanic Gardens, and of Birmingham. Accompai^ying each plat are the English vernacular and the Latin scientific names, the source and its date, the artist with a comment on his training and work, and seme of the uses and legends associated with the plant. Readers familiar with this author's "Flowers and Their Histories" and "The Plant Hunters" know that she has alread}^ carefully researched material from which to cull choice morsels of information. The introduction is an excellent essay on botanical illustration, describing mainly the 16th century herbals, botanical books in eiribryo, the 17th century florilegiums , the 18th century botany 66

197U

Moldenke, Book reviews

6?

"beautlfuls" reflecting Linnaeus' classification studies and colonial explorations with their concomitant botanical collecting, and the 19th century which was almost smothered with Redout^'s gorgeous roses at the expense of other competent artists who lacked his charisma. "Like a child between its parents, I walk holding by one hand to Agnes Arber's 'Kerbals' (1938) and by the other to 'The Art of Botanical Illustration' by Wilfred Blunt and W. T. Steam (1950) j and only the fact that these two scholarly books are long out of print emboldens me to venture on the same subject.'' The "Book of Flowers" is a worthy credit to such great parentage.

"THE GENUS LESQUERELU (CRUCIFERAE) IN NORTH AMERICA" by Reed C. Rollins & Elizabeth A. Shaw, xi & 288 pp., illus.. Harvard university Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138. 1973$18.00.

The last and also first comprehensive monographic treatment of this genus dates frcm over half a century ago by Edwin B. Payson in 1922, Since then many more collections have been added to herbaria. They have been studied along with all the types or type photographs. More field observations, chromoscoie numbers, electron microscope studies of pollen grains and trichomes, natural and induced interspecific hybridizations all provide a much broader background upon which to base this newer monograph. Professor Rollins' own first published studies on this genus date back to 19395 he still accepts basically the classical statiia of the genera Alyssum and Veslcaria , both of the Old World, and of Ph^'-saria and Lesquerella , both of the New World. Lesquerella is treated here intentionally without any formal infrageneric alignments of 69 species, including 3 interspecific hybrids and 29 infraspecific taxa in North America. "Crosspollination is the norm for the genus as a whole.... In the field, insects, mostly bees and flies, were repeatedly observed visiting the flowers." This splendid study is fully illustrated with excellent plant photographs and line drawings, geographic distidbution maps, and fine electron microscope photographs of the above-mentioned pollen grains and trichomes.

"MOSSES: UTAH ANT THE WEST" by Seville Flowers & edited by Arthur Holmgren, xii & $67 pp., illus., Brigham Young UniversityPress, Provo, Utah 8U602. 1973. $114.50.

In the Foreword Dr. William Steere quotes from a 1965 letter from Prof. Flowers "My 'Moss Flora of Utah' is nearly complete, except for a few tag ends". In 1929 a progenitor of this study appeared as "Mosses of Utah". Dr. Flowers died in I968. In the Prefaoe Dr. Arthur Holmgren, who was required to re-

68

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

duce this lifetime study by one-third, managed to leave intact the important ecology notes "as it is here that the work of many years in the field shines through the text and illustrations". He justly appraised this work very highly as monumental on the "mosses of Utah and contiguous areas, providing keys, illustrations, descriptions and information on geographical distribution and habitats, and detailed observations by Seville Flowers, The flora will be useful to bryologists, range men, foresters, ecologists, and other botanists. This manual will serve as a guide to the moss flora of most of the intermountain region," The book recognizes 2$6 species in 77 genera of 18 families, a sujrprisingly large number for this dry area, including both cosmopolitan species and endemics often first spotted by this author. Illustrating all these in excellently accurate and detailed drawings are Hi? usually fvillpage plates.

"SEASHORE LIFE OF PUGET SOUM), THE STRAIT OF GEORGIA, AND THE SAN JUAN ARCHIPELAGO" by Eugene N. Kozloff , x & 282 & xxviii plates, illus.. University of Washington Press, London & Seattle, Washington 98105. 1973. 115.00 clothbound, $6.95 paperbound.

This is truly "a reasonably comprehensive, accurate, and well- illustrated guide to seashore life of Puget Sovmd and adjacent waters" responding to the growing interest in this marine environment on the part of amateurs, students and professional biologists who surely must be thankful that this helpful and compact source of information is now available. The grossly visible animals and plants are described with some of their especially interesting life habits^ pictured and grouped as they are found in the following habitats: floating docks and pilings, rocky shores, sandy beaches and quiet bays. There are 223 black/white photographs and line drawiags and 68 lovely color photographs showing more animals than plants because the author is a highly skilled zoologist and marine ecologist long familiar with this area, rather than a botanist.

"WATER POLICIES FOR THE FUTURE: Final Report to the President and to the Congress of the United States hy the National Water Commission" by Charles F. Luce et al,, xxviii & 579 pp., illua.. Water Information Center, Port Washington, New York 11050. 1973. $17.50.
This is a photographic reproduction of the text of the paperback edition (|9.30) issued by the United States Government Printing Office in the same year, planned for "exxiuring easebound fonaat for general and reference use" which it certainly deserves. Our country needs it. Most of the included information is even applicable to other parts of the world. At the end of each of the 17 chapters there are what seem to be

197li

Moldenke, Book revieirs

69

logical and necessary reccnunendations , The chapters deal with siich topics as forecasting future demands, pollution control, increasing supply, etc., in forthright, non-verbose style. The illustrations consist of a few important and intelligible diagrams and several fine black/white photographs that are pertinent to the text. All is well indexed. There are no hare-brained schemes suggested. if This printing, in addition to the U, S. Govemnent one will keep these ideaa the books are actually opened and read circulating for consideration rather than possibly being obliviously buried, as so many conmittee reports arel

"IffCOLOGT GUIDEBOOK" edited by Russell B. Stevens for the Mjcolog-

ical Society of America, xxiv & 703 pp.. University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 9810^. 197li. $15.00.

With the blessings of the National Science Foundation (in monetary form) bestowed upon the Ideological Society of America a dedicated committee of its leaders interested in improving undergraduate and graduate instruction in "their" subject have produced by offset printing this excellent compendium of enrichment ideas, procedures, sources, orgainism index, and bibliography. In the first paragraph of the preface are two important suggestions that are valid for almost all biology survey courses of groups in this country or in any other: "(1) Introduction of considerably more living material and (2) supplementation of the orthodox morphological view with information from genetics, physiology, industrial mycology, fungus ecology and medical nycology" . No matter how ineaqperienced or experienced in teaching nor how limited by or thoroughly trained in nycological studies, every teacher in this field from now on would be foolish not to consult this unique and valuable guide, A few misspellings slipped through, as, for instance, release on p, XX, compatibility on p, 273, and symbiont on p, 313,

"WASHINGTON STATE: National Parks, Historic Sites, Recreation Areas and Natural Landmarks" by Ruth Kirk, 6ii pp., iUus., University of Washington Press, London & Seattle, Washington 98IO5. I97U. $1.95 paper-back in large magazine format.
The 78 well chosen and nicely printed color photographs taken by the naturalist-author and her husband, a former park naturailist, show an appreciative understanding of the pltint and animal life, the geological/geographical formations, and the living of the early natives and settlers in these special sites. The descriptive text is invitingly written and carries much of ecological import. It is a fine guide book for these places, but it is also really more a lovely souvenir of trips taken, planned or Just dreamed about.

70

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

"QUATERNA-RI PLANT ECOLOGY: The lUth Symposium of the British Eco-

logical Society, University of Cambridge, 28-30 March 1972" edited by H. J. B. Birk & R. G. West, ix & 326 pp., illus., Blackwell Scientific Publications, London, & Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons, Toronto &. New York, N. Y. 10016. 1973 [197U] . $Ui. 50 oversize.

Well over a hundred scientists, mainly from the British Commoinrealth and Scandinavia, attended this symposium. Carefullyprepared papers and their limited discussions are herewith available to mar^r more scientists and students. The book can exist because of anemophily and good h\3man minds , it seems Using "the present to model the past", pollen analysts are "increasingly investigating the present-day geographical variation in pollen sedimentation in a variety of depositional environments in an atten5)t to find suitable quantitative models for interpreting fossil pollen assemblages in terms of past vegetation and environment." The presentations are grouped as follows: (1) methodological problems in palynology by four Americans, (2) pollen dispersal and sedimentation through air and water, (3) pollen representation in various climate zones, (U) plant macrofossils in lakes, (5) vegetational history and conmunity development including the jxixtaposition of species for which there are no modern analogs (wherein palaeoecology may best contribute to modem ecological theories and concepts), (6) palaeo-limnological documenting quantitatively the changes in populations of lake biota over the last few centuries, and (7) a thoughtful summation by a present-day ecologist who mentions that "palaeocological evidence is giving us increasing insight into the influence of human activity, at scales ranging from the very local effects.... to the broad regional changes".

"A GUIDE TO NATURAL COSMETICS" by Connie Krochmal, 227 pp., illus,, Quadrangle/The New York Times Book Company, New York, N. Y,

10022.

1973.

$&,9$,

This popularly oriented book discusses, after an interesting historical survey, those natural products for and methods of "enhancing attractiveness and appearance that are within the realm of practicability in the ordinary American [or typical westerncultured] home." Most of the materials for lotions, creams, oils, baths, nails, shaving, sachets, soaps, tooth and mouth cleansers, and perfumes are of plant origin, while a few such as musk, lAnolin, beeswax and cochineal dyes are of animal origin. Easy to follow recipes are given for all of these by the author who is really ejqiert in this field. Biologically there are a few slips, such as "insect and animal 2Batei>ials" . The essential oil of verbena esteemed in Egypt and Greece [inferring Aocient] wovild have to lliave been from the leaves of " Lippia citrlodora and others" but Lippia citrlodora, now known more correctly as

197li

Moldenke, Book ravxeira

,

71

Aloyaia trlphylla is a native of Argentina and has only recently been introduced farther afield. The verbena of the Llediteiranean and Fertile Crescent part of the world was and is Verbena officinalis . Many folks will enjoy using this book.

"STURTEVANT'S EDIBLE PUNTS OF THE WORLD" edited by U. P. Hedrick, vii & 686 pp.. Facsimile Replication by Dover Publications, New York, N. Y. lOOlU. 1972. $5.00 paperbound.
"This unabridged republication originally appeared as Volume 2, Part II, of the "Report of the New York Agricultural Experiment Station [at Geneva, N. Y,] for the Year 1919" under the more abbreviated title "Sturtevant's Notes on Edible Plants". These notes, in much more voluminous form, were left by Dr. E. Leiwis Sturtevant when he retired as director of this station in 1887. Dr. U. P. Hedrick, its horticulturist, prepared this text in truly usable form. Entries are arranged alphabetically, as " Psophocarpus tetragonolobus DC. Leguminosae , Goa Beaui, This plant is grown in India for the sake of its edible seeds and also for use as a string bean. The pod is six to eight inches long, half an inch wide, with a leafy kind of fringe running along Wight calls it a passable vegethe length of its four corners table [confirmed by mj'-self after eating it in Sri Lajika this year] Pickering says it is a native of equatorial Africa.,,,ob3e]rved by Cada Mosto in Senegal in lli^^"* Abbreviated footnotes appear directly on each page and the detailed bibliography appears at the end of the book, followed by an index to common names There is a wealth of valuable material well organized here, and therefore especially welcomed in this inexpensive reprinting.

"TEXTBOOK OF THEORETICAL BOTANY" by R. C. McLean &W. R. IvimeyCook (deceased), vii & $9$ pp. from 3317 to 3912, illus., Hals ted Press of John Wiley & Sons, New York, N, Y. 10016, 1973. $28,50.

This volume is devoted veiy effectively to ecology and geograpty. For the former are developed ecological scope and concepts, an analysis of the plant community, and the nature of environment with subdivisions such as sub-aerial, biotic, edaphic, freshwater, marina including productivity of the sea and its beaches . For the latter are developed the basic phytogeographical principles and methods, geological background, climate, distributional areas, migration, dispersal and comconmitant discontinuities, floristic components and provinces, and the influences of man. "An ecosystem is a natural 'whole', an organic entity which is more than the sum of its parts considered separately. The holis-

72

PHYTOLOQIA

Vol. 29, no. 1

tic concept of Smuts shoiild be part of all biological thinking." This text in its full fire volume form should be valuable to any botany student beyond the beginning level, arjy botany teacher and any professional botanist, but it would be so much more useful to many different students and scientists if the indexes in this and the other volumes listed all, rather than just some, of the organisms mentioned even if only to genus.

"TRANSPORT OF NUTRIENTS IN PLAlirS" by A. J. Peel, iv & 258 pp., illus., Butterworth & Co., Publishers, London WC2B 6AB & Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 197li. $15.00,
It is impossible to read this study without picking up the author's enthusiasm for his work, his encouragement to others to join in, his own careful stxidies, his intelligent evaluations of all experimental work on the movement of nutrient solutes into, through and out of phloem for distances of just microns up to many meters as in tall trees. Special attention is given to solute loading control, velocity control, passive and active sieve tube transport, movements and effects, of growth regulator hormones. This is mostly a carefully prepared interim report. References, glossary, abbreviations, author and subject indexes are given. Plant names are often given only to genus or only as sjmonyms (as, for instance. Lens culinaris for Lens esculenta ) "Transport of nutrients is such an essential aspect of the growth of plants that knowledge of the patterns of movement must play an ever-increasing role in the manipulation of economically important species so that these are able to provide the maximum yield."

^*^7

NOV

1 Q 1974

X
Vol. 29

PHYTOLOGIA
Designed to expedite botanical publication
October, 1974

..
^\

No. 2

CONTENTS

KOYAMA,

T.,

New combinations relevant to the Cyperaceae tribe Cypereae of tropical America

H. N., Notes on

73
75

MOLDENKE,
MOLDENKE,
ROBINSON,
ROBINSON,

new and noteworthy

plants.

LXXl

H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae.

XL VIII

78

H.,

& BOWERS,

F. D.,

A new

species

of Oreoweisia from
114

Mexico (Dicranaceae, Musci)

on the mosses of Juan Fernandez and southern South America

H., Notes

116

KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in CXXIX. A new genus, Vittetia KING,
R. M., &.

the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).

121

ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXXX. Notes on Campuloclinium, Koanophyllon, Mikania
1

and Symphyopappus

23

CROAT,

T. B., Notes
J.,

on the genus

Clitoria ( Leguminosae ) in

Panama

130
135

WURDACK, J.
DAVIDSE,
GILLIS, W.
G.,
T.,

Certamen Melastomataceis XXIII

(Gramineae)

A new species of Lasiacis

Phantoms
in the flora

152

of the Bahamas

154
167

MOLDENKE,

A. L.,

Book

reviews

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and

Alma

L.

Moldenke

303 Parkside Road

Plainfield,

New

Jersey

07060

U.S.A.
Price of this

number $1.50; per volume, $9.00

at close

in advance or $9.50 of volume; 75 cents extra to foreign addresses

NEW COMBINATIONS RELEVANT TO THE CYPERACEAE TRIBE CYPEREAE

OF TROPICAL AMERICA Tetsuo KOYAMA

The New York Botanical Garden

While preparing the taxonomic treatment for the Cyperaceae volume of the Flora Neotropica, a number of new combinations of names have been proposed for the species of the Cyperaceae tribe Since it will be at least two years before the whole Cypereae. manuscript goes to press, it is attempted here to validate these manuscript names for immediate use.
Genus MARISCUS Gaertner (nom. conserv.)

Cyperus apiculatus MARISCUS APICULATUS (Liebmann) n. comb. Liebmann in Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. V, 2: 220. 1851. MARISCUS BLODGETTII (Britton) n. comb. Cyperus blodgettii Britton in Bull. Torrey Club 17: 316. 1890. Cyperus camphoratus MARISCUS CAMPHORATUS (Liebmann), n. comb. Liebmann in Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. V, 2: 216. 1851. Cyperus MARISCUS CEARAENSIS (R. Gross ex Kukenthal) n. comb. cearaensis R. Gross ex Kukenthal in Pflanzenr. 4(20), 101
, , ,

Heft: 466.

1936.
,

Cyperus ciliatus JunghuMARISCUS CILIATUS (Junghuhn) n. comb. hun in Linnaea 6: 25. 1831. Cyperus comelMARISCUS CORNELLII-OSTENII (Kukenthal), n. comb. lii-ostenii Kukenthal in Feddes Repert. Sp. Nov. 29: 198.
1931.

MARISCUS DISCIGERUS (Liebmann), n. comb. Cyperus discigerus Liebmann in Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. V, 2: 212. 1851. MARISCUS DISSOLUTUS (H. B. K.), n. comb. Cyperus dissolutus Humboldt, Bonpland,& Kunth in Link, Jahrb. Gewachsk. 1, Heft 3:
87.

1820.

MARISCUS EKMANII (Kukenthal), n. comb. Cyperus ekmanii Kiikenthal in Feddes Repert. Sp. Nov. 23: 186. 1926. MARISCUS FAMILIARIS (Steudel) n. comb. Cyperus familiaris Steudel, Synops. PI. Glumac. 2 46 1855. MARISCUS FENDLERIANUS (Bockeler) , n. comb. Cyperus fendlerianus Bockeler in Linnaea 35: 520. 1868. MARISCUS FILICULMIS (Vahl) n, comb. Cyperus filiculmis Vahl,
,
:

1806. MARISCUS FULIGINEUS (Chapman), n. comb. Cyperus fuligineus Chapman, Fl. Southeast. U. S. 511. 1872. MARISCUS GRAYI (Torrey), n. comb. Cyperus grayi Torrey in Ann. Lye. New York 3: 268. 1836. MARISCUS HOUGHTONII (Torrey), n. comb. Cyperus houghtonii Torrey in Ann. Lye. New York 3: 277. 1836. MARISCUS INFUSCATUS (Kunth), n. comb. Cyperus infuscatus Kunth, Enum. PI. 2: 86. 1837.

Enum. PI. 2: 328.

73

7U

PHYTOLOGIA
, ,

Vol. 29, no. 2

Cyperus mohril Britton ex MARISCUS MOHRII (Britton) n. comb. 10. 1908, C. B. Clarke in Kew Bull. Add. Ser. Cyperus multifolius MARISCUS MULTIFOLIUS (Kunth) n. comb. 1837. Kunth, Enum. PI. 2: 91. Cyperus nanus Willdenow, MARISCUS NANUS (Willdenow), n. comb,
Sp.

PI. 1: 272.

1798.
,

Cyperus picardae BockeMARISCUS PICARDAE (Bockeler) n. comb, 1896. ler in Allg. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 18. MARISCUS RIGENS (Presl) n. comb. Cyperus rigens Presl, Reliq. 1828. Haenk. 1: 170. Cyperus schweinitzii MARISCUS SCHWEINITZII (Torrey) n. comb. 1836. Torrey in Ann. Lye. New York 3: 276. Cyperus sertularinus MARISCUS SERTULARINUS (Liebmann) n. comb. Liebmann in Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. Kj<ibenhavn V, 2: 213. 1851. Cyperus spectabilis Link, MARISCUS SPECTABILIS (Link), n. comb. 1827. Hort. Berol. Descr. 1: 318. MARISCUS SUBCARACASANUS (Kukenthal) n. comb. Cyperus subcaracasanus Kiikenthal in Arkiv for Bot. 22 (A. Nr. 17): 5. 1929. Cyperus subuniflorus MARISCUS SUBUNIFLORUS (Britton), n. comb. 1903. Britton in Small, Fl. Southeast. U. S. ed. 2, 173. Cyperus tenuis Swartz ProMARISCUS TENUIS (Swartz) n. comb. 1788. gr. Veg. Ind, Occid. 20. MARISCUS THYRSIFLORUS (Schlechtendal) n. comb. Cyperus thyrsi1831. florus Schlechtendal & Chamisso in Linnaea 6: 24. Cyperus unif olius BockMARISCUS UNIFOLIUS (Bockeler), n, comb, 1870. eler in Linnaea 36: 374. Cyperus wackettii KiiMARISCUS WACKETTII (Kukenthal), n. comb. Kenthal in Pflanzenr. 4(20), 101 Heft: 443. 1936. Cyperus wrightii Britton MARISCUS WRIGHTII (Britton), n. comb. in Bull. Torrey Club 13: 215. 1886.
, ,
,

Genus PYCREUS P. Beauv.

Cyperus camagueyensis PYCREUS CAMAGUEYENSIS (Britton), n. comb. Britton in Mem. Torrey Bot. Club. 16: 59. 1920. Cyperus filicinus Vahl, Enum. PYCREUS FILICINUS ( Vahl) n. comb.
,

PI.

2:

PYCREUS
ret,

PYCREUS
von,

1806. LANCEOLATUS (Poiret) , n. comb. Cyperus lanceolatus Poi1806. Encycl. Meth. Bot. 7: 245. NIGER (Ruiz & Pavon) , n. comb. Cyperus niger Ruiz & PaFl. Peruv. 1: 47. 1798.
332.

Genus TORULINIUM Desvaux TORULINIUM HARRISII (Kukenthal), n. comb. Cyperus harrisii Kukenthal in Feddes Repert. Sp. Nov. 23: 191. 1926. Cyperus flexuosus Vahl TORULINIUM FLEXUOSUM (Vahl), n. comb.
Enum. PI. 2: 359. 1806.

Cyperus macroce TORULINIUM MACROCEPHALUM (Liebmann), n. comb. phalus Liebmann in Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. Kj^benhavn V, 2: 221.
1851.

NOTES ON

NE!r

AMD N0TB7roRTHr PUlfTS.

LXH

Harold N. Moldenka

ALOYSIA GRATISSIUA f . MACROPHTLU Moldenke, f . nov. Haec fonaa a forma typica special laminia foliorum ellipticis vel ovato-elliptdcis usque ad 3 CQ. longia 1.5 cm. latia margine groaseserrato-dentatis subtus densiuscula piloao-pubeacentibua recadlt. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having its leaf -blades much larger both on sterile and on floriferoua shoots, to 3 cm, long and 1,5 cm, wide, the nargins conspicuously and rather irregularly coarsely serrate-dentate with mora or less divergent acute teeth, and rather densely pilose-pubescent beneath, more conspicuously so on the vein and vainlet i*oticulation. The type of this form was collected by Charles Christopher Parry, John Milton Bigelow, Charles Wright, and Arthur Carl Victor Schott in "mountain tracks", Presidio del Norte, Praaidio County, Texas, on August U, 1352, and is deposited in the Columbia University herbarium now preserved at the New York Botanical Qajrden,

AVICENNIA GERICENANS var. GUAYAQUILENSIS (H,B.K.) Moldenke, comb. nov, Avicennia tomentoaa var, guayaquilensis H,B,K,, Nov, Gen, i Sp. PI,, ed. folio, 2: 230231. 1317,
LATHYRUS LATIFOLIUS f, RUBICUNDUS Moldenke, f , nov, Haec foraa a forma typica special corollis rubicundis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having light-pink corollas The type of the fom was collected by Alma Lance Moldenke and Harold Norman Moldenke ( no, 28613 ) along fenceirows at Tabernacle, Burlington County, New Jersey, on June 28, 197U, and Is deposited in the herbarixm of Cairo University at Giza, Egypt,
LIPPIA LINEMANII f , OPPOSITIFOLIA Moldenke, f, nov, Haec forma a forma typica special follis decussato-oppositis recedit. This fonn differs from the typical form of the species in having its leaves arranged in decussate-opposite fashion on the stems. The type of the fom was collected by Howard Samuel Irwin and Thomas R, Soderstrom ( no. 6616 ) in cerrado about 10 km. south of Garapfi, at an elevation of 300 to UOO meters, Mato Grosso, Brazil, 13012' S., 520311' W., on October 3, 196Ji, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collectors note that the plant is a few-brsmched erect shrub, the bidets pink, and the corollas pink with a yellow throat.

75

76

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

PAEPALiUfTHUS BIFIDUS f . BREVIPES Moldenke, f . nov. Haec forma a forma typica spec lei i)eduncu3J.8 floriferls fruotlferlsque plerumqae 1 3 cm, longis recedlt*

This form differs from the typical form of the species in having its peduncles during full anthesis and/or fruit mostly only 1 3 cm. in length. The type of the form iras collected by Ynes Enriquetta Julietta Reygadas [n6e Mexia] ( no. 5816 ) in sandy soil among rocks, at 12^0 meters altitude, on the slope of the Serra do Rio Grande, Diamantina, Uinas Gerais, Brazil, on May 12, 1931, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The distinguished collector describes the plant as an herb with brownish-irtiite flowers, and says that it was common locally.

PiUSPAUNTHUS BIFIDUS f. FRUSTUS Moldenke, nom. & stat. nov. Eriocaulon pygmaeum Mart., Flora 2li, Beibl. 2: 60. l8Ul [not E. pygmaeum Soland,, 1809]
PETREA KOHAUTIAML var. PILOSOU Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varLetas a forma typica speciei recedit foliis ad apicem plarumqae distincte emarglnatis aristatisqae et calycibus receptaculisque ubique dense vel parce albido-pilosulis This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its leaf-blades nonnally very distinctly rounded-emarginate at the apex, sometimes with the two lobe-like portions of the blade cordately overlapping, and with a sharp and film projecting erect or divergent arista about 3 mm. long arising from the termination of the midrib. The type of this distinct variety was collected by Lxiis RulzTeran and Santiago Ltfpez-Palacios ( no. 76Ul ) in cultivation as an ornamental at La Cejita, district Valera, Trujillo, Venezuela, on September 22, 1972, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. The collectors describe the plant as an erect shrub, 2 m. tall, with purple "flowers".

STACHTTARPHETA SPATHULATA Moldenke, sp. nov. Frutex 1 m. altus ramosissimus; ramis ramulisque denslssime pubescentibus, pilis divergentibus canescentlbusj intemodiis perbrevibusj foliis numerosis simillimis spathulatisj petiolis 5 7 mm. longis densissime canescenti-pubescentibusj laminis suborbicularibus 8 12 mm. longis latisque subra viridibus subtus albo-canescentibus ad apicem rottmdatis ad basin in petiolum abrupte attenuatis marginibus serratis supra dense breviterque pubescentibus, subtus pwrdensissime albido-pubescentibus subtomentosis, retlculo venularum supra indistincta subtus saepe distinctaj inflorescentiis terciinallbus spicatis sessilibus vel subsessilibus 6 10 cm, longis gracillbus densifloris ubique dense pubescentibus; corollis atrocaeruleis Shrub, about 1 m, tall, much branched} branches and branchlets slender, short, numerous, vary densely pubescent throughout with divergent canescent hairs; intemodes much abbreviated.

197U

Itoldeake, Now and notewortty plants

77

mostly 1 2 cm. long or less; leaves nuneroua on branches and branchlets, decussate-opposite or temate, distinctly spatulate, reaarkably uniform in size and shape; petioles 5 7 nun. long, margined, very densely canescent-pubescent with divergent hairs; leaf -blades mostly suborbicular, 8 12 ran. long and wide, darkgreen above, white-canescent beneath, rounded at the apex, very abiruptly attenuate at base into the petiole, serrate along the margins from the widest part to the apex with rather regular and very distinct teeth, densely short-pubescent above, very densely white-pubescent or subtcmentose beneath, the veinlet reticulation mostly indistinct above but often distinct through the pubescence beneath; inflorescence terminal, spicate, sessile or subsessile, 6 10 cm. long, slender, the rachis and appressed calyxes and bracts about 3 mm. wide, densely pubescent throughout like the branchlets; braotlets lanceolate, about 3 hub* loQg, mostly appressed to the calyx; calyx 6 mm. long, densely cansscent-puberulent; corolla infundibular, dark-blue, the tube about 10 mm. long, glabrous on the outside. The type of this species was collected by William Russell Anderson ( no. 8^15 ) on a rocky hillside in an area of steep rocky hillside sloping down to gallery forest, with seeps ( quartzite) and sedge meadows (brejo) Just above the forest, at an elevation of liiOO meters, about 13 km. by road southwest of Diamantina on the road to Curvelo, in the Serra do Esplnhago, Uinas Gerais, Brazil, on April 10, 1973, and is deposited in inj personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey.

SINGONANTHUS BISDMBELUTUS var. FROESH (Moldenke) Moldenke, stat. nov. Syngonanthus froesii Moldenke, Phytologia lU: 399 UOO. 1967.

SYNGONANTHUS DMBELUTUS f. IfflNOR (Miq.) Moldenke, ccmb. nov. Paepalanthus umbellatus f . minor Miq. in sched. impr. mult, ed. Hohenacker PI. Hosian. & Kappl. 592b. Haec forma a forma lypica speciei statura multo minore differt. Holotyp. in herb, monac,
SYNGONANTHUS XERAOTHSMOIDES var. CONFUSDS (KOm.) Moldenke, stat. nov. Paepalanthus confusus KOm. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): U33. 1863.

STJCONANTHUS XERANrHSMOIDES var. HIRSUTUS Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietew a forma typica speciei vaginis denaissime hii^utis pilis patentissimis et foliis brevioribus 8 13 cm. longis versus basin plusminusve patento-hirsutulis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its leaf-sheaths very densely hirsute (with the hairs standing at right angles to the sheath) and the leaves shorter, only 8 13 cm, long, 3 5 nm. wide, rather obtuse at the apex, and more or less hlrsutulous toward the base.

78

PHITOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 2

The type of the variety was collected tij Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martins (no, $61 ) on the c&BCpos at Boa Pema, Minas Gerais, Brazil, probably in I8l8, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Ifoseum at Uvinlch.
STNGONAHTHOS IS3tA.lfrHaiOIDES var, MEIANOLEPIS (Alv. Silv.) Moldenke, comb, nov, Syngooanthus vemonioides var. melanolepia Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 396, 192i5T
STMOONAOTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. MINOR (Kxrnth) Moldenke, comb. nov. Paepalanthus vemonioides ^ minor Kunth, Enum, PI. 3s 529. I8I4I. STNGONAHTHUS XERAMTHEliOIDES var, VERNONIOIDES (Kunth) Moldenke, 8 tat* & comb. nov. Paepalanthus vemonioides Kunth, num. PI. 3: 528. I8UI.

VERBENA PLATENSIS f , IVERIANA (Bosse) Moldenke, comb, nov. Verbena teucriodes f . iveriana Bosse ex Voss in Vilm,, Blumenrgart. 1: 827. 1895.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCADUCEAE . XLVIII

Harold N, Moldenke

ERIOCAULAGEAE Lindl, Additional & emended bibliography: Wikstr., E, Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 73 81, pi. 3 & U. 1820| Wikstr., Trenne Vya. Art. Ortsl. Erioc. [7] [15]. I821j Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. [3], U, 6, 11, 22, 2U, 27, 29, 33, 38, 10, la, 51, 55, 57, 58, 60, & 63, pi. 1 (I) fig. 16, 1 (n) fig. 7 & 8, pi. 2 (I) fig. 17. & pi. 2 (II) fig. 13. 1833J A. Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2i 3U7. 1851} Anon., Joum. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot, 20: 522, l88Uj Durand & Schina, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5 502 5oU. l89Uj J. Jacks., Fl. Worcester Co., ed. 2, 56. l89Ui Engl., Pflanzenir. Ost-Afr. C: 133131. 1895| Huber, Bot. Mas. Para. 2: 1^99501. I898: H. H. W, Pearson, Joum. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 3U: 30U, 31U, 320, 331, & 357. I899j N. E, Br. in This elt .-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 231259, 261, & 262. I9OIJ Kirby, Brit. Flow. PI. IU7. 1906j Twining, Fl. Northeast. Penn, 21;. 1917; Malmanche, Contrib. fitud, Anatcia. Eriocaia. [thesis]. 1919i Hand.-Mazz. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 56: 585. 1921; Fr^ny, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand., ser. 5, T- 2526. 1922; Limpr. in Fedde, Repert. Beih. 12: 31ii. 1922: Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (1): 168171 [13U137], 1923; Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 58. 192U; Ridl., Joum. Bot. 63: Suppl. 126. 1925; Blewitt, Fl. Waterbury 39. 1926; Krausel in Just, Bot. Jahresber.

197li

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

79

U8 (1): 2Ui. 1926; 0, C. Schaldt in Ju3t, Bot. Jahresber. $2 (1): 156 [138]. 1927; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. k9 (1): 160.

1927 J Backer, Onkruidfl, 1: Handb. Suiker .-Cult . 7: 176178 & 8Ui, pi. 186188. 1928; Fedde & Schuat. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 6061 [U2 U3]. I928j k. A, Johnstone, PI. Ecology 65 66 & 159. 1928: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (l)s 89 & 168171 (1929), 50 (1): 231232 & 317 (1930), and 53 (2): 261. I93O; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl^ Ceylon 6: 303306. 1931j Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. U9 (2T: 522 li23 (1932) and 50 (1): 68h. 1932; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 1, 198, 9U0, & 956, fig. 107. 1932; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295296 (1933) and 52 (1): 786. 193li; Perrier de la Btthie, Cat. PI. kadag. 2122. I93U; Dole, Fl. Vt., ed. 3, 78. 1937; Alston, Kandy Fl. rvi & 76. 1938: Pellegr., U&n. Soc. Linn. Normand. 26 [ser. 2, 1 (li)]: 58. 1938; Pellegr., Fl. Uayonb. 3: 58. 1938; Fedde & Schust, in Jxist, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 29. 19ii0; Vester, Bot. Arch. Ul: 3U6, fig. 126. 19li0; Erdtman, Introd. Pollen AnalyB. 56, [57], & 236, pi. 1, fig. 10 & 11. 19U3; Le6n, Fl. Cuba 1: 278 28U 4 U26, fig. 112 & 113. 19U6i P. R. Mill., Ind. PI. Diseases U. S. 2: 327. I95O; Scoggan, Natl. Uus. Canada Bull. 115: lli6. I95O; Anon., Taxon 1: 29. 1951 J Metcalfe, Taxon 1: I30. 1951} Erdtnan, Pollen Morph. & PI, Tax., ed. 1, 163, 523, & 537, fig. 9U. 1952; Bond, Wild Fls. Ceylon Hills xiii & 232233. 1953; Anon., Taxon U: 68. 1955; Kramer, Taxon U: 238. 1955} Moldenke in R. E. Schult., Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ. 17: 66. 1955j Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. U6. 1956; k. T. Davis, Taxon 6: [170], 179, & 181. 1957; KraiHer, Taxon 6: 2U2. 1957; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18U: 39. 1958; R. McVaugh, N. T. State M\i8. Bull. 36QAj 93. 1958; Aberywickrama, Ceylon Joum. Sci. Biol. 2: lliO llil. 1959; Hangulee, Das, & Datta, College Bot. 1: 8U.. 1959; Kramer, Taxon 8: 77. 1959; Rickett & Stafleu, Taxon 8: 232. 1959; Braga, PI. Nordest., ed. 2, 20. I96O; K. Jones, Taxon 9: 183 & 187. I960; Kramer, Taxon 9: 59. I960; Beug, Leitfaden PoUenbest. 1: vi, 59, & 60, pi. 8, fig. 79 text fig. 17 a & b. I96I; Van Steenis, Pacif. PI. Areas 1: IO3. I963; Faegri & Iversen, Textb. Pollen Analys., ed. 2, pr. 1, 193 & 221. 1961; Takhtajan, Taxon 13: 163 4 I6U. I96U; Nair, Pollen Grains West. Himal. PI. [Asia Monogr. 5:] vlii, 35, U2, & 92, pi. 15, fig. 19li. 1965; E. G. Voss, Mich. Bot. U: 17, 22, & 23. 1965; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., d. 2, pr. 1, 163, 523, & 537, fig. 9UA. I966; Faegri & Iversen, Textb. Pollen Analjrs., ed. 2, pr. 2, 193 & 221. I966; Nair, Essent. Palynol. 21, [23], [3h] , & 9U, fig. U3. 1966; Stuckey, Mich. Bot. 5: 105. 1966; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Diet. Flcur. PI., ed. 7, vii k lii. 1967; Friedrich-Kolzhanmer & Roessler in Merxmtlller, Prodr. Fl. Sudir. Afr. 15, 159: [1] 2. 1967; Kramer, Taxon 16: 58 & 211. 1967; C. E. Wood, Taxon 16: 2728. 1967; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc, Bengal 22: 210. I968; Gxmavrardena, Gen. St Sp. PI. Zeyl. 206207. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal, Fitogeogr. Est, S. Paulo, ed. 1, 1: 11, 16, & 20. I969; Cronq., Taxon 18: 193. 1969; B. Hansen, Dansk Bot. Ark. 27: 2933. 1969; Keng, Ord. & Fam. Malay. Seed PI. 313 311i, fig. 183. 1969; Kirpicznikov, Tax-

St.

fie

80

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

on 18 1 698. 1969 J Kramer, Taxon 18: 2U2. 1969j QuJeranbing, Act. Uanll. A.U (9): 38. 1969; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val, Mex., ed. 1, 7778, fig. 38-B. 1969; Singer, Taxon 18: 309. 1969; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Eat. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 2: xxxiii, xxxv, & xxxvili. I97OJ Beard, West Austr. PI., ed. 2, 2$. 1970; Lowden, Taxon 19: 836 & 81i5. 1970; yatthew. Bull. Bot. Surv, India 12: 91. I97O; Nair, Pollen Uorph. Angiosp. 61, 62, 7072, 79, 83, 85, 123, & 155. I97O; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Svirv. India 12: 62. 1970; Thaker, Sabnis, & Bedi, Bull. Bot. Sxirv, India 12: 125. 1970; Thanikalmoni, Inst. Fran?, Pond. TjAV. Sect. Scient, & Techn. 11: 185, [197], [199], [201], 2ii3, 5c 283. 1970; Tomlinson & Sm., Taxon 19: 887. I97O; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. I97O; Erdtman. Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 2, pr, 2, 163, 523, & 537, fig. 9iA. 1971; Fonseka &: Vinasithaniby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. PI. Ceylon 29 & U9. 1971; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.I8: IM & l4li5. 1971; KulkaraL, Proc, 58th Ind, Sci. Cong. 3 (U): Abstr. U38. 1971; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 2, 1: I98, fig. 107 (1971) and pr. 2, 2: 9U0 & 956. 1971; Satake, Joum, Jap. Bot. Ii6: 109111 [1315], fig. 1 & 2, & 372373 [2021]. 1971; Thieret, Southr. Nat. 15 : 391. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 11551161 & Ind. 5, 7, 12, 16, 20 22, 28, & 29. 1972; Anon., Icon. Comoph. Sin, 1: 979. 1972; Beadle, Evans, Carolin, & Tindale, Fl. Sydney Reg., ed, 2, 590, fig. U9. 1972; Bole, Excerpt. Bot. A.20: 83. 1972; C. A. Br., Wildfls. La. 11, 238, 2liO, & 2U3. 1972; Clifford & Ludlow, Keys Fam, & Gen. Queensl, Flow. PI. 10, 56, lli8, & 201. 1972; I. K. & L. F. Ferguson & Halliday, Watsonia 9: 59. 1972; Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis, Mount, Fl, Java U8, pi. 19, fig. 1 & 2. 1972; A. Hansen- Excerpt. Bot. A.19: 2U5. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 19: 36U. 1972} Rovaeau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20 part 1: 139, 203, & 271. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; R. R. Stewart in Nasir & Ali, Fl. West Pakist. Annot. Cat. 36 & 825. 1972; Thome, Quart. Rev. Biol. U7: 370. 1972; Van dem Berghen, Nat. Belg. 53 (U): 157169. 1972; Widder, Excerpt. Bot. A. 19: 259. 1972; Natl. Acad. Sci. China, Iconogr. Sin. 1: 979. 1972; Altachul. Drugs & Foods 19 & 3U7. 1973; Anon., Biol, Abstr, 56 (1): BJL.S.I,C. S.88 S.18U, S,253, & S,25U (1973), ^6 (3): BJl.S.I.C. S.28, S.89, S.llil;, S.ihl, S.161, S.186, & S.258 (1973), 56 (6): BJL,S,I.C, S.30, S.89, S.Ubli, S.1U7, & S,161 (1973), 56 (9): BJl. S.I.C. S.93 & S.I99 (1973), ^6 (10): B.A,S,I,C. S.9I, S.ll;7, S. Ui9, & S.265 (1973), and 56 (11): B.A.S.I.C. S.97. 1973; Birks, Past & Pres. Veg. Skye UO, 87, 152, I8U, 213, & 218. 1973; Frohne & Jensen, System. Pflanzenr. 236, 263, & 290. 1973; C. D. K, Cook, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 83: ^$, 59, & 6U. 1973; Harbome in L. P. Mill., Phytochemistry 2: 363. 1973; H. R., Biol. Abstr. $6: 5980. 1973; Krai, Rhodora 75: 382384. 1973; M. D. S., Biol. Abstr. 56 (U): I8I48. 1973; Moidenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 69, 75, 12ii3, 1252, 1259, 1261, 3000, 3006, 3007, 5366, 537U, & 7li8U. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U55 U8U, 500, 502~50U, 506, 508, 509, & 511 (1973) and 27: 6365 & 6773, fig. 1 U. 1973; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow, PI. Mysore Dist. 2: 87U 876 [thesis], 1973; Robi,

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaiilaceae

81

chaud & Buell, Veg. N. J. 217, 319, & 327. 1973; Rogerson, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 100: 192, 2l;6, & 326. 1973; Rosa-Cralg, Drawings Brit. PI. 31: pi. U6. 1973; Shetler & Read, Fl. N. Am. Rep. 71: 29. 1973; W. Stone, PI. South. N. J., pr. 2, 323325 & 817, pl. 28, fig. 1 & 2, & pl. 6Ii, fig. 2. 1973; Thorne in Meggers, Ayensu, & Duckworth, Trop. For. Ecosyst. Afr. & S. Am. 29, 30, 33, & 36. 1973; Wedge, Pl. Names 18. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 57 (2): BJl. S.I.C. E.9h (197U) and 57 (U): BJL.SJ.C. E.95. 1971* J Asher, Guide Bot. Period. 1 (8): W. 197U; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23 290293. 1971;; Howes, Diot. Useful Pl. 86. 19 7U; Moldenke, Biol. Abetr. 57: 678, 679, & 1905. 197U} Moldenke, Phytologia 27: Uhk, 508510, & 512 (197U) and 28: 192 I9U, I4OI, U03, U26 li30, 1*32, U35 Ui8, U56, U57, 1*591*61, U63, 1*66, 1*67, 507510, & 512. I97I*; H. R., Biol. Abstr. 57: 5680. 1971*; Rodriguei M,, Men. II Congres. Venez. Bot. 95. 1971*; Rogerson & Becker, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 101: 1*6. 1971*; Traub, Pl. Life 30: lh3* 1971*; Vogeleneang, Asher' s Giiide Bot. Period. 1 (5): 75 & 95. 197U; Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 2. 21* & 26, 1971*. The KOmicke (1856) reference which occurs so often in the bibliography of this family is often cited as 1851*", the titlepage date, but pages 129 799 were actually not published until April of 1856. The Durand & Schinz (I89I*) item is often cited as 1895", the title-page date, but pages li65 to the end were actually published in I89I*. Angely (1969) accepts as valid a "Sub-series Eriocaulinales Harbome (1973) reports for the Eriocaulaceae , as a family, the 'general overall flavonoid pattern based on frequency of occ\irrence" 6- or S-hydroxyflavonols and the specific family constituents of quercetagetin and patuletin. Pearson (1899) speaks of the Eriocaulaceae as they occur in the characteristic patana grasslands of Ceylon (Sri Lanka), noting that they become very abundant at about 5000 feet altitude, especially in swampy (marsl-Qr) places, that they, along with peat-iaosses, sedges, and grasses, accumulate and provide humus in the hollows with blocked drainage, and that they, the sedges, grasses, and Hedyotis verticillaris provide abundant fibixius remains of dead vegetative parts which persist and retain water. My wife and I can attest to the truth of these observations, since we ob3ei*ved the identical situation on the Horton Plains earlier this year in intimate detail. It is of interest to note that Thwaites (1339), famous early worker on the Ceylonese flora, classified the pipeworts in the family Restiaceae. In this, of co\irse, he was not alone among early systenatists

**

BUSTOCAULON Ruhl.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver[ed. 2], 75 & 203. 191*9; Angely, Fl. Anal. L Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 5. 1970; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): BA.S.I.C. S.23, S.89, & S.ll*l* (1973) and 56 (6): B. A.S.I.C. S.30. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 1259, 1261, k

benac,

82

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

3007. 1973; Moldenke, PhQrtologia 26: h$$ & 500. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 57 (2): BJI.S.I.C. E.9U. 197U; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 293. 197li.

BIASTOCAULON ALBIDUM (G. Gardn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Uoldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 75 & 203. 19U9; Moldenke, Phi^tologia 26: 16. 1973.

BUSTOCAULOM PROSTRATDM (Korn.) Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenao., [ed. 2], 75 & 203. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 336. 1972.

BUSTOCAULON RUPESTEE (G. Gardn.) Ruhl.

ac,

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben[ed. 2], 75 & 203. l9U9j Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U55. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot, A. 23: 293. 197i;.

BUSTOCAULON SPELEICOU Alv. Silv.

enac, [ed.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verb2], 75 & 203. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 16. 1973.

CARPTOTEPAU Uoldenke
SynonyT?y: Garptopetala Moldenke ex Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23:

293, sphalm. 197ii.

Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (1): BJL.S.I.C. S.88 (1973) and 56 (3): BJI.S.I.C. S.28 & S.89. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 75 & 1259. 1973; Moldenke, Phyi;ologia 25: 2U6 & 50U (1973) and 28: lt5U & 507. 197U; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 293. 197ii.
CARPTOTEPALA JENMANI (Gleason) Moldenke Additional synonymy: Garptopetala jentoani (Gleason) Moldenke ex Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A,23: 293, sphalm. 197U. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 21*6 (1973) and 28: U5U. 197U; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 293. 1971. Additional citations: GOYANA: Jenman 1032 [N. T. Bot. Gard. type photo 5007] (Wphoto of type).
COMAWTHERA L. B. Sm. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 66 & 203. 19li9; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 7. 1970; Anon,, Biol. Abstr. 56 (1): B..4.S.I.C. S.88 (1973), 56 (3): BJL.S.I.C. S.28 & S.89 (1973), and 56 (6): B..\.S.I.C. S.30 & S.161. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 75, 1259, & 3007. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 16 & 502. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt, Bot. A.23: 293. 197li.

COMAOTHERA KSGELIANi (Korn.) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 16. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197U. Additional citations: GUYANA: Linder kO [N. Y. Bot. Gard. type

197U
photo 5006]

Moldenke, Notes on Briocaulaceae

83

(Wphoto).

ERIOCAULON Gron. Additional synonymy: Erlocaulon trlmeritnn Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 5$. 1833. Additional & eaended bibliography: Wikstr,, K. Vet, Acad. Handl, Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 7381, pi. 3 & li. l820j Wikstr., Trenne 1^ Art. Ortsl. Erioc. [7]~[1] (repr.). I821j Mart.. Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. [3], U, 6, 11, 22, 2li, 27, 29, 33, 38, UO, I4I, 51, 55, 57, 58, 60, ^ 63, pi. 1 (I) fig. 16, 1 (II) fig. 7 & 8, pi. 2 (I) fig. 17, & pi. 2 (II) fig. 16. I833i A. Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2: 3U7. 1351* Anon., Joum, Linn, Soc, Lond, Bot. 20: 522. l88Uj Durand & Schlna, Consp, Fl. Afr, $i 50250U, l89Uj J. Jacks,, Fl, Worcester Co,, ed, 2, 56, l89Ui Engl., Pflanzeroc, OstAfr. C: 133 I3U. 1895; H. H. W, Pearson, Joum. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 3iis 30U, 3IU, 320, 331, & 357. 1899 j N, E. Br. in Thiselt.Dyer, Fl, Trop. Afr, 8: 231259, 261, & 262. 1901| Kirby, Brit. Flow, PI. Ili7. 1906; Twining, Fl. Northeast. Penn. 2U. 1917 J Malmanche, Contrib. ^ud. Anatom. Eriocaxil. [thesis] 159. 1919; Hand.-Mazz. in Engl., Bot, Jahrb, 56: 585. 1921; Frfey, BxlH, Soc. Linn, Nomand,, ser, 5, 7: 25 26, 1922; Limpr, in Fedde, Report. Beih. 12: 311i. 1922; Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (1): 168171 [13i4 137]. 1923; Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3'- 53. I92U; Ridl., joum. Bot. 63: Suppl. 126. 1925; Blewitt, Fl. Waterbury 39. 1926; Krausel in Just, Bot. Jahresber. US (1): 2Mi. 1926} 0. C. Schmidt in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 156 [138]. 1927; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. U9 (1): 160. 1927; Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker.-Cult. 7: 176178 & 8hh, pi. I86 188. 1928; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 61 [li2 U3]. 1928; M. A. Johnstone, PI. Ecology 6566 i 159. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 89 & 168171 (1929), 50 (1): 231232 & 317 (1930), and 53 (2): 261. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303306. 1931j Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. Ii9 (2): 1;23 (1932) and $0 (1): 68U. 1932; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr, 1, I98, 9l;0, & 956, fig, 107. 1932; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295296 (1933) and 52 (1): 786. I93U; Perrier de la BSthie, Cat. PI. Madag. 2122. 193li} Dole, Fl. Vt., ed. 3, 78. 1937; Alston, Kandy Fl. 76. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot, Jahresber, 60 (2): 29. 19U0; Erdtmaa, Introd. Pollen Analys. 56, [57], & 236, pi. 1, fig. 10 & 11. 19li3; Le6n, Fl. Cub. 1: 279281 & U26, fig. 112, I9U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac,, [ed, 2], 212, Hi, 15, 18, 20, 22, 2?, 30, 3537, 39, Ii3U5, 57, 60, 63, 6669, 72, 76, 77, 96, 98, 100, 103, 107127, 129, 130, 1321146, lli9 153, 155, 166, 203 207, & 21U. 19li9; P. R. Kill,, Ind, PI. Diseases U. S. 2: 327. I95O; Scoggan, Natl, Mus, Canada Bull. 115: IU6. 1950; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 1, 163 & 523, fig. 9U. 1952; Bond, Wild Fls. Ceylon Hills xiii & 232233. 1953; Dcuse, Pollen Grains Jap. U6. 1956; R. C. Foster, Cobtrib. Gray Herb. 18U: 39. 1958; R. McVaugh. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 36QA: 93. 1958; Bullock, Taxon 7: 15 (195o) and 8: 171. 1959; Abeywickraaa, Ceylon Joum. Sci,

8U

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 2

Biol. 2: lliOliil. I959i Qangulee, Das, & Datta, Collage Bot. 1: 81il. 1959 J K. Jones, Taxon 9: 183 & 187. 1960j Beug, Leitfaden Pollenbest. 1: vi, 59, & 60, pi. 8, fig. 79, & text fig. 17a & b. 1961 J Faegri & Iversen, Textb. Pollen Analys., ed. 2, pr. 1, 193 & 221. 196Ui Nair, Pollen Grains West. Himal. Fl. [Asia konogr. 50 viii, 35, U2, & 92, pi. 15, fig. I9U. 1965j E. Q. Voss, Mich. Bot. U: 17, 22, &. 23. 1965j Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 2, pr. 1, 163 & 523, fig. 9lA. I966; Faegri & Ivorsen, Textb. Pollen Analys., ed. 2, pr, 2, 193 & 221. 1966j Nair, Essent. Palynol. [23], fig. U3. 1966; Stuckey, Mich. Bot. 5: 105. 1966} Friedrich-Holzhaniner & Roessler in MerxmECLler, Prodr. Fl. Siidir. Afr. 15, 159: [1]~2. 1967; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot, Soc, Bengal 22: 210, 1968; Gunairardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Z^l. 206207. 1968; B. Hansen, Dansk Bot. Ark. 27: 2933. 1969; Quisumbing, Act, Manil, A,U (9): 38. 1969; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Hex., ed. 1, 7778, fig. 38-B. 1969; Beard, West Austr, PI., ed. 2, 25. 19 70; Hocking, Excerpt, Bot. A, 16: 38UO. 1970; Matthew, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 91. 1970; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv, India 12: 62. 1970; Thaker, Sabnis, &. Bedi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 125. 1970; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Fran?. Pond. Trav. Sect. Sciont, & Techn. 11: 185 & 283. 1970; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220, 1970; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed, 2, pr. 2, I63 & 523, fig. 9I4A. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, ProT, List Local Names Flow, PI, Ceylon 29 & U9. 1971; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A,18: UUi & Ui5. 1971; Kulkami, Proc. 58th Ind. Sci. Cong. 3 (U): Abstr, 1*38, 1971; Rydb,, Fl, Prairies & Plains, pr. 2, 1: I98, fig. 107 (1971) and pr, 2, 2: 9U0 & 956. I97I; Satake, Joum. Jap. Bot. U6: I09111 [1315], fig. 1 & 2, & 372373 [2021]. 1971; Thieret, Southwest. Nat, 15: 391. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 11561161 & 1163, maps 1775 & 1776, & Ind. 12. 1972; Anon., Icon. Cormoph. Sin. 1: 979. 1972; Bole, Excerpt. Bot. A.20: 83. 1972; C, A. Br,, Wildfls, La. 11, 238, 2U0, & 21*3. 1972; Clifford & Ludlow, Keys Fam. & Gen. Queensl. Flow. PI. 11*8 & 201. 1972; I. K. & L. F. Forgiison & Halliday, Watsonia 9: 59, 1972; Hanzah, Toha, & Van Steenis, Mount, Fl. Java U8, pi. 19, fig. 1 & 2. 1972; A. Hansen, Excerpt. Bot. A,19: 2U5. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt, Bot. A, 19: 36U. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; R. R. Stewart in Nasir & Ali, Fl. West Pakist. Annot. Cat. 36 & 825. 1972; Thome, Quart. Rev. Biol. 1*7: 370. 1972; Van den Berghen, Nat. Belg. 53 (1*): 157169. 1972; Widder, Excerpt. Bot. A.19: 259. 1972; Altschul, Drugs & Foods 19 & 352. 1973; Birks, Past & Pres. Veg. Skye 1*0, 87, 152, 181*, 213, & 218. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (1): BJL.S.I.C. S.38 (1973), 56 (3): BJl,S,I,C, S.28, S.89, & S.ll*l* (1973), 56 (6): BJL,S.I,C. S,88, 3,11*1*, S.1U7, S.I90, & S,256 (I973), and 56 (10): BJl,S,I,C, S.91, S.ll*7, & S. 11*9. 1973; C. D. K. Cook, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 83: $S, 59, & 61*. 1973; R. Krai, Rhodora 75: 382381*. 1973; M. D. S., Biol. Abstr. 56 (1*): 181*8. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 75, 1259, 1261, 3000 3006, 3007, ^c 5371*. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1*551*66, U71, 1*73'476, 1*79, & 503 (1973) and 27: 6365 in 67,

197U

Moldenk*, Notes on Eriocaxilaceaa

8$

fig. 1. 1973; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. PI. Mjaore Dist. 2: 8?!;876 [thesis]. 1973; Robiahaud & Buell, Veg. N. J. 217, 319, & 327. 1973; Ross-Craig, Drawings Brit. Fl. 31: pi. hS. 1973; W. Stone, PI. South. N. J., pr. 2, 323325 & 817, pl. 28. fig. 1 & 2, & pi. 6U, fig. 2. 1973; Asher, Guide Hot. Period. 1 (8): U8. 197li; Hocking, Excerpt. Hot. A. 23: 290, 292, & 293. 197lii Howes, Diet. Useful PI. 86. 197li; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 678. 197Us Moldenke, Phytologla 27: IM & 508 (197U) and 28: 101, 192, UOl, U26 li30, I435, li38, hhZhhQ, li56, 1;57, U60, I466, 508, & 509. I97U; H. R., Biol. Abstr. 57: 5680. 197U. The Eriocaulon trLmerlum of Kartius (1833) Is apparently a name he proposed to use to designate all the trimerous species of the genus as a group. Ounawardena (I968) reminds us that the generic name, Eriocaulon , is derived from the Greek, erion, meaning wool, and kaulos , meaning stem, from the woolly scapes (peduncles) of sccie species. Gangulee and his associates (1959) assert that iiiriocaulon may be used as an indicator that Drosera is pjrobably present in the neighborhood. I doubt if this rule holds throughout the considerable geographic range of the genus I Alston (1931) provides an interesting key to the Ceylonese taxa of this genus known to him at that tine [the nanencl&ture has been brought up-to-date]: 1. Plants entirely submerged; leaves linear; heads to 1/U inch in diameter 2. Stems 1 3 feet long, leafy throughout; leaves 1 3 inches long. 3. Receptacular bracts hairy; heads gray or white; pistillate petals equal E^ setaceian var . capillus-naiadis . 3a. Receptacular bracts glabrous; heads black; pistillate petals unequal .....E. intermedixm . 2a. Stem less than 3 inches long; leaves 8 10 inches long E_j_ fluviatile . la. Plants of wet ground; stems less than a foot long; leaves linear or lanceolate E cinereum . U. Anthers white or yellow; plants minute ksi. Anthers black or greenish. 5. Receptacular bracts acimiinate. 6. Heads 1/3 inch ir> diameter; receptactilar bracts hidden by the petals . longicuspe . 6a. Heads 1/2 inch wide; receptacular bracts not hidden by the petals E. r obua to-browni amm . 5a. Receptacular bracts not acuninat. 7. Receptacular bracts (at least the outer ones) hidden by the projecting male parts. 8. Heads 1/1^ to 1/2 inch wide. 9 . Involucre black E. atratum . 9a. Involucre stramineous. 10 . Leaves hairj' E, subcaulescens . 10a . Leaves glabrous

86

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

11. Leaves linear, abruptly dilated at the base.... E. ceylanicm . E. snbglaucum . 11a. Leaves lanceolate.. 8a. Heads 1/2 to 1 inch wide} stems 3 h inches long E. atratum var. major .
7a. Receptactilar bracts not hidden by the petals which are

usually enclosed. 12. Heads with irtiite or gray hairs j bracts dark. 13. Heads over 1/2 inch wide; plants often hairy E. brownianum . [N,E. The hairy ones are now called E^ nilagirense ] 13a. Heads less than 1/2 inch wide. 11+ . Receptacle glabrous; involucral bracts horisontalj plants minute. 1$, Scapes 1 2 inches long; heads 1/8 inch wide... E. trimeni . 15a, Scapes 2 U inches long; heads l/U Inch wide.. E. truncatxm . lUa. Receptacle villous. 16. Leaves not drying red. 17. Involucral bracts horizontal, 18. Leaves 1/3 inch wide at base; pistillate petals linear E. thwaitesii . l8a. Leaves 1/6 inch wide at base; pistillate petals oblanceolate <E. llgulaefolium 17a. Involucral bracts reflexed. 19. Stamina te petals all well developed, one largest, 20. Heads 1/6 inch wide ,. sollyanxm . 20a. Heads l/U to 1/3 inch wide; transverse veins of leaves proirdnent.. E. coUimim , I9a. Stamina te petals all very small; transverse veins of leaves obscure .E. walkeri ,

l6a. Leaves drying red... J. qulnquangulare . 12a. Heads stramineous; bracts glabrous, 21. Florets trimerous; bracts acxaninate .E . sexangulare . 21a. Florets dimerous; bracts acute E. willdenovianian . Miller (19^0) lists the following fungi as attacking species of Eriocaiilon in the United States: Cladochytrium replica turn Karling, in cells of old leaves, a leaf-rot (New York), Endophlyctis texana Karling, in cells of old leaves (Texas), Tolyposporium eriocauli Clint., a seed smut (Connecticut, Massachusetts, and New Hampshire), and Ustilago eriocavdi (Mass.) Clint., a seed smut (Connecticut, Massachusetts, and New Hampshire) . He ss^s of the genus as a whole "Rushlike perennial herbs in shallow water or bogs throughout the Eastern and Central States aiid southward; sometimes used in bog gardens." The first, third, and fourth of the fungi probably are attackers of E^ pellucidum Michx. since it is the only species of the genus in the sta!tes

197l|

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

8?

nentloned In any abvindance. In Texas there are six taxa represented . The Partch 69-U2, distributed as an Eriocaxilon sp., is actually Syngonanthus pittieri Moldenke
ERIOCAULON ABYSSINICUM Hochst. Additional synorsymy: Eriocaulon minlmm Ruhl. apud N, E. Br, in Thiselt.-Eyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 2^8, in syn. 1901 [not E. minimum Lao., 1791]. Eriocaulon sexangul&re A. Rich, apud N. E, Br, in Thiselt.-Pyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 2^8, in syn. I9OI. Additional bibliography: Durand & Schlnz, Consp. H. Afr, ^: 502 & 503. I89lij N, E, Br, in Thiselt .-Dyer, Fl. Trop, Afr, 8: 233, 23U, & 257258. I9OIJ Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (1): BJl^.I. C. S.88. 1973i Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 75. 1973; Moldenke, Ptiytologia 26: 156 (1973) and 28: U56 & li57. l97Uj Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 293. 197U. Broirn (1902) cites Schimper I9U; and Quar tin-Dillon s.n. from Ethiopia and asserts that the species occurs "Also in South Africa" . He descidbes it as inhabiting "inundated places" and "on the moTintain plains". Lely found it growing in running water on rocks, flowering and fruiting in October, and describes it as "a small sedge... li inches" tall. It is, of course, not a sedge. Additional citations: NIGERIA: Northern: Lely P. 786 (E 1755950)

ERIOCAULON ACKITON Korn. Additional & emended bibliography: Fyson, Joum, Indian Bot, 2: 202 20U. 1921; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [13li]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Venkataredd, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 2li: 3393^0. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10, 1972. Additional illustrations: Fyson, Joum, Indian Bot. 2: 203, 1921, Venkataredd (1970) reports this species as "occasional", flowering in Augxist and September, and cites his no, 99102. Sharma (1972) reports a chromosome count of 30. Additional citations: BANDUDESH: ff. Griffith 5576 (Pd) . THAILAND: Lars en , Lars en , Nielsen , & Santisuk 323I4I (Ac).
ERIOCAULON ADA1!ESII Melkle Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr, Qistrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 111 & 203. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U56. 1973. ERIOCAULON AEQUINOCTIALE Ruhl Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 63 & 203. 19^9; Moldenke, Phytologia 21;: 3liO. 1972.
ERIOCAULON AFRICANUU Hochst, Additional bibliography: Dvirand & Schlnz, Consp. Fl. Afr. $:

88

PHYTOLOOIA

Vol, 29, no. 2

502. l89Ui Friedrich-Holzhaamier & Roessler in Meramiiller, Prodr. Fl. Sudir. Afr. 1^, l$9t 2. 1967i Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 3U0. 1972.

ERIOCAULON AFZELIANUK Wikstr. Additional bibliography: Durand & Schina, Consp. Fl, Afr. $: 502, I89U} N. E. Br. in Thiselt .-Dyer , Fl. Trop, Afr, 8 236 & 250251. I9OI: Moldenke, Phgrtologia 26: U56. 1973. Bromi (I9OI) cites only Afzelins s.n. and Scott-ELliot U339 frcm Sierra Leone and Barter 1019 from Northern Nigeria.

ERIOCAULON ALPESTRE Hook, f . & Thoois. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [I3U]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933} Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 21^7, 1973. Material of this species has been misidentif ied and distrdJbuted in some herbaria as , qidnquangulare L, Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thomson s.n, [Mont, Khasia 5-6000 ped.] (Pd). State undetermined: Collector undetermined s.n. [Narainhetty, 22d Oct. 1802] (Pd)
ERIOCAULON ALTOGIBBOSUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrlb. Verbenac., [ed, 2], 76 & 203, 19U9} Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 31*1. 1972.

ERIXAULOM AMBOENSE Schinz Additional & emended bibliography: N, E, Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop, Afr. 8: 232 & 258259. 1901; Friedrich-Holzharaner &
Roessler in Merxnwller, Prodr. Fl. Sudw, Afr. 15, 159: [1] 2. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 21*: 3la. 1972. Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler (1967) cite for this species only the type collection, Schinz 859 , from Uashitenga and Giess & Leippert 7608 and Menanuller & Giess 2079b and 213U from NamibiaT Brown (1901) cites only the original collection, Schinz 859 , from Namibia. He has modified the original description of the species and notes that "I do not find that the bracts are lacerate as stated in the original description, and it is only the outermost or involucral bracts that are sometimes obtuse; both in the type specimen which Prof, Schinz has kindly allowed me to examine and in the exanqple at Kew they are as described above, I find only 2 sepals present in the female flowers, but the male flowers seem to be very variable in the number of their parts, scoie having 2 sepals, 3 petals, and k stamens, others 2 sepals, 3 petals and 6 stamens, wliilst a few have 3 sepals, 3 petals and 6 stamens,"
ERIOCAULON ANDONGENSE Welw. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Drer, Fl. Trop, Afr, 8: 233 & 2U7-- 21;8. I9OI; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac, [od. 2], II8 & 203. 19h9i Moldenke, Phytologia 21*: 3U.. 1972.

197U

lioldenke. Notes on Eriocaulaceae

89

Brown (1901) citos WelwltBch 2hh2 , 2Uh3 , & 2l;li3b from wet places by cataracts and "spongy rocky places by the springs on the gigantic rocks" and "spongy places on the higher rocks" in Angola, at altitudes of 2U00 to 38CX) feet. He comments that "This is very similar to E. Buchananii , Ruhland, but the heads are not so globose, being more or less flattened at the base, and the sepals of the female fiowei*s have a rather long acutely acuminate point, Trtiilst in E. Buchananii the point of the sepals is very short and never very acute,"
ERIOCAUIiDN ANGUSTI FOLIUM Kom. Additional bibliographer: Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac., [ed. 2], 76 & 203. 19h9i Moldenke, Phyi;ologia 2$: 121 (1973) and 26: 30. 1973.

ERIOCAULON ANNAMENSE H. Lee orate Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. 7erbenac, [ed. 2], 136 & 203. 19k9i Moldenke, Phytologia 2$: 2h7. 1973.
BRIOCAULON ANNUUM Milne-Redhead Additional bibliograph(y: Moldenke. Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 117, 119, & 203. 19U9j Moldenke, Phortologia 2U: 3la. 1972.

ERIOCADLON ANTUNESII Engl. & Ruhl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop, Afr. 3: 235 & 2U2--2U3. 1901} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 118 & 203. 19U9j Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 3Ul3k2, 1972. Brown (1901) cites only the original collection, Antunea 139, from Huila, Angola.
HilOCADLON APICULATUM H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Perrier de la Bfithie, Cat. PI. Madag. 21. 193Uj Moldenke Phytologia 2U: 3U2. 1972. Perrier de la Bathie (193U) says that this plant grows in wet places along the shores of the Simiane River in Madagascar,

ERIOCAULON AQUATICUM (J. Hill) Druce Qnended synonymy: Eriocaulon septangulare L. ex Mart,, Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 11. 1833. Additional & emended bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 73 & 75. I820j Wikstr., Treime Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. [repr.] [7] & 9. l821j Mart., Erioc. Selbst, Pflanzenfam. 11, 22, 38, & 58, pi. 2 (II), fig. 16. 1333} Kirby, Brit. Flow. PI, m7. 1906j M. A. Johnstone, PI. Ecology 6566 & 159. 1928} Hydb., Fl, Prairies & Plains, pr. 1, I98 & 9U0, fig. 107. 1932} R. McVatigh, N. Y. State Mub. Bull. 360A: 93. 1958} Beug, Leitfaden Follenbest. 1: vi,59, & 60, pi. 3, fig. 7 9, text fig. 17a Sl b. 1961} Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 2, 1: I98,

90

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 2

fig. 107 (1971) and pr. 2, 2: 9U0. 1971; I. K. & L. F. Ferg\ison & Halliday, Watsonia 9: 59. 1972j Shanaa, Nucleus IS'. Append. 10. 1972j Thome, Quart. Rev. Biol, kli 370. 1972; Van den Berghen, Nat. Bel^. $3 (U): 157169. 1972}Birks, Past & Pres. Veg. Skyo UO 87, 152, l8Ii, 213, & 218. 1973; M. D. S., Biol. Abstr. 56: 18U8. 1973; Ross-Craig, Drawings Brit. PI. 31: pi. 1;6. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U56 (1973) and 28: Ii56 & U60. I97ii. Additional illustrations: Mart., Erioc. Selbst, Pflanzenfam. pi. 2 (II), fig. 16. 1833; Beug, Leitfaden Pollenbest. 1: 59, text fig. 17 a &b, & pi. 8, fig. 79. 1961; Ross-Craig, Drawings Brit. PI. 31: pi. 1^6. 1973. Birks (1973) states that this species has as its principal habitat the Magnocaricion elatae ecologic association on the Isle of Skye as it does the Eriocauleto-Lobelletum of Blanquet & Tuxen (1952) and the Eriocauletim septangularis of Schoof - Van Pelt & Westhoff (1969) within the alliance Littorellium in Ireland. He claims that no fossil Eriocaulon pollen has yet been identified on Skye. Johnstone (1928) avers that it occurs in some moralnic ponds on the moor of Rannoch, Isle of Skye, "the only other British station for which is in the west of Ireland" . . . ,"In western Ireland and in the Hebrides there exist a few species whose nearest other stations are in North America. The list inthe blue-eyed grass (Iridaceae), pipewort, cludes only these two other water plants and an orchid.,,.. puzzling.... One theory explains them by means of a long-lost continent, which bridged the Atlantic between Ireland and America." In more recent years Wegener's "Floating Continent" theory is becoming more popular in eixplaining situations such as this. Shanaa (1972) reports the chromosome counts of 60 and 6U. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum, PI. 3: 5U0. 18U1 (W).

ERIOCAULON AQUATILE Kom, Additional bibliography; Moldenke, Knoim Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 76 & 203. 19U9; Moldenke, Pl^rtologia 21;: 3l;2. 1972. ERIOCAULON ARGENTIBDK Castell. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologla 26: 179 180, U58, & U60. 1973. Krapovickas and his associates found this plant growing "en pantano, al borde de una isleta de selva", flowering in December, and distributed it as E. crassiscapom Bong,

HIIOCAULON ARISTATUM H. Hess Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr, 8: 23li & 2li9. 1901; Friedrich-Holzhaamer & Roessler in Merxmiiller, Prodr. Fl. Sudw. Afr. 15, 159: [1] & 2. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 3k3 1972. Friedrich-Holzhamnier & Roessler (1967) cite only Pinter 7220 and VoUc I8O6 from Namibia, noting that the type is from Angola.

197U

Uoldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

2U4I1

91

Brown (1901) cites only WelirLtBoh

from Hulla, Angola,

ERIOCAULON ATABAPEM5E Moldenke Additional bibliographyj Moldenke, Phytologia 2U 3U3. 1972. Additional citations i VENEZUELA J Amazonas: Steyenaark L Bunting 103228 (S).

HUOCAULON ATRATUM Korn.

Synovyvsj: Eriocaitlon stratum Gunaw&rdana, Gen

& Sp. PI, Zeyl,

206, sphalffl, 1968.

Additional & emended bibliography: H, H, W, Pearson, Joum, Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 3h'' 357. 1899; F^son, Joum, Indian Bot. 2: 310, pi. 26. I92IJ Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. $1 (1): 168 [13u]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber, 5l (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Knoim Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 130 & 203. 19U9; Abeywickraaa, Ceylon Journ, Sci, Biol. 2: lliO. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zevl. 206. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 180 (1973) and 28: U56 & Ii57, 197U. Illustrations: pyson, Joum. Indian Bot, 2: pi, 26. 1921, Thwaltes (l86ii) cites Thwaites Cj^ Pj. 61 for this species. Pearson (1899) refers to it as common above 5000 feet altitude in Sri Lanka, citing numbers 60 (from 6200 feet, with straw-colored involucral bracts), 71 (the bracts brown with black edges), and 63 (from 8000 feet). He states that "in the type they [the involucral bractlets] are 'glossy-black'", concluding that "These [the nunil>ejr cited above] appear to be forms of E^ atratum " . The Van Beusekons describe the plants as having light-green leaves and grayish-white flowers, while Grierson says "flower-stems 10 20 cm. tall, heads h 5 mm. diameter, hemispheric, bracts blackish, flowers white". The species has been collected in mudc^ places along paths azid in shady places among moist rocks at streamsides, "locally abundant", at 1200li500 m. altitude, flowering in March and August. The Thwaites C. P. 6I, referred to above, is actually a mixture with E^ ceylanictmi Kbm. and E^ subglaucum Ruhl. In my experience many of Thwaites C[eylon] P[lant3] numbers are mixtures of several taxa. This has led to serious misconceptions of species' characters in the past. Additional citations: SRI lANKA: Collector undetermined s,n, [Maskeliya, March 1885] (Pd), s,n, [Adam's Peak. 6.iii.99]'TPd) Grierson 10U3 (Pd); Moldenke , Moldenke , Jayasuriya , & Sumlthraarachchi 28271a (W), 28280 (W) ; G. IL Silya s.n. [Adam's Peak, 15/5/ 1906] (Pd); . M. Silva s.n. "[29 .IV. 26] (Pd); Sunithraa rachchi DBS .lilt (Z); Thwaites C.P. 61 [Gardner 0,C.932], in part (Pd); Van Beusekom & Van Beusekom 1^U3 (Pd)

ERIOCAULON ATRATUM var. MAJOR Thwaites Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon caulescens Hook., in herb, [not E, caulescens Kunth, 1971, nor Poir., 1813, nor Salzm., 1959, nor

92

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

Willd., 18U1]. Additional bibliography: H. H. W. Pearson, Joum. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot, 3Us 357. 1899; Wangerln in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 & 170 [135 & 136]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 305, 1931} Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Knoim Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 130 & 203. 19U9J Abeyirickrama, Ceylon Joum. Sci. Biol. 2: lUO. 1959 Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 206. I9681 Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 238, 239, & 2U8 (1973) and 28: 1^56. 197U. Gunawardena (I968) reminds us that E, philippo-K;ob\irgi , a synonym of E. atratum var. major , ifias named in honor of the Prince of Saxe-Coburg-Gotha The type of E. atratum var. major iraa collected hy George Henry Kenirick Thwaites ( C.P. 131 ) and is deposited in the Peradeniya herbarium. It is described by him as "Parce caulescens. Folia vaginis valde dilatatis. Sepala exteriora multum latiora quam in . cristate , cui alioquin haec species simillima est". Pearson (1899) cites his no. 77 from the Geylonese patana grasslands at 8000 feet altitude. Recent collectors have found the plant in swampy patana grasslands, especifilly by streams, and in the transition zone between wet panata and forest, at 150O 2300 meters altitude, flowering in Januaiy and ilaroh, the flowers described as '*white". Jayasuriya & Sunithraarachchi report it as "common on sandy-rocky island in river" Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E^ longictispe Hook . f Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Alston 9U5 (Pd)j Amaratunga 15U7 (Pd); l^on s.n. [1927-8] (Pd); Hoogland II503 (Pd); Jayasuriya & Sumithraarachchi 1567 (Ld); F. Lewis s .n. [Kimadiyaparawila, 3^s 1917] (Pd)i A. M. Silva s.n. [2lA/06] (Pd, Pd) j Thwaites C.P. 131 (Pd type!, 9hO (Pd).

ERIOCAULON ATRUM Nakai Additional L emended bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. k6i 110 & in [13 & 15]. 1971} Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2U8. 1973.
ERIOCAULON AUSTRALASICUM (F. Muell.) Kom. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 153 & 203. 19k9i lioldenke, Phytologia 2U: 3hh* 1972. ERIOCAULON AUSTRALE R. Br. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 232 & 2U8. 1973. Barring ton found this plant growing in sandy soil at tlie edge of swanpy sedgeland with Todea barbata , flowering and fruiting in
FebiTxary,

Additional citations: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: Durrington AQ. 0009162 (N).

19 7U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

93

ailOCAULON BAKBA-CAPRAE Fyson Additional & emended bibliography: F^son, Joum, Indian Bot. 2: 197, pi. U. 1921j Wangerin In Just, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (1): 168 [13U]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (2): 29^. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 203. 19li9i Moldenke, Phortologia 21;: 3U5. 1972. Illustrations: Fyson, Joum. Indian Bot. 2: pi, U. 1921.

nUOCAULON BARBEIANUM Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: I93I; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 203. 19U9J Moldenke, Phytologia 21;: 3h$* 1972. Alston (1931; asserts that. In his opinion, this taxon may be conspecific with E. fluviatile Trimen,
3OI4.

ERIOCAULON BAURI N. E, Br. Additional bibliography: N, E, Br, in Thiselt ,-Dyer , Fl, Trop, Afr, 8: 2^0, I90I; Moldenke, Phytologia 2$t 2U8. 1973.

ERIOCAULON BEAUVERDI Moldenke Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon beauverdl (Beauverd) Moldenke ex Angely, Fl. Anal, 4, Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paiao, ed. 1, 6: 1156, 1970, Additional bibliography 1 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 76 & 203. I9li9; Angely, Fl. Anal, & Fitogeogr. Est. S, Pavdo, ed. 1, 6: 11^6 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 31*6 (1972) and 28: 1^56. 197l4.
ERIOCAULON BIFISTULOSUM Van Heurck & Muell .-Arg Additional & emended bibliography: Anon., Joum. Linn. Soc, Lond. Bot. 20: ^22. ISSU; J. G. Baker, Jovirn. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 21: U^O. 1885; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. $: 502. 1891;; N. E. Br, in Thiselt .-Eyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 231;, & 239-^ 2I4I. I9OI; Perrier de la Btthie, Cat, PI. Madag. 21. 193li; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: ii57. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only Barter 1021 from Northern Nigeria and Schweinfurth 2U76 and >2lti; from "British East Africa" [Kenya?] He cotaments that "After repeated dissection I am quite unable to find any definite character whereby to distinguish E, bifistulosum from E_. Schweinfurthii ; the heads of the latter are rather larger and darker than those of E. bifistulosvun , and the peduncles appear to be stouter in the dried state, but thin transverse sections swollen out in water exJdbit no difference in character or size. Such differences as are observable between them I believe to be due to vigour of growth and perhaps some difference in the food supply. The flowering bracts appear to be sometimes entirely glabrous, although usually those in the centre of the heads possess seme hairs, which are easily overlooked. The hairs may be very deciduous, or the variation in pubescence and in the length of the peduncles may depend upon the depth of the water in which the plant grows submerged . Schweinfurth' s 2U76 appears to have

9U

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 2

grown in shallow water, is less vigorous than the other specimens and the stem below the leaves is very short or almost wanting in the exanqples seen, but I cannot find any real structural difference. Sometimes the female flower are all in the central part of the head and the males outside, in other examples the female flowers are central and the males outside [sic] . Ej. bifistulosum and E. limosum were both founded upon Barter's 1021 . "It is not improbable that E. bifistulosum , together with E fluitans . Baker, from Madagascar, should be united with the Brazilian . melanoc ephaltm , Kunth; there is, however, a slight difference in the structuz*e of the peduncles and in the textxire of the bracts and sepals. But they require further investigation from a larger series of specimens than is at my comnand before a correct decision can be made. From the Indian E^ setaceum , Linn, (which it closely resembles in general appearance) the glabrous petals of E^ bifistulosum readily distinguish it. The Australian plant named E, setaceum by Bentham is quite different in floral structure frcm all the species above mentioned," Perrier de la BSthie (l93li) says that "Baker [Joum. Linn. Soc. 21: U^O] fait de cette espece [E. fluitans J. G. Baker] un synonyme de E. melanoc ephaltmi Kunth"XE . aquaticum Sagot) de la Quyanne et du BrSsil."
ERIOCADLON BLUMEI Kom. Additional bibliography: Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3'- 5 6, 192li; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], UJi & 201;, 19li9i Moldenke. Pl^ytologia 2li: 3l+6. 1972. Backer (1921;) is of the opinion that E^ macrophyllum Ruhl. is conspecific with E^ blumei Kt5rn.

HilOCAULON BOMBAIANIM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 St 20li. 19U9} Moldenke, Phytologia 2hi 316, 1972.

ERIOCAULON BONGEKSE Engl. & Ruhl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br, in Thiselt .-Dyer , Fl, Trop, Afr. 8: 233 & 2li6 2ii7. 1901j Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 109, 111, 112, 118, & 20l4. 19U9i Anon., Biol, Abstr, 56 (1): BJi,S.I,C. S.88. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abatr. $6: 75. 1973: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U57. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 293. 197U. Brown (1901) cites Barter 1019a from Northern Nigeria and Schweinfurth 2^39 and 2722 from "British East Africa" [Kenya?]
ERIOCAULON BONI H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 136 & 20U. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18. 1973.


197U
Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

95

HIIOCAULOH BRACHTPEPLON Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Yerbenac, [ed. 2], 150 & 201;. 19U9j Moldenke, PhQrtologia 2Uj 3U7. 1972.
KRIOCAULON BREVIPEDUNCUUTUM Merr, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologla 2Us 3U7 (1972), 25 J 233 (1973), and 26: 18. 1973.

ERIOCAULON BREVISCAPDM Korn. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Jiiat, Bot. Jahreaber. 51 (1): 168 [13li]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 2951933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 126 & 20U. 19li9; Saxena, BuH. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62, 1970; Moldenke, Phytologla 26: U57 (1973) and 28: IM. 197U. Saxena (1970) describes this plant as "Rare along riversides, partly in water", flowering in Jiine, and cites Saxena U6lh from Madhya Pradesh, India. ERIOCAULON BROMELIOIDEDM H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 136 & 20U. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologla 26: 18. 1973.

ERIOCADLON BROWNIANUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 29. 1833; H. H. W, Pearson, Joum. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 3liJ 357. 1899; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [13li] . 1929; Alston in Trlmen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 305. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Bond, TJild Fls. Ceylon Hills xlii, 232, & 233. 1953; Absywickraina, Ceylon Joum. Sci. Biol. 2: IhO. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 206. 1968; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow, PI, Ceylon U9. 1971; Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis, Mount. Fl. Java U8, pi. 19, fig. 2. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologla 26: 180 (1973) and 28: Uii7. 197U. Additional illustrations: Bond, Wild Fls. Ceylon Hills 233. 1953; Haozah, Toha, & Van Steenis, Mount. Fl. Java pi. 19, fig. 2 (in color). 1972. Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis (1972) record this species from Java and Sumatra and describe it as growing to 1 meter in height, the leaves 10 HO cm. long, 0.5 2 cm. wide, the "stem" and leaves "fine hairy to a degree". They continue that it is foxind "In Java in swamps and on marshy banks of lakes (rantjas), only known from Mts Patuha Pengalengan & Dieng, where this conspicuous plant is common, even gregarious, often together with Sphagnum and associated with Machaerina , Xyris . . . . , Juncus . . . , Rhynchospora and Scirpus at 1600 2300 m. Also in SE. Asia , , and in Atjeh, and in the mountain swamps and lakes of Sumatra's Westcoast." Bond (1953) confuses this taxon with the similar but hairy E.

96

PHITOLOQIA

Vol. 29, no, 2

nilagirense Steud., comparing it with the totally different E. trxmcatum Hamilt., noting that both occur in tmaispy ground up to the highest elevations in the Ceylonese hlUs and both are in the former, he says, grows in large flower "most of the year" tufts of hairy grayish leaves and with flower-stems (scapes) up to 2 feet tall (the heads 3/U inch wide), while the latter is a delicate plant with bright-green leaves and the scapes only 2 inches tall (the heads only 1/8 inch wide) . Ify wife and I collected both species in the Horton Plains area of Sri Lanka earlier this year and found them unmistakably distinct. Thwaites cites his C.P. 377 from 7000 feet altitude, irtiile Pearson (1899) cites his no. 73 from 5600 feet and no. 76 from 7200 feet, coianenting that the species is "common above~^000 feet" . }Sy wife and I found E. nilagirense very common, but the true E, brownianum only in scattered localities, Gunawardena (1968) reminds us that the species is named In honor of Robert Brown (1773 1858), irho was naturalist on the "Investigator" to Australia in 1801, returning to augland after U years to beccme Librarian of the Linnaean Society in London, discoverer of the cell nucleus and Brownian movement, author of many floras, such as those of Australia and Tasmania. Finseka & Vinasithamby (1971) record the common name, "lady's hatpin", for this plant in Sri Lanka. Recent collectors have found it growing in moist patches of grass and in svumy hunmocky swamp-neadows by ponds, at altitudes of 5600 7200 feet in Sri Lanka, flowering in February and August. The C[eylon] P[lants] 37fc>, cited below, is a mixture with E. brownianum var, latifolium Moldenke and with Ej, nilagirense Steud. It was originally mis identified and distributed as E. wightianum Mart. The Amaratunga ja8 and J_, M. Silva s.n, [29,rV.26j, distributed as E, brownianum are actually var. latifolitm Moldenke, Trtiile Collector undetermined s.n, [Knuckles, 1881], s,n, [Dumbalagala Hill, Sept, 1888], & s.n, [Maha Eliya, 6.V.96], Comanor 980 , Cramer 31it9 & 3259, Mueller-Dombois 670709l>l , J. M. Silva s.n, [Horton Plain, 20/5/1911] , Nj. D. Simpson 9li27 , and J. C. Willis s.n. [Horton Plains, 26/1/06] are E. nilagirense Steud. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thomson s.n, [Mont, Khasia, >5000 ped.] (Pd) . State undetermined: Wight 2859 (Pd). BANGLADESH: N. Griffith 557U (Pd) . SRI LANKA: Amaratunga I8l6 (Pd); Moldenke , Moldenke , Jayasuriya , & Sumithraarachchi 25293 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd), 28962 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Z); Thwaites C.P. 377 (Pd, Pd), 378, in part (Pd, Pd)j L. C, Wheeler 1237U (Pd, W 2716156).

ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM vir, LATIFOLIDM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 180. 1973. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in wet patana grassland to forest transition zone, in marshes and ditches, in "sunny, humxaocky, swampy meadows by pond", and at the foot of

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaxieae

97

sandatone cliffs in a grassy swamp, at altitudes of 3100 to 7000 feet, flowering and fruiting in February, March, and Jime. Maxwell 4 Jayasuriya refer to it as a "conmon marsh plant", while Hepper describes it as a "tufted herb" with erect leaves and whitish inflorescences. It has been widely confused with typical E. brownianum Mart, and so distributed in herbaria. The type colTectio'n is a mixture with E. nilagirenae Steud.j in fact, a great many of the Thwaites C.P. numbers are mixtures of 2 or 3 species. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Amaratunga U.8 (Pd); Hepper tjU8 (Pd, 271999li)i Hoogland 1I$02 (Pd); Maxwell & Jayasuriya 869 ( Pd) } Moldenke , Moldenke , Jayasuriya , & Sumithraarachchi

28297 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Z), 28306 (Pd); J. M. Silva s.n. [29. IV. 26] (Pd); Thwaites C,P. 378 , in part (Pd isotype, Pd isotype)

ERIOCAULON BUCHANANH Ruhl. Qnended synor^yiiQr: Eriocaulon buchananl Ruhl. ex N E. Br. in Thiaelt.-^yer, Fi. Trop. Afr. 8: 233. 1901. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop, Afr. 8: 233, 23U, 2U7, & 2U8. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18. 1973. Brown (1901) cites Buchanan 1168 , Cameron 50, Kiiic s.n. , and Whyte s.n. from "British Central Africa" [Malawi?] and "li^saland" [Malawi] at altitudes of 3800 UOOO feet.

ERIXAULON BUERGERIANUM Kbm. Additional & emended bibliography: Wangerin in Juat, Bot.
Jahresber. U9 (1): 160. 1927; Fedde in just, Bot. Jahresber. Ii9 (2): U23. 1932; Satake. Joum. J^. Bot. Ii6: 373 [21]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 3ii8. 1972. Additional illustrations: Hayata, Icon. PI. Formos. 10: fig. 29. 1921.

HIIOCAULCN CAERALENSE Aiv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (1): 168 [13li]. 1929; Fedde & ochust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. ^3 (1): 60 [U2]. 1932; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Itoldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 76 & 20U. 19Ii9; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18. 1973. Additional illustrations: Alv. Silv., Archiv. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 23: pi. U. 1921.
ERIOCAULON CAESIUM Griseb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 57 & 20U. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 21^: 3li8 (1972) and 25: 159. 1973.

ERIOCAULON CAPITULATUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 30 & 20l|. 19U9: Moldenke, Phytologia 2li! 3h9
1972.

98

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

ERIOCAULON CARAJENSE Moldenke, Phytologia 27*. 63 65, fig. 1. 1973. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phjrtologia 27: 6365, fig. 1 (1973) and 28: U38. 197U. Illuatrations: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 6U, fig. 1. 1973. Citations: BRAZIL: Pari: Cavalcante 125 [MG. 36706] (Z type)
ERIOCAULON CAULIFERl Mak. Additional & emended bibliography: Satake, Joum. Jap. Hot. U6: 372 [20]. 1971j Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 3U9. 1972.

HIIXAULON CEYLANICUM Korn.

Additional synoryny: Eriocaulon ceylanicum var. subacaTilescens Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (l)s 168 [131^]. 1929 Additional bibliography: H. H. W, Pearson, Joum, Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 3U: 357. 1899; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [U2]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168169 [13U 135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303305. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: U4O. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen, & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 206 & 207. I968; Fonseka & Vinasithaniy, Prov. List Local Names Flow. PI. Ceylon h9 * 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U57 (1973) and 28: li56. 19 7U. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in hummocky ground of depressions in wet black patana grasslands near meandering streams in poorly drained areas with Ischaemun as the chief cover, in meadows, and in moist seeps at the edge of deep woods, at altitudes of 61i50 to 7200 feet, flowering in March, May, and June, and fruiting in June. Hoogland reports it as "common" in wet pa tanas, while Maxwell & Jayasuriya refer to it as "very common" in marshes. These latter collectors describe the flowers as white or (on the United States National Herbarium sheet, doubtless through some error in transcription) as "violet" . Fonseka k Vinasithamby (1971) record the common name, "lady's hatpin". Pearson (1899) cites his no. 70 from an altitude of 7200 feet on the Horton Plains an area where ny wife and I also found it quite common earlier this year. Thwaites C.P. 61 is a mixture with _E, atratum Kom. and E. subglaucum Ruhl. The Eriocaulon cristatum var. Thwaites and E. crista turn var. bracteis floralibus denticulatis et longiuscule cuspidato-acuminatis Thwaites & Hook, f., previously cited as synonyms of E. ceylanicum , prove, instead, to belong in the sjnonymy of E^ longicuspe Hook, f Additional citations: SRI LANKA: W, Ferguson 23 (Pd); Gould & Cooray 13787 (Pd), I38II (0813760721;" Hoogland 11505 (PdyfK^ana & Herat I36UO (Pd); Maxwell 8, Jayasuriya 877 (Pd, W 2760939); Mueller-pombols & Comanor 67070901 (Pd); A_. U. Silva s.n. [Eliya lake, 9 A/06 J (Pd); . m. Silva s.n. [Horton Plain, 25/5/1911] (Pd, Pd); Thwaites C.P. 61, in part (Pd); J. C. Willis s.n. [Hor-

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

99

ton Plains, V5/06] (Pd).

ERIOCAULON CINliREUM R. Br. Einended synonyvsy: Sriocaulon tenue Buch.-Hara, ex Wall., Numar. Llat 207, no. 6073, hyponya. 1832 [not E^ tenue Humb. & Bonpl., 1817, nor H.B.K., I8l6, nor Humboldt & Kunth, l3Ul, nor Kunth,
1326]

Additional Sc emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 259. 1901j Backer, Handb, Fl. Java 3* 7. 192Ui Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. U9 (1): 160, 1927; Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker .-Cult. 7: 177, 178, Qhh, pl. 186. 1928; Waneerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Ala ton in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 30U. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. U9 (2): Ii23 (1932) and 5l (2): 296. 1933; Alston, Kandy Fl. 76. 1938; Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. U6. 1956; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Joum. Sci, Biol. 2: lUO. 1959; Nair, Pollen Grains West. Himal. PI. [Asia Monogr. 5:] 35, U2, & 92, pl. 15, fig. 19U. 1965; Nair, Essent. Palynol. [23], fig. U3. 1966; Deb, Sengupta, & Mallck, Bvai. Bot. Soc. Bengal 22: 210. 1968; Gunawardena. Gen. 5c Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Quisumb., Act. llanil. k,h (9): 38. 1969; Beard, West Austral. PL, ed. 2, 25. 1970; Uatthaw, Bxai. Bot. Surv. India 12: 91. 1970; Saxena, Bull. Bot, Surv. India 12: 62. 1970; Venkataredd, Bvdl. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Thieret, Southw. Nat. 15: 391. 1971; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 19: 36ii. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vol. 1-20 part 1: 139. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; R. R. Stewart in Nasir & All, Fl. West Pakist. Annot, Cat. 36. 1972; C. D. K. Cook, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 83: 55, 59, 5t ik. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: hSl & U62. 1973; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. 1^sore Dist. 2t 87U 875 [thesis]. 1973; H. R., Biol. Abstr. 57: 5680. 197U; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: Ui3 & Uli8. 197U. Additional illustrations: Hayata, Icon, Pl. Fonnos . 10: fig. 27. 1921; Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker .-Cult . 7' pl. 186, 1928; Nair, Pollen Grains West. Himal. Pl. [Asia llonogr. 5:] pl. 15, fig. 19U. 1965; Nair, Essent, Palynol, [23], fig, U3. 1966. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in rice fields, in sandy mud at the edge of a tamk reducing in area, and in very moist soil in general, flowering in February, August, September, and December. Hepper & Jayasuriya report it as "abundant all around many of the tanks [in Ceylon] as small green rosettes with short grayish inflorescence", Cramer says that he found it "common along borders of villu aimong short grasses" at sealevel, the "heads snow-white", and Amaratunga calls it a "bad weed in wet ricef ields . Cooray refers to the inflorescence as "gray-white", which is also the description that ny wife and I would give of it in our esjerience certainly we have never seen the heads "snow-white" [unless one is speaking of snow as it appears a few days after it has fallen on tha streets of a big modem cityl The scape (peduncle) is described as ii-angled. Matthew (1970) describes this plant as "Tiny herbs occurring in gregarious masses in low-lyi.ig areas [with] copious masses

100

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 2

of floirers from Deceniber onwards", Saxena (1970) asserts that it is "Comraon in marshy places", flowering in September and October, and cites Saxsna 10178 from Madhya Pradesh, India, while Venkatareddi (1970) found it to be "Frequent", flowering in October and November, citing his no. 1010^2. Deb and his associates cite Sengupta lllli from Bhutan. Stewart (1972) reports it comraon in the ricefields of Pakistan at altitudes of ^000 to 7000 feet. Markos describes the California plants as "submerged except for upper part of the flowering stems [peduncles] ." Hepper & Jayasuriya refer to E. cinereum as a "small tufted herb, leaf-bases bright pink, infloresceace whitish", but the pink leaf-bases are not evident to me on their specimens (ii^en dried) They found the plant growing in the "open" with sparse vegetation of ^Tis and Utricularia . Hepper also encountered it on a "steep slope with wet flush and melastomaceous shrubs." Shanna (1972) reports the chromosome count as 32 and 16, the latter number for the E. sieboldianum form. Cook (1973) reports on his Italian find of this species as follows: "It was found in shallow water in ricefields at Griggio and at the Stazione di Risicoltura. On 1 August 19^7, H. Merxmuller and W. Wiedmann collected three immature and thus indeterminable rosettes of Eriocaulon near Qr5ggio (specimens deposited in the herbarium of the Botanische Staatssammlung Munchen, M) . In 1972 we revisited this area and found abundant mature E^ cinereum . ISy determination has been checked by T. Koyama, D. Meikle and H. N. Moldenke, I have examined Merxraiiller's material and there is no reason to doubt that it is also K*_ cinereum . " E cinerevun is a common, pantropical weed of ricefields so it is not possible to give the origin of the Vercelli plants. However, it is possible to say that it has been in the Vercelli region for at least 15 years . Among the normal E^ cinereum we collected two somewhat smaller dark-headed plants. Unfortunately, otir material was inadequate for certain identification but the possibility exists of a second species being present," Growing with it were Murdannia blumei (Hassk.) Brenan, Rotala densiflora (Roth) Koehne, and R, ramosior (L.) Koehne, all Jilso new records for Europe, and Elatine ambigua Wight and Sparganium erectum ssp. microcarpum (Neuman) Domin, both new for Italy. "Rice has been cultivated around Vercelli since at least 1U75" Material of E, cinerevmi has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E^ trimeni Hook, f . On the other hand, the Amaratunga 175? , distributed as E. cinereum , is actually E. truncatum Hamilt. and Santapau 13316 is a mixtxire with E. elenorae pyson. Additional citations: CALIFXDRNIA: Stanislaus Co.: Markos s.n. [Krause rice fields, Modesto, Sept. 18, 19U7] (W 1976^17) . SIKKIM: J. D. Hooker s.n. [1-5000 ped.] (Pd) . PAKISTAN: Northwest Frontier: Nath U035 (Kh) INDIA: Kerala; Santapau 13316 , in part (E 162U131); Stocks , Law , &c. s.n. [Malabar & Concan] (Pd) . Ut-

197li

Moldanke, Notes on EirLocaulaceae

IQL

tar Pradesh: Collector undetermined 336 (Pd). State undetermined: T. Thomson 8,n [Ganget. Sup.] (Pd) . MNGLADESH: Griffith ^$6$ (Pd)j Hooker & Thomson s.n. [Ghittagong, 0-1000 ped.] (Pd) . SRI lANKAi Alston s.n. [8JX.26] (Pd); Amaratunga llli9 . in part (Pd), 1397 (Pd), 2208 (Pd); Collector undetermined s.n. [Dambulla Rock, 20 Dec. 1881] (Pd), s.n. [Pinnawala Balangoda, Sept. 1895] (Pd); Cooray 6912110 7R (Pd); Cramer 3l60 (Pd); G_. Gardner s.n. [Thwaites C.P. 79^, Rambodda] (Pd); Hepper & Jayasurlya U622~ (W 2720107) Moldenke 2819U (Ld); Moldenke, Moldenke , U628 (Pd); Moldenke Jayasuriya , & Albert 28320 (Ld, Pd) ; Thwaites C.P. 79^ [MawanelSt.

le]

(Pd).

CHINA: Kwangtung: Sampson & Hance 9666 (Pd)

(Pd)

AUSTRALJAPAN:

IA: Nerw South T^ales: Leichhardt s.n. iBotar^y Bay]

Honshu: Hashimoto 162)^ (611^8236)

ERIXAULON CIPOENSE Alv. Silv.

benac, [ed. 2],

1973.

Additional bibliograply: Moldenke, Knovm Geogr, Distrib. Ver76 Sc 20U. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 20.

EEIOCAULON COLLETTII Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber, 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Juat, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 21;: 351. 1972. Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pi. 3. 1921.

ERIOCAULON COLLINUM Hook. f. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon luzulaefoliim Thwaites, in herb, [not E. luzulaefolium Mart., 18321. Additional bibliography: H. H. W, Pearson, Joum. Linn. Soc, Lond. Eot. 3i^: 357. 1899; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 232. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 3uU & 306. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (2): 295. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Joum. Sci . Eot. 2: liiO. 1959; Gunawarden, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Venkatareddl, Bull. Eot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. PI. Mysore Dist. 2: 875 [thesis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 180 (1973) and 28: 101 &
hhS. 197U.

Additional illustrations: pyson, Joum. Indian Bot. 2: 139, fig. 3, & pl. 15. 1921. Venkatareddl (1970) found this plant "Coimon in hainrested fields", flowering from December to Febmary, and cites his nos. ^360, 93186, 93372, & 95999. Pearson (1899) cites his nos. 58 (from 3500 feet altitude)
and 59 (fixim 5600 feet) and reports the species as "very comir.on" at those altitudes in Sri Lanlca. More recent collectors have encountered it in swamps in high forests, along muddy streams in patana grasslands, in swaxipy depressions along narrow streams in wet patana, along roadsides, and in marshland beside pools in "rourh groiind among mountains", growing among marsh grass. Max-

. .

102

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

well Sc Jayasuriya report it as "common" in marshor areas. It is described as a tiifted erect herb, with small gray or grayish inflorescences (heads), the individual flowers white. Sumithraarachchi describes the Inflorescence heads as "black". It has been found growing at altitudes of from 3^00 to 7100 feet, flowering in May and June (in addition to the months previously reported by me in this series of notes). Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. luzulaefolium Maurt. On the other hand, the Koldenke, Moldenke , Jqyasuriya , & Sumlthraarachchl 28279 , 28281 , & 28292 , distributed as E. collinum , are actually E. fluviatile Trimen. Alston (1931) suggests that E. collinum may be conspecific with E. leucomeles Steud. If this is true, the latter name would have priority. Additional citations; SRI LANKA: Alwis s .n [Hakgala, April 1921] (Pd, Pd)j Collector \indetermined s.n. [Hakgala, 3.06] (Pd)j Cooray 68051719 (W 27l877li) , 680^1 719R (Pd)j Craig 6 (Pd)j W. Ferguson jg. n. [Abbotsford, Dimbula] (Pd)j Hepper U^27 (W 2720002) ."Wt2 (Pd, W 2720011t); Koyama IkSljl (W 2762878)} Maxwell & Jayasuriya 876 (Pd, W 2760938); Moldenke , Moldenke , Jayasuriya , L Sumithraarachchi 28271 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Z), 28272 (Ac, Gz,~Kh, Ld, Pd), 28283 (Ld, Pd), 28287 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd), 28307 (Ac, Ca, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd)j A. M. Silva s.n . [Ambewela, I9/ J/06] (Pd), s.n. [path to Fort Macdonald, 25A/o6] (Pd), s.n. [Maturata, 18/5/06] (Pd); STmithraarachchi IBS .113 (Z); Thwaites C.P. 792, in part (Pd), 796, in part (Pd, Pd)

HIIOCAULON COLLINUM var. NAHDM Moldenke. Phytologia 28: 101. 197U. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 101 & 14*5. 1971;. This variety is based on . M, Silva s.n. , collected along a idverbank on the Horton Plains, Nuwara Eliya District, Central Province, Sri Lanka, on March 20, I9II, and two specimens are deposited in the herbarium of the Botanic Garden at Peradeniya. The plant is a dwarf herb, the flowering peduncles 2 12 cm. long, and the leaves veiy thin-membranous and tenuous, 1 k cm. long, 0.5 ^1.5 nan. wide, glabrous, plainly fenestrate at the base, and the tips often subfiliform and weak. The variety is known only from the Horton Plains area and has also been collected in anthesis in February and April. Citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke , Moldenke , Jayasuriya , & Sumithraarachchi 28281i (Ld, Pd, Z); A^ M. Silva s.n. [N'Eliya lake, 9/ 1/06] (Pd); J. M. Silva s.n. [March 20, I9II] (Pd type, Pdisotype); Thwaites C.P . 796 , in part (Pd)

ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam. Additional bibliography: Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; W. Stone, PI. South. N. J., pr. 2, 323325, pl. 61i, fig. 2. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li57li58 (1973) and 28: U28. 197U. Additional illustrations: W, Stone, PI. South. N. J., pr. 2,

. .

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

103

pi. 6U, fig. 2. 1973. It is worth noting that the scapes are 8 10-smgled on Naah 92 and 9- or 10-angled on Chickering a.n. [Hayward] . Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome count as UO. Recent collectors have fovmd the plant in anthesis as late as September in New Jersey. Material has been mlsidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. septangxilare With, and as Lachnocaulon floridanvan small. On the other hand, the Herb. Chapman S^$ , Hollick s.n. [Aug. 15, '85], and Kurrill 713 , distributed as . compressum , decangulare L., O'Neill s.n. [Sept. 12, 1929] is are actually E. decangulare var. latifoliua Chapm., . Davis s .n. [13-7-21], Hale s.n. [ISUO] , A. A. Heller 181 , W. Rhoades 323, Small & Hel -

ler 181 , and Ulksi s.n. [Oct. 7, 1917] are _E. decangulare f parviceps Moldenke, and W. H, Dr-own 66 and Gleason , Smith , L Alexander 173 are pellucidum Lichx. Martindale s.n. [Sep. 1877] is a mixture with E^ decangulare L., while R. M. Harper 211i6 is a mixture with E^ lineare Small, Additional citations: NEW JERSEY: AUantic Co.: Killip 13295 (W 1]|35297) J 7an Sickle s.n. [Landisville, Aug. 10, I89O] (W 2U3226). Burlington Co.: Eames s.n. [VI-12-1891;] (W 309077); Leonard & Leonard 6377 (W 2160300); Martindale s.n. [Sep. 1877] (W 781;^0); Moldenke & Moldenke 28597 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld) . Cape MayCo.: E. C. Leonard 23Ui (W 2160186). Gofunty Tindetermined: Canby s.n. Twet Pine Barrens, June 1862] (W~U5270) . NORTH CAROLINA: Columbus Co.: Godfrey &: White JlOh (W l8ll5Uli) . New Hanover Co.: Buell & Godfrey~3^^ (W 176705977 Godfrey & White 7083 (W 1811530) . County undetermined: McCarthy s.n. [April I888] (W U5272, W~li5277). SOUTH CAROLINA: Darlington Co.: J. B. Norton s.n. [March 18, 1921] (W~1115519), s.n. [Ap. 26, 192lT'(W 1115520). Lexington Co.: Weathertg: ^ni (V/ 156 75U5). GEORGIA: Biyan Co.: R. M. Harper 2170 (W 511188) . Charlton Co.: F. Harper s.n. [Okefinokee Swamp, Jan. 11, 1917] (W 911035). Chatham Co.: Hotchkiss & Ehvall 367I4 (W 25872U6) . Early Co.: Thome 329h (W Montgomery Co.: R. M. Harper 2lU6, in part (W 5lll6ii) 200588J4) . Sumter Co.: M. Harper 2219 (W 511236) . Yfare Co.: Tyron & Mc Vaugh iJjBl (W~l8ll28Ii) . FLORIDA: Brevard Co.: Edw. Palmer 579 (W U5275). Calhoun Co.: Meigs s,n. [Mch. 1886] (W 937178) Clay Co.: Canbv s.n. [Hibernla, March I869] (W U527U) Duval Co.: Curtiss 30rnw-^::937l71), U585 [March 13] (W 22U;80), U58ii [April 19] (W 22Ult80); Fredholm 500 (W 2lli862); J^ D. Smith 106 (W 937175), 378 (W~93717U) . Highlands Co.: Brass 1^||~(W 2065019), ll;6ll (W~2065083), II4868 (W 2065211;), lLt880 (W~2065222). Lake Co.: Nash 92 (W 228001) . Lee Co.: F rancis 63 (W 10365 Ul) ; J. P. Standley l|~(W 569U73)i P^ C. Standley~12552 (W896022), (W896052), 12821 (W696278), li;880 (W~8973ii7) . Levy Co.: G.

}^~

lOU

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

S. Miller 380 (W12877U7)i O'Neill 732 (W--12lil62U) . Okeechobee Co.: Brass lli$82 (W 206506U) . Osceola Co.j J_. D. Smith s.n. [19 Mch. 1886] (W937177). Palm Beach Co.: Small , DeWinkeler , & Rane 9815 (W 1738^22) . Polk Co.: Topping 2611 (W 1729088)7 Putnam Co.: Godfrey & Re inert 61111 (W 2385135) Saint Johns Co.! E, Doubleday s.n. [St. John's] (Pd)j . D. Smith 76 (W 937176), Seminole Co.: Blanton ^12 (W--lIl85555) i Garber ]J22 (W 937173). 3,n. [March I876] (W 26I4O68) , Volusia Co.: H. . Beardslee s.n.

[March 1925] (W 18723U7); A. S. Marsh 157 (W 1285355) . Walton Co.: R. Krai 1981iU (W 2li 70396) . County undetermined: Chickering s.n. [Hayward] (W--li>58ll) j J. H. Slaps on 5UB [border of Everglades] (W U5276)} Sperry Tlake Lammonia] (W I]i67ll2)

ALABAMA: Mobile Co.: Mohr s.n. [Maach 1392] (W73U511) . LOUISIANA: Calcasieu Par.: E. J. Palmer 7718 (W~1531692). Saint Tammany Par.: Canby , Sargent , & Treleaae 256 (W 3697^3) i R. Krai 16508 (W~2U70U26) . TEXAS: Hardin Co.: E. J. Palmer 9563 (W i^319U2).

ERIOGAULON C(M>HES3UM var. HARPERI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Ptytologia 26: I8I & U57 (1973) and 28: li28 . 197li. It is of interest to note that the scapes (peduncles) on Tracy s.n. [5/9/I898], cited below, are 8~10-angled. Material of this variety has bean misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the names E. gnaphalodes Michx. and B. lineare Small. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Bay Co.: R. Krai I98OO (W~ 2U 70370). Escambia Co.: R. Krai I9876 C?r2li 70391) , 19380 (W 2U70398). Franklin Co.: Biltmore Herb. 2296 (W 955021), 2296a (W 335121). Highlands Co.: Brass m659 (W~2065l06) . Leon Co.: H. Kurz s.n. [May 16, 1926] (W~128779U) . Osceola Co.: Mearns 33 (W 391120) . Wakulla Co.: H. N. Moldenke 1123 (W~l58l732) Walton Co.: R. Krai I98O8 (W 2ii70UoO) . Washington Co.: Small & Wheriy 11695 (W 1738872) . County undetermined: Herb. Chapman s.n. [Florida] (W~lt5271) . AIABAMA: Baldwin Co.: litis . Cross white , & Kawano 2l51iO (Ca~1357905) . Mobile Co.: Curtis 3 s.n. [1375] TJf U5273)j R. Krai 26526 (W~2li70U03) . MISSISSIPPI: George Co.: R. Krai 19351; (W~2U70397) . Harrison Co.: Tracy 5032 ( W 31110977^.1171^/9/1893] (W 309073). LOUISIANA: Saint Tammany Par.: Langlois s.n. [1.V.1393] (W 1655533)

ERIOCAIILON COMPTONII Handle

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [li2] . 1923j Moldenke, Knoym Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 15 1 & 20U. 19h9i Moldenke, Phytologia 2ii: 351 352. 1972.

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

105

ERIOCAULON CONCRETUM F. lluell. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 153 4 202i. 19U9i Moldenke, Phytologia 2li: 352. 1972.

ERIOCAULON CONIC UM (Fyaon) C. E. C. Fischer Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126 &. 201*. 19li9:, Moldenke, Phjrtologia 2li: 352. 1972.

ERIXAULON CONIFERUM Herzog

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [li2] . 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 76 & 20U. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 352. 1972.
HRIOCAULON CRASoISCAPUM Bong, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 76, 103, & 20li. 19U9i Angely, Fl, Anal, i Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paxao, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972 j Moldenke, Phytologia 26i U58 & Ii60. 1973.
ERIOCAULON CRISTATUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Wangerln in Just, Bot. Jahreaber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929} Alaton in Trimen, Randb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30U. 1931} Fedde in J^at, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1?33} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 12U, 126, 132, 13U, 135, 139, & 20U. 19U9} Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 3U9 & 352 (1972) and 26: 19. 1973. Alston (1931) asserts that Trimen's record of this species from Sri Lanka, based, apparently, on his G.P. 789 collection (for which he proposed an innociinate varietsG. status as "var. bracteis floralibus denticulatls et longiuscule cuspidatoacuminatis "), is a miaidentification of E. ceylanicum Korn. C.P. 739 is cited by ne as E^;^ longicuape Hook, f ., the aame disposition of it as is given also by Hooker. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thonson s.n. [Mont. Khasia, U-5000 ped.] (Pd)} Native collector s.n. [Khasi
hills]
(Pd).

ERIOCAULON CRISTATUM var. MACKII Hook, f Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126 & 20U. 19U9} Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 353. 1972.
ERIOCAULON CUBSNSE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], ii5 & 20U. 19U9} Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 353. 1972.

106

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 2

ERIOCAULON CUSPIDATUM Dalz. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Jiist, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 19291 Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2); 295. 1933; Moldenke, Knofwn Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126 & 20U. 19li9} Thaker, Sabnis, & Bedi, Bull. Bot. Sxirv. India 12: 125. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 21. 1973. Thaker and his associates (1970) record this species from Gujarat, India. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Stocks , Law, &c. s.n. [Malabar, Concan] (Pd) SilOCADLON DALZELLII Kom. Additional bibliographer: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5' 503. l89Ui Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 125, 126, 130, & 201*. 19li9; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Joum. Sci. Biol. 2: lUl. 1959i ^ol~ denke, Phytologia 2U: 353 (1972) and 28: 192, Ui2, & IM. 197U. Gould & Cooray encountered this plant in mai^hy soil along a stream, at 2300 meters altitude, flowering in May, Durand & Schinz (1891^) report it from Sierra Leone. The W. F erguson s.n. [Labugama, 1832], distributed as E, dalzellii , is actually E. fluviatile Trimen. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Stocks, Law, &c. s.n, [Malabar, Concan] (Pd) . SRI lAMki Gould & Cooray 1375? Tca^ 1376098)

ERIOCAULON DAMAZIAOTJM Beauverd Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac, [ed, 2], 76 c 201;. 19li9j Moldenke, Phytologia 21;: 353. 1972, ERIOCAULON DECANGUURE L. Additional bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Acad. Handl, Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 71;. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Hya. Art. CJrtsl, Erioc [7] (repr.), 1821; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], ii9, 11, 18, 22, & 20U. 19U9; Bullock, Taxon 8: 171. 1959; Hocking, Excerpt, Bot. A.19: U3. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972; C, A, Br., Wildfls. La. 11, 238, 2l;0, & 2l;3. 1972; Rouleau, Taron Index Vols. 1-20 part 1: 139. 1972; Robichaud & Buell, Veg. N. J. 319 & 327. I973i ^* Stone, PI. South. N. J., pr. 2, 323 J^ 325, pi. 28, fig. 2. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: i;58 (1973) and 28: 1;271;30 & 1;56. 1971;. Additional illustrations: C. A. Br., Wildfls. La. 11 (in color). 1972; W. Stone, PI. South. N. J., pr. 2, pi. 29, fig. 2.
1973.

Recent collectors have encoxintered this plant in pine-palmetto swamps The label on Lundell 11902 in the United States National Herbarium is inscribed "Perennial herb, corolla yellow, anthers or-

19 7U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

107

ange", bo this is doubtless a case of ti'ansposod labels, k binary head is seen on the United States National Herbarivira specimen of J, D. Smith li92. Common names for the species in Florida include ^^BacTielor's button" and, among the Seminole Amerinds, "talokcTit 11". Brown (1972) records "hard-heads" for it in Louisiana. It is worthy of note that the scapes (peduncles) are 10-angled on Shreve & Jones 1300 , 11-angled on A , S. Hitchcock 37$ , 10- or 11-angled on Hollick s.n. [Aug, 15, '8^], 8 10-angled on Kearney 1$58 . 9 13-angled on Hyams s.n. [Bengaw, Sept. 1379], and 12 U*angled on Tracy 6Ul7 , all deposited in the United States National Herbarium at Washington. Femald & Long 11^9 2U and Godfrey $760 exhibit characters approaching those of f , parviceps Moldenke, while Biltmore Herb.

3867c, Curtiss 3016 , Nash 81;7 , Small & Heller 130 , and P. . Standley 18888 exhibit leaves which approach those of var, latlfolium Chapm, The following collections, cited herein under f parviceps , were collected early in the season (mostly in May, J\ine, or July) and are very immature. They may well represent very immature specimens of typical E, decangulare L,: Biltmore Herb . 3867b , Coville 202, Hotchkiss & Ekvall 3755, R. Krai 17208 & 17223, Mc earthy s.n, [Julio 1885], E. , Palmer 7981 , Small & Heller 180, Thaxter s.n. [Cullhowee, June 15 July 15, 1887], and Tracy 7^7 E. C, Leonard 23hh , distributed as E*^ decangulare , is actually E. ccmpressum Lam,; Hartindale s.n, [Atsion, Sep, 1877] is a mixture with E_, compressum ; AMes 5U809 , Holm s,n. [7.1888], and Thomas , Dorris , & Drane 13921 are E. decangulare var. minor Moldenke, while W, M, Cantgr s,n, [Pine barrens] is Ej, pellucidum kichx. Additional citations: NEW JERSEY: Atlantic Co,: Standley & Killip 7567 (W~ni5386) , Burlington Co,: M. A, Chase 35$2 (W 59U231)j Martindale s.n, [Atsion, Sep. 1877T~(W 78ii5lO) . Monmouth Co.: D. , Eaton s.n. [i860] (W~2588805) , Ocean Co.: Chickerlng s.n. [June 28, 1877] (W937l6U)j Drushel 8358 (W 1600939); Eggles ton U39U (W 586070); Hollick s.n. [Aug. 15, '851 (W 309076); I^on s.n. [Aug. 15, 1902] (W 1101385) ; Mackenzie 369 It (W 6U8776) . County undetermined: N^ L^ Britton s.n. [Pine Barrens, Aug. '79] (W 309073) ; W. M, Canty s.n. [Pine barrens] (W li5301); Eaton 15651| (Pd) . MARYLAND: Wicomico: W. M. Canty 192 (W~9 37167); Shreve & Jones I3OO (W~60856U) . DISTJaCT OF COLUHBU: Holm s.n. [8,1900] (B1^^^3866) , VIRGINIA: Norfolk Co,: K earney 1558 (W 3562li8) . Prince George Co,: Femald , Long , & Smart 6790 (W-1682875) . Sussex Co,: Fernald &. Long 1];92U (W 2003551). NORTH CAROLII^: Brunswick Co.: Drushel 10075 (V/ 1688975). Carteret Co.: Godfr ey 5792 (W 1768165); VIcCarthy 5 (W 145308). Chowan Co.: Godfrey 53li5 (W 1768032) . Columbus Co,: Godfrey 63I1I (W I768U38) . Craven Co.: W. H. Brown U9 (W 512889)}
.

. .

108

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

Godfrey iUt32 (W 1767l;83) . Cumberland Co.: Godfrey 1;550 (W 1767577). Onslow Co.: Godfrey 760 (W-~1768lUi) . Pender Co.: Godfrey 1;7U0 (W 176770li) ; I^ams s.n. [Bengaw, Sept. 1879] (W 152099) . Rowan Co.: Small & Heller 180 (W--937162). Roanoke Island: Hotchklss & Uhler 7225 (Vf 2U22098) . County undetermined: Small & Heller s.n. [North Carolina] (W li5261i) . SOUTH CAROLINA: Berkeley Co.: Godfrey & Tryon 603 (W 1837U5U) . Darlington Co.: Norton s.n. [Cohen 69] (W 1070520) . Georgetown Co.: Godfrey & Tryon 3l;3 (W--l8372]43) . Greenville Co.: . D. Smith 16 (W 937lS3Tr Hampton Co.: Wilbur & Webster 2833~Tw 2132026) . Williamsburg Co.: Godfrey & Tryon 509 (W 1837383) . GEORGIA: Ben Hill Co.: R. Krai 28773 (W 26739U8) . Brooks Co.: R. Krai 28685 (W 26739I4];) . Calhoun Co.: R. Krai 28621; (W26739li6). Camden Co.: Drushel 10133 (WI6889B0) . Dodge Co.: R. Krai 287li5 (W 26739U5). Early Co.: R. Krai 27090 (W 26739U7) . Jeff Davis Co.: Shacklette 6919 (Bl 201211;) . Laurens Co.: R. Krai 28723 (W~ 26739l;2). Screven Co.: R. Krai 2U030 (W~2l; 70322) . Sapelo Island: Duncan 20365 (W 2262623) . FLORIDA: Duval Co.: Ciirtiss 3016 (W15269, W 937159), 5060 [June 20] (W 22U;79), 5060 [Aug. 6] (W 22U;79), 5690 [June 2U] (W 280617), 5690 [Aug. 21] (W 280617). Franklin Co.: Biltmore Herb. 3867c (W 335192) . Hendry Co.: Sturtevant llj8 (W 252l;700) . Hernando Co.: Howard 12953 (W 23279 3U) . Highlands Co.: Brass 15282 (W 2065U65) Lake Co.: Nash 81;7 (W 228003, W 937165), 1722 (W 228082, W 937166) . Lee Co.: A. S, Hitchcock 375 {VWfUoQ)} P^ C. Standley 12866 (W896323), 18888 (W 1028667), I889I (W 1028670) Levy Co.: Krai & Krai 6920 (W 23081i20) . Manatee Co.: Perdue 1757 (W 2233O87). Orange Co.: Murrill 713 (W 1928533) . Washington Co.: E. S. Ford 3686 (W 2230909) . Saint Vincent Island: McAtee 1828 (W~586l69) . County undetermined: Herb. Chapman 555 (W~9 37170) i J. H. Simpson 396 [Trahue] (W ii5266) . ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Mohr s.n. [Oct. 7, 189U] (W~781i5l3)} Tracy 80lt3 (W~513697). Butler Co.: J. D. Smith U91 (W 937158), U92 (W 937157). Escambia Co.: R. Krai 32l;88 (W 2673953) . Mobile Co.: Bush 71 (W 318393); Mohr s.n. [Aug. 1870] (W~78U5l6) . MISSISSIPPI: Covington Co.: Webster & Wilbur 3373 (W 2068092) . Hancock Co.: Drushel lOOpU (W 1688978). Harrison Co.: Demaree 306IO (W 2176872) J Tracy 6U17 (W 383776), s.n. [7/2/1895] (W 309079). Jackson Co.: Tracy 6U17 (W 351|205) . Pearl River Co.: R. Krai 17331 (W~2l;70l;29 ) . LOUISIANA: Calcasieu Par.: Allison 267 (W 5li;075) . Saint Tanmany Par.: Arsene 11030 (W IO3I6OI) 11663 (W IO3I602), 11786 (W~1033018), 12259 (W 1033053) j Langlois s.n. [9.IX.1892] (W lli65968) . TEXAS: Hardin Co.: Lundell & Lundell 11902 (W~2330383) J Tharp s.n. [2-21-1^2] (W 187361a)

109

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

HIIOCAULON DECANDinARE v&r. UTIPOLIUld Chapoi. Additional bibliography: L'oldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 9, 11, & 20U. 19h9i Moldenke, Phytologia 2ln 35U (1972) and 28: 1*28. 197U. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E, compressum Lam. The Blltmore Herb. 3867c. Nash 8U7, Small i Heller 180 , and P_. . Standley 18886 , cited herein as typical E. decangulare L., have leaves rather wide for that taxon and may very possibly represent var. latifollum Instead. They are from Franklin County, Florida, Lake County, Florida, Rowan County, North Carolina, and Lee County, Florida, respectively. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Marion Co.: O'Kelll s.n. [Sept. County undetennined: Herb. Chapman 5^3 12, 1929] (W Ui8814*l) . [Florida] (W 937161), s.n. [Florida] (W 955018 isotype) . ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Mohr & Sargent s.n. [Oct. 7, 189U] (W 78U512). MISSISSIPPI: Harrison Co.: J. D. Smith 650 (W 937160) ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE var. MINOR Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 22 (1973) and 28: li27 & U29. 197li. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in swamps and on boggy pond shores, flowering (in addition to the months previously reported) in June. Additional citations: DISTRICT OF COLUMBU: Holm s.n. [7.1888] (Bl~253279). NORTH CAROLINA: Lincoln Co.: Ahles 5UH09"(B1 180702). LOUISIANA: Jackson Par.: Thomas . Dorrls . & Drane 13921

(Bl 2l|li325).
ESIOCAULON DECANGULARE f . PARVICEPS Moldenke Additional blbllograpl^: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U58 (1973) and 28: Ii27 U30. 197U. Recent collectors have fo\md this plant growing in tufts on sanc^ peat of bogs in longleaf pine savannas, in sandy clay peat moist fran borrow pit bogs, in sandy peat of pine flatwoods bogs, in wet sand and gravel openings in swamps, on Sphagnum hillocks in open white gravelly bogs, in grass-sedge bogs or savannas, on gravel In 8eep>age bogs, in moist pinebarrens, boggy woods, coastal plain smmpSf moist meadows, pinelands and wet open pinelands, white sandy swamps, open, sandy, acid, and mountain bogs, and savannas, at altitudes frtmi near sealevel to 2500 feet. The flowering-heads are \inlformly described as white or gray-irtilte. The scapes are to U dm. tall on Cory 56611 , 7-angled, with the sheath surpassing the leaves. Thaxter s.n. [Cullhowee, Jime 15 July 15, 1887] has its scapes 8 lO-angled, Ward s.n. [Holraead Swamp, Oct, 3, 1830] has them 7 10-angled, ^yams s.n. (Burgaw, Aug. 1878] has them 10-angled, LlcCarthy s.n. [Julio 1885] 7- or 8-angled, and R. IL Harper UUi only 9-angled. On , Revere hon U359a the scapes are 6-angled and the plant is obviously in very young flower- bud condition (collected on May 9),

110

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

It should be noted here that the leaves are rather long and broad in . Reverchon 2766 (collected on J\ily 10), Tharp Uli3l|b , and Hotcbklss & Ekvall 3755 One sheet of Hale s.n. [181;0] has leaves of typical f . parviceps length and breadth, vhUe the other sheet has them extra long and broad. One plant on the Ward s. n. [Holmead Swamp, Oct, 3, 1880] exhibits leaves typical for f parviceps , while the other has them extra long and broad, McCarthy s.n. [ Julio 1885] consists of 3 typical f . parviceps plants as to leaf-size and -shape, and a fourth plant with much longer and wider leaves (this latter plant may be a juvenile specimen of typical E. decangulare L.) . The Collector undesignated s.n. [1832], cited below, has leaves of typical f . parviceps length, but rather broader than is typical for the form. Harper says of his no. 3996 ; "May be E. decangulare , but rather small, pretty far inland, and blooming rather late [Aug. l51 for that species". He found it growing among rocks below the highwater mark along the Little River, Cherokee Co\inty, Alabama, and adds the canment that "E. lineare was found in the same county in 1906 (see Bull, Torrey Club 33: 527) but that blooms still earlier." Practically all the New Jersey specimens cited below have erect elongate leaves, all the Maryland specimens have short tenuous leaves, almost all the District of Columbia collections have rather longish narrow leaves [except one plant of the Ward s.n. collection] . Most of the North Carolina specimens exhibit narrow rather short leaves [except as otherwise noted below] the collections made in July and August appear to have mature heads and are probably correctly identified as f . parviceps , but those collected in June or even ear]y J\ily, if also exhibiting larger leaves, may very well prove to be immature examples of typical E. decangulare . Most of the Georgia collections have rather short narrow leaves as is typical of f . parviceps (e.g., Cronquist Maxon 6U69 51|25 , Earle 3123, R^ M. Harper khk t W. Rhoades 323) . actually has leaves so tiny that they greatly resemble those of E. pellucidum Michx.I Wurdack & Wurdack 25ii2 is a voucher for anatcntical material and the collectors note that the plant was "locally abundant". All the South Carolina specimens cited below show narrow somewhat elongate leaves. The following collections, although cited below because of their small heads, are very immature and in view of the early time of collection may actually represent not-yet-fully-developed plants of typical E^ decangulare L. whose flower-heads have not yet fully expanded: Biltmore Herb. 2867a [July] Sc 3867b [Julj'], Covill e 202 [June], R^ Krai 17208 [May 29] & 17223 [May 29], E^ J. Palmer 7981 [June 12], and T racy 7587 . The following have rather large, leaves and may actually represent immature specimens of var. lati folium Chapra.: Hotchkiss & Ekvall 3755 [June], Small & Hellsr~l30 [June 25-26, 1391], and Thaxter s.n. [Chillhowee, June 15 July 15,

1889]

19 7U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

111

On the other hand, the following collections, also cited below, are likewise only in flower-bud condition but seam rather definitely to be f . parviceps when the sum total of characters is considered: Godfrey~!Ili83 [June], Pollard U8U [July], and P. C^ House 2602 has slightly wider leaves Standi ey 117^6 [June] but otherwise meets all the important characteristics of f . parviceps . In summation: of the specimens cited below the following seem very definitely to represent f , parviceps and may be taken as truly representative: (1) collected in June: Cronquist ShZS , Earle (2) collected in July: Anect 90, Chickering 3123 , Godfrey \^%y , s.n. [Manchester, J\ily 19, 1373], Fogg U602 , Godfrey 1^868 , Godfrey L Try on 927, House 2602 , R^ Krai 206^1 & 20970 , McAtee 989 , McCarthy s.n. [julio 188;^] in part. Pollard USlj. and Tharp 2380 , liU3U5 , Uli3l^6 , & Ui3li8a ; (3) collected in August: N_. L_. Britton s. lu [Manchester, Aug. 28, 1879], M. A. Chase 685U , Fogg 1|65$ , God-

frey $821 & 6166 , R. M^ Harper IM & 3996 , Killip 6U70 , Leggett s.n. [Quaker Bridge, Aug. 3th l861i], E. C. Leonard 706 , ff. Rhoades 323 , Steele s.n. [Teccma Park, Aug. 12, 1396], smd 7an Eseltine 190 ; (U) collected in September: E_, ^ Alexander s.n. [Forked River, Sept. 18, 1932], Coville s.n. [Holmead' s Swamp, Sept. 29, 1889], Maxon 6U69 , Olds s.n. [Old Powder Mill Swanp, Sept. 1898], and Standley & Bollaan 102^8 ; and (5) collected in October: Dewey 158 and Ward s.n. [Hoimead Swamp, Oct. 3, 1980] in part. As some indication of how different from the typical Ej, decangulare L. is the aspect of this plant when fully matured, one should note the large number of the collections cited below which were originally identified by the collectors in the field as E. compressum Lam., Z^ gnaphalodes Michx., E^ lineare Small, E_j^ " tangulare With., and E. texense Kom. Material of this form has also been misidentif ied and distributed in some herbaria under the curious designations " Eriocaulon dec angular is L." and " Lachnocaulon anceps (V/alt.) Moray". The following collections were previously misidentif ied and cited by ma as E, decangulare before more intensive study revealed the presence of subspecific taxa: E. J. Alexander s.n. [Forked River, Sept. 18, 1932], Biltmore Herb. 3^7a & 33?7d . Braun s.n. [July 26, 1938], N. Britton s.n. [Manchester, Aug. 28, 1379], Collector imdetennined s.n. [1832], Cronquist $U2$ , Earle 3123 , Godfrey $321 & 6166 , Godfrey & Try on 927 , R. M. Harper iM & 3996, A. A^ Heller 181 [August 21, 1390] , R. Krai 17223 . 206$1 , & 20970, Leggett s.n. [Quaker Bridge, Aug. 8th, 1861;], Reverchon 2766, W. Rhoades 323, Small & Haller I8O [June 2526, 1391], Tharp gl3U5 , hk^h^hkS^i^ & s.n. [Sealy. 6/28/U2], and E. H. ,

Walkerlggo .
Additional citations:
NE'.V

JERSEY: Burlington Co.:

Fogg

li602

112

PHTTOLOGIA
h(>$$
I86I1]

Vol. 29, no. 2

(W--I630699) j Leggett s.n. [Quaker Bridge, Aug. & Wurdack 25U2 (W--2537Q3U) . Ocean Co.: E. J. Alexander s.n. [Forked River, Sept. 18, 1932] (N)j N. Brit ton s.n. [Manchester, Aug. 28, 1879] (N)j Chickering s.n. [Manchester, July 19, 1873] (W 2588395). MARILAMD: Harford Co.: Ulksi 3.n. [Oct. 7, 1917] (W lli39973) Prince Georges Co.: M. A. Chase (W~6U2607)} Killip 6U70 (W 10886U9)i E. C. Leonard 706 (W 2l53l88)i McAtee 989 (W6U2738)} Olds s.n. [Old Powder Mill Swamp, Sept. I898] (W 338855)} P. C. Standley 11756 (W 895338); E, H. Walker m60 (N) . DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Coville s.

(W1630698),

8th

(N)} Wttrdack

Z^

n. [Holmead's Swamp, Sept. 29, I889] (W1^5309); Dewey 158 (W 283li91)} Maxon 6U69 (W--II8UO6O) } Pollard U8U (W-^^29363'^W 307lio)j Steele s.n. [Tacoma Park, Aug. 12, I896] (W~363620)} Van Eseltine 190 (W 6U223l|); Vasey s.n. [Holmead Swamp, I88I] (W9786)} Ward s.n. [Holmead Swamp, Oct. 3, I88O] (W152100), 8.n. [188U] (W~-2S2EU2) . NORTH CAROLINA: Brunswick Co.: Godfrey

Buncombe Co.: Biltmore Herb. 3867a (N, W . W 3867d (N, 331152), 335U90)i Standley & Bollman 10258 (W 689079). Catawba Co.: Small & Heller I80 [June 2526, I89I] (N, W--li5265). Columbus Co.: Braun s.n. [July 26, 1938] (W 2666390) Dare Co.: Hotchkiss & Ekvall 3755 (W 21^22097) . Jackson Co.: Thaxter s.n. [CuUhowee, June 15--July 15, I887] (WU15881) New Hanover Co.: Biltmore Herb. 3867b (W33II5I)} Coville 202 (W--li5307). Onslow Co.: Godfrey~g3 (W1767530), 5821 (N, W 1768188). Pender Co.: Hyams s.n. [Burgaw, Aug. 1878] (W 152097). Rowan Co.: A. A. Heller 181 [August 21, I89O] (C)} Small & Heller 181 [Aug. Ik, I891]1w--937172) . Saii5)son Co.: Godfrey 6I66 (W 1768297) . County undetermined: McCarthy s.n. [Julio 1885] (W--I52098, W--2ii3906). SOUTH CAROLINA: Anderson Co.: J. Davis s.n. [1>7-21] (7^1039021). Clarendon Co.: Godfrey & Tryon 927Tn, V/ 1837695) . Lancaster Co.: House 2602Tw511415^) . GEORGIA: Columbia Co.: Collector undetermined s.n. [1832] (C). Douglas Co.: Cronquist 5U25 (N, W 19287liii) . Lee Co.: Earle 3123 (N) . Sumter Co.: R. M. Harper UUii (N, W 38IM6) . Wilcox Co.: W. Rhoades 323 (N) . FLCHIDA: Manatee Co.: Tracy 7587 (W--U1;2233) . ALABAMA: Cherokee Co.: R. M. Harper 3996 (N, W2175560) . LOUISIANA: Allen Par.: R. Krai 20970 (N, W 2U70U09) . Beauregard Par.: R. Krai 17208 (W 2ll70l|27rr Natchitoches Par.: E. . PaLmer 7981 (W 1531711) . Rapides Par.: Hale s.n. [I81i0] (W 78U511i, W 78U515) . Saint Tanmany Par.: Anect 90 (W 10870lt7) . Vernon Par.: R. Krai 17223 (N, W 2li70396), 20651 (N, W 2U70395) . TEXAS: Austin Co.: Tharp hh3k6
lt868

(W176780U)

I87361i2), s.n. 6/28A2] (N, [Bog near Sealy, 6/28A2] (Bl 50060) . Hardin Co.: Tharp, Gimbrede, & Yang 5l-li;li9 (Bl911a9) j Tharp & Tyson s.n. [6/277~
52]

(N), Ult3li8a (N), s.n. [Sealy,

(Bl91875).

Henderson Co.: Tharp 2880

(W1203l|08)

Jasper

19 7U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

113

Co.: Coiy 56611 (W-^2007913) . Robertson Co.: F. A. Barkley 13|U0 (W layoUlTT ^Smith Co.: J. Reverchon 2766 (N, UU0232, 500957), li359a (W 501327) . Tyler Co.: Tharp l4i^3U5 (N) . Waller Co.: E. Hall 675 (WU5267) . NICARAGUA: Cabo Graclas a Dies:

Bunting & Llcht

li38

N)

E31I0CAUL0N DECEMFL0RU14 kaxlm.

Additional 4: emended bibliography: Moldenke, Knoira Geogr. Distrib. Verbeoac, [ed. 2], 130, 133, 13ii, & 201^. i9U9; Satake, Joum. Jap. Bot. U6i 372373 [2021]. 1971| Moldenke, Phytologia 2li: 351i. 1972.

ERIOCAULON DECEMFI)RUM f . ABERANS Satake Additional & amended bibliography: Satake, Joum, Jap. Bot. U6i 373 [21]. 1971i Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 35U. 1972. Bnended illustrations: Satake, Joum, Jap. Bot. U6: 373 [21]. 1971.

ERIOCAULON DECIPIENS N. E. Br. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon sonderianum Rendle ex N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 2U5, in ayn. 1901 [not E. sonderianum Kom., 1856] Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 235 & 2li5. 1901; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 119, 120, & 20U. 19li9j Moldenke, Phytologia 2li: 351355 (1972) and 28: U57. 197li. Brown (1901) cites Y/hyte 115 from Malawi and conanents: "This plant is so exceedingly like E, sonderianum , Eoeraicke, in external appearance as to have been mistaken for it, but it distinctly differs in the following particulsu"3 The floweringbracts are much longer, broader, without the fuscous spot on each side of the less pronounced keel, and are less rigid and more membranous; the sepals of the msde flowers are larger, much more membranous, not keeled, and are fuscous quite to the apex, whilst in E. sonderianum the apical part of the sepals of the male flowers is white with a whitish mid-line running half-way down the keel. Other differences may, perhaps, be found in the female flowers when known. From E, Dregei , Hochst., it differs in its very acute leaves, and much shorter cilia on the sepals,
:

&c."

ERIOCAULON DENSUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 355 (1972) and 25: 229 & 239. 1973.
ERIOCAULON DEPAUPERATUM Merr. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver^ benac, [ed. 2], lia & 20U. I9h9i Moldenke, Ptytologia 2U: 355. 1972. [to be continued]

A NEW SPECIES OF OREOWEISIA FROM MEXICO

(DICRANACEAE, MUSCI)

Harold Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560

Frank D. Bowers !> 2 Botany Department University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916

The genus Oreoweisia is of world wide distrubtion with the greatest concentration of species in Latin America. The mexican representatives of the genus, for unknown reasons, have been very late coming to the attention of bryologists. The South American 0. ligularis Mitt, was listed by Crum (1951) from Jalisco and by Delgadillo M. (I97l) as 0. bogotensis (Hampe) Mitt, from the volcanoes Nevada de Toluca and Popocatepetl (State of Mexico) and A second mexican species, Ixtaccihuatl (State of Puebla) 0. mexicana H.Robins., was described as new in 1965 from the State of Guerrero. More recent collections of Oreoweisia have now appeared that seem to be a third and previously undescribed species from Mexico The new species is the first from Mexico having smooth rather than papillose or mamlllose leaf cells. The appearance is rather close to 0. mexicana but that species has the additional differences of broader capsules with urns half as wide as long and larger spores 25-30p, in diameter. A bolivian species, 0. tunar iensis Herz., has described features most similar to the new species from Mexico, but the former has more linear leaves, smaller spores (l5-20|i,), and the median cells of the leaf are distinctly larger than those at the margin.
.

_^|eoweisia delgadiJJxd H.Robinson & F.D. Bowers, sp. nov.

Plantae paroicae dense caespitosae ca. 2 cm altae virides

infeme albo- vel rufo-tomentosae; folia sat laxe inserta sicca

contorta humida erecto-patentia anguste oblonga plexnimque ca. 3

mm longa et 0.6-0.? mm lata margine plana vel leniter recurvata infeme Integra supeme sensim distincte serrulata apice breviter
acuta supra et subtus laevia, cellulis mediis plerumque subquadratis vel brevioribus lO-lVp, latis 7-12|j, longis basilaribus sensim leniter longioribus prope costam usque ad 50|j, longis, parietibus basilaribus interioribus leniter tenuioribus, costis
-L

Study supported in part by the Richards Foundation

2 Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory, The University of Tennessee, N.S. no. A20.

UU

197U

Robinson

Sc

Bowers,

Nefw

species of Oreoweisia

115

subpercurrentibus infeme ca. lOOp, latis. Folia perichaetialia similaria plerumque 2-3 nnn longa infeme laxe convoluta, cellulis basilaribua valde laxioribus. Calyptrae cucullatae ca. 2.5 nun longae laeves. Setae 5-6 mm longae flavae laeves; opercula breviter rostrata ca. 0.5 mm longa; thecae anguste ovali-oblongae plerumque 1.2-1.3 n longae ca. 0.4 ram latae flavae vel luteae sub orificio parum constrictae anguste rufescentes; dentes rubescentes ca. 250|i longi laeves supeme ad medium irregulariter fenestrati; sporae 20-25^1 diam. ovales perminute papillosae.

Hanging on side of cliff, partial Type: MEXICO: Durango: Oak-pine forest vdth Madrofio along Hwy. 40 shade, meso., ridge. about 9 miles west of La Ciudad. 8,650 ft., 30 Dec. 1973Bowers, Delgadillo M., & Somers 5075 (US, holotype; TENN, isoParatypes: MEXICO: Durango: Oak-pine forest with large type) exposed boulders (granite?) along Hwy. 40 about 4 miles west of La Ciudad. 8900 ft., 30 Dec. 1973. Bowers Delgadillo M., & Somers 5264-h On moist, rather sunny rocks. In pine, oak, and juniper forest on flat top of ridge along Hwy 40 about 9 miles west of La Ciudad. Elev. ca. 8500 ft., 26 Dec. 1971. Norris et al 20792 (TENN & Herb. NORRIS); Chihuahua: On soil, partial shade, meso., slope. Oak-pine forest and stream with cliff (limestone) and rocks. 37 miles north of Creel (l6 min. north of San Juanita) on road from Creel to La Junta (Hwy. 16). 8000 ft., 4 Jan. 1974- Bowers Delgadillo M., & Somers 5395 (US, TENN).
. , ;
,

The new species is named after Dr. Claudio Delgadillo M., bryologist on the staff of the Institute de Biologla, U.N. A.M. Ciudad Universitaria in Mexico.

Literature Cited
Crum, H. A.

The Appalachian-Ozarkian element in the moss 1951. flora of Mexico with a check-list of all known Mexican mosses. Ph.D. dissertation. Univ. Michigan, Ann Amor.

Delgadillo M., C. 1971. Phytogeographic studies on alpine mosses of Mexico. The Bryologist 74: 331-346.
Robinson, H Notes on Oreoweisia and Hypnella from Latin 1965 America. The Bryologist 68: 331-334.
. .

NOTES ON THE MOSSES OF JUAN FERNANDEZ AND SOUTHERN

SOUTH AMERICA

Harold Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 2O56O.

A recent study of the mosses of the Juan Fernandez Islands off the coast of Chile has resulted in the discovery of three new species and has shown the need for some nomenclatural changes. The necessary additions and changes are presented here along with some notes on related species. Appended are notes on the distinctive Duseniella of Chile and Bucklandia of Tierra del Fuego. The sequence of the genera is according to the recent listing of families (Robinson, 1971).

Fissidens

Fissidens ornatico status H.Robinson, new species (Figs. 1-2) Plantae pusillae. Caules ca. 1 mm longi. Folia disticha 1.2 mm longa ca. 0.25 mm lata oblongo-elliptica acuta non acuminata margine minute serrulata prope basim minute dentata, laminis vaginantibus ca. 0.6 ram longis inaequalibus apice conjunctionibus interdxim brevissimis, lamina dorsali ad basim sensim decurrente; nervo 25-30\i lato ad cellulas 5-6 sub apice attingente, cellulis centralibus nervi (Fig. l) biserialibus prominentibus 12-25m, latis 30-70|j, longis subbasalibus 75-130m, longis, cellulis externis utrinque transparentibus anguste fusiformibus ^-5^ latis 2040p, longis; cellulis laminarum irregulariter multi-angularibus 8-10|j, diam. marginalibus interdum 6ij, diam., eis juxta nervum 12|j, diam., juxta nervum basim versus 18-40|j, longis 12u, latis; cellulis submarginalibus nonnullis laminarum vaginantium plerumque elongatis ad 35\i longis. Caetera ignota.
Type: JUAN FERNANDEZ: Mas a Tierra: V. Colonial, Q. Seca, 455 m, Skottsberg 26 in part (Holotype, S; isotype slide, US).

The new species is most closely related to Fissidens leptochaete Dus. which occurred in the same collection, but the former differs by the very prominent inner cells of the costa, the nonacuminate leaf tip and the essentially non-papillose leaf cells. Walls over the cell lumens are often a little thickened in the centers.

Rhacomitrium
A number of species from southern South America are notable 116

I97I4

Robinson, Notes on mosaea

117

for the relatively stout costa of the leaves. The two most frequently cited species are Rhacoiiiitri\;jn nigritum Jaeg. and R. subnigritum (C.Mlill.) Par. This distinctive group of species reach(Roiv.) H.Robinson, es its extreme form in flhacomitrium bartramii i" new comb., basionym: Buc13an9iar Bartrajni ^oiv , Arch. Soc Zool. This Bot. Fenn. Vanama 9(2): 91. 1955, of Tierra del Fuego. last species has the costa totally filling the leaf apex and The characters distinguish the spores up to 28p, in diameter. species well, but they do not seem to justify separate generic status. The reduction of the monotypic genus avoids the need to provide a new name for Bucklandia Roiv. which is a later homonym.
" .
.

Dicranoloma
Dicranoloma kunkelii H.Robinson, new species (Fig. 3) Planta dioica robustiuscula laxe caespitosa ad 5 cm alta. Caules erecti, sections transversa fasciculum centralem pusillum Folia 8-10 mm longa regulariter f alcato-secunda ostendit anguste lanceolata in apicem lorvgissimam flexuosam prolongata; nervis infeme ca. 50p, latis brevitffexcurrentibus apice marginaliter et abaxialiter distincte denticulatis; cellulis 10-12^l latis, inferioribus valde porosis ad 100^, longis, cellulis superioribus (Fig. 3) plerumque brevibus oblongis vel subquadratis 10-20p, longis luminibus cellularxim laminarum sectione transversa dorso-ventraliter compressis. Caetera ignota.
.

Tjrpe: JUAN FERNANDEZ: Mas a Tierra: Cordon rechts v. Yunque, Paratype: 500 m, Kunkel 312/4 (Holotype, B; isotype, US). JUAN FERNANDEZ: Mas a Tierra: Quebrada Damajuana, 400-450 m, C. & I. Skottsberg M2l6 (S).

The species is easily distinguished by the very short but large upper leaf ce? Is The habit is similar to that of Dicranoloma billardieri (Brid.) Par., but the leaf tips are more flexuous. The differences in areolation and leaf tip indicate that the new species is not particularly closely related to either D. billardieri or any other species in the area.
.

Thamnobryxun

The recent study indicates that there are five distinct species of the genus in Juan Fernandez. The older name for the genus, Thamnium B.S.G., is a later homonym and transfers to the genus Thamnobryum Nieuwl. are necessary. The five species from Juan Fernandez are as follows. Thamnobr^Tom arolil (Broth.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Thamnium carolii Broth, in Skottsberg, Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez 2: 431. 1924. Thamnobrj^Tjm confertujn (Mitt.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Poro'trichum confertum Mitt., Rep. Sc. Res. Voyage Challenger Bot. 1 (4): 81. 1885 IJtlSSSSiSCH!! iS?. (Broth.) H.Robinson, new comb., basio.

116

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

nym: Thamniinn ingae Broth, iii Skottsb., Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez 2: 432. 192/t. Th222]iE:i: E2^Si^SiS. (Broth.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Thamnium proboscideum Broth, in Skottsb., Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez 2: 433. 1924. I]l2225!:J ^^^i*. (Mitt.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Porotrichiim rigidum Mitt., J. Linn. Soc, Hot. 12: 467. I869. The latter species is compared with the closely related New Zealand species, Thamnobryum pandum (Hook.f & Wils.) Stone & Scott.
.

Duseniella
The genus Duseniella Broth, has been placed in the family Meteoriaceae but examination shows that the genus has little in common with that family. On the contrary, the genus has all the characters of the Hookeriaceae including undifferentiated alar cells, double costae and furrowed peristome teeth. The calyptrae are short and conical with sparse hairs Unfortunately, the name Duseniella is preoccupied and the following change is necessary:
.

Bryo^usenia H.Robinson, nom. nov. for Duseniella Broth., Nat, Pfl. 1(371^3127 1906, not Duseniella K.Schum in Just, Jahresb. 23 (1): 475- 1902. The genus contains one species, Br^^dusenia jgenuflexa (CMiill.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Pilotrichum genuflexum CMiill., Linnaea 18: 676. 1845. The species can be most easily recognized by its slender zigzag leaf tip with
prominent retrorse serrations.

Achrophyllum
The new name Achrophyllum Vitt & Crosby was provided recently (1972) for the genus treated by Brotherus under the name Pterygophyllum Three species occur in Juan Fernandez and two of these have not yet been transferred. A^hrojphjrllum anomalum (Schwaegr.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Racopilum anomalum Schwaegr., Sp. Muse. Suppl. 3 (2): 278. 1830. Achrojphyllum tenuinervis (Broth.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Pterygophyllum tenuinerve Broth, in Skottsb., Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez 2: 435. 1924.
.

Sematophyllvim

Smatoghjilum kunkelii H.Robinson, new species. Planta dioica mediocris luteo- vel aureoviridis Caules prostrati ad 6 cm longi irregulariter dense multoramosi. Folia subsecunda ca. 2 mm longa 0.35 nun lata oblongo-ovata leviter concava sensim anguste rigide acuminata margine erecta vel infeme incurva supeme leniter serrulata, nervis nullis, cellulis mediis linearibus 6-7|j, latis 60-80u, longis apicalibus sensim brevioribus ad 25|j, longis basilaribus luteis ad 40|j, longis porosis alaribus
.

197li

Robinson, Notes on raossoa

119

prominent ibus 2-3 x h-5 seriatis hyalinis vel luteolis majoribus rectangularibus 25m, latis 75u longis, cellulis alaribus superioribus foliorum vetemomm saepe rhizoidea producentibus. Folia perichaetialia ad 1.5 nun long oblongo-ovata apicibus ca. 0.25 nun longis abrupte aliquantum breve acuminatis margine distincte dense minute dentata, cellulis apicalibus ca. 25vi. longis. Setae ca. 10 mm longae rubescentes laeves. Capsulae suberectae ovales inoperculatae ca. 1.5 nnn longae. Sporae 12-1 5m. diam. minute papillosae
Type: JUAN FERNANDEZ: Mas a Tierra: Wand Damajuana, Nordgrat, 550 m, freistehend, Kunkel 317/l8a (Holotype, B; isotype, US). Paratypes: JUAN FERNANDEZ: Mas a Tierra: Cordon rechts v. Yunque, Muster vom Waldboden in 500 m Hbhe, Kunkel 312/3b (B) ; Quebrada Damajuana, /t00-i!t50 m, Skottsberg M208 (S) ; Forests of Villagra, 400-550 m, Skottsberg M232 (S).

The species seems to be endemic to Mas a Tierra. Material was reported by Bartram (1957) as S emat ophy Hum masafuerae and the species is very closely related. S emat ophy Hum kunkelii differs by its smaller and less lustrous leaves.
,

Literature Cited
Bartram, E. B. 1957. Mosses collected during Dr. and Mrs. C. Skottsberg 's second expedition to the Juan Fernandez Islands, December 1954 to March 1955. Ark. Bot ser. 2, 4: 29-43.
.

Robinson, H. 1971. A revised classification for the Orders and Families of mosses. Phytologia 21: 289-293.

Achrophyllum A new name for Vitt, D. H. & M. R. Crosby 1972. The Bryologist 75: 174-175a genus of mosses.

120

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

tttt5?0&t

Fissidens omati^ Mosses of Juan Fernandez. Figures 1-2. leaf, of Base 2. tip; costatus H.Robinson; 1. Leaf margxn. cells near^^l^^' Dicranol onia kunkelii H.Robinson, upper leaf

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE

A NEW GENUS
,

CXXIX.

VITTETIA

R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560

One of the Largest elements of the Eupatorieae is series that has been termed in these studies as "Gyptoid". These relatives of the genus Gyptis Cassini are usually marked by more than 5 flowered heads by a simple glabrous style base and papillose style branches, and by annuLately ornamented cells of the anther collar. The series includes some non-conforming genera such as Neocuatrecasia R.M.King & H.Robinson or DasycondyLus R.M.King & H.Robinson and is related to the Disynaphioid and Eupatorioid series all of which reach their greatest development in the eastern parts of North and South America. The entire complex gives every indication of considerable age and diversity and there seem to be many isolated genera. One such isolated genus is described on the basis of the common Eupator ium orbiculatum DC. of southern Brazil. The species has been recognized in the past primarily by the slender erect rarely branched stems with close-set, short-petioled opposite, suborbicular leaves The plant is thinly covered by short glandular punctations and short erect hairs. Details of the heads provide a number of more significant details including minutely pubescent receptacles, achenes with 7-10 ribs, corollas with narrow tubes and flaring bases, the very thick-margined smooth lobes and stylar appendages with crowded sharp papillae. Closest relationship may be to the genera Urolepis (King & Robinson, 1971) and Gyptidium (King & Robinson, 1972) which also have corollas with narrow tubes of less tapering form. These latter differ not only in the more campanulate less trumpet-shaped corolla limbs but also in the inflated to rounded tips of the apical cells of the pappus setae and by the 5 ribs of the achenes. Gyptidium differs further by the papillose or mamillose surfaces of the corolla lobes. Urolepis differs by the greatly expanded receptacles bearing 100-150 flowers, the extremely long papillae on the style branches and the large carpopodium with large thin-walled cells. The new genus is named for Dr. Nelly Vittet who was coauthor with Dr. Cabrera on the treatments of the Vernonieae and Eupatorieae for the Compositae Catharinenses (1961).
a
,
,

121

122

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

Vittetia R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum AsteracearunTCEupatorieae ). Suffrutices erecti base lignosi rauLto ramosi. CauLes teretes minute puberuLi, Folia opposita piLis saepe ad apicem gLanduLiferis perbreviter petiolata, laminis orbiculatis veL late ovatis obtusis crenato-serratis puberulis et gLanduloferis base distincte trinervatis, nervis Lateralibus Inf lorescentiae profuse late corymbosae; ascendentibus . Involucri pedicelli interdum eLongati graciLes. squamae subirabricatae ca. 15 parum inaequilongae oblongolanceolatae extus puberuli et glanduliferae receptacula Flores ca. 12 in capitula; plana minute puberuLa. corollae anguste infundibulares inferne sensim anguste tubulares extus profuse glanduliferae, cellulis eLongatis, parietibus plerumque distincte sinuatis, Lobis parum longioribus quam latioribus Laevibus integris; fiLamenta antherarum in parte super iore aLiquantum angustata, cellulis oblongis vel Longioribus, parietibus parum annulate ornatis, appendices obLongae parum longioribus quam Laterioribus styli inferne gLabri non nodulosi, appendicibus linearibus dense argute papiLlosis; achaenia prismatica 7-10 costata dense glandulif era carpopodia parva prominula, cellulis minutis subquadratis 3-it-seriatis parietibus tenuibus vel parum incrassatis; pappus setiformes uniseriatus, setis ca. 30-^0 scabrelLis superne parum gracilior ibus cellulis apicaLibus argute acutis. Species typica Eupatorium orbiculatum DC.
.
;

The genus contains the following single species.

Xiitejtia orblcjilSi^ (A . P.Decandolle ) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium orbiculatum A. P. Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 172. 1836. Brazil.

References
Cabrera, A.L. & N.Vittet. 1961. Compositae Catharinenses I, Vernonieae. Sellowia 13: 1^3-193.

Eupatorieae.

1963. Compositae Catharinenses II, Sellowia 15: 1^49-258.

King, R.M. & H.Robinson. 1971. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae ). XL. The genus, Urolepis Phytologia 21: 30^4-305.
.

1972. Studies in the Eupatorieae TAsteraceae ). LXIX. A new genus, Gyptidium Phytologia 23: 310-311.
.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE )

NOTES ON CAMPULOCLINIUM
,

CXXX.
,

KOANOPHYLLON
.

MIKANIA AND SYMPHYQPAFPUS

R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560.

Recent efforts in the study of the Eupatorieae have indicated four isolated cases needing nomencIaturaL changes. Three of the plants involved have additional features which seem worthy of mention and illustration.
(Baker) R.M.King & H. C^mgulocliTUjjm ^^ Robinson, comb. nov. Ageratum campuloclioides Baker, Mart., Fl, Bras. 6(2): 196. 1876. Syn. TricKogonia barrosoana Barroso, Arquivo Jard. Bot. Rio de Janeiro II :13. 1951; Campuloclinium barrosoana (Barroso) R.M. King & H.Robinson, Phytologia"2FiT4Uir7T972

The species has been rejected from various treatments of Ageratum with the suggestion of placement in Trichogonia without proper combination (B.L.Robinson, A recent recollection by Coleman 1913, Johnson, 1971). (1970) was from near the type locality in Goyas, Brazil but collections from farther east in Minas Gerais have been recently described as a new species in the genus Trichogonia by Barroso (1951). Our own studies had already shown the later species to be a Campuloclinium Comparison of the two type (King & Robinson, 1972). specimens loaned through the kindness of the Museo at Rio de Janiero and Kew show that the two species are identical. The above unfortunate combination is necessary.
Kanoghj^Llon lobatifolia (Cabrera) R.M.King & H.Robinson, conyr~TTa\rr~trupator ium lobat if olium Cabrera in Cabrera & Vittet, Sellowia 15:192. 1963,

The species has unusually lobed leaves with eccentrically placed secondary veins. The sinuses of the leaves occasionally reach the midrib near the base of one of the secondary veins and in some cases a secondary vein runs directly to the end of a shallower sinus where it divides. The basal lobes often have two secondary veins running parallel with little apparent orientation to the margin of the lobe. The venation contrasts greatly to that shown in the illustration accompanying the original description (Cabrera & Vittet,
123

12li

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

1963). The unusual Leaves of the plant do not detract from the completely Koanophyllon type of corollas, anthers, and styles. The anther appendages are short and grooved in the middle as noted in typical Koano phyllon species. The only feature of the genus that is not evident is the paniculate inflorescence, but the present material has such a sparing inflorescence that the basic structure cannot be determined.

Mikani^ ^iljtisjj^ R.M.King & H.Robinson, nom. nov. Mikania standleyi R.M.King & H.Robinson, Phytolnot M. standleyi B.L.Robinson, ogia 28: 272. 197^4. Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 77: 59. 1926, also of Costa Rica. The species is here renamed for Dr. Hugh litis, a collector of the paratype specimen.
S^mgtv^opapgus catharinensis (Cabrera) R.M.King & H. "^"^^^RoDinson ~com6T^nov7^^ Eupa t or ium catharinense Cabrera in Cabrera & Vittet, Sellowia 15: 197. 1963.
,

The species shares almost all features of the genus as circumscribed by King & Robinson (1971b). The one character by which the species is distinct from all others, the ten flowers per head, represents a doubling of the five flowers per head that is otherwise characteristic of the entire Disynaphioid Complex (King & Robinson, 1971a).

References
Barroso, G.M. 1951. Estudo des especies Brasileiras de Trichogonia Gardn. Arquivos do Jardim Botanico do Rio de Janeiro 11: 7-18.
Cabrera, A.L. & N Vittet 1963. Compositae Catharinenses. II. Eupatorieae. Sellowia 15: 1^49-258.

Coleman, J.R. 1970. Additional chromosome numbers in Brazilian Compositae. Rhodora 72: 9^-99. Johnson, M.F. 1971. A monograph of the genus Ageratum L. (Compositae-Eupatorieae ). Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 58: 6-88.
King, R.M. & H.Robinson 1971a. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae ). LI. The Disynaphioid Complex. Phytologia 22: 109-110.

197U

King & Robinson, Studies in the Eupatorieae

125

King R.M. & H.Robinson. L97Ib. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae ). LIV The genus, Symphyopappus PhytoLogia 22:115-117.
.

& 1972. Studies in the Eupatorieae TAsteraceae ) GX. Additions to the genus, Campulo clinium Phytologia 2^ 1^40^-^06
.
.

Robinson, B.L. 1913. A generic key to the CompositaeEupatorieae. Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. ^2:^429-^37.

Acknowledgement
This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 AOA to the senior author

126

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

'\^

""

^y.\

Gampuloclinium campuLocIinioides (Baker) R.M.King

& H. Robinson, HoLotype of Ageratum campulocllnioides Baker, Kew. This and following photographs by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of

Natural History.

1971*

King & Robinson, Studies in the Supatorieae

127

Ranlai de

SANTA CATARINA

BRASIL

i^Btrada ^ona ^ranclaca, Jolnvllc Orl% i aata irv bran;a

-clii r.lln

Koanophyllon lobatifolium (Cabrera) R.M.King & H.Robinson, HoLotype, LapLata.

128

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

-r:-s

.10

-rat6rio.

H.Robinson, HoLotype, Laplata.

catharinensis S ymphyopappus catnar_Lneu&

(Cabrera )R. M.King &

19 7U

King & Robinaon, Studies in the Supatorieae

129

*''''''

'

Enlargements of Heads. Upper Left; Campuloclinium cam p ulocLinioides Upper right; Koanophyllon lobatifoli Bottom; Symphyopappus cathar inensis
. .

NOTES ON THE GENUS CLITORIA (LEGUKLNOSAE) IN PANAMA

Thomas B. Croat*

Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri

There are 6 species of Clltoria in Panama. Several problems concerning delimitation of these species throughout their range, as well as problems of nomenclature, have prompted this discussion of Panamanian species of Clitoria A key to these species follows:
.

A.
A.

Leaves 5-9 foliate

Clitoria tematea
Leaves 3-foliate:
B.

L.

1.

Plants herbaceous or at most suf f ruticose, not lianas or trees:

C.

C.

Stems and petioles glabrous or nearly so; reticulate veins prominently raised on both surfaces; plants usually unbranched Clitoria guianensis (Aubl.) Benth. 4. var. subsessilis (Rose) Croat Stems and petioles conspicuously pubescent; reticulate veins not at all raised; plants often branched:
D.

B.

Leaf blades acuminate at apex; calyx less than 1.5 cm long Clitoria multif lora Mart. & Gal. D. Leaf blades rounded to retuse at apex; calyx more than 2 cm long Clitoria rubiginosa Juss. Plants lianas, shrubs or trees: E. Lianas; flowers caulif lorous; calyx ca. 2.5 cm long; standard white or pinkish, with reddish stripes, 5-8 cm long; fruits usually conspicuously and densely pubescent, dark brown, more than 20 cm long; flowering mostly December to May. Clitoria javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth.

3.

2.

5.

* Credit is given to Mr. Paul R. Fantz, University of Florida, a student of Clitoria who reviewed the manuscript and gave helpful suggestions.
,

130

19 7U
E.

Croat, Notes on Clltoria Shrubs or trees, usually more than 6 m cauliferous; calyx flowers tall; standard violet (keel & 1.5 cm long; wing petals white), less than 2.5 cm fruits glabrate, tan, less than long; flowering July to December 15 cm long; Clitoria glaberrima Pittier
,

131

6.

Clito r ia tematea L. a native of the Old World 1. tropics, is now widespread in cultivation throughout the New World tropics, but especially in areas flanking the Caribbean.

Clitoria rubiginosa Juss. ranges throughout the New 2. Clitoria glycinoides DC, a name commonly used World tropics. Clitoria in the West Indies and South America, is a synonym. rubiginosa is found in disturbed open areas in Panama, in tropical dry forest, premontane moist forest, and tropical moist forest along the Pacific slope (Holdridge Life-Zone
System)

Clitoria multif lora Mart. & Gal. is known in Panama 3. It was colonly from Chiriqui Province in Western Panama. I am not familiar with this lected in premontane wet forest. species. It is possible that it should be referred to as C. polystachya Benth., which is a slightly older name than _C. multif lora
.

Central American plants going by the name Clitoria A. guianensis (Aubl.) Benth. and West Indian plants called either Clitoria ca.janifolia (Presl) Benth. or C. laurifolia Poir. (a synonym of C^. caj anif olium ) are subspecif ically distinct Recognition of this taxon was first made from C. guianensis The by Rose (1899) in a discussion of Mexican Clitoria taxon is, however, not distinct at the level of species and the following recombination is therefore proposed.
.

Clitoria guianensis (Aubl.) Benth. var. subsessilis (Rose) comb. novo. Clitoria subsessilis Rose, Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 5: 169. 1899. Lectotype Nelson 2748 (US). Clitoria guianensis var. subsessilis ranges from Mexico In Panama to Panama and is also found in the West Indies. the species occurs in savannas and roadsides on the Pacific slope in tropical dry forest and premontane moist forest. Clitoria guianensis var. subsessilis appears to be morphologically intermediate between C. guianensis var. guianensis and C. cajanif olia It differs from the typical variety of C. guianensis principally in having usually broader leaflets which are dull and glaucous beneath. Clitoria guianensis has leaves which are slender (usually less than 1.5 cm broad), shiny and not glaucous on lower surface. Clitoria guianensis
.

132

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

var. subsessllis has leaves which are similar to C. ca.janifolia in superficial appearance but that species has the lower blade Clitoria ca.janifolia also differs surface much more pubescent. greatly in habit. Plants are usually much larger (usually much more than a meter tall) and they are also often more or less scandent. Both the typical variety of C. guianensis and the var. subsessilis are short suffruticose plants usually about 30 cm tall.

Bentham (1858) in his brief monograph of Clitoria reported C^. ca.janifolia for both South America and the West Indies but did not mention the glaucous condition of the leaves. I assume that his descriptions were based principally on South American collections of C^. cajanifolia rather than on West Indian collections.
5. The two remaining species of Clitoria in Panama, javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth. and C. glaberrima Pittier, have long been confused with each other, despite their very Clitoria javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth. obvious differences. has undergone a series of nomenclatural changes in Panama. It was long called C. arborescens Ait., a species from St. Vincent (Lesser Antilles), Trinidad, and the Guianas. Later it was considered a distinct species and called _C. portobellensis Beurl. , the type of which is from Panama in Colon Province. It has now become obvious however after studying specimens from throughout its range that the Panamanian material is not distinct from South American plants going by the older name C^. javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth. It is possibly not distinct f rom C^. leptostachya Benth., also a South American species.
C.

Clitoria javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth., as now considered to include C^. portobellensis Beurl. , thus ranges from Panama to Colombia, the Guianas, northern Brazil, Peru, and Ecuador. This is in agreement with Amshoff in her 1939 treatment of the Papilionaceae for the Flora of Surinam where she included Central America in the range of _C. javitensis On the other hand, she made no mention of C^. portobellensis
. .

Clitoria javitensis is usually a slender liana with a stem usually no more than 1.5 cm diam. It occurs in densely forested areas of tropical moist forest. In Panama it is known from the Atlantic slope of the isthmus in the vicinity of the Canal Zone, in the Perlas Islands in the Gulf of Panama (Panama Province) and in Darien Province. The species rarely occurs in open areas such as those reported by Johnston in the Flora of San Jose Island. Possibly the area was a disturbed site and the plants were merely persisting there after the forest had been removed. In such cases where the plant has been found in open areas it may form an erect shrub, no doubt the result of a loss of support.

19 7U

Croat, Notes on Clitorla

133

Clitoria iavltensls possibly flowers and fruits to some extent all year but flowers have been seen only from October Flowering is at its peak in the dry season from to May. December to May. Mature fruits have been seen from January
to May.

Because of the long standing confusion in Panama between (H.B.K.) Benth. and Clitoria glaberrima Pittier, the following exsiccatae is given for Panamanian specimens of both species. All specimens are at the Missouri Botanical Garden Herbarium (MO) unless otherwise indicated.
C.

.javitensis

Clitoria javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth.

Croat 4216, Aviles 85 CANAL ZONE: Barro Colorado Island: 4615 4853 4967 5067. 5285, 5333 5595 6605 6734 7071. 9310 12847 7929 8289. 8497 8905 7340 , 7732 7077, 7091 Standley 41137 (US); Shattuck 312 Dwyer 8452 Killip 40034 Wetmore & Abbe 6^, ^; Wilson 23 Woodworth & Vestal 675 Frijoles, Croat 13223 Las Cascadas Plantation, Standley Darien Station, Standley 311630 (US), 29557 (US), 29757 (US); Between France Field and Catival, Standley 30327 311634 (US); Vicinity of Ft. Sherman, Standley 31058 (US), 30429 (US); Gamboa Pipeline Road (US); Vicinity of Gamboa, Allen 3931 on Tropic Test Center land, M. Correa A. & B. L. Haines 481 Rio Paraiso above E. Paraiso, Obisbo, Standley 31689 (US); Standley 29893 (US); Westerly arm of Quebrada Salamanca, Remedios and CHIRIQUl Dodge, Steyermark & Allen 17007 COLON: Juan Mina plantation, vicinity, Pittier 5469 (US). DARIEN: Mannene Rio Chagres, Region above Gamboa, Allen 4114 Vicinity of to mouth of Rio Cuasi, Kirkbride & Bristan 1402 Pinas, Duke 10617 Rjfo Sambu 0-5 mi above Rio Venado, Duke Tucuti, Chepigana District, Terry & Terry 1372 9262 Isla del PANAMA: Sabanas near Chepo, Hunter & Allen 92 Rey, Duke 9529 San Jose Island, Erlanson 29 (US), I. Johnston 670 (MO, US); Taboga Island Standley 27915 (US). VERAGUAS Isla Coiba, A. Mendez 143 (US).
; . . .
. .

Clitoria glaberrima Pittier is reported here for 6. It was known previously only from Panama for the first time. Venezuela. It apparently has a more restricted range than It is known only from drier parts C. .javitensis in Panama. of tropical moist forest in the Canal Zone near Madden Lake, and along the Pacific Ocean and from the tropical dry forest in Panama Province, on Isla Tabaguilla and in Los Santos Province. It is also known from premontane moist forest in the Canal Zone. Clitoria glaberrima is always a shrub or tree 3.5-13 m tall. It flowers during the rainy season from July to December. The fruits mature from October to January.

13li

PHYTOLOGIA
Clitoria glaberrima Pittier (All MO)
. ;

Vol. 29, no. 2

Tyson CANAL ZONE: Farfan Beach area, Tyson 1833 1839 Tyson, Dwyer & Blum 3172 2619 2620; & Blum 2606 , 2618 Madden Dam, Alt. 50 ft. Lewis, Dwyer & Ellas 8^; Woodson Madden Dam, Correa & Dressier 353 Allen & Seibert 1553 Boy Scout Camp Road, Dwyer 8387 , 9166 ; Hill above Thatcher PANAMA: Isla Tabaguilla, Duke Ferry Bridge, Croat 17012 5882. LOS SANTOS: Las Tablas, Dwyer 1180 .
, , ; , ; ; .

LITERATURE CITED

Papilionaceae in Pulle, Flora of Amshoff, G. J. H. 1939. Surinam 2(2): 1-257.

,

Bentham, G., 1858.

Soc. Lond.
2:

Synopsis of the genus Cl itoria

33-44.

J.

Linn.

Notes on Mexican species of Clitoria Rose, J. N. 1899. Cont. U.S. Natl. Herb. 5: 168-170.

CERTAMEN MELASTCMATACEIS XXIII.

John J. Wurdack U. S. National Herbarium, Smithsonian Institution

LAVOISIERA ORDINATA Wurdack, sp. nov. In systemate Cogniauxil L. blcoLorl Naud. ex descr. et photic, affinis, foliorxom jJubescentia densiore florlbus 5-iiierl8 differt. Frutex O.5-2 m. Rarauli prltnum quadrati et breviuscule (alls 0.5 mm) 4-alati demiom teretes slcut folia sepala extus hypanthiaque dense setulosi, pills 0.5-I mm longis erectis vel paulo appressis caduce glandullferis (in folia ca. 8-lO/mm quad.) laevlbus et modice vel densiuscule glandulis aureis armati. Folia sessilia patentia laxe conferta, (0.5-)0.8-l.'+ cm longa lataque ovati-orbicularia vel ovata, apice late acuto vel obtuBo basi paulo (O.5-2 mm) cordata '^(-^)-neTVB.ta. nervulis invlsls. Flores 5-meri ad ramorum apices paucigloraeratl, pedlcellls ca. O.5 ram longis. Hypanthlum (ad torum) 3*5"^ n longum Inconspicue 10-costulatum; calycis tubus O.3 mm longus, lobls l-2(-2.8) mm longis triangular ibus apicibus unisetiferis Petala roseo-rubra Intus glabris et resinoso-glandulosis. 8-9.5 X 5.5-5.8 mm obovata apice unisetuloso setula caduce glandullfera alioqui glabra. Stamina dimorphica glabra; filamenta 3'T-^.2 mm longa; antherarum thecae (rostris exclusis) 3'3 vel 1.8 mm longae rostris 0.6-0. 7 mm longis; connectiva k-^ vel 0.7-1 mm prolongata, appendicibus ventralibus 1.2 X O.7-I.I vel 0.3-O.U X 0.2-0.'4- mm rotundatis vel paulo emarginatis. Stigma punctiforme; stylus 5*5 X 0.4-0.6 mm glaber; ovarium (4-)5loculare apice 5-lobulato ca. O.5-O.7 mm clrcum styliom prolongate; semina O.7 X 0.3-0.4 mm paulo curvata in linels paululo foveolata. R. Souza Type Collection: J. W. Grear Jr. H. S. Irwin & R. Re is dos Santos 12695 (holotype US 2530^39; Isotype NY), collected on rocky slopes of Chapada dos Veadeiros, I5 km west of Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, elev. 1000 m, 12 Feb. I966. "Shrub to ca. 2m tall. Corolla rose -red." Paratypes (all from Chapada dos Veadeiros, elev. 10001200 m): E. Y. Dawson 1^597 ; Irwin Souza, & Reis dos Santos 9311 J Irwin Grear Souza, & Reis dos Santos 1266O; Irwin, Harley & Smith 32750 . From the plane leaves, fine glandular pubescence, and short persistent calyx lobes, L. ordlnata would key to spp. 24-26 of Cognlaux' Monograph, differing from them in the 5"nierous flowers. Both L. nervulosa Naud. and L. selloana Cogn. have larger (2-4.5 cm long) leaves, while the pubescence of L. bicolor (Macbride photograph 36III) is obviously much sparser. The Dawson collection of the Veadeiros species puzzled me several years a^o (cf Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Bot. 28: 7. 1959), but I feel
.
. . . . .

"

136

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

In general aspect (leaves and Botnewhat more intrepid now. glandular pubescence), L. ordinata resembles Microlicia pilosissima Cogn.; however, the type collection of that Serra da Lapa species (Riedel 1350 LE) has a 3 -celled ovary with an essentially truncate apex. I have seen no recent collections of M. pilosissima
. .

LAVOISIERA QUINQUENERVIS Wurdack, sp. nov. In dispositione Cogniauxii sectionis Cataphractae omnibus speciebuE foliis 5-nervatis differt. Hamuli sicut folia calycis lobi extus hypanthiaque primiom inconspicue glandulis clavatis O.O5-O.I mm longis sparsiuscule induti mox glabrati, in ramulis inter petiolos inconspicue setulosi, internodiis glandulis caducis exceptis glabris. Folia sessilia laxe conferta subplana, 0.8-l<,5 X O.5-O.9 cm ovata, apice setuloEo-acuminato, basi truncata vel paulo amplexante, marginibus exceptis glabra ta modice ciliata ciliis rigidiusculis laevibuB plerumque 1-1. 5 nm longis et O.7-I mm inter se distant! bus caduce glanduliferis, 5 -(vel inflorescentiam versus usque ad 9-) nervata, nervis subtus obtuse elevatis nervulis invisis. Floras 6-meri in ramulis terminalibus solitarii; hypanthium (ad torum) 6 mm longum glandulis caducis exceptis glabrum; calycis tubus 0.7-1 mm longus, lobis 7-8 X 2.5-2.7 mm anguste oblongis (apice anguste acuto) post anthesim deciduis, ad margines ciliis glanduliferis 1-5-3 turn longis ornatis alioqui glabris. Petala 2O-25 X 12-15 mm oblongo-obovata rotundata sparse glandulosociliolata, ciliis O.O5-O.I mm longis, apice unisetoso seta laxa 2-2.5 ii longa. Stamina dimorphica glabra; filamenta 8 vel 6 mm longa; antherarum thecae (rostris exclusis) 5 vel k mm longae, rostris O.5-O.7 mm longis; connectiva (usque ad filamenti insertiones) 7-To5 vel 2-2-5 i! prolongata, appendicibus ventrallbus I.5 X 1 vel 1 X O.7 mm emarginatis. Stigma piinctiforme; stylus I3 X O.5-O.7 mm glaber; ovarium 6-loculare glabrum. Type Collection: H. S. Irwin. R. Souza & R. Re is dos Santos 11197 (holotype US 2530^43; isotype NY), collected on the campo slope immediately east of Lagoa Paranoa, Distrito Federal, Brazil, elev. 975 m, 11 Dec. I965. "Shrub ca. 1 m tall, much branched. Corolla magenta; anthers yellow, the connectives scarlet. In Cogniaux' Monograph, the rigid leaf c illation would indicate Sect. Cataphractae in the species group with 3-nerved leaves, all (ex descr.) have much smaller petals IO-I5 mm long as well as individual pubescence and other differences. Actually L. quinquenervis somewhat bridges the gap between Sections Cataphractae and Gentianoideae but has much stiff er cilia than the species of Sect. Mucorosae (indicated by de Candolle as the gap-bridging group in foliar pubescence). All of the species of Sect. Mucorosae with deciduous calyx lobes have at least the yo\ing leaves glandular -setulose beneath and the calyx lobes glandular -setulose externally. From the Macbride photograph (16670), Glaziou 21311 the basis of a nomen nudum, is probably the same as Irwin et al 11197 To conserve the type material.
, ;

"

197U

Wurdack, Certanen Melaatomataoeia

137

all floral dimenBions given for L. qulnquenervle were taken from dry flowers.

RHYNCHANTHERA CONSIMILIS Wurdack, ep. nov. R. roseae Cogn. afflnls, hypanthiis sparse glanduloBosetulosls calycis lobis brevioribus differt. Ramuli prlmum quadrang-alatl demum teretes slcut Inf lores centia sparsisslme caduceque glanduloso-setulosl pills ca. O.5 mm longis. Petioli O.3-O.6 cm longi glabri; lamina 2. 5-7 X O.30.8 cm anguste lanceato-oblonga utrinque acuta, rigidiuscula et minute serrulata dentibus ca. 0.1 mm altis et O.5 mm inter se distantlbuB, supra et subtus glabra, trinervata (foliis infer ioribus indistlncte 5~nervatis) nervis secundariis ca. 1 mm inter se distantibus supra invisis nervulis pler-umque non evolutis. Panicula submultiflora; flores 5-meri in ramulis subsecundi, bracteis parvis usque ad 3 mm longis elliptic is, pedicellis ca. Hypanthium (ad torum) k.'^ mm longum basim versus 1 mm longis. sparse glanduloso-setulosum, pilis O.3-O.5 mm longis, apicem versus glabrum; calycis tubus O.5 mm altus, sinibus extus glabris, lobis 3 mni longis subulatis minute (O.O5 mm) glandulosociliolatis, apice unisetuloso setula 0.1-0.2 mm longa. Petala l4 X 9 mn] obscure (O.O5 mm) glanduloso-ciliolata obovatoelliptica, apice late acuto vel obtuso. Staminum maioriim: filamentum 8 mm longum; antherae thecae (rostro excluso) 6 X 1.2 mm, rostro 3 X O.25 mm, connectivo 12. 5 mm prolongato parte apicali per h mm ca. I.5 mm lata parte basali O.7 nnn lata. Stamina minora: filamenta 5'5 n longa; antherarum thecae (rostris exclusis) mm, rostro 3 X O.25-O.3 mm, connectivo ^.5 mm prolongato O.3 mm lato. Staminodia h X 0.2-0. 3 mm linearia. Stylus I8 X 0.4-0.3 mm glaber; ovarium 3~loculare apice inconspicue (O.O5 mm) glanduloso-puberulo. lype Collection: H. S. Irwin J. W. Grear Jr. R. Souza. & R. Reis dos Santos 156^9 (holotype US 2530^31; isotype NY), collected in wet campo near gallery forest of the Rio Torto, ca. 10 km northeast of Brasflia, Distrito Federal, Brazil, elev. 975 m^ 6 May I966. "Shrub ca. 1 m tall. Corolla magenta. . Fruit purple The Paraguayan relative has more sharply angled stems, essentially glabrous (very sparsely glandular -setulose with caducous hairs 0.2 ram long) hypanthia with single toral setulae Rhynchanthera in the calyx sinuses, and calyx lobes 5~T mm long. verbenoides Cham., R. ternata Cogn., and R. linearifolia Hoehne (the latter two ex char.) differ at least in the 5"risrved leaves hispid on the nerves beneath and setulose (except R. ternata ) longer calyx lobes.

5X1

POTERANTHERA ANNECTANS Wurdack, sp. nov. Differt a P. pus ilia antherarum fertilium thee is non truncatis connectivis magis prolongatis, staminodiis evolutis. Herba IO-25 cm alta plerumque superne ramosa, caulis ramulorumque internodiis glabris quadrangulatis nodis setis laevibuB glanduliferis paucis ca. 1 ram longis armatis. Folia

138

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

sessilia 7-13 X 0.4-0.6 mm uninervata distanter clliatoserrulata, cillis glandullferis O.7-I mm longis, vel interdum Integra alioqui glabra. Flores numerosi in ramulis terminales 5-meri; pedicelli 0.5 ram long! glabri. Hypanthium l.k X O.70.9 mm infra torum constrictum glabrum; calycis tubus O.I-O.I5 mm longus, lobis Bubulatis 1 mm longis (seta exclusa) seta unica glandulifera 0.8 mm longa terminatis interdum setulis paucis glanduliferis marginalibus vel intersepalis armatis. Petala 5 X 2 mm obovato-oblonga, apice abrupte acuto et seta unica glandulifera 0.4 mm longa terminato alioqui glabra. Stamina fertilia: filamenta 2.3 mm longa glabra; antherarum thecae 1.6 X 0.45 X 0.5 ram subulatae poro 0.1 mm diam. ventraliter inclinato; connectivum 0.8-1 mm prolongatum, appendice ventrali 0.35 X 0.35 mm hebeti. Staminodia: filamenta 2 mm longa glabra; thecae steriles 0.4 X 0.1 mm, connectivo 0.2 mm prolongato, appendice ventrali O.I5 X 0.I5 mm. Stigma truncatum; stylus 5.8 X 0.15 mm glaber; ovariimi 3-loculare superiom glabrum; semina subcochleata muricata 0.4 X O.25 mm. R. Souza Type Collection: H. S. Irwin, J. W. Grear Jr. 6 R. Reis dps Santos 16322 (holotype US 2504l87; isotype NY), collected at gallery forest margin about 86 km north of Xavantina, Mato Grosso, Brazil, elev. 55^ iiij 31 May 1966. "Herb ca. 10 cm tall. Corolla lavender -purple; anthers yellow. Common." Paratypes (both Mato Grosso, Brazil): Irwin Souza Grear, & dos Santos 16977 from periodically flooded campo ca. 30 km south of Xavantina, elev. 400 m; Ratter, de Santos Souza & Ferreira R-1364 from ca. 270 km north of Xavantina. The few collections of P. pus ilia are much less robust plants with broad-pored anthers only 0.7 nim long, connectives prolonged only 0.1 mm, and staminodia not developed; in other qualitative features, the two species are alike. I have recently examined Riedel 1034 (LE) and have again confirmed the absence of staminodia in P. pusilla the illustrations from both Bongard and Flora Brasiliensis are accurate in floral details. The presence of staminodia in P. annectans negates one of the distinctions from Acisanthera Jet. Fieldiana Bot. 29: ^41. I963), but the combination of other characters still seems at present to warrant generic differentiation. In his original publication of P. pusilla Bongard cited the collector as langsdorff, the month of collection as October. Riedel was the botanical collector on Langsdorff *s folly-ridden expedition across central Brazil and down the Amazon; the only collection cited by Cogniaux in Flora Brasiliensis was Riedel 1034 which however was collected (fide the label) in May 1827. As listed in the first volijme of Flora Brasiliensis, Riedel' itinerary at that time is rather vaguely defined, but the "S. da Chapada" is evidently near Cuiaba in Mato Grosso, rather than in Goias.
. , . ,
.

TIBOUCHINA STELLIPILIS Wurdack, sp. nov. A sectionis speciebus mihi cognitis foliis Sect. Pleroma.

197U

Wurdack, Certanen Melastooataceia

139

BubtuB pillB stellatlB dense indutlB differt. Ramull primum rotundato-quadrangulati mox teretea slcut petloli foliorum subtus venae primariae bracteae hypanthlaque modlce strigoBl, plllB laevibufi (0.5-)l-1.5(-2) mm longis. Petioll 0.6-1 cm longi; lamina tenuiter corlacea 3"5 ^ 1'5~2.5 cm elliptica vel ovato-elliptlca, aplce acuto, basl obtuBa vel rotundata, 5-nervata paribus exterloribuB usque ad baslm liberis vel paulo (0.5-1 mm) coalitis nervis secundariis nervulisque subtus ob piloB occultlB, supra modlce bullato-strigosa pilorum basibuB expansis sparse barbellatls O.5 ram latis apicibus seta laevi unica O.7-I mm longa ornatls, subtus In superficie piliB stipitato-stellatis (stipite raralsque plerumque 0.1-0.2 mm longis) dense induta in venulis pilis paulo supra baslm stellatis distaliter per O.7-I mm laevibus sparse vel modice ornata. Panicula pauciflora ca. 3 cm longa; flores 5-meri, pedicellis 2-3 ram longis, bracteis 3"5 mm longis ellipticis caducis. Hypanthiim (ad torvun) 5*5 mm longvmi; calycis tubus 0.8 mm longuB, lobiB 2.3 X 1.7 mm ovatis acutis ad basim contiguis. Petala densiuscule pilis eglandulosis 0.2-O.U (-0.5) mm longis ciliolata Stamina paulo 9-9.5 X 7-7.2 mm obovata apice rotundato-truncato. dimorphicaj filamenta 8 vel 5.5 mm basira versus modice pilis glanduliferis O.3-O.7 mm longis puberula; antherarum thecae Bubulatae 7.2 vel 6.8 X O.7 mm; connectivum 1 vel O.k mm prolongatum ventraliter paulo bilobulatum. Stigma tr\incatum; stylus 16 X 0.6-0.^ mm centraliter sparsisBime pilis appressis eglandulosis ornatus; ovarii apex dense pilis laevibus 1-1. 5 mm longis eglandulosis Bericeo-strigosus. Type Collection: G. T. Prance 4806 (holotype US 252135O; isotype NY), collected at the base of sandstone cliffs, Serra Morro do Chapeu, Carolina, Maranhao, Brazil, 29 March I967. "Subshrub; corolla pale purple." Tibouchlna stellipilis would key in Cogniaux' monograph to species 78-8O (all with gland-tipped hypanthial hairs and smooth vegetative pubescence) or species 8I-83 (with much sparser smooth pubescence on the lower leaf surfaces). Minutely roughened ("pinoid") foliar hairs among Brazilian species are found in T. formosa Cogn., T. nervulosa Cogn., T. castellensis Brade, and species 57-6O, but none of these have truly stellate hairs with long arras.

TIBOUCHINA LAEVICAULIS Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Pleroma In systemate Cogniauxii, T. litorali Ule affinis, caulibus laevibus vel sublaevibus petiolis laminisque longioribuB differt. Frutex pauciramosus I.5-3.5 m altus. Hamuli floriferi primum sulcato-quadrangulati demum teretes, nodis exceptis glabri; ramuli non floriferi sparse strigulosi. Petioli 0.8-2 cm longi sicut nodi laminae supra pedicelli hypanthlaque dense strigulosi, pilis 0.7-1.^ mm longis Bubgracilibus densiuscule minuteque barbellatls; lamina 5-I3 X 2-5.5 cm rigidiuscula oblongo-elliptica vel oblongo-ovata, apice acuto basi rotundata, subtus dense setulosa pilis gracilibus minute barbellatiB,
.

IhO

P H Y T

Vol. 29, no. 2

5-nervata nervis secundarlis ca. 1.5-2. 5 mm inter se dlstantlbuB. Panicula oblonga ca. I5 cm longa submultif lora, axe principali nodis exceptis glabro; f lores 5-meri, pedicellis 5(-T) mm longis, bracteis duabus anguste ovatls 5 n longis ad anthesim caducis ca. 1 mm infra hypanthii basim Insertis. Hypanthiian (ad torum) 7.5 mm longum; calycis tubus 0.6 mm altus, lobis lanceatis T-T5 X 3 nini extus strigulosis intus glabris post anthesim deciduis. Petala ciliolata alioqui glabra 12.5-I5.5 X II-I3 mni late obovata, apice rotundato vel paulo emarginato. Stamina paulo dimorphica; filamenta 9 vel 8 mm longa centraliter sparsiuscule glanduloso-puberula; thecae subulatae (poro ventraliter inclinato 0.2 mm diam.) 9 vel 7-5 X 1-1.2 mm, connectivo 1 vel 0.6 mm prolongate ventraliter bilobulato glabro. Stylus I3 X 0.8-0.4 mm glaber; stigma punctiforme; ovariijm dense sericeo-strigulosum. Type Collection: H. S. Irvin & T. R. Soderstrom 52^7 (holotype NY; isotype US), collected among rocks on dry slopes of Chapada da Contagem, ca. 20 km east of Brasflia, Distrito Federal, Brazil, elev. 7OO-IOOO m, 17 Aug. 1964. "Corolla deep violet." Paratypes (all D. Federal, Brazil): D. Sucre & E. P. He ringer 537 from Ponte da Sao Bartolomeu, 17 June I965; Irwin Grear, Souza, & dos Santos 15^24 from Corrego 'tequarf , east of Lagoa Paranoa, elev. 975 m, 28 April I966; J. M. Pires 58094 from between Brasilia and Fercal, 30 June 1964. Tibouchina litoralis of which I have examined a probable isotype ( Mus Nac Rio 11^953 ), has moderately f ine-setulose stems, nearly sessile (petiole O.3-O.5 cm long) leaves with the blade 3-^ X 2-2.5 cm, and styles basally sparsely glandular puberulous. Tibouchina discolor Brade has smooth trichomes, nearly glabrous upper leaf surfaces, and smaller flowers (anther thecae ca. 5 mm long dry, rather than 7-8 mm). From the photograph (Macbride I6756), Glaziou 21374 is probably T. laevicaulis . Cogniaux had annotated this Glaziou collection as an undescribed species related to T. reichardtiana Cogn.; however that Guanabara species and its relatives all have moderately strigulose stems, gland-tipped calycine hairs, and basally puberulous styles, as well as (at least in T. reichardtiana and T. gaudichaudiana [DC.] Baill.) non-barbellate hairs on the vegetative parts and hypanthia. The leaves of T. laevicaulis are usually opposite; however, in the Corrego Taquari paratype, the leaves are opposite or ternate.
. . , . . . .

BRACHYOTOM HARLIWGII Wurdack, sp. nov. B. tyrianthino Macbr. af finis, petalorum ciliis non glandulosis antherarum connectivis exappendiculatis differt. Trichoraata minutissime sparsiuscule que aspera. Ramuli sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae subtus pedicellique densiuscule appresso-setulosi pilis gracilibus ca. 0.6-0.8 mm longis. Petioli 0.3-0.5 cm longi; lamina (l.2-)l.5-2 X (0.7-)l-1.5 cm, ob long o -elliptic a apice obtuso vel rotundato basi rotundata, supra modice laxeque strigulosa pilis gracilibus ca. 1 mm longis, subtus sparsiuscule setulosa pilis gracilibus 0.4-1 mm longis.

19 7U

Wurdack, Certamen Melaatcmataceia

li^l

trlnervBta. Floree 5"nie'"i i" follorum superlorum axillis Bolitarll, pedlcellls persistenter blfollolatie supra follola Hypanthlum (ad torum) 5 n longum slcut ca. 5~8 tnni longie. sepala extufi modice laxo-strlgoBum pilie graclllbuB ca. 1-1.3 mm longisj calyclB tubus O.3-O.6 mm longus, lobls 7.3-7.6 X 3^3.6 mm oblongo-lanceatls apice acuto intus per ca. k-k.'y mm sparse strigulosis. Petala ut videtur atropurpurea I5-I6 X 1213 mm obovata asymmetrlce truncata clliis 0.1-0.4 mm longis Stamina glabra, filamentis 7 nim longie, pleirumque eglandulosis. antherarum thecis 6.5-6.7 X 1 mm oblongis et paulo subulatis, poro minuto 0.2 mm diam., connective exappendiculato. Stylus 2k X 0.4 mm glaber per ca. 6 mm exsertus; ovarii apex per 1.6 mm dense strigulosus pills eglandulosis ca. O.3-O.8 mm longis, lobis aplcalibus vix evolutis ca. 0.2 mm longis. Type Collection: G. Harlin, G. Storm & B. Strom b038 (holotype GB), collected at Campamento San Miguel along SigsigGualaquiza road, Prov. Morona-Santiago, Ecuador, elev. 3OOO m, 8 April 1968. "BuBh O.5 m high. Inflorescence violet-blue." Brachyotum tyrianthinum has stouter and more closely appressed stem hairs, glandular corolla cilia, and ventrally appendaged anthers. Among the Ecuadorian species with roughened hairs, B. rugos-um Wurdack has 5 "Served leaf blades, 2 -3 -flowered dichasia, U-merous flowers, shorter calyx lobes which are glabrous within, and appendaged anthers, while B. rostratum (Naud.) Triana has more expanded upper leaf surface hairs, mostly ternate flowers, sepals glabrous within, glandular petal cilia, and glandular ovary pubescence. None of the near-sympatric Ecuadorian species (B. fraternum Wurdack, B. ecuadorense Wurdack, B. fie turn Wurdack, B. rugosum, B. rostratum ) have parental features which would suggest a possible hybrid origin for B. harlinsii
.

BRACHYOTUM URIBEI Wurdack, sp. nov. B. rugoEo Wurdack af finis, trichomatibus minus asperis ramulorum pills incurvo -patent ibus calycis lobis oblongis differt. Trichoma ta basaliter minutissime aspera. Hamuli sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae subtus pedicellique modice incurvo-setosi pilis gracilibus 2-3 mm longis. Petioli O.7-I.3 cm longi; lamina (3-)^-6.5 X (l.8-)2.5-4.3 cm oblongo-ovata vel oblongo-elliptica apice obtuso basi obtusa vel rotundata, supra paulo rugoso-bullulata et sparsiuscule laxo-strigosa pilis gracilibus 1-2 mm longis, subtus in venis secundariis venulisque sparsiuscule appresso-setosa pilis gracilibus 1.5~2 mm longis, Flores 4-nieri in foliorum superiorum axillis 5(-7) -nervata. Bolitarii, pedicellis infra bracteolas 0.4-1 cm longis supra 0.4-0.5 cm, bracteolis 9-II X 1.1-1.6 mm oblanceatis persistentibus. Hypanthium (ad torum) 7 mm longum sicut calycis lobi extus sparsiuscule laxo-strigosum pilis gracilibus plerumque 1.5-2 mm longis; calycis tubus 0.8 mm altus, lobis 7 X 2.7-2.8 mm anguste oblongis acutis intus glabris. Petala 17.5-1'8 X l4 mm obovato-elliptica apice obtuso clliis 0.2-0.8 mm longis

"

Ili2

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 2

eglandulosis alioqui glabra. Stamina glabra; filamenta 55~56 mm longa; antherarum thecae 5.8-6 X 0.8-0. 9 X 1 mm, poro O.3 mm diam., connectivl appendice ca. 1 mm longa ca. 0.2 mm bilobulata Stylus 27 X O.I+-O.5 mm glaber a theclB ca. O.5-O.6 mm libera. ca. 7 mm exsertus; ovarii apex per ca. 3'5 i dense strigulosus pilis eglandulosis usque ad 1.2 mm longis, lobis apicalibus ca. 1 mm long is. L. Uribe 38^7 (holotype US 23703II; Type Collection: isotype COL), collected at "monte Purace camino hacia la laguna de San Rafael," Depto. Cauca, Colombia, elev. 3OOO m, 7 Sep. "Arbusto de 1-2 metres de altura. Flor con caliz rojo y 1961. corola morada." Erachyotum ru^osum has much more obviously roughened trichomes, shorter and strictly appressed stem pubescence, 2-3flowered inflorescences, and shorter apically subulate calyx lobes. Brachyotum uribe is also somewhat suggestive of B. campanulare (Bonpl.) Triana, which has smooth hairs, smaller leaves, mostly ternate flowers, and gland -tipped petal cilia. Certainly there are no close Colombian relatives.

MERIANIA PASTAZAKA Wurdack, sp. nov. M rigidae (Benth.) Triana arete affinis, foliis proportionaliter longioribus calycibus longioribus ovarii apice circum Btyli basim minus prolongate differt. Arbor 6-10 m alta, folior\jm subtus glandulis minutis O.O30.05 mm longis sparsis caducis exceptis glabra; ramuli primum obtuse sulcato-tetragoni dem\jm teretes, linea interpetiolari tenerrima evoluta. Petioli 1-2 cm longi; lamina II-I8 X 5.39.3 cni, elliptica apice hebeti-acuto vel rotundato basi late acuta vel obtusa, coriacea et Integra, subtus sparse puncticulata, 5~fiervata nervis secundariis ^-5 mm inter se dlstantibus nervulis subtus paulo elevato-reticulatis (areolis ca. 1-1. 5 mm latis). Panicula 10-25 cm longa (pedunculo ^-9 cm longb incluso) submultiflora; f lores 5-iiieri, pedicellis 7-9 X I.5 mm, bracteolis 0.5 -0.6 mm longis triangularibus crassis deciduis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 5-6 mm longum teres; calyx 4-^.5 mm longus integer, dentibus exterioribus obsoletis. Petala 2'^-2^ X 20-2^ mm obovata glabra. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 12-13 mm longa; antherarum thecae 10-12 X 1.6-2 X I.5 mm subulatae declinatae, poro O.h mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato, cornu basali 3.5-^ n longo hebeti-acuto, connective ad basim dorsaliter paulo (0.2-0. 3 mm) per h.'^ mm elevato sed dente ascendenti non evoluto. Stigma non expansum; stylus I6-17 X I.3-O.6 mm glaber; ovari\am 5-loculare, apice paulo lobulato 0.3-0.^ mm circum stylum protracto. Type Collection: G. Harling G. Storm, & B. Strom 101 98 (holotype US 258^333A; isotype GB), collected at Mera, Prov. Pastaza, Ecuador, 25 May-6 J\ine I968. "Tree 10 m with stem thickness 10-12 cm and very hard wood. Buds red; corolla salmon red; filaments red; anthers light yellow; stamen appendage violet blue. Paratypes (both Pastaza, Ecuador): H. Lugo 86I (GB, US),
.

197U

Wurdack, Ceii;amen Melaatonataceia

lll3

"Corolla clear tomato Rio Tlgre h km from Mera, 20 Mar. I969. red."; H. Lu^o 821 (GB, US), Colonla Alvarez Nino 6 km from "Corolla tomato red." Mera, 19 Mar. I969. Me r Ian la riglda has elliptic -orbicular leaf blades with length/width ratio 1.2-1. 5 (rather than 1.8-2.^, rose to redviolet petals which are usually only up to ca. 21 mm long, calyx 2-2.2 mm long above the torus, stamen connectives with a more prominent suggestion of an ascending dorsal appendage (up to O.9 mm free in Loja collections), and the ovary prolonged around the style base 1.5-1T mni. LoJa material (Steyermark 5^428 ) of M. rigida shows the acute ovary apex teeth described by Bentham, while Azuay sampling ( Maguire & Maguire 6lT0^ ) has the ovary apex with only bluntly bilobulate teeth as well as only a suggestion of an ascending connective tooth (ca. 0.2 mm free, rather than 0.6-0.9 mm as in the Steyermark collection); however subspecific distinction is not justified until more collections can be studied.

GRAFFENRIEDA SCANDENS (Gleason) Wurdack, comb. nov. Ptilanthus scandens Gleason, Bull. Torrey Club 72: 472.
19^5.
In Cogniaux' generic delimitation, G. scandens would be placed in Calyptrella but for Ecuadorian florlstic convenience, In Louis Williams is being followed in combining the genera. Cuatrecasas I58O7 (isotype, US), a calyptrate thin calyx is evident in buds, the dehiscence being slightly (0.2-0.3 nnn) above the torus. The dorsal tooth of the anther connective is quite rudimentary in the type, but more evident (O.I-O.I5 mm long) in Ecuadorian material (jativa & Epling 11^2. Tobar Donoso, Esmeraldas), which otherwise agrees well with lowland Valle (Colombia) specimens; such a minute appendage is found in other species of Graffenrieda (G. steyermarkii Wurdack. G. micrantha [Gleason] L. Wms.). Costate (but scarcely alate) hypanthia Apparently occur in several other species of Graffenrieda conspecific with (but perhaps infraspecifically distinguishable from) G. scandens is a population from I5OO m elev. in El Valle, Colombia ( Cuatrecasas 239*57 ) with thicker leaf blades and setula -edged hypanthial wings.
. . .

LEANDRA SUBOBRUTA Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Tschudya E descriptione et photicone L. inaequalifoliae (DC.) Cogn. affinis, petiolis longioribus ramulorum pilis densioribus longioribusque. Frutex vel arbor parva I-3 m. Ramuli teretes sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae subtus inflorescentia hypanthiaque pilis erectis gracilibus baslm versus sparse barbellatis plervunque O.3-O.5 mm longis dense obsiti pilis glanduliferis sparse intermixtis. Petioli (2.5-)3.5-5.5(-7.5) cm longi; lamina 8-l4(-22) X 35~T(-11) cm oblongo-ovata, apice anguste hebetiacuto basi paulo (0.2-0.6 cm) cordata, membranacea et subobscure ciliato-serrulata, supra et subtus modice appresso-setulosa pilis gracilibus laevibus O.3-O.5 mm longis, 7-nervata, nervis
.

Ihh

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

BecundariiB 0.ij--0.5 cm inter se dlstantibus nervulis laxe reticulatis areolis 1-1.5 nm latis. Panicula 6-15 X 3-T cm pauclflora, ramis oppoBitis vel 4-vertlcillatiB; flores 5-nierl sesBlles, bracteolis ca. O.5 mm longis ante antheslm caducis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 3 mni longum; calycie tubus 0.2 mm altuB, lobis interloribus O.5 ram altlB ovatis ciliolatis, pills pro parte glanduliferis, dentlbus exterioribus conicis setulosis lobos interiores aequantibus; torus intus dense fimbriatociliolatus, pilis 0.2 mm longis plerumque glanduliferis. Petala 0.6 X 0.4-0.5 n subobruta obtusiuscula, apice eroso l-3-setulo6o setulis 0.1 mm longis glanduliferis, alioqui glabra. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 2-2.5 n longa; antherariim thecae 2.7-3 ni longae subulatae uniporosae, connectivo 0.2-0. 25 mm prolongate simpliciter articulato non appendiculato. Stigma truncat\mi non expansum; stylus k X 0.35-O.ij- mm basim versus Bparslssime inconspicueque setulosus in ovarii Goll\im O.k mm immersus; ovarium 3~loculare 9/IO superum, apice sparse vel modice setuloso, pilis 0.2 mm longis p. p. glanduliferis. lype Collection: H. S. Irwin J. W. Grear Jr. R. Souza & R. Reis dos Santos I6125 (holotype US 2530^66; isotype NY), collected in gallery forest ca. I60 km north of Xavantina, Serra do Roncador, Mato Grosso, Brazil, elev. 5OO m, 27 May I966. Paratypes (all Mato Grosso) Irwin, Grear Souza & dos Santos 16298. from ca. 86 km north of Xavantina; D. R. Hunt 5757 from the Xavantina-Cachimbo road 85 km from Xavantina; Ratter de Santos Souza & Ferreira R-1429 from ca. 29O km north of Xavantina; Richards 6636 and 6639. Ratter et al R 2099 , and Harley 1017^ all from near the Royal Society Base Camp, 12 i+9' s, 5iir6' W. The suggested Amazonian relative has sparser cauline and inflorescence pubescence averaging 0.8-1 mm long, petioles only 0.5-1.7 cm long, upper leaf surface hairs tubercle -based, and hypanthial hairs mostly gland-tipped. The other species treated by Cogniaux in Sect. Tschudya all have short (usually only to 2 cm long) petioles. Among the more recently described species, L. purpurea Gleason has longer pubescence throughout and 5~iierved leaves obtuse at the base; L. polyadena Ule has longer pubescence and much more prominent glandular hairs; and L. phelpsiae Gleason has eglandular completely smooth hairs and 5 -nerved leaves.
.
. ,

MICONIA IRWINII Wurdack, sp. nov. A speciebus 233-235 Monographiae Cogniauxii foliis utrinque acutis differt. Arbor 4-5 m alta, I2-I5 cm diam. Ramuli primum paululo compressi mox teretes sicut folia subtus inflorescentia hypanthiaque densissime pilis stellulatis vel pinoideis O.O50.15 mm longis latisque induti. Petioli 1-1.8 cm longi; lamina 4-8 X 2-3.5 cm elliptica, apice breviter (0.5-I cm) gradatimque acuminato, basi late acuta, Integra et coriacea, supra primum modice stellulato-puberula mox glabrata et nitidula, trinervata, nervis secundariis 2-3 mm inter se distantibus supra insculptis subtus ob pilos plerumque occultls nervulis non vel vix evolutis.

197U

Wurdack, Certamen Melastonatacels

Ut^

Panlcula 2.5-3.5 X 2.5-3.5 cm submultlflora, ramuliB dichaelos 3-5-flore8 plenomque gerentlbus; flores 5"^^! seBBiles, bracteolls non visls evldenter mox caducls. Hypanthlvon (ad torum) 2 mm altum; calycie tubus 0.5 mm altus, lobis inter lorlbuB 0.4 mm altls ovato-rotundatlB extuB et ad margineB modlce Btellulato-puberuliB, dentlbuB exterloribus parviB non eminentlPetala minutlBslme granulosa bus; fructuum calyceB decidul. Stamina 3-3*3 X 1.8-2 mm obovato-oblonga, apice rotundato. iBomorphica glabra; filamenta 2.6-2.8 mm longa; antherarum thecae 2-2.1 X 0.4-0.5 X O.5 ram oblongae, poro magno O.3 mm diam. ventraliter inclinato, connectlvo 0.4-0.6 mm prolongate ventraliter non appendiculato dorsaliter dente truncate vel paulo emarginato O.25-O.3 X O.3 mm descendente armato. Stigma paulo expansum 0.6-0. 7 mm diam.j stylus 3'5 X 0.4-0.45 mm basim ipsam sicut ovarii apex BparBissime pilis clavatis barbellatis 0.1-0.15 ram longis armatus; ovarium 3-loculare ^ inferum apice excepto glabrum. Type Collection: H. S. Irwin. R. Souza. & R. Re is dos Santos 9385 (holotype US 2530459; isotype NY), collected on a rocky slope ca. 12 km northwest of Veadeiros on the road to Cavalcante, Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, elev. 1200 m, 21 Oct. 1965. "Gnarled tree 4 m X 12 cm, frequent. Corolla and anthers white." Paratypes (both Goias, fruiting): Irwin Grear Souza, & dos Santos I2781 from I5 km northwest of Veadeiros, elev. 1000 m, 13 Feb. I966; Harley & Barroso II386 from Chapada dos Veadeiros, 21 Dec. I968. Mlconia burchellii Triana, M. stenocardia Cogn. (ex char.), and M. pohliana Cogn. all have 5~T-nerved leaves rounded to cordulate at the base. Miconia weddellii Naud. (ex char.) has leaves basally rounded (but 3 -nerved), racemiform panicles (the branchlets usually not dichotomizing), and anther connectives biauriculate ventrally. From the pubescence, M. herpetica DC. with Bubsecundiflorous inflorescence branchlets should probably be placed in this alliance, and also M. leucocarpa DC. (which may be an earlier name for M. pohliana ) I have referred to M. pohliana Eiten 296O and 32?! (from Mun. Brotas, Sao Paulo), both of which are conspecific with several collections from the Distrito Federal as well as not distinguishable from Minas GeraiB material ( Magalhaes I60) distributed as M. leucocarpa . In pubescence, M. nambyquarae Hoehne also resembles the above group of Bpecies; I have identified (ex char.) Maguire et al 56568 (from west of Vilhena), Irwin & Soderstrora 6566 (from Garapu), and Prance Silva & Pires 59178 (from Garapu). all fruiting, as this Mato Grosso species.
. . . .

MICONIA COLLATATA Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Glossocentrum M. minutiflorae (Bonpl.) DC. affinis, foliorura venis secundariis 3-5 mm inter se distantibus calycis limbo distanter denticulate connectlvo magis prolongate differt. Frutex vel arbor parva 2-10 m. Hamuli teretes sicut foliorum subtus venae primariae inflorescentiaque primvmi
.

1U6

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 2?, no. 2

sparsiuscule stellulato-puberuli demum glabrati. Petioli (0.5-)l-2 cm longi; lamina T-H X 3"^ (~6) cm lanceato-oblonga aplce gradatim hebetl -acuminate basi plerumque late' acuta, fragilis et obscure undulato-serrulata dentibus 3-5 mm inter se distantibus ca. 0.2 mm altis, supra glabra, subtus in superficie sparsissirae stellulato-puberula mox glabrata, trinervata nervis secundariis 3-4 mm inter se distantibus subplanis venulis planis Paniculae 5~T cm laxe reticulatis areolis O.5-O.7 mm latis. longae multiflorae, ramis plerumque 4-verticillatis; f lores 5-meri, pedicellis 0T-1.5 (-2.5) mm longis, bracteolis 0.2-0.i| mm longis subulatis vel linearibus ad anthesim plerumque caducis Hypanthium (ad ca. 0.1-0.2 mm infra hypanthii basim insertis. torum) 1.1-1.2 X I.5 mm primiim basim versus sparse stellulatofurfuraceiim glabratim; calycis tubus 0.3-0.4 mm altus post anthesim ad torum dehiscens, limbo brevissime (O.l mm) undulateque 5-dentato, dentibus exterioribus minutissimis non eminenPetala minutissime granulosa 2.1-2.2 X 1.1-1. 3 mm tibus. obovato-oblonga, apice rotundato. Stamina paulo dimorphica glabra; filamenta 1.4-2 mm longa; antherarum thecae 0.8-1.1 X 0.3 X 0.35 mm vel 0.6-0. 9 X O.35 X 0.4 mm oblongae vel obovatooblongae, poro lato O.3 mm diam. ventraliter inclinato, connectivo O.5-O.6 vel 0.2 mm prolongate ad basim dente 0.4-0.5 X 0.4-0.6 mm dorsali descendente vel appendice 0.2-0.3 X O.3Stigma truncatum non expansum; 0.5 mm trilobulata ornato. stylus glaber 3-3*3 X 0.2-0.3 mm; ovarium 3-loculare J inferum, apice glabro. R. Souza. J. W. Grear, Type Collection: H. S. Irwin & R. Reis dos Santos 17991 (holotype US 2530455; isotype NY), ^ collected in gallery forest bordered by campo, Serra do Caiapo ca. 30 km south of Caiaponia on the road to Jataf, Goias, Brazil, elev. 95O m, 29 June I966. "Shrub ca. 2 m tall. Corolla and anthers white." Paratypes: Brazil: Pranc & Silva 59642 (fruiting) and Irwin Souza Grear, & dos Santos I7882 both from Serra do Caiapo, Goias; Hatschbach 7153 (US). from Barra do Tigre, Bocaiuva do Sul, Parana; Hatschbach l4294 (US). from Fda. Lagoa, Cianorte, Parana. Paraguay: Hassler IO566 (S) and 11324 (s), both from the Sierra de Amambay; P. Jorgensen 384l (US), without definite locality. Argentina: H. M. C\irran 27 (US), from Puerto Aguirre, Misiones. In the widespread M. minutiflora the secondary foliar veins are 1-2 mm apart, the calyx in bud shows distinct rounded lobes 0.1-0.2 mm high, the anther thecae are 3"^ times as long as broad, and the connectives are prolonged about 0.2 mm to the filament insertion (l/5-l/4 the anther length). The n\jmerous other essentially glabrous and visually nondescript species of Sect. Glossocentrum have been scanned for more definite affinities, but all seem to show more divergence than M. minutiflora . Miconia molesta Cogn., from Alto Macahe. Rio de Janeiro, differs (from the description and photograph) at least in the opposite (rather than verticillate) inflorescence branches, the sessile flowers, and the densely furfuraceous
.

197U

Wurdack, Certamen Melaatcoiataceis

lU7

hypanthia. Tt\e general vegetative faclee of M. collatata is like that of M. latecrenata (DC.) Naud. of Sect. Chaenanthera . The Hassler collections of M. collatata are undoubtedly to be found In the undetermined folders of Miconia In other herbaria. It is somewhat disquieting that so widespread a species has not hitherto been described.
MICCX^IA PISIMIFLORA Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Chaenanthera . M. chrysophyllae (Rich.) Urb. af finis, foliis Bubtus in superficie glabris differt.

Ramuli 3-angulati sicut follorum venae primariae subtus inflorescentla hypanthiaque densiuscule indumento appresso granuloso-lepidoto induti. Folia ternata; petioli 0.8-1.^ cm longi; lamina anguste oblongo-elliptica apice gradatim (per ca. 2-3 cm) acumlnato basi acuta, firme membranacea et Integra, 11-15 cm longa, 2.5-4 cm lata, supra glabra, subtus in venis secundariis venulisque sparse granuloso-furfuracea in superficie glabra, breviter (usque ad O.5 cm) 5~Plinervata (pari inframarginali tenui incluso) nervis secundariis O.3-O.5 cm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis arete reticulatis areolis ca. 0.2-0.3 mm latis. Panicula T-12 X 8-10 cm multiflora, ramis primariis plerumque 3"'+ in quoque nodo, floribus in ramulis brevlbus ultimis 2-4 obscure secundis; flores 5-meri breviter pedicellati (pedicellis 0.2-0. 5 mm longis et ca. 0.2 mm infra hypanthium articulatis), bracteolis 0.2-0.4 mm longis linearibus valde caducis. Hypanthium (ad toriom) O.9-I mm longum; calyx O.I5-O.2 mm longus et paullulo (O.O5-O.I mm) undulatus, dentibus exterioribus minutissimis inf ramarginalibus Petala 1.1 X O.7 mm obovato-oblonga extus minutlssime granulosa. Stamina paulo dimorphica glabra; filamenta 1 ram longa; antherarvmi thecae 0.4 X 0.35 mm vel 0.3 X O.25 mm suborbiculari-obovatae ventraliter usque ad basim rimosae; connectivum 0.5 ram vel 0.4 mm prolongatum non appendiculatum Stigma paullulo expansiim O.25 mm diam.; stylus glaber 0.2 mm diam. in ovarii apicera paulo immersus; ovarium 3-loculare et l/2 inferum, apice conic o sparse lepidotopuberulo. Type Collection: E. Asplund 18591 (holotype US 2441379), collected in forest near Alpayacu, Mera, Prov. Pastaza, Ecuador, elev. ca. 1100 m, 23 Nov. 1955. "Tree about 10 m high; flowers white." The suggested relative has leaf blades beneath completely covered with lepidote hairs. I had originally identified Asplund 18591 as M. pilgeriana Ule, which has opposite leaves, stellulate hairs, and much laxer leaf vein areoles (ca. O.5 mm wide). The whorled-leaf species of Sect. Glossocentrum (m. longifolia [Aubl.] DC., M. ternatifolla Triana, M. pastazana Wurdack) all have much laxer leaf ve Inlets and larger wide -pored (but not rimose) anther thecae.
. .

MICONIA DENTICULATA Naud., Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3 Bot. I6: 2l4.
1851.

Miconia chrysanthera Cogn., Bot. Jahrb. 42: l4l. 1908.

" -

11*8

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 2

The type collection (holotype and isotype, P) of M. dentlculata is Bonpland 3^51. from Ayavaca, Piura, Peru; an excellent modern match in all ways for the type is the topoOther typical Lopez. Fabrls Sagastegul & Aguado TT60 (US). recent collections (all at US, often with somewhat larger leaves) include Soukup 4669 Hutchison & Wright 506U (topotypical for M. chrysanthera J A. Diaz jb. n , Sagastegui & Sagastegui & Suarez 26^1 (otuzco. Fukushlma 5092 and Lope Litertad), all except the last-listed from Cajamarca, Peru. The Bonpland collection (G-DEL; Macbride Photograph 259^7) annotated by Cogniaux as M. denticulata is duplicated by two Paris specimens of Bonpland from Saraguro, Ecuador annotated by Triana as "M. elaeoides Ndn.??"j this material, in young bud and fruit, is well -matched by Dodson & Thlen 133 (US), from the Loja-Zamora road, elev. 28OO m, at anthesis, which is M. theaeaanB Recent Colombian specimens which had been (Bon pi.) Cogn. identified as M. denticulata are actually of other species.
. .

ALLOWEURON HEXAMERUM Wurdack, sp. nov. A. bullato Wurdack affinis, foliis amplioribus tenuioribus floribus hexameris differt. Ramuli quadrisulcati sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae subtus inflorescentiaque sparsiuscule vel modice appresso-setosi pills plerumque 1-1. U mm longis apicem versus laevibus ad basim paulo expansis et imperspicue papulosis. Petioli (3-)T-11'5 cm longi; lamina (l2-)l7-24 X (8-)ll-l4 cm oblongo-ovata apice gradatim vel subabrupte per 1-2 cm ac\iminato basi truncata vel rotundata, membranacea et obscure serrulata, supra sparse strigulosa pilis pler\;mique O.5-O.9 mm longis laevibus, subtus in venis secundariis tertiariisque sparse vel modice setulosa pilis gracilibus laevibus (O.U-)0.8-1.2 mm longis in venulis superficieque glabra, 7(-9)-nervata nervis secundariis plerumque 4-6 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis dense reticulatis (areolis 0.2-0. 3 mm latis). Panicula 10-27 cm longa (pedunculo 3-7 cm longo incluso) multiflora; flores 6-^neri haplostemoni sessiles. Hypanthiiom (ad tor\im) 3 ^ro longum sicut calyx extus dense setosum pilis plerumque 1-1.3 n longis basi expansa (0.2-)0.3-0.35 mm diam. imperspicue papillosa. Calyx primum clausus demum in lobos paucos ca. 2 mm longos sub per sistentes dehiscens. Petala h.2 X 1.8-2 mm anguste obovata apice apiculato extus secus costam crassam interdum sparsissime strigulosa alioqui glabra. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 3 mm longa; antherarum thecae I.7-I.9 X O.7 X O.9 mm poro singulo dorsaliter inclinato O.25 mm diam., appendice dorsali 0.9 X 0.7 ram ovata hebeti. Stigma punctiforme; stylus 4.2 X 0.35 -0.2 mm; ovarium 4-loculare omnino inferum apice glabro alls sex 0.3-0.4 mm altis c\am hypanthio conjiincto; capsula 4-valvata; semina numerosa, corpore O.5 X 0.1 mm pyramidato laevi appendice cordiformi I.3 X O.O5 mm armato. Type Collection: K.jell von Sneidern I638 (holotype S), collected "in silva primaeva ad La Costa, ad pag. El Tambo, Depto. Cauca, Colombia, elev. 8OO m, I7 Mar. I938.

197U
:

Wurdack, Certamen Melaatomataceid

1U9

Para type von Sneldern 9TT P.P. (S), topotypical, elev. 1200 m. All previously described species of Allonexiron had considerably smaller flowers with (2-)3-celled ovaries (Phytologia 21: 36O-365. 1971 ); seeds (where known) of the other species are without the long appendage seen in those of
A. hexamervim .

ALLONEURON SNEIDERNII Wurdack, sp. nov. A. hexamero Wurdack af finis, foliis plinervatis subtus minus pubescentibus floribus maioribus 8-9-meris distincte pedicellatiB differt. Ramuli sulcato-tetrsigoni sicut petioli (abaxialiter) densiuBcule strigulosi pills robustis ca. O.3 X 0.I5 mm conicis paplllatis. Petioli 5~9 cm longi adaxialiter dense 6trig\ilo8i pills gracilibuB ca. 1 mm longis; lamina 2O-33 X 9-19 cm oblongoovata apice gradatim per 2-3 cm acxominato basi obtusa, membranacea et obscure serrulata, supra paulo rugulosa secus venas primarias modice setosa pills gracillimis 1-2 mm longis secus venulas sparse caduceque gracili-setulosa in superficie sparse strigulosa pilis 0.2-0. 5 (-0.8) mm longis robustis, subtus in venis primariis sparsiuscule setulosa pilis gracilibus 0.1-0.2 mm longis in venulis superficieque glabra, breviter (I-I.5 cm) T(-9)-plinervata nervis secundariis tertiariis venulisque ut in A. hexamero Panicula 11-2^ cm longa multiflora, ramis ramulisque densiuscule setulosis pilis O.5-I mm longis ad basim robustis; f lores 8-9-ffleri haplostemoni, pedicellis 1.7-3 mm longis sicut hypanthio calyceque modice vel dense setosi pilis plerumque 1-1. 5 X O.I5-O.2 mm basim versus papillatis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 5 nim longum; calyx in alabastris 6.3-6.7 mm longus (apice rostrato ca. O.5-I.3 "im longo incluso) clausus ad anthesim irregulariter dehiscens lobis plusminusve persistentlbus. Petala glabra 8.5-9.2 X h.l-k.^ mm oblongo-obovata apice late acuto et mucronulato. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 3-37 mm longa; antherarum thecae 2.8-3 X 1.3-1:6 X 1.11.3 nnn poro singulo 0.4-0.5 mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato, appendice dorsali 1-1.7 X 0.4-0.5 mm hebeti-acuta. Stigma truncatxjm O.25-O.3 mm diam.; stylus glaber 9 X O.35-O.2 mm; ovariim 4-5-loculare omnino infemm apice septis 8-9 hypanthio conjuncto. Type Collection: K.jell von Sneidern 906 (holotype S), collected in "silAm primaeva. La Costa, ad pag. El Tambo," Depto. Cauca, Colombia, elev. 18OO m, 3I July I936. Paratype: von Sneidern 977 PP' (S), topotypical, elev. 1200 m. The general aspect of the inflorescences in A. sneidernii is like that in Centronia or Graffenrieda
. .

TOPOBEA ASPLUNDII Wurdack, sp. nov. Ex descr. T. indutae Markgr. affinis, foliis minoribus ad basim distincte cordatis ovarii apice densissime crispo-setoso differt.

150

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 2

Rami teretee sicut petioli pedicelli bracteae calycis lobique extus modice pills modice graclliterque barbellatls 3"^ mm longis Incurve -erect is Induti. Petioli O.5-I.5 X O.I5-O.2 cm; lamina (acumine excluso) 9'5-lT X 75-ll cm elliptic o-ovata apice abrupte per O.5-I cm caudato-acuminato basi O.5-I cm cordata, firme membranacea et dlstanter serrulata dentibus patent ibuE O.5-I cm inter se distantibus et ca. 1 mm altis multlBetulosis, supra in venis primariis basim versus dense setosa alioqui glabra vel ad basim margines versus sparsissime appresso-setosa, subtus in venis primariis modice inc\irvo-setosa pilis barbellatls plerumque I.5-2.5 mni longis in venis secundariis superficieque sparse setulosa pilis ca. 1 mm longis laevibus ad basim ipsam stellulato-lepidoto-expansis, 5-nervata (pari inframarginali incomplete neglecto) nervis secundariis 4-5 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus paulo elevatoreticulatis areolis plerumque 0.6-0.8 mm latis. Flores 6-ineri axillares in quaque axilla 2-3 (4-6 per nodum), pedicellis O.50.8(-1.2) cm longis; bracteae liberae 9-10 mm longae 5-T nun latae oblongo-ovatae acuminatae intus apicem versus sparse Btrigosae basim versus glabrae appresso-ciliatae. Hypanthium (ad torum) 5 mm longum pilis appressis spar sis apicem versus exceptis glabrum; calycis tubus I.5 mm longus, lobis lanceatis 5-5.5 X 2.5 mm longe (ca. 3 d) ciliatis; torus intus densissime pilis gracilibus laevibus ad apicem crispulis ca. 3 tnm longis ornatus. Petala ca. 13 X 7 mm obovato-oblonga apice late obtuso vel rotundato apicem versus extus sparsissime caduceque strigulosa et sparse ciliolata alioqui glabra. Antheranam thecae ca. 6 X 1.2 X 1 mm anguste oblongae poris duobus 0.6 mm latis dorsaliter inclinatis; connectivum dorsaliter ca. 1 mm supra thecarum basim inconspicue tuberculatum. Stigma paullulo expansum ca. O.3 mm diam.; stylus glaber O.3-O.I mm diam.; ovaritam 4-loculare et l/4-l/3 inferum apice libero ovoideo-conico ca. 2.5 mm alto pilis gracillimis laevibus crispulis ca. 2 mm longis densissimis coronato alioqui glabrum. Type Collection: E. Asplund 1025^ (holotype S), collected between Tena and Napo, Prov. Napo, Ecuador, 5 Jan. 19^0. "Epiphyte; shrub with long branches. Petals white. Anthers yellow." Paratype: Grubb Lloyd. Pennington & Whitmore I586 (NY, us), from "Shinguipino Forest between Rios Napo and Tena 8 km SE of Tena," Prov. Napo, Ecuador, elev. ^50 m, I3 Sept. 196O. "Much branched shrub to 2 m." Topobea induta has 5-plinerved leaf blades up to 25 X I5 cm and with rounded bases, ovate obtuse calyx lobes, petals mm, and the ovary apex few-setulose. Despite the absence of any recent collections of T. induta, I feel sure, from Markgraf 's descriptive comments on pubescence details, of the specific distinctness of T. asplundii . Topobea cutucuensis Wurdack is more distantly related. The paratype of T. asplundii was mentioned in the discussion (Phytologia 24: 208. 1972) of Blakea hlrsuta Triana var. rotundata Mgf.; Asplund' s flowering collection resolved the generic doubts about the Tena material and
. .

8x6

19 7U

Wurdack, Certamen Melastanataceis

1$1

rectified the erroneous Identification.

TOPOBEA EPLINGII Wurdack, sp. nov. T. caBtanedae Wurdack afflnis, foliie subtus non setosis floribus maloribus dlffert. Raraull teretes eicut foliorum subtus venae primariae et secundarlae pedicelll bracteaeque prlmum sparse stellulatopinoideo-furfuracel (pills O.O5-O.I mm longls) mox glabratl. Petloli 1.3-3 cm longl; lamina 6-12 X 3-6 cm elllptica aplce per 0.5-1.3 cm abrupte caudato-acuminato basi obtusa, Integra et tenulter corlacea, in superficie ubique glabra ta, brevisslme (O.3-O.5 cm) 5-plinervata (pari inframarglnall tenui neglecto) nervis secundariis principalibus plerumque 1.5~2 mm inter se dlstantibus subtus arete elevatis. Flores 6-meri in quaque axilla plerumque solitarii, pedicellis I.5-2 cm longls; bracteae hypanthio et calyci ca. 0.6 cm breviores late orbiculares rotundato-truncatae ad margines membranaceae, exteriores ik X 16 mm ad basim ^+-^.5 mm coalitae, interiores 12 X 22 mm liberae Imbricatae. Hypanthium (ad torum) 9 ram longiom glabrum; calyx 7-7. 3 d altus glaber truncatus (dentibus exterioribus obsoletis) ad margines pellucido-membranaceus. Petala 23-2*+ X 20-21 mm obovata aplcem versus sparse glanduloso-clliolata (O.O5 mm) alioqui glabra. Filamenta (paulo immatura) 7 nun longa glabra; antherae cohaerentes 8.8 X 2 X 2 ram rostratae (rostro ca. U.5 X 1.2-0.6 mm) poro dorsaliter inclinato 0,7 mm lato, connectlvo dorsaliter ad basim inconspicue calcarato (calcari hebeti-acuto 0.8-1 X 0.2 mm parte libera 0.4-0.6 mm longa). Stigma longe capitatum 3 X 2.6 mm; stylus 17 X O.5-I mm glaber in ovarii collum 0.7 mm immersus; ovariiim 6-loculare basi 3 ram infera apice conic o libero 4 mm alto glabro. Type Collection: Carlos Jativa & Carl Epling 1123 (holotype US 263975^), collected in tall primary forest at Tobar Donoso (1 10' N, 78 31' W), junction of Rfo San Juan and Rfo Camumbi, Prov. Esmeraldas, Ecuador, elev. I50 m, 25 July I966. "Liana; fl pink." The suggested Colombian relative has similar foliage which however is moderately setulose beneath and smaller (albeit qualitatively similar) flowers (outer bracts only 7 ram long; hypanthivmi plus calyx l4 mm long; petals I3 mm wide). No other close relatives are obvious. In Cognlaux' monograph, T. eplingli would key to near T. glaberrima Triana. which has much closer secondary leaf veins (O.5-O.7 mm apart), smaller and acute outer bracts, and smaller flowers with somewhat lobed calyx limb and longer (ca. I.5 mm) dorsal anther calcar.

A NEW SPECIES OF LASIACIS (GRAMINEAE)

Gerrit Davidse Missouri Botanical Garden 2315 Tower Grove Avenue St. Louis, MO 63109

As a result of a study of the genus Lasiacis (Davidse, 1972), one new species has been recognized which in the previous treatment of the genus (Hitchcock, 1920) had been included in the widespread Lasiacis sorghoidea (Desv.) Hitchc. & Chase. A full monographic treatment of the genus will soon be published; however, the new species, especially common in Central America and southern Mexico, is described at this time so that the name may be validly used in other published accounts.

LASIACIS NIGRA Davidse, sp. no v.

Gramen perenne. Culmi usque ad 8 m longi, arcuti, scandentes. Foliorum vaginae pilosae variantes ad glabras colla pilosa, puberula vel glabra; ligulae 0.5-1. 3(-2.0) mm longae; laminae lineares vel lanceolatae, 5-11 (-15) cm longae, (0.3-)0.6-l. 8(-2.6) cm latae, plerumque pilosae vel puberulae vel glabrae. Paniculae (2-)5-12(-19) cm longae; rami longissimi 1-8 (-11) cm; rami ascendentes vel divergentes ferentes spiculas paucas pedicellis longis; pedicelli patentes Spiculae obovatae, (3. 6-) 4. 0-5.0 (-5. 5) mm ad maturitatem. longae. Glumae inferiores (1. 6-) 2. 0-2. 7 (-3. 2) mm longae, 5-13-nerves; glumae superiores 7-13-nerves. Flosculi inferiores staminati vel steriles; lemmata 9-11-nervia; antherae rudimentales vel 2.3-2.7 mm longae. Flosculi superiores 3.8-4.6 mm longi, 2.5-2.9 mm lati; antherae 2.1-2.8 mm longae. Caryopses 2.4-2.7 mm longae, 1.9-2.4 mm latae. Chromosomatum numerus n=18.
;

Type: COSTA RICA. Alajuela: 3 km N of Palmares along the Carretera Interamericana, 800 m, edge of coffee plantation, culms 8 m tall, hanging from trees, 22 Oct 1968, Pohl ^ Davidse 11272 (Holotype: ISC; isotypes CR, EAP, K, MO, US).
:

Lasiacis nigra is a montane species primarily found along forest edges, in roadside thickets and among similar secondary woody vegetation. Most elevation records are between 900-2300 m. The species extends from Sinaloa, southern Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas in Mexico south throughout Central America. In northwestern South America, it occurs in an arc from Ecuador through Colombia and into Venezuela.

152

197li

Davidae, A new species of Laslacls

153

Laslacis nigra is a segregate species from the very variIt able, widespread L. sorghoidea ( sensu Hitchcock, 1920). is more delicate and scandent than JL. sorghoidea , has smaller leaves and inflorescences but larger spikelets, and has inflorescences bearing relatively few, large, long-pedicelled On the other hand, spikelets giving them an open appearance. L. sorghoidea typically has large, moderately dense infloresThe most cences with many small spikelets on short pedicels. common type of leaf pubescence pattern in 1.. sorghoidea is one in which the sheaths are papillose-hispid, the collar is densely hispid, the lower blade surface is velutinous, and This the upper blade surface is puberulent or hispidulous. pattern is rarely encountered in L,. nigra in which pubescence varies from nearly glabrous to densely pilose.
The specific epithet refers to the shining black color of the mature spikelets of this, as well as all other species of Lasiacis The importance of this character in fruit dispersal has been discussed by Davidse & Morton (1973).
.

Literature Cited
Davidse, G. 1972. A systematic study of the genus Lasiacis (Gramineae, Panicoideae) Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis. Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa.
.

Bird-mediated fruit dispersal & E. Morton. 1973. in the tropical grass genus Lasiacis (Gramineae: Paniceae).
Biotropica
Hitchcock,
5:

162-167.
.

The North American species of Lasiacis A. S. 1920. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 22: 13-21.

PHANTOMS IN THE FLORA OF THE BAHAMAS

William

T.

Gillis

A phantom is defined by Webster's New International Dictionary (unabridged, second edition) as an illusion, a fallacious appearance, a representation of something in appearance but not in reality. There are a number of such phantoms in the Bahama Flora (Britton and Millspaugh, 1920), described as being part of the flora, but which are not there at all, at least not as separate entities.
Nathaniel Lord Britton recognized diversity in plants in a way somewhat typical of his period. If differences among specimens could be detected, he named the specimens as discrete species. He never used inf raspecif ic categories. He often fell prey to the same plague that has befallen other writers of insular floras, i.e., that of naming plants as distinct species when in fact the populations possess minor variations that differ from island to island. Britton seldom practised this proliferation of names with such fury as in the Rubiaceae. Most of his "species" in the Bahama flora were described from specimens which he did not collect. He was a keen observer, but may be looked upon in retrospect as having named specimens rather than populations. The "species" of Britton and Millspaugh are the phantoms discussed in this paper.
As a step in the revision of the Bahama flora in collaboration with George R. Proctor and Richard A. Howard, the author has examined much of the material available to Britton and Millspaugh when they wrote their flora over 50 years ago, especially type specimens. In addition, he has had the advantage of examining considerably more specimens, both in the field and in herbaria, than were available to Britton and Millspaugh. Additions to the flora have been noted (Gillis, Howard, and Proctor, 1973; Correll, 1973), and names have been updated for a substantial portion of the flora (Gillis, 1974). Now, a closer examination has been made of the so-called endemics within the flora as viewed by Britton and Millspaugh.

Shortly after the original Bahama Flora was completed, Taylor (1921) analyzed the distributions as published in the flora and revealed that 12% of the flora was reported to be endemic, or about 120 species. This figure appears to be exceptionally high. The Bahama flora is essentially one which populated the islands during and since the Pleistocene. There has hardly passed enough time for such a degree of endemism to develop. Furthermore, the islands are surrounded on three sides by nearby land masses which

15U

197U

Gillls, Flora of the Bahamas

1$$

have contributed most of the fauna and flora oC their antecedents: Hispaniola, Cuba, and the southern United States mainIn addition, there is a dearth of diverse habitat types in land. a group of islands such as the Bahamas where no point is greater than 210 feet above sea level, where there are no rivers, and where the substrate is virtually all limestone. It appeared to me that those plants labeled "endemic" in the Bahama flora of Britton and Millspaugh could indeed be found in other neighboring floras, probably under earlier names, if one were but to search
for them.
I should like to acknowledge with gratitude a generous grant to the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University by an anonymous donor who has interest in the Bahama Flora. Under terms of the fellowship thus underwritten, I have been able to examine consid-

erable herbarium material at the Arnold Arboretum and Gray Herbaria, and had opportunities to study the classic Britton and Millspaugh specimens at the New York Botanical Garden and the Field Museum of Natural History, as well as examine older material in herbaria in Europe. The curators of these herbaria have been very gracious in allowing me to examine their material so freely. Of special value were the duplicates of Wright and Grisebach specimens at the Gray Herbarium, often representing type collections of earlier names, originally described from Cuba, but also represented in the Bahamas. A portion of the field work was supported by a grant from the National Geographic Society.
As in previous papers, my use of the term "Bahamas" should be construed in its geographical sense to include the Turks and Caicos Islands as well. For ease of reference, this paper will follow the order of species presented in Britton and Millspaugh's Bahama Flora, only Dicotyledons being discussed herein. For brevity, Britton and Millspaugh's Flora is designated by the expression B&M in the text of this paper. The figure in the lefthand margin refers to the page in B&M on which the taxon in question is discussed. Herbarium abbreviations are those of Index Herbariorum (Lanjouw and Stafleu, 1964).
132

Torrubia bracei and Torrubia longif olia . The blollies are notoriously variable plants. There appear even to be some differences in vegetative morphology between staminate and pistillate populations. According to the key in B&M, which employs only characters of the anthocarps, it is not possible to determine identity of sterile, staminate, or flowering pistillate material. Moreover, when examining populations in the field or specimens in the herbarium, there appear to be plants whose characters fall between the limits as defined by B&M. As Adams (1972) pointed out, leaf shape differs markedly, even on the same plant. The leaves may be variously oblong to elliptical or obovate, or even sub-

156

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 2

orbicular. The tips may be rounded or emarginate; the bases rounded or cuneate. An examination of individuals in the wild shows that such variation may be contained within a single species. I therefore believe that Torrubia bracei and T. longifolia are not distinguishable. The earliest name available for this species is based on Pisonia If this species is placed in a discolor Sprengel (1825). genus that is segregated from Pisonia on fruits characters, then its name should be Guapira discolor .

Guapira discolor (Sprengel) Little, Phytologia 17: 367. 1968. Basionym: Pisonia discolor Sprengel, Syst. Veget. ed. 16, 2: 168. 1825. Torrubia discolor (Spreng.) Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 31: 613. 1904. Guapira longifolia (Heimerl in Urban) Little, Phytologia 17: 367. 1968. Torrubia longifolia (Heimerl in Urban) Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 31: 614. 1904. Pisonia longifolia (Heimerl in Urban) Sarg., Man. Trees North Amer. 314, fig. 251. 1905. Basionym: Pisonia discolor y longifolia Heimerl in Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 21: 627. 1896. Guapira bracei (Britton) Little, Phytologia 17: 367. 1968. Basionym: Torrubia bracei Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 31: 614. 1904. Type: New Providence Island, Ft. Montague coastal coppice, Britton and Brace 168 (NY).
Given a specimen of C aesalpinia (other than Subg. Guilandina ) from the Bahamas, one has a difficult choice in deciding whether it might be C^. bahamensis or C^. reticulata . The former is described by B&M as "prickly throughout; leaflets scarcely reticulated" and the latter as "unarmed or with a few prickles at the base; leaflets strongly reticulated." On the surface, it appears that these are useful characters. But the populations in the field are not so distinct. The type specimen of C^. bahamensis in the Lamarck Herbarium at Paris shows only a few weak prickles opposite the leaves. There are populations which show prickles on the stem only far below where most botanists would bother to select a herbarium specimen. Hence, we can see that the presence or absence of prickles is a variable character, variable both as to degree and to position. It does not appear to be consistent enough to use to separate two otherwise identical populations. It is curious that the prickles become less evident in the southern (i.e., drier) sites; one might suppose that these outgrowths might have been interpreted as responses to droughty conditions. The reticulate nature of the leaves is not a constant character, nor one easy to diagnose. These two names are thus treated as synonymous under C^. bahamensis Lam.

Maytenus lucayana Britton. This name is known from only the type collection, which is represented by mere fragmentary material in an envelope on a herbarium sheet. It seems to

197U

Glllis, Flora of the Bahamas

157

be representative of a population of Maytenus buxif olia that The definitive character of has unusually broad leaves. having a cordate leaf. base is not consistent within the few Unless more of this material scraps representing the type. can be found and the distinct nature of the plant reaffirmed, it seems best to treat this population as synonymous with M. buxifolia (A.Rich.) Griseb. The type of M. lucayana is at the Field Museum (F-280855), from West End, Grand Bahama Island.
199

Erythroxylon reticulatum Northrop. The characters which Britton and Millspaugh used to separate this species from E. areolatum those of longer pedicels and shorter leaves appear to be only a difference in populations. Furthermore, the drupes on the type specimen of E. reticulatum are not mature, and only the field notes of Mrs. Northrop suggest that the fruits are purple-black instead of I interpret this name to be only a synonym of red. Erythroxylum areolatum L. , and further that the generic name should be spelled thus.

284

Myroxylon ilicifolium (Northrop) Britton. In his examination of Cuban collection by Charles Wright, Grisebach (1860) discussed several species of Xylosma (the conserved name in the Flacourtiaceae for Myroxylon ) . He described Xylosma inf estum and X. buxifolium , both of which are represented by isotypes at GH. Upon thorough examination, I have determined them to be synonymous. There are then two names with the same date (and page) of publication. I have chosen X. buxifolium for the name to be used when these two are united because it has been used more commonly in the West Indies. It compares favorably with the type of X. ilicifolia Northrop, and is of an earlier publication date. It is likely that Britton and Millspaugh overlooked a paper by Urban (1893) in which this species (X. buxifolium ) is attributed to the Bahamas.
Xylosma buxifolium Gray ex Griseb., Mem. Amer. Acad, n. ser. 8: 155. 1860. Holotype: Cuba, Wright 1465 (GH) Xylosma infestum Griseb., Mem. Amer. Acad., n. ser. 8: 155. 1860. Isotype: Cuba, Wright 1109 (GH). Xylosma ilicifolia Northrop, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 12: 51. 1902. Myroxylon ilicifolium (Northrop) Britton, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Card. 4: 141. 1906. Type: Andros, Nichols Town, Northrop a.nd Northrop 388 (Holotype: NY; isotypes:
A,

GH)

342

The eight species of Metastelma listed for the Bahamas by Britton and Millspaugh may be reduced to five, but there is one additional species found by Howard (1950) on Bimini and represented in herbaria by an earlier collection from South

158

PHYTOLOGIA
.

Vol, 29, no. 2

Furthermore, as mentioned by Gillis (1974), the Andres. generic name Metastelma in the West Indies is changed to Cynanchum
At the first point in the key to species of Metastelma, B^M separate M. northropiae from all others by its having a It is clear, upon careful long-stipitate gynostegium. examination, that their M. bahamense also has a longstipitate gynostegium. These two taxa appear to be synonymous, and they are hereby united under the earlier epithet, bahamense . A new combination in Cynanchum is indicated for this plant of Florida, Cuba, and the Bahamas:

Cynanchum bahamense (Griseb.) Gillis, comb. nov. Basionym: Metastelma bahamense Griseb., Cat. PI. Cub. 174. 1866. Epic ion bahamense (Griseb.) Small, Fl. Miami 149, 200. 1912. Type: Not found.

Metastelma northropiae Schltr. in Urban, Sjnnb. Antil. Cynanchum northropiae (Schltr. in Urban) 5: 468. 1908. Alain. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 22: 118. 1955. Type: Andros, Conch Sound, Northrop and Northrop 410 (NY).
Alain (1955) already determined that Metastelma linearifolium A. Rich, in Sagra could not be transferred to Cynanchum because the epithet was preoccupied in Cynanchum Hence, he published a new name, C^. savannarum I have determined that this action was unnecessary because these plants are identical to C^. blodgettii of the southern United Moreover, States, and this name was available at the time. I believe that the populations described as M. barbatum in the Bahama Flora also represent this species. Hence the following synonymy:
. .

Cynanchum blodgettii (Gray) Shinners, Sida 1: 365. 1964. Basionym: Metastelma blodgettii Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 12: 73. 1877. Type: Blodgett, s.n.. Big Pine Key, Florida (GH)

Metastelma linearifolium A. Rich, in Sagra, Hist. Cub. 11: 96. 1850. Amphistelma linearifolium (A.Rich, in Sagra) Griseb., Cat. PI. Cub. 175. 1866. non Cynanchum linearifolium Hemsl.. J. Linn. Soc. 26: 107. 1889 (China). Lectotype: Paris. New name: Cynanchum savannarum Alain, Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 22: 119.
1955.

Metastelma barbatum Northrop, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 12: 58. 1902. Type: Andros, Red Bays, Northrop and Northrop 474. Holotype, NY; isotype, GH.
Alain recognized that Metastelma hamatum Griseb. could not

197U

Gillis, Flora of the Bahamas

159

be transferred directly to Cynanchum because the epithet was preoccupied in that genus, so he published C. caribaeum as Having studied these species in the Bahamas the new name. very carefully, I have come to the conclusion that C^, inaguense is identical with C^. caribaeum , and it is not The new name by Alain endemic to the Bahamas after all. was therefore not necessary inasmuch as the basionym Metastelma inaguense Vail was available. The new synonymy follows:

Cynanchum inaguense (Vail) Howard & Dunbar, Rhodora 66: Basionym: Metastelma inaguense Vail, Bull. 13. 1964. N.Y. Bot. Card. 4: 142. 1906. Type: Inagua, Nash and Taylor 913 (NY).

Metastelma hamatum Griseb., Cat. PI. Cub. 173. 1866. non Cynanchum hamatum D. Dietr., Syn. PI. 2: 906. 1840. New name: Cynanchum caribaeum Alain, Mem. Cub. Hist. Isotypes: Nat. 22: 119. 1955. Type: Cuba, Wright 2959.
GH, NY.

Because of the large number of name changes and the addition of an additional species to the Bahama Xlvnancha . I feel that a new key would be useful. (C. gramini folium , reported by Howard [l950] as M. graminifolium , has been determined to be scoparium , a probable introduction from Florida to Bimini C^.
and South Andros.)
KEY TO BAHAMIAN SPECIES OF CYNANCHUM
1.
1.

Leaves ovate with mucronate tips; gynostegium stipitate Cynanchum bahamense (Griseb.) Gillis Leaves linear, narrowly oblanceolate, spatulate, or absent; gynostegium sessile or subsessile 2.
2.

Corolla lobes glabrous within; inflorescence a true umbel 3.

Flowers up to 6 ram. long; calyx lobes lanceolate, acute; follicles 6-8 cm. long; leaves sessile Cynanchum angustifolium Pers. 3. Flowers 1.5 - 2.5 mm. long; calyx lobes triangular-ovate, obtuse; follicles 3.5 - 5 cm. long; plant frequently leafless; leaves, when present, petioled. .. Cynanchum scoparium Nutt.
3.

2.

Corolla lobes pubescent within; inflorescence not a umbel 4.

4.

Flowers borne singly, petals recurved and twisted like a pinwheel; leaves on short shoots Cynanchum eggersii (Schltr. in Urban) Alain.

160
4.

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

Inflorescence a compressed raceme on a short shoot; petals straight or recurved, but not twisted like a pinwheel; leaves borne on main axis 5.
Petals papillose at tip with tufts of villous hairs within from tip to 0.5 mm. below tip; leaves linear; fruits less than 3.5 cm. long Cynanchum blodgettii (Gray) Shinners. 5. Petals papillose entire length of lobe or with wedge free from hairs in center of inner surface; leaves lanceolate, oblanceolate, or spatulate; fruit longer than 3.5 cm Cynanchum inaguense (Vail) Howard & Dunbar.
5.

346

In mapping collections of Evolvulus squamosus and E. bahamensis , I noted that the former did not occur south of the Crooked Island Passage, i.e., off the Great Bahama Bank. Furthermore, the latter, as interpreted by the key and description in B&M and the type collections, seemed to occur chiefly south of this Passage. Moreover, neither appeared to occur on the same island. The diagnostic features which distinguished these two taxa were the length of the leaves: scale-like or short-linear in the first, and linear, 6-15 mm. in the second. Upon close examination, it may be seen that there is a cline in leaf length, ranging from very short and scale-like in the northwestern portion of the archipelago, increasing in length to the southeast. With this interpretation, there seems to be but one species of woody Evolvulus in the West Indies. The leaf-length increases toward the south of the Great Bahama Bank and is still greater on Long Island and Rum Cay. The leaf length increases to distinctly non-scalar from Crooked Island southward. Moreover, this trend seems to continue onto Hispaniola; there, the species is known as E^. arbuscula
.

Van Oostrstroom (1934), in his monograph of Evolvulus recognized three species in this group. For the most part, the characters he chose as definitive were considerably indicated overlapping. His key in leading to E^. squamosus that the ovary is "densely hairy, seldom almost or quite glabrous." In the description of the species, however, he stated "capsule globular, hairy at the top or glabrous...." The problems of separation become compounded with additional collections. As with other plants in our flora, there is greater variation within the Greater Antilles than there is for the same species within the Bahamian Archipelago. Such a pattern should not be surprising if a single biotype or a small group of biotypes resulted from one to few introduc, ,

19 7U

Gillia, Flora of the Bahamas

Hence, tions to the Bahamas from the Greater Antilles. interpret the Bahama populations of woody Evolvulus as Evolvulus arbusculus Poir. in Lam.

l6l
I

359

Britton and Millspaugh distinguish their Varronia ( Cordia ) brittonii from Varronia ( Cordia ) lucayana on the shape of the leaf: whether the leaves are linear-oblong to oblanceolate or spatulate-obovatel A second character of presence of pilose pubescence at the base of the filaments Again, as in is also used as a distinguishing character. Evolvulus as one discovers in mapping distributions of specimens (using names assigned to the collections by B&M) Cordia brittonii appears in the northern islands, and C^. lucayana in the southern ones. However, if one were given a specimen with no provenance indicated, it would not be possible to determine which species it is, given the inforI believe they are mation in B&M or the type specimens! indistinguishable, and hereby unite them under Cordia brittonii (Millsp.) Macbride. They are names of the same date of publication, but the name C^. brittonii has been used The for plants in Cuba, so it has the greater scope of use. pubescence on the filaments is not a reliable character.
,

363

The Heliotropium species also appear to be overdescribed. Heliotropium eggersii is known only from the type collection and is interpreted as only an insular form of H. procumbens Heliotropium (the earlier name for H, inundatum of B&M). nanum is surely no different from H. inaguense , but merely the upper, northwestern form of the plant. The earlier name is H. nanum Northrop. The other Heliotropia are under study by Mr. Michael Frohlich so that further disposition of the taxa in the Bahamas will await his conclusions.

384

When Mr. Proctor and I discovered and anomalous Solanum population on Inagua ( Gillis and Proctor 12148), we thought The population turned out to we might have a new species. be S^. microphyllum which we thought would thus be the first report of this species from the Bahamas. Then, I examined the type of S^. didymacanthum which Millspaugh described from Exuma and Cat Islands. These names are determined to be synonymous. The older name to be used for the Bahama populations therefore must be Solanum microphyllum (Lam.) Dunal.
Britton and Millspaugh had trouble interpreting variation in the Rubiaceae , and consequently produced more phantom species in this family than elsewhere. One example of this difficulty is represented in Catesbaea . Their key separating C. parvif lora and C^. f oliosa demonstrates so much overlap that the two cannot be determined. An examination of populations in the field shows the extent of this

411

162

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 2

variability such that C^. f oliosa and C^. parvif lora var. septentrional is are merely extremes in the variation of leaf The plant represented by the types of C^. size and shape. fasciculata and C. parvifolia is another. Hence, I should like to amend my consideration of the name of the Bahama plant (Gillis, 1974) by the following:
Catesbaea parviflora Swartz, Prodr. 30. 1788. Type: S. Catesbaea campanulata Sagra ex DC. Prodr. 4: 401. 1830. Catesbaea parviflora var. septentrionalis Krug & Urban, Symb. An. 1: 429. 1899. Lectotype: Florida, Bahia Honda Key, Curtiss 1130 (GH) ; isotype: GH. Catesbaea fasciculata Northrop, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 12: 66. 1902. Type: Fresh Creek, Andros, Northrop and Northrop 627 (Lectotype: F-130711; Isotypes: A, GH,
NY).

Catesbaea
2:

f oliosa

312.

Millsp., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. ser. 1909. Holotype: West Caicos, Wilson 7761 (F-

221880).
413

Another genus which B&M tended to overdescribe was Guettarda This genus was included in the unfinished treatment of Rubiaceae for North American Flora by Standley (1918-34), who simply accepted Britton's species uncritically. Earlier (Gillis, 1974), I united two species (G^. taylori and G^. inaguensis) under G^. nashii . Since that time, I have again studied these populations from Inagua in the field, and have re-examined the types and isotypes. I have concluded that all of these names represent variations in Guettarda krugii . In this case, I am convinced that B&M named specimens and not populations. It is interesting to note that neither Britton nor Millspaugh ever saw these populations in the field, inasmuch as neither ever visited Inagua, the type localities of their three species. The types in question are at New York with isotypes at the Field Museum.
.

422

Another overdescribed genus of Rubiaceae for the Bahamas As with Guettarda B&M tended to overdescribe species when they had not seen the populations in the field themselves. With the exception of the type for Borreria brittoni i (later name for B. saxicola Britton which is a later homonym) which Millspaugh collected, the types of their proliferated species were collected by Percy Wilson or George Nash and Norman Taylor. I believe that woody Borreria species in the Bahamas should all be recognized as B^. thymif olia Griseb. The various characters used in distinguishing features to separate species in B&M are all variable, not only within populations, but even on the type specimens of these "distinctive" plants themselvesi
is Borreria .
,

For example, the leaf size of

B^.

wilsonii is intermediate

197U

Gilli3, Flora of the Bahamas

.

I63

The "longbetween that of B. inaguensis and Jl. bahamensis ciliate" calyx of B^. wilsonii is represented on the type by 7-10 hairs between the lobes of the calyx, none of which is more than 0.5 nun. long, and they are not present on all calices. The ciliate nature of the leaves tends to increase, as does stem pubescence, with degree of droughty I have climate in the southern portion of the island chain. collected two adjacent populations of Borreria on Salt Cay (Turks) that superficially appeared to be distinct; one had When they bronze leaves; the other had dark, green leaves. were pressed and dried, the two populations were indistinguishable. The only species which one toay argue is different might be B. savannarum with its thin leaves, 1-3 cm. long (on herbarium sheets, they give the specimen a superficial resemblance to Najas guadalupensis ) . I would have continued to recognize this as a distinct species except for the fact that specimens available to me have shown all Hence, stages of intermediate leaf length on Inagua alone. it appears to make the most sense to unite all of the woody Borreria species in the Bahamas under B^. thymif olia Griseb.
,

Borreria thymifolia Griseb., F. Brit. W. Ind. Is. 350. 1864. Type: Turks Island, Hjalmarsson, s.n. (K) Borreria inaguensis Britton in Britton et Millspaugh, Bahama Flora, p. 422. 1920. Type: Little Inagua, Nash and Taylor 1224 (erroneously given in Bahama Flora as 2124). Holotype: NY; isotypes: F-185973, F-479093). Borreria brittonii Standley, Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. ser. 8: 388. 1931. New name for Borreria saxicola Britton in Britton et Millspaugh, Bahama Flora, p. 422. 1920. non Borreria saxicola K. Schum. , Bot. Jahrb. 28: 112. 1901 (Trop. Afr.). Type: South Caicos, Millspaugh and Millspaugh 9242. Holotype: NY; isotype: F-278999. Borreria wilsonii Britton in Britton and Millspaugh, Bahama Flora, p. 423. 1920. Type: Castle Island, Wilson 7787 (Holotype: NY; isotypes: F-221907, GH) Borreria bahamensis Britton in Britton and Millspaugh, Bahama Flora, p. 423. 1920. Type: Crooked Island, Brace 4749. (Holotype: NY; isotype: F-199831). Borreria savannarum Britton in Britton and Millspaugh, Bahama Flora, p. 423. 1920. Type: Inagua, Nash and Taylor 1320. Holotype: NY.
441

Two aster species of the Bahamas are restricted to the northwestern portion of the islands, which suggests their introduction from the United States. These two "endemic" species appear to be extensions of the ranges of two U.S. instead of being Bahamian endemics, or even, in the case of Aster bahamensis , a species which is endemic to the Bahamas and Cuba. Aster lucayanus is really contained within Aster

16U

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 2

concolor L. which extends from Florida to Louisiana and north to New England. The Bahamas are merely the southernOur variety is probably var. most extension of its range. concolor .
Aster bahamensis matches Aster subulatus Michx. , and is This is best matched with var. euroaster Fern, et Griscom. the coastal plain population which extends from Florida west to Louisiana and north to upstate New York. The Bahamas are merely a bridge in its distribution between the mainland and Cuban populations, easily understood when one realizes that, at low water level during the Pleistocene, the Great Bahama Bank was nearer the U.S. mainland by several miles, and only a mere 20 miles or so from Cuba.
447

Tetranthus bahamensis Britton was described as a Bahama endemic. There is, however, no doubt that it represents a northern population of the Cuban species, T^. litoralis Sw. Although the only distinguishing feature between most Cuban species and the Bahamian ones is that the Cuban populations usually have larger leaves, there are collections from Cuba which are indistinguishable from those of the Bahamas.
The rong-bush, Wedelia bahamensis , was described as an endemic to the Bahamas, occurring more abundantly in the southern islands than the far northwestern ones. It is the same as populations in Cuba and Hispaniola of W^ calycina although more uniform than populations in the Greater Antilles. The complex synonjrmy has been listed in Schulz (1911) but he chose an illegitimate name as the correct one. Hence, a shortened synonymy of relevant names is perhaps in order:
,

451

Wedelia calycina L.C. Rich, in Persoon, Syn. PI.

1807.

2:

490.
2:

Wedelia jacquinii L.C. Rich, in Persoon, Syn. PI. 490. 1807 (nomen illeg. , pro syn.).

Wedelia buphthalmoides Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind. Is. p. 372. 1864. Type: Bahamas, Swainson, s.n. (K)

Anomostephium buphthalmoides DC, Prod.

Type: G.

5:

560.

1836.

Seruneum buphthalmoides (DC.) Kuntze.

1:

Rev. Gen. PI.

365.

1891.
1903.

Stemmodontia buphthalmoides (DC.) Cook and Collins,

Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 8: 244.

Wedelia bahamensis (Britton) O.K. Schulz in Urban, Symb. Antil. 7: 106. 1911. Basionym: Stemmodontia bahamensis Britton, Bull. N.Y. Bot. Gar. 4: 126. 1905. Type: New

197U

Gillis, Flora of tho Bahamas

Providence, coastal thicket, Britton and Brace 302. Holotype: NY.

16$

Twenty-eight names in the Bahama Flora have been SUMMARY: reduced to species present in Cuba, Hispaniola, and Florida. These species were considered to be endemics to the Bahamas by Britton and Millspaugh (1920).

LITERATURE CITED
Flowering plants of Jamaica. Adams, C. D. 1972. Indies. Mona, Jamaica. 848 pp.
Univ. West

Novedades en le flora Cubana (vi). Mem. Alain, Hermano. 1955. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. 22: 113 - 23.
Britton, N. L. and C. F. Millspaugh. 1920. Bahama Flora. Privately published. Reprinted 1962 by Hafner Publishing Co., New York, N. Y. 695 pp. Correll, Donovan S. 1974. Flora of the Bahama Islands - new additions. Fairchild Trop. Card. Bull. 29: 11 - 12, 15.

Gillis, William T. 1974. Name changes for the seed plants in the Bahama flora. Rhodora 76: 67 - 138.

Richard A. Howard and George R. Proctor. 1973. Additions to the Bahama flora since Britton and Millspaugh I. Rhodora 75: 411 - 25.
,

Grisebach, A.H.R. 1864. Flora of the British West Indian Islands. Lovell Reeve Co. London. Reprinted 1963 by J. Cramer, Weinheim, Weldon and Wesley and Hafner Publishing Co., New York. 789 PP.
Lanjouw, J. and F. Stafleu. 1964. Index Herbariorum, part The herbaria of the world. Regnum Veget. 31: 1 - 251.
1

Gostrstroom, S. J. van. 1934. A monograph of the genus Evolvulus . Meded. Bot. Mus. Herb. Rijks. Univ. Utrecht,
No.
14:
1

- 267.

Schulz, 0. E. 1911. Compositarum genera nonnulla. in Urban, Symb. Antil. 7: 78 - 144.

Standley, Paul C. 1918 - 34. Rubiales Rubiaceae . North Amer. Fl. 32: 1 - 300. Part I: 1 - 86 (1918); II: 87 - 158 (1921); III: 159 - 228 (1934); IV: 229 - 300 (1934)
,

Taylor, Norman. 1921. 35: 523-32.

Endemism in the Bahama flora.

Ann. Bot.

166

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University 22 Divinity Avenue Cambridge, MA 02138

Current address: Department of Biology Hope College Holland, MI 49423

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Uoldenke

"AIR POLLDTION AND LICHENS" edited by B. W. Ferry, M. S. Baddeley. & D. L. Hawksworth, x & 389 pp., illua., University of Toronto Press, Toronto I8I, Ontario, Canada & Buffalo, Nanr York 11*203. 1973. $16.50.

This book coties frcm a timely Bymposlum of the First International ^ycological Congress at Exeter, England, in September 1971. These sturdy slow-gr owing plants which manage to live even under the apparently harshest conditions and sometimes mansige to attain an age of U500 years (p, 3) have finally met their match in SO2. Now they can sejTve a noxious or toxic warning role for man, his still gro>fing lumber, and his stone and concrete works as did and do canaries in mines I Now there are even more toxitolerauit ones, as, for instance, Lecanora conizaeoidas , a relative newcomer to British urban areas Even though most of the field and laboratory investigations carefully reported in seventeen papers are centered within the British Isles, the problems are found in many parts of this modem world. Many different kinds of botanically aware scientists will promptly appreciate the considerable value of the papers in this book and their bibliographies. Folks not so trained, but seriously interested in urban Improvement, such as factory engineers, public minded citizens, etc., now have ajx invaluable source of help in this book.

"ROBERT LESLIE USINGER: AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF AN EhfTOMOLOGIST" edited by E. G. Linsley & J, L. Gressitt, xiii & 330 pp., illus.. Pacific Coast Entcanological Society, California Acadeay of Sciences, San Francisco, California 91*113. 1972. $15.00.

Published as Volume h of the Memoirs of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society by the H. C. Fall Memorial Publication Fund f rcTO edited transcriptions of tapes baaed on his $3 field books as the guide and planned mainly for his family and as a means of passing the time during months of terminal cancer, Usinger here rMiinisoes interestingly and gratefully on "the best of all possible lives". While he fell short of the Biblical "three score and ten" by ten and five, he lived so fully and so usefully as a keenly Intelligent and honest person, an admired and loving family man, an inspiring teacher and writer, a world- traveled and world-renowned entoaologist interested primarily in aystematics, dipteran disease vectors, and cimicid, reduviid and lygaeid bugs, that one is left awed in admiration, 167

168

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

There are appended Usinger' s bibliographor and a list of scientific names published by him (both prepared hy ?, D. Ashlock) and a list of some genera and species named for him (prepared by W. C, Gagne) . Unfortunately, a ferr plant and geographical names are misspelled, as, for instance, Cyperus , Sesuvium , Clerodendnim , Boerhaavia, Purshia, and Cali in Colombia. To read this book, with its fine photographs, is a very nostalgic e^qperience for those who knew him and should be an inspiration for the yoxuiger life scientists of today.

"STlBILm AND COMPLEXITY IN MODEL ECOSYSTEMS" by Robert

M. May,

Ix & 235 pp, illus., Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey 0801*0. 1973. $h*9$ paperbound & $11.50 clothbound.
This is the sixth book in the Monographs in Population Biology Series edited by Robert H. MacArthur and originally launched with that wonderful work on the "Theory of Island Biogeography" by the series editor and Edward 0, Wilson. The author, whose name and ideas are now well known in the field of theoretical ecology, entered it with a highly skilled training in physics. A variety of general mathematical 'models aimed not at realism in detail, but at providing mathematical metaphors for broad classes of phenomena" are surveyed to show "the different relationships between stability in randomly fluctuating environments as opposed to deterministic ones, between stability versus complexity in multispecies models and also with few species models in such limited cycles as vegetation - herbivore - carnivore, and between niche overlaps and limiting similarity which has a weak logarithmic dependence on the degree of environmental variance." The final chapter, "Speculations", has very interesting material that is best transmitted by individual readings and an important warning: "xintil stich time as we better vmderstand the principles which govern natural associations of plants and animals, we would do well to preserve large chunks of pristine ecosystems. They are unique laboratories." This important and valuable book is primarily directed "at the field and laboratory ecologist, and the text is [too] hopefully accessible to people with minimal mathematical training."

"SmMPS, RIVER BOTTOMS AND CAN5BRAKES" by Brooke Meanley, 1U2 pp.,

illus., Barre Publishing Co., Barre, Massachusetts 01005. 1972. $12.50.

This is a delightful, popularly oriented book presenting with interesting descriptive text and over 100 fine photographs - often the work of the author himself - an accurate picture of these wetlands along our southern Atlantic Coastal Plain. The author has studied these areas for 30 years as a U. S. D. I. biologist.

197li

Moldenke, Book reviews

169

The following places, with their plant and animal life, are portrayed very well ecologically: Okefenokee, Great Diomal Swamp, lltamaha, Oomulgee canebrakea. White River Wilderness, I' on Swamp, Pinetown Pocosln, Dudley's Hammock, Ediato, Reelfoot, Tenaas, Slovac Thicket, Arkansas Great Pecan Forest, Everglades, Big Cypress, etc. There is a well selected bibliography including notes referring to the specific swamps. There are separate indexes to the plants and animals mentioned in the text giving cccanon and scientific names and page references. Here, unfortunately, the name "mangrxjve" is equated with Rhizophora mangle exclusively when it actually refers to at least three species of which the one mentioned is merely the dosiinant and most numerous in the area considered.

The Natural EnvironVolme I "THE TRESS OF SOUTH nORim ments and Their Succession" ty Frank C, Craighead Sr,, xvi & 212 pp., illus,. University of Miami Press. Coral Gables, Florida 3313ii. 1971 (second printing 1972). $5.95.
The subtropical and southernmost counties of Florida - Dade, Collier and Monroe - and their numerous offshore islands have been long and well studied and are herein well described by the skillfully trained and dedicated author in each of their following physiographic provinces with their concoomitant plant associations: Florida Keys, Florida Bay, Saline Mangrove Zone, Freshwater Swamps, Pineland Ridge, Pineland Sloughs, Tree Island Everglades, Hammocks and Cypress Ridge, and Big Cypress Swan;). The effects over the years of hurricanes, fires, frost, lightning, alligators, and man with his changing of the water table, his crop growing, his high-rise buildings, and his increasing numbers migrating into the aa*ea, are discussed. Over one hundred effective black and white photographs add much to the text which is interestingly and effectively written so as to hold the attention of the trained scientist as well as the general reader of whom there should be many. "The Everglades National Park can never be restored to its former glories, but much can be saved if we can prevent the destruction of the interior freshwater swamps of this great ecosystem.... In the interest of preserving those natural communities that are left, their diverse and in many cases unique characteristics are described in this volrme with emphasis on the wooc^ plants as typifying these sites and their changes." There is a glossary, well selected references including a separate section by John Kunlcel Small, an index to camnon names with their scientific equivalents, and a general index. The black mangrove is, unfortxinateiy, given an invalid name instead of the presently accepted Avicennia germinans ; also the matted and tall f rogfrults are put in the genus Lippia instead of in Phyla where they belong.

170

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

"NUMERICAL TAIONOMI: The Principle a and Practice of Numerical Claasification" by Peter H. A, Sneath & Robert R. Sokal, xv & ?73 pp., illus., W, H, Freeman & Co., Reading. England RGl 3AA & San Francisco, California 9lilOii. 1973. |l9.50.

Uuch more than just a new edition of "Principles of Numerical

Taxonon^y" of a decade ago, this is a wholly reorganized and

modernized treatment of this relatively new neo-Adansonian field in which the authors are universally considered the initiators and leadei^. This "grouping by n\merical methods of taxonomic units into taxa on the basis of their character states" has been expedited by and has reciprocally expedited computerization in many fields. The authors limit this treatment to the realm of biological organisms as they did in the previous one. The text is very carefully organized and thoughtfully presented, stressing its old septalogue, its evidence, resemblance atructur*, phenetics (vs. phylogeny expressed systematically}, identification or discrimination, explained shortcomings and its bigger and better future. The forthcoming generation of taxonomists and assorted 1gnps of biologists with incidental taxoncmic concerns often cannot handle the scientific Latin of the older alpha taxonomists because, instead of classical training in Latin and Greek, they have had much more preparation in mathematics, statistics, biophysics, biochemistry, and practical electron data processing. For them particularly this book and the discipline which it discusses should be of special value. There is an extensive bibliography, an appendix of recent biological studies using these methods of numerical taxonomy and a useful index.

"THE DIRECTOR! OF PUBLISHING OPPORTUNITIES: A Guide to Academic, Business, Research, Scientific and Technical Publishing Opvportunities" 2nd Edition edited by Mary Bucher Roff Staff, xii & 722 pp.. Academic Media, a division of Cordura Corporation, Orange, New Jersey 07050. 1973. ^39.50,
Se.

This is indeed a valuable publication of real worth to all college, university, research and technical institution libraries in this country and abroad. This second edition "seeks to assist the writer in finding a suitable opportunity for publication of his manuscript by producing a guide to requirements of 2,Ii90 periodicals" from general to highly specialized and from theoretical to applied in the htnnanities, social sciences, and physical and natural sciences. The information is effectively organized, much more legible than many compilations in other fields, and reliable, Cxiriously, however, thero is no entr^^ for the journal - PEYTOLOGIA - in which this present review appears, a journal now in its fourth decade and 28 th volume I

197U

Moldenke, Book reviews

171

"PATTERNS IN PLANT DEVELOPIffiNT'' by Taylor A. Steoves & Ian U. Suaraex, xvii & 302 pp., illua., Prentice-Kail, Inc., Englenrood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632. 1972 [1973] . $10.95.

This is another worthwhile book in the Foundations of Developmental Biology Series and it is much more than &n illustrated series of maturing plant anatonQr stages. Limited to the vascular plants, it deals with embryogenesis, shoot apex organogenesis and expansion into leaf and branch, flower and inflorescence, thorn of simple or compound structure, root apx and branching, differentiation of the plant body, secondary growth and vascular cambivm, and the cellular basis of organization. "Each cell differentiates in the location where it was formed [unlike animal embryos] . There it is subjected to an environment consisting of other cells, and it becomes both the recipient of regiolatory stimuli arising in its surrounding milieu and the source of stimuli that may affect the co\irse of differentiation in other cells," Evaluation of major relevant experimental studies adds much of value to this book. The authors state wisely that learning to date in this field of phytociorphogenesis is not sufficient yet for any acceptable generalized theory. This treatment is lucidly presented, suitably indexed, and has each chapter provided with a bibliography.

"A

mCTICNAKf OF DSSFUL AND EVERYDAY PLANTS AND THEIR CCMiON NAMES" by F. N, Howes, iv & 290 pp., Cambridge University Press, London NWl 2DB & New York, N, Y. 10022. 197li. $12,^0.

This is a gem of a book that should prove ever so helpful to all kinds of botanists, agriculturalists, horticulturists, librarians, etc, because it is carefully and accurately compiled frwn the 6th edition of "J, C. Willis: A Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Feme", which through its ciirrent 8th edition (1973) is also carefully and accurately ccanpiled. In the earlier editions of Willis this type of material was included in the text. In the later editions it was omitted and is presented by Howes in a form that will fit handily on the shelf next to the latest Willis. Dr. Howes died last year just before this work was ready to go off to the printers. Future editions might consider adding to the section on "climbing plants" such connon vorbenaceous examples as Oxera , Congea , the scandent species of Petrea , Sphenodesme , and Symphorema , to Biblical manna a third kind derived from the algal genus Nostoc, and correcting the scientific names given for Turk's turban to Clerodendrum indicum rather than "spp." because only this species is known by that name (the others are glorybowers ) , for headache-tree to Premna obtusifolia ( P. integrifolia having been ruled invalid), for fiddlewood to Citharex^'lum and Petitia (since the name is applied to various taxa in those genera) , for lemon-scented verbena to Aloys ia triphylla [only] , and for hatpins to Eriocaulon, Lach-

172

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

nocaiilon and Syngonanthua (In the United States & Canada) . The folloHing corrections need also to be made: Glerodendrxim speciosissinam instead of C^, fallapc , C. kaempferi instead of . squamatun , C. thorns onae for the misspelled epithet now appearing in the book, and C. philippinum instead of C_, fragrans , Qmelina philippensis instead of G_. hystrix , Lantana montevidensis instead

of L. sellowlana , and Lippia abyss inica instead of lu adoensis . Vervain shoxild be added both to the list of Shakespeare plants and the list of sacred plants. Despite these suggested changes in limited areas yes, this is a gem of a bookl

"THE SPECIES OF THE BBGONIACEAE" 2nd edition hy Fred A. Barkley & Jack Golding, iv & ll^h pp., illus., privately published by the authors and the American Begonia Society. 19 7U. 15 50 paperbound.

Produced by one of the clear offset copying processes from very neat typing, this list "is not a monograph, and is merely a ccapendium of published names and published synonymy". The authors' far too modestly chosen "merely" covers a tremendous amount of time, energy, esipertise and patience to compile this material from such sources as the Index Keirensis, the Gray Card File, Doorenbos' Check List, etc. which eventually developed into Barkl^'s Card File of Begonia Names. This is an alphabetic list of all the species and their varieties so far known to have been published with authorities, sources, dates, geographical origin, subgeneric sections and synonymy. Within the family are included Hillebrandia , with its single species, and Symbegonijt , with its ten species, along with the huge and better-known Begonia genus. Because so much material is efficiently collated here, this publication should be a great help to many taxonomic botanists and herbarium curators, to those scientists engaged in ary experimental work on the begonias which grow so readily in greenhouses, and to the large group of horticulturists and begonia aficionados. It may be obtained from the second author in Kearny, New Jersey 07032.

"FLORA OF WEST PAKISTAN" edited by E. Nasir & S. I. Ali. "An Annotated Catalogue of the Vascular Plants of West Pakistan and Kashmir" hy R. R, Stewart, xviii & 1028 pp. Published xmder P. L. U80 Research Project of the U. S. D. A. & Agricultviral Research Council, Pakistan. 1972,

This full book records resvilts of the author's 60 years of teaching the present and next generation of botanists (including the able editors) and extensive collecting with and without the help of students. He estimates that the flora consists of 128 pteridophyte, 23 gymnosperm, llliO monocot, and hh92 dicot taxa.

197U

Moldenke, Book revleirs

173

Composites or grasses are considered the most nunerous depending upon whether TaraxacTjm officinalis (misspelled on p. xvil) Is counted as a single species or as an aggregate of 88. Legumes with 566 taxa are next In size. The classification followed seems to be quite conservative. Almost all specimens cited are at Kew or at Gordon College in Rawalpindi. Some conmon synonymy is given, geographic distribution la indicated, and those invaluable notes and cooiments that only the field worker with years of experience can share with readers. Also useful are an alphabetic index to genera amd species, annotated Indexes to authorities and collectors, and a most helpful note on the nature and range of spelling variants for place and personal nanes . The present tendency is to adopt the English custom of a fixed family name. "When Shankat All was collecting for Gordon College maqy- of his plants were ticketed Sh. All. He is now S. A. Chaudhary . . . . .more commonly spelled Chaudhri." With a sincere and intelligent canblnatlon of missionary compassion and scientific appraisal and concern the author writes that "Pakistan is facing the problems iriiich are becoming more common in the most crowded parts of the world. There are too maiy people and there are too many goats, sheep and cattle when the carrying capacity of the lamd is taken into consideration... Overpopulation is going to lead to a crisis of some sort."

"FLORA OF TOST PAKISTAir* edited by E. Nasir & S. I. Ali, No. k9 "AVICENNIACEAE" by S. M. H. Jafri, li pp., illus. Published under P. L. U80 Research Project of the U. S. D. A. & Agricultural Research Council, Pakistan. 1973. Paperbound.

Under the same basic title and editorship as the previously mentioned publication, this one consists of separately treated plant families that are being published as they are readied. Each is provided with the sajne gridded map showing the districts of West Pakistan. Each is well illustrated. Only the pertinent taxoncmic literature is cited for the families, genera and species. Descriptions of these units are clearcut. Specimens examined are cited. At the end there is an index for each family. Just naturally the smaller families are treated first and the taxoncmic interpretation, at least family-wise, tends to be far less consejrvatlve than is seen in Stewart's general treatment. This is exemplified in the recognition of the families Monotropaceae , Iteaceae , Phlladelphaceae , I^drangeaceae , Corylaceae , Grossulariaceae , Kiaogaceae , Idollxiginaceae , Phrymaceae , Avicenniaceae , etc.

The dorplnant shrubby tree of the mangrove vegetation on the Karachi and neighboring coastline of the Arabian Sea is here regarded as typical Avlcennla marina (Forsk.) Vierh., but in the opinion of H. N. Moldenke it actually represents a variety known as var. acutisstma Stapf & Moldenke, the typical form of the species being found on the coasts of Arabia and East Africa. Cei*-

nil

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

tainly it is not the A, alba Blume of R. R, Stefwart or the A. officinalis L. of earlier authors. The list of published families to date includes Flacotirtiaceae , Hamamelidac ea , Phy tolaccaceae , Oxalidaceae, Ericaceae , Monotropaceae , Frankeniaceae , Polemoniaceae , Iteaceae, Vabliaceae , Averrhoaceae, Th(yinelaeaceae , MartTniaceae , Juglandaceae , Philadelphaceae, ^ydrangeaceae , Meliaceae, Zanichelliaceae , ELatinaceae , Umbelliferae , Linaceae, Corylaceae , Platanaceae , Staphyleaceae , Sphenocleaceae , Burseraceae , Groasulariaceae , Plumbaginaceae , Salvadoraceae , Goodenlaceae , Pamaasiaceae, Guttif erae , Pedal ia ceae, Capparidaceae , Loranthaceae , Mimosaceae , Datiscaceae, Moringaceae , Sapindaceae , llolluglriaceae , Aizoaceae, Dilleniaceae ^ Coriariaceae, Cannabaceae , Kalpighiaceae , Phrymaceae , Illecebraceaa , Juncaginaceae , Avicenniaceae, Alangiaceae , Portulacacaae , Polygal-

aceae, Dioscoreaceae , Gaesalpiniaceae , Brassicaceae , Buddl3jacea e , Podophyllaceae , Leonticaceae , Oleaceae , Lardlz abalac eae , Papaveiv aceae , Plantaginaceae , Symplocaceae , Magnoliaceae , Buxaceae , and Passifloraceae , numbered in that order from 1 to 66. Copies of the "Flora of West Pakistan" can be obtained from the Department of Botany, University of Karachi, Karachi, Pakistan, or from the Stewart Herbarium, Gordon College, Rawalpindi, Pakistan,
.

A HISTORY OF THE ORCHID" by Merle A. Reinikka,

xx & 316 pp., illus,. University of Idiauii Press, Coral Gables, Florida 3312U. 1972. $15.00.

The author, the former editor of "The American Orchid Society Bulletin", had the rich resources of Hai*vard University's Botanical Museum for reference material. This book is an interesting and valuable crystalization of an encyclopedic array of infomation. The first part of the book is devoted to an historical suirvey of the orchids' introduction from various comers of the world for horticultural, medicinal (as sex determiner and aphrodisiac), spice (as vanilla), and other uses, for the purpose of hybridization (both natural and induced), and for propagation by seed and by meristan sets . It ends with a chronological guide to descriptive and taxononic orchid literature of well over 300 items extending from the year 1228 for Chao Shih-ken's "Orchid Guide for Kuei-men and Chang-chou" to 1972 for C, A. Luer's "The Native Orchids of Florida" . The second part of the book is devoted to a chronological presentation of 51 major makers of orchid history with condensed yet interesting biographical sketches of persons including Linnaeus, Banks, Brown, Darwin, Warscewicz, Hooker, Reichenbach, Mueller, Veitch, Sander, Rolfe, Schlechter, Ames and Knudaon, The book makes both for relaxing reading to anyone at all interested in nature and for careful study about orchids, orchid collecting and orchidists. It is illustrated by a couple dozen

197U

Moldenke, Book reviews

175

black/white photographs of orchids and almost $0 portraits of the "makers of orchid history".

"EVliRGREEN GARDEN TREES MJD SHRDBS" edited by Anthoncr Huxley, text adapted by Denis Hardwlcke & Alan R, Toogood, l8l R),, illua,, Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., New lork, N, I,

10022.

1973.

$h9S

This is one of the accurate, attractive and useful Macmillan Color Identification Pocket Guides with a hard cover. The text has been condensed selectively from H. G, Hillier's "Manual of Trees and Shrubs" for scientific and coBunon names, habitat, height, cultivated growth form, and cultivation details. Full color plates contain 200 excellently illustrated plants or plant parts. This book was first printed in Great Britain, but because of the long established custom of exchanging garden plants, it can now be of almost the same value to interested folks with gardens in the United States and any other temperate area.

"DECIDUOUS GARDEN TREES AND SHRUBS" edited Ijy Anthonor Huxley, text adapted by Denis Hartwicke & Alan R. Toogood, 216 pp., illus., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., New Tork, N. I. 10022. 1973. $U.95. This is yet another of those fine Macmillan Color Identification Pocket Guides with a hard cover, with the same editor aod text adapters of H. G. Hillier's fine work ("Manual of Trees and Shrubs"), and with 302 effectively and accurately colored illustrations of plants or plant parts . There follows alphabetically by scientific name the common name, habitat, height, cultivated growth form and cultivation details, making the book quite usable in temperate zone gardens just about the world over. In this book, as in the preceding one, background drawings scaled against a house indicate the approximate shape and size to be expected in mature forms. This is an excellent added feature for this series.

"CHENOPODIUM ALBUM ET ESPECES AFFINES fitude Historique et Statistique" by Andr^ Beaug6, xx & Uli7 pp., illus., Soci^t^ d' Edition d Enseignament Suplirieur, Paris Ve &. Centre National de Floristique, Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris. 19 7U. 150 Fr. paperbound.
This carefully prepared study is published as one of the "Documents Pour Une riore de France" edited by Paul Jovet, with the preface by P. Aellen world authority on the Chenopodiaceae , the presentation by A. Pons, and the introduction by P. Jovet.

176

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

What passes for Chenopodium album (sens, lat.) in most manuals is an almost ubiquitous weedy plant growing in all sorts of different forms in all sorts of different habitats. Consequently it has been observed and argued over by a very large ratnge of taxonomic "splitters" and "lumpers". Perhaps this study may not convert all readers to this newer interpretation, but they will have to take cognizance of all the detailed information skillfully organized between these two book covers for the first time. The first pau:t of the study is devoted to an historical search with highlights on the pre-Linnaean writers, then on Linnaeus, Haller, Moquin-Tandon, and Aellen, It is illustrated by photographs of some of these workers' herbarium specimens. The second part is devoted to systematic ansQysis and taxonomic conclusions . Beaug/ examined over a thousand herbarium specimens of this ccxaplex, including types. His bibliography is extensive. He made extended field observations and collected over much of Europe and northern Africa. He grew specimens at three different experimental sites. He developed a list of about 130 characters for comparison studies which he presents in detailed comparative charts and electron micrographs of testa ornamentation and micropyle configuration. At Paris and at Marseille are deposited the new types and isotypes of Chenopodium album var. coronatuffl A. Beaug5, C^ album subsp. reticulatum var. coronatum A Beaiigfi, and C_, ficifolium var. coronat\m A. Beaugfi.

"INSECTS IN FLIGHT: A Glimpse Behind The Scenes In Biophysical Research" by Werner Nachtigall, translations by Harold Oldrqyd, Roger H. Abbott & Marguerite Biederman-Thorson, 1^3 pp., illus., McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, N, Y. 10020. 197li. $13.95 oversize.

The author succeeds in his wish "to convey to the reader something of the joy of discovery that coaes to a research woricer, as well as the trials and problems and my own sense of wonder at the sheer inventiveness of nature I hope to have written a book that both the general reader and the student may read with profit, and perhaps [no, assuredly] even other research workers may derive pleasure [and wisdom] from it." The greatest benefits that flight technologists and related workers "may derive from the study of insect flight are: "the dynamics of propulsion for the development of the helicopterj the art of combining tunaing and twisting movements for the development of long-range, slow-flying, wing-flapping aircraft; perhaps static theory and constnoctional ideas..... seme constnict-ural material resembling resilin as an energy accumulator; a retractable contrivance like a set of legs to give a jump startj the thoracic structure of a di^onfly to suggest ideas for cabin construction in light aircraft; and the basic principles of various measuring and monitoring devices." And such fascinating photographs and textt

197U

Moldenke, Book reviews

177

"PmSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES" by Alan H. Cromer, xil & U97 PP.,
illus., UcGraw-Hill Book Compaiv, New York 10020.
197li.

"The purpose of this book is to give students in biology, pharmacy, premedlcine, physical therapy, physical education, and the allied health sciences the physics background they need for their professional work." It is not planned for future biophysicists. Bless this author, for he succeeds wonderfullyl Principles are defined directly and s imply j exanples are often chosen from the human bo(ty rather than from some very elaborate nechanical machines; problems are worked out by the use of simple algebra. At the end of the book useful appendices, an auinotated bibliography and an index are provided. The topics covered are grouped under mechanics, matter, wave phenomena, electricity, magnetien, and atomic and nuclear phorsica.

"BACTJKUL AND FUNGAL DISEASES OF PLANTS IN THE TROPICS" by George F. Weber, xvii & 673 pp., illus.. University of Florida Press, Gainesville, Florida 32603.

1973.

122.50.

which should really have had "AND SUBThis excellent book TROPICS" in its title is one of the culminating peaks of a half century of phytopathological research at amd teaching in the College of Agriculture of the University of Florida by one who has had a near -missionary zeal for tinning the students sent to him from various tropical and subtropical countries It brings "to teachers, students, agricultural agents, extension advisers, growers, crop production managers, farmers and landowners a giiide to the identification of plant diseases through the use of diagnostic symptoms and the characteristics of the causal parasite." For almost 100 of the world' s most important warm weather crops arranged alphabetically by common host name from abaca to yam ( Dioscorea alata ) "there is a list of ( Muaa textilis ) specific diseases and causal agents, followed by a description of symptoms and the essential characteristics and etiology of the parasite. Each section is concluded with a list of references and a list of additional fungi that may be infrequently associated with the host, but nevertheless cause severe danage." Suggestions for prevention and control are general rather than specific for so great a set of variables. There are excellent ill VIS t rat ions, made mostly by the author. Dispensing copies of this book into the hands of those who want to learn, along with other necessary supportive programs, could prove a great help to our world at this time I

178

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

"PHYTOCHEMICAL METHODS: A Guide to Modem Techniques of Plant Analysis" ty J, B. Harborne, x & 278 pp., illus., ChapBian & Hall Ltd., London ECl^P kEE & Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1973 [I97I4] . I.80 or ^ 115.50.

Despite much recent reported progress in specialized biochemical research usually on animal tissues and products, this book pioneers in phytochemistry, providing a survey to the presently available and most commonly used laboratory methods for the analysis of plant substances and a key to the literature through pei>tinent bibliographies with each chapter. The introductory chapter describes the major methods of extraction, isolation, separation and identification. Following chapters treat specifically: phenols with their acids, flavonoid and anthocyanin pigments; terpenoids with essential oils, gibberellins and carotenoidsj organic and fatty acids with alkanes and polyacetylenes; such nitrogen compounds as amino acids, amines, cyanogenic glycosides, indoles, cytokinins and chlorophylls sugars as monosaccharides, oligosaccharides and their alcohol and other derivatives; macromolecules either like the nucleic acids that serve alike in both plant and animal cells or like the lignins and tannins exclusive with the plant world. with some This clearly written book is directed to students who may be headed for biochemistry, pharmabiology background cc^nosy, food science, and the obvious field of phytochemistry.

"THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CHEMISTRY" 3rd edition, edited by Clifford A. Hampel & Gessner G. Hawley, xviii & II98 pp., illus., Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Cincinnati, Toronto, London, Melbourne & New York, N. Y. 10001. 1973. $27.50.

The original Reinhold Publishing Compary's editor's plan for single volumed up-to-date encyclopedias for separate basic sciences continues in this fine source of well explained material, not so erudite that it can be read onl^"- hy those irtio don't need to do so nor so simple that an average schoolboy would be tempted to copy topics verbatim for some school report. The first and second editions of 1956 and I966 seem to have been favorably received; this thiixi edition should be even more welcome because of the many advances in chemically allied fields and the corresponding increase in the number of students, workers and teachers needing access to such information without too much loss of time in the hunting. Here are over BOO alphabetically arranged and well explained articles by about 6OO competent authors An index guides to subdivision topics within such articles. The editorial staff has done an outstanding job in neat copy, in deletion of outdated information and in avoiding duplication of material under several topics. Pertinent cross-referencing is substituted instead of duplication. A few well selected bibliographic soxirces are given for each major topic treated.

197li

Moldenke, Book reviews

179

Biochemiats and other biologists running into unfamiliar chemical problems will be fortunate if they are able to reach for this book for at least initial help*

WIMAN'S GARDENING ENCYCLOPEDIA" by Donald Wyman, xv & 1222 pp., illus., Macmillan Ccaipa^y, London L New York, N, Y. 10022.

1971.

$17.50.

From Abaca (Kusa textilia ) to the orchid Zygopetalum are listed alphabetically almost 10,000 ornamental and economic plants suitable for temperate zone gardens and greenhouses actually the world around in both northern and southern hemispheres . For each plant scientific and common names, expected height and general description, hardiness zone limits, and place of origin are given. The different kinds of names are each cross-referenced. There are mary excellent drawings and photographs. The latter are mostly the work of the author himself. Th^ are either in black/white and in color in the form of sixteen beautiful plates which show several outstanding garden scenes. Interspersed are such topics as espalier plants, ornamental grasses, hedges, fastig iate trees, etc, "Written by gsurdeners for gardeners" in this instance includes as main author the outstanding horticulturist emeritus of Harvard* s Arnold Arboretum assisted by over a score of other outstanding horticulturists and as recipients of all this valuable and effectively arranged material the many, many thousands of flower-pot and backyard diggers, horticulture students, teachers, and professionals

"TKE BOLETI OF NORTH CAROLINA" hj WiUiam Chambers Coker & Alma Holland Beers, viii & 96 pp., 66 plates, Facs indie Republication by Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N, Y. lOOli;. 19 7U. $3.50 paperbound.

This is aui unabridged copy of what was first published in 19U3 by the Universilgr of North CaiK>llna as "The Boletaceae of North Carolina". The several black/white and color photographs have been well reproduced. There have been many scientists and amateurs who have appreciated using this book over the past three decsides and finding access to it more and more limited. Since most of these boletes have a wide extra-limital distribution, readers from many areas will be fortunate now to be able to purchase this work so readily and so reasonably. The approach is strictly taxononic with field references but with no commitments as to edibility. For the area covered by the title the famil^j' consists really only of the many species and varieties of the huge genus Boletus except for a few in Boletinus and Strobilonyces . Unlike seme Dover botanical replications, this one has no appendix with up-

180

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 2

dated nomenclatiire

"AMERICAN WILD FLOFfERS COLORING BOOK" rendered for coloring by Paid. E, Kennedy, li8 pp., illus., Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N, Y. lOOli*. 1971. |l.25 paperbound.
Thi3 is a quasi-original work that may prove a source of enjoyment for wild flower enthusiasts of almost ar^r age providing that they can or have to stay still long enough. The large outlines to be filled in are reasonably well copied mainly from the excellent illustrations in Mary Vaux Walcott's "North American Wild Flowers", The small innards of flowers on many sheets imfortunately are like those of many oldtime commercial coloring books non-commital as to shape and number. Each coloring plate gives the common and scientific name and geographic location of the depicted plant. But this book's inside and back covers have smaller color photographs that can serve both as inspiration and guide.

"WASPS: An Account of the Biology and Natural History of Solitary and Social Wasps" by J. Philip Spradbery, xvi & UOS pp., illus.. University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 9810$. 1973. $17.50.

Since the most recent ccmprehensive study in this field is that of Ormerod of over a century ago and therefore relatively inaccessible, this presentation is both needed and well done. "It aims to provide a detailed accotmt of the ways of wasps such that specialist and naturalist alike can better appreciate the wasps' diverse and remarkable habits [and so should] appeal to a wide range of entomologists, ethologists, teachers and research workers" and students. Even though the excellent geographic distribution maps and some of the text orientation are limited to the British Isles, almost all of this information has value around the world because of the wide distribution of several of the species and their subspecific taxa and because many of the habits or stnactures are generic are suprageneric in range. Even color plate XII, "British social wasps", depicts social wasps known over much of the world, such as Dolichovespula norwegica, Vespula rufa , and V. austriaca . Tiere are many excellent original drawings and both black/white and color photographs . These include, along with mostly original charts, anatomical and nest drawings and wonderfully clear color photographs for ethologically "doubting Thomases" such as severing the wing of a fly after its capture, obtaining water prior to pulp-collecting, scavenging on the remains of a crushed snail, and dissecting the abdomen of a bee trapped in a spider's web to obtain the honey- filled crop.

19 7U

Moldenke, Book revieirs

l8l

"WILDLIFE AND PLANTS OF THE CASCADES" by Charles locon & Vinson Brown, edited by Florence Kuagrave, 293 pp.. illus.. Naturegraph Publishers, Healdaburg, California 9$hhS , 1971. ^3.95 paperhoxind; also available clothbound.
This constitutes Volime 8 of the American Wildlife Region Seizes "covering most of the conunon Wildlife and Plants of the Pacific Northwest and the area of the Lava Bada". The authors are two outstanding naturalists with deserved enduring ancj far reaching appeal, especially to budding and learning naturalists irtio combine this study-hobby with hiking, camping, etc. They have provided reams of valuable and accurate natural history for this book. Over 1|00 scientifically good line drawings and scoie poorly printed color plates offer further identification help. If this format were presented to the interested public from 20 to So years ago, it would have been more appreciatively received. And why are not plants a part of "wildlife"?

"THi;

EXPLORATIONS OF CAPTAIN JAlffiS COOK IN THE PACIFIC AS TOLD BY SELECTIONS OF HIS OYiTJ JOUPJIALS 17681779" edited by A. Grenfell Price, xvil & 292 pp., illus.. Facsimile Replication by Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. lOOll;. 1971. ^3*50 paperbound.

This text is an unabridged republication of The Limited Editions Club publication in 1957 to which is prefixed a valuable new introduction by Percy G. Adams who claims with ample support gleonable from this book itself, from other similar sources and from recorded history that "the most obvious conclusion is that no man ever did more to alter and to correct the map of the earth..., "The scientific advances eifected by some of Cook's supei-numeraries, notably Banks and the Forsters, and by the three voyages [lat - H. M. Baric Endeavour, 2nd - H, M. S, Resolution, 3rd - H, U. S, Discovery followed by Resolution] in general are incalculable.. But no previous colloction of botanical and zoological lore rivalled the one Cook's scientists turned over to the British Museum". Cook's own journals could not include the biological results of these Journeys, but they do make fascinating reading and reveal much of the great man he was, as well as provide accounts of seamanahip and new local anthropological observations. The editing comments of Price make for smooth narrative and also good reading.

182

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

"WOOD AND WOOD GRAINS: Photographic Album for Artists and Design-i ers" by Phil Brodatz, xiv & 113 pp., illua., Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y, lOOlU. 1971. $3.00 paperback.

This original Dover publication offers an inexpensive refreshing artistic excursion for botanists, teachers, foresters, etc. away from humdrum wood section slides [they are humdrum, actually, only because they are usually so regarded] to enjoy a superb "picture collection of textures, surfaces and interesting materials [often, unfortvinately, innominate] which show design in its broadest sense." idle, in Patterns in new and old wood in various sections old buildings, fences, cordwood stacks, in bark texture and in are revealed quietly and nature's sculptured weathered forms impressively. The last section shows fine photomicrographs of nine different commercial woods, each lOx. 80x and lOOx,

"DICTIONARY OF BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE" ccmpiled and edited by Benjamin B. Wolman & Staff Psychologists, ix & U78 pp. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Cincinnati, Toronto, London, Melbourne & New York, N. Y. 10001. 1973. $19.95.

For the very large number of students, young trainees, professionals whose fields skirt or overlap the various areas of psychology, psychopharmacology and psychiatry, and interested reading public a bit beyond the 'sob story analyzer' this dictionary can sei*ve as a reliable source of correctly limited and explained terms not often found in smaller general dictionaries , Crossreferencing saves repetition and not at the expense of accessibility. "HUMAN" should really be added to the title of this work; it seems to be inferred throughout.

"FLORA OF THE PACIFIC NOflTH^EST: An Illustrated Manual" by C. Leo Hitchcock & Arthur Cronquist, xix & 730 pp., illus,. University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105^. 1973. $25.00.

This excellent manual has been distilled from the 5-volume "Vascular Plants of the Pacific Northwest" published fran 1955 to 1969 by the same authors and others. The area covered includes the full state of Washington and all adjacent areas. It contains only the more canraon of synonyms and vernacular names. It is copiously illustrated by shrunken but still accurate line drawings by J. R, Janlsh taken from the 5-volume work. A few Verbenaceae (e.g. the hybrids Verbena bingenensis and V. perriana , both known from Klickitat County) failed to be mentioned, perhaps because they are hybrids, as the infraspecific taxa are also omitted.

19 7U

Uoldenke, Book

revierirs

183

This book will prove of great value in the field and laboratory for amateurs, botanists, students visiting the region, and technicians on some ecological, agrarian, wildlife management or other studies who need to know the names of the plants involved.

"PLANT SCIENCE: An Introduction to World Crops" 2nd Edition by Jules Janick, Robert W, Schery, Frank W, Woods & Vernon W, Ruttan, viii & 7liO pp., illua., W. H. Freeman 4 Compary, San Francisco, California 9UlOU. 197l4. $lli.50.

Since the first (I969) edition has been highly praised for its orientation and content and since this new edition is virtually unchanged except for the addition of two timely chapters and their new references, this new edition should prove very valtiable as the basic text or as supplementary leading for maxiy different courses in allied fields. 'The formal disciplines that have been established in agricultxrre (agronomy, horticulture, forestry), botajv (systeaiatics, physiology, genetics, ecology, etc.) and the social sciences (economics, sociology political science, history) must be interrelated to provide a ixlll understanding of the relationship between men and plants." Appropriately, the two new chapters are on "Agriculture, Pollution, ana the fiiiviroiiaent" and "The Organization of Agricultural Research Systems", On p. 255 Tectona is misspelled. The definition for a pane remains unchanged even aifter being questioned about it as a "fruit having an inner cartilaginous [a term better not applied in botany ] core surrounded by fleshy tissue,"

"ETHNOBOTANI OF WESTERN WASHINGTON: The Knowledge and Use of Indigenous Plants by Native Americans", Revised Edition by Ema Gunther, 71 pp,, iUus., University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 1973. $5.00 clothbound, |2.U5 paperbound
The text, arranged systematically by scientific names of imder 200 plants, describes their uses as food, drink, medicine axid/or magic, clothing and other objects by the 18 Amerind tribes of Western Washington, Since the date of first publication back in 19hS additional research in such cultural anthropology and the growing interest on the part of persons concerned about the interrelationships between man and his enviroment have made this new revision highly desirable. It has been made both more attractive and more valuable by the addition of about UO accurate line drawings of some of the mentioned plants by J. R. Janish that had pre-viously been published in the "Vascular Plamts of the Pacific Northwest".

18U

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 2

"BUTTERFLIES OF THE WORLD" by H. L. Lewis, xri & 312 pp., illus., Follett Publishing Company, Chicago, Illinois 60607. 1973. $29.95 oversize.

The 208 plates with almost 7,000 beautiful natural color prints of authenticated specimens from the renowned entanology collection in the British Museum, the introduction, the text and the index all bear testimor^ to the photographer-author's lifetime lepidopterist studies combined with a military career that permitted his observing and collecting specimens in much of the "British Eii?)ire". The plates are grouped in geographicalcontinental units and then by families within them. The sizes printed are all normal except for reduction in some large forms only. Geographic distribution maps aire given on each plate. The text lists for each the scientific name with authority, common name, areas of distribution, terrain, larval food plants, resemblances and differences between sexes, subspecific taxa and similar species. Onl^' the extremely rare and inaccessible are not included. "Because this book is intended to assist in identiiying all species, not just to illustrate particularly beautiful or interesting ones, much care and thought have been given not only to the selection of species for illustration but also to whether male or female, upper or lower sides" shovild be shown. The price is modest in terms of today's msurket. The book is a jewel piece of gems attractively and accurately portrayed and described with worldwide scope for scientists, amateur natviralists aind beauty appreciators of many kinds. Because of its scope and scholarly preparation it also is an important reference source. Unfortxinately the review cojy has pages 290-291 and 29li-295 completely blank.

"MOLBCinAR BIOLOGY: AN INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL GENETICS" Second Edition by J. M. Barry & E. M. Barry, xiil & 1^2 pp., illus., Concepts of Modern Biology Series, Prentice-llall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632, 1973. $9*9$ clothbound, $U.95 paperbo\ind.

In this new edition, arriving a decade after the first and after entering college students have had some previous exposxire to a chemical-molecular operational basis for biological processes, the authors seem to write under less pressure. The explanations seem to be clearer, better limited, and therefore easier to understand not only for details of processes (as bacterial D N A replication) but also for the overall picture (as one gene one protein) and for understanding what may be needed for future directions of research in gene regulation in the development of higher organisms. Yet the level of treatment is more advanced. Good illustrations, bibliograpiiy, glossarj' and index make for efficient use of this book which deserves wide employment in teaching.

GA

PHYTOLOGIA
Designed to expedite botanical publication
Vol.29
November. 1974
No. 3

CONTENTS
GILLIS, W.
T.,

The confused Spcrniacocc

185

HALF, M.

E., Jr.,

New

conibifiadons in the lichen genus Pscudoparmelia

l-ynge

188
I.

MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. XXII MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Kriocaulaceae. XLIX DEGENER. 0. & Appraisal of Hawaiian taxonomy
1.,

192

193

240
247

ROBINSON,
KING,
R. M.,

H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae).

III.

A new

species

of Schistocarpha
H., Studies in the Kupatorieae (Asteraceae).

& ROBINSON, & ROBINSON,

CXXXII. The genus Phalacraea

251

KING, R. KING.

M.,

H., Studies in the Kupatorieae (Asteraceae).

CXXXI. A new genus.

R. M.,

Cntevaria

257
Kupatorieae (Asteraceae).

& ROBINSON, H., Studies in the CXXXIII. A new genus, Fiqueriella MOLDENKE, A. L., Book reviews

264
267

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and

Alma

L.

Moldenke

303 Parkside Road

Plainfield,

New

Jersey

07060

U.S.A.
Price of this

at close

number. $1.50; per volume, $9.00 in advance or $9.50 of volume; 75 cents extra to foreign addresses

TIE CONFUSliU SPLKMACOCli

William T. Gillis
In the process of preparing a new Bahama flora with George Proctor and collaborator Richard A. Howard, I have been conNumbers cerned with accurate application of scientific names. of plants whose names in Britton and Millspaugh's flora (1920) were imprecisely applied have already been noted (Gillis, 1974a One particularly perplexing case turned up -and 1974b) perplexing because it deals with an invalid name for a widespread weed of both New and Old World tropics and sub-tropics. This is the species originally described after a fashion by A. B. Rendle, Spermacoce confusa
R.
.
.

When Rendle (1956) described Spermacoce confusa he neglected to provide a Latin diagnosis, a required procedure as of 1 January 1935. The binomial, therefore, is invalid and has It has, however, been used in a no standing under the Code. number of floras ever since, those of Barbados (Gooding, Loveless, and Proctor, 1965), Jamaica (Fawcett and Rendle, 1936; Because Adams, 1972), and Cuba (Alain, 1962), to name a few. this species is of concern to a number of flora writers presently at work (for Guatemala, Costa Rica, Tropical East Africa, I believe that etc.), it is vital to make this binomial valid. science is best served by validating Rendle's binomial, rather Moreover, it is than proposing a different name at this time. probably best to adopt his concept. Hence, I have chosen as 1 tv'pe a collection that had been examined by Rendle himself. should like to acknowledge with deep appreciation the advice and counsel to Dr. Bernard Verdcourt, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, in choosing a type specimen.
,

Spermajjoce cgnfysa Rendle ex Gillis, sp. nov.

Herba annua, 30 - 90 cm. alta, caule suberecto aut effuso, scabridiusculo in angulis; radice palari verticali; foliis lanceolatis ad linearo-lanceolatis supra pilosis ad scabridiusculis, subtus scabridiusculis in nervis, subsessilibus, acuminatis, angustatis ad bases, 2.0 - 6.0 cm. longis, (-10) mm. latis, saepe uninervibus et revolutis; vagina stipulare 1-2 mm. lata, ferenti 3-5 setas filiformes; floribus 6 - 15 in inflorescentiis arctis axillaribus; tubo calycis 1.5 mm. breviore quam fructo, excedenti limbum 4-lobum; corolla lavandula basi gemmaque, aliter alba, 2 mm. longa; lobis corollae ovatis ad 1 mm., minis quam dimidiis longioris quam tubis; staminis insertis ad basem tubi, includis intra tubum; capsula subglobosa, 2.5 mm. longa, setosa, coronata lobis persistentibus sepalorum; semine oblongo, rufo-nigro, foveato leviter. Differt a ~ tenS^. 185
,

2-5

186

PHYTOLOGIA
,

Vol. 29, no. 3

et capsula setosa.

uiore habitu annuo, foliis scabridiusculis

Type: Jamaica, Lower Clarendon Parish, Inverness, 300 feet altitude, in the open in rocky soil. 7 December 1917, William Harris 12749 Holotype: BM; isotypes: F-479011, GH, IJ, NY.
.

S^. tenuior Auct non L.: Lam. Tab. Encyc. et Meth. 1: 273, t.62, fig. 1. Prodr. 4: 552. 1791; DC. 1830; Griseb. Fl. Brit. W. Ind. Is., p. 349. 1864; Griseb. Cat. PI. Cub., p. 141. 1866; Hemsl., Biol. Centr. Amer. Cozumel I. Suppl. p. 102. 1887; Hitchc, Missouri Bot. Card. Rept. 4: 45. 1893; Urban, Symb Ant. 4: 608. 1911 and 8: 690. 1921; Britton, Fl. Amer. Virgin Is., p. 95. 1918; Britton, Fl Bermuda, p. 365. 1918; Britton and Millspaugh, Bahama Fl. p. 423. 1920; Freeman and Williams,
.

Fl.

S.E.

Trin. and Tobago 2 (pt. 1933. Fl. p. 1265.

,

1),

p.

44.

1928; Small, Manual

confusa Rendle, nom. invalid.: Rendle, J. Bot. 74: D-F) 1936; Fawcett and Rendle, Fl. Jamaica 7: 120. 1936; Alain, H., Fl. Cuba 5: 140. 1962; Gooding, Loveless, and Proctor, Fl. Barbados, p. 409. 1965; Adams, Fl. PI. Jamaica, p.
as
S^.

12.

(Fig.

732.

1972.
S^.

portori cense Balbis, Small, Fl.

S.E. U.S.

ed.

2:

1117.

1913.
as S.

glabra Michx.

Fl.

S.U.S. ed.

3:

193.

1897.

Annual herb, 30 - 90 cm. high, with a suberect or spreading stem, scabridulus on the angles; with a vertical taproot; leaves lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, pilose to scabridulus above, scabridulus on the veins below, subsessile, acuminate, narrowed at the bases, 2.0 - 6.0 cm. long, (10) mm. broad, often single-nerved and revolute; the sheathing stipule mm. broad, bearing filiform bristles; flowers 6 - 15 in tight, axillary inflorescenses calyx tube 1.5 mm., shorter than the fruit, exceeding the 4-lobed limb; corolla lavender at the base and in bud, otherwise white, 2 mm. long; lobes of the corolla ovate to 1 mm., less than half as long as the tube; stamens inserted at the base of the tube, included within the tube; capsule subglobose, 2.5 mm. long, setose, crowned by persistent lobes of sepals; seed oblong, red-black, lightly pitted. It differs from S^. tenuior by its annual habit, scabridulus leaves, and setose capsule.

2-5

1-2

3-5

I should like to acknowledge with appreciation a grant from an anonymous donor to the Arnold Arboretum which enabled me to carry out research on the Bahama flora.

197lt

Gillis, The confused Spennacoce

LITERATURE CITED

13?

Adams, C. D. 1972. Flowering plants of Jamaica. University of Mona, Jamaica. the West Indies. 848 pp. Alain, Hermano 1962. Flora de Cuba. Rubiales Vol. 5. Valerianales - Cucurbitales - Campanulales - Asterales. Editorial Universitaria, Universidad de Puerto Rico. Rio Piedras. Britton, N. L. and C. F. Millspaugh. 1920. Bahama Flora. Privately published, reprinted without change, 1962. Hafncr Publishing Co. New York, N. Y. 695 pp. Fawcett, William and Alfred Barton Rendle. 1936. Flora of Jamaica. Vol. 7, part 5, British Museum. London. 303 pp. Gillis, William T. Name changes for the seed plants in 1974a. the Bahama flora. Rhodora 76: 67 - 138. Phantoms in the flora of the Bahamas. 1974b. Phytologia 29: 154 - 166. Gooding, E. G. B., A. R. Loveless, and G. R. Proctor. 1965. Flora of Barbados. Overseas Research Publ. No. 7. Ministry of Overseas Development. H. M. Stationery Office. London. 486 pp. Rendle, A. B. 1934. Linnaean species of Spermacoce J. Bot.
.

72:
10
-

329
12.

33.
.

1936.

Spermacoce remota Lam.

J.

Bot.

74:

Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University 22 Divinity Avenue Cambridge, MA. 02138

Current address
. :

of Biology Dept Hope College Holland, MI. 49423

NEW COMBINATIONS IN THE LICHEN GENUS PSEUDOPARMELIA LYNGE*

Mason E. Hale, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 2056O

The genus Pseudoparmelia was described by Lynge (Ark. f. Botanik, 13(13): 15- 191^) on the basis of P. cyphellata Lynge. He had found "cyphellae" in a Brazilian specimen, but these were recognized later as scars of broken rhizines (Santesson, R. Sv. The generic name, however, is Bot. Tidskr. 36: ^71-^7^+. 19^2 ). nomenclaturally valid and includes all species now recognized in Parmelia subgenus Parmelia section Cyolocheila (Hale, M.E. & S. Kurokawa, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36: 1U7. 196^+). The genus Pseudoparmelia is thus recognized by the presence of simple rhizines and sublinear to irregularly widened, often apically subrotund lobes. Cilia are always absent and the apothecia adnata to substipitate with imperforate discs. The upper cortex consists of palisade plectenchyma with a pored epicortex (Hale, M.E., Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 10: 9- 1973). While still a rather heterogeneous group, it is most closely related to Xanthoparnelia in general mor.'hology. In terms of chemical diversity it is second only to Hi-potraahnia in the family.
At the present time at least 65 species can be recognizea in
P.;eudoparrr.elia and further monographic work will uncover ':iore, especially in ATi-ica. Generally speaking, the genus occurs at

lower elevation J in dry temperate to subtropical regions with greatest frequency in Africa (Ha]e, M.E. Bryol. 75: 3^+2-3^+8. 1972)

*This work was Research Foundation.

sui:.pori,ed

by

&

r,rant

from the Smithsonian

188

197U

Hale, Hew combinations In Psoudoparmella

189

Pseudoparr.ielia adspersa (Vain.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia adspersa Vain. Acta Soc. Fl F. Fenn. 7:61. 1890. Pseudoparmelia alabsimensis (Hale & McCull.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia alabamensis Hale & McCull. Bryol. Tl:****. I968.
.

Pseudoparmelia amazonica (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia amazonica Nyl. Flora 68:6ll. I885. Pseudoparmelia amplexa (Stirt.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia amplexa Stirt. Trans. Glasgow Soc. Field Nat. 5:212. I877. Pseudoparmelia annexa (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia annexa Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36:151.
1961*.

Pseudoparmelia aptata (Kremplh.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia aptata Kremplh. in Nyl. Flora 52:201. I869. Pseudoparmelia arcana (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia arcana Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36:151I96I4.

"'seudoparmelia baltimorensis (Gyel. & For.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia baltimorensis Gyel. & For. Ann. Crypt. Exot. U:16T. 1931. Pseudoparmelia basutoensis (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia basutoensis Hale, Bryol. 75: 3^+2. 1972. Pseudoparmelia benguellensis (Vain.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia subaonspersa var. benguellensis Vain. Cat. Welw. Afr. PI. 2:U01. 1901. Pseudoparmelia caperata (L.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Lichen caperatua L. Sp. PI. lll<7. 1753. Pseudoparmelia caribaea (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia caribaea Hale in Hale & Kurokawa, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36: 152. 196i*. Pseudoparmelia carneopruinata (Zahlbr.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia carneopruinata Zahlbr. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math. Nat. CI. Sitz. lll:i*19. 1902. Pseudoparmelia carolinia/ia (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia caroliniana Nyl. Flora 68:6li*. I885. Pseudoparmelia chapadensis (Lynge) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia chapadensis Lynge, Ark. Bot 13(13) :153. 191 14. ' seudoparmelia cinerascens (Lynge) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia ainerascens Lynge, Ark. Bot. 13(13): 10^4. 19lit. ''seudoparmelia concrescens (Vain.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia concrescens Vain. Cat. Welw. Afr. PI. 2:U00. 1901. Pseudoparmelia condyloides (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia condyloides Kurok. in Hale, Bryol. 75:3^3- 1972. 'seudoparmelia congruens (Ach.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia congruens Ach. Lich. Univ. I491. 18IO. Pseudoparmelia crozalsiana (B. de Lesd.) Hale, comb. ncv. Basionym: Parmelia crozalsiana B. de Lesd. in Marm. Lich- .ie France U: 555. 1909. Pseudoparmelia crypfochlorophaea (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia cryptoohlorophaea Hale, Bryol. 62:l8. 1959.
.

190

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. 3

Pseudoparmelia ecaperata (Miill. Arg.) Hale, comb. nov. BasionjTii: Parrnelia ecaperata Miill. Arg. Flora 7^:378. 1891. Pseudoparmelia epileuca (Hale) Kale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia epileuca Hale, Bryol. 75:3^*3. 1972. Pseudoparmelia eruptens (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basion^in: Parrnelia eruptens Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
36:153. 196i*.

Pseudoparmelia ferax (Miill. Arg.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia ferax Miill. Arg. Flora 69:257- 1886. Pseudoparmelia euplecta (Stirt.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia eupleota Stirt. Scot. Nat. U:299. 1877-78. Pseudoparmelia geesterani (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia geesterani Hale, Bryol. 75=3^^. 1972. Pseudoparmelia hypomilta (Fee) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia hypomilta Fee, Essai Suppl. 123- l837Pseudoparmelia inhaminensis (Dodge) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Gard. ii6:130. 1959Parrnelia inhaminensis Dodge, Ann. Mo. Bot Pseudoparmelia inornata (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia inomata Hale, Phytol. 22:32. 1971Pseudoparmelia intertexta (Mont. & v.d. Bosch) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia intertexta Mont. & v.d. Bosch in Mont.
.

Syll. Crypt.

327- I856.

Pseudoparmelia ischnoides (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia isaknoides Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
36:155. 196^1.

Pseudoparmelia labrosa (Zahlbr.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia tenuirima var. labrosa Zahlbr. Denkschr. VJiss. Akad. Wien 10ii:
108. 19^+1.

Pseudoparmelia lecanoracea (Miill. krg.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia lecanoracea Miill. Arg. Flora 71:529- 1888. Pseudoparmelia leucopis (Kremplh.) Hale, com.b. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia leuGopis Kremplh. Flora 6l:i+6l. I878. Pseudoparmelia leucoxantha (Miill. Arg.) Hale, com.b. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia leucoxantha Miill. Arg. Flora 6U:85. 1881. Pseudoparmelia malaccensis (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parin Nyl. & Cromb. Journ. Linn. Soc London, 20:52. I883V Pseudoparmelia martinicana (Nyl.) Halej comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia martinicana Nyl. Flora 68:609. I885. Pseudoparmelia meiosperma (Hue) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia internexa f. meiosperma Hue, Nouv. Arch. Mus Hist. Nat. ser. k, 1:185- 1899Pseudoparmelia molybdiza (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia molybdiza Nyl. in Cromb. Journ. Bot. Br. & For. lU:19. 1876. Pseudoparmelia nairobiensis (Stnr. & Zahlbr.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia nairobiensis Stnr. & Zahlbr. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 60:517- 1926. Pseudoparmelia owariensis (Asah. Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parrnelia owariensis Asah. Journ. Jap. Bot. 26:8. 1938.
rnelia rnalaccensis Nyl.
.

197U

Hale, Now combinations in Paeudoparmelia

191

Pseudoparmelia pachydactyla (Hale) Haie, comb. nov. basionyin: Parmelia packydaatijla Hale, Phytol. 23:3^*5- 1972. Pseudoparmelia prolata (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia pvolata Hale, Bryol. T5:3l*l*. 1972. Pseudoparmelia ps^iudosorediosa (Gyel.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia pseudosorediosa Geyl. Fedde Repert. Sp. Nov. 29:288. 1931. Pseudoparmelia pustulescens (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionyra: Parmelia pustulescens Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb. 36:156. 1961^.

Pseudoparmelia rahengensis (Vain.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia rahengensis Vain. Ann. Soc. Zool.-Bot. Fenn. l(3):39'
1923.

Pseudoparmelia raunkiaeri (Vain.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia raunkiaeri Vain. Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn. 6(7): 19- 1915Pseudoparmelia rupicola (Lynge) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia rupiaola Lynge, Ark. Bot. 13(13): 132. 191^*. Pseudoparmelia rutidota (Hook. & Tayl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia rutidota Hook. & Tayl. London Journ. Bot. 3,-Sk'^.
182*1.

Pseudoparmelia salacinifera (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia salacinifera Hale in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
36:157. 196i+.

Pseudoparmelia schelpei (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia sohelpei Hale, Bryol. 75:3Ui*. 1972. Pseudoparmelia .scrobicularis (Kremplh.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Pamelia sarohiaularis Kremplh. Nat. For. KjfJben. Vid. Medd.
1873:10. 1873.

Pseudoparmelia somaliensis (Miill. Arg.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parm.elia somaliensis Miill. Arg. Flora 68:501. I885. Pseudoparmelia soredians (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia soredians Nyl. Flora 55:1+21. I872. Pseudoparm.elia subtiliacea (Nyl.) Hale, com.b. nov. Basionym: Parmelia subtiliacea Nyl. Flora 68:6lU. 1885. Pseudoparmelia subtortula (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia suktortula Hale, Phytol. 27:3. 1973. Pseudoparmelia texana (Tuck.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia texana Tuck. Amer. Journ. Sci. Ai-ts, ser. 2, 25:1.21*. I858. Pseudoparmelia tortula (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia tortula Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
36:157. I96I+.

Pseudoparmelia vanderbylii (Zahlbr.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia vanderbylii Zahlbr. Ann. Crypt. Exot 5:252. 1932. Pseudoparmelia violacea (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia Violaaea Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
.

36:158. 1961*.

Pseudoparmelia xanthomelaena (Miill. Arg.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia xanthomelaena Miill. Arg. Flora 66:1+8. 1883. Pseudoparmelia zambiensis (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia zambiensis Hale, Bryol. 75:31*6. 1972. Pseudoparmelia zimbabwensis (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parnelia zimbabwensis Hale, Bryol. 75:31*6. 1972.

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWDRTffif PLANTS

LXXII

Harold N, Moldenke

ASTER SAGITTIPOLIUS f . ALBIFLORUS Moldenke, f . nov. Haec forma a forma typlca specie! corollis radialibus albis recedit. This form differs froa the typical form of the species, A. sagittifoliua Wedemeyer, in having the ligules of the ray-florets white. The type of the form was collected by Alraa Lance Moldenke and Harold Norman Moldenke ( no, 28873 ) at the edge of woods, Buttzville, Warren County, New Jersey, on September U, 197U, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas, Dallas, Texas.
PAEPAIANTHUS CANESCEN5 var. ATRATUS Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica specie! recedit pubescentibus valde molliterque hirsutis et bracteis involucrantibiia atrobrunneis vel nigris. This variety differs from the typical variety of the species in having the pvibescence on stems, leaves, and sheaths softly but conspicuously villous and the involucral bractlets dark-4)rown or black. The type of the variety was collected by Williani Russell Anderson ( no, 6636 ) in sandy soil of a wet campo by a stream in a region of grassy cerrado with Mimosa trees, sloping down to cerrado among blocky sandstone, then to mesophytic woods along a stream, 16 1? km, by road north of Alto Paralso, at an altitude of about I6OO meters, Chapada dos Veade^uo3, Golds, Brazil, on March 8, 1973, and is deposited in my personal herbarivm at Plainfield, New Jersey.

PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS var. LONDIBRACTEATUS Moldenke, var. nov, Haec varietas a forma typica specie! bracteis involucrantibus perelongatis 10 13 mm, longis atrobrunneis fime divaricatis argut;* attenuatis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its involucral bracts all greatly elongate, 10 13 mm, long, firmly divaricate in stellate fashion, gradusdly attenuate to the shaxT>ly acute apex, centrally costate, very dark-^3rown to blackish, lightly puberulent on the back, and more or less white ciliatebarbellate at the apex. The type of this variety was collected by H, S, Irwin, J. W, Orear, Jr,, R, Souza, and R, Reis dos Santos (no, 1237U) in a wet meadow, at an altitude of 1000 meters, Chapada dos Veadeiros, about 15 kn. west of Veadeiros, Golds, Brazil, on February 8, I966, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plalnl^ield, New Jersey. The collectors describe the plant as cespitose and to 70 cm. tall,

192


197U

Moldenk*, New and noteworthy plants

193

VERBENA MONTICOLA Moldenke, sp. nov. Herba robuata, rarais ramulisque atrogriseia vel atrobninnela perapicue tetragonis minute puberulis, angulis acutia, nodls ai>nulatls, internodia regulariter brevibus 1.5 2 cm. longisj foliia decu33atooppositis trifidla sessilibios 1 1.5 cm. longis h nn. latis, lacinlla regulariter 1 1,5 mm. latia utrinque strigilloaia; inflorescentlia apicatis terminalibua 1.5 h cm, longia denae multifloria. Robust aubligneous herb} atens, branches, and branchlets darkgray to dark-brown, conapicuoualy tetragonal, minutely puberulent, the angles rather sharply acute, the nodes mostly annulate, the intemodes even on older parts rather unlfonnly short, 1.52 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite, sessile, 1 1,5 cm, long, 8 mm. wide, deeply trifid at the midpoint, strigilloae on U both aurfaces, the segments (including the basal petiole-like one) uniformly 1 1.5 mm. wide, oblong, 1-veined, the vein impressed above, the terminal segments acute; inflorescence solitary, terminal, or sometimes paired, rather long-pedtuiculate, very densely many-flowered, 1.5 h cm. long, spicatej peduncles slender, 2 3 cm. long, whitish-pub erulent or pilosulous; bractlets lanceolate, 8 9 um. long, sharply acute at the apex, mostly decidedly recurved, strigillose especially on the majrginaj calyx strtgillose, about 6 mm. long, the rim 5-*piculate; corolla hypocrateriform, violet, its tube slightly surpassing the calyx. The type of this species was collected by A, Lopez M. ( no, 8079 ) at the border of a railroad embankment at km. 156, Jalca de la Ramada, Carretera Huamachuco, prov, Huamachuco, La Llbertad, Peru, at an altitude of 3500 meters, on December 18, 1973, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Qarden.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAUUCEAE , XLII

Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCADLACEAE Lindl, Additional bibliography: J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. PI., ed. 3, 32, 657, 710712 916, 920, 923, 930, 939, 9U0, 9kh, 9U9, 951, 956, 957, 962, 961, & 967, fig. 36U & 36Ua. 1973} Anon., Biol. Abstr. 58 (2): B.A.S.I.C. B.12. 197li; Dony, Perring, i Rob, English Names Wild Fls. 28 & 101. l97Uj Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 311i. 197U; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 58: 680. 197U; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 76113. 197Ui A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 171172. I97U; Rousseau, G6ogr. Florist. Qu5b. [Trav. & Doc, Centr. tud. Nord. 7:] 120, 332, U70, U30, U93, 509, 550, 625, 705, L 762,
19 7U.

19U

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

ERIOCADLON DEPRESSUM R. Br. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 1^3 & 20U. 19U9j Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 355. 1972.
ERIOCAULON DIANAE P^son Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahraaber. 51 (1): 169 & 170 [135 & 136] (1929) and 50 (1): 232. 1930; Feddo in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126, 128, & 201;. 19h9i Vankatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 125 (1973), 26: 23 & 25 (1973), and 28: IM. 1971;. Vankatareddi (1970) describes this species as "Fairly cocimon along stream", flowering from July to November, and cites his nos 87777 , 99009, 99101 , 9910U , 97923, & 99377 and Gartmie 15903. The G. Thomson s .n. [Maisor, Camatic] , cited below, is a mixture with E. truncatim Handlt. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Santapau 13286 (E I62lilla), 13319 (E I62la28), 13320 (E I62iil27), 13321 (E~ I62lil26), 13321; (E--I62I4I23) . ^jrsore: G. Thcmson s.n. [Maisor,

Camatic]

(Pd)'.

ERIOCAULON DIANIE var. LONGIBKACTEATUM Fyson Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (2): 295. 1933} Moldenke, Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126 & 20U. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23 & 25. 1973.

ERIOCAULON DIANAE var. RICHARDIANUU Fyson Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126 & 20U. 19149; Moldenke, Phytologia 21;: 356. 1972.

ERIOCAULON DICLINE Maxim. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], I3I; & 20U. 19l;9; Moldenke, Phflaologia 21;: 356.
1972.

ERIOCAULON DICTyOPHSTLLUM KOm. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 76 & 201;. 19ii9; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156, map 1775, & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 182. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mate Grosso: Ratter , Santos , Souza, & Ferreira R. 1721; (Ca 1376879, E 2050108)
ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM f . VIVIPAEUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Kocking, Excerpt. Pot. A. 21: 30. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 182. 1973.

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaul&ceae

195
R_.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Gross : Santos & Souza 1758 (Ca 1376880, E 20^0107 )
E31I0CAUL0N DISEPALUM Ridl.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & SchTiat. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [U2] . 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. DLstrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 138 & 20U. 19U9; Moldenke, Phijrtologia 26: 182. 1973.
ERIOCAULON DRBGEI Hochst, Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Conap. Fl. Afr. $: 502. lB9li N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 2U5. 1901; Perrier de la BSthie, Cat. PI. Madag. 21. I93ii; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 122 &: 20ii. 19U9i ^o^" denke, Phytologia 21;: 357 (1972) and 29: 113. 197U.
ERIOCAULON DUTHIEI Hook, f Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126 & 20li. 1919; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23. 1973.

ERIOCAULON ECKENUUTiaJ Mart. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahj^esber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 129, 132, 136, im, & 20U. 19 U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23. 1973. Additional illustrations: Fyson, Joum, Indian Bot. 2: pi.
37. 1921.

Additional citations: CHINA: Kwangtung: Sampson 13U53 (Pd, Pd)

ERIXAULON EDWAKDII Fyson

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [U2]. 1928; Wangerin in Jvist, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126 & 20U. 19li9; Moldenke, Phytologia 2li: 358. 1972.
ERIOCAULON ELP^GAOTULUM Engl. Additional bibliography: N. E, Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 235, 236, & 253 ?55. 1901; Moldaike, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], llU, 117, 118, 120, & 201. 19li9; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: Ii58. 1973. Brown (1901) cites Dennh&rdt s.n. and Schweinfurth 3-223 frcm "British East Africa", Hildebrandt 1056 from Zanzibar, and Eolst 3181 from Tanganyika. He conments that "E. elegajitxiltan closely reseirbles E, Hanningtonii , N, E. Br. and E_, aamtesiense , Ruhland, in general appearance, but the short blackish (not pallid) involucral -bracts, which are best seen in the very yoxing heads, readily distinguish it froni those species." Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Schlieben 23U8 (E

196
1707112)

P H I T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. 3

ERIOCAULON ELENORAE Fjaon Additional aynorymy: Erlocaulon eleonorae Fyson apud Wangerin in Jxist, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (1): 169 [135]. 1929. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [U2]. 1928} Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929i Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 126 & 20U. 19U9} Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23 (1973) and 29: 100. 197li. Santapau 13316 , cited below, is a mixture with Ej, cinereum R. Br. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Santapau 13316, in part (E~l62ia31), 13317 (E--I62la30) , 13318 (E I62la29)
HIIOCAULON ELICHRISOIDES Bong. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 76 & 20U. 19U9j Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologla 2li: U58 & U71 (1972) and 26: U75 & U76. 1973.

EEEOCADLON ESCAPE Hansen Additional & emended bibliography: B. Hansen, Dansk Bot. krkiv 27: [31] 33, fig. 1 & 2 a c. 1969: A. Hansen, Excerpt. Bot. A. 19: 2li5. 1972} Moldenke, Phortologia 2U: U58 1*59 (1972) and
25: 232. 1973.

33, fig. 1

Baended illustrations: B. Hansen, Dansk Bot, Ariciv 27: 32 & & 2 a c. 1969.

ERIOCAULON FENESTRATUM Bojer Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 502. I89I1} Perrier de la BSthie, Cat, PI. Madag. 21. 1931', Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 123 & 20U. i9U9i Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: U59. 1972.

ERIOCAULON FLUVIATILE Trimen Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929} Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 30U. 1931} Fedde in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 5l (2): 296. 1933} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 130 & 20li. 19li9} Abeywickrama, Ceylon Joum. Sci. Biol. 2: lio. 1959} Gunawardena. Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968} Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2U (1973) and 29: 85, 93, 102, & IO6. 197U. Alston (1931) asserts that this taxon and E. barbeyanum Ruhl. may be conspecific Collectors have found E. fluviatile growing submerged on sand in streams, in still water, and "abundant in running streams". The Hu collection cited below, from High Island (Hongkong), is placed here tentatively since it is far out of range. The collector describes it as a "mass-forming herb on rock in swift water, large amount of roots woven into a mat on the rock holding

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Briocaulaceae

197

sand for minerals", found it in flower and fruit in November, ajxl identified it as E, setaceixm L. In Sri Lanka, this past winter, my wife and I found this plant quite coninon in stagnant pools and very abundant on the dry margins of completely dried-up p)ool8, the entire plants then uniformly dark -brown or almost black. We found several colonies in cold fresh spring water, the plants there almost entirely submerged, the leaves beautiful shiny green, and the inflorescence heads at or just slightly below the surface of the water. All these localities were at about 7000 feet altitude and the plamts were in flower and fruit in January. We misidentified the species as E. collinum Hook, f . at the time. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E, collinum Hook, f,, E, dalzellil KOm., and E. rlvulare Dalz. Citations: SRI LANKA: Collector xmdetermined s .n [Labugana, Jan, 1885] (Pd, Pd) , s.n. [Linlgala, Hewessee] (Pd); Ferguson s, n. [Labugama] (Pd) j Koldenke , Moldenke , Jayasuriya , & Sumithraa -

rachchi 28279 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd), 2ff28l (Ac, Ld, Pd, Z), 282"92 (Ac, Gz, Ld, Pd)i Thwaites C.P. 3057 (Pd tj^pe, Pd isotype) CHINESE COASTAL ISLAl'ILS: High: S. T. Hu 8737 (W 2697239, Z) .

ERIOCAULON FULViai N. E, Br. Additional bibliography: N. E, Br, in Thlselt,-Byer, Fl, Trop, Afr, 8: 233 & 2h8 2U9. 1901} Moldenke. Known Geogr. Diatrib, Verbenac. [ed. 2], 111113 & 20U. 19U9j Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U58 159. 1973, Brown (1901) cites only the type specimen. Barter 3,n , from Northern Nigeria and comments that this is "A very distinct species, easily recognised by its slightly glossy buff-coloured heads," ERIOCAULON GIBBOSUM Kom. Additional bibliographer: Moldenke, Known Geogr, Dlstrib, Vei^ benac, [ed. 2], 76 & 20I4. 19U9; Angely, Fl. Anal, & Fltogeogr, Est, S. Paulo, ed, 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2I4, 1973, Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Kom, in Mart,, Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pi. 63 I. 1863 (N, Z)
HIIOCAULON GIBBOSUM var. E^TTOGROSSENSE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dlstrib. Verbenac., [ed, 2], 76 & 20U, 19U9; Ang ly, Fl, Anal, & Fitogeogr, Est. S, Paulo, ed, 1, 6: 1156 & Ind, 12, 1972; IToldenke, Phytologia 2I1: U60. 1972. ERIOCAULON GILGIANUM Rulil. Additional bibliographer: N. E, Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 23ii, 236, 256. & 257, 1901; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 118 & 201^, 19U9; Moldenke, Phytolo-

198

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. 3

gia 26: 25. 1973. Brown (1901) keeps E, cillisepalum Rendle separate from E. gilgiantBP and cites for it Johnston s.n. and Welwitsch 2i\hS Sc 2lih^ from Angola, where it was collected on spongy slopes and in damp fields in which maize had been cultivated. He comments that "Johnston's specimens are stouter, and have more numerous flowers in the head than any of those collected by Welwitsch, but I find no difference in the stinictvire of the flowers and bracts," For E. gilgianum he cites only An tunes 168, also from Angola, but ap-

parently did not see any material of it since he says that this is "Stated to be the smallest of the African species and one of the smallest species in the genus, having an especially slender appearance on account of the capillary leaves, I have not seen it." Later workers have united the two taxa.
ERIOCADLON GOMPHRENOIDES Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2] , 76 & 20ii. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2^. 1973. Reitz & Klein describe this plant as an "erva, fl8r branca" and found it growing at liiOO meters altitude, flowering in DecoiTiber,

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Reitz 4 Klein 7683 (LI)

ERIOCADLON GREGATUM Kbm. Additional bibliography: Wangarin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke. Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126, 132, & 20U. 19U9J Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U6l. 1972. The Hooker 5c Thomson collection, cited below, includes a specimen with one proliferating flower-head. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thomson s.n. [Mont. Khasia, UOOO ped.] (Pd).

ERIOCAULON GRI3EUM Kbm. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 76 &. 20U. 19U9i Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U6l. 1972. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Kbm. in Mart., Fl, Bras. 3 (1): pl. 60 III. 1363 (N, Z)
ERIOCAULON HAMILTON ANUU Mart. Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. Ul, pl. 1 (II), fig. 7 & 8. I333j Fedde 4 Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [1^2]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Moldenke, Phytologia 21*: Ii62 (1972) and 25: 239. 1973. Additional illustrations: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. pl. 1 (II), fig. 7 & 8. 1B33. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Mart., Nov. Act.

19 7U

Lloldenka, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

199

Physic o-ned. Acad. Caes. Leopold .-Carol . Nat. Cur. 17 (1): pi. 1, fig. 2. 1335 (Mu).

ERIOCAULON HAMILTONIANUli var. MINIMUM Fyson Additional bibliography: Fedde ^ Schust. in Juat, Bot. Jahreaber. $3 (1): 60 [li2]. 1928; Moldenke, Ptiytologia 2k'- U62. 1972.
ERIOCAULON HAMlLTONLANUM var, MINOR pyson Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. S3 (1): 60 [12]. 1928; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U62. 1972. ERIOCAULON HENRIANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Limpr. in Fedde, Repert. Beih. 12: 31h. 1?22; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 171 [137]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (2): 296. 1933} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 132 & 20U. 19h9', Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 25. 1973. Sharma (1972) reports the chroinoaons count for this species as "c. 56 (57, 58)".
ERIOCAULON HETSROCHITON Kbm. Additional bibliography: Perrier de la Bathie, Cat. Fl. Madag. 21. I93I1; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 123 & 20I;. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U63. 1972. Perrier de la BSthie (193ii) collected this species in wet places to 1000 meters altitude in Madagascar.

ERIOCAULON HETEROLEPIS Steud. Additional bibliography: Backer, Handb. Fl, Java 3= 7. 1921;: Backer, Onicruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker .-Ctdt . 7: 178 & QUh. pi. 138. 1923; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126 & 20U. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23 & 25. 1973.
ERIOCAULON HETEROLEPIS var. NIGRICAfB Korn. Additional bibliography: Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3'- 7, 192U; Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb, Sulker .-Cult . 7: 173 & Shh, pl. I88. 1923; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U63. 1972. Illustrations: Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker .-Cult . 7 pl. 188. 1923.
ERIOCAULON HEUDELOTII N. E, Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br, in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 258. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1^59. 1973. Brofwn (1901) cites only the cotype collections, Heudelot 677 & 678, 'hrithout precise locality", froa Senegambia.
ERIOCAULON HILDEBRANDTII Kbm. Additional bibliography: Perrier de la BSthie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 1932i; Moldenl:e, Phytologia 2U: U6U. 1972.

200

PHITOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 3

ERIOCAULON HONDOENSE Satake Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 25 26, 30, & 39. 1973. Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Togaahi MT .68U9 [Fl. Jap. Exsicc. 67] (Ws).

EEUOCAULON HOOKERIANUM Stapf Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. ^3 (2): 261. 1925; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 26. 1973.

SRIXAULON HUMBOLDTII Kunth

Additional bibliograpiy: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 182. 1973. Hatschbach reports finding this plant in the "brejo" of Mato
G rosso.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Hawley , Souza, & Fereira 10l;00 (E 20U88U8)j Hatschbach 323U1 (Ld); Santos , Souza , & Bertolda R.1689 (N)

ERIOCAULON INFAUSTUM N. E. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-2yer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 2532514. 1901j Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: li66. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only the original type collection, Scott s. n., from rice fields in Quilimane, Mozambique, but he notes that "This is probably the same as a plant collected in Zanzibar by Bojer (88), which is quoted by Koemlcke in Linnaea xxvii. 61;6j in Durand & Schinz, Conspect. Fl. Afr. v. 503i in Engl. Pfl. OstAfr., C.133J and by Ruhlaad in Engl. Jahrb, xxvii. 81, under E. trilobum . Ham." ERIOCAULON INFIRMUM Steud. Additional bibliograph^y: Wamgerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (1): 169 [135]. 1929i Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 126 & 20U. 19U9; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 25 & 26. 1973. Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome count for this species
as 30.

ERIOCAULON INFIRMUM var. KURZII (Pyson) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Ptytologla 2U: li66. 1972.
ERIOCAULON INTERMEDIUM Kom. Etaended synonyny: Eriocaulon setaceum Hook, f . ex Alston in Trimen, Handb, Fl, Ceylon 6: 30U, in ayn. 1931 [not E. setaceum Auct, ex Backer & Bakh., 1968, nor Benth,, 1893, nor Crantz, 1959, nor Heyne, 1832, nor L,, 1753, nor Lour,, 1790, nor Rottl,, 1960, nor S teen,, I960, nor Wight, 1832, nor Willd,, 1959]. Additional & emended bibliography: Thwaites, Eiwm. PI. Zeyl, 2:

1971*

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceaa

201

3la. 1839; Hook. f. in Triaen, Fl. Ceylon $: 2. 1900; Waneerin in Ju3t, Bot, Jahresber. 5^1 (1): 169 [135] . 1929; Alston in Trimen, Haodb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 ^ 301. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeyirickraiiia, Ceylon Joum. Sci, Biol, 2: liiO. 1?$9; Giinawardeoa, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl, 206. I968; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 1|6: 372 [20]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 26 (1973) and 29: 85. 197U. The Thiraites C.P. 791 , in pa-c*t, distributed as and previously cited by me as E. intermedium , seems actuaHj' to be Ej. setaceum
L. On the other hand, some materisLl of E. intermedium has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E_, capiHuanaiadia Hook, f . These three taxa certainly need critical revision. Alston (I93I) cites Fyson's work (1921) as "1923". The E. aetaceum accredited to "Auct. ex Backer & Bakh." and to Van Steenis in the synonymy cited above is a synonym of E. equisetoides Van Royen, while that credited to Bentham is E^ bifistulo sum Van Heurck & Muell.-Ar?,, that credited to Rottboll and to Willdenow is E. cinereum R. Br., that credited to Heyne is E. sexangulaxe L., that credited to Wight is E. quinquangulare L., and the E. setaceum of Loureiro is Fimbristylis setacea Benth,; E. setaceum L. is a valid species, with E. setaceum Crantz in its synonymy. Additional citations: IIIDIA: Gujarat: Nain 1030 (Ac).

ERIOCAULON JAU2HSS Koldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 26. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A, 23: 290. 197U.
HilOCAULON JOHNSTONII Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Perrier de la BSthie, Cat, PI, Madag, 21. 19 3U; Moldenke, Phytologia 21^: 1|67. 1972. Perrier de la BSthie (193U) records this species from "Marais: C8te orientale. Madag. et Maurice." I have seen no E. material of it from Madagascar. All that I have seen has been from Mauritius.

ERIOCAULON EENLOCHII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U68 (1972) and 25: 227. 1973.
ERIOCAULON KLOTZSCHII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac, [ed, 2] , 66 4: 20U. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U68. 1972.

ERIOCAULON KOSRNICKEI Britten Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2k- U68 (1972) and 25: 152. 1973.

1169

Vol. 29, no. 3

202

PHITOLOGIA

Additional citations: MOUM'ED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 60 II. 1863 (N, Z).
ERIOCAULON KORNICKIANUM Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U59. 1973. Additional citations: ARKAIBAS: Logan Co.: R. Krai 2U579 (W 2U70357). OKLAHOMA: Pushtamaha Co.: E. J. Palmer 8320 (W
I5311i35).

HIIOCAULON UNCEOUTUM Miq. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Eot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933i Moldenke, P^^rtologia 2U: 269 (1972) and 28: khh* 197U. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Stocks , Law, &c . s.n. [Malabar, Concan] (Pd)

ERIOCAULON LANCEOLATUM var. PILOSUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2^: U69 li70 (1972) and 23: IM. 197U. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Santapau 13361 (E I62iail)
HIIOCAULON LATIFOLIUM J. E. Sm. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 235 & 2li3. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1^59 ii60. 1973. Brown (1901) cites Barter s.n. , Don s.n. , and Vogel s.n. from Sierra Leone, collected in rivulets, and coimaents that "In the original description the sepals of the male flowers are stated to be connate into a 3-lobed t\i)e, but in all the flowers I have dissected they are free."

ERIOCAULON LEUCOMEIAS Steud. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 306. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (2): 296. 1933; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. PI. Mysore Dist. 2: 875 [thesis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2728 (1973) and 28: Wx, 19 7U. Alston (1931) suggests that this species and E. collinum Hook, f . are conspecific, with E. leucomelas having nomenclatural priority. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Santapau 13099 (E 162la53), 13168 (E--l62Ulii5) ERIOCAULON LIGULAEFOLIUM Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30U. 1931. Bibliography: Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30li. 1931; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: Ul;5 (197li) and 29: 86. 1971;. Alston (1931) asserts that this taxon differs from E, thwaitesii Kora. in having its leaves 1/6 inch wide at the Base (rather

197U

Uoldenka, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

203

than 1/3 inch) and the petals ollanceolate (rather than linear). He designates no type, but obviously has baaed his description on Ceyloneee specimens . The name does not occur on any herbariun sheets that I have seen in the Peradeniya herbariuw, nor has my friend, Wagdon Jayaauriya, been able to locate any specimen so named by Alston at Peradeniya,

ERIOCAULON UGUUTUH (Veil.) L. E. Sm. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 11^6 & 11^7, map 1775, 4- Ind. 12. 1972; Woldenke, Phytologia 26: U60 & U76 (1973) and 28: li38. 1971. Reitz and his associates describe this plant as an "erva" fran "banhado do campo" or "campo iSmido", with white flowers, and found it growing at altitudes of 2 to 1300 meters, flowering in Septanber and October. The Irwin , Harley , & Onishi 29319, cited belov;, has been distributed to at least seme herbaria by the New York Botanical Garden as " Syngonanthus densifolius vcir. ma jus Moldenke Det. H. Moldenke, 1972", but this was doubtless due to an error in trzinscription since I reported the number in writing to the New York Botanical Garden authorities as Eriocaulon llgulatum when it was submitted to me for determination. For some reason unknown to me, the United States National Herbarium photograph of one of the Berlin herbarium sheets of Sallow B.I29O 0.263 has been distributed to other herV^aria with a printed label reading "Sellow B-1290 292". The original specimens represented by this photograph and by the ten other photographs cited by me are all deposited in the herbarivim of the Botanisches Museum in Berlin and have been seen and annotated by me. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin , Harley , & Onishi 29319 (N); Sellow B.1290 (S photo, Z photo) , B.1290 cT263 photo, Z photo, Z photo). Parani: Hatschbach (S photo, S 22267 (W 2706985), 2U92O (S). Rio Grande do Sul: Rambo ^21^3 (Rd 5673), 5U575 (Rd 12280). Santa Catarina: KLein U336 (Ld); Reitt & Klein 10120 (Ld), I3UO3 (Ld), 13U78 (Ld), 13580 (Ac), I36I8 (Ld), 137Ui (Ld), 13772 (Ac); Smith & Klein 82U2 (S) . Santa Catarina Island: Klein & Bresolin 7592 (Ac) . SSo Paulo: L. Riedel 2388 (Sphoto, Z~photo) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: notes and draw-

ings by

Kbmicke

(S

photo, Z photo)

HilOCAULON LINEAFlE Small Additional bibliography: Krai, Rhodora 75: 382383. 1973; Moldenke, Ptytologia 26: 183 (1973), 27: hhh (197li), 28: li28 (1971;), and 29: 103, lOli, & 111. 197i4. Recent collectors have found this plant in flower and frxdt in Henderson encountered it on the Jvine, August, and September. sandj' margins of a small lake Krai (1973) cites Krai 36821 & 39U91; from Baldwin County and Krai U312U from Houston County, Alabama, and found it growing in

. .

20li

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

the peaty edges of a I^erlcvnn pond, in wet aanda and shaUcnra of a lake shore, sandy beaches, and "abxmdant on wet sandy pond shores or submerged in shallows". He notes that "This species, while already reported for Alabama by Harper, is rare there. It is part of a group of species that fl'equents sandy shores of sinkhole lakes and ponds, in contrast to its nearest relative taxononically, E. texense, which frequents acid pineland bogs frcn Texas to Georgia and which has usually died back by the time E, lineare comes into bloom and seed," The scapes on R. M. Harper 83O are 6-anglod. Harper 1608 is a

mixture with Syngonanthus flavidulua (Michx.) Ruhl, Material of E. lineare hsis been misldentified and distributed in scMne herbsiria as Lachnocaulon glabrum Kbrn. and very often as E_. pellucidum Michx. On the other hand, the Stoall , Deffinkeler, & Rane 98l5 , distributed as E, lineare , is actually E. compressum Lam., Braun s.n. [July 26, 1938] is E^ decangulare f , pajviceps Moldenke, and R. M. Harper 85 is the type collection of E^ lineare var. gig as Moldenke Additional citations: GEORGIA: Baker Co.: R. Krai 27079 (W 2673952)} Thome 1^370 (W2005928) , Bulloch Co.: R. M. Harper 830 (W U00279--isotype) . Lowndes Co.: R. M. Harper I6O8, in part (W~U31916) . Sumter Co.: R. M. Harper 1395 (W1131698) FLORIDA: Bay Co.: R. Krai 15671 (W-.2I4 70350) . Gulf Co.: Biltmore Herb. 3865 (W--955020) , 3865a (W 335191) . Leon Co.: R. M. Harpe r 223 (W--50l4585) } Ni i Henderson 6U-237 (Bl 199070)} Krai & Godfrey 15575 (W 2U70298), 15565 (W 2U70351)} Pel ton s.n. [July 111, I96I] (W 2385072). Wakulla Co.: R. Krai 2302lt (W Walton Co.: R. M. Harper U7 (W 513528); R. Krai 177t|8 2li703Uii) . (W 21j7031;9) . AUBAMA: Baldwin Co.: R. M. Harper 22 (W 2365897) Covington Co.: R. Krai 36821 (W 2673938), 39h9h (W 267393li) Houston Co.: R. Krai \i3hOh (W 2673936)

ERIOCAULON LINEARE var. GIGAS Moldenke, Phytologia 27: hlih* 197li. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: hhh (197U) and 28: U28.
19 7U.

The type collection of this variety was inaccurately cited by me previously as typical E. lineare Small. Citations: FLORIDA: Santa Rosa Co.: R. !. Harper 85 (N type,

W-511161411 isotype) ,
ERIOCAULON LINEARIFOLIUK Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 28. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 368IO (N) . Mato Grosso: Hatschbach & GuimarSes 211560
(S).

ERIOCAULON LIVIDUM F. kuell. Additional bibliography: Beard, West Austr. PI., ed. 2, 25.

20$

197li

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaxxlacea e

21^:

1970; yoldenke, Phytologia

U73. 1972.

ERICXDAULON LONC-ICUSPK Hook. f.

Additional synorryiny Sriocaulon crista tiim var. brae te is floral ibus denticulatis et longiuscule cuspidato-acuminatis Thwaites,
:

Enum. PI. Zeyl., pr. 1, 3Ul. 186U. rlriocaulon cristat um var, Thwaites ex Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: 3 h, in syn, 1900. Additional bibliography: Thwaites, Enum. PI. Ceylon, pr. 1, 3Ul. I861ij Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jah.resber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929', Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303. 1931} Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywlckraaia, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: lliO. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 206. 1968; Moldenke Phytologia 2li: 1^73 (1972), 26: 19 (1973), 28: 156 (197U), and 29: 85, 92, 98, & 105. 197U. Gunawardena (1968) asserts that the specific epithet applied to this taxon refers to the "long black cusp" on the bracteoles. Wheeler encountered the plant in "sunny mucky wet meado?fs" at U700 feet altitude, flowsring and fruiting in July. The Thwaites variety, cited in the synonymy above, was first placed here by Hooker (1900). I erroneously placed it under E. ceylanicum Kbm. in earlier installisents of this series of notes. The Jayasuriya & Sumithraarachchi 1567, distributed as E_. longi -

cuspe , is actually E^ atratum var. major Thwaites. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: G. Gardner s.n. [Thwaites C. P. 789] (Pd); yoldenke, Molder^, Jayasuriya , & Sumithraarachchi 28301 (W) ; L^ C. 'tfheeler 12176 (Pd)

ntlOCAULON LONGIPETALUK Rendle Additional bibliography: N, E. Br. in Thiselt.-Cyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 236237. 1901; L'oldenke., Phjrbologia 21^: li73. 1972. Brown (I9OI) cites only the type collection of this species and states that the type locality is an area 38OO to 5500 feet in altitude . ERIOCAULON LUZULAEFOLIUM kart. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135] (I929) and 50 (1): 231. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 306. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci, Biol. 2: II4O. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen, 4 Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 20 & 2829 (1973) and 29: 101 & 102. 197U. Thwaites (1839) places E^ trilobua Hamilt . in the synonymy of E. lu2\aaefolium . but I regard it as a synonym of E_. sollyanum Royle. He cites CJ*. 796 for E^ luzulaefolium , but I regard that and the Craig 6, also distributed as _E. luzulaefolium , as E. col linum Hook, f ., while the Collector undetermined s.n. [ Dolosbagie, April 1882] is actually E^ quinquangulare L. Eriocaulon luzulaefolium is recorded for Sri Lanka (based on a

PHYTOLOGIA
Vol. 29, no. 3

206

Gardner collection) by Hooker in Trimen's Flora and by Ruhland. (1903), but Fyson states that "The Ceylon plant, C.P 796 , so named, has none of the characteristic truncate appearance of the head on a saucer-shaped involucre and is E. collinum ." This is true of C.P. 796 , but some of the specimens filed as E. collinum in some herbaria certainly do have the trxmcate appearance he ascribes to E. luzTilaef olitm . Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Jenkins s.n. [Assam] (Pd) ,
ERIOCAULON MACROBOUX Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: li7U. 1972. Someone (Martius? Kornicke?) has written on one of the labels of a Martius collection in the Munich herbarium "Cfr. Dupatya ligulata Veil. Fl. Flum. 1. t, 86" and it is indeed very possible that E. macrobolax is conspecific with Ej, ligulatum (Veil.) L, B, Sm. The sheaths are ccacpletely truncate at their apex in all the Martius collections cited below. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Martius s.n. [in udis deserti versus fluv. Rio S. Franc, vergentibus et in Serra de S. Antonio Minas; Macbride photos 18688] (Ku type), s.n. [in udis fluvii Rio de SSo Francisco: Gaitet6] (Mu, Mu, zjl

ERIOCAULON MACROPHILLUK Rutil. Additional bibliography: Backer. Handb. Fl. Java 3: 6. 1921;; Moldenke, Phytologia 21;: ii7ii (1972) and 29: 9U. 197U. Backer (1921;) is of the opinion that E, macrophyllum is conspecific with, and the name a synonym of, E. bl\imei Kom,

ERIOCAULON MAGNIFICUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. 5ot. A.13: Uhh* 1971} Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972 J Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23, 28, 29, & 35 (1973) and 23: 1;38. 1971;. The original specimen represented by the photograph cited below, Ule 1689 , is deposited in the herbarium of the Staatsinstitut fur AUgeraeine Botanik in Hamburg and has been seen and annotated by me. Klein & Bresolin describe the plant as an "erva, fl8r branca" and have collected it in "banhado", at 10 meters altitude, flowering in July.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Ule I689 (Z~ photo of isotype) . Santa Catarina Island: Klein & Bresolin 6O86 (Ld).
ERIOCAULON MAGNIFICUM var. GOYAZENSE Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 21;: i;75. 1972. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: H^ringer & Lima 11717 (N isotypo)

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

20?

ERIOCAULON MAGNUM Abbiatti Additional bibliography: IJoldenko, Phytologia 26: U60. 1973. Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Hassler 9U28 (Ca 929581)
ERIOCAULON IJANICI N. E. Br. Additional 5c emanded bibliographiy: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 23li ^ 2ia. 1901; Uoldenko, Phytologia 2U: hl6. 1972. Bra?rn (1901) cito3 only Mann 1689 , the typo collection, which he says is from "Lower Guinea. Gaboon: Sierra del Crystal."

ERIOCAULON MARGARETAS ?yson Additional bibliography: Fedde i Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahreaber. 53 (1): 60 [U2] . 1928; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; iioMenka, Phytologia 2h: hlS. 1972; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. PI. Mysore Dist. 2: 875 [thesis]. 1973. Venkatareddi (1970) refers to tliis plant as "Occasional", flowering in October and Novauber, and cites his no . 1010 30 .
ERIOCAULON UBGAPOTAMIGUM Malae Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 126. 1973. This species has been collected in flower and fruit from January to March. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Ranbo U52U3 (Rd 12296), U619Q (Rd 12297), 5U863 (Rd 12293).
ERIOCAULON MELANOGEPHALUM Kunth Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 3: 2U0. 1901; Perrier de la BSthie, Cat. PI. Madag. 21. 193U; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 1157 c Ind. 12. 1972; Uoldenke, Phytologia 26: 1^60 (1973) and 28: li56. 197U. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Golds: Irwin , Anderson , Stieber , & Lee 3Ui42U (N). Mato Grosso: Richards 6U96a (N), 6U96/61i96a (N) MOUNTED ILLUSTR/iTIONS: Kbm. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 63. 1363 (N, Z).

ERIOCAULON LELANOCEPHkLUV ssp. USTSRIANUM Beuaverd Additional synor^rny: Eriocaulon melanoc ephalum var. uaterianum Beauverd ex Angely, Fl. Anal. ?c Fitogeogr. Eat. S. Paido, ed. 1, 6: 1157. 1972. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. S: Fitogeogr. Eat. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 12. 1972; Idoldenke, Phytologia 2li: li77 (1972) and 28: li56. 197U. ERIOCAULON MELANOLEPIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Fedde &: Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [U2] . 1928; Wangarin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 29 (1973) and 29: 9U. 1971;

208

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

EKIXAULON MESANTHEMOIDES Ruhl.

Additional bibliograplv': N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 235, & 2Uh2hS. l?01j Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 30. 1973. Brown (1901) cites Goetze 293 and Strihlmann 9lU3 from Tanganyika and ccHnments that "In the very imperfect description given by Ruhlajid the flower-heads are described as somewhat glabrous (glabriusculis), and the involucral-bracts as greenish-fuscous. I have not seen Stulilmann's 91ii3 , t)ut in the plant collected by Goetze (from which I have made the above description), the heads are densely white-pubescent, and the involucral-bracts white. The numerous, narrow, very prominent ribs on the peduncles are quite different from those of any other African species I have examined J"

ERIOCAULON MICROGEPHALUM H.B.K, Additional bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 12. 1820 j Wcstr., Tronne Hysi Art. Srtsl. Erioc. (repr.) 12. 1321; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Max.. ed. 1 78, fig. 28-B. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li6l (1973; and 28: ii35. 197U. Additional illustrations: Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, fig. 38-B. 1969. Martin 4 Plowman describe this plant as a "prostrate" herb, growing in moist places, Sanchez Sanchez says that it blocms fraa June to August in the Valley of Mexico. The Lent lli3 , distributed as S^ microcephalum and so cited by me in I969, is actually Paepalanthus kupperi Suesseng, Additional citations: COSTA RICA: San Jos^: Taylor & Taylor 11738 (N) . COLCMBIA: Cundinamarca: Martin & Plowman 81 (Oa)

ERIXAULON iilNDJUM Lam.

Additional bibliography: A. Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2: 3U7. 135I; Alston in Trimen, Handb, Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 306. 1931; Alston. Kandy Fl. 76. 1938; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Joum, Sci, Biol. 2: llio. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 21^: knhjS (1972), 26: 19 (1973), and 29: 86, 87, & 100. 197li. Alston (1931) suggests that E. minimian is conspecific with E. truncatum Hamilt. He found it growing among moss at an altitude of I4OO feet and it has been collected in anthesis in December. Material has been distributed in some herbaria as Ej_ truncatum
Hamilt. Citations: SRI LANKA: Alston 1039 (Pd); Collector undetermined s.n. [Dambulla Rock, 20 Dec. I88I] (Pd),
ERIOCADLON MINUTUM Hook, f Additional bibliography: Wangerln in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 2k: U78. 1972. Venkatareddi (1970) found this plant to be "Frequent", flower-

197U

Uoldenka, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

209
.

ing from September to January, and cites his no8 93U2^ & 10O9U2 The Collector undetermined s,n, [Dambulla Rock, 20 Dec. 1881], distributed as E. trimeni , is actually E, cinereum R. Br.

ERIOCAULON UIQUELIANUM Kom. Additional bibliography: Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 1|6. 1956; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 30. 1973. Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Togashl tfr.6857 [Fl. Jap. Exsicc. 681 (Ws).
ERIOCAULON MIS2RUM Kbrn. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Pl^ologia 26: 30. 1973.
ERIOCAULON MXTOPhTnUK Hook. f. Additional bibliograptcrs Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; ledde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: Ii79. 1972.
ERIOCAULON MODESTUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 27 & 3031 (1973) and 23: I;38. 197U. Recent collectors have encountered this species on caJl^x>3 and in wet sandy places, flowering in October. Klein & Eresolin describe it as an "erva, fl8r creme" . The Rambo 56190 , distiributed as JE, modestian , is actually Leiothrix flavescens (Bong.) Ruhl., while Glaziou 22309 is Paepalanthus pubescens Korn. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Rambo ti7053 (Rd 12289), 56190 (Rd 12287), 56U61i (Rd--122e3) . Santa Catarlna Island: Klein i Bresolin 6277 (Ld) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Kbrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 62 II. 1363 (N, Z).

ERIOCAULON MODESTUM var. BREVIFOLIUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: li79. 1972. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goiis: Irwin , Grear , Souza, & Reis dos Santos 13781 (N isotype, W 2709895 isotype) ; Irwin , Harley , & Smith 32175 (N)

ERIXAULON MODESTUM

f . GRINDIFOLIUM Herzog Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est, S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 ic Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U79. 1972.

ERIOCAULON MODESTUM f . VIVIPARUM Herzog Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol, Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 3031. 1973.

210

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

SRIOCADLON MONTANUM Van Rajen Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U8l. 1972. Kalkman describes this plant as "forming dense mats on slightly damper places; many seedlings between the mature plants; seeds germinating ON the plant; involucrsil bracts membranous; anthers black; pollen white; styles light-green", and found it growing in fire-induced grass- and fen-fields, at 3ShO meters altitude, noting "also collected in FAPA". Additional citations: NIW GUINEA: Papua: Kalkman US 33 (Ca M263613)

ERIXAULON MUTATUM N. E. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E, Br. in Thiselt .-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 256257. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26:
1973. Brown (1901) cites only Welwitsch 2hhB , 2hh9 , & gola.
I46I.

2l;50

from An-

HIIOCAULON NAKASIMANIM Satake Additional & emended bibliography: Satake, Joum, Jap. Bot, U6: 110 & 111 [13 & 15]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U8l & U82. 1972. KRIOCAULON NANTOENSS Hayata Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. k9 (1): 160. 1927i Fedde in Just, Bot, Jahresber. U9 (2): U23. 1932} Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1x61. 1973.
ERIOCAULON NASUENSE Satake Additional Sc emended bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. )i6: 109111 [1>-15], fig. 1 c 2. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 31. 1973. Emended illustrations: Satake, Joum, Jap. Bot. U6: 109 & 110 [13 & m], fig. 1 & 2. 1971. ERIOCAULON NESSIANUM Kom. Additional bibliography: Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 305. I93I; Moldenke, Phytologia 21;: U82 (1972) and 26: Ul. 1973. Alston (1931) avers that this species was based originally on Tbwaites C.P. 790 and "seems scarcely distinct from E. thwaitesii Kom. though it is kept up by Ruhland". I regard C.P. 790 (at least in part) as E^ tmncatua Hamilt. It must be remembered, however, that Thwaites' "C, P." numbers are in very many cases mixtiires of plants collected in often widely separated places, often by different collectors, and veiy often represent several species. Actually Kornicke's original description does not cite any collector or collector's number. It merely says "Ceylon (Hb. Berol. ex Hb. N. ab E. In Hb. Kegel, sine patria et collectore indicate". The Berlin specimen, which I have seen, is G, Gardner 936.

211

197li

Moldtnke, Notes on ^riocaulaceae

Alston also claims that this species is mentioned in Fyson, Journ. Indian Dot,, page 63, but I can find no stich mention on that page either in volumes 2 or 3 in which Fyson frrote on the Eriocaulaceae .
ERIOCAUION NDSLBCTUM Ruhl. Additional bitljography: koldenke, Phytologia 2I4: 179 & U82 I483. 1972. The Liitzelburg collection, cited below, is a mixture witii Paepalanthua lamarckii Kunth and Syngonanthus gracilis var. tenuis slmus Ruhl. It was collected on moist campos, flowering in August, Additional citations: BRAZIL: AmazSnas: Llitzelburg 20687 , in part (Mu) ERIOCAULON NEPALENSE Prescott Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Jviat, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. <1 (2): 296. 1933; Koldenke, Phytologia 26: U6I. 1973. The flower-heads on Nath U552 are black, while on Nath U50U they are merely blackish. Thccison s.d. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & :~ East Punjab Nath 1^50U (Kh), [llont. Khasia, 0 6OOO ped.] (Pd) . k$S2 (Kh). Kerala: Stocks , Law, ^c_, s.n, [ilalabar, Concan]
(PdT.

ERIXAULON NIUGIRENSE Steud.

Additional bibliographer: Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. $1
(1): 168 [I3U]. 1929; Alston in Trijnen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30$. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot, Jahresber. $1 (2): 29$. 1933; Woldenke, Phytologia 2it: U6l (1973), 28: UOl, hUh, & hh5 (l97h), and 29:

86, 96, & 97. 197U,

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in swampy depressions in wet black patana grasslands along streams with grasses, in wet (running water) situations in small valleys, in wet meadows along small streams, on stoep slopes with wet flush and melastome shrvibs, in shade along paths, along rivulets in sunny meadows, in open marshy gi*ound, and in the transition zone between wet patana and forest, at altitudes of 1665 to 2700 meters in Sri Lanka, flowering and fruiting there from Januarj' to March and May to October. Ci-amer refers to it as "common" or "fairly common", Koyama as "locally abundant", and Ccmanor as a "frequent fleshy plant". Crar.er speaks of the flowering heads as being "snowy-white", 1.2 l.li cm. in diameter, and Cccianor and Koyama refer to them as "white". Hepper says that the plants are "shortly tufted" Material, has almost uniformly been identified and distributed as E. brownianum Mart., a species with glabrous foliage, sheaths, and scapes, or as E, wightianum Mart. Thwaites C.P. 378 is a mixture with E. brownianum var. latifolium Moldenlte.

212

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

1^ wife and I found E. nllagirense extremely widespread and abundant in m&rsy localities on the Horton Plains of Sri Lanka, The T. KoTama 136U2 in the Britton Herbariixm, as well as Embower h29f previously cited by ae as typical E. nllagirense , are actually f , parvifolium Moldenke. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Collector undetermined s.n [Knuckles, 1881] (Pd), s.n. [laha Eiiya, 6.V.96] (Pd); Comanor 980 (Pd) I Cramer 3ll;9 (Pd) ; Gould & Cooray 13760 (Pd) ; Moldenke , Moldenke, Jayasuriya , & Sumithraarachchi 28269 (Ac, Ca, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, Z), 2827D (Ac, Ld, Pd), 2827U (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu)j Mueller- Dombois & Comanor 67070911 (Pd); A. M. Silva s,n.
[Sita Eliya, 21/3/06]
(Pd)

ERIOCAULON NILAGIRENSE f . PARVITOLIUM Moldenke, Pl^ologia 28:

liOl.

19 7U.

Bibliography: Moldenke, Pt(ytologia 28: 1^01, Wi, &- hhS 197l4. This form differs from the typical forai of the species in its shorter leaves at time of anthesis, these being in general only 8 18 en, long. The type of this form was collected in a ditch in black parana grassland on the Korton Plains along the road from Farr Inn to World's End, at an altitude of 7000 feet, Nuwara-Eliya District, in the Central Province of Sri Lanka. Other collectors have found the form along rivulets in s\mny meadows, at the wet edges of narrow streams mixed with Fimbristylis monticola and Carex arnottiana, ind on "steep slopes with a wet flush and melastomaceous shrubs", at altitudes of 6300 8100 feet, flowering in January, May, and June. Ify wife and I found it quite abundant in varioxia habitats in the highlands. Additional citations: INDIA: Madras: Bembower li29 (Ca U95797, N) , SRI UNKA: Cramer 3259 (Pd)j G. Gardner 938 (Pd) ; Hepper U428 (Pd, W 2720003); Hoogland II50I; (Pd); T. Koyama 13^21 (Pd), 1361^2 (N); Moldenke , Moldenke , Jayasuriya , & Sxmilthraarachchi 28273 (Ac, Ca, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu), 28275 (Pd), 28276 (Ac isotype,

Kh isotype, Ld isotype, Pd Isotype, Tu isotype, 26278 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd), 28286 (Pd), 28298 (Ac, Gz, Ld, Pd), 28300 (W), 28302 (Pd); . M, Silva s.n, [Horton Plains, 20/5/1911] (Pd); N. D. Simpson 9U27 (Pd); Thwaites C,P. 378 . in part [Nuwara Ellya, 1851] (Pd), C,P. 378 , in part [Ambagamuwa,
Gz

Z type),

isotype.

185U] (Pd); Trlmen s.n. [Dumbanagala Hill, Sept. I888] (Pd); L. . Wheeler 1253ii (Pd, W 2716373) ; J^ . Willis s.n. [Horton Plains,

26/1/06] (Pd).

ERIOCAULOH NIPPOiaCUK Maxim. Additional & emended bibliography: Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap, li6. 1956; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. U6: 372373 [2021], 1971; Moldenke, Phytologla 26: 32 & 39. 1973.

197li

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

213

ERIOCAULON ODORATUM Dalz. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 21^: h^S . 1972; R. R. Rao, Stvid. Flow. PI. Mysore Diat. 2: 375 [thesis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: hkh. 1971. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E^ wlghtianum Hart. Additional citations: INDIA: Indore: Siranji s.n. [31.3.69] (Oa). Kerala: Stocks , Lair, &lc . s.n. [Llalabar, Concan] (Pd). ERIOCAULCN ORTZETORUK L'art. Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc . Selbst. FflanzenTaxi. 29. 1833; '.fangerin in Jvist, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (2): 296. 1933; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Loldenke, Phytologia 26= 32. 1973. Shaima (1972) reports a chromosome count of "c, 60, 90" for this species
ERIOCAOLON OVOIDEUM Britton & Small Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 286. 1972. Additional citations: ISLA DE PINOS: Killip U2859 (S)

ERIOCAULON PALUDICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [U2] . 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 32. 1973. ERIOCAULON PAKAGUAyE>BE Kom. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: li88. 1972. ERIOCAULON PARKERI B. L. Robinson Additional & emended bibliography: R, McVaugh, N. T. State Mus. Bull. 36CIA: 93. 1958; Shanna, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; W. Stone, PI. South. N. J., pr. 2, 323 & 32l|. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U6l (1973) and 28: U27. 197)4; Rousseau, G^ogr. Florist. Qu6b. [Trav. &Doc. Centr. fitud. Nord. 70 120, 382, U80, 509, 559, 625, & 762. 19 7U. Additional citations: QUIEEC: Quebec Co.: Raymond , Kucyniak , Marie-Victorin , & Rolland-Gemain 55073 (W I9U8U38 ) . MAINE: Penobscot Co.: Fernald & Long I3I66 (W-1328989) . Sagadahoc Co.: Fernald & Long ITU (W~986838). MASSACHUSETTS: Plymouth Co.: Fer nald & Svenson 86O (V: 1885738) . CONNECTICUT: New London Co.: R. W. Woodward s.n. (Sept. 2, I9I8] (W 1011651) . NEW YORK: lona laland: Muenscher & Curtis 5598 (W 1725373) . Rogers Island: Muenscher & Curtis 5600 (W 172537U) . PENNSYLVAJHA : Lancaster Co.: Heller & Halbach s.n. [September 12, I89I] (W U5303, U06592) .

21U

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

MAHILAND: Baltimore Co.: Hermann 9797 (W1732730) . Cecil Co.: Abbott 2U32 (W 1285371, W 2160U;6), s_U [Aug. 8, 1926] (W 1683397) ; Leonard & Leonard 779 (TT 12ii2708, TT 21605U7) . Charles Co.: E^ H. Walker 3368 (W 1920882). Harford Co.: Shull 69 (W 61i0867). '^/icomico Co.: Canby s.n. [Sept. 8, 1887] {'<tlkS2S7)i Shreve & Jones 1201; (W6085U1) . Worcester Co.: E. H. Walker U220 (W--200$339). DISTRICT OF COLUlfiBIA: Steele s.n. [Aug. 28, 1896] (W--363621); Ward 113 (W 937192), s.n. [Sept. 10, 1882] (W--152101). VIRGDIU: Alexandria City: Powell 6U51 (W 6iiOli25;) Fairfax Co.: Blake 8921 (W--1285196) j F. W. Pennell 2587 (W 6U8276)j Uhler s.n. [Aug\ist 6, 1933] (W--2I422O85) . James City Co.: Fernald & Long IO988 (7f-18101112) . New Kent Co.: Femald & Long 13576 (W 2003389) . Co\inty undetennined: L_. F_. Ward s.n. [Near Custis Spring, Sept. 29, 1878] (W 2li3902), s.n. [Virginia, 1878] (W 2li2li20) . NORTH CAROLINA: Tyrrell Co.: Radford Uili5U (CaMI58293)

EEIOCAULCJI PARVUM Korn.

Additional & emended bibliography: Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 1956; Satake, Joum. Jap. Bot. U6: 373 [21]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U89. 1972.
1|6.

EEIOCAULON PELLUCIDUM Michx. Additional synonynor: Eriocaulon triangxiLare With, ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: U57, in syn. 197U. Erie caul on art icula turn Hudson ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: ii56, in syn. 197U. Additional & emended bibliography: J. Jacks., Fl. Worcester Co., ed. 2, 56. 1391; Twining, Fl. Northeast. Penn. 2ii. 1917; Vlangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 261. 1925; Blewitt, Fl. Waterbury 39. 1926; Rydb., Fl. Prairies L Plains, pr. 1, I98 & 9U0, fig. 107. 1932; Dole, Fl. Vt., ed. 3, 78. 1937; Erdtcan, Introd. Pollen Analys. 56, [57], Sc 236, pi. 1, fig. 10 & 11. 19U3; Scoggan, Natl. Mus. Canada Bull. 115: 116. 1950; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 1, 16'3 & 523, fig. 9I4A. 1952; E. G. Vos3, Mich. Bot. k'- 17, 22, k 23. 1965; Stuckey, Mich. Bot. $: 105. 1966; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. k PI. Tax., ed. 2, pr. 1. 163 & 523, fig. 9kk (1966) and ed. 2, pr. 2, I63 & 523, fig. 9I4A. 1971; Rydb., Fl. Prairies St Plains, pr. 2, 1: I98, fig. 107 (1971) and pr. 2, 2: 9I1O. 1971; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Thome, Quart. Rev. Biol. h7: 370. 1972; W. Stone, PI. South. N. J,, pr. 2, 323 & 32U, pi. 28, fig. 1. 1973; Moldenke, Phj^tologia 26: U6lU62 (1973), 28: U26, li27, U29, St li57 (I97U), and 29: 86, 103, 107, & 110. 197U; Howes, Diet. Useful PI. 86. 1971;; Rousseau, Glogr. Florist. Qu5b . [Trav. & Doc. fitud. Nord. 7:] 120, U70, U98, 509, 705, & 762. 197li. Additional & emended illustrations: Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 1, I98, fig. 10?. 1932; Erdtman, Introd. Pollen Analys . [57], pi. 1, fig. 10 & 11. 19U3; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & PI. Tax., ed. 1, I63, fig. 9hA. (1952), ed. 2, pr. 1, 163, fig.

I97li

Moldenka, Notes on Kriocaulacaaa

215

9hk (1966), and ed. 2, pr. 2, 163, fig. 9UA . l??!; Rydb., Fl. Prairies ?. Plains, pr. 2, 1: 1?8, fig. 107. 1971; W. Stone, Pi. South. N. J., pr. 2, pi. 28, fig. 1. 1973Erdtman (19U3) describes the pollen as "Grains spheroidal j exine folded into long, low ridges separated by narrow grooves, which functionally correspond to the furrows in other grains. The grains are subechinate or warty, provided with a faint reticulate texture. The pollen grains of Aphyllanthes monspelienais [ Aphyl lanthaceae] as well as the grains of some species of Berberis Berberidaceae ] and Pinguicula [ Lentibulariaceae ] show certain [

resemblances to those of Sriocaulon ." The scapes on W. H_. EroTm 66 are 6 3-angled. Dole (1937) refers to this species are frequent on the shores of lakes and ponds in Vermont; Stuckey (1966) says that it grows in association with Rorippa islandica var. hispida along moist sandy lakeshores in Cheboygan County, Liichigan, and is "abundant, usually' more than 10 plants and covoring a large portion of the site, usually extending beyond the meter limits" in an area where wind and water erosion has exposed the soil. V033 (1965, 1?67, 1972) found it growing on moist sandy or sandy-mucky lake shores with man;)'- rushes ( Juncus) , many St. Johnsworts ( Hypericum ) , Utricularia cornuta, and Littoirella americana . The last-mentioned plant exhibits similar leaf-rosettes, but lacks the characteristic septate aspect. In fact, he says, the cross-markings in the roots of this pipewort distinguish it at once "from all other submerged rosette-formers". He found it in Schoolcraft and Vilas Counties, Michigan, and describes the plant as growing "On wet sandy or boggy shores or in shallow water, the heads usually eraarsed (on scapes at least to UO cm long in water, only a few cm long on land) ; especially charactaristic of soft-water and acid lakes, where the rosettes of distinctive leaves and crosshatched roots may form a dense turf even in deep water (3 to U feet or more). [It is] The most common and widespread rosetteformer of such lakes [in Michigan], although locally outnumbered by Isoetes spp., Littorella uni flora , Juncus pelocarpus f submersus . Lobelia dortmanna , or other associates." Scoggan (1?50) gives the distribution of this plant as "Shallow water of lakes (Lac P^rot, Matane co.j Lac des Sept lies, Cha.j Sayabec) . (Boreal-) temperate eastern Ajnerican: Minn, to Mingan Is. cind Nfld,, southw. to Ind. and N. C; relic in western Scotland and Ireland." Recent collectors have found it growing in quiet pools along rivers, in ponds, in shallow water fomini: floating Sphagnum mats, in shallow water along shores, on "drying mucky" lake shores, on boggy shores, in "shallow pools in bog-barrens", on the margins of ponds among the sandstone and arenaceous slate hills on Newfoundland, on "exsiccated shores", in boggy pond margins, on wet gravallj' shores, in flowing water, on sandy and muddy tidal flats, in the swarapy edges of freshwater ponds, "common on floating bogs" in Labrador, on sandy and peaty pond

216

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

margina, in "mud and water", in sTramps and boggy marshes, and in shallow water generally. Hotchkiss & Koehler refer to it as "abundant on soft muddy sand in very shallow water" and "common on soft muck" in Vfisconsin and "with t^phozanthus in 1 1/2 feet of water over sandy bottons". Other collectors report finding it Vasey collocted specimens with scapes in water 1 to 6 feet deep in water 3 6 feet deep, litis and his associates 8I4. cm. long found it "in very dense cover of aquatic plants in shallow water over marly muck, with Potamogeton , ^yriophyHum tenellum , etc." and "in very extensive swinging sedge mat (no Sphagnum ) with Carex spp., Mariscus , Rynchospora alba, Drosera intermedia , Utricularla cornuta , Nuphar , and tjymphaea " in Wisconsin, while Krai, in New Jersey, found it growing on "peaty banks and in sha llow water at edge of pond in Chamaecyparis area" [white-cedar swajnps]. Besides the months previously recorded by me in these notes, the species has been collected in anthesis in June and the flower heads are uniformly described as "white", the scapaa sometimes as "stiffish" [when not under water], and the leaves as dark-green in color. Swift (I9UI) gives us a picturesque description of this plant: "Under the pickerel weed and Labrador tea, fly honeysuckle and pitcher plants, grows the delicate, queer little watei^bog dweller pipewort, Sriocaulon articulatum, like tiny lead-white golf balls on the end of sticks. They look like little war clubs, three inches to a foot tall. These, the fisher-wives say, are batons, witches' wands, carried by the pirate folk to cast spells over the bog-trotters, being made of the skulls of honest sailor men the pirates made to walk the plank." Howes (I97U) recoixis the coimon name "duck grass" for this plant not to be confused with "duckweed" applied to Lemna . Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome counts of 32 and US, but in this he actually is reporting the counts for E. pellucidum and its European counterpart, E, aquaticum (J. iSIl) Druce, The Killip 1329|, P. C_. Standley 1$, 12$$2 , 12|85, & 12821 ,

and Van Sickle s.n. [Landisville, Aug. 10, I89O], distributed as E^ pellucidum , are all actually E^ ccmpressum Lam.j Cahby s. n. [Pine barrens] and Drushel 83^8 are E_, decangulare L.j Cory 56611 , CoviUe s.n. [Holmead's Swamp, Sept, 29, 1389], Olds s.n. [Old Powder Mill Swamp, Sept. 1893], and P^ C. Standley 11756 are E. d ecangulare f . parviceps Moldenkej Biltmore Herb . 3865 & 3865a and R. M. Harper 22 &. 223 are E^ llneare Small; and Canby s.n. [Sept. 8, I887], Heller & Halbach s.n. [September 12, Shreve & Jones 120U , Shull 69, Steele s.n. 1891] , Radford [Aug. 28, 18?6], and L^ F. Ward 113, s.n. [Virginia, 1873], s.n. [Near Custis Spring, Sept. 29, iBTS] , and 3.n. [Sept. 10, 1882] are . parkeri B. L. Robinson Additional citations: LABRADOR: GiUett & Findlay 51x71 (W 223286U). NEWFOUNDUND: Fernald , Long , & Fogg lI^Tb (W~20502U2)

W^,

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlooaxilaceae

217

(W 897807) } Robioaon i Schrenk 112 (W 217138, 937189), a.n. [12 Aug. 139U] (W--217203, W 937190); Rooleau 2$08 (W 2130191) , $9U7 (W) . NOVA SCOTU: Digby Co.: Femald & Long 20$9li (W 110U229) . Guyaborough Co.: Fowler s.n.

Femald & Wlegaad 5068

[Aug. 3, 1901] (W U30715, 605650); . A. HafflHton 25lU9 (W 390372). Halifax Co.: Scoggan 1>373 (Ca-Ha50905, N) . Lunenburg Co.: Fernald & Long 2357U (W 20507l6) . Plctou Co.: H. Saint John 1U03 (W 6Uli8U6) . Shelburne Co.: Femald & Long 23567 (W

23577 (W 2050717). Yannouth Co.: Femald , & Linder 20597 (W110U230) . Cape Sable Island: H. Saint John 11 68 (W 110U093) . Madame Island: Rousseau 35579 [Natl. Herb. Canada 130083] (W I65la96) . Saint Paul Island: Perry & Roscoe 127 (W I62OUOU) . NkT/T ERmJSWICK: Saint John Co.: Fowler s.n. [July 21, 1875] (W U81776) , s.n. [St. Johns, 1331] (W~li5299). QUSSEC: Argenteuil Co.: Llarie-Victorln Rol land-Oermain , Raymond , ; Boivin 56U88 OV 19li8589); Rolland2050715,

W 2050786),

BisseU, Graves , Long

Germain s.n. [August 21, 19U6] (W 2323130). Carleton Co.: Hacoun U507 (W 281i70U). Montcalm Co.: . V. Morton 10971 (W 2329026) 11008 (W--2329052) ; Rousseau & Goudreault l5l (W 2231771) . Saguenay Co.: Cinq-Mars , Rousseau , & Bonneau 63-336 (Ca M307180) Wolfe Co.: Blais , Deshaies , & Forest 10729 (Ca~1358Uiil) . ONTARIO: Algoma Dist,: Taylor , Hosle , Fitzpatrick , Losee , ?c Leslie 1339 Frontenac Co.: Garwood , Beschel , Sc al. 2608 (Ca (W--178892ilt) . 135973li). Parry Sound Dist.: Moseley s.n. [Aug. 2k, 1909] (W 752662). Renfrew Co.: Umbach s.n. [Bonnie Chere Mts., July 22, 1899] (W 382991). Muskoka Dist.: Seaman s.n. [Port Stanfield, 1-9-1839] (W 787755). Nipissing Dist.: W. R. Watson 669O (W 1669335). Thunder Bay Dist.: C alder 17U9 (W 2131532) . Bis Island: E. D. McDonald Jr. 313 (W 192U5U9) . MAINE: Aroostook Co.: Kimball s.n. [Kurd Lake, 9 Aug. 1901] (W ia2939) . Cumberland Co.: J_^ Blake 660 (W~2583306); Kendall s.n. [Tinney River, July Franklin Co.: Fellows 6311 11, 1899] (W 3U393I, W 3113982). (W~735937). Knox Co.: Fellows 5772 (W 982233). Oxfoni Co.: F, W. Johnson 125 (W~162l6l8). Penobscot Co.: Fernald 369 (W Piscataquis Co.: 278Ult8),"3.n. [Orono, 8-18-159C] (W Uiil;96) . Hermann 1912li (W~2ljl3839) . Mount Desert Island: McAtee 3201b (W lli67302), 3203 (7-~li467305) . NEff HAITSKIHE: Belknap Co.: W. F. Wright 287 (".'.-h571616) . Carroll Co.: M^ A. Daj; s.n. [Aug. Cheshire Co.: Batchelder s.n. [Richmond, 15, I90U] (W 6U7837). Sept. 3, I9I6] (W~1C71372). Pittsburg Co.: Kendall , Goldsborough , & Doolittle 99 (W 591915) . Sul]ivan Co.: Standley & Kil lip 7682 (W 1117038) . VEPJiONT: Caledonia Co.: A. F. Stevens

3.n. [Peacham, lo92] (T/ 309030) . Chittenden Co.: S_. F. Blake 2^72 (W~120U003). Rutland Co.: Drushel 10037 (W I68B971TT MASSACHliSETTS: Barnstable Co.: Femald & Fogg 567 (W~l885739)i

218
FernftT

P H I T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. 3

fi & Long 16512 (W 1223366) . Hampden Co.: Plllsbury s.n. [Springfield, 30.8.1878] (W 1119li69) . Borfolk Co.; S. F. Blake l4l;08 (W 120la5U)i Mohr & Faxon s.n. [Sept. 15, 1895] (W 78U509). P]jTnouth Co.: McAtee 10li3 (W 588731) Suffolk Co.: Herb. Wellesley Coll. s.n. [Wellesley, July 7, 1893] (V/ 2708lii)

Worcester Co.: Allard 19510 (W 2008872). Martha's Vineyard: Fogg 2809 (W lli92395)i F. . Seymour 1139 (W IIO3886). CGl^JNECTICUT: New Haven Co.: Harger 3000 (W 2509829) . Tolland Co.: N^ Covmty undetermined: !_. Britton s.n. [Mansfield] (W 309075) . Averill s.n. [Conn.] (\Y ii5290) . NLW YORK: Albany Co.: L^ . Ward 112 (W 937191) , s.n. [Albany Lake, Aug. 18, 1379] (W 152103). Cayuga Co.: Coville s.n. [June 30, 1387] (W--295739) Chenango Co.: Coville s.n. [McDonough, July 27, 1886] (W--2957U0). Essex Co.: Killip 12590 (W 1285U85), 127U5 (W 1285551) Herkimer Co.: Coville s.n. [Oct. 8, I89O] (W U5293) . Nassau Co.: P. Yfilson s.n. [Merrick, Sept, 11, 1915] (Kh) . Oneida Co.: Haberer 2739 (W--1200260) j Rowlee s.n. [Crooks Lake, Sept. 5, 1906] (W605103) . Oswego Co.: Clausen & Hinkey U383 (W 1811*862); Femald , Wiegand , & Eames ll;20l; (W 205089li) . Saint Lawrence Co.: Muenscher & Clause n 3863 (W--1633536) ; 0. P_. Phelps 296 (W6Ui628) . Suffolk Co.: Muenscher & Curtis 6811 (W--1732058) Sullivan Co.: Mearns 133 (^ 6U8OIO) . Warren Co.: D. S_, Carpenter s.n. [July 29, 1933] (Ca1332108); G. W. Clinton s.n. (W 781i5l7); Vasey s.n. [Lake George, Sept. 1882] (W 78U518), s.n. [Lake George, 1882] (WU5297) , s.n. [Lake George] (W~U5291, W U5298). Westchester Co.: Pollard s.n. [near Lake Waccabuc, August 12, I89li] (?:~309082). NEW JERSEY: Atlantic Co.: Standley & Killip 7605 (W1220018) . Cumberland Co.: R. Krai 22590 (Ca~M30658l, W~2ii 70380). Hudson Co.: Van Sickle s.n. [Secaucus, July 9, I89U] (W 309081). Ocean Co.: A. Brown s.n. [Manchester, Jxine 5, '76] (vr 937193); Gleason, Smith , & Alexander 173 (W 1621765); Hollick s.n. [Tom's River, Aug. 15, l885]"Cff30907U) ; Leonard & Leonard 61;32 (W 2l6033li) ; Moldenke & Molde nke 28550 (Ac, Ca, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Tu) ; A^ B. Rich s.n. [Tom's Rivor, May 30, 1887] (W~ 78755). Passaic Co.: Van Sickle s.n. [Green Pond, Aug. 1, 189U] (W 2li2227). Sussex Co.: . K. Small s.n. [Budd'3 Lake, August 12-lh, I89O] (W~298339) . County undetermined: W, M, Canby s.n. [Pine barrens] (W U5268); A_. Gray s.n. [N. J.] (W U5300). PENNSYLVANIA: Lackawanna Co.: Topping s.n. [Mud Pond, Aug. 1, 97] (W 298IU2) . Luzerne Co.: Heller & "" Halbach 69I (W--li5296) . Pike Co.: I\ C^ Porter s.n. [HI Mile Pond, Aug. 18, 1870] (W~ii5302) . DELAWARE: New Castle Co.: Chickering s.n. [Townsend, July 11, 1873] (W 2588396) . MARYLAND: Anne Arundel Co.: Hotchkiss 7301 (W-2005772) . Wicomico Co.: . H. Holmes 165 (W li5292) . VIRGINIA: Fairfax Co.: Harger

, .

197U
3001

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

219

(W 2509830). NORTH CAROLINA.: Craven Co.: i^K Hj^ Brown 66 (W 51906). INDIANA: Marshall Co.: H^ W, Clark 2 {fl-^h^lUh) MICHIGAN: Cass Co.: Gates Starke Co.: Evermann 1017 (W 357850)
.

Cheboygan Co.: H. C_. Beaxdalee s.n. [Julj 1890] (If 517578)} Cutler s.n. [Aug. 27, 1937] (1726536); F. C, Gates 11119 (Gz); Swallen s.n. [Douglas Lake, June, July 192Ul (W 1U37108), s.n. [Douglas Lake, July 192U] (W 1631153) Karquette Co.: Dachnowski -Stokes s.n. [Aug. 21, I9O6] (W--1723327)} C, K. Dodge s.n. [Sept. 2, I9I6] (W 1073131); Metcalf 2172 (W 1289298). Mason Co.: Chaney 67 (W 752931) . Presque Isle Co.: F. . Hemann 7012 (W 1632757) . WISCONSIN: Marquette Co.: litis . Bell , Melchert , Patman , & Witt I25I48 (CaMI50O6U) . Oconto Co.: Hotchklss & Koehler 14327 (W Ili32l87) . Polk Co.: Hotchkiss & Koehler U189 (W Iii3l4365) . Shawano Co.: Hotchkiss & Koehler U312 (W IU32179) . Waupaca Co.: Hotchkiss & Martin Ui36 (W lU3U338)j H. >U litis 13379 (Ca K150065). MINNESOTA: Chisago Co.: B. C_. Taylor s.n. [Aug. 1892] (W U5288). Cook Co.: Butters & Buell klh (W 1580306). Lake Co.: Kubichek I63 (W 132781a); 2. P^ Met calf 1518 (W--I32793I;) . Morrison Co.: Sandberg 887 (W ii5289). Saint Louis Co.: Moyle 2U56 (W 17252U8) . County undetermined: F. F. Wood s.n. [Lake Seigamagah, Julj^ 20, I89I] (W 1^5289) . LOCALITY OF C0LL3CTI0N UimETERMINSD Beauchamp s.n. [July 23, '85] (W 152102). MOinrTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum. PI. 3: %0. I8U.

& Pepoon 858 (W

6U89l;9)

(W).

ERIXAULON PERPLKXUM Satake & Hara

Additional bibliography: Okuyama, Joum. Jap. Bot.
1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: U91. 1972.
EEIIOCAULON PLUMALE N. E. Br.
Ii7:

126.

Additional &. emended bibliography: N. S, Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 251, ^ 252. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U62. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Heudelot IU8 from Senegambia, and comments that "This species is well marked by the verj"- different form of the sepals in the male and feniale flowers, and by the somewhat plumose appearance of the ultimately oblong heads, due to the protrudirg odd petal of the male flowers. It is allied to the following species [E. senegalense N. E. Br.], but besides the differences noted thereunder, the much shorter, terete, 5 6-ribbed (not acutely angular) peduncles will at once dlstir^uish it."

HIIOCAULCN POLICEPKALUM Hook, f Additional bibliography: riangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62. I97O; Fedde in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke,

220

PHYTOLOGIl

Vol. 29, no. 3

Phytologia 26: 32 & 3U. 1973. Saxena (1970) found this species "Occasional in marshy places", flowering in September, and cites Saxena 2972 from Madhya Pradesh, India.
ERIOCAULON PULCHELLUK Korn. Additional & emended bibliographer: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. $: 503. l89Uj N. E, Br. in Thiselt.-Qrer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 237. 1901 J Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li62. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Afzelius s.n. , frcm Sierra Leone, and comments that "I cannot, from the description given, distinguish E. pumilum from E^ pulchellxan ; the only differences assigned are, that the bracts of E^ pumilum are slightly larger, cind the involucral bracts slightly narrower and longer than in E. pulchellim , and are acute instead of obtuse.

The two supposed species were mixed in Afzelius' herbari\an. I have only seen E. pule helium , a small and very distinct species."
ERIOGAULON PUMILIO Hook, f Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Pot. Jahresber. $1 (1): 169 [135]. 1929} Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (2): 296. 1933} Moldenke, Phytologia 2^: U9U. 1972.

ERIOGAULON PTGMAEUH Soland. Additional bibliography: Beard West Austr. PI., ed. 2, 2$. 1970J Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: h9h. 1972. ERIOGAULON QUINQUANGULARE L. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon quinquengulare L. ex Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62, sphalm. 1970. Additional bibliorraphy: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 2ii & 29. 1833; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. $: $03. 1891;} N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 259. 1901} Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135] (1929) and 50 (1): 231 232. 1930} Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Gay Ion 6: 30li L 306. 1931} Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (2): 296. 1933} Abeywickrama, Ceylon Joxirn. Sci. Biol. 2: lUO. 1959} Gunawardena, Gen, & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968} Beard, V^est Austr. PI., ed. 2, 25. 1970} Matthew, Bull. Bot. SiUTV. India 12: 91. 1970} Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62. 1970; Fonseka i Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. PI. Ceylon 29. 1971} R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. PI. Mysore Dist. 2: 875876 [thesis]. 1973} Moldenke, Pliytologia 26: 183 (1973), 28: 101, I|li5, li56, & i;66 (197U), and 29: 86 & 88 . 197U. Matthew (1970) describes this species as "Herbs larger than E. cinerexmi but less numerous though more widely distributed", while Saxena (1970) refers to it as "Common in marshy places" in Madhya Pradesh, India, flowering in September, and cites Saxena 3578 . Fosberg and his associates found the plant to be "very abundant in open wet sandy soil between patches of woods" in Sri Lanka and describes the flower-heads as "dull whitish". They encountered it

1?7U

Moldenke,

Jotes on Elrlocaulaceae

221

in flower in Decomber. l!y wife and I found it growing in treoendous almost purestand colonies in moist IL-nestone areas along roadsiiie.o in '.Yalpattu National Park, Sri Lanl:a, the colonies sometimes extendi n^j as far as the eye could reach and also axtrcaely abundant in wet sandy ground, the inflorescence-heads decidedly gray in all stages of maturation in January at about UOO feet altitude. Cramer describes it as "Common and abundant alone open borders of villu; heaii^'- snowy-vfhite, to 6 mm. in diameter, sweetscented." Gunawardena (I76O) records the vernacular Singhalese name, "hin-kok-mota", for this species, while Fonseka f^ Vinasithamby (1971) record "heen-kokmettu" Thwaites (1839) refers to his var. argenteum (Mart.) Thwaites, for which he cites C. P. 792 , as abundant on rice paddy borders. Amaratunga calls the plant "hin koraota'". Recent collectors have found it gro^fing on rocks, in moist grassy patches, and in drying up paddy fields "rich in annuals", and describe the plant as forming rosettes, th leaves erect, and the flowering inflorescences wliite, whitish, or gray. They have collected it at altitudes of 30 192 meters, flowering and fruiting from Februarj' to May, July, and Septamber to November. Mueller-Dombois says that it was "locally abundant and dominant in moist sand on lake shores", while Koyaima speaks of it as "locally abundant in wet sand around tree islands in periodically flooded pond margins" in Sri Lanka. He-^iper Jayasuriya collected it "in [a] peculiar sandy flush vdth open sparse vegetation of Utricular ia and Xyris , calling it a "small tufted herb" with the "leaf-bases bright

''

pinJc"

The three Cooray collections cited below are all voucher specimens for ecologic observations. Thwaites C.P. 792 is a fixture with E_. set-aceum var. capillus-naiadis (Hool: . f.) lioldenke, while Tj, Thomson s.n. [Plan, aanget. Inf.] is a mixture with E. stellulatun Korn. Durand & Schinz (139U) record 7^. quinquangulare fron Reunion,

Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Zj_ luzulaefollum Mart. On the other hand, the Collector undetermine d s .n. [Narainhetty] , distributed as E, quinquangulare , is actually _. alpestre Hook, f . k Thoms., Collector undetermined 3.n. [Dambulla Rock, 20 Dec, I88I] and Cramer 3I6O are E. cinereum R. Br., and Mueller-Ttoribois ^ Cooray 68012317 and School teacher s.n. [6-U-I905] are E_. walkeri Hook, f Additional citations: INDIA: State undetermined: T. Thomson s. n. [Plan. Ganget. Inf.] (Pd) . SRI LANKA: Alston 1000~ (Pd); Alwis 3n. [Tebuwana, Nov. 1920] (Pd); Amarabanga 2139 (Pd); Collector undetermined s.n. [Dolosbagie, April 1882] (Pd), s.n. [Galagedera, Oct. 1382] (Pd), s.n^ [Lenadore, Feb. 1393] (Pd), s.n, [Pinnawala, Balangoda] (Pd); Cooray 7Q02010U R (Pd), 70O202Ug R (Pd), 70032207 R (Pd); L. H^ Cramer 3168 (W 276075Ii); Fosberg MuellerDombois . Wirawan , Cooray , & Balakrishnan $0710 (W 2676585); G.

222

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 3

Gardner 0,C 931 [Thwaites C .P . 792, in part] (Pd); Hepper & Jay asuriya 1;622 (W 2720106); Heppar & Silva 1^729 (Pd, W--27200UO) T. Koyama 13315 (Pd); Lewis k Sllva s.n. [Delgoda, 29.3.191?] (Pd)} tloldenke , Moldenke , & Jayaslnghe 28322 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu); Moldenke, Moldenke , & Jayasuriya 28217 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu), 2822$ (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu); Moldenke , Moldenin part (Pd); Trlmen s^ Dorabois 67051333 (Pd); Thwaitea C.P. 792 . [Haneratgoda] (Pd); L. C. Wheeler 12078 (Pd)
,

ERIOCAULON QUINQUANGULARE var. ELATIUS Moldenke, Phytologia 28: U66. 197U. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 28: UU5 & U66. 197U. Citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke , Moldenke , SumithraarachcM , & Waas 28319 (Ac isotype, Gz isotype, Kh isotype, Ld isotype, Pd isotype, Z type)

EPJOCAULON QUINQUANGULARE var. MARTIANUM Wall. Synor^nny: Sriocaulon quinquangulare f . viviparign Moldenke,

Phytologia 28: 101. 19 7U. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U95 (1972), 25: 239 (1973), and 20: 101, hhS Uli6, & 1|56. 197ii. The f . Tiviparum , with its proliferating heads, is based on Trimen s.n. ivom Heneratgoda, Colombo District, Western Province, Sri Lanka, collected in May of 1896 and deposited in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Garden at Peradeniya. It seems, however, that Walllch's earlier var. martianum was established on a plant with similarly proliferating heads and it is most probable that the two taxa are identical. Citations: SRI LANKA: Trimen s.n, [Heneratgoda, May I896] (Pd)

ERIOCAULON RAVENELII Chapm, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 3U 35 (1973) and 28: Ii28 . 197U. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Dade Co.: Small & Carter s.n. [January lit, I909] (W 1738971) . Lee Co.: Francis 6U (W 10365U2); Herb, Chapman s.n. [Caloosahatchie] (W 145285); R. Krai 22923 (W 2li70U25) . Levy Co.: R. Krai 229U0 (W~2li70la5) Martin Co.: Godfrey 6$625 (W 260U039y. County undetermined: Chapman s.n, (W U5286); Herb. Chapman 550 (W 937186), 3866 (W--9550lfTT

21I0CAUL0N REITZII Moldenke & Smith Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol, Abstr. 56: 3OOO, 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 29 & 35. 1973. ERIOCAULON RITCHIEANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51

197U

Uoldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

223

(1): 169 [135]. 1929J Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahreaber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Saxena, Bull, Bot. Surv. India 12: 62. 1970; Bole, Excerpt. Bot. A. 20: 83. 1972; Moldenka, Phytologia 2U: U96 (1972) and 28: Uili. 197h. Saxena (1970) refers to this species as "Rare" on riverbanks, "partly in water", floTrering in November, and cites Indokar IO96I from Hadhya Pradesh, India,
ROBUSTO-BRO'.TNIA?Mf! Ruhl. Additional bibliography: V.'angerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber, 5l (1): I69 [135]. 1?29; Alston in Trimen, Handb, Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 305. 1?31; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Gunawardena, Gen. k Sp, PI. Zeyl. 207. 1963; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow, PI. Mysore Dist. 2: 376 [thesis]. 1973; Koldenke, Pliytologia 26: 32 L 35 (1973), 28: khS (197U), and 29: 35. 19 7U; Hocking, Docerpt, Bot. A, 23: 292, 197U. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in pastures and on rocks along creeks inside rainforests, at altitudes of 15003000 feet, flowering and fruiting (in addition to months previously reported by me) in February, the flower-heads described as white, Nain describes the plant as a "robust tufted herb". Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome number as "c HO". Additional cita,tions: II^fDIA: Gujarat: Nain s.n, [7-9-1971] (Ac, Z). SRI UNr:A: Hoogland llUi48 (Pd); Thwaites G. P, 220 , in part (Pd), 933 (Pd), 3382 (Pd, Pd) ; Trimen' s collector 3,n, [Dotalu Oya, 28, IX. 85] (Pd)

5RIXAUL0N

tRIOCAULON ROBUSTUM Steud. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber, 51 (1): 169 & 170 [135 ^u 136], 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 3536, 1973. HRIOCAULOH ROSEUl! F73on Additional bibliograph(y: Vi'angerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot, Jahresber, 51 (2): 296. 1933; lioldenke, Pliytolopia 25: 69. 1972, ERIOCAULON R03ULATUU Kbrn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 69, 1972, Additional citations: MOtOTO ILLU3TR.VTI0NS: Kom, in iiart. Fl, Bras. 3 (1): pi. 61 III. 1363 (N, Z) ERIOCAULON SGARIOSUK J. E. Sm. Additional bibliography: Shaima, Nucleus 15: Append, 10, 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U63, 1973. Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome number for this species
as 6k.

ERIOCAULON SCHIMPERI Kom, Additional & emended bibliography: Durand ^ Schinz, Gonsp. Fl, Afr, 5: 503. I89U; X. E. Br, in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 235 & 2U3 2UIi. 1901 ; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U63. 1973.

22l|

PHITOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 3

Brovm (1901) cites only Schlmper 1217 , the type, frcn "in a swamp at Jan Meda, 8^00 ft." in Ethiopia. Additional citations: BURUNDI: Lewalle 2337 (Gz)
ERIOCAULON SGHIPPII Standi. Additional bibliography: Rouleau, Taxon Index Vol. 1-20, part 1: 139. 19 72 J Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 71. 1972.
ERIOCAULON SCHLECHTERI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 23U & 255. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 71 (1972) and 28: kh2 & hh3* 197U. Brown (1901) cites only the type, Schlechter 12093 , ^rom. "in a swamp at Inhanibane", Mozambique, and coinnents that "The above locality is just south of the Tropic of Capricorn, but doubtless the plant occurs within the Tropical area. I have not seen it." Simon & Williamson describe it as "dominant on [the] wet rocky zone under constant spray", at an altitude of U200 feet, in Zambia, flowering there in October. Additional citations: ZAMBIA: Simon & Williamson 1127 (E
2008719)
.

ERIOCAULON SCHOCHIANUM Hand.^azz. Additional bibliography: Hand.-Mazz. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 56: 585. 1921j Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. iiS (1): 330. 1927; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 89. 1929; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 71. 1972.
ERIOCAULON SEDGWICKII Fyson Additional bibliography: Wauigerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 72. 1972.
ERIOCAULON SEEMANNH Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 36. 1973. Additional citations: MCARAGUA: Cabo Gracias a Dios: F. C_. Seymour 3677 (N)
ERIOCAULON SELLOJIflANUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est, S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157, map 1776, & Ind. 12. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (6): EJ^.S.I.C. S.88. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3007. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: ii63~U6l4 (1973) and 28: lj38.
1971|.

Anderson found this plant growing on "seeping hillside in area of rocky sandstone hilltop cerrado, seeping hillsides, rocky open cerrado in raised places on hillside, auid open mesophytic woods by stream" The Hatschbach 2U5U6 & 26306 and the Smith & Klein 13632, previously cited by me as typical E. sellowlanum , are actually var. paranense (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith.

I97I4

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

22$

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Golds: W. R. Anderson 6U66 (Ld); Inrin & Soderstrcm 76ii3 (S) . Mate Grosso: Hatschbac h ^ Koczickl 3325^ rLdTTRatter, Santo s, Souza, ^ Ferreira R.1S92 (N). MOUllTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn." in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 61 II. 1863 (N, Z).
ERIOCAULON SELLCr/.-IANTJl! var. LONGIFGLIUM i:oldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, PhTtologia 26: U63. 1973. This variety has been encountered in sandy wet soil on campos. The Dombroiraki collection cited below was previously' erroneously cited by me as vax. paranense (Moldenke) Moldenke &, Smith. Additional citations: BRAi:iL: ParanA: Docibrowski 82 [Herb, Inst. Hist. Nat. 6793] (Ld)
ERIOCAILOH SELDOYOANUM var. MINOR Moldenke Additional bibliography: lioidenke, Phytologia 26: U63 (1973) and 28: 1*38. I97I4.
ERIOCAULON SELLOftXANUy var. PARANENSE (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon sell owl anum var, paranaenae (Mold.) Mold. & Smith, in herb. Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. $6 (6): B.A.S.I.C. S.88. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3007. 1973} Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U6Ii (1973) and 28: U38 . 197U. Reitz & Klein describe this plant as an "erva, fl6r branca" and encountered it in "benhado do cair.po" . The Smith L Klein 13632, cited below, was previously erroneously cited by me as typical _E, sellowianum Kunth. On the other hand, the Docibrowski 82, previously cited as var, paranense , is actually var. longi folium Moldenke Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Hatschbach 2U5U6 (S). Parani: Hatschbach 263O6 (S), 30992 (7^2706692). Santa Catarina: Reitz L Klein I6UOO (Ld) ; Smith t Klein 13632 (Ac)

ERIOCAULON SEMBGALENSE N. E. Br. Additional &. emended bibliography: N. E, Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 251252. 1901; Moldenke, Phj'tologia 25: 73. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Heudelo t 680 , from S6n4gal, and comments that "This is closely allied to E. plumale , N. E. Br., differing in its fewer and much longer peduncles (which are out of all proportion to the small size of the rosette of leaves), in the entirely straw-coloured flowering -bracts and sepals of the female flowers and rather stouter sepals of the male flowers. The outer flowers of the head are all male, with ver>long stipes between the sepals and the petals, then ccme several series of female flowers, and the centre occupied with males which have scarcely any stipes, but the stipes may grow out later, as the only head exajnined was rather young. This and E. plumale are

226

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

remarkably distinct frcoi all the other African species in the very great difference in the fonn of the sepals of the male and female flowers, and in the disparity in the number of sepals and petals, for in all the female flowers I have examined I constantly found 2 sepals and 3 petals present: occasionally, but rather rarely, a third sepal is present in the male flowers."
ERIOCAULOH SENILE Honda Additional & emended bibliography: Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. U6, 1956; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. U6: 372 [20]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytoiogia 26: 38. 1973.
EEIOCAULON SETAGEUM L. Additional bibliograpl^y: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 79. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. (repr.) ih. 1821; J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 278. 1883; Anon., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 522. 138U; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. $: 503. 139U; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Eyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 2l;0. 1901; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30U. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: ll;G. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 206. 1968; Beard, West Austr. PI., ed. 2, 25. 1970; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. PI. Ceylon 70. 1971; Satake, Journ, Jap. Bot. U6: 372 [20]. 1971; lioldenke, Phytoiogia 26: U6U (1973), 28: 101, i4ii5, & U56 (197li), and 29: 85 & 91;. 197U. The vernacular names, "kok-mota", "pedakokmota", and "penda", are recorded for this plant in Ceylon. In Thailand it has been found growing at altitudes as low as 50 m. Tliwaites (1839) considered E, intermedium Kom. as a synonym of E. s etacemn L., citing his C. P. " 791 ( 79ii) " . Alston (1931) asserts that "E. seta ceum Hook, f ." [not L.] is a synonym of E. intermedium . The C_. P. 791 collection, as seen by me in the herbaria at Peradeniya and Berlin, while labeled as E, intermedium , is actually a mixture of E setaceum L. and E. setaceum var. capillus-naiadis (Hook, f.) Moldenke. Some authors in the past (e.g., Fyson, 1921. Abeywickrama, 1959, Moldenke, 1970, Fonseka & Vinasithamby, 1971) have regarded Ej, capillus-naiadis Hook, f . as synonymous with E. setaceum L., but I am now regarding it as a variety of In true E. setaceum the flowering -heads are 3 h mm. in dlit. auneter and black, while in var. capillus-naiadis they are grayishwhite, grayish, or gray and only 2 3 nun. in diameter. The two taxa have been widely confused in herbaria. The following names, previously cited by me as synonyms of E. setaceum , must now be deleted from its 3ynon;,Tiiy and shifted to that of var. capillus-naiadis Eriocaulon cap illus -naiadis Hook, f ., E_. capillus najadis Hook, f ,, E_. capillus-naidis Hook, f ., E. setaceum f . c aplllus -naiadis Haines, and E. setaceum f capillis-naiadis Haines.


I97I4

Moldenke, Notes on EriocavLlaceae

227

The S. Y, Hu 8737 , distributed as . setaceua , is actually E^ flu via tile Trimen, while S_. Y, Hu 8111 is E. truncatum Hamilt. Thomson s .n. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker SRI LANKA: Collector undeter[iCont. Khasia, 6000 ped.] (Pd). mined s.n, [near Pelawatte, March 1887] (Pd) ; Thwaites C,P. 791 , in part (B, B, Pd) ; Trimen s.n. [Hewesse, Feb. I886] (Pd). BURMA: Tenassorim: Heifer gg69 (Pd). THAILAND: Larsen , Larsen, Nielsen ,
Sj:.

& Sanisuk 32281 (Ac)

ERIOCAULON SETTACEUK var. CAPILLDS-IIAIADIS (Hook, f .) Moldenke, Phytologla 28: 101. 197U. Synonymy: Sriocaulon caplllus-naladis Hook, f ., Fl. Brit. India 6: 572 769. I893. Eriocaulon capillus najadis Hook, f apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich li^ (li-30): 89 ^ 28$. 1903. Eriocaulon caplllus-naidis Hook, f . apud Fyson, Journ. Indian Dot. 2: 193, in syn. 1921. Eriocaulon setaceum f . capillus-naiadis Haines, Bot. Bihar & Orissa 1067. 1921;. Eriocatilon setaceum f capillls-naiadis Haines ex Moldenke, R^siim^ Suppl. 17: 11, in syn. Eriocaulon capillus-naidus Hook, f . ex iloldenke. Fifth Sum1968. m. U96, in syn. 1971. Sriocaulon capillus-najadls Hook, f . ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. I496, in syn, 1971. Bibliography: Hook, f ., Fl. Brit. India 6: $72 769. 1893; Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902j Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 89 ^ 28$. 1903; Prain, Bengal PI., ed. 1, 1127. 1903 j Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2t 193. 1921; Haines, Bot. Bihar k Orissa 1067 . 192U; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303. I93I; Durand Jacks., Ind. Kew Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 1$8 19lil; Moldenke, Jjiown Geogr, Distrib, Erioc. 33. 19U6; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Jo\irn. Sci . Biol, 2: liiO, 19$9; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 3, 1$3. 1959; I'.oldenke, R6sum6 286. 1959; Prain, Bengal PI., ed 2, 2: 8U8. 1963; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. PI, Zeyl. 206. I968; Woldenke, R^sum^ Suppl. 17: 11. I968; Moldenke, Phytologla 19: 23U '; 236. 1970; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. PI. Ceylon 70. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: U96. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologla 28: 101, Ui5, ^ U56 (197U) and 29:
fie

fie

fit

fi:

85. 197li.

Fyson (1921), Abeywickraraa (1959), Moldenke (19U6, 1970, 1971), and Fonseka ?^ Vinasithanby (1971) have regarded E, capillusnaiadis as a straight synor;^ of E. setaceum L. After examining specimens in the Peradenlya herbarium, I feel that they are different, albeit only of varietal rank. It is, however, ver:,- possible that Zj_ intermedium Kom. is also a synonym of this variety. More studj' is required before this question can be answered definitely. The variety has its flowering-heads only 2 3 min. wide and grayish-white, grayish, or gray in color, while in true . setaceum they are 3 h. mm. wide and black. In fact, Alston describes tHe "flowers" of var. capillus-naiadis as "white". A notation on the sheet of Collector undeterr.ined s.n. [Hewessee, Feb. I686] in

228

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

the Peradeniya herbaritsE says "receptacle hairy, 1 petal larger, no glands" for a specimen of what appears to be this variety. It is most probable that the gray, grayish, grayish-white, or white appearance of its heads is due to its hairiness, whereas the black aspect of the true E. setaceum is probably due to its lack of hairs,

Thwaites C.P. 791 is a mixture of E^ setacoum and the var capillus-naiadis , while C.P. 792 is a oixture of the variety with
E. quinquangulare L. Collectors of var. capillus-naiadis state that the lower fili-

form submerged leaves are green, the flowering-heads only emergent above the water. They have encountered the plant along banks of irrigation canals beside rice paddy fields at sealevel and have found it to be "very conmon" in 10 20 cm. of water in fallow ricefields, flowering ana fruiting in December and January. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E_. sexangulare L. Citations: SRI LANKA: Alston 678 (Pd); Amaratunga U50 (Pd)j Collector undetermined s.n. [Hewessee, Feb. 1336] (Pd); Cramer 2779 (Pd, W~27l30U8)j W. Ferguson s.n. (Pd); F. R^ Fosberg 51799 (Pd); G. Gardner s.n. [Pasdun Korale; Thwaitos C.P. 792, in part] (Pd); Thwaites CP. 791 , in part (Pd).

ERIOCAULON SEXANGULARE L. Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfara. 2li, 29, Sc 63. 1833; A. Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2: 3U7. 1351; N. E. Br. in This elt .-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 259. 1901; Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. U9 (1): I60 (1927) and 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trinen. Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 301;. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. U9 (2): i;23 (1932) and 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: liil. 1959; Lourteig, Taxon 15: 31. 1966; Gunawardena, Gen. i Sp. PI. Zeyl. 206. I968; Keng, Ord. ^ Fam. Malay. Seed PI. 311i. 1969; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20 part 1: 139. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Altschia, Drugs & Foods 19. 1973; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. PI. Mysore Dist. 2: 876 [thesis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 19 & 38 Ul (1973), 28: UU5, lh6, & U57 (I97li), and 29: 86 & 87.
19 7U.

The S. sexangulare Ruhl., previously cited in the synonymy of

the present species, belongs, rather, in that of E. stuhlmanni N. E. Br. Recent collectors describe E. sexangulare as a rosette perennial, the inflorescence heads whitish, grayish-white, ashy-gray, or pale ashy-blue, and have found it on seashores, in swamps, or swampy places with Xyris in paddy marshes, along the bunds of paddy fields, or on open boggy banks of artificial lakes (tanks), in slow-moving permanent water, in wet sand along the edge of streans, "in wet areas by streams", and "common" among short grass in marshy ground, at altitudes from sealevel to 2500 feet, flowering from February to April, June to August, and October to

. ; .

19 7U

Moldenka, Notes on Eriocaulaceao

229

seens to have encountered a rather low-^roiring population, the plants in flow^er only 10 16 cm. tall, although on two labels he speaks of "tall plants" and "large plants". He found it growing in water "in a s vanp fomed as a spring running into the sea behind a huge rock by beach, with Pandanus behind" and "in midstream on rocks", the "bracts black with white papillae", flowering and fruiting in February, and

Deccsmber, fruiting in August. Hu, collecting in Honi^kong,

"rare" The vernacular name, "kok-mota", is recorded for the species in Sri Lanka in Singhalese. Altschul (1973) cites H^ lU Chung 2711 fron China and records his statement that the plant is sold there in shops selling fresh medicinal plaints and that it is used in Chinese native medicines. Keng (1?69) calls the species the "long-leaved pipewort" . L!aterial has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as , vrLghtianum ilart. and "E. wighti anum Martin". On the other hand, the Craaer 2779 , distributed as
E. sexangulare , is actually E. setace^jn var. capillus-naiadis

(Kook. f.) Moldenke It should be noted that Thwaites (1339) cites his CP. 220 as Thwaites E. wallichisLnum liart. and C.P. 79$ as E, sexangulare . C.P. 790 has broader leaves than usual, while Lewis & Silva s.n. (cited below) has one plant with broadish leaves and 3 other plants with narrow leaves on the same sheet. In view of Thwaites' notorious habit of combining plants from several localities under the same number, it is not at all certain that these plants all came from the same locality. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Herb. Wight 28$8 (Pd) SRI UNKA: Alston IO68 (Pd), 121It (Pd) ; Amaratunga 1$3 (Pd), lOU?
(Pd), I2U0 (Pd); Balakrishnan NBK .1157 (Pd, W~272l8l5)j Collector undetermined s.n. [Hunngawatte, June 1895] (Pd); Cramer 2712 (Pd), 23kh (?d, ff^-27l5'095, W 27I8096), 3105 (Pd); G. Gardner O.G.937 [Thwaites C.P. 220, in part; Karawita Kanda, April 1333] (Pd); Hepper , Maxwell , ^ Fernando U$66 (Pd, W~27201lU); Jayasuriya 1520, in part (Ld); Lewis & Silva s.n. [Delgoda, 2U.3.1919] (Pd, Pd) Moldenke, Moldenke , ^ Sunithraarachchi 28316 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu); Thwaites C.P. 220 , in part [Kukul-korale, Dec. 1833] (Pd), C.P. 220 , in part [Kuexmogala, July I8U6] (Pd), C.P. 220 , in part [Ratnapura, March 1376] (Pd), C.P. 790 (Pd) . BUHMA: Tenasserira: Falconer s.n. [MouLnein] (Pd) h'OIJGKONG: S. I. Ku 6$03 (W~ 2711187), 6618 (W 2697319), 7133 (W 2697900), 35U7 ('.^--2711170) 8$69 (W 2711167), 9306 (W 2711860). HOiCKONG ISLANDS: High: S. Y^ Hu 8657 (W 2697718). THAILAND: Lars en , Larsen , Nielsen , & Santisuk 31091 (Ac), 3228U (Ac), 32318 (Ac). INDOCHINA: Vietnam: Squires 235 (Pd) . MALAIA: Singapore: T. Anderson I69 (Pd)
.

ERIOCAULON SEXANGULARE f . VIVIPARUk Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2$: 75 (1972) and

230

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. 3

28: Uh$ SchhS, 197U.

Additional citations: SRI LANKA: G. Gardner .0.937 [ThvTaites C.P.220, in part; Fasdun-Korala, Dec. 18U8] (?d, Pd)

ERIOCAULON SOU.YA>IUM Royle Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Gonso, Fl. Afr. 5? 503. I89l;i Engl., Pflanzemr. Ost-Afr. G: 133. 1395; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl, Trop. Afr. 8: 2%. 1901; Backer. Handb. Fl. Java 3: 67. 192h; H. N. Ridl., Journ. Bot. 63: Suppl. 126. 1925; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135] (1929), 50 (1): 231 & 232 (1930), and 53 (2): 261. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30li & 306. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeyfl-ickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: lliO. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. t Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Hamzah, Van Steenis, Mount. Fl. Java pi. 19. fig. 1. 1972; UoldenToha, ke, Phj^ologia 26: 39 (1973), 23: hhl (197U), and 29: 86. 1971;. Additional illustrations: Kamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis, llount. Fl. Java pi. 19, fig. 1 (in color). 1972. This species was named in honor of R. H. Solly (1778 1358), a keen worker on the physiology cind anatomy of plants. Gunawaivlena (1968) erroneously gives Solly's death date as "1758". Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis (1972) record this species fran Java, Sumatra, and New Guinea. They describe it as "A glabrous herb, the culms 7 35 cm. tall. Leaves 3 10 cm. long. The receptacle of the heads densely long-hairy." They comment that "In Java on the Priangan Mts (not on lit. Ged^), on Kts Dieng t Jang (Taman Hidup), locally common, sometimes in dense tufts, in marshy places, and swinging bogs, at 1500 2000 m. Also known frOQ SS. Asia and Sumatra (as low as 750 m), and from New Guinea." Durand & Schinz (I89U) record it from Zanzibar.
_.

ERIOCAULON SONDERIANUM ?[orn. Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, COnsp. Fl. Afr. $: 503. I89U; Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 133. 1895; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 0: 2li5, 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 39 (1973), 28: kh3 c U57 (197i;), and 29: 113. 197ii. It should be noted that the E. sonderianum of Rendle is a synonym of _E, decipiens N. E, Br. Durand & Schinz (1891;) record E. sonderianum Korn. from Cape Province, South Africa.
ERIOCAULON SPONGIOSIFOLIUM Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [U2]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Angely, Fl. Anal. ^ Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 39. 1973.

ERIOCAULON STEINBACHII (lloldenke) Moldenke Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. lOl: 39. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 78. 1972.

197li

lIoli"'enke,

Notes on Eriocaulaceae

231

EHIOCAULON STELLLLATliM Eorn. Additional biblio{;raphy: Yfangerin in Juat, Bet. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929i Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahrester. 51 (2): 296. 1933J yolcenke, Phytologia 25: 7879. 1972. Nain describes thia plant as a tufted herb, the flowering heads white, with "stei lately spreading involucral bracts", and found it growing in pastures. The T. Thom son s.n. [Plan. Ganget. Inf.] collection, cited below, is a mixture with E_. cjuinquangu lare L. Additional citations: II'IDIA: Gujarat: Nain s.n. ['Western Ghats, 7-9-71] (Ac). State undetennined: T_. Thocison s.n. [Plan. Ganget. Inf.] (Pd, Pd).

ERIOCAULON STEYEE1!ARKII L-oldenke Additional bibliograDhy: Moldenlce, Phytologia 26: 183~181 (1973) and 28: li38. 197l. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goi4s: Irwin , Harle y, & Snitb 33115 (N).
ERICCAULON iTOLDNIFERUl? Welw. Additional bibliography: N. E, Er. in Thiselt.-Cj'er, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 231 & 2lil~2U2. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li6U. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Welvrltsch 2lt56 , from "in the cold rapid mountain streams of Morro de LopoUo, 38005800 ft.", Fuila, Angola. He ccmments that "According to the notes with Vi'elwitsch's speciinen, this plant forms a green carpet on the beds of the streams under the water, and rarely flowers, the heads being frequently viviparous, when their peduncles bend down and produce young plants, forming the so-called stolons. It is allied to E. Woodii , N. E. Br., frcm Natal,"
ERIOCAULOII STRIATLII Lam.

Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5j 503. I89U; Perrier de la Btthie, Cat. Fl. Kadag. 21. 19 3U; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 80. 1972.
ERICCAULON STUHU'AMNI N. S. Br. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon sexangul are Ruhl. apud N. E. Er. in Thiselt.-Dj-er, Fl. Trop. Afr. 3: 259, in syn. 19OI [not E^ sexangulare Auct. ex Cuf ., 1971, nor Bum. f ., 1826, nor jyson, 1959, nor Heyne, 1832, nor L., 1753, nor Lart., 1393, nor sensu auct. Japon., 1965, nor 77illd., I8U.] Additional emended bibliography: N, E. Br. in Thiselt.-I)yer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 L 259. 1901 j Uoldenke, Phortologia 2$: 80 (1972) and 28: U57. I97ii. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Stuhlmann 3552, and comments that "This plsmt is unhesitatingli"- referred by Ruhland to S. sexangulare , Linn., but that species grows 12 16 in. high and the female flowers have verj^ distinct and rather peculiar petals . I have not seen the plant, but thinl: it possible that Ruhland made the
fj:

232

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

comparison with E. sieboldianxjm , Sieb. & Zucc. (E^ sexangiilare . Hart., not of Linn.) to which, fron the description, it appears to be closelj'- related; but I doubt its identity with that plant. The only African species with which it can be compared is E^ ambo ense, Schinz, from which it differs (according to the characters given by Ruhland in his key to the species) by the connate sepals of the male flowers."

ERIOCAULON SUBGLAUCUM Ruhi. Additional bibliography: Alston in Trimen, Handb , Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 305. 1931; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: lljO. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 80 (1972) and 29: 86, 91, & 98. 197U. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. atratxan Kbra. and E, subcaulescens Hook, f The Thwaites C.P.6I collection of July I866 is a mixture with E. atratum Korn. and E. ceylanicum Korn., so I am regarding the February portion of the asseirtlage as representing the type collection of E, subglaucum . Additional citations: SRI LANKA: G_. Gardner Q.C.93U [Thwaites C.P.93li; April] (Pd, Pd) ; Moldenke, Moldenke , Jajyasuriy a, & Sumith raarachchi 28285 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, Z); Thwaites C.P.6I , in part [July 1866] (Pd), C.P.61 , in part [February] (Pd isotype, Pd isotype)

ERIOCAULON SUBERSUM Welw. Additional bibliography: N. K, Br. in Thiselt.-Byer, Fl. Trop, Afr. 8: 23U & 2UO 2I4I. I9OI; Moldenke Phytologia 25: 80. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only 7felwltsch 2It56 & 2U57 , the cotypes, and comments that this species is "Allied to E. bifistulosum . Van Heurck, but differing in having acute sepals to the male flowers, with a few minute white hairs on the keel. The name of this species antedates by 7 months the E. sxibmersum , Tate, of South Australia."

ERIOCAULON SUBULATUM N. E. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br, in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 255256. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: Uo. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Kirk s.n. , from "on an island at Victoria Falls", Zambesi River, "British Central Africa", and comments that "This is very near E. ciliisepalum , Rendl, and may be only a robust form of that species, but it differs in appearance, in its stouter subiilate leaves, more numerous and stouter peduncles, larger heads, larger flowers, and the slightly different fonn of the sepals and petals." ERIOCAULON SUISHAENSE Hayata Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon suichaense Hayata apud Wangerin

197li

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

233

in Just, Bot. Jatiresber. Ii9 (1): 160, sphalm. 1927. Additional bibliography: Y/angerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 1^9 (1): 160. 1927; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. Ii9 (2): U23. 1932; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 81 (1972) and 28: h^7 . 197U.

ERIOCAULON TFJMUIFOLIUlt Klotzsch Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2$: 8182. 1972. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Roraima: Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Farias 9177 (S) ERIOCAULDN TEUSCZIT Engl. & Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 23?, 236, 2U5 2l;6, & 2I49 250. I9OI; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U6U. 1973. Brown (1901) cites for E, teusczii only Kechow 231 from Malange, Angola, noting "Said to be allied to E. huillense , Engl, Riihland, but differing in its larger leaves and heads, pure white sepals, longer female petals and narrow equal male petals. I have not seen it." For j], lacteun he cites Johinston s .n. and Welwitsch
fi:

2ii52 , 2U52b , &; 2[;53 from Angola, Bryce s.n. from "British Central Africa", and Thompson s .n. from Tanganyika, noting that "E, lac teum may prove to be conspecific with Jv. Teusczii , Engl, ^c Ruhl., but the description of the latter does not enable me to identify it," For E^ huiU ense he cites only Antunes s.n. , the type, from Huila, Angola, canmenting that it is "Said to be allied to E. Teusczii, Engl, & Ruhland, and from description appears to be near E. Bauri, N. E, Br., from South Africa. I have not seen it, and do not understand the use of the term lanceolate as applied to the leaf, which is stated to be only 2/h millimetre broad in the upper part. Probably the sepals are dark olive or fuscous at the apex, rather than green as described." Robinson describes this plant as an erect annual, with the rosette leaves "more or less succulent", and found it growing at UOOO feet altitude, flowering and fruiting in June. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Syngonanthus poggeanus Ruhl Additional citations: ZAKBIA: , A_. Robinson 2266 (Mu) .

ERIOCAULON THOUARSII H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Perrier de la BSthie, Cat. Pi. Madag. 21. I93I1; I^oldenke, Phytologia 2<: 83, 1972. Perrier de la BSthie (193U) rjcords this species from the east coast of l'.adagascar.
SRIOCAULOi; TliUl.'BERGII Wikstr.

Additional bibliography: Durand L Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. $: 503. I89U; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 239. I9OI; 1/oldenke, Plytologia 2$: 63. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Afzelius s.n. , from Sierra Leone,

23li

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 3

ERIOCAULON THJITAITESII Korn. Additional bibliography: Thwaites, Enum. PI. Zeyl. 2: 3i;l. 1839; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (1): 169 [135]. 1929} Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30U. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933i Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: lUO. 1959} Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 206. 1^68} R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. PI. lijysore Dist. 2: 376 [thesis]. 1973} Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 33 k kOhl (1973) and 29: 86.
19 7U.

Recent collectors have found this species growing in rice paddy fields, in muddy roadside streams, aind in wet rock areas, at 2613 feat altitude, flowering and fruiting from January to March. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. t runcatum Hamilt. The Thwaites C.P.790 , cited below, is a mixture with E. neesianim Korn. (of which it is the t^n^e collection) and E. truncatum liamilt.j I'Yson s.n. [Kitulgale, ii/3/82], distributed as E. thwaitesii , is E. truncatimi . Additional citations: SRI LAJIKA: Amaratunga Uh9 (Pd) } G . Gardner 0.G.936 [Thwaites C.P.790, in part] (?d, Pd) ; Moldenke , L^ol^c Sumithraarachchi 28310 (Ac, Gz, Ld, Pd, Z), 233U0 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Tu) , 23 31^ (Ld)j Sumlthraarachchi DBS. 116 (Z); Sumithraarachchi & Fernando DBS .123 (Ld)

deake, Jayasurlya ,

ERIOCAULON TOFIELDIFOLIUM Schinz Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon tofieldiifolium Schinz apud Friedrich-Iiolzhammer & Roessler in Merxmuller, Prodr. Fl . Siidw. Afr. 15, 159: [i] & 2. 1967. Additional & emended bibliography: Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roesslar in Kerxmiiller, Prodr. Fl. Sudw. Afr. 15, 159: [i] & 2. 1967} Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 83. 1972. Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler (1967) cite for this species only the type, Dinter 378 , from "surapfige Stellen am Waterberg", Dinter 1757 , and Volk 27Ui from Namibia.
ERIOCAULON TOGOENSE Moldenke Additional bibliography: N, E, Br, in Thiselt,-Dyer, Fl. Trop, Afr. 8: 232 & 237238. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U65. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Barter 773 , from "in the drier part of a swarapy pond near Fakura", Borgu, Niger Territory [Northern Nigeria]
ERIOCAULON TRANSVAALICUM N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: Moldenlce, Phytologia 26: 265. 1973. Lewalle collected this plant at 1900 meters altitude in Burundi, Additional citations: BURUTJDI: Lewalle 2707 (Gz)

ERIOCAULON TRANSVAALICUIjI var. R.\N1n!INGT0NII (N. E. Br,) Meikle Additional & emended bibliography: N, E, Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 236, 253, & 255. 1901} MoL enke. Known Geogr,

197U

Moldenke, Notes on E^iocaulacaae

235

Diatrib. VeAenac, [ed. 2], 117 h 20U. 19U9i Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U65. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Hannington 3,n. , from Kwa Chiropa, Tangainyika, and comments that "This is very similar to E, zambesienae, Ruhland, in appearance, but, in the single sample seen, the peduncles are much shorter and the flowers are quite different in structure. Frcm E, elegantulum , Engl, (which it also closely resembles), the pallid involucral-bracts will at once discriminate it."

ERIOCAULON TRILOBATUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Perrier de la BSthie, Cat. PI. Madag 21. 193i4} Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 8U. 1972. ERIOCAULON TRUrJCATUM Hamilt. Additional & emended bibliography: H. H. W, Pearson, Joum. Linn. Soc, Lend. Bot. 3U: 357. 1899; Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 7. 192U} Backer, Onkruidfl. 1 [Handb. Suiker .-Cult . 7]: 177173 & 8l4i4, pi. 187. 1928; Fedde 4 Schust. in Juat, Bot. Jahrasber. 53 (1): 60 [U2]. 1928; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30U & 306. 1931; Alston, Kandy Fl. 76. 1938; Bond, ?aid Fls. Ceylon Hills xiii, 232, & 233. 1953; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: lUO. 1959; Burkill, Diet. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 953. 1966; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Kng, Grd. & Fam. Malay. Seed PI. 313 & 3lU, fig. 183 . 1969; Shama Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li66 (1973;, 28: UJli6 (I97U), and 29: 86, 96, & 100. 197U. Additional illustrations: Backer, Onkruidfl. 1 [Handb. Suiker. Cult. 7]: pi. 187. 1928; Bond, Wild Fls. Ceylon Hills 233. 1953; Keng, Ord. & Fare. Malay. Seed PI. 313, fig. 183. 1969. Alston (1931, 1938) suggests that this species and S. minimum Lam. may be conspecific and, if so. the latter would be the valid name for the taxon. Pearson (1899; found E, truncatum "vory abundant above 5000 feet" altitude in Sri Lanka and cites his nos 61 (from 5600 feet) and 65 (frcm 5300 feet). Thwaites (1339) cites his C.P. " 790 (793) " as verj- common in company of E. thwaites ii Korn. C.P.79O , as seen by me in the Peradeniya herbarium, is a mixture with E_. thwaitesii , at least insofar as the Gardner Q.C. 936 portion is concerned. Recent collectors have found E. truncatum growing in ricefields, in streams, in loose moist sandy soil, in marshy grasslands, "in a pool and along its edge", and in clay soil of sunny roadside ditches more or less in water, flowering and fruiting in practically ever/ month of the year, from sealevel to 1000 feet altitude, and describe the flowering heads in general as grayishwhite. Additional vernacular names recorded for it are "babawangan" (in Java) and "short-leaved pipewort" (in Malaya). Sharma (1972) records the chromosome counts of 30 and 32. The G_. Thomson s.n. [Maisor, Carnatic], cited below, is a mix-

Vol. 2?, no, 3

236

PHITOLOGIA

ture with E. dlanae Fyson, while Amaratxmga llli9 is a mixture with E, c inereum R. Br. Hu describes E. truncatum as the "smallest species in the [Hongkong] area.... few leaves ... .heads 2 3 nun. in diameter bracts not papillose, rounded at the apex. .. .flowers white" and notes that it is "smaller than 59|6 and $9$ " Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbarthwaitesil Korn., ia as E^ cinereiim R. Br., E_. setaceum L., and E. trimenii Hook, f . On the other hand, the Collector undetermined s.n. [Dambulla Hock, 20 Dec. 1881], distributed as E. tiruncatum , is E. minimum Lam. and Koldenke, Moldenke , Dassanayake , & Jayasuriya 283ltO & 283lil and Moldenke , Moldenke , Jayasuriya , & Siimithraarachchi 23310 are E^ thwaitesii Korn. Additional citations: INDIA: liyaore: G_. Thomson s.n. [Maisor, Camatic] (Pd) . West Bengal: Heifer 136 (Gz). SRI UNKA: Alston 1210 (Pd), 121^ (Pd), 1216 (Pd), s.n. [Peradeniya Estate, 17.9.26] (Pd); Amaratunga llU9 , in part (Pd), 17$9 (Pd); Collec tor undetermined s.n. [Meddekande, Balamgoda, Sept. 1895] (Pd); Cramer 29lU (Pd); Fyson s.n. [Kit\igale, U/3/82] (Fd); G. Gardner s.n. [Thwaites C.P.790, in part; Ranbodde, Jan. I8ii7] (Fd); Jj;_ M. Silva s.n. [Kalugannamam, 1.2.1927] (Pd); H. D. Simps on 9613 (Pd); Thwaites C.P.790 , in part [Ambagama, Dec. 185U] (Pd); L_. C_ YHieeler 12056 (Pd) . BANGLADESH: Hooker & Thomson s.n. [Chittagong, 11000 ped.] (Pd). HONGKONG: S^ I. Hu 5591 (Vf~2711359) , 5958 (W 2697303), 8111 (W~2711196), 855U (W~2711l66) . MALAYA: Perak: Wray 782 (Pd)

ERIOCAULON UUEI var. RADICSUit Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 86 (1972) and 28: ii38. 19 7U. Reitz & Klein found this plant growing at 1000 meters altitude, flowerir^ and fruiting in October. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein 10251 (Z).

ERIOCAULCN VAffflEUFJCiai Muell.-Arg. Additional bibliography: Fedde c Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [i|2] . 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 5l (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Venkatareddi Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 75 & 8687 (1972) and 28: I4\h, 1971. Venkatareddi (1970) found this plant "Comnon on plateau", flowering in August and Sectember, and cites his nos. 98776 t 9900? Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: San tapau 1 3285 (E
, .

I62lali2), 13322

(E~162U125), 13323 (E~l62U2li),~13360 (E

162U112).

197U

Koldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

237

C:

fingl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. 133131;. I395j N. C. Br. in Thiselt.-Eyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 238. 1901; Uoldenke, Phytologia 2^: 128. 1973. Brorni (1901) citos Volkens 2032 & s.n. from Tanganyika, found there in damp depressions on Mt. Kilimaxijaro, at 1100 feet altitude.

ERIOCAULCjIJ VOIJ-Xreil Engl, Additional i emended bibliography:

ERIOCAULON '.VALKKRI Hook, f Additional bibliography: Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30U & 306. rOl; Abcywickrama, Ceylon Joum. 3ci. Biol. 2: lUO. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: Ul U2 (1973) and 29: 86. 1971. Alston (1931) notes that "This is considered to be a variety of but he should have adopted E. quinqu angTJlare hy Fyson Tlwaites' name for it." He also claiir.s that this species is mentioned by Fyson, Journ. Indian Eot., on a page "31", but I can find no such reference on that page in either voj.vnae 2 or 3 of that journal in which r^yson wrote on the Eriocaulaceae of India.

Recent collectors describe E. wailceri as a small plant, 5 cm. tall, the scaped 7-ribbed, the heads flat- topped, white, and Tiiey have found it growing on the bractlets pale-brotm in color.
sandy lagoon margins and "locally abundant" in moist sand with short-sedge vegetation, at 1700 feet altitude, flowering in January, April, and June. Material has been misidentified and distributed in sone herbaria as E. qiiinquang ulare L. Additional citations: SRI LANilA: Collector undetermin ed s .n. [near Vakameri, 21. IV .07] (Pd); t;ueller-Domboi 3 & Cooray 68012817 (Pd); School teacher s.n. [6-U-1905] (Pd); N. . Simpson 9875 (Pd); Thwaites 356 2 (Pd)
ERIOCAULC'N '/reLVriTSCHIJ Rendle

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon welwitschii (Rendle) Ruhl., in herb Additional i- emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt .-Bj'er, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 23U 5c 2[i9. 1901; Friedrich-Kolzhammer *. Roessler in iferzinuller, Prodr. Fl. Siidw. Afr. 15, 159: 2. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 87. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only Welwits ch 2)|J|1 , the type collection, from "between Lombe and Candumba, between 2iiOO and 3800 ft.", Pungo Andongo, Angola, and notes that the collector says "only seen in one place". The E_, welwitschii var, p}'gmaeum Rendle is now considered to be a synoriym of , arista tun H. Hess, which see. Robinson collected E. weliwitschii at 1250 meters altitude, flowering in June. Additional citations: ZA123IA: E, A. Robinson 3735 (Ku) .
ERIOCAULON "tVIGHTIANUL: Mart. Additional synonyiny: Eriocaulon wightiamum var. capitulis nigrocinereis, parce pilosis Thwaites, liium. PI. Zeyl. 2: 3Ul. 1839.

238

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. 3

Additional bibliography: Llart., Erioc. Salbst. Pflanzenfam.

29. 1833; H. H. W. ^earson, Journ. Linn. See. Lond. Bot. 3U: 320 (1): 169 [135] &: 357. 1899; V^angerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. ^1 1929; Alston in Trinen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30?. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $1 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: HO. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: U2 (1973) and 29: 96. 197U. Thwaites' variety, cited in the synonymy above, is based on Thwaites C. P. 3382 . Pearson (1899) describes _E. wightianian as a

"large species, comirion above 5000 feet" altitude in Sri Lanka, citing his no. 72 from 5600 feet. He also notes that " Eriocaulon wightianum together with Anaphalis oblonga , Sxacum zeylanicum , Polygala glaucoides, Blumea flexuosa, etc. parts found in I'O

feet of wet black humus exposed in road cutting in Ambavela [Sri Lanka] - 5900 ft." The Thwaites C.P.378 [G. Gardner 0.C.938], distributed as E. wightianum , is actually E. nilagirense Steud., Siranji s.n. [31.3. 69] is E. odoratum Dalz., and Amaratunga 12U0 is E. sexangulare
L.

[Malabar, Concan]

Additional citations: IIIDIA: Kerala: Stocks , Law, fcc (Pd) . V^est Bengal: Heifer 135 (Gz)

s.n.

ERIOCAULON ViTGIITIAlJUU var. HELFERI Hook, f Additional bibliography: ".Vangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5l (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; IJoldenke, Plytologia 25: 38. 1972.
ERIOCAULON V.TLLDENOYIANUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. $: 503. I89li; Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 6. 1921;; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 301; & 306. 1931; Perrier de la: BSthie, Cat. PI. Ladag. 21. 19 31^; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: lUl. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. PI. Zeyl. 207. 1968; iloldenlce, Phytologia 26: U66 (1973), 28: UOl, UU5, ^ li57 (197a), and 29: 86. 197U. Alston (1931) asserts that this species differs from E^ sexangulare L. in having its florets dimerous (instead of trimerous) and the bractlets acuta (not acuminate) . He further comments that "This species is given for Ceylon in the Fl. Brit. Ind. & by Ruhland; it is scarcely separable from E. sexangulare Linn." My wife and I found it quite abundant in certain of the very lowlying and extremely wet parts of coastal Sri Lanka. Additional citations: SRI LJlNKA: Moldenke , Moldenke, Sunithraarachchi , gt Waas 23313 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu)

ERIOCAULON vaLLDElTOVIANU},i var. FERGUSONII Koldeni:e, Phytologia 23:

liOi.

1971.

SynonjTny: Eriocaulon wallichianuni var. f ol. hirsutis Ferguson 8X LJoldenke, H^ologia 23: 1;57, irTsyn. l?7li. Bibliography: i:oldenl-:e, Pl^ologia 28: UOl, 1;1;5, U57. 197li.
<^-

197U

Koldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceaa

239

Ferguson' 3 variety is described by him aa having the leavos and sheaths "long-pilose", and this description fits quite well tiie specimen on vho .e label it is written in the Peradenl:/a herbarium. The sane descrjption is written on the sheet of Alston 1069 in the same herbarium, plus the phrase "anthers gray". Additional citations: SRI LAin'-A: Alston IO69 (Pd); W^ Ferguson s.n. [Cinnamon Gardons, Colombo, l!arch 1383] (?d type),

ERIOCAULON VroODII N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: N, E. Br. in Thiselt.-Uty^er, Fl. Trop, Afr. 3: 2l;2. 1?01; Uoldenlce, Pliytoloeia 26: U66. 1?73.
?KI0CAI;L0N XSRAMTID'lfUM Liart.

Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresbor. $1

(1): 169 & 170 [135 i: 136]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresbor. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Veni:atareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. I97O; Moldenke, Phytologia 2$: 89 (1972), 2$: 152 L 239 (1973), and 28: hh(^ . 19 7U.

Venkatareddi (1970) found this plant "occasional", flowaring in August and September, and cites his no. 99103 . Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker Thomson s .n,
ci.

[Mont. Khasia, UOOO ped.] (Pd) . Kerala: Stocks, Law , ac . s .n. [Lialabar, Concan] (Pd) . THAILAI'lD: Larsen , Larsen , Nielsen , & Santisuk 32183 (Ac)

ERIOCAULON ZAMBSSISNSE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dysr, Fl. Trop, Afr. 8: 233, 235, 252253, i 255. 1901; Perrier de la BSthie, Cat. PI. Madag. 22. 193U; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U66. 1973. Perrier de la BSthie (193U) records this species fron central Madagascar, but I have seen no material of it frcra V.ada -ascar. Brown (1901) cites Buchanan 5 .n. , Whyte s .n [Mount Malosa], and Whyte s.n. [Vount Zoraba] fron Nyasaland and says that the lastnaaed collection was erroneously attributed to Johnston by Ruhland. He further notes that "Ruhland has described the fenale bracts as villous and the male bracts as subglabrous at the apex, and the petals of the male flowers as glandless . I find ther: to be the reverse of this. The heads are viviparous on the Mount Zonba specimens."
ERIOGAULO!! ZOLLINCERlAlWlu'

Kom.
3:

Additional bibliography: Backer, Handb, Fl. Java Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1|2 . 1973.

8. 19 2U;

ERIOCAULON ZYOTANII Satake Additional bibliograpliy: Koldenke, Phytologia 25: 90. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 292. 1?7U.
[to be continued]

APPRAISAL OF HAWAIIAN TAXONOMY

Otto 4 Isa Degener

"List of Flowering Plants in Hawaii," authored by Harold St* John August 30, 1973 is Memoir Number 1 of the Pacific Tropical Garden of the Island of Kauaio The book, in board covers, comprises 519 pages. It is a vade mecum for the professional botanist and advanced student interested in the taxonomy of the Hawaiian Islands It is indispensable for every institution housing a collection of Polynesian plants. The body of the book devotes pages 9 to I3 to Gymnospermae ; 1^4- to 132 to Monocotyledones ; 133 to 3^9 to Dicotyle" dones ; 369 to J7k to "New Names or Combinations"; 375 to 378 to an addendum; and finally an index ending with page 519o "The aim of this publication is to present a list of the flowering, or higher, plants known to be in the Hawaiian flora. For each is given the scientific and common names of the plant, genus, species, and infraspecific taxon. The name of the author of the scientific name is given in full or in abbreviation, and the date of publication is added. If the plant is restricted to one or more of the Hawaiian Islands, hence a native to that region, its scientific name is printed in bold face, - - - and the islands where it occurs are listed c If it is native to the islands, but also to other regions, it is printed in bold face and is marked indig. - -e If it is an introduced weed, it is printed in Roman type - - -. If the plant is described or mentioned in any of the four basic books on Hawaiian botany, those by Hillebrand, Rock, Degener, and Neal, a page reference to it is given Since the date of publication of each scientific name is given, it would have been helpful also to have given the full reference to its place of publication Although these references were verified, this detail is deemed beyond the scope of the present summary," To be sure, full citation of species would have added to the cost and bulk of the volume quite unnecessary as such information, except for dates, is readily available in the Index Kewensis. For us the reviewers, however, full citation of trinomials ignored by the Index would have enhanced still more the value of the "List" by saving the reader the drudgery of scouring a library for such obscure references. Because the taxonomic characters of a population of plants are so variable and various taxonomists judge the importance of characters differently, no two workers can be expected to agree fully on the precise composition of a floru. To the lay person this sincere search for truth by each variable taxonomist and his temerity to express it in print may appear as mere quibbling. The present "List" is the mature botanical judgment of the author. It is not necessarily that held by us, the reviewers, no mean emulators* With this in mind, we here do not express ajiy botanical differences, but rather our opinions regarding orthography. In almost 8,000 scientific plant names the reader can expect
2i;0

197U

0. & I, Degener, Hawaiian taxonomy

2hX

typographical and other errors made by the author andor type setter, and never noted by the proofreader. Among such annoyances, we wish the author had used in keeping with Article 73, note 6 rather than note 5 of the International Code, the specific names kauaiensis and mauiensis rather than kavaiensis (p. 188 & elsewhere) and mavl ensis (p. 207 & elsewhere). According to a local gazetteer, the islands Kauai and Maul were never called "Kaval" and "Mavlo" On the other hand, he erroneously ascribes the binomial Xanthlum pennsyl vanicum to 0. Degener (p. 3^9) without comment when the latter expressly stated why he used " pensylvanicum ." Incidentally, the correct archaic spelling " pensylvanicum " is used in Recommendation 73D of the Codeo Regarding an epithet taken from the name of a man, the author cites over eighty binomials, such as Calamagrostis Hillebrandi (p. 22) In which the specific word falls to end in "ii." He similarly cites about ten binomials such as Garex Nealae ( p, 44), honoring Marie C. Neal, without using our preferred orthography " neallae ." At times Incorrect specific names, such as " Eragrostis Hosakai " (po 28) are corrected emphatically to " Hosakae "; yet a bit inconsistently such errors as " Pritchardia Munroli " (p. 58) " Cyrtandra Wawrai" " Plantago Krajinai " (p. 319) fail of correction and (p. 314) and comment. In about fifty cases where species names are of compound origin, the connecting vowel or vowels are wrong. Thus " Drymophloe us ollvaefori:ils " is corrected to Do " oliviformis " (po 54) , yet the name " Alyxia ollvaeformis " (p. 279) that cf a common Hawaiian liana, remains a stumbling block for the gullible student reader. There, no correction is made. Too many connecting vowels are "iae" instead of the correct "11." The present comment is registered with the hope that the author will make desirable changes in a future edition, and that botanists of the world wll] vote to alter Recommendation 73c (and many others) in the Code into retroactive mandateso It would ease such burdens to m.emory whether the species name of a certain Hawaiian plant is correctly spelt the archaic way " hille brandi " and " nealae " or spelled in the more modem way " hillebrandii "
" nealiae o" The spelling of the generic names Exocarpos (see p, 148) and Sigesbeckja (see p. 366) have been conserved over all other names in spite 01 prior date of publicaticno " Eichornia " (p 79) is an error, " Elchhornia ," though strange to a reader not versed in German, is correcto A squirrel in Germany is called EichhCtnchen because, we presume, it favors living in Eichen or oak trees, and has ears each with a hom-shaped tuft of fur. The botanist Elchhorn, for whom the waterhyacinth genus was named by Kunth in 1842, we Imagine, had some forebear somehow associated with the squirrel. Be that as it may, the double "hh" in Elchhornia is the proper orthography. One of the reviewers who Introduced the lovely, silky garden and street tree, the var. serlce a, tc Hawaii from New Providence Island (Nassau) in 1946, used the binomial Gonoca rpus erecta L., for the glab reus plant in the Flora Hawailensis in 1937 . To alter "erecta" to erec us " is not a correction, but quite the opposite. Linnaeus, like many o his contemporaries, was a classical Latin scholar who considered a tre

and

2U2

PKYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

feminine, like arbor , the Latin word for tree. Should we alter the blthe biand trinomials of these trees, to be consistent we should alter oak) and , (largefruited macrocarpa nomials Quercus alba (white oak), g, " " rubra (red oak) . To consider a "modem" genus ending in carpus masculine is Recommendation 75k of the Code. It is not retroactive, however, as the author St. John explains on page 206, Botanists are human, and the author is no exception. He favors most ol the opinions held by a former protg regarding local Rubiaceae even though three or four colleagues disagree. Chromosome counts, not availab! years ago, appear to discredit some older beliefs regarding relationships The "List" is so valuable for its many facts regarding our state of knowledge up to 1973 of the local flora that any of the above adverse remarks are trivial. The volume initially sold for $22.50; but due to a disastrous flood April 197^ all unsold copies were damaged and now sell from $5 to $13 depending on their conditiono This may be the logical time for the publication of a new edition that will follow the latest precepts demanded by the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature The book's "Simmary of the Flowering and Seed Plants in the Hawaiian Florat" T3ae k, Drompts the following digression: well have We the reviewers believe the Hawaiian Archipelago may boasted an endemic flora of 50,000 endemic species and infraspecific taxa before the advent of mano At that time close to 99% of the native organisms occurring in the Islands from sea coast to mountain top were endemic. The Hawaiian Islands before man's coming were truly a Paradise of the PaclfiCo Man first discovered the Hawaiian Islands just a few thousand years ago. This man belongs to the Polynesian race, and brought with him during frequent voyages animals and plants*. Among the former were dogs, pigs, chickens and, probably as stowaways, rats. Among the latter introductions were many plants useful as clothing, food, and medicine - mostly cultigens of Marquesan, Samoan and Tahitian originso As the Polynesians bred and multiplied on the choicest islands to develop into a superb new strain aptly called Hawaiian, the lowlands particularly in the drier, lee sides and the coastal yalleys on the wetter, windward side became heavily populated. "Overpopulation" was tempered not by infectious diseases but rather by famine, war, infanticide, and sacrifice of men on the altar. Set fires and the pursuit of agriculture wiped out much of the original, extensive, dry forests; and Pritchardia palm groves and shrubby plains where so- many endemic taxa are usually restricted to very limited areas, Man and especially feral pigs, certainly decimated the vegetation in many areas where agriculture was not practiced. We shall not mention the slaughter for food andor feathers of flightless and other birds, and the hunting of the monk sealo Thus a few thousand years of pseudoneolithic man exerted a profound influence on the biota The second discovery of the Hav;aiian Islands occurred during the Sixteenth Century when a Spanish galleon was shipwrecked on the Is-

^hytologia 21:120-326. 19717

197U

0.

&L

I. Degener, Hawaiian

ta:<;onoiiiy

2U3

land of Hawaii - galleons have been sailing yearly between Acapulco, Mexico and Manila, Philippines for centarleso In fact, the map of the Pacific Ocean published by Vlncenzo Maria Coronelll In I696 shows a group of Islands that might easily represent the Hawaiian Archipelago. Early Spanish maps likewise indicate the awareness of or epics of the Hawaisimilar islands. The "unwritten literature" lans handed down from father to son and from priest to priest refer to the coming of Spaniards. In fact some Hawailans, among them a teacher, living along the Kona Coast of Hawaii maintain their relationship to some of these Spaniards. Also, natives were in possession of metal of European origin before Captain Cook's coming, and they may have had the pineapple or hala-kahik l since Spanish times. In the Museum fQr Vftlkerkunde in Berlin we Inspected in 1952 a heroic statue ^ashloned of typical Hawaiian lava with gas cavities and olivines. It had been dug up in the early Nineteenth Century in a taro patch, so we were told. To us the figure represents a Spanish gran dee, perhaps idolized by the Hawailans. We doubt the Spaniards, however exerted any bane'"ul influence on the endemic biota. The tnirti discovery of the Hawaiian Islands began with Captain Cook's landfall in 1?78. This opened the Islands up to the present to two hundred years of viciously efficient extermination of endemics by the introducMon of Occidental and Oriental crop plants, ornamentals, trees for timber, and aggressive Mainland weeds and plant diseases; to livestock and herbivorous game animals preferring an endemic diet; to aggressive insect pests; and to the bulldozing of vast areas for human habitation, roads, golf courses, etc. Some of such destruction of endemics is unfortunate but justifiable; yet much is inexcusable, wanton vandalism. Due to population pressure, this destruction during the last few "bulldozer decades" has been geometric rather than arithmetric in progression. Yet despite wholesale destruction, goodly proportions of most islands are still relatively undefiled, particularly in our two National Parks, in the fogbelt too wet for crop plants and farm animals, and on the precipitous slopes. Botanists of the world should realize that the Hawaiian Islands are still the Mecca for taxonomic research - such work has hardly begun I Too often when a novelty has been discovered that does no fit any description in Hillebrand's "Flora of the Hawaiian Islands," an excellent book for the time it was published posthumously in I888, the finder would discard it with the casual remark that endemics are hopelessly polymorphic or that his specimen represents an individual belonging to a swarm of hybrids. To us the author's statement that endemic species and infraspeciflc taxa number 2,668 is patently absurd; nor are we at all in agreement that "The endemic, indigenous, and adventlve plants in the flora have been well collected and are now quite well known." It has long been our conviction that the flora of the Hawaiian Islands in Captain Cook's time did not consist of a mere 2,668 taxa, but of 20,000 or more likely 30,0001 Diligent monographic work on historical specimens collected since David Nelson's botanizing during Cook's voyage and diligent collecting and studying of

Oahu

19714

0. & I. Degener, Hawaiian taxonomy

2U5

(Courtesy, Museum

fiir

Volkerlomde, Berlin)

Presumally a Spanish grandee sculptured in Hawaiian lava

2U6

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

(Courtesy, Museum fur Volkerlomde , Berlin)

Presvunably a Spanish grandee sculptvired in Hawaiian lava

STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE)

A rJEW SPECIES OF SCHISTOCAIiPHA

Ill,

Harold Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C, 20560,

Material of the genus Schislocarpha is frequently encounterThis is ed among specimens casually determined as Eupatorium particularly true cf S. oppositi olia (Kuntze) Pydb. with its reduced female flowers in many series. Unfortunately, the uncritical use o broad genus concepts such as Eupatorium and Senecio has encouraged such misidenti'ications. The species of Schistocarpha described here had been anotated as Eupatorium in spite of rather distinct rays.
.
'

Members of the genus Schistocarpha are notable for the capillary pappus and multiseriate unequal unvolucral bracts, both of which provide a resemblance to members of the Eupatorieae. The genus has been placed until recently in the Sencioneae mostly because of the combination of capillary pappus and ray flowers. The structure of the anthers with their keeled appendages, the form of the hairs on the corolla and the form of the paleae on the receptacle has more recently shown the genus to be clearly a member o^ the Heliantheae (Robinson & Brettell, 1973)

The new species c^ Schistocarpha is distinguished partly by the prominent rays, the unwinged petioles and the sparsely pilose The involucral bracts are glabrous on the outer surface stems. Closest relationship seems and have, mostly short-pointed tips. to be with S. seleri Rydb. and S. longiligula Rydb. and the involucral bracts of the latter have rather densely fringed tips similar to those o'" the new species. Both S. longiligula and S, seleri have pedicels and branches of the inflorescence densely hirtellous while the new species has only very sparse long-stipitate gland-tipped hairs. The new species also has the most easily deciduous pappus seen in the genus, and the achenes are often completely epappose after extraction from the head.
The rather recently described Schistocarpha hondurensis Standley & L.O.Williams is close to S. seleri as indicated in the original description. The rays of S. hondurensis seem slightly shorter and broader than typical S. seleri but the differences originally cited for the petioles have no value, and the rays alone do not seem to warrant species distinction. The species is represented by many collections from southern Mexico, 2U7
,

2U8

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras and Nicaragua.

The new species is named after Dr. Julian Steyermark now at the Instituto Bot^nico in Caracas, Venezuela. Dr. Steyermark 's work in association with Dr. Paul Standley is the basis for the Flora of Guatemala series.

Plantae suffrutescentes erectae 1-2 m altae ? pauce ramosae. Caules subrubescentes teretes vel substriati parce pilosi vel subglabri. Folia opposita, petiolis 1.5-4.0 cm longis non alatis; laminae late ovatae 5-12 cm longae 2-9 cm latae base abrupte breviter acuminatae ascendentiter trinervatae margine multo argute serratae apice distincte anguste acuminatae supra parce pilosae subtus subpallescentes in nervis sparse pilosae. Inflorescentiae laxe paniculatae, pedicellis 4-13 mm longis glandulis minutis longiuscule stipitatis sparse obsitis. Capitula ca. 1 cm alta ca. 7-8 mm lata. Squamae involucri ca. 25 valde inaequilongae ca. A-seriatae 3-7 mm longae plerumque 1.5 mm latae oblongo-lanceolatae apice obtusae vel subacutae extus glabrae straminae vlx vel non striati supeme subrubescentes margine supeme dense comatae. Paleae anguste lineares apice anguste acutae breviter fimbriatae non laceratae. Corollae flavae; corollae radii ca. 8-10, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis indistinctis glabris, limbis ca. 7-9 mm longis anguste ellipticae; corollae disci ca. 25-30, ca. 5.5 mm longae, tubis distinctis ca. 2 mm longis dense hispidulis, limbus tubularibus glabris, lobis ca. 0.8 mm longis ca. duplo longioribus quam latioribus glabris; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae, appendicibus ca. 0.5 mm longis angustis ovatis; achaenia ca. 3 nun longa glabra vijc costata; carpopodia valde asymmetrica; setae pappi ca. 15-20 perfacile deciduae ca. 3-A mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 25 p, diam.
Type: GUATEMALA: Sacatep6quez: Volcano Agua, alt. 10,000 ft. 4 Feb. 1908. W.A.Kellerman 7223 (Holotype US)

The species is known only from the type collection. The ray corollas of the species seem distinctive in the rather indistinct glabrous bases. The disk corollas also differ from those of related species by their glabrous lobes.

Literature Cited
Robinson, H, and R. D. Brettell 1973. Tribal revisions in the Asteraceae. TV The relationships of Neurolaena Schisto carpha and Alepidocline Phytologia 25: 439-445.
. , .

19714

Robinson, New species of Schistocarpha

21^9

Schist ccarpha steyermarkiana H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

250

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

Schistocarpha steyermarkiana H.Robinson, Holotype, enlarge^ ment of heads.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE )

CXXXII,

THE GENUS, PHALACRAEA.

R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560

The name Phalacraea has long resided in the synonymy of the genus Piqueria as the latter has been interpreted broadly to include all members of the Eupatorieae withThe present concepts out pappus or anther appendage. of Piqueria limit the genus to a very distinctive group of species, primarily of Mexico, that have 3-5 phyllaries in a head with an equal number of flowers, papillose anther filaments, and achenes with sparse punctations. The andean genus, Pha lacraea proves distinct in all these characters and different from other close relatives in the generally flat receptacle, the lack of nonglandular hairs on the base of the corolla, the numerous setae on the achene and the rather straight sometimes attenuate base of the achene. The genus also differs from other relatives of Piqueria by the short-acute phyllaries Within the genus Phalacraea there is some variation in the shape of the achene base. Three of the species have attenuate bases while P. ca llitricha has a short broad base. This difference does not detract, however, from the uniformity of the carpopodium which is reduced to a narrow basal rim consisting of a few series of small cells. The non-carpopodial nature of the slender bases of three of the species is emphasized by the numerous setae on their surface. Such carpopodia are very distinct from other segregates of Piqueria and might seem to preclude any close relationship but for the example of somewhat similar structure in Piqueria serrata A. Gray.
,

Phalacraea

A.

P.

Decandolle, Prodr. 5:105. 1836.

Plants herbaceous, erect from decumbent bases, with few to many branches. Leaves opposite, petioles distinct, slender; blades broadly ovate to triangular, crenate to serrate. Inflorescence laxly alternately branching, broadly cymose Involucral bracts 10-18 in 2-3 series, subequal, broad with short-acute nonscarious tips, with few to many hairs and glandular punctations on outer surface; receptacle flat to slightly convex. Flowers 10-18 per head; corollas with distinct basal tube and usually expanded abruptly into
.

251

252
a

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. 3

broadly cylindrical limb, tube with many scattered minutely gland-tipped hairs, less hairs on limb, surface of limb with few to many mamillose cells, lobes slightly Longer than wide with inner surface covered by prominent rounded papillae, outer surface smooth with glandular punctations and no hairs; cells rather lax with sinuous walls; filaments with lower part non-papillose, anther collar rather stout, cells mostly subquadrate to shortly oblong with very close prominent annular thickenings, anther tip bilobed usually with two separated minute vestiges of appendage; style with base glabrous, unenlarged; style branches broad, becoming slightly broader up to broadly rounded tips, surface densely covered with high papillae; achene elongate with A-5 ribs, with numerous setae on sides and base, wall internally with crowded minute punctations, basal trace nearly straight; carpopodium a narrow rim with 2-3 rows of small subquadrate cells; pappus completely lacking. Type species: Phalacraea lat if olia A P.Decandolle
.
.

Key to species of Phalacraea

1.

Leaves broadly deltoid with mostly subcordate to truncate bases; heads larger, 5-6 mm high; corollas A-5 mm long, inner surface of corolla limb with very few papillae. ... P. latif olia
Leaves ovate with slightly cuneate bases; heads ^-5 mm high; corollas 2-3 mm long, inner surface of corolla limb densely papillose 2.
2.

1.

Corolla limbs less abruptly expanded at base to ca. 3 times as wide as tube; base of carpopodP. callitricha ium scarcely narrowed, ...
Corolla limbs very abruptly expanded and even retrorsely bulging at base, becoming ^-5 times as wide as tube; achene with distinct narrow 3. twisted base
3.

2,

Leaves very bluntly acute; 1^-18 broadly elliptical involucral bracts with broadly P, pittieri acute to obtuse tips Leaves mostly short acuminate; usually 10 oblong involucral bracts, tips of bracts P. ecuadorensis rather sharply acute
. .

3.

The combinations of the four species are as follows,

197^1

King

f.

Robinson, ^Icnus Fhalacraea

253

Phalacraea callitricha (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King ^ H. Robinson, comb. nov. Piouer ia callitricha B.L.RobinUTTlT'. 1906. Colombia. son, lYoc, Amer. Acad
.

Phalacraea ecuadorensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. "PLantae procumbentes sensim erectae herbaceae usque ad 80 cm altae pauce ramosae. Caules fuLvescentes Folia opposita, petiolis teretes striati puberuli. laminae ovatae usque ad 5 cm usque ad 2.5 cm Longis 1-ongae et 3.5 cm Latae base late cuneatae trinervatae margine multo serrato-dentatae apice breviter acuminatae supra sparse pilosae et minute puberulae subtus minute puberulae et glanduLo-punctatae in nervis sparse pilosae. Inf Lorescentiae cymosae ve L subcymosae, pedicellis I-I5 mm Longis gLanduLis longiuscule stipitatis dense obsitis. Capitula k-5 mm alta; f Lores ca. L5-L8; squamae invoLucri L0-L2 pLerumque LO eximbricatae ca. 2-seriatae subaequiLongae obLongae ca. 2.5 mm Longae 0.6-0.8 mm Latae bicostatae apice acutae extus gLanduLif erae superne densius minute piLiferae; coroLLae 2.5-3.0 mm Longae, tubis vaLde distinctis ca. 0.7 mm Longis gLanduLis stipitatis obsitis, Limbis ca L.5 mm Longis abrupte Late campanuLatis intus papiLLosis lobis 0.5-0.8 mm Longis pLerumque aequiLatera Liter tr ianguLar ibus veL parum Longioribus intus dense papiLLosis extus sparse glanduLo-punctat is fiLamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 200^, Longa thecae ca. 600u Longae; achaenia ca. 2.0 mm Longa setifera base breviter distincte stipitata; carpopodia superne setifera, ceLLuLis basiLaribus quadratis ve L breviter obLongis ca LOu Latis. Grana poLLinis ca. 25 u diam.
;

Type: ECUADOR: Azuay: a Long the road to Naranjal, ca. lU kms generally W of Cuenca, Elevation ca 10,000 ft. February 2, 197^4, Robert Merrill King 66 53 (Holotype US).
.

The new species is most similar to P. pittier (R.M.King) R.M.King & H.Robinson but differs by the somewhat acuminate Leaf tips and the smaller number of narrower more acute invoLucral bracts. The new species is from an area draining eastward into the Amazonian basin. The related P. pittier is presently known only from areas draining westward or to the north. The Ecuadorian collection of P. pittieri is, nevertheless, close to the locality for P. ecuadorensis and the distributions may prove to overlap.

Phalacraea latif olia A P.DecandoLle

.

Prodr.

5:106.

1836. Peru.

251i

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

PhaLacraea pittieri (R.M. King )R.M. King & H.Robinson, ^^'^^^^'c'omST nov" ^Piqueria pittieri R.M.King, SIDA 3: L07, 1967, Colombia, Ecuador.
The species was originally described from Colombia,
A second coILection seems to represent this species from Ecuador: Chimborazo: southeast of Joyagshi along alt. 9,900 ft., Wiggins 1071^4 (US). Sibambe-Tarabo R.R.
,

Acknowledgement
This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 AQl^ to the senior Field work in Ecuador was supported by a grant author. from the National Geographic Society, Washington, D. C.

197k

King & Robinson, Genus Phalacraea

255

ii'Ui'i

Phalacraea ecuadorensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History,

256

PKYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

Phalacraea ecuadorensis R.M.King Holotype, enlargement of heads.

H.Robinson,

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE)

A NEW GENUS,

CXXXI

GUEVARIA.

R, M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560

The genus Fiquer ia was one of the formula genera that have been recognized in the Eupatorieae and like others it has proven to be unnatural. The genus was maintained for species having no pappus and no anther appendage though it did at one time include a few appendaged species now properly placed in Ageratum Recent investigations have shown that two groups in Mexico placed with Piquer ia had relationships to completely different groups, Erythradenia to Decachaeta Piquer ia standleyi B.L.Robinson to Koanophyllon The South American subgenus Artemis ioides DC. has proven to belong to the very different genus Ophryosporus The remaining elements retain many features in common and might prove a natural though highly diverse group. There are also some genera that must be considered in relation to the group that have not been included in previous treatments. The present effort involves an evaluation of the genera related to Piquer ia and the description of one of these, Gue var ia as new. As deTTmited in the present study the relatives of Piquer ia share a number of characters including the herbaceous habit, subequal phyllaries, corollas with distinct tubes and abruptly broader limbs, lobes covered with papillae on the inner surface, cells of the anther collars densely ornamented with annular thickenings, a usually reduced anther appendage, an unenlarged glabrous style base, a papillose often slightly broadened stylar appendage, and a reduced pappus. Many members of the group also have a contorted base of the achene. As such the group is notable for containing some of the most minute members of the Asteraceae and certainly the smallest of the Eupatorieae, Piqueriopsis Iltisia and Ferreyrella S~genus that seems close to the Piquer ia group is Phania with a short squamose pappus and a short anther appendage. The true relationship of Phania seems clearly to Ageratum however, and at least some features such as the Feduced anther appendage seem to be paralle lisms
. , . . ,

257

258

PHYTOLOGIA
,

Vol. 29, no. 3

Another genus of questionable relationship is 1965) with its inflated fluid Ascidiogyne (Cuatrecasas filled outer Layer of the achene. The pappus is present, forming a short crown, and the inner surfaces of the coroLLa Lobes seem nearLy smooth. Two genera that be Long to the group are ILtisia and Micros per mum which have we LL-deve Loped anther appendages. The Latter is distinctive for the greatLy expanded ray-Like peripheraL fLowers of the heads and some species have a vestigiaL pappus. The genera have been pLaced in the HeLenieae, an error corrected by Rzedowski (L970). These genera seem speciaLized within the Piquerinae, however, and not transitionaL from a HeLianthian ancestor as suggested by Rzedowski, ELLenbergia (Cuatrecasas, l96^) is a monotypic genus of Peru that is very siraiLar to species pLaced here under Guevar ia but there is a pappus of numerous short narrow tapering setae and the anther fiLaments consist aLmost entireLy of the coLLar. The species has aLso been described as Piqueria setif era Chung
(L967).

The two oLdest names in the Piquerinae prove to represent the two most distinctive remaining eLements. Piqueria primariLy of Mexico differs from other genera by heads with 3-5 phyLLaries and an equaL number of fLowers, papiLLose fiLaments, and sparse punctations in the achene waLL, PhaLacrea of northern Andes is most distinct in the many fLowered heads with pLain to sLightLy convex receptacLes, the short-acute phyLLaries, the aLmost excLusiveLy gLanduLar hairs on the coroLLa, the numerous setae on the achenes, and the often attenuate bases of the achenes with smaLL carpopodia. These differences are sufficient to raise the question of paraLLeLism in other characters. The phyLLaries and the carpopodia seem particuLarLy significant in PhaLacrea though the carpopodiaL structure is approached one species of Piqueria The remaining genera of the compLex seem to form the onLy unquest ionabLy reLated series. These genera incLude Guevar ia and Fe rreyre LLa of the Andes, Piquer iops is of Mexico and Piquer le LLa even farther away eastern BraziL. The four genera share the bLunt invoLucraL bracts, coroLLa shape and most features of the achene and seem unquestionabLy reLated, The peruvian genus, Ferrey re LLa consists of two very smaLL erect species with paLeaceous receptacLes. PaLeae are found in no other genus of the Piqueria group. The two species are notabLe for more variation in size of the anther appendage than is seen in any reLated genera. The smaLL genus, Piquer iopsis is a cLose reLative native to
,

197ii

King & Robinson, Genus Guevaria

2^9

Michoacan in Mexico. The mexican genus is a minute erect plant distinguished by the 8-LO ribs on the achenes The anther thecae are and the tetramerous corollas. particularly short and broad. The remaining two genera, seem particularly closely i^iquerie Lla and Guevaria related but differ by a number of significant characters. The former genus, consisting of a single species, has rather few-flowered heads and scarcely convex receptacles, glabrous corolla tubes, single very short appendages on each anther and an erect plant base from a short tapThe group of ^ species in the Andes that is placed root. here in the new genus, Guevaria has larger heads with mostly conical receptacles, corolla tubes with many mostly non-glandular hairs, anther appendages totally vestigial and bases of the plants decumbent.
,

Guey^ria^ R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae ) Plantae decumbentes sensim erectae herbaceae ve I suf f rutescentes usque ad ^ dm altae pauce ve I multo ramosae. Folia opposita anguste saepe breviter petiolata, laminis ovatis crenulatis ve I serrulatis trinervatis supra pilosis subtus pilosis et minute puberulis saepe glandiferis. Inf lorescentiae laxe subcymosae, pedicellis glanduLis stipitatis obsitis. Squamae Capitula late campanulata f lores 15-^40. involucri 10-20 2-3-seriatae subaequales lata apice rotundata vel subtruncata vel apiculata receptacula conica glabra. Corollae albae breves base distincte tubulosae, tubis dense hirsutis, pilis multiseptatis limbis breviter late plerumque non glandulif er is campanulatis lobis 5 subaequilateraliter triangular ibus intus et margine dense papillosis extus breviter piliferis vel glandulifer is parietibus cellularum sinuosis; filamenta antherarum laevia in parte superiore vix incrassata, cellulis plerumque brevibus obscuris, parietibus valde transverse annul atis; cellulae exotheciales subquadratis appendicibus nullis vel subnullis; styli inferne glabri non nodulosi, appendicibus late linearibus dense longe papillosis; achaenia prismatica obovata 5-costata glabra; carpopodia valde asymmetrica, cellulis 2-5-seriatis plerumque elongatis; pappus nullus. Grana pollinis sphaerica ca. I8p, diam, breviter spinosa Species typica Piquer ia sodiroi Hieron ex Sod.
.
; ; ,

Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following four species.

260

PHYTCLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

Guevaru^ aLvaroi R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. PLantae decumbentes sensim erectae usque ad 65 cm altae CauLes herbaceae veL suf f rutescentes pauce ramosae. fuLvescentes teretes striati puberuLi veL hirteLLi. laminae ovatae FoLia opposita, petioLis 2-10 mm longis veL deLtoideae usque ad 2 7 cm longae et 2.0 cm Latae base truncatae vel late cuneatae trinervatae raargine muLto crenato-serratae apice breviter subacutae vel anguste obtusae supra sparse puberulae et breviter piLosae subtus dense glandulo-punctatae plerumque in Inf lorescentiae subcymosae, pedicelLis nervis hirteLLae. CapituLa pLerumque 2-8 mm longis dense albo-puberulis flores ca, UO; squamae invoLucri ca. L5 ca 3 mm aLta; eximbricatae 2-3-seriatae subaequiLongae Late eLLipticae L. 5-2.0 mm Longae usque ad L mm Latae apice Late rotundatae breviter bicostatae extus sparse perminute puberuLaeveL gLabrae margine distincte breviter fimbriatae; coroLLae ca. L.5 mm Longae, tubis vaLde distinctis ca. 0.3 mm Longis inferne Longe piLosis nongLanduLiferis superne gLanduLis breviter stipitatis obsitis Limbis Late abrupte campanuLatis Lobis ca. 0.5 mm Longis parum Longioribus quam Latioribus intus et margine dense papiLLosis extus pauce gLanduLo-punctatis superne breviter hirsutis; fiLamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. LOOtj, Longa thecae ca. ^50|i Longae; achaenia ca. L.25 mm Longa obovata gLabra carpopodia Grana L00-200iA Longa, ceLLuLis obLongis ca. L0|i Latis. poLLinis ca. 20u, diam.
;

LL kms NE of Giron. ELevation ca. 3, L97A, Robert MerriLL King 6673

Type: ECUADOR: Asuay: aLong the road to Giron, ca. 8,900 ft. February (HoLotype US).

The new species is cLoseLy reLated to Guevaria but that differs by the much smaLLer straggLing habit and the more puberuLous to piLiferous outer surfaces of the invoLucraL bracts. The other ecuadorian species, G. Loxensis has the more erect habit of G. aLvaroi but has generaLLy Larger more coarseLy crenate Leaves with more cuneate bases and more obovate invoLucraL bracts with more truncate sLightLy scarious apicaL margins. The peruvian G. vargasii is much Less cLoseLy reLated and can be easiLy distinguished by the mostLy or compLeteLy aLternate Leaves. The genus and species are both named for Mr. ALvaro E. Guevara of Austin, Texas, who has heLped the senior author on a number of coLLecting trips.
s

od ir o

I97I4

King

&

Robinson, Genus Guevaria

261

Guevaria Loxensi^ (Blake & Steyermark) R.M.King & H. ^?)binson7'comb. nov. Piquer ia loxensis Blake & Steyermark, Journ. Wash, Acad. Sci. ^0:^47. 1950. Ecuador. Guevaria sodiroi (Hieron. ex Sod.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb." nov .^ Piquer ia sodiroi Hieron. ex Sod,, in Ecuador. Engl. Jahrb, 29:3. 1900.

Guevaria yarg^asii (Chung) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. PiqueFia vargasii Chung, Phytologia l'4:325.
1967.

Peru.

References
Chung, L.C. 1967, New taxa of South American Compositae Phytologia li4 (6 ) :32 1-325
.

Cuatrecasas, J. 196^4. Studies on Andean Compositae: VI. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 77:127-156.
1965. Some new Compositae from Peru, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 52 (3 ) :30i4-3l3

Rzedowski, J, 1970. Estudio sisteraatico del genero Micros permum (Compositae). Bol. Soc. Mexico 31:^9-107

Acknowledgement
This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 AOk to the senior author. Field work in Ecuador was supported by a grant from the National Geographic Society, Washington, D. C.

262

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

Ho^^^ype, Guevaria alvaroi R.M.King & H. Robinson Herbarium. P^t^,^y National States Unite d J^'^^^^^l Natural Museum of Krantz, Staff Photographer. National History.

1971

King

Fi

Robinson, Genus Guevaria

i*^
^-

263

-^z

Guevaria alvaroi R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype enlargement of heads.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE)

A NEW GENUS,

CXXXIII,

PIQUERIELLA

R. M. King and H.Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560,

A collection of a previously undescribed species from extreme eastern Brazil represents a disjunct member of the group of Eupatorieae previously known under the broad genus name Piquer ia The group is noted for the Lack of pappus on the achene and by the anther appendage being reduced or absent. Recent studies have refined the concept of Piquer ia and removed many rather unrelated groups such as Erythr adenia Koanophy lion standleyi and a series of Ophryo sporus species The more related elements of Piquer la have also proven very diverse with typical Piquer la having papillose anther filaments, more sparsely punctate achene walls and a reduced number of both flowers and involucral bracts. The brazilian and all of the andean species are among the elements excluded from Piqueria in this more natural delimitation. The actual element to which the brazilian material is most closely related is the newly described genus, Guevar ia of the northern Andes. The brazilian species is distinct from Guevar ia however, in a number of significant characters Tncluding the erect bases of the plants rather than decumbent, the fewer flowered heads with scarcely convex rather than conical receptacles, the glabrous corolla tubes rather than tubes bearing many non-glanduIar hairs, and anthers with a single very short broad appendage rather than two almost non-appendiculate lobes. The geographical isolation reenforces the distinction seen in structural features. On this basis the new genus Piquer ie ILa is established here for the brazilian species,
,

:?i9iijisii .fejLiiiSiLi? R.M.King & H.Robinson, gen. et sp. nov. Plantae erectae herbaceae usque ad

60 cm altae subperennes? pauce ramosae. Caules virides vel fulvescentes teretes leniter striati glandulis longiuscuLe stipitatis obsiti. Folia plerumque opposita anguste petiolata, petioLis 3-16 mm longis lamina ovata papyracea usque ad 6 cm Longa et 3.5 cm lata base late cuneata trinervata margine grosse multo dentata apice breviter anguste acuminata
;

261i

19 7U

King

St

Robinson, Genua Piqueriella

2651

supra sparse pilosa subtus sparse minute glandulifera Inf lorescentiae Laxe in nervis sparse pilosa. subcyraosae, ramis glanduLis Longiuscule stipitatis obsitis, pediceLIis 2-^4 mm longis minute puberuLis. Capitula ca. 2-5 mm alta; flores ca. 8; squamae invoLucri ca. 6 biseriatae aequilongae late obLongae veL obovatae ca. 1,5 mm longae et L ram Latae apice subtruncatae 3-5 denticulatae extus glabrae; receptacula plana ve L leniter convexa, CoroIIae albae? L mm longae glabrae base distincte tubulosae tubis ca, 0,3 mm longis, limbis late campanulat is lobis 5 ca. O.U mm Longis subaequilateraliter triangular ibus intus et margine dense papiLIosis, parietibus cellularum sinuosis; filamenta antherarum laevia in parte superiore vix incrassata ca, LSOp, longa cellulis pLerumque brevibus obscuris, parietibus vaLde transverse annulatis; thecae ca 0.5 mm Longis, ceLLuLis subquadratis appendicibus distinctis 120-L50^l Latis et 30p, Longis; styLi inferne gLabri non noduLosi, appendicibus breviter subcLavatis dense Longe papiLLosis; achaenia prismatica obovata ca, L,3 mm Longa 5-costata gLabra; carpopodia vaLde asymmetrica, ceLLuLis 2-3-seriatis pLeruraque eLongatis; pappus nuLLus. Grana poLLinis sphaerica ca L8u diam. breviter spinosa. Type: BRAZIL: Ceara: Serra de Baturite, Bico ALto, cume August 17, L908. A, Ducke s (HoLotype RB, Isotype US),
, , , ,

AcknowLedgeraents

This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 AOk to the senior author. We wish to thank Dr. Graziela M. Barroso of the Jardim Botanico do Rio de Janeiro for making the materiaL avaiLabLe for our study

266

Vol. 29, no. 3

%^
9>t

UNltf.D StATES

2583859 A

PiquerielLa brasiliensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium; habit Photos by Victor E. Krantz, and enlargement of heads. Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES OF ELECTRON IXtCROSCOPY: Biological Ap-^ plications" by M, A. Hayat. Volume I, xv ?r 1^12 pp., illus. 1970; Volume II, xvii ^ 236 pp., illus. 1972. Van Nostrand Reinhold Conpar^, New York, N. Y. 10001. ^19 .50 each.
"The primary objective of this book is to provide tho reader with the foundation in biochemical concepts goveiming the prepara[so as to] help in better understanding the tory procedures electron raicroi-jraph of a specimen, which has been subjected to fixation, dehydration, erdoedding, sectioning, staining and electron bombardment." After this scientific, rather than cookbook, orientation in Volume I the author explains the accomplishment of each of these steps along with their aberrations. There are outlined on three pages "Defects appearing during sectioning" and their possible causes and remedies. Much of this information and explanation are applicable also to preparations for the light microscope. The Appendix provides fixation and buffer procedures, supply distributors and bibliography. For Volume 2 M. A. Hayat is actually the editor of the contributions of nine different writers but the writing style remains remarkably uniform, clear-cut, and Is effectively illustrated like the first volume is. It covers fi*eezing technology by fraezedrying, freeze-substitution, and freeze-otching techniqpies and inteirpreting the images, negative staining, shadow casting and replication, shadowing and high resolution, and autoradiography as an emerging "cytochemical tool employed to localize and quantify [with poison statistics] radioactive material at submicroscopic levels". This volume is also provided with references and index. These writings will prove of real value to many in the teaching profession, to advanced students, technicians and many kinds of biologists whose research problems require or can be assisted by E M.

"ECTOMYCORRHIZAE: Their Ecology and Physiology" edited by G. C. Marks & T. T, Kozlowski, xiv & U4I; pp., illus.. Academic Press, London NW 1 & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1973. $28.50.

This is an interesting and valuable volume of ten papers in It discusses morphology, morphogenesis, classification, native and man-aade forest distribution, growth around seeds and roots, mineral nutrition, carbohydrate acquisition usually as simpler sugaa-s, growth-regulating horaonal influence on roots, interrelationships with the microbially rich rhizosphere and with feeder root diseases, and the application of these symbioses to forestry practice, 267
the Physiological Ecology Series.

268

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. 3

The mycorrhlza (ecto, endo or both) develop after a fungua enters the living primary cortiusually a soil basidicsnycate in this limited of certain trees especially cal root cells zone and progresses acropatally as the root grows. Might they protect the associated roots from absorbing phytotosins in the surrounding soil as suggested by Zak? Bibliographies are provided with each paper. Author and subject indexes are provided. Usually Acadeoic Press publications of this type also include an organism index too: it is missing hare. Even if the nranenclatvire of these fungi leaves veiy much to be desiz^d, fungal names are used as are host plant names. At least p. 81 lists phanerogamic genera repoirted with ectomycorrhiza. IThile the most obvious orientation of this book is towaurtis forestry, mycology and soil microbiology, many more fields with their students, teachers, technicians, i^search workers, and interested readers are involved, as, for instance, phytopathology, phQrtophysiology, horticulture, ecological edaphology, biochamis-

try, etc.

A TRAVELLER'S GUIDE TO NORTH AMERICAN QARDEMS" by Harry Britten Logan, vii & 2^3 PP, illu3., Charles Scrlbner's Sons, New York, N. Y. 10017. 197U. $15.00.

Since the title makes the contents self evident there is no explanatory introduction, there is just the listing alphabeticalbotanically, horticultuT'ly by states most of the outstanding ally, arboretically, artistically gardens. They are show and/or study places of native and/or exotic well cared-for plantings. They vary tremendously in size and type of ownership and operation. They all share in common the well deserved publicity that this book offers and the privilege of being illustrated by superb black/white photograph prints. A few are also shown in exquisite color. The main features of orientation and for seasonal changes, the addresses, admission hours, costs (if any) and other admittance policies for nearly 1,300 gardens are all included in well organized compact form along with those inviting photographs. There are listings of specialized plant societies with their addresses and of State Tourist Bureaus witti their addresses, and an index. For this type of reproduction the book is amazingly ine3q)ensivo and it has so many different uses frraa coffee table conversation piece, to general and horticultural library reference, to tour planners for special interest groups, to gift-giving for garden clubbers who have done some travelling, hope to or wish they co\ild, since along with our mainland states, Canada, Hawaii, the Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico are also included.

19 7h

lloldenke. Book reviews

269

"BIOGENESIS OF PUfTT CELL WALL POLYSACCHARIDES" edited by Frank Loewus, xi 379 pp., illus.. Academic Press, London NW 1 & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1973. $11^.00.
(?r

These are the proceedings of the Symposium on this topic which was featured at the l6Uth National Meeting of th- American Chanical Society through its Cellulose, Wood and Fiber Section and was held in New York City in 1972. The 17 papers have been reproduced here by a neat rapid photo offset process after uniform vari typing. The topics considered include the njyo-inositol oxidation pathway to polysaccharides, carbohydrate polymers, formation of UDP-D-glucuronic acid, glycopeptide linlcages of extensin, hydroxyproline-rich glycoproteins, modified (fibrillar) polygalacturonic acid, etc., from a wide range of plants that are not major crop or pest organisms but rather on V/oI-fiella , Porphyridium , Pleurochrysis, etc. There is a group of pollination papers dealing with sty lair transmitting tissues' intercellular substance, pistil secretion and pollen tube wall formation, and pollen enzjines involved in sugar nucleotide formation all loading to such interesting questions that nay be answerable soon. These studies seam to be carefxiLly executed, well repoirted, and documented with their individual bibliographies

"MUSIiROOMS IN THEIR NATURAL HABITATS" by Alexander H. Smith, xiv 626 pp., illus.. Replication Edition by Hafner Press, Division of Macmillan Company, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973.
<Sc

$1U.95.

This is a facsimile copy of the original Volume I of 19U9 with its very detailed descriptive text originally planned to accompany the other volxime with its color photographs. Present day color photography and its printing sq widely practiced by ajnateur and professional are so superior now that repetition of the- older
plates would really be wasteful. But making easily available again the excellent, accurate and thorough notes of this lifetime the student, the n^ycologist/author is really wonderful for professional and the serious amateur. For each species the scientific name and s^Tioryms with sources, general discussion, edibility, habit, habitat, distribution and technical description are given. There are also several clearly written chapters on general features of mushrooms that should help the formal student to learn and enjoy and the nycophile to enjoy and learn.

"PYRETHRUK -- The Natural Insecticide" edited by John E. Casida, xvii & 329 pp., illus.. Academic Press, London NW 1 i: New York, N. Y. 10003. 1973. $16.00.
This needed and comprehensive collection of papers comes from

270

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. 3

the "International Symposium on Recent Advances with pyrethrum the Natural Insecticide" at the 25th Anniversary meetings of the American Institute of Biological Sciences at tho University of Minnesota in 1972. "Pyrethrum was in use in Europe as an insecticide more than a century ago and in Persia considerably earlier" and was taken

from the dried "insect flower" heads of Chrysanthemum cinerariae fo lium (Treviranus) Boccone. The extractable pyrethrins consist
of closely related insecticidally active esters of sesquiterpenes flavonoids, triterpenols and sterols, alkanes, fatty acids and carotenoids. These biodegradable contact poisons are usually effectively enhanced with such a synergist as piperonyl butoxide, but the biochemical or biophysical mechanisms of the insecticidal action are not yet defined. Caraougis provides an interesting diagram of proposed relationships among various events in the nervous system of arthropods following exposure to pyrothrins. Available toxicity data provide no evidence that pyrethrins are carcinogenic, teratogenic, mutagenic, or toxic to warro-blooded animals within normal dosages, but mora long-term studies are needed. Between the covers of this one reasonably priced book are many scientifically correct answers and reliable directions that offer real help to people in mai^y walks of life who have to deal v/ith problems of pesticides "which are burdened with emotions, pressures, court instructions, the necessity of making quick decisions scsnetimes too hasty and even faulty, as a result of the absence of sound and reliable information,"

"PlAm SUCCESSION Af

IICJIGATORS - A Definitive Edition of Plant Succession and Plant Indicators" by Frederic E, Clements, xvi 4 U$3 pp., illus.. Replication Edition by Hafner Press, Division of Macmillan Company, London & Torontb, Ontario, & New York, N, Y, 10022. 1973. $lli.95.

iVith the growing and sustaining interest in ecology, the return of this book to personal, laboratory, school and university library shelves should be appreciated because of the manj' facts and ideas presented herein. This material was first published in 1916 as the Carnegie Institution Report 2l;2 and was then combined with the "Plant Succession" report of 1920 and condensed for publication in 1928 and ever since then it has been much used and highly valued. It is this edition which is the facsimile source of this new edition. Ah, if only Hafner had seen fit to add an organism indexl Of course, this lament was voiced, sighed or thought by several busy botanists checking the book for certain specifics at various times since 1923.

19 7U

Moldenke, Book reviews

271

"COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY OF VASCULAR PLA^fl'i" by Adriance C. Fostar. 8i Ernest }/. Gifford, Jr., Second Edition, ix fj 751 pp., illus. 1971;. 517.00.
The very fine first edition of this work caae froa the presses
It years ago and became a classic in its field, and so will this

edition surely be. The older type course in plant anatomy prosaically presented through the groups started fading away even by the time of the first edition; but the plants and the intellectual need to seek interpretations for things seen (or distorted) by means of electron microscopy and with the newer preparation techniques fortunately do not fade. The courses get different orientation and names. And so there is a need now for this well revised book. Prominent among the advances of this edition are (1) the indication that the Devonian " Psilophytalos " represent three parallel lines of evolutional^/ specialization (instead of only one) among early vascular plants, (2) the recognition of Archaeopteris and other Paleozoic progyronosperms (relegating the Pteropsida taxon to s^monjTny) , (3) the greater emphasis on morphogenesis (especially in ferns) and cytological ultrastructure, (U) additional bibliography, and (5) to the many of the original illustrations have berjn added man^'' new outstanding fine photographs, line drawings and diagrams relating to such newer materials.

"DORLAND'S ILLUSTRATED MEDICAL DICTIOflARY" 25th Edition edited by John P. Friel, xl ^ 17U8 pp., illus,, V^ B. Saunders Co., Toronto M8Z 5T9, London ^YCIA IDB fk Philadelphia, Pa. 19105. I97I4. U.K.: X9.15 Standard &,*a?.l5 Deluxe, Canada: $22.15 Standard & $29.35 Deluxe, U.S.A.: $21.50 Standard & $28.50 Deluxe

Starting at the beginning of this centxiry and through each of its new editions this careful compilation continues to be an out-

standingly helpful, accurate and up-to-date general dictionary for medical science and its peripheral fields. Consequently it should be very useful, not only to physicians themselves since the field covered is so broad, to medical, premedical, biology, biochemistry, etc. students, and to educated families. There are 62 detailed plates of detailed anatomical structures mainly, but also of viruses, splints, sutures, etc. There are 26 detailed tables of ligamonts, blood vessels, nerves, naturally occ\u-ring amino acids, venomous snakes, etc. An excellent introductory article on medical medical entomology, careful crossreferencing without wasteful repetitions, and other featiires enhance the value of this edition*

272

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 3

"STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIOIJ OF CHL0R0PLA3TS" edited by Martin Gibbs, xlv & 286 pp., illus., Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg & Berlin & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1971 [1972]. $22.60.
This book is composed of nine carefully prepared. non-repetitive papers surveying the field concisely and effectively by ten contributors including the editor. The following subjects are considered: (1) A 100-year historical survey of photosynthesis, (2) the ultrastructure of all kinds of plastids, (3) light-induced chloroplast contraction and movement, (h) plastid inheritance and mutations as shown by the variegated plastome mutants in Antirrhinum , Nicotiana , Arabidopsis , Spilobium , and Zea mays , (5) nucleic acids and information processing in chloroplasts which "contain systems capable of forming DNA, of using a DNA template for the synthesis of RNA and of using polyribonucleotides as templates for the incorporation of amino acids into polypeptides", (6) lipids of chloroplasts, (7) biochemistry of photophosphorization which serves as a general energy-pool for many cellular procescarbohydrate metabolism by chloroplasts through its ses, (8) autotrophic phase in wtiich CO2 is converted to a phosphorylated hexose, (9) biosynthesis by chloroplasts of such secondary products as proteins, lipids and such pigments as a & b chlorophylls and carotenoids, quinones, polyprenols, sterols, terpenoids and of the fruit maturation changes into chromoplasts. Each chapter is well supplied with bibliography. There is a general index. The charts, diagrams and EM photographs are helpful. The work provides an excellent survey of this topic.

"IIYCOTAXDN

An International Journal Designed to Expedite Publication of Research on Taxonomy & Nomenclature of Fungi & Lichens" co-edited by RichsLrd P. Korf and G, L. Hennebert, P. 0. Box 261a, Ithaca, New York lUS^O. Vol. 1, No. 1, 61i pp., illus., July September 197li. $6.00 ~ $16.00 per volume by subscription.

Sooewhat similar in format, systematics orientation, and offset printing to "PHYTOLOGIA", this new botanical journal, with numbers to appear quarterly and with each volume consisting of 2$6 or more pages, is hereby formally welcomed and well-wished. Dr. Korf is the managing and English language editor, while Dr. Hennebert is the French languaige and book review editor who can be addressed at Huttelaan 36, B-303O Heverlee, Belgium. This first issue describes the function and policies of MYGOTAXON, prospective authors' instructions, and subscription details, including some new ideas. The major part is devoted to taxonomlc papers on Massospora from cicadas . a new Lomentospora from greenhouses, and the retention of Lasiostictis and Bisporella as resuiTected older names.

PHYTOLOGIA
Designed to expedite botanical publication
Vol.29

December 1974

No. 4

BOTANICAL CAftDSN
CONTENTS

y^\LLlAMS.

L. O.,

Some

hclcnioid Composirae

from Central America .... 273

Costa Riea

SIMPSON. D.

R..

A new Hinionia (Rubiaceae) from

277
281
331

MOLDENKE,
MOLDENKE,

H. N.. Additional notes on the Eriocaulaeeae. L

A. L.,

Book

reviews

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and

Alma

L.

Moldenke

303 Parkside Road

Plainfield,

New

Jersey

07060

^
'

U.S.A.
Price of this

at close

number. Si. 50; per volume. S9.00 in advance or S9.50 of volume; 75 cents extra to foreign addresses

SOME HELENIOID CCM'OSITAE FROM CENTRAL AMERICA

Louis 0. Williams Field Museum and Escuela Agricola Panamericana

The tribe Helenieae of the Compositae is not greatlydifferent from the tribe Heliantheae , and by some botanists the two are joined. The Guatemalan genera of the tribe Helenieae seem to be fairly distinct from the helianthoid kinds, so as a matter of convenience the tribe Helenieae will be maintained in the Flora of Guatemala. The tribe is a small one in Guatemala, 12 genera and 32 species. Very few additional species are known from the other Centiral American countries.
The field and herbarium work involved in the preparation of the Helenieae for the Flora of Guatemala, and for preliminary notes on Guatemalan and Central American kinds, has been generously supported by the National Science Foundation, to which our sincere thanks are given.

DYSSODIA DECIPIENS (Bartling) M. C. Johnston, Rhodora 64:1962; Strother, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 48: 25. 1969. Syncephalantha decipiens Bartling, Ind. Sem. Hort. Goett. I836: 6. I836; Schlechtendahl, Linnaea 12: Lit. Ber. 80. 1838. S. sanguine a Klatt, Leopoldina 25: IO6. 1889. S. macrophylla Klatt, 1. c. 108. Dyssodia sanguinea Strother, 1. c.
13.

The genus Syncephalantha was based by Bartling on plants grown from seeds received from Karwinski. Karwinski spent five j-ears in Mexico, principally in Oaxaca, and it may be assiomed that the seeds which he collected of this attractive plant came from there. Klatt, in 1889, described two additional species of Syncephalanthus , a varient spelling of the generic name. Syncephalanthus sanguineus was described from a Warszewicz collection, number 87 "Hab. Guatemala et Costarica." Since the species is not known from Costa Rica and is abundant in Guatemala, I assume that the collection was made in Guatemala. Syncephalanthus macrophyllus was grown in the Berlin Botanical Garden from material of unspecified origin.

273

27li

P H I T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. U

Strother in his study of Dyssodia has maintained both Dyssodia decipiens and D. sanguinea . However the collections available to me in Field Museum, 4 from Oaxaca, 4 from Chiapas and about 40 from Guatemala, seem to me to represent a single species, and will be so treated in the Flora of Guatemala.

ESPEJOA MEXICANA DC. Prodr. 5: 660. I836. Jaumea mexicana Benth. & Hook, ex Hemsl. Biol. Cent. Am. Bot. 2: 209. 1881.
There is a single species in this genus, E. mexicana DC, which is found from Mexico south to Nicaragua. The species sometimes has been referred to Jaumea as was done by Hemsley and by Bentham and Hooker. I have, seen inadequate material of Jaumea linearifolia Pers. (the type species of Jaumea ) from the sea coast of Argentina and Uruguay, but that seen seems to indicate that Espejoa mexicana does not belong in the same genus.
,

HELENIUM INTEGRIFOLIUM (HBK.) Benth. & Hook, ex Hemsl. Biol.

Cent. Am. Bot. 2: 227. 1881

A common plant in the high subalpine meadows of the Cuchumatanes mountains in Guatemala, extending well north in Mexico. These meadows are badly overgrazed by sheep, but this Helenii:im is not grazed and is said locally to be poisonous to sheep. We have no proof that this is so, but for some reason the plant is not palatable to sheep.

Helenium scorzonerae folium (DC.) Gray is a very closely related species to be expected in Guatemala, for it is known close by in Chiapas.
These two species have often been placed in different genera,- by Ifydberg in North American Flora one in Dugaldia and the other in Hecubaea. However, the differences between the two even at specific level seems minor to me.

PECTIS MULTIFLOSCULOSA (DC.) Sch.-Bip. in Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald 309. I856. Lorentea multiflosculosa DC. Prodr. 5: 102. I836. Pectis arenaria Benth. Bot. Voy. SiiLphur 110. I846. Cheilodiscus littoralis Triana, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 4. Bot. 9: 36. Pectis bibracteata Klatt, Leopoldina 20: 92. I884. 1858. P. grandiflora Klatt, Leopoldina 1895: 6. 1895; Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 35: 290. I896. P. lehmannii Hieron. in Engler, Bot. Jahrb.
28: 620. 1901.

An interesting strand plant that occurs along Pacific shores from a bit farther north than Acapulco, Mexico, to Tumbes on the northernmost coast of Peru.- I have seen no specimens from Guate-

197li

Williams, Some Helenioid Compositae

275

mala but my associate, Prof. Antonio Molina R, , tells me that it The species is known is abixndant along the beach at Champerico. from a single collection each in El Salvador, Honduras and Nicaragua, and from several Costa Rican collections. It is to be expected in Panama, but I have seen no specimens.

Photographs of types or authentic material are available at the Field Museum of: Lorentea multiflosculosa (20718); Cheilodiscus littoralis (380A5) Pectis bibracteata (22605) and Pectis lehmannii (15472).
; ;

SCHKUHRIA VIRGATA (Llave & Lex.) DC. Prodr. 5: 654. I836. Mieria virgata Llave & Lex. Nov, Veg. Descr. 2: 9. 1825. Hopkirkia anthemoidea DC. Prodr. 55 66O. I836. Tetracarpum anthemoideum Rydb. N. Am. Fl. 34: 45* 1914. T. guatemalense Rydb. 1, c. T. virgatum Rydb, 1. c. Schkuhria guatemalensis S. pinnata Standi. & Steyerm. Field Mus. Bot. 22: 319. 1940. (Lam.) 0. Kuntze var. virgata Heiser, Ann. Mo. Bot. Card. 32: 271. 1945* S. anthemoidea var. guatemalensis Heiser, 1. c.

Distributed from Arizona through Mexico, and in Central America south to Nicaragua.
I am unable to distinguish satisfactorily the common, and often weedy, Schkuhria of Mexico and Central America into the varieties under two species, as was done by Heiser in his revision of the genus. The distinction of S. anthemoidea and its variety guatemalensis is difficult and the characters used for separation seem very weak. The plants found under these names seem to differ in no consistent way from plants determined by Heiser as S. pinnata var. virgata . The number of flowers in a head, whether 5 or fewer or 5-8, and the comparative villosity of the angles of the achenes are tenuous characters and not consistent. I believe that the South American material of _S, pinnata (Lam.) 0. Kuntze that I have seen is distinct from the North American material, which I am calling S. virgata , the oldest name for this complex in North America.

TAGETES IN GUATEMALA. Most specimens of Tagetes in our collection were studied and annotated in 1957-58 by Robert T. Neher. His studies have not been published
There are two complex groups of Tagetes in Guatemala, both of them sometimes weedy. One group comprises the cultivated marigolds, Tagetes ere eta L. , with possible synonyms of T. pat\jLla L. and T. remotiflora Kunze. There seems to be intergression between what seems to me to be primitive T. erecta (perhaps represented by the name T. remotiflora ) and T. tenuifolia.

276

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

the commonest Tagetes in Guatemala. Tagetes ere eta is widelycultivated and escaped in Guatemala, as in most of the rest of Central America. The primitive form is apparently native in Mexico and Guatemala, but not on southward. The second complex centers around Tagetes foetidissima DC., a species which occurs from middle to highest elevations in Mexico, Guatemala, and south It is possible that there may be intergression to Costa Rica. between T^. foetidissima and T. tenuifolia . A species very like _T. foetidissima is T. mijltiflora HBK. , abundant in the Andean countries. I suspect that these two names may represent one complex and variable species. At best they are two very closely related species.

TAGETES NELSONII Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. 39: 11?. 1903; Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 25: 117. 1903. T. sororia Standi. & Steyerm. Field Mus. Bot. 23: I46. 1944.
One of the commonest of the native marigolds of the western highlands of Guatemala. In adjacent Chiapas, Mexico, it is probably also common, but there are relatively few collections to indicate this. The type is from near Tumbala, Chiapas.

The plant is sometimes suffrutescent, but usually herbaceous, up to 2 meters tall, and the better forms of it are most attractive. One of the finest examples of this species can be found along the stone fences that surround Indian dwellings and fields on the road to the Sierra de los Cuchumatanes, near the lookout (E1 Mirador) at about 3jOOO meters elevation. This area is a few kilometers north by airline and 1,100 meters above the city of Huehuet"nango.

A NEW HINTONIA (RUBIACEAE) FROM COSTA RICA

Donald R. Simpson Field Nuseum of Natural History

The genus Hintonia (tribe Condamineae) when proposed by Bullock (1935) contained four species and one variety distributed through Mexico from the southern parts of Sonora and Chichuahua No new taxa have to Yucatan and into the highlands of Guatemala. been added until the present, and although many new collections have accumulated since Bullock's publication, they have not appreThe new ciably extended the distribution range of the genus. Costa Rican species proposed below represents a major extension of that range.

HINTONIA PULCHRA D. Simp. sp. nov. Arbor, 15 m. alta; ramulis glabris, leviter complanatis, ad Folium ellipticum vel anguste oblongum, apice nodos tumidis. basique longe attentuata, 7-12 mm. longo petiolo incluso 16.518 cm. longum, membranaceum vel chartaceum, glabrum; nervis secondariis utroque 6-8; stipulis peristentibus, brevissime subtriangularibus, cuspidatis, 2 mm. longa cuspide 4 mm. longis. Flores ad quoque nodum bini (i.e. opposita et singulares in quoque axilla foliorum prodientes) sed duorum plerumque unus abortivus est; pedicellis ca. 17 mm. longis, ebracteatis, glabris; receptaculo glabro; lobis calycis quinque, anguste linearibus vel filiformibus, glabris, 27-30 rran. longis; corolla tubiformi, alba, ca. 27 cm. longa, ad basim ca. 6 mm. lata, versus apicem expansa usque 11 cm. ad partem latissimam; staminibus quinque, inclusis, antheris linearibus, 5-6 cm. longis, ca. 0.7 mm. latis; stylo stamen aequans, indiviso, stif^ate indiviso, unilaterali, ca. 11 mm. longo. Capsula ca. 3.5 cm. longa, diametro 1.5 cm., oblonga, base acuta, apice rotundato obtuso, glabra, longitudinaliter 5-nervata et 5-costata; pedicello 2.2 cm. longo; lobis sepalorum persistentibus, 3.4 cm. longis, 1.5-2 mm. latis. Semena horizontaliter affixis, exalatis, clypeatus, diametro ca. 6 mm., 1.5-2.5 mm. crassa; testa granulariter indurata.
;

Tree 15 m. tall. Leaves elliptic to narrowly oblong 16.5long, membranous to chartaceous. Flower buds two at a node (i.e. borne singly in each leaf axil), but seemingly one of the two aborting; pedicel ca. 17. mm. long, bractless; receptacle glabrous; calyx lobes 5, narrowly linear or filiform, glabrous, 2730 mm. long, corolla white, trumpet-shaped, ca. 27 cm. long, ca. 6 mm. wide below, 11 cm. wide at apex; stamens 5, included, anthers linear, 5-6 cm. long, ca. 0.7 mm. wide; style equaling the stamens, undivided; stigmatic surface ca. 3.5 cm. long by 1.5 cm. in diameter, oblong, base acute, apex rounded obtuse, glabrous longitudinally 5-nerved and 5-ribbed, the ribs and nerves alternating, 277
18 cm.

278

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. k

nerves slightly raised in dried material, ribs subalate; fruiting pedicel 2.2 cm. long, angled by the continuation of the capsule ribs down the pedicel almost to the base; sepal lobes Seeds atpersistent in fruit, 3.4 cm. long, 1.5-2 mm. broad. tached horizontally, not winged, flattened, shield shaped (i.e. irregularly circular one surface convex, the opposite concave) or somewhat angled in outline, ca. 6 mm. across by 1.5-2.5 mm. thick; seed coat uniformly granular- roughened, reddish brown in dried material
,

Burger S Liesner 7320 (holotype F, isotypes CR, US). Costa Rica: Prov. Puntarenas; in forest near the air field about 5 km. west of Rincon de Osa, Osa Peninsula, alt. 50-200 m., 842'N, 8331'W, Burger a Liesner 5438 7520
Type:
,
.

This species differs from others of the genus in the longer, membranous leaves, the very long trumpet- shaped corolla, and the wingless seeds. The single capsule available to me was unopened, but in opening it to examine the seeds, the wall tended to split along the septum as it characteristically does in the genus Hintonia.
Its ecological adaptation and floral biology are unknown but in general aspect the plant is suggestive of certain species of Tocoyena and Randia (viz. T. guianensis K. Schum. , R. ruiziana DC, and R. williamsii Standi.). These are species of small

trees or shrubs apparently adapted to the heavily shaded shrub They produce only a layer of tropical, evergreen, rain forest. few flowers at a time whose most striking features are the extremely long, tubular, white corollas, and often, the release of The combination of elongated a strong fragrance in late evening. corolla tube, light color, and very strong fragrance released in the evening are presumably adaptations to specialized pollinators, probably some of the species of lepidopterans that are most active at dusk.
The exceptional features found in this species, and especially the wingless condition of the seeds, would perhaps be interpreted by some taxonomists as reason for proposing a new monotypic genus. It has not been uncommon for specialists in the Rubiaceae to use the distinction "winged vs. wingless seeds" as a criterion for distinguishing taxa at the generic level. Hooker (1873, p. 8) even used it at the tribal level, separating the tribes Henriquezieae and Cinchoneae from the Condamineae, Rondeletieae, and Hedyotideae by the former having seeds winged or appendaged vs. Few systematists would seeds wingless in the latter three tribes. now consider a genus to be excluded from or inlcuded in one of these Of the recent spetribes solely on the basis of this difference. cialists on the Rubiaceae both Brenekamp (1934) and Verdcourt (1958, pp. 229 5 244) have commented on the value of the seed wing in deHowever, I have found no termining relationships between genra.

197U

Simpson, A new Hlntonla

279

discussion of the value of this feature as a criterion for delimitThere seems to be an implied assumption that variaing a genus. tion from a winged to wingless condition does not occur in closely related species.
In fact, in the genus Hintonia, there is variation in the expression of several morphological features, including seed wing, which lends me to conclude that this new species does belong here. A series of variations toward the form of H. pulchra can be seen in H. Lati flora var. latiflora, H. lati flora var. leiantha, and H. lumaeana. For instance, leaf texture, shape, and size all vary from the short, ovate, subcoriaceous leaves of var. latiflora to the slightly longer, elliptic, subcoriaceous to membranous leaves of var. leiantha^ to still larger, narrowly oblong, membranous leaves of H. lumaeana. Although I have seen no seeds of H. lumaeana, an excellent photograph of the type'^ shows seeds that are only narrowly winged and that more nearly approximate the size of the seeds of H. pulchra than of the other species of Hintonia.

Bibliography:
Bremekamp, C. E. B. 1966. Remarks on the position, the delimitation and the subdivision of the Rubiaceae. Acta Hot. Neerl. 15:1-33.
Bullock, A. A. 1935. Hintonia latiflora var. in Hook. Icon. PI. 33:t. 3295.

leiantha Bullock,

Verdcourt, B. 1958. Remarks on the classification of the Rubiaceae. Bull. Jard. Bot Etat 28 (3) 209-290.
. :

Field Museum botanical "phototype collection," negative no. 37,197, of M. G. Luma s.n. (leg. 1878) in herb. P.

280

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

Plate I. Hintonia pulchra D. Simp. A, flowering branchlet with one flower showing cut-away view of anthers and style; B, branchlet with capsule (leaves removed); C, seed, lateral view and longitudinal section. Drawn by Richard W. Roesener.

ADDITIONiLL MOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE , L

Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAUUCEAE Lindl.
Additional bibliographer: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot, Slat. k9, 96, lOU, 110, & llli. I893j Gomez de la Maza, Jimenez, & i.oig y Mesa, Fl. Cuba 9. 191Uj Airy Shaw in J. C. Tailis. Diet. Flow. PI., ed. 8, 1U3, 207, 229, 230, 275, 357, U06, U23- U29, U;0, U5U, U95, 585, 627, 636, 6Ii9, 66U, 673, 735, 737, 778, 887, 976, IOO3, 1085, 1102, 1120, 1121, n2U, 1228, vii, lii, 4 Ivii. 1973; Faris, Irish Nat. Joum. 18: 93' I97hi Fitter, Fitter, ^ KLaney, Wild Fla. Brit. & N. Eu. 260, 26l, fit 290, fig. 9. 1971*; Ualaisse in Lieth, Phen. St Season. Model. 281233 & U39, fig. 7c. 197U; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 192239. 197U.

BLASTOCAULON Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Diet, Flow, PI., ed. 3, lli3. 1973; J, Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. PI., ed, 3, 712 & 916, 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 8182, 197U,

GAHPTOTEPAU Moldenke
Additional bibliography: Airy Shaw in J. C, Willis, Diet, Flow, PI., ad. 8, 207. 1973; J. Hutchinson, Fara, Flow. Pi., ed, 3, 710 & 920. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 82. 197U. Hutchinson (1973) reduces this genus to synonymy under Paepalanthus Mart.
CCKANTHERA L. B, Sm, Additional bibliography: Aiiy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Diet. Flow. PI., ed. 8, 275, 1973; J, Hutchinson, Fan, Flow, PI., ed, 3, 710 & 923. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 8283. 197U.

HUXADLON Gron,
Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist.
1x9

&

lOli.

1893; Airy Shaw in

J, C, Willis, Diet. Flow, PI,, ed, 8, 173, 229, 230, 357, 1;06, U28, U29, 636, 661;, 778, 976, 1085, 1120, fie 1121. 1973; J, Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. PI., ed. 3, 710, 712, fie 930, fig. 36lia. 1973; Doiy, Perring, fit Rob, English Nanes Wild Fls. 28 fie 101. I97li; Faris, Irish Nat. Joum. 13: 93. 197li; Fitter, Fitter, fie Blmciy, Wild Fls. Brit, fie N, Eu. 260, 261, & 290, fig, 9, 197U; Maiaisse in Ueth, Phen, Season. Model. 281283 fie U39, fig. 7c. 197li; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 83113. 197U; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 171. I97ii; Rousseau, Gfiogr. Fi.orist. Qu6b. [Trav. fie Doc. Centr. fitud. Nord. 7:] 120, 382, liTO, I180, U98, 509, 550, 625, 705, 762. 197U,
fit fit

ERIOCAULON AQUATICUM (J, Hill) Druce Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon 3 eptangular e var. 3 eptangtilare Rousseau, Giogr. Florist. Qu4b. [Trav. Se Doc. Centr. fitud. Nord. 7:]
231

282 762. 197h*

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. U

Additional bibliography: Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, DLct. Flow. PI., ed. 9, h29, 1973; J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. PI., ed. 3, 32, 712, & 930, fig. 36Ua. 1973; Dony, Perring, & Rob, English Names Wild Fls. 28 & 101. 197U; Faris, Irish Nat. Journ. 18: 93. 197U; Fitter, Fitter, & Blaniey, Wild Fla. Brit. & N. Eu. 260, 261, & 290, fig. 9. 197U; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 8990, 103, HI, & 216. 197U. Additional illustrations: J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. PI., ed. 3, 712, fig. 36U. 1973; Fitter- Fitter, & Blarney, T^-ld Fls. Brit. &. N. Eu. 269, fig. 9 [in color]. 197U. Additional citations: EIRE: Galway Co.: Sparrow s.n. [1 Sept. 196U] (Mi).
HIIOCAULON BIFISTULOSUM Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg. Additional bibliography: Malaisse in Lieth, Phen. & Season. Model. 283 & 1*39. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 29 939U, 200, & 232. 197li.

ERIOCAULON BROWNIANDM Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 86, 9597, & 211. 197U. Additional citations: SRI LANK/l: Moldenke , Moldenke , Jayaauid21, & Suaithraarachchi 28293 (Tu) ERIOCAULON BROWNIANDM var. UTIFOLIUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 9697 & 211. 197U. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke , Moldenke, Jayasuri ga, & Suaithraarachchi 282 97 (Tu),

ERIOCAULON CINEREUM R. Br. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 85, 99101, 196, 200, 209, 220, 221, 231, 232, & 236. 197U. Additional citations: SRI UNKA: Cramer 3160 (W 27l83li3) ERIOCAULON COLLINUM Hook, f Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 86, 101102,
197, 202, 205,

& 206.

I97li.

Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke , Moldenke , Jayas\xri 2^, & Sumithraarachohi 28287 (Tu), 28307 (Tu).
ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam, Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. k9 & lOU. 1393; Moldenke, Phytologia 29 102lOU, 107, 109, 111, 20I4, & 216. I97li. Additional citations: NEW JERSEY: Atlantic Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 28597 (Tu)

197U

Lloldonke, Notes on Crlocaulaceae

283

KRIOCAULON CRISTATUU Mart. Additional bibliography: Mcldenl:e, Phytologia 29*. 92, 98, 105, i 205. 197U. ^,^^ ,. . Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke & Moldenke 28325 (Ac).

ERIOCAULON DALZELLH var. OUBRATUM Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 192.

1971. Bibliography: koldenke, Phytologia 28: 192 & hhh, 19714. Citations: INDIA: Gujarat: Naln s.n , [Atirangabad, 7-9-71i N. I, Bot, Gard. type photo 8816] (Ac type, N photo of type, Z iaotype, Z photo of type)

EKIOCAULON DECANGULARE L. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 103, 106 113, 20U, & 216. 197U. Additional citations: NETff JERSEI: Burlington Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 29139 (Ac, Kh, Ld, Tu)

ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE f . PARVICEPS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 103, 107, 109110, 20U, & 216. 1971^. Additional citations: NICAEAGUA: Zelaya: Nelson & Atwood UhSQ
(Mi).

ERIOCAULON DDTORPHOPETALUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dlstrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 63 & 201, 1919$ Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 3$ 7. 1972.

ERIOCAULON DIOECUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], U3 & 2OI4. 19U9j Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: 357. 1972. ERIOCAULON ECHINOSPERMUM C . Wright SynocyT^y: Eriocaulon echinospermum Sauvalle ex Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist, U9. 1893. Additional bibliograpl^: Gomez de la Kaza, Not. Bot, Sist. k9 lOli. 1893; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], li3 & 20U. 19li9i Moldenke, P^^ologia 21;: 358. 1972.
St.

ERIOCAULON FULIGINDSUM C. Wright Additional synonyny: Eriocaulon sphaerospermum Sauvalle ex Gomez de la ilaza. Not. Bot, Sist. k9 1893. Eriocaulon trichosepalua Sauvalle ex Gcmez de la Maza, Not, Bot. Sist, U9. 1893 Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not, Bot. Sist. U9 & 101; , 1893 i Moldenke. Known Geogr. Distrib, 7erbenac., [ed. 2], 36, U3, li5, & 20li. 19li9i Moldenke, Phytologia 21;: U60. 1972. ERIOCAULON LINEARE Small Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 203

20U &

281*

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

li3U0ji (Mi)..

216. 197U. Additional citations: ALABAMA; Houston Co.: R. Krai

ERIOCAULON MALAISSEI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phy-bologia 2U: Malaisse in Lieth, Phen. & Season. Model. 281 283 & 197U.

1^7^.
li39

1972; fig. 7c

ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not* Bot. Slst. U9 & lOli. 1893} Moldenke, Plytologia 29: 207. 197h

ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM var. LONGIPES Griseb. Additional bibliography: Gcmez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. U9 Sc lOli. 1893; Moldenke, Phytologia 2li: U76. 1972. ERIOCAULON NILAGIRENSE Steud. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 211212 & 238. 197U. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Cramer 31^9 (W--2718353)

ERIOCAULON PELLUCIDUM Michx. Additional bibliography: Airy Shaw in J. C Willis, Diet, Flow. PI., ed. 8, li29. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 20U & 2lU219. 197U. Additional citations: QUEBEC: Argentexiil Co.: Auclair & ffalther s.n. [Sept. 22, 1962] (Mi). ONTARIO: Thunder Bay Dist.: Hartley 1606 (Mi). MAINE: Waldo Co.: Friesner 230$U (Mi). VIRGINU: Augusta Co.: Adams & iVherry 239U (W--I65322li) ; Killip 32582 (W 1739993); A. L. Nelson s.n. [Spring Pond, Aug. 9, 1935] (V^ I683O89)

ERIOCAULON PSEUIOCOMPRESSUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. U9 & lOli. 1893: Moldenke, Phytologia 2U: U93. 1972.

ERIXAULON SETACEUM L.
Additional bibliography: Malaisse in Lieth, Phen. & Season. Model. 283, 285, & U39. 197U; Moldenke, Pi^rtologia 29: 197, 200, 221, 226229, & 236. 197li.

ERIOCAULON SEXANGULARE L. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 200, 228232,

tt

238. 197li. Hu encountered this plant at the edge of pools of water, describing the heads as '%hite" . Cramer 3105 is a mixture with E.

tnmcatum HamHt.
Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Cramer 3105, in part 27I8369). HONGKONG: S. T. Hu 12li56 (W 27302SS)

(W

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

285

ERIOCAULOn SIGMOIDEUM C . Wright Synonymy: Erlocaulon slgmoidexan Sauvalle ex Gomez de la LLaza, Not. Bot. Si3t. k9. 1893. Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Uaza, Not, Bot, Sist. h9 Phytologia 2$: 76. 1972, Sc lOU. 1893; Moldenke,

miOCAULON TRUNCATUM Hamllt.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 19li, 208, 210, 227, & 23li236, 197U. Cramer 3105 is a mixtxiro with E, sexangtilare L.
Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Cramer 29lli (W~27l8306) 3105, in part (IT 2718369)
ERIOCAULON ULAEI Rtihl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2$: 86 (1972), 28: U38 (197li), and 29: 236. 197li.

ERIOCAULON WILLDENOVIANUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 231

19 7U.

&:

238.

Schmid-Hollinger refers to this species as "often abundant in wet places" in Sti Lanka. Additional citations: SRI UNKA: Schmld-HoUlnger 7h (W
272I3I6)

LACHNOCAULON Kunth Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber, 53 (2): 261. I93OJ K, Jones, Taxon 9: I83. I960; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S, Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind, 12, 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols, 1-20, part 1: 203 , 1972; Airy Shaw in J, C, Willis, Diet, Flow, PI., ed. 8, 627, 1973; Anon,, Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): B,A,S.I.C. S,28, S.89, SJM, S.U47, & S.I6I (1973), 56 (6): BJ^.S.I.C. S.88, S,lhh, i S.l]^? (1973), and 56 (10): BJI.S. I.C. S.9I, S.1]a7, & S,l]i9. 1973; J. Hutchinson, Fam, Flow, PI,, ed. 3, 712 & 939. 1973; R. Krai, Rhodora 75: 383 33U. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr, 56: 12U3, 1261, 3OO6, t 537U. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li66 1^67, U69, 4 506 (1973), 27: 509 (197U), 28: Ii28 & 509 (197li), and 29: 103 & 111, 197U; Hocking, Excerpt, Bot, A, 23: 292, 197U; Moldenke, Biol, Abstr, 57: 678. 197U; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 171172 tc 20U. 197I+,

UCHNOCAULON ANCEPS (Walt,) Morong

Additional bibliography: K, Jones, Taxon 9'- 133. I960; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20, part 1: 139. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li66 U67 (1973) and 29: 111. 197U; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 292. 197U. Additional citations: GEORGIA: Dodge Co.: R. Krai 29lhh (W 26739I13). ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Dress & Read 7513 (Ld) . TEXAS: Hardin Co.: Cory 52778 (W 1925361;) . LOCALITT OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Bey rich 58 [Carolina] (E I6I3U86).

286

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

lACHNOCADLON BEIRIGHIANUM Sporleder Additional bibliographer: Moldenke, Phytologia 2^: 91. 1972. Krai encountered this species in bogs and at their margins in longleaf pine - txirkey oak sandhills. Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Bladen Co.: R. Krai 2719U (W--26739^).
LACHNOCAULON DIGYNUM Kom. Additional bibliography: R. Krai, Rhodora 75: 383. 1973; Moldenke, Phortologia 26: 18U (1973) and 28: U28. I91h Krai (1973) cites R, Krai U0960 from Conecuh County, 33835 from Escambia County, 356U2 from Mobile County, and 35556 from Washington County, Alabaiaa, collected in sandy longleaf pineland bogs, sphagnous swales and in sand-peat muck of bogs in longleaf pine sandhills, pine flatwoods bogs, and boggy bottoms, flowering and fruiting in July, September, and October, He ccsnnents that "This diminutive species, while already reported for Alabama by Moldenke .... .is scarce enoxigh in that state to be notewoi*thy. It ranges in the lower terraces of the coastal plain from Florida west to southern Mississippi, but is nowhere abundant." He describes the infloroscence-heads as "dull gray-brown". Additional ciUtiona: ALABAMA: Escambia Co.: R. Krai 33835 (Mi, W 2673935).

UCHKOCAULON ENGLERI Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr, 56 (3): B.A,S.I.C. S aUli. 1973; R. Krai, Rhodora 75? 383. 1973i Moldenke, Biol. Abstr, 56: 12U3. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U67. 1973. Krai (1973) cites R. Krai 3261j6 from Baldwin County, Alabama, sand and notes that he found it in "peaty swale in slash pine pine woods near estuary. Gulf Shores" in August. He says that "This species was until now known only for Florida, where it is locally abureiant on san^y lakeshores, particularly in areas of karst topography," He describes the inflorescence-heads as "chocolate-brown" and found it in flower and fruit in August, Actually, I reported the Alabama extension of the range of this species on April 23, 1973, in Phytologia 26: U3. Additional citations: ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Dress & Read 7U96

(Ld); R.

Kr^

3261^6 (Mi,

W~26 73939).

UCHNOCAULON ENGLERI var, CAULESCEie Moldenke

Additional bibliography: Anon,, Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): B,A,S.I,C. S.lhh* 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr, 56: 12U3. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U3. 1973.

UCHNOCAULON FLORIDANUM Small

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26:
29: 103. 197li.
li3

(1973) and

The Buell & Godfrey 3550 , distributed as L. floridanian , is acttially Eriocaulon compressun Lam,

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocatilaceae

287

UCHNDCAULON GLABRUM Korn.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phcrtologia 2^: 92 (1972) aad
29:
20li.

197li.

The Pelton 3.n [July Ih, 1961], distributed as L. glabnm , is actually Eriocaulon lineare Small.

UCHNOCAULON MINUS (Chapm.) Small

Additional bibliography: R. Krai, Rhodora 7S' 3&k* 1973} Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. $6: 3006. 1973i Moldenke, Phytologla 26: U67 (1973) and 28: li28. 197U: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 292. I97h, Krai (1973) cites R. Krai 39503 from Covington County aixi 1^3120 froo Houston County, Alabama, found growing in sam^ pond and lake shores, "tufted on moist sands in seepage around ponds, often very abundant" (Houston County, Alabama) or 'infrequent on sandy peat of roadcuta through pine flatwoods bogs" (Lowndes County, Georgia), He conjoents that this is "A first report for AJLabama for this species whose range has been thought to be in the lower coastal plain fran Florida north to North Carolina." Material has been misidentified and distributed in socie herbaria as E. engleri Ruhl., a species which it often closely reserables but which may be distinguished ty its chocolate-brown heads, while L, minus has dull-brown or light-brown ones* Additional citations: GEORGIA: Lowndes Co.: R. Krai 28668 (W FLORIDA: Volusia Co.: Curtiss 689U (Ca-^l]l2526) . AUBAMA: 26739li9). Covington Co.: R. Krai 39503 (W 2673914 ) . Houston Co.: R. Krai U3120 (Mi, W 2673937).
LEIOTHRIX Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliographjv-: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 79, pl. U. 1320; Wikstr., Trenne I^a Art. Ortsl. Erioc. (repr.) [12] [15], pl. k. 1821; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 60 [U2]. 1928 j Uangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. ^3 (2): 261. 1930; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 2: xxxiii (1970) and ed. 1, 6: 1156 & 11601161. map 1782, & Ind. 16. 1972; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Diet. Flow. PL, ed. 8, U29, 6U9. & 1102. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 55 (9): B.
161 (1973), 56 (6): BJI.S.I.C. S.30, S.38, S.liu, 3.1^7, S.161, & S.190 (1973), and 56 (10): BJl.S.I.C. S.91, S.li;7, & S.i],9. 1973; J. Hutchinson Fan. Flow. Fl., ed. 3, 710 t 9l;0. 1973; Moldenke. Biol Abstr. 56: 121,3, 1261, 3006 & 537J^. 1973; Moldenke, Ph^olo2^"^' ^^'^* ^70, U71, U79, & 506 (1973), 27: fin ?^i?^"*"o^^f ^^'^r 509 (I97li), 28: to, fo, & 509 (197^), aAd 29! 209. 197U; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 291 !. 292. 197U; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 58: 68O.
19 7u.

Airy Shaw (1973) still gives Stephanophyllum Guill. as a synonym of Paepalanthus Mart., while actually, as I have pointed out several times over the past years, it is a synonym of Leiothrix.

288

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. U

LEIOTHRII AFFINIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phjrtologia 2$: 9h9$* 1972; Moldeoke, Biol. Abatr. 56: 3006. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A, 23: 292. 197U.

LEIOTHRU ARQIRODERMA var. BREVIPES Moldenke

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2$: 96 (1972) and
28: U39. 197U.

The Eitena layer of soil flowering and Additional (W--2688327)

fo\md this plant growing in an open marshy thin huraua over a sloping rock-face at 2^00 meters altitude, fruiting in November. citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Eiten & Eiten 6608

LEIOTHRII CURVIFOLIA (Bong.) Ruhl, Additional synonymy: TrichocephalTia cui^foliua Mart., in herb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2$: 9199 1972. Martius 893 is a mixture of L^ curvif^la, L. currifolia var, lanuginosa (Bong.) Ruhl., and Paepalanthtis pubescens Korn, LEIOTHRIX CUKVIFOLIA var, LANUGINOSA (Bong.) Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: UU. 1973Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., M&n. Acad. In?), Sci. St. Pfitersb., ser. 6, 2: 236237, pl. 19 (inf.). 1832
(N, Z).

LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. MICROPHYLU Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 129. 1973. The Eitens found this plant growing in fields with outcropping slabs of itacolomite qaartzite, at 1150 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in November. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber,

& Kirkbride 36203 (N); Eiten & Eiten 6851 (2688353).

LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. PLAOTAGO (Mart.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: Uli. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 2735ii (S) ; Hatschbach , Smith , & Ayensu 28797 (S)

LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var, SETACEA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: Ui. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 27U30
(S).

LEIOTHRIX CUSCITTOIDES Alv. Silv, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: l|li. 1973. The Eitens found this plant growing on low roxxnded rocky outcrops in open fields, flowering in November, and describe the flowers as white. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Eiten & Eiten 6709 (W 2688328); Hatschbach , Smith , & Ayensu 28822 (S. W 27065071

^97li

Uoldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

28?

LEIOTHRIX DIELSII Ruhl. Additional bibliographgr: Angely, Fl. Anal. Ik Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1161 & Ind. 16. 1972: Moldanke, Ptryrbologia 25: 99. 1972.

LEIOTHRIX DISTICIiOCLAM Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Juat, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [U2] . 1928} Moldenke, Ptytologia 2$: 99. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. $6: 3006. 1973j Hocking, Excarpt. Bot. 1. 23: 292. 197U.

LEIOTHRIX DISTICHOCUm var. GLANDULOSA Haraog Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [U2] . 1928 j Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 99. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3006. 1973i Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.
23 292. I97li.

LEIOTHRIX EDWALLII Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl, Anal. L Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1161 & Ind. 16. 1972: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: V -6 . 130. 1973.
;;

LEIOTHRIX FUVESCEN5 (Bong.) Ruhl. AddiUonal bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1 6: 1161, nap 1782, & Ind. 12 L 16. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 55 (9); BJV.S.I.C. S.liJi. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 185, 227, & li79 (1973) and 29: 209. 1971^; Hocking, Excerpt. Eot. A. 23: 292. 1971. The Rambo 56190 [Herb. Barb. Rodr. 12287], distributed as flavescens , is actually Eriocaulon modestum Kunth.

(S).

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Katschbach 273U6 ParanA: Reltz k Klein 17908 (S).

LEIOTHRIX FUVESCETB var. PARVIFCLIA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 131 & 229. 1973; Anon., Biol, Abstr. $S (9): E.A.S.I.C. S.mii. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt, Bot. A. 23: 292. 197li. Reitz & Klein encountered this plant on a wet canpo at 900 meters adtltude. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mlnas Gerais: Irwin , Harley , & Onishi 289U6 (N isotype) . Santa Gatarina; Reltz L Klein 10290

iLdTT
LEIOTHRIX FLUITANS (Mart.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U5. 1973. Citations: MDUITTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pi. 53 I. 1863 (N, Z).
LEIOTHRIX FLUMINENSIS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U5 (1973) and

290
28: 139

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. h

& h$9. 197U.

LEIOTHRIX FLUMINENSIS var. PUBERDLA Moldenke Synonymy: Lelothrix fluminenais var. pllosa Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 169, in ayn. 197U. Additional bibiiography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2^: 132 (1973) and 28: U39 & U^9. I97li. The label accompanying the Guillemin collection, cited beloir, la plainly inscribed as no. "139", while on the type specimen it has been altered to "239" for some reason unknown to me. It is very probable that the specimen cited below as "139" is p^^"^ of the sane type collection of this vaidety. Guillemin collected in the state of Rio de Janeiro at least fi*oni October 19, 1838. to January 15, 1839, and from February 18, 1839, to May 26, 1839, and in Sflo Paiao only from January 19, 1839, to February 18, 1839. The typical form of the species is known only from Rio de Janeiro, so it seems safe to assume that the type of the variety is also fran that state. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Guillemin 139

(E I6I422U9).
LEIOTHRIX HATSCHBACHII Moldenke, Phytologia 2^: 229, nom. nud. 1973. Bibliography: Moldenke. Phytologia 2^: 229. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 58: 68O. 197U. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerals: Hatschbach 30165 (Z type).

LEIOTHRIX HIRSUTA (Wikstr.) Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: Wikstr,, K. Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh., ser, 2, 1: 79 81, pi. U. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Itya Art. CJrtsl. Erioc. (repr.) 12--[15], pi. U. 1821; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): B.A.S.I.C. 3.11x7. 1973j Moldenke, Biol. Anstr. 56: 12li3. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 132133 (1973) and 26: U70 & U71. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 291. 197li. Additional illustrations: Wikstr., K. Vet. Acad. Ilandl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: pi. k. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Itya Art. Cfrtsl. Erioc, (repr.) pi. U. 1821. Bel&n & Pinheiro, on the labels accompanying their specimens, describe the plants as 15 35 cm. tall, but it seems obvious that it is the length of the leaves to which they are here referring, because the flowering pedvincles on the specimens described as 15 cm. tall are actually U7 cm. tail! They describe the inflorescences as "hrtiite" and found the plants in flower in June, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahla: Bel4m & Pinheiro 2U32 (N),

2ii39

(N).

LEIOTHRIX HIRSUTA f . VIVIPARA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr, 56 (3): B,A,S.I.C. S.lli7. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr, 56: 12U3. 1973} Moldenke Phytologia 255 133. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 291. 197U.

I97li

lloldenke. Notes on Erlocaulaceae

291

LEIOTHRIX LUXURIANS (Kbrn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 185. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber , 4 Kirkbride 35U30 (N); Hatschbach 30065 (N) . MOUlffED ILLUSTRATIOIB: Korn. in Kart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1) pl. 5^. 1863 (N, Z).

LEIOTHRIX MUCRDNATA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 131;. 1973. Additional citations: MOWJTED ILLUSTRATIOIB: Bong., U&n. Acad. Imp. Scl, St. P^tersb., ser. 6, 2: 23U 235, pl. 19 (sup.). 1832 (N, Z). LEIOTHRIX NUBIGENA (Kunth) Ruhl Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 13li (1973) and 26: 197. 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl, Bras. 3 (1): pl. 55 H. 1863 (N, Z).
LEIOTHRIX PEDUNCULOSA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal, & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: ll6l & Ind. 16. 1972 j Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 185. 1973. Angely (1970) misspells Ruhland's surname "Rugland", doubtless a typographic error, LEIOTHRIX PILULIFERA (Kom.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 135. 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 55 I. 1863 (N, Z).

LEIOTHRIX SCLEROPHYLU Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U67. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach & Ahxmada 31589 (N)
LEIOTHRIX TINGUENSIS Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde & Sch\ist, in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [52], 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 137. 1973. LEIOTHRIX VIVIPARA var. ANGUSTA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 138. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 27U89 (5, W2706781;)

MESANTHOIUM Korn. Additional synonymy: Mesanthum Metcalfe, Taxon 1: 130. 1951* Additional & emended bibliography: Anon,, Joum, Linn. Soc. Lond, Bot, 20: 522. 188U; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. $: SOU, lB9hi Engl., Pflanzemr. Ost-Afr. C: 133. 1895 N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 231 l< 260 262, 1901; Malmanche, Contrib. Etud. Anatcm. Eriocaul. [thesis] 159. 1919; Krausel in Just, Bot. Jahres-

292

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

li3 (1): 2hh. 1926; Pellegr., l!dm. Soc. Linn. Normand. 26 [ser. 2, 1 (U)]: 58. 1938; Pellegr., Fl. ilayombe 3: 58. 1938; Metcalfe, Taxon 1: 130. 1951; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20 part 1; 231. 1972; Airy Shavr in J. C. Willis, Diet. Flow, PI., ed. 3, UhO, 735. & 737. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): BJL.S.I.G. S,lhh, S.1U7, & S.161 (1973), 56 (6): B^A.S.I.C. S.lii7, S.161, & S.190 (1973), and 56 (10: BJL.S.I.G. S.li;7 & S,lh9 1973; J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow, PI., ed. 3, 710 & 9Uk 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 1261, 3007, & 537U. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U67 ii68 & 507 (1973) and 28: iiU, U60, & 510. 197ii; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57:

her,

678. 197U.

MESAWTHEMUM PF^SCOTTIANUM (Bong.) Horn. Additional & emended bibliography; Durand & Schinz, Consp, Fl. Afr. 5: 50li. I89li; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 260262. 1901: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U67~U68, 1973. "Sierra Leone, Brown (1901) cites only the type collection without indication of the collector!" and comments that "Bongard states that this plant is a native of Rio de Janeiro, but upon what authority does not appear. He described it frcsa a specimen in the herbarium of Prescott, which was received from Lindley. The Kew example (also received from Lindley), is labelled 'Sierra Leone', which is much more likely to be the right habitat than Brazil, since the other species of Mesanthemum are all from Tropical Africa and Madagascar. However, as the plant appears not to have been collected again, the locality requires confirmation." Additional citations: IdOUWTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Kbm. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (l)s pl. 60 I. 1863 (H, Z).

MESAITTHEtTO: PUEESCSWS (Lam.) Korn.

Additional bibliography: Anon., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot.

20: 522. I831i; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. $: 50li. l89ii; Perrier de la BStliie, Cat. PI. Madag. 22. 19 3U; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: li^O & lia. 1973.

MESANTHEMUM RADICANS (Benth.) Kom. Additional & emended bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp, Fl. Afr, 5: 50U. 1391*; Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 133. 1895; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-5yer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 260261. 1901; Pellegr., M&n. Soc. Linn. Normand. 26 [ser. 2, 1 (li)]: 58. 1938; Pellegr., Fl. Mayombe 3: 58. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U68 (1973) and 28: Wa. 1971*. Pellegrini (1938) found this plant on a "Plaine sablonneuse, a 50 m, de la mer", flowering in January, and cites " L. T. 966 ". Brown (1901) cites Perrottet 8- 8 from S5n6gal, Afzelius s.n., Don s.n, . Hart s ji. , Scott-Slliot 3991; , and Smethman s.n. from Sierra Leone, Ansell s.n. from Liberia, Barter 20211 & 20219 , Kalbreyer 2lt5 , Milson s.n. , and Robb s.n. from Nigeria, Milne s n. from Fernando Po, Jardin s.n. from Gabun, Soyaux s.n< from French Congo, Buttner s.n. and ^ith s.n. from Zaire, and Curror

197h

iloldenke, Notea on Erlocaulaceae

293

s.n. frxMn Angola. He connients that "The feraaie flowers of this plant are someTrhat variable; in some speciaans the sepals are only about 1/3 as long as the corolla, in others about half as long, whilst in Kalbreyer 2^5 they are 3/U as long; in most examples they are simply denticulate at the apex, but in others they are distinctly ciliate, these two extremes, however, are connected by forms in which the ciliation is represented by one or two hairs only. But I do not consider these differences of specific or even varietal importance in the case of this plant, for in all other characters the plant is fairly uniform. This species was unfortunately included in the Flora Capensis before I had discovered that all Curror's plants (which are labelled 'South of the Tropic') were collected in Angola," Durand & Schinz (I89U) record this species from "Niger" [Niger Republic?], Mrs. Richards found it growing in very wet grass and swamp land. Additional citations: ZAMBIA: Mrs. U. Richards s.n. [19.1. i960] (E 1767315)

MESANTHSMUM RUTENBERGUNUU Kbm. Additional bibliography: Anon,, Joum. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot, 20: 522, l88Ui Durand & Schinz, Consp, Fl. Afr, $'- ^OU. l89Ui Perrier de la Bflthie, Cat. Pi, Madag, 22, 19 3U; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U6. 1973.
PAEPALANTHUS Mart. Additional & emended bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk, Vet. Akad, Handl, Stockh,, ser, 2, 1: 76, pi, 3, l820j Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Crtsl. Erioc. (repr.) 911, U, & [15], pl. 3. 1821; Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 1215, 23, 27, li2, $7, & 60, pl. 1 [I], fig. 16, & pl. 2 [I], fig. 17. 1833; aomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. U9 & 110. 1893; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 50li. I89I1; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 231 & 262 26U. I9OI; Malmanche, Contrib, fitud. Anatom. Eriocaul. [thesis]. 1919; Krausel in Just, Bot. Jahresber, U8 (1): 2Uh, 1926; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 53 (1)^ 60 61 [U2 U3]. 1928; 7fangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 261. I93O; Le6n, Fl. Cuba 1: 279 & 281. 19U6; Ketcalfe, Taxon 1: 130. I95I; Moldenke in R, E. Schvdt., Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ. 17: 66. 1955; R. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18U: 39. 1958; Braga, Pl. Nordest., ed. 2, 20. I96O; Angely. Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 2: xxxiii (1970; and ed. 1, 6: 1156 ll6Ii, maps 17771731, & Ind. 20 21. 1972; Rotileau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20 part 1: 271. 1972; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Diet. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 258, 39U, U29, 673, 81i2, & 1102. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): BJ^.S.I.C. S.lli7 S.I6I (1973), 56 (6): B. A.S.I.C. S.38, S.lli7, S.161, S.I90, S.256, & S.279 (1973), 56 (9): B..4.S.I.G. S.93 & S,199 (1973), and 56 (10): B.A,S,I.C. S.lii9. 1973; J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 710, [711], L 9h9 fig. 36Ii. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 1261, 3000, 3007, U781*, 537li, & 7U81i. 1973; Thorne in Meggers, Ayensu, & Duckworth, Trop.

29U

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

For. Ecosyst. Afr. & S. Am. 29, 33, & 36. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U55, li60, 1;68--U8U, ^03, 5oU, & ^08 (1973), 27: 6769, fig. 2 (1973), 27: 510 (197li), 28: 19319U, U32, U35, 1436, U39, UiO, U56, li60, U61, li66, 1;67, & 510 (197U), and 29: 7678, 192, 208, 209, & 211. 197Uj Anon., Biol. Abstr. 57 (2): B^^.S.I.C. E. 9U. 197lii Hocking, Excerpt. Hot. A.23: 290292. 197U; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 678 & 679. 197li. Thome (1973) asserts that there are U85 species in this genus, of which U31i are American, 2 are African, and 1 is from Madagascar. It is interesting to note that Airy Shaw (1973) still maintains the genus Stephanophylltm Guill. as a synonym of Paepalanthiis , when actually, as I have previously pointed out several times over the past years, it is congeneric with Leiothrix Ruhl. and antedates that name. The Mur9a Pires 1;22 , distributed as Paepalanthus sp,, is actually Syngonanthtis paraenais Ruhl., Murga Pires 737 is Sj^ simplex (Miq.) Ruhl., and R Espinosa E.988 is not eriocaxilaceous

PAEPAUOTHUS ACANTHOPHYLLUS Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U68. 1973. Lutzelburg reports that this species constitutes about 10 percent of the vegetation at I6OO 1700 meters altitude on the Serra Itubira, in Bahia, where he found it in flower and fruit in August. Material has been misidentifled and distributed in some herbaria as P. amoenus (Bong.) Kom, On the other hand, the Irwin , Grear , Souza , & Reis dos Santos 1U300 and Murga Pires , Grear , Souza, & Reis dos Santos 1U300 , distributed as P. acanthophyllus , are actually P^ cordatus Ruhl., Irwin , Souza , Grear , & Reis dos Santos 178 60 is P. speciosxis (Bong.) Korn,, and Glaziou 19977 , Hatschbach 299U8 , Mello Barreto 2U87 [Herb. Jard, Bot. Belo Horiz. 8236 & 8237] , and L. B. Smith 7075 are P_. urbanianus Ruhl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Lutzelburg 2l6a (Mu), 216b (Mu) . Goids: Irwin, Harley , & Smith 3270U (N); Irwin , Reis dos Santos , Souza , & Fonseca 2U6U9 (N). Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber, & Kirkbride 35857 (N, 2709829)

PAEPAUNTHUS AGUTIPILUS Alv, Silv.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: I87 & 192. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin , Harley , & Onlshi 30222i (N)i Koczicki 303 (Ld)
PAEPALANTHUS AEQUALIS (Veil.) J, F. Macbr. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 20. 1972| Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U7, U71, & U81i. 1973. In addition to the months previously reported by me, this species has been collected in anthesis and fruit in January.

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

295

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Widgren 3,n, (Mu). SSo Paulo: Brade 6$8U (Mu) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. hS III. 1863 (N, Z)
[18U5]

PAEPALANTHUS ALBO-TOMENl'OSUS Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde L Schuat, in Jxist, Hot, Jahrosber. 53 (1): 60 ,U2] . 1928; Uoldenke, Phytologia 2$: 11^6. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Lutzelburg 279 [Macbride photos 18692] (Mucotype), IjSS (Mu cotype, Z cotype),

PAEPAUNT}IUS ALBO-VAGINATUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 187. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as an "erva, fl6r branca" or "flSr cinzeta" and have encountered it in sandy somewhat wet soil on campos or on "campo limpo", at altitudes of 750 to IhOO meters, flowering in September, October, December, and January, and fruiting in October. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parani: Hatschbach 2U712 (S), 32963 (K) . Santa Catarina: Klein 3802 (Ld) ; Reitz L Klein U781 (Ld), 5300 (Rd), 6063 (Ac).

PAEPAUNTHUS ALPINUS Kom.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U68 & USO.
1973.

Barclay and his associates refer to this plant as a cespitose perennial frcm a thick taproot, the leaves in a rosette, and the flowers white. They found it to be common in marshy areas of the pAramo zone. Sch\iltes and his associates encountered it on wet roadside banks, flowering and fruiting in June, the flowers again described as white. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Gundinamarca Barclay , Juajibioy , ^ Gama 3223 (W 2702256) j Humbert , Idrobg , Jaramillo , Perez Arbelaez , Uribe Uribe 26896 (P) j SchiUtes , Martin , & Plowman 13 (w 271106^)
:

.?-

PAEPALAOTHUS ALSIHDIDES C. Wright Additional synonymy: Paepaliuithus alsinoides Sauvalle ex Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. k9. 1893. Additional bibliography: Goaez de la Maza, Net, Bot, Sist. k9 & no. 1893; Le6n, Fl, Cuba 1: 283. I9I46; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: II16, 1973.
PAEPALAIH'HUS ALSINOIDES var. MlfUMTJS Jennings Additional bibliography: Le6n, Fl. Cuba 1: 283, 19li6; Moldenke,

Phytologia 25: 11^6. 1973. Additional citations: ISLA DE PINOS: Killip U2879 (S) (Mu) , U5388 (Mu)

1^5lli7

PAEPALANTHUS AMOENDS (Bong.) Korn. Additional synonyny: Paepalanthua fenzlianus Mart,, in herb.

296

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. U

[not . fenzllamis Korn., 1959].

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18? & U8l (1973) and 28: h39. I97h. The P. fenzlianus accredited to Kbrnicke, referred to in the synoncTny above, is a synonym of the very similar P. specios-ug (Bong.) Kom.
The Inrin , Reis dos Santos , Souza , & FoDs6ca
2li61i9 ,

distribu-

ted as P. amoenua , is actiially P, acanthophyHus Ruhl.; Irwin , Grear , Souza , &. Reis dos Santos 13^88 & 11^300 are P. cordatus

Ruhl,} Irrrin , Souza , Grear , & Rei s dos Santos 17860 is P. speci-

osus (Bong.) Kom,; H^ringer 7887/81 , Irwin , Souza , & Reis dos Santos 11$80 & 11670 , Maguire , Maguire , & Murga Pires U;790 , and Philcox & Oniahi 1^892 are P, speciosua var. attenuatus Moldenkej Claussen s.n. , Inrin , Grear , Souza , & Reis dos Santos 12358 , 13925, & 15375 , and Inrin , Maxwell , & Wasshausen 20239 are P, speciosus var. glaber Ruhl.; and Glaziou 19977 , H^ringer 10li31 ,

and Irwin , Harley , & Smith 32031^ are P^^ urbaiiianus Ruhl. Additional citations: BRA.ZIL: Minas Gerais: Kartius 878 [N. Y, Bot. Card, type photo neg. N.S, 8852] (Mu, Mu, N photo, Z photo), MDUIJTED ILLUSTRATIOIJS : Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (l)j pi. Ii2 (N, Z).

PAEPALANTHUS AHDICOU Kom. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: and 26: 1|80, 1973.

m7

(1973)

PAEPALANTHUS APPUNATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: lU8, 1973. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in seme herbaria as P. speciosus (Bong.) Korn. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 19973 [Macbride photos 10570] (Cisotype),

PAEPALANTHUS ARGENTEUS (Bong.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1^7 & 25U. 1973. Anderson describes this plant as having a "short trunk" and found it growing on a rocky slope at an altitude of 1250 meters in an area of "gallery forest along stream and slopes above, one side being rocky (quartzite) with sandy soil, the other side having an area of grass cerrado on red clay." Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: W, R. Anderson 8566 (Ld); Hatschbach 27U03 (S).

PAEPAUNTHUS ARGILLICOLA Alv. Silv.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U68. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 291. 197U.

I97I4

Uoldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

297

PAEPALAMTHUS ARGILLICOU var. PIL0SU5 Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2$: lli9 & 229. 1973i Uoldenke, Biol. Abstr. S$i h2U2. 1973 J Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 291. I97I4.
AfillERIA Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: Ii68--U69. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Gol4s: J, E. Pohl a.n. [Chapada de S. Marcosj Macbride photos 18693] (Mu type, Z isotype).

PAEPAUOTHUS

PAEPAIAKTHUS ASPER Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 7U8U. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: I36. 1973.

Ii78l4

&

PAEPAUMTHUS ATER Alv. Silv.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: I36 & 235. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Uinas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 35763 (N)

PAEPAUNTHUS AUYAIJTEPUIEIJSIS Uoldenke

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 150. 1973. Additional citations: VEIffiZUELA: Bolivar: . A. Steyermark 93957 (Mu).

PAEPAUOTHUS BAHISieiS (Bong.) Kunth

26: 202, 228, 23li,

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 151 (1973) and &i 2h2, 1973.

PAEPAUNTHUS BARBIGER Alv. Silv,

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: I36 &: 2351973. The Eitens fovmd this plant growing in fine light-gray sand with some hxmus and also on hillsides with small stones and gravel, flowering and fruiting in November, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 35299 (N, W 27098O3), 35U20 (N, W-.2709802)} Eiten &

iiten 6793 (W--2688329), 689U (N, W~2687695)

PAEPAUNTHUS BARBUUTUS Herzog

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust, in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [1^2]. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: l5l~l52 (1973) and 26: 2hl L 2li2. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Lutzelburg 212 [Macbride photos I869U] (Hucotype, Z cotype), 212al (Mucotype), 212aII

(Mu~cotype)

PAEPAUNTHUS BATOCEPHALUS Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl, Anal, it Fitogeogr, Est, S, Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 20, 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25:

, .

298

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

152. 1973.

PAEPAUNTHUS BELIZENSIS Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 6768, fig. 2.

1973. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 67--68, fig. 2 (1973) and 28: I;32. 197U. Illustrations: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 68, fig, 2. 1973. Citations: BRITISH HONDURAS: McKee 11373 (N photo of type, W 261ilh89 type, Z~photo of type).

PAEPAUWTHUS BIFIDUS (Schrad.) Kunth

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon fasciculatrnn L., in herb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytolc^ia 26: li69 (1973) and 29: 76. 197U. The Eriocaulon pygmaeum Mart., E, ( Paepalanthus ) pygmaeum Mart., and Paepalanthvis fasciculatxis f . pygmaea Kom., previously included in the synonymy of P. bifidus , should now be shifted to the synonymy of P. bifidus f , frustus Moldenke, The G. Gardner 1170 collection, cited below, is a mixture with P, lamarckii K\mth. The Blanchet hJO & 2599, Essed s.n. [Sept, 1911i], Ixi^lburg 7239, Maguire & Fanshawe 322pU, Martius |55, MexLa $816 , Murga Pires , Black , Wurdack, & Silva 6161, Pickel 731;, Riedel s.n, [Bahia, 18$9] , Schwacke 8U9U [Herb. Jard, Bot. Belo Horiz. 26668], and . A. Steyermark 896 71 , distributed and previously cited by me as typical P. bifidus , are actually all f

brevipes Moldenke, while Martius 558 is the type collection of f frustus Moldenke. Prance and his associates found P^ bifidus growing on white sand in distiirbed caatinga. Additional citations: BRAZIL: AmazSnas: Prance, Co8lho , Maas , & Pinheiro 11658 (Mu, Mu, N, S)f Prance , Ramos , Farias , t Philcox Pard: Spruce IO8 (Mu) . Rio Grande do Norte: Tavares U22 1^835 (S). (W 2692382). State undetermined: G. Gardner 1170, in part (N)

PAEPALAWTHUS BIFIDUS f . BREVIPES Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 76. 197li. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 76. 197li. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having its peduncles dvuring full anthesis and/or fruit only 1 3 cm. in length. Collectors have found this plant growing in dry sandy places, in sandy soil among rocks, in dry sandy or gravelly places in general, and in dry soil, at altitudes of 300 1250 meters, flowering in May and both flowering and fruiting in April, September, October, and December. They describe it as an herb with "brownishwhite" flowers. Maguire & Fanshawe refer to it as a "locally common weedy annual about rest house" in Guyana; Kexia also refers to it as "common locally". Some specimens on the Munich sheet of Lutzelburg 7239 approach

19 7U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

299

f, frustus in appearance, but probably are merely immatvtre. Material of f . brevipes haa been mis identified and distributed in herbaria under the names Kriocavilon conges turn H.B.K., E. fas ciculatum Lam., E. villosum Salzm., Paepalanthua bifidua Kvmth, and P_. bifidvis (Schrad.) Kunth.

Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: J. A. Steyermark 8967I (Mi, N) GUYANA: Maguire & Fanshawe 3220U (Mu, N) . SURIMALI: Essed s.n. [Sept. 191h] (N, Ut~U^076a). BRAZIL: Bahia: Blanche t U70 (N), 2^99 (M); L. Riedel s.n. [Bahia, 13^9] (N), s.n. (Br); Sellovr 565 Espirito Santo: Lutzelburg 7239 (Br, Br, N photo, Z photo). (Mu). Minas Geraia: Martius 555 (N); I^exia 5816 [Herb. Leonard 83U5] (B isotype, Gg 236100 isotype. Go isotype, Ui Isotype, N type. Qu isotjTpe Sisotr/pe, Ut 502U7a~isotj'pe, V/ 1571893 isotype); Schwacka 8U9U [Kerb. Jard, Bot. Belo Horiz. 26668] (N) Pari: Mur9a Pires , Black , Wurdack, ^ Silva 6I6I (N) . Pemambuco: Pickel 73U (N).

PAEPALANTHUS BIFIDUS f. FRUSTUS Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 76. 197U. Synonymy: Eriocaulon pj'^gmaeum Mart., Flora 2U, Beibl. 2: 60. l3Ul [not _E. pygmaexm Dalz., 1851, nor Korn., 1863, nor Soland., 1309] . Eriocaulon ( Paepalanthus ) pygmaeum Mart, ax Moldenke,

Pl^ologia 20: UH;, in syn, 1970. Paepalanthus fasciculatua f pygmaea Korn. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 20: iil5, in syn. 1970. Eriocaulon ( Paepalanthus ) pygmaeus Mart, ex Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2liO, in syn. 1973. Bibliography: Mart., Flora 2li, Beibl. 2: 60. iSUlj Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kerr,, pr. 1, 1: 879. 1393; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30) 153 & 2^7. 1903; Moldenke, R^sum^ 291. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: UlU ?^ Ul5. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 509 & 582. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2l;0 (1973) and
:

29: 76. I97I1.

The type of this interesting form was collected by Bemhard Luschnath ( no. 32) "in canpis maritirais prope Caballo", Bahia, Brazil, and is deposited in the Munich herbariim. The plant was apparently in flowering and fruiting stage in August. The form is known only from this original collection of thirteen plants and the recent gathering by Irwin and his associates in Golds, who describe it as a cushion herb Trith white flowers and f oimd it in pastures at 300 meters altitude, flowering in April. Scne plants on Lutzelburg 7239, from Sspiriro Santo, approach it in habit and appearauice, but are probably only ininature specimens of f . brevipes . Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Luschnath 32 [Martius 558] (Br isotype, Br isotype, M isotype, Mu type, N photo of isotj'pe, Z photo of isotype). Goiis: Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos lUiSO (N).

300

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. U

PAEPALAOTHUS BITRONS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26 t 137. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 362gQ (N)
PAEPALANTHUS BLEPHAROPHORUS (Bong,) Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25 : 153 (1973) and 26: IBU. 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., M&i. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. PStersb., ser. 6, 2: 229231, pi. 16. 1832 (N, Z)

PAEPALANTHUS BOMBACINUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 137 & 235. 1973. Anderson refers to this species as an herb and encountered it "in wet sand in area of gallery forest along stream and slopes above, one side being rocky (quartzite) with sandy soil, and the other side having an area of grassy cerrado on red clay", at 1250 meters altitude. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: W, R, Anderson 8587 (Ld)i Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 36232 (N); WilHans & Assis 2926 (E I309U8O)

PAEPAUNTHUS BONQARDI Kunth

Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal, Sc Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1158 & Ind. 20. 1972 j Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 153 (1973) and 26: 11^2. 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., M&n, Acad, Imp. Sci. St. P6tersb., ser. 6, 1: pi, 7. 1831 (N, Z)

PAEPAUNTHUS BRACHYPUS (Bong.) Kunth

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li69. 1973* Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 35ltl8a (N). MOUOTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., M6m. Acad. Snp. Sci. St, Pitersb., ser. 6, 1: pi. 6. I83I (N, Z).
PAEPALANTHUS BRASILIENSIS (Mart.) Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2$: 15U 155 (1973) and 26: 202. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Martius s .n. [prope Arraial d'Agua Suja, Junio I8l3j Macbride photos 18695] (Mu type, Z-isotype), MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pi, hh I. 1863 (N, Z).

PAEPALA^TTHUS BRITTONI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Le6n, Fl. Cuba 1: 282

19li6;

& 283, fig. 113.

Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 156157. 1973. Illustrations: Le6n, Fl. Cuba 1: 282, fig, 113. 19U6.

PAEPAUNTHUS BROMELIOIDES Alv, Silv,

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Pl^rtologia 26: 137138,
11^3,

..

197i4

Moldenke, Notes on FIrlocaulaceae

301

& 2U0. 1973. The Irwin, Harley , & Oni.ihl 29030 , distributed as P. bromell oidea and so cited by me in a previous installment of these notes, appears to represent P. vellozioidea Korn, instead, while Irwin , Harley , & Onishi 302 2$ is P_. corymbosua (Bong.) Kunth.

PAEPAUNTHUS BRUNNEUS Moldenke

Additional bibliocraphy: Moldenke, PhTtologia 2$: 158159.
1973.

Additional citations: GUYANA: Cowan ^ Soderstroro 21^3 (N)

PAKPALAMTHUS BiffOIDES (Riedel) Kunth Additional bibliography: MoldenJce, Phytologia 25: 159l6l (1973) and 28: U39. 197U. Anderson encountered this species at an altitude of lUOO meters on a "shaded ledge under overhang on steep rocky (quartzite) hillside sloping down to gallery forest with seeps and sedge meadows Just above the forest", flowering in April. The Anderson , Stleber , & Kirkbride 36092 , distributed by the Now York Botanical Garden as " Paepalanthus bryoldes (Riedel) Kunth Det. H. Moldenke, 1972" is actually P. vellozioides Kom. The erroneous statement on its accompanying labels doubtless has resulted from an error in transcription by the typist, since I did not so report the identif ioationl Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: W. R. Anderson 8U71 (Ld); Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 35232 (N, W 2709820) 356U3 (N, W 2709819); Hatschbach 27Uli7 (S, W 2706 783) . ParanA: Hatschbach 33U72 (Ld) . MOUWTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong.', M&n. Acad. Imp. Sci, St, PStersb., ser. 6, 1: pi. 10 (sup.). 1831 (N, Z)

PAEPAUNTHUS CAESPITITIU5 Mart.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phjrtologia 26: 138, 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Martius 1082 [Macbride photos 10577] (Mu cotype)

PAEPAUNTHUS CALDENSIS Malme

Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1158, map 1777, & Ind. 20. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U69. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as an "crva, 0.05 m. alt., fl8r branca" and have encountered it in "banhado de canpo" at altitudes of 750 to 1300 meters, flowering in November and December. The photograph of Ule 1620 , cited below, represents a specimen deposited in the herbarium of the Staatsinstitut fiir Allgomeine Botanik in Hamburg which has been seen and annotated by me. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Braga 1503 (Rd 2616U); Hatschbach 32759 (Gz) . Rio Grande do Sul: K. Qnrich 56915 (Rd 12285); Rambo 56Uj2 (Rd 1228U). Santa Catarina: Klein 3321 (Ld), 3U06 (Ld), 3U9irrLd), 3876 (Ld), Jji^TO (Ld); Reltz

^Td^

302

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

Reltz & Klein 770^ (Ac), 7903 (Ld), 7918 (Ac), lla2l; (Ld)j Ule 1620 (Zphoto).
PAEPALANTHUS CALVUS Korn, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: llA li;2. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Inrin , Harley , & Onishi 287li8 (N) PAEPALANTHUS CANESCEIB (Bong.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U69 (1973) and 29: 192. 197li. Examination of authentic material of this species now convinces me that the following collections, previously cited by me as this species, actually all represent P. incanus (Bong.) Korn. instead:

Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 351^67 , M. A. Chase 10365, Puarte & Graziela Barroso s.n. [A. P. Duarte 793U; Herb, Brad. 27771], Irwin, Maxwell , &: Wasshauaen 20803 , Irwin , Reis dos Santos , Souza , & Fonagca 22363 , 22662 , & 22909 , Mexia 57148 , Schwacke 8U77 [Herb. Jard, Bot. Belo Horiz, 2967] & 8U82 [Herb, Jard, Bot. Belo Horiz. 26665] , and Williams & Assis 69OI
.

PAEPALANTHUS CANESCENS var. ATRATUS Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 192. 197U. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 192. 197U. Citations: BRAZIL: Golds: W, R. Anderson 6636 (Z type).

PAEPALANTHUS CAfANEMAE Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phjrtologia 26: lii6 1^7. 1973. Anderson describes this plant as an herb with white flowerheads and found it growing on a seeping hillside in a "region of rocky sandstone hilltop cerrado, seeping hillsides, rocky open cerrado in raised places on hillsides, and open mesophytic woods by stream", at an altitude of 1600 meters, flowering in March, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goils: W. R, Anderson 61i68 (Ld)

PAEPALANTHUS CAPILLACEUS Klotzsch Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus hippo trichophyllus Herzog in Fedde, Repert, Spec, Nov, 29: 208 210, pi. 121, fig, m o. 1931. Paepalcurbhus ( Eupaep, , Vivipari ) hippo trichophyllus Herzog ex Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot, Jahresber, 59 (2): 20, 1939. Additional bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert, Spec, Nov, 29: 208210, pi. 121, fig, mo. 1931; A. W. Hill, Ind, Kew. 9: 199. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 59 (2): 20, 1939; Wangerin & Krause in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 60 (1): ii55 [73]. 19ia; Worsdell, Ind. Lond, Suppl. 2: I83. 19la; Moldenke, Kno?m Geogr, Distrib, Erioc, 6, 13, 29, U6, k?. & 60, 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac,, [ed, 2J, 63, 66, 85, 208, & 209, I9li9; Moldenke, R6sum6 72, 75, 96, 98, 279, U86, & 187.

303

197li

L'oldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

I9$9i Moldenke, R6sum6 Suppl. 1: 6. 1959 1 lioldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 12i^, 130, 159, 162, & U79 (1971) and 2: U96, 5=79, 9l;9, & 952. 1971 i Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 537l4 & 7U8ii. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2lj2 (1973) and 26: 1U7 & 188190. 1973. Additional illustrations: Hersog in Fedde, Repert, Spec. Nov. 29: pi. 121, fig. o. 1931. Paepalanthus hippotrichophyllus is based on Lutzelburg 21It08 ,

collected at "Igarape Cre-Cru unter Wasser flutend.. ..Der Fimdort liogt wohl im Strombereich des Rio Oyapock", supposedly in the state of ParS, Brazil. Macbride photographed the type specimen in the Munich herbarivn as his type photograph number lfi703. Herzog (1931) comments that "Die neue Art zeichnet sich durch einen recht abweichenden Habitus vor den meisten Paepalanthua aus und konnte nach ihren ganzen Aussehen am ehesten fior ein Eriocaulon pehalten werden. Besonders ins Auge fallend ist die l^asse der pferdehaar-ahnlichen verbogenen BlStter und das machtige Vfurzelwerk. Dazu kcmmcn die schwammig-binsenartigen Schafte, die kleinen, ofters mit Blattschopfen proliferierenden Kopchen \ind das eigentiinliche sclmarzliche Kolorit, das wohl axif den Einfluss des Standortes zuxnickzufifhren ist. An den Bliften, die in ihrem Bau keinerlei Abweichunr vom Gattungstypus zeigen, interessiert vor allem das Augtreten machtiger papilloser goldgelber Anhangsel ZTffischen den 2-la"^pigein bandfomig breiter Narbenschenkeln und die feinere Stirulctur der auffallend kurzen, nicht keulenfomigen, aussen glatten, innen schwach tuberkulaten Haare die bei 'und Bliiten jeweils nur die eingebogene Spitze der Kelchblatter in burs tenar tiger Zusammendrangung bedecken. Die submers-aquatische Lebensweise ist in der Gattung Paepalanthua nicht haufig und wohl die Ursache fvir die Erlocaulon- ahnliche Tracht der vorliegenden Art. Dem Wasser leben entspricht auch die aller Sklerenchymbalken entbehrende Struktur der Schafte, die abgesehen von dem 2-schichtigen kleinzelligen und derbnandigen Rindenzylinder ganz schirammig gebaut sind." Additional citations: GUYANA: Cowan & Soderstrom 2125 (N) BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Erade I36OI [HerbT Jard. Eot. Rio Jan, 25387] (B, Z). Pard: Lutzelburg 2lU08 [Macbride photos 18703] (Mu, Mu, N photo, W photo), 29871 (Mu) .

PAEPALANTHUS CAPILIACEUS var. SPIRALIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 190. 1973. Additional citations: GUYANA: Maguire & Fanshawe 32292 (Mu isotype)

PAEPAUNTHUS CAPITO Kom.

Additional
synonyinj':

Paepalanthus ruficeps Kom., in herb,

[not P. ruficeps Ruhl., I903, nor Alv. Siiv., 1928].

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 192 193. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 35568 (N)j Hatschbach 30232 (N); Llartius s .n. [Serro

30U

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. h

Frio, prope Tejuco; Macbride photos I8696] (Mu

type)

PAEPALANTHUS CARDONAE Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Pluytologia 26: 193. 1973. Steyermark encorintered what appears to be this species growing in large clvanps in open places at the end of an island, at an altitude of UOO meters, flowering in July. He describes the leaves as rich-green and soft and the flower-heads as white. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: . A. Steyermark 106335 (Z).
PAEPALANTEUS CATHARIME Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. $6: 3000. 1973} Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 193195. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant in swanqps and Sphagnum swaups, in "banhado de campo" and "num banhado" amd describe it as an "einra, fl8r creme". They have foxmd it flowering and fruiting in January and February. The photograph of Ule s.n. , cited below, represents a specimen deposited in the herbarium of the Staatsinstitut ftir Allgemeine Botanlk in Hamburg which has been seen and annotated by me. Additional citations: BRAZIL: ParanA: Hatschbach 25713 (S) Rio Grande do Sul: Rambo 53783 (Rd 12282), 56102 (Rd 12283) Santa Catarina: Mattos 8I1O8 (Rb); Reitz & Klein lia69 (Ld); lOe s.n. [December 1886] (Z photo) PAEPALANTHUS CATHARINAS var. HATSCHBACHI (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3OOO. 1973 Moldenke, Phytologia 26: I9U & 195. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in "banhado de campo", at 1000 to liiOO meters altitude, flowering in October, December, and February. Reitz & ELein describe it as an "erva, fl6r branca" or "fl8r branco-acinzentado" Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein 7637 (Z), 7905 (Ld), 10161 (Ld), 12379 (Ld), 13U95 (Ac)T

PAEPAUNTHUS CEARAENSIS Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Braga, PI. Bordest., ed. 2, 20. 1960j Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 195196. 1973. Braga (I960) reports the vernacular name "alfinete" as used for this species in Ceari, Brazil, as well as for Gentranthus ruber P. DC . of the Valerianaceae and Erythraea centaurium Pers . in the Gentianaceae . The F_. C. Hoehne 3508 [Macbride photos 18697] , cited by me as P. cearaensis in 1973, seems on re-examination to be nothing more than P, lamarckii Kunth.
PAEPALANTHUS CHAPADENSIS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 232233, pl. I5ii. 1928 [not P. chapadensis Ruhl., 1971].

I97ii

Uoldenke, Notes on Erlocanlaceae

305

Additional bibliography: Koldenke, Phytologia 26:

1973.

196 197.

PAEPALAOTHUS CHIQUTTEIJSIS Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde Sc Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $3 (1): 61 lU3] . 1928; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18^: 39. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 197198. 1973.

PAEPALANTHUS CHRYSOPIIORUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 200 ?01. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Golds: Irwin, Harley , & Onishi Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 27276 (S). 2951^3 (N).

PAEPALAOTKUS GILUTUS (Bong.) Kunth Einended synonymy: Paepalanthus ciliatus Kunth apud Korn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 323. I863 [not P_. ciliatua Kunth Herb, ex Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras, 3 (1): 326, in syn. I863] Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 201202. 1973. The Paepalanthus ciliatus "Kimth Herb.", referred to in the synonymy above, is a synonym of P. sellowianus Kbm. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong,, M6in. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. P^tersb., ser. 6, 1: pi. 5. 1831 (N, Z).

PAEPAUOTHUS CILIOLATUS Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke. Phytologia 26: 226 227. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 537U (1973) and 57: 679. 197U
PAEPALA^7rIIU5 GLAUSSEIOANUS

Kom.

Additional synonymy: Actinocephalus claussenianus Kbm,, in

herb.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 228 230, 1973. Anderson and his associates have found this plant grcnring in wet sand on very roclcy sandstone hilltops with occasional wet spots, in sandj' soil in brejo (sedge meadow) in an area of "gallery forest with adjacent brejo and drier higher slopes with grassy campo or rocky cerrado", and "on wet canpo in aji area of pebbly cerrado and sandy grassy cac^jo", and describe it as a branched herb 20 cm. to 1,2 m. tall, with white flower-heaids Sick encountered it in cenrado. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goiis: 7L R, Anderson 10397 (Ac). Minaa Gerais: W. R. Anderson 86UI (Ld); Anderson , Stieber, & Kirkbride 35118 (Ub) ; Hatschbach 27011 (S) ; Irwin, FonsSca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 27$8l4 (S) ; Irwin , Harley , & 0nishi 28977 (N); Martius 879 [Macbride photos I8698] (Mu cotype, Mu cotype, Mu cotype, Z cotype); Sick B.6U7 (Mu) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Kbm, in Mart,, Fl, Bras, 3 (1) : pi, U3. 1363, (N, Z).

306

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

PAEPAUWTHUS COLUMBIENSIS Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 231232
(1973) and 28: U35. 197l|. Saildarriaga & Bakley encountered this plant in marshy areas in

open woodland, riowering and fruiting in August. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Saldarriaga & Bark ley 53035 (Ld)

PAEPAUNTHUS CQUDSUS Alv. Silv.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 233. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL; Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber, & Kirkbride 35885 (N)
PAEPALANTHUS GOIDUPLICATUS Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U69. 1973. Killip, in 1935, inade this notation on the U, S. National Herbarium sheet of Mexia 57U5 " Paep. near conduplicatus ( Glaz. 15525) at Paris". I regard the Mexia collection as a mixture of P. planifoliug var, conduplicatulug Ruhl. and P^ planifolius var. globulifer (Alv, Silv.) Moldenke & Smith.
PAEPALANTHUS COPDATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 237238. 1973. Inrin and his associates describe this plant as an erect herb, to 1,5 m. tall, with light-gray flower-heads, refer to it as "occasional in cerrado" at altitudes of 9501200 meters, and found it fkowering in March. Material has been misidentified and distributed in seme herbaria as . acanthophyllus Ruhl. and P. amoenus (Bong.) Korn, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goi5s: Irwin , Grear , Souza, & Reis dos Santos 13588 (N), ll;300 (Ca~138l725, N)

PAEPAUNTHUS CORIMBOSUS (Bong.) Kunth

Additional bibliography: Mart,, Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 15. 1833; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 239 2la. 1973. Irwin and his associates describe this plant as cespitose, the inflorescences on "axes to 20 cm. long", the flower-heads lightgray, and found it growing in crevices on steep iron-rich rocky slopes near the summit, at altitudes of I8OO to 2000 meters, flowering in January. Material has been misidentified and distributed in seme herbaria as P, bromelioides Alv. Silv. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin , Harley , & Onishi 30225 (Ac, N, 2709817) . MOUOTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong,, M6m. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. P^tersb., ser. 6, 2: 233 23ii, pl. 18. 1832 (N, Z).

PAEPAUITTHUS C0STARICENSI3 Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2la. 1973.

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaxilaceae

307

2056U03)

Additional citations: COSTA RICA: Cartago: Croat 398 J. Le6n 2708 (l!u) . J

(E

PAEPALAOTHUS COUTOElJSIS Koldenka Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2I4I 2U2. 1973. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in the restinga fonnation, flowering in February. They describe it as UO cm, tall, the "inflorescSncias arroxeadas" (Belfim Sc Pinheiro 2U85) or with iri-iite flowers ( Bel&n & Pinheiro 2113 ) Material has been raisidentif ied and distributed in some herbaria as P^ plumi -

pes Alv. Silv. and P. polyanthus (Bong.) Kunth. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Bel6m & Pinheiro 2113 (N), 2U35 (Ld, N). Guanabara: Krapovickas, Cri8t6bal , ^ Karuflak 23209 (Ld). Kinas Gerais: Irwin , Maxwell , ^ V/asshausen

20701 (N).

PAEPALANTHUS CRA3SICAULIS Kbrn. Additional bibliography: Lloldenke, Phjytologia 26: 2I42 2U3 & li80. 1973. Pring reports encountering this plant on a savanna in Colombia, Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Daniel 8,n. [2. 2,1909] (Mu)j Pring 16U (E 90U837) . VENEZUEU: TrujiUo: J. A. Steyermark 105022 (S), PERU: Department undetermined: Ruiz & Pavon s.n. [1777-1788] (E1612101)

PAEPALANTHUS CRYOCEPHALUS Alv. SUv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2kh 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber, & Kirkbride 35827 (N) PAEPALANTHUS DICHOTOMUS Klotzsch Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 252 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot, A,23: 290. 197U.

253.

PAEPALANTHUS DICHOTOMUS var, BRASILIENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 253. 1973j Hocking, Excerpt, Bot. A.. 23: 290. 197U. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 27h2$ (S Isotype)

PAEPALA!JTHUS DISTICHOPHTLLUS Mart,

Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. PflanzenTam. 23. I833i Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U69. 1973. Anderson and his associates found this plant grovring in an area of sandstone outcrops with shrubby vegetation, adjacent grassy slopes, and the valley of a small stream, mostly sandy soil but with overlying black hucaus in many places, at an altitude of 1550 meters, flowering and fruiting in February, and describe it as 1.7

j .

308

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. U

m. tall, with white flower-heads. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Aiiderson , Stieber ,

& Kirkbride 3^863 (Ub) ; Hatschbach 27372 (S) ; Martins s.n. [Itamb5, summus monsj Macbride photos 18699] (Mu type, Mu igotype) MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. hh

III. 1363 (N, Z).

PAEPAUNTHUS DIVARICATUS (Bong.) Kunth

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phjrtologia 26: 2ii9 & 2^8-260. 1973. The Martius s.n, [Serro Frio], distributed as P^ divaricatua ,
seems to be P^ ranosus (Wikstr.) Kunth instead. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 35U5U (N). MDUIITED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., M6n. Acad.

Imp. Sci, St, PStersb., ser. 6, 1: pl. 3. 1331 (N, Z)

PAEPALANTHUS D0MINGEM5IS Ruhl. This taxon is conspecific with P. repens (Lara.) Korn., which see.
PAEPALANTHUS DUBIUS Kom. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 262. 1973. The J, E. Pohl s.n. [in Brasilia], distributed as P_. dubius, is actually P, lanato-albus Mart.

PAEPALANTHUS DUIDAE G leas on Synonymy: Paspalanthus dudidae Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. ^7: 679, sphalm. 197U. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U70, 1973 Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 679. 197li. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire , Wurdack , & Bunting 37123 (Mu)

PAEPAUNTHUS DUPATXA Mart.

Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est, S, Paulo ed. 1, 6: 11^8 & Ind, 20. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li70~U71. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 36ll;8 (H)
PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS (Bong.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl, Anal, & Fitogeogr, Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 11$8 & Ind, 12 & 20, 1972} Moldenke, Fifth Sujon. 1: 161 & I48O (1971) and 2: ii92, U99, 581, & 951. 1971} Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1|73 Ii79 (1973) and 29: 192. 197li} Hocking, Excerpt. Bot, A.23: 292, I97ii. The Martius collection, cited below, appears to be a mixture with var, cilia tus Korn, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goiis: Irwin , Grear , Soviza , & Reis dos Santos 1U56U (Ld). Minas Gerais: Martius s.n, [arenosis

i ,.

197li

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

309

apricis ad Vao do VarvAn et alibi], in part (Mu)

PAEPALAJfTHUS ELOJGATUS var. AICU3TIF0LIUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliocraphy: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: hlS 1973. IrvTin and hi3 associates describe this plant as cespitose, the culms to 70 era. tall, and found it growing on rocky campos, at 12^0 meters altitude, in flower and fruit in March, Citations: BRAZIL: GoiAs: Inrin , Grear , Souza , & Reis doa Santos 13351 (Ld, Z).

PAEPAUNTHUS ELONGATUS var. CILIATUS Korn.

Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl, Anal, & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 11^8 & Ind. 20. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26 U7li U77. 1973. Anderson found this plant growing in "canpo llmpo in sandy soil, wet in some places", at 1080 meters altitude, and describes it as a perennial herb with white flower-heads Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goiisi W. R. Anderson 80U5 (Ub) Minas Gerais: Martiua 877 [Uacbride photos I87OI] (Mu cotype, Mu cotype), s.n. [arenosis apricis ad Veo do Paruin et alibi], in part (Mu, Mu); J, E. Pohl s.n. [in Brasilia] (Mu)

PAEPAUm-HUS ELONGATUS f . GRAMINIPOLIUS Herzog

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: hll li78, 1973. The actual type specimens of this form in the Munich herbarium is inscribed "Serra do Rio de Contas, 1000 m. 19lU/^l"' Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Lutzelburg 72 [N. I. Bot, Gard, type photos nevr ser, neg. QQh.9] (Mu type, N photo of type, Z photo of type)

PAEPAUITTHUS ELOICATUS var. LONQIBRACTEATUS Moldenke, Phjrtologia 29: 192. 197U. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 192. 197U. Citations: BRAZIL:- Golds: Irvrin , Grear , Souza , & Reis dos Santos 1237U (Z type)
PAEPALAin-HUS ELONGATUS var. NIGER Moldenke

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li78. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A .23; 292, 197U. Additional citations: BRAZIL: GoiAs: Irwin , Harley , & Smith 32187 (N isotype).

PAEPAUNTHUS ELONGATUS var. PUBESCENS Alv. Silv.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: hl^ & U78 U79. 1973. Anderson encountered this plant in "campo limpo" on sandy soil, wet in some places, at an elevation of IO8O meters, flowering in April, and describes it as a perennial herb with white flowerheads. Additional citations: BRAZIL: GoiAs: W. R. Anderson 8O36 (Ld)

310

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

SOhh (Ld).

Minas Gerais: Irwin , Harley , & Onlshl 29039 (N).

PAEPAUOTHUS ENSIFOLIDS (H.B.K.) Kunth

Additional bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 79. l820j Wikstr., Trenne Hjra Art. Ortsl. Erioc. Ill (repr.). 1821; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: li79USl. 1973. The Daniel s.n. [2.2.1909], distributed as P. ensifolius, is actually P, crassicaulis Kom.
PAEPALAMTHUS EUEIPHYLLUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: U8U. 1973. Anderson and his associates found this plant growing in an area of hillsides with secondgrowth forest and bracken-covered canpos, sloping down to a river, with blocky sandstone and sauidy soil. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber, & Kirkbride 35679 (N, Z)i MagalhSes Gcmes 16^1; [Macbride photos 10603] (B type, Nphoto of type, N photo of type, photo of type, Zisotype); Mello Barreto U655 [Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 236UOU; Herb, Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 1751;9] (2121713).

PAEPAUNTHUS EXIGUUS (Bong,) Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras.

31ii.

3 (1):

1863. SynonTmy: Eriocaulon exlguum Bong., M&u. Acad. Imp. Sci. St, PStersb., ser. 6, 1: 627, [pi. $9] I83I. Paepalanthua exiguua Kom. in Mart,, Fl, Bras. 3 (1)5 311i 1863 Dupatya erigua
(Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 7U5 I89I. Dupatya exigua Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl, 1, pr, 1, lU5. 1902. Paepalanthus exigus (Bong.) Kom. ex Moldenke, Ptytologia 28: U60, in syn. 1971;. Bibliography: Bong., M6m. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. P6tersb., ser. 6, 1: 627, [pi. 59]. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 27. 1831; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. I81i0; Kunth, Enum. PI. 3: 571 & 613. I8la; D. Dietr., Syn. PI. $: 267. 1852} Steud., Syn. PI. Glum. 2: [Gyp.] 279 & 333. 1855; Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 31ii & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 7U5. 1891; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: UOl. I89I1; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, m5. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 26, 182, I83. [283]. 285, : 29O. 1903; Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: [291J & 293, fig. 11 D 816. 1908; Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: U06. 1923; Stapf, Ind. Lond. U: 5l8. 1930; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, I5a: 52. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 2, lii5. I9IJ.; Jacks, in Hook. f. &; Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (191*6) and pr. 2. 2: UOl. 19li6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Srioc. 12, 29, 3ii, & U8, I9i|6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19^9; Moldenke, Phytologia I4: lit2. 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl, 1, pr, 3, 1U5. 1959; Moldenke, R6sim6 97, 280, 288, 32U, & li87. 1959; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew,, pr, 3, 1: 878 (I960) and pr. 3, 2: UOl. I96O;

197U

Uoldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

311

Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inat. Agron. 70, I960; Lloldenke, Fifth Sumra. 1: 161 & li80 (1971) and 2: 500, 582, & 951. 1971; Uoldenke, Phytologia 28: 1^0. 197h, Eongard (1831) describes this species as follows: "acaule, foliis linearibus acutis glabrisj pedunculis fasciculatis pubescentibus; vaginis folia adaequantibus glabris. T. LIX. Habitat in graminosis humidis prope Ilheos, provinciae Bahiensis, et in pro') ."' vincia Minas Geraes. Floret The former collection was made by Ludwig Riedel (unnumbered) in grassy damp places at Ilheos, flowering in June, and the latter by the same collector in damp meadows in the Serra do Caxassa, both deposited in the Leningrad herbarium. The species has also been found growing in campos and on rocky ground, flowering in Febrtiary, April, June, Noveaber, and December. Anderson and his associates encountered it in wet shady places under a sandstone ledge, mixed with P. miser Ruhl., at

1000 to 1050 meters altitude, in an area of steep rocky hillsides below sandstone cliffs, a stream at the base of the hills, and recently burned campo between the hills. Although Jackson (1893) cites a plate "^9*^ in Bongard's work as illustrating this species as Bongard himself does (18 31) ProbKvinth (I8UI) assures us that this plate was never published. ably it exists only in the Leningrad library or herbarivmi, Ruhland (1903) cites frcm Bahia: L_. Riedel 3,n, , and from liinas Gerais: Burchell 5656, C-laziou I78U8 , Langsdorff s.n. , H_. Magal hges 3,n. [Herb, Ccwn, C-eogr. fk Geol, Minas 1290], L_. Riedel s.n , Schvracke 7311< & 9236 , and A. Silveira s.n. [Herb, Gen, Geogr. & Geol, Minas 2980], all deposited in the Berlin herbarium, Silveira (1928) cites a no, 253 from near Ouro Preto, collected in 1900, but whether collected by himself or by someone else is not clear. The J_, A_, Steyermark 5789U, distributed as P, exiguus , is a mixture of P^ lamarckii Kunth and Syngonanthus gracilis (Kbm,) Ruhl., while the Williams & Assis 686U cited below, is a mixture of P, exiguus and P^ gyrotrichus Ruhl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz8na8: Frdes & Addison 29299 (Z). Minas Gerais: Anderson , Stieber , & Kirkbride 35637 (Ld, N)j Burchell 5656 (Br) j MagalhSes Gomes 3967 (N); Mendes MagalhSes U358 [Herb, Jard. Eot. Belo Horiz. U52U3] (N) Williams & Assis 686U, in part (N), Parfi: Ducke s.n. [Herb, Mus, Goeidi llli30] (Z), Roraima: Black & MagalhSes 51-1292U (N), LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERICINED: Herb. Inst. Agron, Norte 10 (Z)

PAEPALANTHUS EXIGUUS var, LOMGIFOLIUS Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Bolss., ser. 2, 8: [291] & 293, fig. D 816. 1908. Bibliography: Beauverd. Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: [291] & 293, fig, 11 D 816. 1908; Uoldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Erloc. 12 & U8. I9U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, Led. 2], 8li & 209. 19U9; Moldenire, R6sum6 97 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth

312

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. h

and 2: 951. 1971. Illustrations: Beauverd, Bull, Herb, Boiss., ser. 2, 8: [291], fig. 11 D 816. 1908. This variety is based on Damazio 712, collected in siiamps on the Morro da SSo SebastiSo, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in September of I90U and deposited in the Herbier Boissier at Geneva. Beauverd (1908) describes the plant as "Differt a forma typica foliis vix duplo longioribus, recurvatisj caetera ut in typus". He camnents that "Cette plante minuscule a 6t6 signalle dans I'Etat de Bahia et parait conn\me dans celui du Minas Geraes, dont Ruhland cite une demi-douzaine de provenances diff^rentes. L'une d'elles est exactement celle d'ou notre zel5 correspondant M. Damazio nous I'a envoy^e: la seule difference reside dans la date de floraison qui est fin septembre pour notre plante tandis qu'elle est not^e en novembre dans 1' Herbier de la Commission g^ographique de Minas, No. 2930 ; il se pour rait que cette variation dans la date de floraison d'une mSme station coIncidSt avec la difference que jous avons not^e pour la forme des feuilles, et a laquelle I'on povirrait ajouter celle des bract^es stipantes, qui selon Koemicke sont de mme forme que les bract^es involucrantes, tandis qu'elles en different tr^s sensiblement chez les echantillons que nous avons examines et desquels nous donnens une illustration." The variety is thus fair knomi only frcoi the type collection,
Sunun. 1: 161 (1971)

PAEPAIANTHUS EXTREMEMSIS Alv, SUv., Fl. Mont. 1: I63~l61i, pi. 103. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: I63--I6U &. U06, pi. 103. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Hot, Jahresber. 57 (1): U76. 1937} A. W. Hill, Ind. Keir, Suppl. 9: 199. 1938} Worsdell, Ind. Lond, Suppl. 2: 183. I9I4I} Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U8. I9U6} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac,, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19li9} Moldenke, R6sum6 97 & U87. 1959} Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 103. 1928, This species is based on A^. Silyelra 8I8, collected along the mju'gins of the Rio Extrema, near GrSo Mogol, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in July of 1926, and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium, Silveira (1928) ccmments that the species as "A P. coloidi Ruhl, foliis minoribus facile distinguitur". Prance & Silva describe the plant as a small herb, frequent in the cerrado zone, flowering in Jiily, Irwin and his associates describe it as a low herb, 15 25 cm. tall, growing on wet slopes in campos or in shallow water in sin area of rocl-:y slopes and wet can^jos, at altitudes of 1000 to 1200 meters, flowering in February, and fniiting in October. Citations: BRAZIL: Goiis: Irwin , Grear , Souza , & Reis dos Santos 12575 (Ac, N)j Irwin , Souza , & Reis dos Santos 9U9lt (Ld, N)} Prance & Silva 58198 (N, N, S, V^~258U6lUa, Z)

197U

Moldenke, IJotes on Erlocaulaceae

313

PJIEPALANTHIB FALCIFOLIUS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 327, pi. a$. 1863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon ( Paep)alanthus ) rlgldvm Mart,, Flora 2U,

Beibl. 2: 35.^Ul [not E. rlgldum Bong., 1831]. Dupatya falci folia (Korn.) Kiintze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 7U5. 1891. Eriocaiilon ripidum Mart, ex Jactrs. in Hook, f, & Jacks,, Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878, in syn. 1893. Dupatya falcifolia Kuntze apud Lnirand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, lii$. 1902. Paepalanthus gomesii (Silv.) Riihl. ex Moldenke, R^sumS 325, in syn. 19^9 [not P_. gomesii Alv. Silv., 1928]. Paepalanthus gomesii Ruhl, ex Moldenke, R4s\m6 Suppl. 1: 20, in syn. 19^9 , Paepalanthus falcifollus L'art. ex Tomiinson in C. R. lietcalfe, Anat. L'onocot. 3: 190. 1969 . IJrlocaulon ascendens Bong,, in herb. Bibliography: Mart., Flora 21;, Beibl. 2: 35. iSU-i Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 283, 327, 328, li99, & 507, pi. h$. 1863; Prantl, Nat, Pflanzenf am . , ed. 1, 2 (U): 22, Hieron. in Engl, fig. 11. 1888; Kuntze, Rev. Gen, PI. 2: IhS- I89I; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr, 1, 2: UOl. I89li; Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr, 1, II45. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl,, Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 3, 189, 19219U, [283], 287, & 290, fig. 26. 1903; Alv, Silv., Fl, Mont, 1: U06. 1928; Stapf, Ind, Lond. U: 5l8. 1930; Ruhl, in Engl, L Prantl, Nat, Pflanzenf am., ed. 2, 15a: Ul & 52. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl, 1, pr. 2, lii5, 19luL; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc, 12, 29, 39, & U8. 19U6; Jacks, in Hook, f, h Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (I9U6) and pr. 2, 2: UOl. 19U6; Moldenke, Alph, List Cit, 2: U02 (I9U8) and U: 1203 & 1297. 19li9; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia U: 1U2. 1952; Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: U. 1957; Dxorand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 3, 1U5. 1959; Moldenke, R6sum6 97, 280, 291, 325, & U87. 1959; Moldenke, R4sum6 Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr, 3, 1: 878 (i960) and pr, 3, 2: UOl. I96O; Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. I96OJ Moldenke, Phytologia 19: 103. 1969; Tomiinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 159161, 167, 173. 17U, & 187189. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: I6I & U80 (1971) and 2: 51u, 582, 583, & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 250, 1973. Illustrations: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pi. U5. 1863; Hieron. in Sngl, &: Prantl, Nat, Pflanzenfam., ed, 1, 2 (ii): 22, fig. 11. 1888; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 192, fig. 26. 1903. This species is based on P. Claxisen li7, Martius 860 , and J, E. Pohl s.n. , all from Minas Gerais, Brazil, the first-mentioned from the Serra d'ltabira, but the others with no specific locality noted. The type of Eriocaulon rigidimi Mart, is P, Clausen U95, deposited in the Berlin herbarium; the E. rigidxm Bong., referred to in the synorQany above, is the name-bringing synonym of Paepal anthus rigidus (Bong.) Kunth, Eriocaulon ascendens is based on Martius 828 in the liunich herbarium.
f.-

PHYTOLOGIA
,

311i

Vol. 29, no. h

MagalhSes Gomes 2718 in the Berlin herbarivm, was annotated by Rxihland as "Paepalanthus gomesli Ruhl., n, sp." after the name P. falcifolius had been crossed out by him, but the specimen seems to me to be identical with the latter taxon, Paepalanthvts gomes ii Alv. Silv. is an entirely different and apparently valid species. Irwin and his associates describe P falcifolius as a decumbent shrub with steras to 75 era. long and with white flower-heads, and have found it grovring in wet carapos in an area of cerrado interspersed with wet rocky campo, at 9$0 meters altitude. It has been collected in anthesis in February and April, growing also in sandy places Ruhland (1903) cites from Minas Gerais , Clausen kl (Br) & 221 (Br), MagalhSes Gomes 3939 (B), Martius 880 (B), and . E. Pohl 3n. (B) . Silveira (1923) cites a no, 2li7 from Venda do Campo, Minas Gerais, collected in 139U, but whether collected by himself or by someone else is not clear. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as . denudatus Korn., P, falcatus Korn., and P, rigidus (Bong.) Kunth. On the other hand, the G. Gardner |2U8, distributed as P. falcifolius , is actually P, denudatus Korn., P, Clausen 267 , 313, & 319 are P, raraosus (Wikstr.) Kunth, and P, Clausen 14.9 is Eriocaulon sellowianum Kunth. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: P_, Clausen hi (B cotype), 6k (S), 1x9$ (B); Irwin , Reis dos Santos , Souza , i Fon8ca 233^6 (N, Z)j Macedo 27^8 (N, S); MagalhSes Gomes 2718

[Macbride photos 10612] (B, Nphoto, N photo, photo) , 393? [Herb. Jard. Bot, Belo Horiz. 266^2] (B, N) ; MagalhSes Gomes &

Schwacke 2718 [Herb. Jard, Bot. Belo Horiz. 266^1] (N); Maguire , Mendes MagalhSes , & Maguire U9299 (N) ; Martius 828 (Mu), 880 [N, Y. Bot. Gard. type photos new ser. neg, 881t8] (B cotype, M cotj-pe, Mu cotype, N photo of cotype, Z photo of cotj^pe), s.n. [Serro Frio] (B)j Mende s MagalhSes 1306 [Herb, Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 39872] (Be liiB09, N, Tf 212]4l59)i J. E. Pohl s.n. (Mu cotype). MOUWTED ILLUSTRATIONS: dra;-ring3 &. notes by Kornicke (B); Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. hS. 1363 (B, N, Z),

PAEPAUITTHUS FALLAX Beauverd, Bull, Herb. Boiss,, ser. 2, 8: 288290, fig, 10 A 110. 1908, Bibliography: Beauverd, Bull, Herb, Boiss., ser, 2, 8: 288 290, fig, 10 A 110, 1908; Prain, Ind, Kew, Suppl, U, pr. 1, 170. 1913; Stapf, Ind. Lond. U: 5l8. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U8, 19^6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19U9; Prain, Ind, Kew. Suppl. U, pr. 2, 170. 1958; Moldenke, R6sum5 98 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Suram. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. Illustrations: Beauverd, Bull, Herb, Boisa., ser. 2, 8: 289, fig. 10 A 110. 1908.

; .

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

315

This species is based on Daniazio 1^09 from Ouro Pre to, Vdnas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the Herbier Boiasier at Geneva. Beauverd (1908) notes that "Cette espece, voisine du Paepalanthus undulatus Ruhland 3 'en distingue nattement par ses p^donciiles solitaires k I'aisselle das feuillas (at non fascicules par 53), par ses graines sansiblement plus courtes que les feuilles, i orifice tronqu^ trans versalement (obliquaraent chez P, undulatua ) en outre, les stigmates sont profond^raent bifidos, bien que les deux rsimifications de chaque branche restant parfois soud^es Jusqu'au sotnmet chez plusieurs des fleura que nous avons examinlea. Les appendices, digit^s-papilleux au sonnet, d^passant longement les branches du stigmate; stigma te et appendices sont soud^s i. la base en un style fuaiforme tres court, Les poils du receptacle et de la base des fleurs sont longuemant articuies-algus; ceux du sommet des a^pales et des p^tales sont forteoent claviformesarticul^s, et chez la moiti6 sup^rieure des p^tales des fleurs feoelles, les marges sont ^galement cilices de poils obtusiuscules, filiformes-articuies." The species is known thus far only from the original collection.

PAEPALANTHUS FASCICUUTUS (Rottb.) Kunth, Enum, PI. 3- 506. 131^1 Synoncmiy: Eriocaulon fasciculatum F:ottb,, Act. Litt. Univ. Hafn. 1: 271, pi. 2, fig. 1. 1778 [not . fasciculate Bong., 1331, nor Lam., I789, nor TTeig., 1959, nor vaild., 1959]. Eriocaijlon conges turn K.B.II,, Nov. Gen. c Sp. PI., ed. folio, 1: 201. 1316. Eriocaulon congestum Humb, & Bonpl. apud Roea. &. Schult.

in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 867. 1317. Eriocaxilon cong estuta Kunth apud Spreng. in L., Syst, Veg., ed. 16, 3: 77U. 1326. Paepalanthus congestus Kunth, Enum. PI. 3'- 505. iSIil. EiT.oca\ilon congestum Humb. & Kunth ex Kxrnth, Enum, PI. 31 505 & 613, in syn. Paepalanthus congestus Humb. & Bonpl. ex Kunth, Enum, PI. iSiil. Paepalanthus fasciculatus Kimth ex Klotzsch in U 3: 51U. I8UI. R, Schomb.. Reisen Brit.-Guian. [Vers, Fauiia & Fl, Brit,-Guiaii.] 3: 896. I8ii8. Paepalanthus fasciculatus Kbm. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 281i, 357, & 507. I863. Paepalanthus congestus Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 505. 1863. Dupatya fasciculata (Rottb.) Kuntze, Rev, Gen, PI. 2: 7U5. I89I. Dupatya fasciculata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 1, 1U5. 1902. Paepalanthus fasciculattis (Rottb.) Kom. apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 160. 1903. Paepalanthus fasciculatus f, genuina Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931. Paepalanthus congestus (H.B.K.) Kunth ex Moldenke, R^sunfi Suppl, 1: 20, in syn. 1959. Paepalanthus cylindroc ephalua Mart, ex Moldenke, RfisumS Suppl. 1: 20, in syn. 1959. Paepalanthus fasciculatua (Schrad.) Kom. ex Moldenke, BSstua^ Suppl. 1: 20, in syn. 1959. Paepalanthus fasciculatus (Rottb.) Kuntze ex lioldenke.

316

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. h

Fifth Sumra. 1: 532, in syn, 1971. Syngonanthus fasciculatus Black ex MoMenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 636, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Rottb., Act, Litt. Univ, Hafn. 1: 271, pi. 2, fig. 1. 1778} J. F, Gmel. in L., Syst, Nat., ed. 13, 2: 206 & 8671791; L. C. Plch., Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 113. 1792} H.B.K,, Nov, Gen. & Sp. PI., ed. folio, 1: 201 (1816) and ed. quarto, 1: 252, 1616} Roem. & Schult. in L,, Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 867. 1317} Wikstr,, K. Svensk, Vet. Akad. Handl, Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 76, 1320} Steud,, Norn, Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 312. 1821} 7/ikstr,, Trenna Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. 11. 1821} Roem. & Schult., Mant. 2: 1^69. I32li} Sprang, in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 77U. 1826} Roem. & Schiat,, Mant. 3: 671. 1827} Steud,, Nom, Bot., ed. 2, 1: $Q$, 13U0} Paxt,, Pock. Bot. Diet., ed. 1, 12J^. 18I|0: Kunth, Enum. PI, 3: U97, 505, 506, 5lli, 520 537, 573, 6I3, 5c 62U. I8I4I} Mart,, Flora 2U: Beibl. 2: 60. I8la} Kiotzsch In M, R, Schomb,, Reisen Brit,-G\iian. 3'- [Vers. Fauna & Fl, Brit,-Guian,] 896, I8U8} Part,, Pock. Bot, Diet., ed. 2, 121^, 18U9} D, Dietr,, Syn. PI. $1 260, 1352} Steud,, Syn, PI, Glum, 2: [Gyp.] 275276 & 333. 1855} Korn. in Mart., Fl, Bras. 3 (1): 281i, 357358, 505, & 507. 1863} Benth. & Hook, f.. Gen. PI. 3 (2): 1023. 1883} Kuntze, Rev, Gen, PI, 2: 7U5. I89I} Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks,, Ind, Kew,, pr, 1, 1: 873 (1893) and pr, 1, 2: UOl, I89U} Huber, Bol. Mus. Para, 2: U99. 1898} Bamh., Bull, Torrey Bot, Club 29: 585598. 1902; Duraud & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, lli5. 1902} Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 17, 153, 160, [283], 285, 289, & 290. 1903} Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec, Nov, 29: 205- 206, 1931} H, A. Gleason, Bull, Torrey Bot, Club 58: 327. 1931} Uittien & Heyn in Pulle, Fl. Surin. 1 [Meded, Konink, Ver, Ind, Inst. 30, Afd. Handalmus. 11]: 216218, 1938} Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber, 59 (2): I9. 1939} Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 2, lli5. I9UI} Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks,, Ind. Kerr,, pr, 2, 1: 878 (I9li6) and pr, 2, 2: UOl. 19li6} Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Erioc. 57, 12, 29, 33, 3U, li6, & 1^8. I9U6} Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 132. 19U6} Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 37U. 19li7} Moldenke in Maguire & al,. Bull, Torrey Bot, Club 75: 196. I9U8} Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: kO? & 556 (19U3), 3: 701, 702, 7Ui, 805, 809, 892, 956, & 975 (19U9), and U: 10U3, I07I;, 1079, 1132 & 1169. 19i;9} Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2J, 61, 6U, 6668, 8U, & 209. 19U9} Moldenke, Phjix>logia 3: lii2 (19h9) and h: 1U2H;3. 1952} Moldenke, Mutisia 6: [1]. 1952} Moldenke in Maguire, Mem, N. Y, Bot. Gard, 8: 97. 1953} R. E, Schult., Bot. Mus. Leafl, Harvard Univ, 16 (U) : pi. 11, 1953} Uriba, Mutisia 25: 28, 1956} Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 3, 1U5. 1959} Moldenke, RSsumS 67, 72, 75, 77, 78, 98, 280, 287, 288, 32U, 325, Sc li37, 1959} Moldenke, Rfisumfi Suppl, 1: 16, 1959} Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (i960 and pr. 3, 2: liOl. I960} Moldenke, R6sum4 Suppl, 3- 12 & 13 (1962), k'- 5 (1962), and 5: 5. 1962} Lindeman & Gorts-van Rijn in Pulle it Lanjouw, Fl. Surin. 1 [Meded. Konink, Inst. Trop, 30, Afd. Trop. Prod. 11] 331. 1968} Moldenke, R6sum6 Suppl, 18: 10. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 295, 297, & laUU.8. 1970} Moldenke, Fifth Sunm, 1:

19 7h

l^oldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

317

118, 125, 130, 132, 13U, 161, & U30 (1971) and 2: U97, 500, 580, 582, 636, 951, ^ 973. 1971; K'-oldenke, Phortologla 25: 159 & 160 (1973) and 28: U35. I97l. Illustrations: Rottb., Act. Litt. Univ. Hafn. 1: pi. 2, fig. 1. 1773; R. S. Schiat., Bot. LIua. Leafl. Harvard Univ. 16 (U): pi. U. 1953. This widespread species is based on Herb. Rottb^ll s.n. fron

Surinam, deposited in the Copenhagen herbarium where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 22281. The type of Eriocaulon congestum was collected by Humboldt and Bonpland along the banks of the Rio YSo in the primeval forests of the Orinoco, Venezuela, and is deposited at Berlin. Paepalanthus cylindrocephalvia is probably based on Spruce 109 , in part, from ParA, Brazil. Although the H,B,K. references in the synonymy and bibliography of this species are often cited as "1815", Barnhart (l?02) asserts that both are more correctly given as 18 16. The Klotzsch (18U8) references are sometimes cited as "8: 96". In both places Paepaianthus fasciculatus "Kunth" is mentioned and thus accredited, with as synonyms Eriocaulon fasciculatum Rottb., Eriocaulon fasciculare Weigelt, and E, cae3pit03>jm Poepp, the two latter names, however, belong in the synonymy of Paepai anthus bifidus (Schrad.) Kunth, As to the author-citation for the binomial here adopted for this species, see ny discussion under Paepaianthus bifidus in a previous installment of this series of notes. Unless the interpretation here proposed is adopted, the species here under discussion would have to be called P. congestus (H.B.K.) Kunth. The " Eriocaulon fasciculare L." of Raeuschol, sometimes placed in the synonyry of P. fasciculatus , actually belongs in that of P^ lanarckli Kunth. Kunth (iSItl) includes Eriocaulon fasciculare Yfeigelt and "Eriocaulon caespitosum (lYlkstr.?)" In the synonymy of P. fasciculatus and cites also "Bong, in Act, Petrop. 1. 1. 621; (excl. Lam.) fide synon. 7/eigelt, Surin,", but I regard these names as belonging to the synonymy of Paepaianthus bifidus (Schrad.) Kunth. At the close of his description K\inth asks the question "An recte hue relatus? P. polytrlcholdl et P. Lamarckii tamen stmilllmus . " On page 506 of his work he erroneously says that " E, fasciculatum Bong, est Paepaianthus fasciculatus " it really is P_. bifidus . He also compares P_. fasciculatus with P. bryoldes (Riedel) Kunth, P^ perpusillus Kunth, Philodlce cuyabensis TSong.) Kunth, and Philodlce hofflnannseggil Mart. He also notes that Syngonanthus caulescens (Poir.) Ruhl. " ErlocauH fasciculati fors tantum varietatem giganteam esse, suspicatur Poirot" a possibility which is, of course, completely out of the question in light of present knowledge. Steudel (1821) places Eriocaulon


318

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. h

fasciculatum Rottb. doubtfvilly in the synonymy of E. fasclculatum Lam. [which is now knovm as Paepalanthus laiaarckii Kunth] It should be noted here that the Eriocaulon fasciculatum of Bongart and of Weigelt, referred to in the synonymy and elsewhere above, are synonyms of Paepalanthus bifidiis (Schrad.) Kunth, while that of Lamarck and of Willdenow are synonyms of Paepalaprthus lamarckii Kunth, Uitten & Heyn (1938) cite the H.E.K. reference in the bibliography of this species as "iSl!?", but as indicated above this is pages 201 302 of the folio edition of this work were incorrect issued in August of 1616 and pages 1^3 256 of the quarto edition in May of I8l6. Collectors describe Paepalanthus fasciculatua as an erect herb, 6 15 cm. tall, with white or grayish-white f lowering -heads , and with white or brown flowers . They have found it growing in white sand of clearings, coarse white sand of disturbed white-seind savannas, damp or damp sandy places, sandy spots, savannas, savanna forests on white sand, moist sandy soil in dense forests, sandy rocky soil, sandy clearings in woods, open patches near rivers in sand and silt, and in slight shade at the edge of forests, along trails and riverbanks, among litter on roadsides, on sand and sandy roadsides, on rocks, rocky cliffs, and savannas with quartzite base, "ccmaon in sand along railroads", and "frequent in sandy soil of open places", at altitudes of 2$ to 900 meters, flowering and fruiting from April to February. Wurdack & Adderley describe it as "locally abiuidant" and Kaguire & Wurdack as "locally frequent" . Gleason, in his unpublished flora of Guyana, describes the species as follows: "Softly hirsute; stems slender, h 20 cm, tall, erect or recvmibentj leaves not greatly crowded at the summit, 1 10 cm. long, the sheaths 3 cm. longj pedvincles vei^' numerous, 3 about equaling the upper leaves j heads 2 h mm, in diameter, globose, becoming short-cylindric, brownish; bracts acute or obtvise, shorter than the lower flowers and usually concealed. Sandy grovmd, Tumatumari, Gleason 2$ (Venezuela to French Guiana and northern Brazil)," In his 1931 work he characterizes the species as "widely distributed and common throughout tropical America" Actually, it is a widely distributed and very variable species found from Colombia and Venezuela, through the Guianas, to northern Brazil only. The vernacular name, "speldekussens", is recorded for it in Surinam. The printed label accompanying Lutzelburg 22li55 is inscribed "Nordbrasilien" , but in longhand there is also the statement "Orinoco, Esmeraldas", so it would appear that the specimen was actually collected in what is now Amazonas, Venezuela. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as "toward P^ fasciculatus f , tenellus Ruhl,", as P. polytrichoides Kunth, Syngonanthus anomalus (Korn.) Ruhl., and S. tunbellatus (Lam.) Ruhl. On the other hand, the Sellow 506 and A, Silva 210 7 distributed as P. fasciculatiis , are actually P. bifidus

191h

lloldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

319

(Schrad.) Kunth, Martlus 555 is Pj, bifidus f . breyipes Moldenke, Fr6es 2506? is P_. fascicuJatus f . proliferua Moldenke, Andr6 10U9

Fr6es 25067 , in part, is P. fasciculatus f . proliferus Moldenke, partTT^aldwin 3222 , 3389, ^c 35^3 , Cuatre casas 6976 , Fr6es 2506 7 ( in part) & 27963 , Garcia Barriga & Jaramil lo Meijia 1706h , H. A_. G leas on 25, . J^ Hermann lllU5 , Goodland St sharre 23001 , Maguire, Y/urdack , Jc Bunting 36U20, Llurga Pires TOU (in part) & 908 (in part), tlurga Pires L Silva l;26h (in part), F. W, Pennell I5lt3, P^rez Arbeldez & Cuatrecasas 6757, Rj, E^ Schultes
A^id?i 10h9 & K.I7I1O (in
_

39U3 & 5837a , Schultes & Cabi-era 17191; , Schultes & L6pe2 8730 , 8837 , 9715 , & 9060 , Schultes , Raffauf , & Soejarto 2U210 , Spruce 1360 , 2128 , & s,n. [in vicinibus Obidos], and Jj, A_. Steyennark 57729 are P_, fasciculatus f , spbaerocephalus Herzog, Tavares 83li is Pj^ myocephalus (Mart.) Kbrn., and Tavares 827 is P. tortilla
(Bong.) tiart. Hostoann sn. , Maguire & Fanshawe 23560 , and Murga Pires 4 Silva U708 are all mixtures with P. bifidus , Vareschi & Magdefrau 66^6 is a mixture with the type of P. fasciculatus f proliferus Moldenke, Black U8255 , Maguire it V>'urdack 3U898 , Spruce 109 , and Steyermark & Bunting 102685 are mixtures with P. fascic -

ulatus f , sphaeroc ephalua , and Black U8-3050 is a mixture with both T_^ fasciculatus f , spbaerocephalus and Syngonanthus gracilis (Korn.) Ruhl. Ruhland (1903) cites the following specimens: VENEZUELA: Hum boldt & Bonpland s.n. SURINAM: Hostaann 591, Kegel s.n, , WuH^ schlggel s.n. FRENCH GUIANA: Leprieur s.n. (Br). BRAZIL: AmaaOnas: Spruce 109 , 1360 , & 2198 , Ule a.n. All these are deposited in the Berlin herbarium except for the Leprieiir collection. Uittien & Heyn (1938) cite the following from Surinam: Boldingh 3910 . B^ W, U09, Focke 127 & s.n. , Hostmann 591 , Kegel II98 , Lan-

jouw 505, Pulle h2, Splitgerber 702, Versteeg 735 , and Y/ullschla 6 el 760 , flowering in March, July, August, October, and November, recording the vernacular name "speldelrussens". The Garcla-Darriga IU356 and the Schultes ^ Cabrera 12^970 collections cited below are actually from the border between Ama^onas and Vaup^s, Colombia, and therefore could have been collected on either side (or both sides) of the border. Dr. L. B. Smith, who very kindly determined for me the exact geographic position of "Moscofio", where Andr6 IOU9 & 1079 were said to have been collected, comments that "Those 2 numbers so far apart seem suspicious. Bromels near them are from the lower Magdalena and from the Cauca Valley."

Additional citations: COLOIEIA: Amazonas: Schultes & Cabrera Cundinamarca: Andr4 1079 (F 533553) , K.17U0 , in part (F~533655). Meta: Apollnar-Iiarla 166 (F 98965U)} Cuatre casas 1992 (F~1330800, W 1773271)} Idrobo & Schultes 551 (W
I61t36 (Ss).

320

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. h

& Fernandez
19$19hl)i

2029U65); FhUlpson 2376 (Bm, N, ;v 2056787); Phil ips on , Idrobo, Vaup^s. P. lu Allen 3083 (W lli77 (Em, V^ 2026lli5) .
A_j,

Fernandez 2055 (W--2199li86) j G arcia-Barriga 1U299 li;356 (U 2173li95)i Humbert ^ Fernandez 27291 (P)i Schultes, Baker , ?i Cabrera 13060 (.3s, W 2172057) i Schultes & Cabrera 12391b (Ss), I3IIO (Ss, W--2171100) , lia73 (Ss, Ss), lla7U (Ss, W 217137ii), lli970 (Y/ ai3107), 15531 (Ss), I83li7

(W 2I73I463),

2172582). (Ss, W 2172129), l97U9a (2113117), 1995i4 (3s, VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Holt & Blake ^63 (S, W 151786I4) } Lichy 15 (Ve)} Lutzelburg 22li55 (Mu) ; Maguire & Politi 28309 (Be, F, K, N, Ut, Ve, W)i Maguire & Wurdack 3I4898 , in part (Mu, N) ; J. A.

Steyermark 90336 (Ca)

Mu), 102696 (Ac); G.

Ill 111

Steyermark & Bunting 102685 , in part (Ft, Tate 229 (N), 27li (N); Vareschi & Mag -

defrau 66U6 , in part (Ve li2521)i U. Williams 1U939 (F II89I6I)} Wurdack & Adderley li2913 (N, S) . Bolivar: Koyama & Agostini 7388 (H, N), 7I1O9 (N, N); J. A. Steyermark 90336 (S) . GUYANA; Cowan & Soderstrom 1737 (Fg) , 17U8 (Fg, N) } Whitton 13 (K) , 250 (K) SURINAIi: Bolander s.n. (S) ; Boldingh 3910 (Ut 10671, Ut Ui070a) j Dirven LP.U20 (Ut 29222b); Florschutz & Florschutz 821 (N, Ut 80225b), 1662 (Ut 80222b), 1867 (Ut 80223b); Focke s.n. (Ut 358); Gonggrijp U09 (Ut Uii071a); Herb. Rotfb^ll s.n, [Macbride photos 22281] (N photo of type, W photo of type); Hostmann 31a (S), s.n. (S, Ut 3UI1); Lanjomr 505 [photo 119/120] (N, Ut l4li07Ua); Lanjouw & Lindeman 102 (N, Ut 17885b), 120 (N), 230 (N, Ut 1788Ub), 821 (N), 3011 (Ut 17886b); Maguire 23983 (N); Mc Keo 10737 (V^s); Pulle U2 (Ut UU072a); Samuels 236 (N), s.n. [Forest of Zandery, May 3I, I9I6] (N, V^ 537963); Versteeg 735 (Ut 357^ Ut Ui073a); YJullschlaigel 760 (Br, Br). FRENCH GUIANA: Hoock s.n. [22 Mai 1957] (P); Leprieur s.n. [Cayenne] (Br). BRAZIL: Amapi: W. A, Egler 1)420 [Herb, Mus, Goeldi 2U576] (Mi), HjZl [Herb. Mus. Goeldi 2lt577] (Ba), li7238 (N). AmazSnas: Black U82555 . in part (Be 33291, N, Ut 9789Ua), li8-3050 . in part (Be 36952, N, Ut 98009a); J. Eliaa 306 [Herb. Brad. U8O8U] (Z); Fr6e3 12237 (N), 26083 (N), 2S0hh (Z), 28U6U (Be 75262), 23755 (Z); T. Guedes 75 (Be 1;3298); Holt & Blake 575 (Ut 29330a, W 1519203); Killip & Smith 30162 (Er, N, S, W 11463331); Lanna 31i4 [Castellan03 2378U; Herb. Cent, Pesquis. Florest. I9U6] (Ac); Lanna & Castellanos 23706 [Lanna U07; Herb, Cent. Pesquis. Florest. 2132] (Ld); Lutzelburg 2196O (Mu), 21993 (Mu); Maas & Maas I462 (N); Mura Pires TOU, in part (Be 30178, Be 3ul73a), 721, in part (Be 30l9lia), 908, in part (Be 30359, Ca 59921, N, W 2222U67), 932 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 65U2li] (N), 10U7 (Be 30U76), IO7I4. (Be 30li99); MuTQa Pires & Black 932 (Ca 7U38UO) , 1220 (Be

197U

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

321

18205); Prance, Pena , Fi Rarnos 386$ (Ld, N) ; Prance , Ramos, Farias , 4 Coelho 9069 (Ac, N) ; R. E. Schultes 39U3 (W 19532914) , 8720 (W 1988599), 8837 (Z), 9715 (Z); Schultes ^ L6pez 9250 (W 1988651)} Spruce s.n. [prope Barra] (S, S) ; G. H. H, Tate 3 (N), Par4: Killlp & Smith 306 Hi (W 11^63626) , 30700 , in part (H); Uurga Pi-

W 2252821)

res & Sllva U26U, in part (N), U708 , in part (Ut--73001), U709 (N, Spruce 109, in part (Mu) . Roraima: Black 51-135U9 ;
(N), 51-13601 (N); Black & Magalhges 51-12921

(Be 7071ii).
.

LOCAL-

ITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERKENSD: Vahl s.n. (S) TIONS: drawings & notes by Kbrnicke (B)

Mi

UNTED ILLUSTRA-

PAEPALAIUHUS FASCICUUTUS var. IQANEMSIS Herzog in Fedde, Revert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931.
Synoncnny: Paepalanthus fasciculatus var, icanensis Herzog ex Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahrosber. 59 (2): 19. 1939. Pae palanthus fasciculatus var. incanensls Herzog ex Moldenke, Known

Geogr, Distrib. Erioc. US, in syn. 19U6. Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931} Fedde &, Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939} lioldenke. Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U8 . 19U6} Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8ii & 209. 19U9; lloldenke, Phytologia U: 1U3. 1952} Itoldenke, R6sura6 98- 325, & u87. 1959} Moldenke, Fifth Suram. 1: l6l (1971) and 2 582 Sc 951. 1971. This variety is based on Liitzelburg 22303 and 22UU8 from Tunuy, Rio Igana, Alto AmazBnas, Amazfinas, Brazil, collected on October 25 and 26, 1928, and deposited in the Botanical Museum at Munich. Additional citations: BRAZIL: AmazOnas: B lack U8-2510 (Be 332U7)} Lutzelburg 22303 [N. Y. Bot, Gard. type photos new ser. neg. 8851] (Mu cotype, N photo of cotype, Z photo of cotype) (Be221^8 (Mucotype)} Mur9a Pires 721, in part (Be 3019U), 30223). Pari; Ducke II896 (Z)
:

J^

PAEPAUOTHUS FASCICUUTUS f . PROLIFERUS Moldenke, RSsumS Suppl.

5, nom. nud, (1962), Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 23: 300

h:

301. 1963. Bibliography: Moldenke, RSsumd Suppl. U: 5. 1962} Moldenke, Bol, Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 23: 300301. 1963} Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125 & 161 (1971) and 2: 951 & 967, 1971, The acceptance of the termination " -iferus " in the accepted name for this taxon, as also in P. capillaceus var. proliferus , P. squanulif erus , and Syngonanthus caulescons var, proliferus , will be challenged by some purists, who will probably insist that the masculine form of these words must terminate in " -if er " , However, a letter to me from Dr, H. W, Rickett, dated August 31, 1971, points out that a glance through Linnaeus' "Species Plantarum" (1753) shows that he used the name "Fucus sendigerus " , Jackson' s "A Glossary of Botanic Terms" (1950) lists bulbiferus , glanduliferua, and spinif-

Vol. 29, no, U

322

PHYTOLOGIA

erus, irtiile Nuttall, in his "Genera" (1818), accepts Cucubalua bacciferus. Dr. Rickett concludes: "So it is best to leave the words as they were published (nor iisvial advice) . Forms in -us seem to be respectable, at least in medieval Latin. Of course such words as niger , glaber , integer cannot appear in other farm. And procer\i3 is classical Latin." Material of this form has been distributed in herbaria as typical P_, fasciculatus (Rottb.) Kunth, and, in fact, the Vareschi & Magdefrau 66U6 , cited below, is a mixture with the typical form. Citations: VENEZUELA: Ainazonas: Vareschi & Magdefrau 66U6, in part (Ve li2521 type, Z isotype). BRAZIL:~Ama28na3: Fr6es 25067 , in part (N).

PAEPALANTHUS FASCICUUTUS f . RIGIDUS Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205 [as "rigida "] . 1931. Synonymy: Paepalanthus fasciculatus f . rigida Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931. Bibliograpliy: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jaliresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U8. l9U6i Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 81i & 209. 19li9 Moldenke, Phytologia W- lii3. 1952; Moldenke, RSsumS 98, 325, & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sunim. 1: l6l (1971) and 2: 582 & 951. 1971. This form is based on Lutzelburg 2221^1; fix)m San Felippe, on the Rio Negro, Alto AmazCnas, AmazQnas, Brazil, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Munich. Additional citations: BRAZIL: AmazQnas: Lutzelburg 222Ui [N. Y. Bot. Gard. type photos new ser. neg. 8850] (Mu type, N photo of type, Z~photo of type)

PAEPALANTHUS FASCICULATUS f . SPHAEROCEPHALUS Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205 [as "sphaerocephala "] . 1931. Synonymy: Paepalanthus fasciculatus f . sphaer oc ephala Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec, Nov. 29: 205. 1931. Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert, Spec, Nov, 29: 205. 1931; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $9 (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Erioc. 12 & 1^8. 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19h9; Moldenke, Phytologia U: II43. 1952; Moldenke, RisumI 98, 325, & 1*87. 1959; Moldenke, R6sum6 Suppl. 5: 5. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: lil8. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125 & 161 (1971) and 2: 582 & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: U35. 19 7^ The type of this rather poorly defined form was collected by Freiherr Philipp von Lutzelburg (no, 22931) at SSo Felippe, on the Rio Negro in Alto AmazCnas, AraazOnas, Brazil, on October 26, 1928, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Munich. Collectors describe the plant as an herb, to 15 cm. tall, with whitish flower-heads and white flowers. It has been found growing in dense or secondary forests, in low scrub on

197U

Loldonke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

323

white sand, rocky sandy soil, savannas, sandy savannas, fine-sand savannas, in "slight shade at edge ol' forests", and in alkalijie soil on steep shaded banks of streaxrJ.ots in pastures, among rocky outcrops on nountain summits, on sandy open hillsides, on exposed granite, and in the shade of bo\ilders, at altitudes of 2$ to 2028 meters, flowering and fruiting in every month of the year. Maguire & Fanshawe refer to it as "locally frequent on white saiod", while li'aguire, Wurdack, Sf Bunting describe it as "locally frequent in dense clumps in forest clearings at sabanita edges". Mori encountered it on open sandy roadsides in brushy clearings and secondary rainforests aong withi many Solanum species. The R. E, Schultes 39ii3, cited below, has two in situ photographs included on the sheet. Sclultes reports the plant to be "alkaZ oid-negative" Material of this form has been widely misidentif ied and distributed as the typical form of the species and as P. cylindrocephalus Mart, and P. polytrichoides Kunth. Snethlage 8l87 is a miotvire with P. bifidus (Schrad.) Kvmth, while Black 18-2^55 , Kaguire & .mrdack 3ii898 , Murga Pires 70U & 908, Spruce 109 , and Steyenr.ark L Bunting 10268^ are mijxtures with typical P_, fasciculatus (Kottb.) Kunth and Black U8-3050 is a mixture Tfith P^ bifidus and S^mgonanthus gracilis (Bong.) liubl.

Additional citations: COLOIBIA: Amazonas: R. E. Schultes 39li3 Cundlnamarca: Andr^ 10U9 (N), KaTUO, in part (N). Meta: Garcia Barriga & Jaramillo Mejia I706U ( N) j F, . Henaann llli^g
(N).
(N, N, W--I9O6238); F. W. Pennell 15U3 (F l;e5U05, N, W~10ia.807) Vaup6s: Cuatrecasas 6976 (H, N) j Humbert & Schultes 27370 (P)j P6rez Arbeliez & Cuatrecasas 6757 (N, N) ; R. E. Schultes 5837a (H); Schultes & Cabrera 1719U (N, Ss, Z); Schultes , Raffauf , & Soejarto 2U210 (Oa) . VENEZUELA: Amazonas: kaguire L Wurdack
.

3U898 , in part (Ku, N) j Maguire , Wurdack , & Bvmting 36i;20 (ku, N) , A. Steyermark 5772? (N, S); Steyermark & Bunting 102685, in part (Ifu). Bolivar: . A. Steyermark 86888 (Fg, N, Ve) . SblilNAli: Lindeman li228a ('.T 2559776) . GUIAKA: H. A^ Gleason 25 (N) Goodland & Maycock U52 (Mi, N) ; Magulre k Fanshawe 23001~Tn) . BRAZIL: Amaz8nas: J. T. Baldwin Jr. 3222 (N), 3389 (N), 351x8 (N)i Black U8-2555, in part (W 2655156), U8-3050 , in part (W~2655i55) Ducke 11206 (Es), n539 (Bs), II638 (Bs); Fr6es 25o67, in part (N), 27963 (N, Z); Goeldi 3869 (Z); Killip & Smith 30160 (II, S, W 11^63330); Lutzelburg 2 2931 [N. Y. Bot. Card, type photos new ser. neg. 88U5] (Mu type, N photo of type, Z photo of type); Mori 305 (Ws); Murja Pires 226 (Be 28191), TOU, in part (K, N), 908, in part (N); Pabst 9l;29 [Herb. Brad. 58033] (Ld); Prance , Haas , Woolcott, tonteiro , & Ramos 15602 (Ac, N) ; Prance , Ramos , Farias , & Philcox 1837 (Ac, N); Schultes L L6pez 8780 (N), 8837 (N), 9715

32U

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

N, S, S).

(N), 9860 (N)i Spruce 932 (Mu), 1360 (B, Br, N, S, S), 2128 (Br, Pari: Cavalcantc 86 (Bs); Ducke 99 7U (Bs), 12606 (Bs)j

W, A. Egler 308 (Bs) ; 0, Martina 8l$6 (Bs) j Mur<;a Pires & Silva U261t , in part (N); Snethlage 8187 , in part (Bs); Spruce 109 , in part (Mu), s.n. [in vicinibus Obidos] (N).
PAEPALANTHUS FASCICDLATUS f . TENELLUS Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205 [as " tenella "]. 1931. Synonymy: Paepalanthus fasciculatus f , tenella Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931. Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov, 29: 205. 1931; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. $9 (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke. Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, 7, & US. 19U6; lioldenke in Maguire & al., Bull. Torrcy Bot. Club 75: 196. 19U8; lioldenke. Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 6k, 67, & 209. 19li9i Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 701. 19U9i Moldenke, R6sum6 72, 77, 98, 325, & li87. 1959; Moldenke, R6sum6 Suppl. 3: 12. 1962; Lindeman & Gortsvan Rijn in Pulle L Lanjo\iw, Fl. Surin. 1 [Meded. Konink. Inst. Trop. 30, Afd. Trop. Prod. 11]: 331. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 125, 132, & 161 (1971) and 2: 582 & 951. 1971. This form is based on Liitzelburg 22978 from Esmeraldas, on the

Rio Orinoco, Amazonas, Venezuela, collected on October 8, 1928, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Munich. It has been found growing in disturbed caatinga on white sand and along seepages in wet savannas, at altitudes of 300 UOO meters, flowering in March, July, and September. Maguire and his associates describe it as "infrequent on moist escarpments". Lindeman & Gorts-van Rijn (1968) cite Florschutz 1662 and Maguire 2U191 & 2U677 from Surinam, The form differs frcm the typical fonn of the species in being much smaller and more slender, with very thin peduncles and the flower-heads smaller, globose, and laxly flowered. The Steyermark & Bunting 102696 , distributed as "toward" this form, appears to be the typical form of the species. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Liitzelburg 22978 [N. y, Bot. Card, type photos new ser. neg. 8839] (Mu type, N photo of type, Z photo of type). Bolivar: Maguire , Steyermark , &: Maguire 53609 (K); jJ. A, Steyermark 89689 (Mi, N) . BK.A.ZIL: AmazSnas:

Murqa Pires 226 (N); Prance , Coglho , Maas , & Pinheiro 11659 (Ld, N). Far6; Ducke 16123 (Bs); Mur<?a Pires & Silva U205 (N, Z), ijoS
(N, N)

PAEPALANTHUS FASCICULIFER Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 73 7il, pi. 12. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 2U, 73 7U, & i;06, pi. U2. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): U76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. I9UI; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U8. 19U6; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 2^2 (I9I18) and 3: 935. I9li9i Moldenke,

197U

yddenke. Notes on Sriocaulaceae

325

KncTTO :eogr. Distrib. Vertenac . , [ed. 2], 81i & 209. 19l9; lioldenke, Phytologia U: 11:3. 1952} lloldenke, R^suin6 98 L 127. 1959; lioldenice, Fifth Sum:. 1: 161 (1971} and 2: 951. 1971. Illiistrations: Alv . Silv., Fl. iLont. 1: pi. U2. 1928. The tj^-e of this species was collected bj' Alvaro da Silveira 5) in dry Tields in the Serra do Cabral, Uinas Gerais, Brazil, ( no. It in June of 191C, and is deposited in the Silveira hertariuit. is worth noting here that on page ]i06 of his work, Silveira (1928) cites Silveira 5?0 froiL the sanie locality. Whether this is meant to represent a second collection or merelj'' a correction of the nu.xter given on page "^3 of the work is not clear. If the la-otsr,

then it would be the type collection and the materlai. cited by me should be so indicated. Additional citatioriS: BRAZIL: kinas Gerais: A. Silveira 590 [Kerb. Marie-Vic torin l58Ui] (N photo, Z photoT.

PAEPAUNTHITS FASTIGUTUS (Bong.) Kom. in kart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): :-S6. 1363. Synonymy: Eriocaulon fastigiatum Borig., Iffc. Acad, Imp. Sci.
St. F^tersb,, ser. 6, 1: 62L, [pi. 60]. 1831. :>apatya fastigiata (Bong.) Kuntse, Rev, Gen, PI, 2: 7li5. 1891. Fae;.alanf^ fas tig iatus Kbrn. apud Jacks, in Hook, f
.

& Jacxcs., Ind. tew., pr. 1, 2:

U02. 1891.

Dupatya fastigiata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks,, Ind.

Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. i, lii5. 1902, Bibliography: Bong,, li&n, Acad, Imp, Sci. St. P6tersb,, ser. 6, 1: 621, [pi. 60]. 1831, tong., Bss. lionog, Erioc. 2ia. I831j Steud,, Nat. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 131C; Kunth, Snur, Fl. 3: 573 & 613, 18U.; D, Dietr,, Syn. PI, S- 266, 1852} Steud., Syn. PI. Glvm. 2: [Cyp.] 275 ^ 333. 1855} Kom. in liart., Fl. Bras, 3 (1): 386 t 507, 1863} Kuntze, Rev, Gen, Fl, 2: 7U5. 1891} Jacr^. in Hock, f. & Jacks,, Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 873 (1893) and 2: U02 . 1891} Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 1, lii5. 1902; Suhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 ih-}0)i 128, 15i, 153, [283], 235, L 290, 1^03} Alv, Silv,, Fl, Mont, 1: 83, 1928; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 2, lii5 19U.} Moidenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. ErLoc, 12, 29, 3h, & US. I9I46} Jacks, in Hook. f. L Jacks., Ind, Kew,, pr, 2, 1: 878 (1916) and pr. 2, 2: U02 . 19l6; koldenke. Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8ii & 209. 191x9} Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 115. 1959} ItclderJ^e, T.^sum^ 98, 280, 2SS, i 187. 1959} Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 37s (I96.O) and pr. 3, 2: U02. i960} lfoldem:e, Fhj-tologia 20: li22 . 1970} yoldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: 161 & U8C (1971) and 2: 500 i 951. 19"1. This species is based on L. Hledel 288 frot rockj- places in the Serra de S5c Joze, kinas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the Leningrad herbarium, col_ected in the flowering stage in June. Bongard's original descrir-tion (lc31;, later amplified by Ruhland (1?CJ), is "Caule brevi, simplici, fclioso} foliis caulinis lanceolatis, longissime acuminatis, basi sulci^iatis, pubescentibus} pedunculis fastigiatis, longissixiis vaginisque pubescentibus".

326

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. k

According to Kunth (18U1) the original plate 60 which accon?)anied this description and was cited by Bongard (l831) Tfas never actually published. It probably exists only in the Leningrad herbarium or library. Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection, which is apparently the only known collection to date.
PAEPALAOTIIUS FERREYRAE Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 273. 19^0. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 273 (1950) and U: li;3. 1952} E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11 : 175. 1953; Moldenke, R63ura6 8U & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sumn. 1: lii2 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971.

PAEPALANTHUS FILIPES Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 380, nom. nud. (19U7) & in Maguire, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 196197 19U8. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 380. 19U7} Moldenke in Maguire, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 196197. 19^8; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 66 & 209- 19U9i Moldenke, Alph. List Git. 3: 701. 19U9; E. J, Salisb., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 11: 175. 1953} Moldenke, R6sym6 75 & li87. 1959} Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 297. 1970} Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: I30 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971.
PAEPALANTHUS FIL0SU5 Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30) : 161 165. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 3, 16U 165, & 290. 1903} Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908} Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 127. 1923} Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pf lanzenf am ., ed. 2. I5a: Ul & 51. 1930} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & u8. I9U6} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], BU & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, R^sum^ 98 & li87. 1959} Moldenke, Fifth Suram. 1: I6I (1971) and 2: 951. 1971} Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1158 & Ind. 20. 1972. This species is based on Glaziou 19985 f rora Perpetua near Diamantina, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in April. The type was photographed in the Berlin herbarium by Macbride as his type photograph number 1060^. Ruhland (1903) notes that "Speciei sequenti viridulus Ruhl.] valde similis, vel melius cun ea conjungen[ P. da?" The only differences he notes between the two taxa are that the sepals of the female flowers are obtuse in P. filosua and are subacute in P. viridulus . If there are no other differences, it would hardly seem worthwhile to separate theral Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glazlou 19985 [Macbride photos 1060li] (B type, Br Isotype, N isotype, N photo of type, N photo of type, W photo of typo)} Schwacke 6U21 (B, B) . SSo Paulo: A^ Lutz 353 (Z)

PAEPALANTHUS FIMBRIATUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 197198, pi, 130. 1923, Synonymy: Paepalanthus fimbriautus Alv, Silv,, Fl. Mont, pi, 130,


197U
sphaL-n. 1923.
I'.oldenke,

Notes on Erlocaulaceae

32?

Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Uont, 1: 197 1?8 L U06, pi. 130. 1923; Wangerin in Just, Bot. J.ahresbor. $7 (1): li76. 1937; A. W. Hill. Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; V/orsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl, 2: 133. 19U1; Moidenke, iOiown Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U8. 19li6; Uoldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209, I9li9; Mendes MagalhSes, Anais V Reun. Anual Soc , Bot. Bras. 293. 1956; Moldenke, R^surafi 90 & 1|87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 582 & 951. 1971. Illustrations: Alv, iiilv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi, 130. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 685 from sandy fields in the Chapada do Couto, liinas Gerais, Brazil, collected in April of 1913 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1923) explains that "Noraen specificum fimbria tus propter aspectura ciliorum bractearum involucrantium dedi." Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Mendes MagalhSes U8278 (Z)
'

PAEPALANTHUS FLACCIDUS (Bong.) Kunth, Enum. PI. 3: 511. 13I4I. Synonymy: Eriocaulon flaccidum Bong., M6ra, Acad. Imp. Sci. St, Pfitersb., ser. 6, 1: 636 & 6U3, pl. h 1331. Paepalanthus junlperinus Kunth, Enum. PI. 3- 512. iSUl. Paepalanthus flaccidus Kunth ex G. Gardn. in Hook, f., Icon. PI. 6 [ser. 2. 2]: vi & viil, pl. 526. I3li3. Eriocaulon juniperinum (Kunth; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5- 260. 1352. Eriocaulon Juniperinum Kunth ex Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cjt?.] 232 & 33U. 1355. Eriocaulon tortile Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 275. 1855 [not . tortile Bong,, 1331] . Paepalanthus flaccidua var, CA" Kom. in Hart., Fl. Bras. Paepalanthus flaccidus var. ^ Kom. in Mart,, 3 (1): 320. 1363. Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 320. 1863. Dupatya flaccida (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 7U5. 1391. Eriocaulon juniperinum Steud. apud Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 378, in syn. 1393, Dupatya flaccida Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, lli5. 1902. Paepalanthus flacidus Kunth ex Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: U06, sphalm. I928. Paepalanthus flaccidua Kbrn. ex Moldenke, Fifth Suian. 2: 582, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Bong., "6ra. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Peters., ser. 6, 1: 636 & 6U3 Shh, pl, h. 1331; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 13, 3637, & U3 55, pl. U. 1331; steud., Nom. Bot,, ed. 2, 1: 585. I8U0; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 511, 512, 578, 579, 613, & 62U. 18U.; G, Gardn. in Hook, f.. Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: vi & viii, pl. 526. 18U3; Walp., Ann. 1: 89I. 13U9; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 260, 1352; Steud., Syn, Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 275, 232, & 33li. 1355; Kbrn, in Mart., Fl, Bras, 3 (1): 320 & 506. 1863; Kuntze, Rev, Gen. Pl, 2: 7li5. I89I; Jacks, in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 & 879 (1393) and 2: 102. I89U; Malme, Bih. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27 (3), no. 11: 27. 1901; Durand ^ Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, lii5. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 2, 3, 7, 9, 26, l8Ji 186, [283], 285287, & 290,

328

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. h

1903; Alv. Silv.. KL. Mont. 1: U06. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3? 90 (1930) and h: 513. 1930; Ruhl. in Engl. Ic Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: UO, U2, & U3. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl, 1, pr. 2, lit5 I9ul; Jacks, in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr. 2, 1: 873 & 879 (19U6) and pr, 2, 2: U02, 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Erioc . 12, 29, 3U, 36, Ul, U8, &; 50. 19h6; Moldenke, Alph. List Git. 1: 223. 19li6; Abbiatti, Notas Mus. La Plata Bot, 13: 310. 19U8; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 710 & 855. 19U9; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U 4 209. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia k'. Ih3llih. 1952; Durand & Jacks,, Ind, Kew, Suppl, 1, pr, 3, lU5. 1959; Moldenke, R^sinafe 98, 280, 288, 289, 293, 325, 326, & hSj, 1959; Moldenke, R^sm* Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. I96O; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 873 & 879 (i960) and pr. 3, 2: Ii(J2. I960; Eiten in Ferr6, Simpos. Sdbre Cerrado I9U. 1962; Moldenke, Bsuni6 Suppl. 8: 2. I96I1; Tomlinaon in C. R, Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3'- IU8, lli9, I6O, I6I, 17U, 187, & 139. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: Iil6 & li23. 1970: Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: I6I & U80 (1971) and 2: 500, 503, 5lU, 582, 585, & 951. I97I; Angely, Fi. Anal. & Fitogeogr, Est. S. Paulo, ed, 1, 6: 1158 & Ind, 12 & 20, 1972; Moldenke, Pl^ologia 26: 200 & 2U7. 1973. Illustrations: Bong,, M^ra, Acad, Imp, Sci, St, P^tersb., ser, 6, 1: pi. U. I83I; Bong,, Ess. Monog, Erioc, pi, U. 1831; G, Gardn. in Hook, f,. Icon, PI, 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pi. 526. I81i3. This species is based on L. Riedel IO3U fixan sandy somewhat damp places in the Serra da Lapa, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in flower in November, and deposited in the Leningrad herbarium. The type of Erioc aulon juniperinum is Sellow 5859 from SSo Paulo, "ad meridiem.", Brazil, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium. Bongard (1831) states that the species is "Valde affine Ej, bifido Schrad, sad recedit: caule non caespitoso nee bifidoj staturaque mill to altiore". Kornicke claims (1863) that the typical form has glabrous sheaths, while his var, ^ (the Eriocaulon juniperinum of Kunth) has pilose sheaths, but in this connection note Ruhland's comment (below). The Eriocaulon tortile Bong,, referred to in the synonymy above, is the name-bringing synonym of Paepalanthus tortiiis (Bong,) Mart, Paepalanthus flaccidus has been found growing in swamps, cam-

pos or dry campos, damp or sandy places, and in "brejo" near stresunlets, at altitudes of 300--1200 meters, flowering in March, April, June to September, November, and December, IiTfin and his associates refer to it as a decumbent herb, the stems to 25 cm. long, and found it growing on lightly wooded shaded slopes Material of this species has been mlsidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the name P_. bongardii Kunth. On the other hand, the G. Gardner 52Ui and Mello Barreto 6333 &. 98I1U [Herb, Jard, Bot, Belo Horiz, 253UO] , distributed as P_. flacci -

197li

Moldoniro, Motes on E rlocaulaceae

329

dus, are actually P. chiysopho ma Alv, Silv., while Marti us s.n. [prope Cidade de Ouro Preto] la Syngonanthus cauleacena (Poir.) Ruhl. Silveira (1928) cites a no. 2U9, with no collector designated, from Serra de Lavras, Minas Gerais, collected in 1396. Ruhland (1903) cites from the Berlin herbarium the following specimens: BRAZIL: Goifis: G. Gardner U379, Glaziou 2229U. Minas Gerais: P. Clausen s.n. , G_^ Gardner U379, Glaziou l$5l8 , 17309 , & 1999$ , Riedel 1031; , Schwacke 12u21 & 12182 . SSo Paulo: Glaziou 17350 , Lund s.n. , L. Jtiedel 2291 , Schwacke 66I6 , Sellow 5359. He notes that "Folia angusta et bracteae involucrantes extertores glabrae insignia. Varietates 2 a Koernicke vaginis pubescentibus aut glabris distinctae multis formis intermediis conjunctae sunt. Ceterum species magnitudine capitulorum valde variabilis." Additional L emonded citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Ir-

Grear , Souza, & Reis do 3 Santos 1h^\l9 (Ld, N) j lil\ir<;a Pires , , Silva , & Souza 9515~(B) , 9622 (B), 9627a (Z), 9755 (B) . GoiAs: M. A_. Chase 12080 [Herb. Leonard 765U] (B, Mi, W lJi95706); G_. Gardner U379, in part (N, S); Glagiou 2229li (Br); E. Santos 1718 [Sacco 1951] (Bd--27116). Minas Gerais: P. Clausen 9 [Kunth 69] (P), 13 (Br), 69 (B), 168 (B), s.n. [Pico d'ltanbira do Campo] (Br, Br), s.n. [Aug .-April I8U0] (Br), s.n. [I8U0] (S); Q. Gardner U379 , in part (W 937207, W 1066871) j Glaziou 15538 (N), 17309 (Br); Herb. Hort. Osw. Cruz li95l (Mu); Pereira 2777 [Pabst 3613; Herb. Brad. 38UI] (Bd); Regnell III .1261i [21/
2/1820] (W 936250), III .1261 [12/3/18U7] (S, W 200751), III 126U [25/2/1870] (S, S); L. Riede l 103U (B isotype, Ut 359 isotype); Wainio s.n. [Carassa, IV.1885] (S); Widgren 825 (S), s.n. [X.18U5] (S), s.n. [1815] (S, S), s.n. (S). SSo Paulo: Brade 5535 (S), 6583 (Mu); Eiten & Eiten 192U (I'm, N); Eiten, ELten, Felippe , t Freitas Campos 3015 (N, N); F. , Hoehne 36O (Mu); L. Riedel 2291 (B, M, Ut 36O); Sellow 5859 (B, Br, N photo, Z photo). State Tondetermined: Martius U5 (Br), 883 (B, Mu, Mu, S), s.n. [Brasilia] (B, B); Herb. A_. Gray s.n. (T); L. Riedel 2191 [San Carlos] (B), s.n. (B, Mu, S); Sellow s.n. [Brasilia] (B, B, Br, N photo, S, Zphoto) . MOn.TED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings t notes by Komicke (B); Bong., Mlm. Acad. Imp, Sci. St. P^tersb., ser. 6, 1: pi. U. 1831 (K, Z)

win

PAEPALAIITHUS 1863.

FUVICEPS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Eras.

3 (1): la2-hX3,

Synonymy: Dupatya flavjceps (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev, Gen. PI. 2: 7U5. 1891. Dupatya flaviceps Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, lit5. 1902. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl, Bras. 3 (1): 299, U13, t 506. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Fl, 2: 7U5. 1891} Jacks, in Hook.

U2

Vol. 29, no. k

330
f.

PHYTOLOGIA

& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: U02. 1891;; Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 1, lii5. 1902 j Rulil. in Engl,, Pflanzenreich 13 {h-30): 201, 210, [283], & 290. 1903; Durand ^^ Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 2, IhS* 19 IJ.; Lloldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, & U8. 19l6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U &: 209. 19U9; Moldenke, BfesunS 98, 280, & I487. 19^9; Durand : Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, lii5. 1959; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 1^8. I969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162, li80, & U8l (1971) and 2: 9^1. 1971; Moldenke, Phj-tologia 26: 2l;3, 1973. This species is based on an unnvanbered Sellow collection from Rio das Pedras, Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the Berlin herbarium, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 1060^, Thus far the species is known only from this original collection. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Sellow s.n. [Rio das Pedras;
Macbride photos 10605] (B type, N photo of type, N photo of type, W photo of type, Zisotype) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B)

PAEPAUNIHUS FLAVORUTILUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13

(li-30):

llUi ll;5. 1903, Synonymy: Paepalanthus flavo-rutilus Ruhl. ex Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 88. 1928. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl,, Pflanzenreich 13 (1-30): 127, 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. lUi m5, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 88 & U06. 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfan., ed. 2, l5a: ^1, 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & ho. 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 81i & 209. 19i;9; Moldenke, R6sum6 98 & U87. 1959; Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron, 70, I960; Moldenke, R6sum6 Suppl, 3: 3li, 1962; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 583 & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 192. 1973. This species is based on Scbwacke 8I1.8O from the Serra do Cip6 in Minas Gerais, Brazil, found flowering in the end of April, 1892, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number IO6O6. Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection and comments that "Species foliis, bracteis involucrantibus et praecipue indumento capitulorum flavo-rutilo insignis et P. ruficipi Ruhl. proxima." Silveira (1928) cites a no. 233, collector undesignated, from the same Serra do Cip6, collected in 1905. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Schwacke 8U8O [Macbride photos IO6O6] (B type, N photo of type, N photo of type, W photo of t^-pe)
fie

PAEPAUNTHUS FOLIOSUS Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras.

3 (1):

333 33ii.

1863. Synonymy: Dupatya foliosa (Kbrn,) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 7k$* 1891. [to be continued]

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

n'EPJilTES: A

WORLD PROBLEM" by Nonnan E. Hickin, 232 pp., illus,,. Hutchinson 5c Co., Publishers, Auckland, Uelbourru}, Sydney, & London Wl; U. S. distibutor - St. llartin's Press, Lawrence, Massachusetts 018U3. 1971 [U. S. 1972]. $10.00.

This is one of the careful and valuable reports of the Rentokil Library that describes accurately and in direct simple enough language the anatocy, biology, classification, collection, economic significance and control measures through treatment of soil, drywood, powder, testing procedures, and safety in wood preservation efforts as related to these insects. There is a particularly interesting analysis of the insect orders with reference to the wood-boring habit. Really ever-increasing and spreading man and his ever-increasing and e^ipanding wooden structures aro the ultimate source of the trouble here being dlscxissed, not the termites whose r6le in the basic and continuing ecological balance is to return poorer and dead wood to humus and provide homes and food to other organisms in the interim. Throughout the tropical and semi-tropical parts of the world they exist in great numbers and ma.rxj species and even extend somewhat into the temperate zones Each chapter of this book ia well provided with references and helpfiil illustrations. In a cover pocket there are three excellent large charts of termite anatomy and classification. This book should prove very helpful in many places and for many students, technicians, teachers, etc.

'THE COCKROACH: Volume I. A Laboratory Insect and an Industrial Pest" by P. B. Comwell, 391 pp., illua., Hutchinson & Co., Publishers, Auckland, Melbourne, Sydney, & London Wl - U. S, distributor, St. Martin's Press, Lawrence, Mass. 018U3. 1968. $10.00.

This is a scientifically and practically presented report in the Rentokil Library series. Its U35 items in the bibliography, its many clear anatomical drawings and diagrams, and its directly and interestingly written text vouchsafe its wide use by health officers, techniciauM, students, teachers, and entomologists of many sorts. In this volume are considered the evolutionary development and classification of roaches, with an identification key to the more common domestic species, correlated anatomy and physiology by systems including mating and ootheca production, movement, environmental limitations and historical dispersed as "man's uninvited 331

332

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. k

.

fellow-traveller" with indications that the "American" cockroach arrived in the alave ships out of west African ports and their role in disease transmission which is still mainly circumstantial except for the undisputed report by Oraffer and Majrtens back in 19^0 in "Le r8le des blattes dans la transmission de salmonelloses". It would seem that roaches have not been checked closely enough by researchers to de tannine exactly what they do at night with Salmonella typhimurimim and other microbes

"THE BLUE-GREEN ALGAE" by G, E. Fogg, W. D, P, Stewart, P. Fay & A, E. Walsljy, vii & U$9 pp., illus.. Academic Press, London NW 1 & New York, N. I. 10003. 1973 [197li] . ; 11.^0 or $2U.

This is the only modem scientific comprehensive survey of this group of prokaryote cyanophytes available. Fortunately it is an excellent one. Its chapters cover such topics as cellular organization, photosynthesis and chemosyn thesis, heterotrophy and respiration, life cycles, freshwater or marina and terrestrial ecology, nitrogen^fixation effects and symbiosis, and, finally, evolution and phylogeny. There is no firm answer yet about parity between endosymbiont blue-greens or cyanelles and

chloroplasts in eukaryote green algae. The many illustrations in the book are very good, the index helpful and the bibliography very full*

"LIVING ANIMALS OF THE BIBLE", text and illustrations by Walter W, Ferguson, 96 pp., illus., Charles Scrlbner's Sons, New York, N. Y. 10017. 1972 [1973]. $9.95.

The special feature of this book Is the fortunate eombination of (1) excellent color printing and format, (2) beautiful alivelooking animal paintings, (3) zoologically correct presentations, (U) interestingly and intelligently prepared text, and all these from the talent, labor, and research of one man - Ferguson. His illustrations have been attractive enough for use in maxiy other books and also accurate enovigh for reproduction in "AUDUBON" magazine. Over one hundred animals are mentioned in the Old Testament (which is less than half the number of plants therein mentioned) and almost as many are illustrated here in color. For each is given the Biblical Hebrew name in Sephardlc transliteration, the English common name and the "nearest approximation to the scientific name". Biblical quotations are usually taken from the well known King James Version, othenrise from the Revised Standard Version or Anchor Bible if therein more accurate. Unfortunately his reference to manna leaves the impression of only a single kind and source scale insect secretlon(8) that dry as small balls and fall to the ground from the desert tamarisks on which the insects live. We Moldenkes in our work on "Plants of the Bible" (Ronald Press, New York City, 19^2) and in

197U

Moldenke, Book reviews

333

our various studies since then have suggested that there W8i*e three very different types of manna described in the Bible. First the STeet resinous gum exudate or solidifying sap that escapes most commonly after scale insects like Coccus manniparua puncture tender green branchlets or tender gren leaf-veins. The sip "bleeds" out probably after the insect has stopped sucking and probably more heavily in the hot dry midday hours when "evaporation pull" is strongest. This product does not pass through the insects' tiny gut where part of it would be absorbed in the fonn of sitqjle sugars directly for insect needs , the excess leaving as "honeydow" in such tiry particles that only Bedoioin aphid ants would collect it but probably not Bedouin people. We also suspect that the highly specialized scale insects are not enzyme-equipped to utilize resins. This type of manna cone fron the trees and shrubs known scientifically as Tamarix mannifera (Ehrenb.) Bunge
[syn. T. gal Ilea var. mannifera Ehrenb. &. T. nilotlca var. mannifera (Ehrenb.) Schweinf.], Alhagi maurorum Medic, [syn. Hedysarum alha^i L. & Alhagi mannifera Desv,], and Fraxlnus ornus L., all

of which grow in the Levant. Depending on the location of these shrubs and/or trees, the most suitable weather, the time for the production of the tenderest tissue, and the heaviest feeding/ breeding of the scale insects and therefor the greatest escape of the gxin, native folks collect their own supplies or later even purchase it Baruch 1: 10 (not Exodus 16: h & Hi as siiggested by Ferguson). Any combination of this material containing mannin as "common" fragments, "flakes" or viscid "fat" was the manna used with the bximt offerings in the service of the temple and became the much- and long-used "manna hebraioa" of commerce and medicine. The other two types of manna, both mentioned in that Exodus reference referred to above, do not involve insects or other animals. One type grew up in the night when the grovuid was moist and "when the sun waxed hot it melted" away or dried out to reappear the next evening or stank "when the heat of the sun fell upon it" but without enough drying for it to revive with the subsequent emergence of dew. This manna was most probably little green colonies of the algae Nostoc spp, which are found under similarly suitable growing conditions in many places in our world. It is not too likely as a source of sustaining human food even under duress because it has only enough to offer nutritionally for short periods of time and grows only when pai^>-tline moisture is available and this is usually the non-famine time in the desert or Biblical "wilderness". The third type of manna the type that "fell from heaven" was and is still in times of adversity considered quite edible ty man and beast because it comprises the light dried fragmented lichens, Lecanora affinls Everam., L_. esculenta (Pall.) Eversm. and L_. fruticulosa Eversm. (and perhaps others), which occxipy vast tracts of barren plains and mountains in the then and even now isolated areas. After long periods of drought they cxirl xtp,

33li

P H Y T

G I A

Vol. 29, no, U

break free and become airborne in the prevailing winds often for great distances. With changes in irind velocity and/or direction and air temperature they are often dropped to the groimd in showers, often forming layers several inches thick. This phenomenon has been recorded in history repeatedly besides the Biblical account fixm this and other areas. During a great famine period in Persia (Iran) 120 years ago a great airborne shower of these lichens fell "from heaven" to the great joy of the inhabitants who prepared a kind of bread from them. As Ferguson also admits, exhausted migratory quails and/or their dung were not the manna of the Bible even though this was the interpretation of mar^r earlier writers. Their presence just happened to add some additional protein and salts to the diet. In reference to "honey", we want to comment that Sampson's "bees" in the lion carcass were more likely to have been bumblebees thaji honeybees and that perhaps the reason why there seans to be no reference to beekeeping in tiie Old Testament was because the domestic Apis mellifica was not yet introduced and that they "honey" mentioned was either the work of wild native bees or the hardened exudated sap from the inflorescence of the date palm. Phoenix dactylif era . Some accidental injury, some infection,
some jaw-cutting ty some insects (possibly including bees), and/ or some deliberate slashing by man would permit the rich sap to escape and it could readily develop an alcohol content (the "strong drink" of the common people) before solidifying. The "arrack" of many parts of the Orient, including Sri Lanka, India, Pakistan, etc., is still produced thus from the sap of Cocos and other native palms. This book will delight and enlighten so many readers of all ages and of so many different interests.

"BIOLOGICAL COMTROL BY NATURAL ENEMIES" by Paul DeBach, x & 323 pp., illus., Cambridge University Press, London Nff 1 2DB & New York, N. Y. 10022. 197ii. $5.95 paperbound & $lit.95 clothbound.
"The adverse effects of pesticide chemicals on biological control have received relatively little public attention as compared to, say, the widely publicized effects on fish and birds, yet these effects on biological control hold the main key to the whole chain of events leading to the massive proliferation of insecticide usage If we can maintain, improve and, when necessary, increase biological control, pesticide chanical usage can be very greatly reduced It is as simple as that, and technologically much more readily achievable than is generally realized." The first chapter explains with proven exaicples means of "escape from the pesticide dilemma" . The others consider pirasitic (mostly ichneimionids) and predatory (mostly coleops) insects and pathogenic micro-organisms as functional natural enemies of pests and their ecological impacts, the worldwide efforts of the ex-

197U

Moldenke, Book reviews

335

plorers for natural enemies, the importance of maximizing biolog-. ical control research and other methods of biological control replanting time, rotation, sanitation, pheromone usage, etc. This is an extremely valuable book interestingly, directly and accurately written and illustrated so as to Interest a wide range of readers

"THE WATER ENCYCLOPEDIA: A Compendium of Useful Information on Water Resources" edited by David Keith Todd, x 559 pp., illus.. Water Infonration Center, Port Washington, New York 11050. 1970. ^27.50.
<!c

This is a "practicsil reference volume containing a variety of water resources data, facts and statistics" . Spot checking for accuracy and coverage makes it safe to infer that the information presented here is carefully, scientifically and effectively presented, "Information is presented in tabular form [i*evealing rather than obscuring items and relationships], the only text consists of e:(planatory notes and footnotes to make material readily understandable. To facilitate the rapid location of specific data, particular attention has been given to making the index as complete as possible. Time-dependent data, such as hydropower development in the United States, are identified so that the reader can judge the relation of the information to the current situation or to his particxilar purpose," A well chosen list of source books for each section is given. The chapters composed of these sections cover for the U. S, and occasionally for other parts of the world: climate and precipitation, hydrologlc elements as ninoff and transpiration, siirface and ground water with their uses and their quality and quantity, pollution control and resource management, agencies and organizations, and - finally - constants and conversion factors. This is indeed a vsCuable compendium of useful information to assist so many workers, including assorted scientists, technicians, students, Informable general public, political leaders, etc. It is also a valuable contribution by the editor and the publishing organization for the beginning of the International Hydrologlcsd Decade.

"ANNUAL REVIE'.Y OF PKYTOPATHOLOGY" Volume 12 edited by Kenneth F, Baker & associates George A. Lentmyer & Ellis B, Cowling, viii & 502 pp., illus.. Annual Reviews, Inc., Palo Alto, California 9ii306. 197U. $12.00 U.SJl. & $12.50 elsewhere prepaid.
This volume consists of 28 papers mainly on results and interpretation of contemporary research, often introduced by historical surveys, and dealing with host-pathogen interactions, environmental influences, epidemiology, toxicant-mycoiThizal

I97li

Loldenke, Book reviews

336

interactions, resistance breeding, other m^/cotoxins, appraisal of plant disease, and control cheaically hj heavy metal, biological-^ ly and culturally by seed and root bactarization. Each paper carries its own bibliography. There ara author and subject indexes for this volume as well as cunulativa ones for volumes 8 to 12, reprint information ($1 each), and a list of related articles in other '^VNNUAL REVISTS". The individual papers are typically the work of recognized phytopathologists not only from within the U.S. but also from any other spot in the world where such studies are progressing.

VEGETATION DYTiAlilCS" edited by R. Knapp, Part VIII of "HAND BOOK OF VEGETATION SCIE^CE" by Reinhold Tuxen, Editor-in-Chief, vi & 36U pp., illus., Dr. W. Junk b.v. Publishers, The Hague, Netherlands. 19 7U. 85 Dutch Guilders.
From pages 293 through 356 there is the valuable bibliography for tr.e 27 papers in this volume by 17 authors, making it the amplest available on the subject of vegetation dynamics with even seme of the earlier works carrying their own adciitional reference lists on successional research vTork, as, for instance, in Ludi (1930) and Tuxen (I96lb) . This part alone is worth the 85 guilders in terms of "hunting" time and energy to be saved. The carefully prepared papers cover: kinds and rates of changes in vegetation by fluctuations and successions; methods of syndynamical analysis and conclusions so supported; cytogenetic, ccoipetitive, allelopathic causes of vegetation change^: classifications of successions as evaluated by Dansereau, .'iMttaker, Aliksandrova, Knapp and Aichinger; productivity and chemicaOi changes in successional stages in terms of biomass, nitrogen and ash accumulations; fluctuations in coniferous taiga, grassland and desert; and sjTichronology dynamics applied to particular geological periods and to particular vegetation units in Europe. Most of the figures used are published here for the first time. Most of the papers are in English (occasionally stilted but never indistinct in meaning) with the balance of four in German. It is indeed advantageous to have this volume aind the prospect of still others available to theoretical and practical students and scientists dealing with ecological problems.

^
Vol.20

PHYTOLOGIA
Designed to expedite botanical publication
J:inuaiv, 1075

No.

CONTENTS
PAMGRAHl,
ROBINSON,
KING, R.

G.,

Notes on ccriain taxa uj ihe Commelinaceae of Asia

IV.

337

H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae).

A new
339 343

species

of Schistocarpha from Panama

H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).

M.,

& ROBINSON, CXXXIV. A new

species

of Sciadocephala from Panama

KING, R.
KING. R.

M.,

& ROBINSON, CXXXV. A new species of Ageratina from Panama & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae CXXXVI. Four new species of Neomirandea
M.
P.,
}.,

H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).

347

M.,

(Asteraceae).

351

MARSHALL,

& SEYMOUR,

F.

C, Polybotrya

in

Nicaragua

362

CXiklKECk^tkS,

Miscellaneous notes on neotropical flora, VI

369
.
. . .

MOLDENKE, MOLDENKE,
HOCKING,

H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants.

H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae.

LXXIII
LI

386
386
395

G. M., Book reviews

A.
L.,

MOLDENKE,

Book

reviews

446

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and

Alma

L.

Moldenke

303 Parkside Road

Plainfield,

New

Jersey

07060

U.S.A.

Price of this

number $1.50; per volume, $9.00

at close

in advance or $9.50 of volume; 75 cents extra to foreign addresses

MAY 27

WS

YORl< GARDEN ;OTANlCAU

NEW

NOTES ON CEM'AIN TAXA OF THE COMNtELINACEAf: OF ASIA

G.Panigrahi
Regional Botanist, Botanical Survey of India at Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Morten (1966) in his revision of the genus Aneilema R.Br recognised four genera, viz. Aneilecca R.Br.(l8lO) ,Murdannia Royle, Dictyospermum '.Vight (I853) and Tricar pelema J.K.Morton (1966). While laying down the characters for distinguishing the four genera, he re-defined Dictyospermum V/ight as follows:

Erect herbs; stems simple; leaves shea thing at the base, entire; inflorescence terminal, flowers solitary or 2-3 aggregated in a short sheathing bract; pedicelled; flowers zygomorphic; petals 3,subequal,the upper one lies between the axis and the ovary; stamens 3>one of them often sterile with a bilobed staminode at least as large as the fertile anther's on the anterior side, occasionally 2 staminodes present on the posterior side, filaments beardless; capsule globose, t-rilocular, dehiscent, loculi single-seeded seeds oblong, convex and reticulate on the back. x=li4-.

Thus resuscitating the genus Dictyospermum V/ight, Morton made with it seven new combinations at species rank.-^t two of them, viz. D. scaberrimum (Bl.)Morton and D.keyense (v/arb. ) Morton ire not validly published, because he did not give " full and direct reference" to the basionym's "original publication with page or plate reference and date" either at pp.435-A-36 where he made the combinations or at page 471 under "References" .Further, one of the new combinations, D. conspicuum (Bl.)Morton (cf. Index Kewensis,Suppl.l5,1973) had already been made by Hasskarl in Commel. Ind.:22 (1870 (cf. Index i^ewensis, Original vol.1895) .D. wightii Hassk.(l.c.: 19) ,on the other hand, is a superfluous name for D. ovalifolium Wight ( 1853 ); HassKarl had proposed the new name for D.ovalifolium Wight because the latter, according to him, had most -ly elliptic leaves, not ovate leaves. Of the remaining species of Aneilema sensu lato from Asia belonging to the section Dictyospermum, and not yet transferred to the genus Pic ty o s permum Wight, opportunity is taken here to propose two new names/ combinations, as given below.
Again, Morton( I.e.: 436) described the genus TRICARPELEMA but based it on the illegitimate name, Aneilema thomsoni (Clarke) Clarke, because the latter was a superfluous name for Dichoesper mum giganteum Hassk. (I870) , which Clarke (1874,1877) had cited as a synonym L " Aclisia (?) thomsoni , i.e. Dichaespermum giganteum Hassk.Commelynaceae p:42 Aneilema sp.ll ex herb. Hook. f. et Thorns. Dr. Hasskarl refers this plant to Dichaespermum under the impress-ion that the barren stamens are alternate with the fertile ones" Not only then Tricarpelema thomsoni (Clarke) J. K. Morton is an

337

338

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

illegitimate name but also is not validly published under Article 33 of the Intern. Code Bot.Nomencl.(l972) Tricarpelema Riganteum (.Hassk.) comb.nov. is herein proposed to replace T. thomsoni (CUc-) Morton. All other species of Dichoespermum Wight (I853) from Asia, including the three on which the genus was originally based by Wight, have been transferred to the genus Murdannia Royle (1839).
1.

DICTYOSPERMUM SCABERRIMUM (Bl.) Morton ex Panigrahi, comb.nov. Commelina scaberrima Bl\ame,^num.Pl. Jav.:4 (l827)i Aneilema scaberrimum (Bl. )Kunth,Enum.P1.4t 69 ( I843) Dictyospermum protensum Wight, Ic. PI. Ind. Orient. 6: 30,t.207l(l853).Syntype: Nepalia,l821, Wallich 5218 (K, chosen as lectotype) Aneilema p^otensiim Wall. ex Clarke in DC .Monograph. 3: 219 (I88I) Panigrahi et js-ammathy in Proc.Nat. Acad. ^c. India, ^ec.B, 33:500 (1963); Dictyospermum scaberrimum (Bl.) Morton in J.Linn.Soc.Bot. London 59:435 (1966) sine relat pag .(not validly published). Distribution: Indian region, Java, "Sumatra, Philippines.
;

2.

DICTYOSPERMUM KEYENSE (Warb.) Morton ex Panigrahi, Comb.nov. Aneilema keyense Warb. in Bot. Jahrb. 13:269 (1891) ;D.keyense (Warb.) J.K.Morton I.e. sine relat pag . (not validly published). Distribution Papua.
:

3. DICTyCSPERMUM PHILIPPENSIS Panigrahi, nom.no v. Aneilema humile Merrill in Phil. Journ.Sc. Bot. 13:4 (l9l8),non Warb. (1891). Distribution: Philippines. 4. DICTYOSPERMUM MONADELPHUM (Bl.) Panigrahi, comb.nov. Commelina monad elpha Bl..Enum,Pl.Jav.l:4 (1827); Aneilema monadelphum (Bl.)Kunth,Enum.P1.4s70(l843) A. scaberrimum (Bl.) var. monad elphxim (Bl.)Rolla Rao, Notes Roy. Bot C-ard. Edinburgh 15 183 ( 1964 ) .Di stribution Java
;

5.

TRICARPELEMA GIGANTEUM (Hassk.) Panigrahi comb.nov. Dichoespermum giganteum Hassk. ,Commel. Ind. :42(l870) .Type: "Habitat regiones tropicas Sikkim,altitudinine 2-5,000' s.m. ubi legit Hook. f.(hrb. Hook. f.et Thorns. Aneilema ll)"L Sikkim, Hooker 11, 3 sheet s,holotypus et isotypus-K) Aclisia (?) thomsoni Clarke, Commel.et Cvrtandr.Beng.:46.t.31 (I874) nomen superfl. /tneilema ( ?) thomsoni (Clarke) Clarke in J.Linn.Soc. 15:121(1877); Panigrahi et Kaiunathy in Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. India, Sect.B 33:500, t. 12 (1963) nomen superfl .; Tricarpelema thomson i (Clarke) Morton, Op. cit. :436 (1966) sine relat pag. , ( not validly pub li shed, nomen illegitm .) Distribution: Eastern Himalayas.
,
;
,

BIBLIOGRAPHY
Brown, R.l8ie. Prodromus Flora Novae Hollandica, London. Royle, J.?. 1839. Illust. Bot. Hirnal. PI. part XI:403 (1B4O) & t.95,fig.3 (1839). Wight, R. 1853.Icones Plantarun Indae Orient. vol. 6. Madras.

STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE)

IV,

A NEW SPECIES OF SCHISTOCARPHA FROM PANAMA

Harold Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560.

The genus Schistocarpha contains about a dozen species in Central America and western South America with the greatest concentration of species in Guatemala and southern Mexico. One new species has recently been described from Guatemala (Robinson, Two or three species occur in the countries on each side 1974) of Panama but until now only the common widespread S. oppositi folia (Kuntze) Rydb. has been found in the isthmus. A recent collection by Dr. Thomas B. Croat taken in western Panama proves to represent a thoroughly distinct and previously undescribed species. This new species is particularly unique in the numerous rays in about 3 series all bearing small but distinct laminae. Only the common S. oppositifolia has similar large numbers of female flowers but the latter species has the rays tubular, has much broader leaves, has more scarious and unequal involucral bracts and has less laciniate paleae. The new species is named here after the collector.
.

Schistocarpha croatii H.Robinson, sp. nov. "* PTantae^suffrutescentes erectae 1-2 m altae? pauce ramosae. Caules rubescentes teretes striati parce breviter pilosi. Folia opposita, petiolis 1.5-A.O cm longis; laminae ovatae 6-10 cm longae 2.5-5.0 cm latae base cuneatae in petiolis superioribus sensim anguste decurrentes prope basin trinervatae margine multo argute serratae apice breviter anguste acuminatae supra et subtus sparsim breviter pilosae, nervis subtus aliquantum dense pilosis. Inflorescentiae laxe paniculatae, pedicellis ca. 1 cm longis Capitula ca. 7-8 mm alta et dense puberulis non glandulif eris 7-8 mm lata. Squamae involucri ca. 20-22 inaequilongae ca. A-seriatae 3-5 nun longae et 1.0-1.5 mm latae fulvae oblongae vel late oblongae apice rotundatae margine minute puberulae non scariosae exteriores extus sparsim pilosae. Paleae lanceolatae plenjmque profunde bi-tri-laciniatae pallidae margine subscariosae. Corollae flavae; corollae radii ca. 40-60 bi-tri-seriatae, tubis perangustatis 2.5 mm longis dense hispidulis, limbis oblongis ca. 2.5 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis apice profunde bi-trilobatis; corollae disci ca. 30-40 ca. 4-5 mm longae, tubis distinctis angustatis ca. 1.5 mm longis dense hispidulis, limbis anguste infundibularibus subglabris infeme pauce hispidulis, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.6 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis extus submarginaliter multo breviter setiferis; thecae antherarum 339
.

3U0
ca. 1.2

PHYTOLOGIA
|j,

Vol. 29, no. $

longis anguste ovatis; mm longae, appendicibus ca. 250 achaenia ca. 1.1 mm longa late obovata glabra vlx costata; carpopodia valde asjrmmetrica minuta; setae pappi ca. 30 facile diam. deciduae plerumque 3.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 25
ij,

Type: PANAMA: Chiriqui: Las Nubes near Cerro Punta, ca. 2000 m elev. T.B.Croat 264II (Holotype, MO)

Literature Cited
Robinson, H. 1974. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae) Phytologia 29 (3)' A new species of Schistocarpha III. 247-250.
.

1975

Robinson, A

nefw

species of Schlstocarpha

3a

ASPHA

CKU7U

H.!>biAK

Holotype, United States N^tio Ln u K^^^ Photos H.Robinson, National Herbarium. by Victor E. Krantz Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History

^^^

3U2

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 5

Schistocarpha croatii H.Robinson, enlargement of head.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE )

CXXXIV,

A NEW SPECIES OF SCIADOCEPHALA FROM PANAMA.

R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560.

Recent attempts to revise the Adenostemmat inae (King & Robinson, L97^) indicated the existance of three species of Sciadocephala all from northern South America. Now material of a fourth species has come to our attention from central Panama. The species is described here as new to be available for inclusion in the treatment of the Eupatorieae for the Flora of Panama. The Panamanian plant is related to the type species of the genus, S. schuLtze-rhonhof iae MattfeLd, of Ecuador but differs~By the more decumbent habit and the more obovate bLunt-tipped more nearly entire Leaves. The species is namedhere for the collector Dr. Robert L. Dressier of the Smithsonian Tropical Biological Institute in Panama.
,

^ciadoceghaj^ dressleri R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov.

FTarrt^e^e'cumHente's 30 cm Longae vel longiores herbaceae perennes. Caules breviter ruf o-puberuli anguste fistulosi. Folia opposita, petiolis 7-25 mm longis superne indist inctis Laminae eLLipticae veL parum obovatae pLerumque L0-L2 cm Longae et 5-6 cm Latae base anguste cuneatae margine remote subserruLatae apice obtusaeveL rotundatae, nervis subtus sparse puberuLis, nervis secondariis paucis binis subbasiLaribus vaLde ascendentibus Inf Lorescentiae subcymosae pauce capitatae, pediceLLis ca. L-2 cm Longis puberuLis. CapituLa ca. 8-LO mm aLta ca. 3 mm Lata; squamae invoLucri ca. 7-8 uniseriatae 2.0-3.5 mm Longae usque ad L mm Latae anguste obLongae apice rotundatae veL obtuse acute extus sparsim puberuLae base vix connatae. FLores ca. 9. CoroLLae paLLido-virides 5.0-5.5 mm Longae anguste infundibuLares extus sparsim puberuLae, tubis indistinctis Lobis trianguLaribus ca. 0.7 mm Longis et 0.5 mm Latis; fiLamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. ^400(1 Longa thecae ca. L.5 mm Longae, appendicibus ovatis ca. 250|j, Longis et Latis; styLi gLabri, appendicibus Linearibus cremeis. Achaenia usque ad 6 mm Longa sparsim minute puberuLa; carpopodia immatura; cLavuLae pappi 5 pLerumque L.0-L.5 mm
;

3U3

3Uh

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. $

Longae, partibus glanduLiferis discretis ca. 0.2 mm Grana poLLinis argute spinosa ca. 30p, diam. Longis.

TYPE: PANAMA: Panama. EL Llano - Carti highway, about L2 km N of EL LLano; L9 JuLy 197^, near stream; coroLLa paLe green, styLe cream, Robert L. DressLer ^671 (HoLotype MO, Isotype US).

Reference
King,_R.M. & H.Robinson, l97^. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae ). CXXVII. Additions to the American and Pacific Adenosteramatinae Adenostemma Gymnocoronis and SciadocephaLa PhytoLogia 29:
.
,

L-20.

AcknowLedgement
This study was supported in part by the NationaL Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 to the senior author

1975

King & Robinson, A now species of Sciadocephala

3hS

ScUdocephjU

<JrBl*rt R.M.King K

Ner itrcaa; corolla pal* (ram, vtvle

Calkti4 bj

Robert

L nmilrr

N* ^671

Sciadocephala dressleri R.M.King & H.Robinson, HoLotype, Missouri Botanical Garden. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

3li6

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. $

i>.

v%

,^-4l..^^

SciadocephaLa dressLeri R.M.King & H.Robinson, Enlargement of heads and inflorescence

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE )

A
^fEW

CXXXV.

SPECIES OF AGERATINA FROM PANAMA.

R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560

Ageratina is one of the Largest genera of the tribe Eupatorieae having weLL over 200 species mostly at medium to higher elevations in Central America and western South America. The diversity in the genus is indicated to some extent by the 19 known from the small Only a region of Costa Rica (King & Robinson, 1972). rather small area of western Panama seems to be suitable for the genus but 6 species are nevertheless known from the country, one being added recently (King & Robinson, 197A). The most recent series of collections by Dr. Thomas B. Croat from Panama include material of a seventh species which is described here as new. Distinctions of the species include the narrowly acuminate trinervate leaves, the less crowded inflorescence, the small heads and the short corolla lobes.
Ageratina croatii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. ~ "^TTarTtTe suFlfrutescentes usque ad 1 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules teretes superne aliquantum dense puberuli. Folia opposita, petiolis gracilibus 1.02.5 cm longis laminae ovatae papyraceae 5-8 cm longae et 1.5-^4.0 cm latae base breviter cuneatae vel rotundatae trinervatae margine raulto duplo-serratae apice anguste acuminatae supra et subtus plerumque in nervis sparsim puberulae nervis secondariis paucis valde ascendentibus Inf lorescentiae sublaxe late corymbosopaniculatae, pedicellis 1.5-5.0 mm longis dense puberulis. Capitula ca. U mm alta; floribus plerumque 10-15; squamae involucri ca. 15 eximbricatae biseriatae subaequilongae lineari-lanceolatae 3.5-^4.0 mm longae 0.^0.5 mm latae bicostatae apice breviter acutae breviter dense firabriatae non scariosae inferne margine anguste scariosae extus sparsim puberulae; corollae albae ca. 2.3 mm longae, tubis angustatis ca. 1 mm longis extus pauce setiferis, limbis anguste infundibular ibus extus pauce setiferis, lobis triangular ibus 0.3 mm longis et latis intus glabris extus dense setiferis, setis simplicibus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 150p, longa 0.5 mm longae, thecae antherarum ca appendicibus ovato-oblongis ca, 100^ longis et 120^, latis; styli inferne leniter nodulosi, appendicibus dense papillosis; achaenia ca. 1.3 mm longa superne
;
,

3U7

3U8

PHYTOLOGIA
;
(j,

Vol. 29, no. 5

vaLde constricta in costis dense breviter setifera non gLanduLifera carpopodia cyLindrica ca. LOOp, Longa celLuIis pLerumque eLongatis ca. L2 Latis; setae pappi ca. 20 fragiLes ad apicera vix Latiores, series secondaria brevia distincta. Grana poILinis ca. 20p,diara.

TYPE: PANAMA: Ghiriqui. Las Nubes near Cerro Punta, ca. 2,000 meters, August 7, L97i, Thomas B. Groat 26^32 (HoLotype US, Isotype MO).

References
King, R. M. & H. Robinson. L972. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LXXXV. Additions to the genus Ageratina with a key to the Gosta Rican species. Phytologia 2^: 79- LO^. King, R. M. & H. Robinson. L97A. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). GXXVIII. Four additions to the genus Ageratina from htexico and GentraL America. Phytologia 28: ^9^4-502.

Acknowledgement
This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 A0^ to the senior author.

1975

King & Robinson, A new species of Agora tina

3h9

Ageratina croatii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

3^0

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. $

Ageratina croatii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Enlargement

of Heads.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE

CXXXVI,

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF NEOMIRANDEA.

R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560

Recent collections of Neomirandea from two countries have resulted in the discovery of four new species. The collections are from Costa Rica and Panama which have previously proven to be centers of distribution for the genus. Two new species have been collected by Dr. Thomas B. Croat during his most recent trip to Panama and these are to be included in the treatment for the Flora of Panama. Two new species have been collected by the senior author on a recent trip to Costa Rica. The efforts of the senior author in Costa Rica have pointed up the important effect of seasonality Most collections in the collection of Neomirandea have been made during the months of December to February which closely correlates with the dry season in Costa during the rainy Rica. The last trip was in June, season. Many species common at other times of the year were not found and one of the new species was in an area where previous collectors woulcJ certainly have noticed it. In addition, N. costaricensis R.M.King & H.Robinson was originally collected by the senior author during the rainy season and it has now been recollected in quantity again in the rainy season. An earlier attempt to recollect the species at its type locality during late January and early February failed. The species, N. eximia (B.L.Robinson) R.M. King & H.Robinson is apparently common at all seasons.
.

Neomir^nde^_^ifJjac^ R- M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae epiphyticae frutescentes subcarnosae ca. I m altae pauce vel multo ramosae. Caules teretes glabri inferne usque ad 5 cm diam. Folia opposita anguste petiolata, petiolis pleruraque 1-2 cm longis laminae ovatae pleruraque 5-7 cm longae et 2-3 cm latae subcoriaceae base breviter cuneatae margine integrae apice vix acuminatae supra et subtus glabrae, nerviis Inf lorescentiae late secondariis pinnatis obscuris. paniculatae usque ad 25 cm latae et 30 cm altae, ramis puberulis. Capitula subsessilia in aggregatis pleruraque Squaraae involucri bina vel ternata ca. 10-12 mm alta. ^4-5 seriatae ca. 20 subimbricatae vel imbricatae ca valde inaequilongae 1-5 mm longae ca. 1-1.3 mm latae
.

351

3^2

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

exteriores ovatae interiores obLongae et Laciniatae extus glabrae Longitudinaliter atrovittatae FLores pLerumque 2 in capituLo raro L; coroLLae ca. 5.5 mm longae late infundibuLares Lavandulae extus glabrae, tubis et faucibus inferioribus induratis, faucibus intus superne dense hirsutis, Lobis elongatis obLongis ca. 2.5 mm Longis ca. 0.8 mm latis, celLuLis quadratis, parietibus non sinuosis; fiLamenta in parte superiore ca. 300-350|j, Longa thecae antherarum ca. L.5 mm Longae appendicibus obLongo-ovatis ca. AOOp, Longis et 230 Latis; styLi inferne vaLde noduLosi gLabri; achaenia prismatica ca. 3.5 mm Longa subgLabra in cost is vix remote scabrida; carpopodia breviter obturacuLif ormia celLuLis roundatis ca. 12 diam. ca. 8-seriatis; setae pappi ca. 58 apice vix scabrae vix cLavatae. Grana poLLinis ca 25 diam.
.
;

la

[i

y,

TYPE: COSTA RICA: San Jose: a Long route 2, ca. L9 kms generaLLy SE of EmpaLme. ELevation ca. 8,300 ft. June LL, L97^, Robert MerriLl King 6762 (HoLotype US),
The new species is a member of the typicaL subgenus with very obvious pubescence inside of the coroLLa and with a very enlarged style base. The species is most closely related to the two entire- leaved species, N. araliaefolia (Less.) R.M.King & H.Robinson and N. psoralea CB .L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, having Lacinate inner phyllaries as in the former and deeply cleft corolla lobes as in the Latter. The new species differs from both its closest relatives by the reddish color of the corollas and by the mostly two flowers per head. The plants observed in the field are sometimes 10 or more feet up on trunks of trees but have rhizomes reaching the ground.

Neomirandea croatii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. PTafvtae ^e^ipfiy^ticae frutescentes subcarnosae ca. I m altae pauce ramosae. Caules teretes dense hirsuti. Folia opposita breviter anguste petiolata, petiolis pLerumque 5-10 mm longis; laminae late elLipticae vel obovatae pLerumque 5.5-9.5 cm longae et 3.0-6.5 cm Latae subcoriaceae base breviter cuneatae margine integrae apice Leniter breviter acuminatae supra sparsim hispidulae subtus sparsim pilosae in nervis densius pilosae. Inf lorescentiae Late corymbosae usque ad 12 cm altae et 15 cm latae, ramis ultimis 2-9 mm longis

1975

King & Robinson, New species of Neomlrandea

353

puberulis. CapituLa ca. 9 mm alta. Squamae invoLucri 8-9 subimbricatae ca 3-seriatae valde inaequilongae 3-6 mm longae et 0,8-1.0 mm Latae Lineari- LanceoLatae apice obtusae extus sparsim minute puberulae et raro gLanduIif erae receptacula plana minute puberula. FLores pLerumque 5 in capituLo; coroLLae ca. 7 mm Longae anguste infundibulares LavenduLae ve L purpurascentes intus glabrae extus inferne subgLabrae, lobis ovatooblongis ca. 0.8 mm Longis et 0.5-0.6 mm Latis extus sparsim glanduLiferis et minute puberuLis; ceLLuLis subquadratis vel breviter obLongis, parietibus non sinuosis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.7 mm Longa thecae antherarum ca. L.2 mm Longae, appendicibus ovato-obLongis ca. 250 Longis et 200^1 Latis; styLi inferne non infLati gLabri; achaenia prismatica 2.53 mm Longa subgLabra inferne et superne sparsim puberuLa et breviter setifera; carpopodia distincta brevia, ceLLuLis subquadratis 3-^-ser iat is setae pappi ca. 50 apice vix scabrae vix cLavatae. Grana poLLinis ca. 25m. diam.
ca.
.
;

fx

TYPE: PANAMA: Chiriqui: Las Nubes near Cerro Punta, ca. 2,000 meters eLevation, August 7, L97^, Thomas B. Croat 26^52 (HoLotype US, Isotype MO).
N. croatii has a simiLar appearance and is probabLy most cLoseLy reLated to N. chir iquensis R.M.King & H.Robinson which occurs in the same generaL area of Panama. The new species differs by the puberuLous stems, by the more pointed and pubescent Leaves which have more prominent secondary veins, by the heads having onLy 5 fLorets and by the coroLLas being puberuLous and gLanduLiferous on the outer surface rather than gLabrous.

%55irjLD^jgA. SJj5.1ii^ R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. PLantae suf f rutescentes usque ad L m aLtae pauce

ramosae. CauLes teretes subgLabri superne puberuLi. FoLia opposita breviter anguste petioLata, petioLis ca. L-2 mm Longis; Laminae obLongo-eLLipticae pLerumque ^-8 cm Longae et L. 5-3.0 cm Latae papyraceae base rotundatae veL breviter cuneatae margine remote distincte serruLatae apice breviter obtuse acute supra sparsim gLanduLo-punctatae subtus minute sparsim puberuLae dense gLanduLo-punctatae, nervis primariis subtus subpiLosis, nervis secondariis pinnatis obscuris. Inf Lorescentiae parvae corymbose panicuLatae ^.5 cm Latae et 3.5 cm aLtae, ramis puberuLis et pauce gLanduLiferis, ramis uLtimis L. 5-6.0 mm Longis. CapituLa

35U

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

ca. 6 mm aLta et L.5 mm Lata. Squamae involucri fuLvi ca. 12 subimbricatae vel eximbricatae ca. 2-seriatae anguste oblongae L.5-2.5 mm Longae et ca. 0.i ram Latae apice anguste rotundatae extus sparsim puberuLae et gLanduLiferae receptacula glabra. FLores 8-9 in capituLo; coroLLae ca. U mm Longae LavenduLae anguste
;

infundibuLares intus gLabrae extus sparsim puberuLae et gLanduLiferae in Lobis dense gLanduLiferae, Lobis breviter trianguLaribus ca. 0.^5 mm Longis et 0.5 mm Latis, ceLLuLis quadratis, parietibus non sinuosis; f iLamenta in parte superiore angusta ca 0.5 mm Longa thecae antherarum ca. 0.9 mm Longae, appendicibus ovato-obLongis ca. 200^l Longis et L75|i,Latis; styLi inferne non infLati gLabri; achaenia prismatica ca. L.7 mm Longa puberuLa et gLanduLifera carpopodia distincta perbrevia, ceLLuLis subquadratis ca. 3seriatis; setae pappi ca. ca. 32-35 apice parum cLavatae acutae. Grana poLLinis 20-22(idiam.
;

TYPE: PANAMA: Veraguas VaLLey of Rio Dos Bocas, aLong road between EscueLa AgricoLa ALto Piedra and CaLovebora, L5.6 kms NW of Santa Fe ALt. ^450-550 meters, 3L August l97^, Thomas B. Groat 2770L (HoLotype US, Isotype MO).
:

The new species is reLated to N. eximia (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson and occurs at the extreme eastern edge of the range of the Latter. Neomirandea graciLis differs from most specimens of N. eximia by the serruLate more sessiLe obLong Leaves, by the more sparing inf Lorescence and by the numerous gLands on the coroLLa Lobes. Some materiaL of N. eximia from the same province of Panama show simiTar sparing inf Lorescences and serruLation which suggests some past hybridization. The new species shares the Leaf serruLations and gLanduLar coroLLas with N. parasitica (KLatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson of Gosta Rica tjut has much more sessiLe obLong Leaves of more herbaceous texture. The Gosta Rican species has essentiaLLy nonpuberuLous Leaves with much Less prominent gLanduLar punctations.

Neomirandea gros3^enorii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. FTintae gross^nfierbaceae veL subarborescentes erectae usque ad 5 m aLtae non ramosae base erectae. CauLes subteretes veL vaLde striati dense granuLosopuberuLi. FoLia opposite majuscula LongipetioLata, petiolis usque ad 33 cm Longis adaxia liter distincte

1975

King & Robinson,

NefW

opecies of Neoairandea

355

multilacerate alatis in foLiis superioribus valde stipuLatis Laminae Late deLtoideae ve L aceriforms paLmatae usque ad 32 cm longae et Latae grosse dentatae veL vadose Lobatae ad apicem vix acuminatae base rotundatae veL truncatae 3-5-nervatae supra sparsim pLerumque in nervis puberuLae subtus gLanduLo-punctatae in nervis et nervuLis dense granuLoso-puberuLae Inf Lorescentiae coryrabosae usque ad 30 cm Latae et 15 cm aLtae, ramis dense puberuLis, ramis uLtimis L-^ mm Longis. CapituLa ca. LO ram Longa et 2.5 mm Lata. Squamae invoLucri fuLvae ca. L6 imbricatae ^-5-seriatae ovatae veL obLongae L. 5-7.0 mm Longae et ca. L.5 mm Latae apice perbreviter obtusae minute fimbriatae extus gLabrae; receptacuLa gLabra. FLores U-S in capituLo; coroLLae ca. 7 mm Longae roseae ? inferne tubuLares vaLde indurata, tubis ca. 3.5 Longis, faucibus perbrevibus inf undibuLaribus intus gLabris, Lobis anguste obLongis ca. L.5 ram Longis et 0.5 mm Latis extus pLerumque gLabris superne pauce perbreviter setiferis et gLanduLifer is ceLLuLis quadratis, parietibus non sinuosis; fiLaraenta in parte superiore subfusif ormia ca. 300^, Longa; thecae antherarum ca. L mm Longae, appendicibus obLongis ca. 200^ Longis et L75^ Latis; styLi inferne infLati gLabri; achaenia prisraatica ca. ^ mm Longa superne breviter pauce setifera ceterum gLabra; carpopodia breviter cyLindrica, ceLLuLis subquadratis ca. L5(i. diam. ca. LO-seriatis; setae pappi ^5-50 fLavescentes apice vix scabrae non cLavatae. Grana poLLinis ca. 25|^ diam.
;

TYPE: COSTA RICA: Cartago: southern sLopes of VoLcan Irazu and VoLcan TurriaLba, ca. 3 kms generaLLy NE of San RafaeL de Irazu. ELevation ca. 8,300 ft., June L8, L97il, Robert MerriLL King 6823 (HoLotype US). Paratype same Location: R.M. King 6822 (US).

The new species is one of the few having enLarged styLe bases but no hairs on the inner surface of the coroLLa. The most cLoseLy reLated species in Costa Rica, N. burgeri R.M.King & H.Robinson has Larger more retrorse teeth on the petioLe and has a Long horizontaL rhizome from which the erect shoots arise. The new species compLeteLy Lacks any horizontaL rhizome. CLosest reLationship is actuaLLy to N. panamensis R.M. King & H.Robinson of western Panama. Tne new species differs by the greater size of its heads and fLorets, and by the consistent Ly winged petioLes of the Leaves. In N. panamensis onLy the Leaves at the base of the infTorescence seem to have wings on the petioLes. Possible distinctions needing confirmation are the

356

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. $

longer internodes of the thickened broadly fistuLose stems and the nonglanduLiferous coroLLa tubes. The new species is named in honor of Gilbert Grosvenor of The National Geographic Society.

Acknowledgement
This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 A0^ to the senior author. Field work in Costa Rica was supported by a grant from the National Geographic Society, Washington,
D.C.

1975

Kint;

& Robinson, New species of Neomlrandaa

357

Neomirandea bif Lora R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, Photos by Victor E. United States National Herbarium. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

358

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 5

Neomirandea croatii R.M.King & H.Robinson, HoLotype, United States National Herbarium.

1975

King & Robinson, New species of Neomirandea

359

2723II21
MTICMM.
HtRflAaiL

Neomirandea gracilis R.M.King & H.Robinson, HoLotype United States National Herbar ium
_

360

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 5

2723024
KATlONAt HER3A81UH

Neomirandea grosvenorii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium.

1975

King & Robinaon, New species of Neoialraraiea

361

Top left; Enlargements of heads of Neomirandea Neomirandea bif lora Bottom Top right; N^ croatli left N, grosvenor ii N, gracilis Bottom right;
.

POLYBOTRYA

IN

NICARAGUA

Melissa Page Marshall 1 and Frank C. Seyinour ?

Literature on the flora of Nicargua is very scattered and difficult to obtain, usually to be found only in large Specimens likewise are few and far bebotanical libraries. tween. For these reasons, it is especially desirable to publish results of studies in the flora of that country.

sometimes

good example of the scarcity of literature and specimens genus of Ferns, Polybotrya of the Polypodiaceae. As species not formerly known in Nicaragua are frequently found, it is advisable to include on such a study all the species known to occur in Central America. Having had occasion to study the specimens themselves in several herbaria named below, it may be The following data we_ helpful to pass on some of our notes. hope will make more accessible a means of identifying specimens from Nicaragua.
is a

We vvdsh to express our thanks to the following for the privilege of studying specimens in their herbaria and consulting their libraries. Dr. Reed C. Rollins, Director of the Gray Herbarium; Dr. Richard A. Howard, Director of the Arnold Arboretum; and Dr. Daniel B. Ward, Director of the Herbarium of the We express our thanks to Dr. Ward and University of Florida. to Dr. David B. Lellinger of the United States National Herbarium for important information.
brief description of the genus, POLYBOTRYA Humboldt Stein climbing. Rootstock creeping, with linear, needle-like, castaneous paleae, their margins toothed. Stipes remote, long, scaly at least at base, set-

& Bonpland, following Copeland.

ose or glabrescent. Fronds pinnate

to tripinnate.

Fertile blade

very different from the sterile blade, the segments of fertile blade being much narrower. Veins usually free but in some species joining near the margin. Sporangia covering the lower surface and sometimes found on the upper surface also.

1.

2.

At the time of writing, a member of the staff of the Pringle Herbarium of the University of Vermont. Research Associate, Missouri Botanical Garden and Visiting Associate Research Professor University of Florida.
,

362

1975

Marshall & Seymour, Polybotrya in Nicaragua

363

ARTIFICLA.L

KEY TO SPECIES OF POLYHOIRYA

to

Known
1.

occur in Central America

Pinnae of sterile fronds simple, glabrous; stipe strawcolored 2. 2. Veins of sterile frond rarely branched except near costa and margin; sterile pinnae entire; pinnae of fertile frond simple or pinnate; stipe of sterile frond straw-colored, scaly near base or glabrous 1. P. cervina 2. Veins of sterile frond branched 2-4 times; sterile pinnae serrate to entire; pinnae of fertile frond pinnate to pinnatifid 3. 3. Stipes naked, straw-colored; on sterile frond, pinnae sublong entire; on fertile frond, longest pinnules 12-16 2. P. Kalbreyeri 3. Stipes scaly, densely so at base 4. 4. Pinnae on sterile frond serrate; on fertile frond, longest long; on sterile frond, veins frequently pinnules 5-6 rejoining; stipes straw-colored

mm

mm

3.

P,

serratifolia

4.

Pinnae on sterile frond entire or crenate; on fertile frond, longest pinnules about 3 long; stipes goldenbrown; on sterile frond, veins never rejoining

mm

4- P.
1.

salicifalia

Pinnae (at least basal ones) pinnately compound 5. 5. Blades hairy beneath; rachis densely pubescent 6. 6. Blades finely pubescent on veinlets of lower surface, soft and fuzzy to the touch; upper surface of pinnae smooth;
6.

5,

3. P. villosula segments toothed Blades sparingly hairy beneath, almost glabrous above; segments entire 6. P. costaricensis Blades smooth on upper and lower surfaces; pubescent sometimes on rachis and midvein of pinnae, or very slightly on the midveins of pinnules 7. 7. Fronds small; sterile fronds 14 cm wide, 25-30 cm long;
7. 7. P. gracilis segments denticulate Fronds larger; sterile fronds sometimes 25-30 cm wide,

50
8.

cm long or longer 8. Pinnules cut not quite to axis, pinnatifid 9. 9. Rachis and midveins usually hairy beneath; rootstock 1-2 cm thick; segments close together, touching
. .

8. _P.
9.

osmundacea
wide, up
to

Rachis glabrous; sterile fronds 25-30

50

cm
9.

cm

long
10.

P.

Aucuparia

8.

Pinnules cut to axis; pinnae pinnate

36U
10.

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

Rachis very hairy, increasingly toward apex; stipe glabrous; pinnae up to 20-40 cm long; pinnules petiolate, distinct from all others 10. P^ caudata 10. Rachis glabrous or slightly hairy 11. 11. Segments close together, touching, widely adherent to axis, decurrent, ovate-acute, unequal, subauriculate above 11. P. scandens 11. Segments slightly separated by a space; free space near axis of pinnules also; upper and lower surfaces of pinnae nearly or quite glabrous; segments blunt 12. 12. Segments on lower side of pinnules shorter than those on upper side, 0.8 as long, blunt 12. P. canaliculata 12. Segments on lower side of pinnules longer than those on upper side, 1.5 as long; blade glabrous or almost glabrous 13. P. Alfredii
.

COMMENTS
Rhizome creeping, 1-2

POLYBQTRYA CERVINA (L. Kaulfuss, Enum. 55. 1824. cm thick. Stipe with many linear brown scales; scales 1-2 cm long and only 1 mm or less wide. Sterile
1.
)

blades simple pinnate, oblong to oval-oblong, 40-80 long, 20-30 cm across. Pinnae entire, 4-12 pairs, alternate, linear to oblong -linear, 15-25 cm long, about 37 cm across, ^abrous, light-green, w^ith entire margin. Veins forking once shortly after the midvein, joined at their apices by a vein running along the margin of the pinna. Fertile fronds longer, simiply pinnate or bipinnate. Spores dark- brown, densely covering both the upper and lower surfaces of the pinnae. A fern of the tropical wet zones of mountain forests, growing either terrestrially or on tree trunks. Specimens from British Honduras, Guatemala, Honduras and Costa Rica (GH, FLAS), Porto Rico, Jamaica (FLAS), Cuba (FLAS), South America.
2.

mm

POLYBQTRYA KALBREYERI
1906.

504.

C Chr. Ind. Fil. 12. 1905. Acrostichum juglandifolium Baker, Journ. Bot. 207,
. ,
.

Polybotrya juglandifolia Christ, Bull. 1881, non Kaulfuss 1824. Icon. Herb. Boiss. II. 4:965. 1904. P. juglandifolia Baker, Plantar um vil, Filic. Ill, PI. 1691, sub Acrosticho. The following is a copy of the original description of Acrostichum juglandifolium i n English by Baker, Journ. Bot. 207. 1881. "Rhizome wide-scandent. Stipe of the barren frond a foot long, naked, stramineous. Barren frond oblong-lanceolate, simply pinnate, 1 1/2-2 feet long, subcoriaceous in texture, bright green and quite naked on both surfaces. Pinnae lanceolate, upper sessile.

1975

Marshall

Zc

Seymour, Polybotiya In Nicaragua

in.
lonj^,

365

lower shortly petioled, 5-6

ate,

18-Zl lin. broad, acuminbase in the lower half. Veins faint; main ones continuous from the costa of the pinnae to the margin about 1/4 in. apart, erecto-patent; veinlets 3-4jugate, very ascending, simple^ the groups regularly joining about a third of the way from the midrib to the edge. Fertile fronds bipinnate. Rnnae lanceolate, 4-6 in. long, 1-1 1/4 in. broad, the lower 1/2-3/4 in. long, growing gradually smaller towards the tip of the pinnae. --On trees in the forests, 5, 000 feet. " Rootstock with long dark linear scales. On fertile long. blades, pinnules distant, oblong, blunt, longest 12-16 Type: Costa Rica, New Granada, Kalbreyer 1798. We have seen no specimen of this species. Distribution: Costa Rica.
subentire, rather cut

away

at the

mm

(Fee) Klotzsc h, Linnaea20: 1847. Soromanes Fee, Achrost. 82. 1845. Rootstock with long reddish filiform scales. Stipe scaly, densely so at base. Pinnae serrate, attenuate. Sterile frond simply pinnate; lower pinnae stalked; stalks about 2 long. On fertile frond, pinnae pinnate. Pinnules distant, oblong, blunt, longest 5-6 long. Veins anastomosing in pairs. Similar to P. cervina. but Distribution: Costa in P. cervina sterile pinnae are entire.
3.

POLYBOTRYA SERRATIFOLIA

430.

mm

mm

Rica~(FLAS), Venezuela,
4.

Fendler26l (GH).

Lellinger, Amer. Fern Journ. TTie following description consists 1972. of excerpts from the original description. Rootstock climbing, wide, 0. 5- 1 (-2? ) thick, densely scaly; scales up to 2 1.5 cm long, golden-brown. Stipes 25-75 cm long, straw-colored, densely scaly. Rachis pilosulous in grooves, sparsely scaly. Sterile pinnae (1)1. 5-4 cm wide, (6)l''-23 cm long, margin entire or crenate. Veins branching, not rejoining. Fertile pinnae 0. 5-2 cm wide, up to 12 cm long. Segments 1-2 wide, 1-12 long. This description is translated from the Vv e have seen no specimen of this species. Type: ColomLatin. bia, Dept. Santander, Puerto Berrio, Haught 1757 (US). Distribution: Costa Rica, Colombia, Venezuela.
62:54, figs.
3,

POLYBOTRYA SALICIFOLIA
4,

10.

mm

mm

mm

mm

5. POLYBOTRYA VILLOSULA Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II, 6:168. 1906. Rootstock creeping. Rachis villous. Sterile blade simply pinnate and pinnae lobed; or pinnae pinnate and pinnules lobed. Fertile segments narrower than the sterile. Like the other species of this genus, either terrestrial or climbing on tree trunks. It can be confused with no other species of Polybotrya because of the great amount of its pubescence. It is

366

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. $

extremely fuzzy, predominantly on the veinlets. The hairs are very short and fine. Distribution: British Honduras, Guatemala, Costa Rica, Panama (GH, FLAS). Type in Herb. Christ.
6.
1,

POLYBOTRYA COSTARICENSIS
fig.
1.

Brade,

Bradea

1(1):11,

tab.

thick. Scales of rootstock 1969. Rootstock 12 lanceolate, acute, 0. 5-1. 8 wide, 12-14 long. Sterile frond 80 cin long, 70 cm wide, bipinnate at base; pinnae shortstalked, 35 cm long, 16 cm wide; pinnules, sometimes basal ones, subbipinnatifid, rounded at tip, up to 8 cm long, 2. 2 cm wide, lobed; lobes rounded at tip, above subglabrate, below

mm mm

mm

spar sely hirsute. Rachis and midribs rather densely puberulFertile fronds bipinnate; pinnulent and very sparsely hirsute. es linear, up to 8 cm long, Ll-1. 5 cm widej. Translation of excerpts from original description. We have seen no specimen of this species. Holotype Costa Rica, regiao litoral atlantica, Finca Hundresser, coll. A. & A. C. Brade 374 (Herb. Brade).
:

Brade, Bradea 1(1):14, tab. 1. fig., Rootstock 4 thick, its scales lanceolateactiminate, 0. 5-1 wide, up to 5 long. Sterile frond 25-30 cm long, 14 cm wide, bipinnate; pinnae short-petioled, the larger 7 cm long, 2 cm wide; pinnules, the lowest, up to 1. 2 cm long, 0. 6 cm wide, with few teeth; rachis and midvein of pinnae puberulent below. Fertile fronds 25 cm long, 10 cm wide, bipinnate-tripinnatifid; pinnae up to 5 cm long, 1. 2 cm wide, pinnate -pinna tifid. Translated excerpts from the original description. "We have seen no specimen of this species. Holotype: Costa Rica, Tablazo, A. & A. C. Brade 554in Herb. Brade. Distribution: Costa Rica.
7. 3

POLYBOTRYA GRACILIS
3.

& tab.

1969.

mm

mm

mm

POLYBOTRYA OSMUNDACEA H. & B. ex Willd. Sp. 5:99. 1810. Rhizome creeping, 1-2 cm thick, with stipes growing out at intervals. Scales of stipe thin, brown, very linear, generally located at the base of the stipe, but also scattered up the length of it. Blades smooth on both surfaces, pubescent sometimes on rachis, midvein of pinnae or very slightly on the midvein of pinnules. Sterile blade tripinna tifid; lower pinnules deeply lobed. The Fertile blade similar but segments narrower. most distinguishing characteristic occurs on the lower pinnae; here the lowest pair of pinnules is reduced in size; the very lowest pinnule is drastically smaller, broad-elliptic in shape. On fertile pinnules, spores appear on the outer edges, becoming denser, shiveling the pinnules until there are long lines of mass8.
,

1975

Marshall & Seymour, Polybotrya in Nicarag\ia

367

ed spores with only knobs to indicate where the pinnules are. Climbing on tree trunks in wooded ravines. Distribution: Hon-

duras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica and Panama. Costa Rica (FLAS). Nicaragua, Castillo, Shimek, as Acrostichum. Cororia Bush, near Bilwaskarma, Atwood 3711 (VT).
Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. H, Similar to P. serratifolia (Fee) PQotzsch. The fol1906. lowing is a translation of excerpts from the original description in Latin by Christ, I.e. Rhizoniatous. Stipe near base with subulate brown opaque hairy scales, otherwise whole plant glabrous. Frond bipinnatifid, wide at base, oblong, caudate-acuminate, up Pinnae remote, the lower 7 cm to 50 cm long, 25-30 cm wide. distant, petioled; petioles up to 4 cm long; lower pinnae 23 cm
9.

POLYBOTRYA AUCUPARIA

6:166.

11 cm wide, ovate-acuminate, lowest and middle pinnules 1-1. 5 cm late, somewhat or very obtuse, very Nerves mostly simple. We entire. Type in Herb. Christ. this species.

long,

lowest pinnules reduced; narrowly lanceoslightly crenate-dentate or have seen no specimen of Distribution: Costa Rica.
distant,

10. POLYBOTRYA CAUDATA Kunze, Linnaea 9:23. 1834. Rootstock large, woody, Im long. Stipe glabrous. Fronds up Rachis hairy, increasingly toward the apex. Both to 7 dm long. the stipe and the rachis grooved, as is the midvein of the pinnules but not the veins of the lobes. Upper surface of the pinnae glabrous; sometimes a little pubescence on the midveins of the lower surface of the pinnules. Pinnules light-green with short tapering lobes cut to the midvein. Frond leathery in texture. Stipes appearing when fresh,almost succulent. Sterile frond Climbing on forest tree trunks. Distribution: Costa bipinnate. Rica, Panama and Canal Zone.

(Raddi) Christ, Bull. Herb. 4:965. 1904. Aspidium scandens Raddi, PL Bras.l: P. acuminata Kaulfuss, Link Hort. Berol. 2: 34, t. 49. 1825. 135. 1833. Rootstock with long reddish filiform scales. Sterile frond bipinnate. Pinnae divided into distinct short-stalked attenuate pinnules at base. Rachis almost glabrous. Stipe sparsely scaly above, densely so at base. Fertile frond tripinnate, its segments worm-like, linear, 1 cm long. Stipe and rachis as on sterile fronds. Pinnules of lower pinnae pinnate. Ultimate segments oblong, obtuse, 3-6 long. Pinnules of lower pinnae of sterile frond stalked, attenuate, coarsely serrate, largest 2. 5 cm wide, 7 cm long. We have seen no specimen of this species. Distribution; Costa Rica, Brazil.
11.

POLYBOTRYA SCANDENS
II,

Boiss.

mm

368
IZ.

PHYTOLOGIA
POLYBOTRYA CANALICULATA

Vol. 29, no. 5

Klotzsch, linnaea 20:429. Closely resembling the preceding in all characteristics except the degree of lobing of the pinnioles; lower pinnules of This occurs most of the lower pinnae cut down to the midvein. for nearly half of the length of the pinnule, Segments blunt inlong. Distribution: Panstead of tapering to a tip. Fronds 1 ama, Venezuela. Reported in Nicaragua, Camp Menocal, Shimek, as Acrostichvim canaliculatum (Klotzsch) Hk.
1847.
(

Brade, Bradea 1 (1 ):12, tab. 1, Rootstock 6 thick. Scales of rootstock lanceowide, 8-14 long. Sterile late, long-acuminate, 1-1.5 blade on both surfaces glabrous or subglabrous, about 65 cm long, 35-40 cm wide, bipinnate-tripinnatifid; pinnae very short-' stalked, up to 23 cm long, 8 cm wide; pinnules pinnatifid, lowest pinnate, acuminate at tip, up to 4 cm long, 1. 8 cm wide; rachis and midveins puberulent. Fertile blades slightly smaller; pinnae 15-18 cm long; segments oblong or rounded. Translation of excerpts of original description. We have seen no specimen of this species. Holotype Costa Rica, Tablazo, coll. A. & A. C. Brade 98 (Herb. Brade).
13.
fig. 2.

POLYBOTRYA ALFREDII
1969.

mm mm

mm

Bibliography: Brade, A. C. Algunas species novas de Filicieas de Costa Rica da Colecao Alfred & Alexander Curt Brade, Bradea 1 (1):11-14. 1969. Bulletin Herb, Boissier II, 6:166, 168. 1906. Christ, H. 4:965, 1904, Christensen, Carl. Index Filicum 1906 and 4 Supplements and

Copeland, Edwin

B.

Corrigenda. Genera Filicum, 114-115. 1947.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL FLORA, VI.

by Jos^ Cuatrecasas Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. 20560

These notes are descriptions of nev^ taxa in the Ccmpositae extracted from studies for forthccaning monographs in preparation. The relationships of these new taxa will be discussed at length in the final generic revision, following similar lines of the previous contributions of this series. See PHYTOLOGIA 27: The basic work for these notes has been partially 169-179^ 1973 sponsored by the National Science Foundation (Grant GB. 32086xz), Washingt on, D.C.

ESPELETIA BROMELIOIDES Cuatr. sp. nov. Caulis lignosus ad k-3 cm diametro prostratus rhizcmatosus vel erectus usque ad ko cm longus vel decumbens, cortice valde cicatricoso, rugoso-tuberculato cum reliquis foliorum marcescentiian tectus, rosulam terminalem ferens et ramulos subterminales foliatos formans. Rosulae 30-50 cm latae virides foliis copiosissimis erectis et erecto-patulis, proximalibus saepe gemmiferis, instructae. Folia coriacea crassiuscula rigida vel flexibilia sessilia. Lamina elongate triangulata sine sensu acuminata vel ensiformiacuminata, acuta, supra basim leviter vel obsolete attenuata, basi indistincte in vaginam brevem planam vix ampliatam producta, 19-30 cm longa, infra medium usque ad l.U-2.6 cm lata, basi usque ad 1.2-2 cm angustata, margine revoluta aspectu integerrima sed dentictilis callosis crassiusculis mucroniformibus adaxiale recurvis sparsis cum indumento annino occultis supra viridis vel olivaceo-viridis nitida, in sicco olivacea, excepto ad costam anguste sulcatam basim versus latiorem densissime crasseque adpresse villoso-sericeam (pilis tenuissimis sericeis antrorsis ad 3 mm longis) glabra, laevis nervis secimdariis obsoletis interd\mi tantum circa basim vna vel duobus venis linearibus angustissime sericeis visibilibus; subtus crasse densissime adpressissimeque villoso-sericea viridi-cinera nitida, pilis tenuissimis antrorsis circa 2 mm; nervatione obsoleta c\jm vestimento cmnino tecta sed infra indumentum valde prcminenti, costa crasse basim versus magis ampliata bisulcata costulata laterale striolata circa basim robustiori saepe argute 7-costulata, nervis seciindariis minoribus 7-10 utroque latere, inferne saepe 3-^ magis notatis, subparallelis, angulo 5-10 ascendentibus parte media angulo 15, siirsum nervis gradatim minus conspicuis magis apertis (20-Uo), nervulis minoribus prominent ibus crassiusculis minutvmi reticiilum elevatus formantibus, areolis valde profundis angustissimis pilis tenuissimis crispis munitis. 369
;

370

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

Vagina crassiusciila brevis levissime ampliata saepe utroque latere ^4 nervata, subplana, adulta 1.5-2.5 x l.U-2.5 ('basi)cm. Inflorescentiae tenninales racemoide paniculatae vel corymboide-paniculatae erectae 55-85 cm altae 8-2U cm latae. Axis robustissimis lignosus fistulosus vel medullosus extus argute costatus striatusque parte media vulgo 1.5 cm diametro basi usque ad h cm diametro, plerumque purpurascens interdum pallide viridis, densiuscule vel copiose villoso-sericeus pilis longis (3 mm) ascendentibus laxiuscule intricatis, inferne dense ceterum copiose foliosus, dimidia parte superior! tantum ramosus. Folia basilaria congesta rosularia sirtiilissima adjacentia paulo breviora vagina breviori, supra basim 25-15 X 2.2-1 cm, cetera folia sterilia sursutn gradatim paulo minora 20-12 x 1.5-1.2 cm, plerumque lineari-sublanceolata acuminata basi semiamplectenti textura indumentoque basilaria similia. Rami numerosi erecti robusti recti vel arcuatoascendentes inferiores usque ad 25 cm longi et 7 mm crassi sed vulgo angustiores, saepe sursum gradatim breviores, purpuras centes interdum pallide virides, semper densiuscule villoso-sericei, pilis albis patulo-ascendentibus 1-1.5 nrni dense vestiti, tantimi tertio superiori ramulosis, ramulis erectis corymboide dispositis in ramusculos divisis. Ramusculi villoso-hirsutuli purpurascentes, interdum luteoviriduli, 1-6 capitula prim-um valde congeste glomerata denique conspicue pedicellata ferentes. Pedicelli antrorso-patulopilosi purpurei vel viriduli, ebracteati, 2-15 nm longi, post fructificationem vetusti robustiores 0.2-3 cm longi. Folia ramos subtendentia excedentia, triangulari-linearia acuminata circa 16-10 x 1.8-0.8 cm, suprema k-3 x 0.8-0.3 cm, in bracteas transientia. Bracteae ramusculos pedicellosque subtendentes longiores subcoriaceae triangulari-lineares vel lineares supra glabrae subtus sericeae 3-1 x 0.5-0.15
cm.

Capitula subdiscoidea subglobosa, 7-13 mm diametientia visu atropurpurea vel atroviridia, (U2-)70-125 flores ferentia. Involucrum cupulatum. Hiyllaria sterilia 6-12, raro 4-2, discum attingentia interdum longiora, 1-2 seriata 9-6 x 2-1. U mm, crassiuscula herbacea purpuras centia vel atroviridia vel pallide viridia, linearia sursum attenuata subacutataque, incurva, adaxiale glabra saepe 5-venosa, abaxiale dense subadpresseque villosa pilis rigidulis acutis ascendentibus 1-1.5 mm longis, interdian glandulis pediculatis intersparsis ad margines conspicuis, apice calloso glabro. Phyllaria fertilia 6.5-4.5 X 2.2-1 mm linearia vel oblonga, externa sterilia similia vel dorso basique incrassata semiamplectentia, cetera deorstnn angustata apice angulata ad costam incrassata marginibus membranaceis 2-3 venis utroque latere, dorso et sursum dense breviterque pilosa pilis subadpressis sursum obtusis et subclavatis 0.2-0.4(-0.5) mm, plus margine glandulis capitatopediculatis circa 0.05 nim longis bene conspicuis. Receptaculum convexo-conicum 5-6(-3.4) mm diam, glabrim vel parcissimis pilis. Paleae 4-5(-55) x 1.3-2.5 mn subscariosae cvm costa

1975

Cuatrecasaa, Notes on neotropical flora

371

crassiori rigida, oblongae vel ovali-oblongae basim versus angustatae apice acutae vel subacutae, utroque latere 2-3-venosae, amplectentes, dorso mediale moderate sursimi dense antrorsopilosae pilis fusco-rubris obtusis vel subclavatis 0.2-O.U mm, et glandulis pediciolatis 0.05 mm saepe copiosis. Flores marginales ferainei (21-) 30-^7 in capitxilo 3(-2)-serCorolla valde reducta, 1.2-2.5 (-3) n longa semper quam iati. stylus brevior; tube bene evoluto 0.6-1.2 mm longo basi incrassato apice cum annulo interiori crassiusculo instructo, extus dense vel copiose piloso pilis hyalinis crassiusc\alis obtusis vel subclavatis vel clavatis interdum subacutis 0.2-0.5 (-0.8) mm, patvilis vel ascendentibus et glandulis capitato-pediculatis interspars is munito, apice adaxiale saepe minuto dente obtuso vel emarginato vel raro lineari elongate; lamina minima lutea vel luteo-viridi, 0.5-1 (-1-5) mm longa, elliptica vel lingulata 0.2-0.5 rani lata, minute 2-3-dentata vel edentata, vel in 2,3 (raro h) lobulos vel lacinulas minutas aequilongas vel inaequales partita vel ad dentem minutum seu inconspicuian reducta, abaxiale plus minus ve pilosula. Stylus 2.^-k mm longus purpuras c ens, ramulus crassiusculis 0.6-1 mm. Ovaria oblonga triquetra apice obtusa basira angustata acutaque. Achaenia exteriora obovatooblonga triangulata basi acutissima dorso subplano vel convexo, arcuata, 2.1-2.8 x 1.1-1.3 ram, interiora 2.3-3 x 0.6-1 mm, magis oblonga laterale compressa dorso protrudo vel quadrangulata. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi (21-)U0-75 in capitulo. Corolla luteola U.5-5.5 ram longa, tub\ilo 1.8-2.5 (-3) mm, glabro (raro parcissirais pilis), limbo campanulato-tubuloso, surstmi infra lobos spars is pilis et glandulis, lobis 0.7-1 mm longis inaequalibus, oblongo-triangularibus acutis marginibus incrassatis et papulosis, abaxiale sursvon densiuscule pilosis pilis antrorsis rubro-fuscis subclavatis et clavatis vel subobtusis 0.15-0.3(-O.U) mm deorsum sparsis vel copiosis glandulis obovatis subsessilibus, apice calloso nudo. Antherae 1.7-2 ram, appendice ovata subacuta O.U-O.U5 mm longa. Stylus ^+.5-6 ram. Nectariian tubulosum 1-1.3 mm longum profunde 5-d.entatum. Typus Venezuela, M^rida: Piramo de Las Coloradas, Potreros de San Rafael, 2600-2700 m, inflorescencia con eje central, llgulas amarillas, 18-20 J\in 197^+, M. L6pez-Figueiras & H. Rodriguez 905^; holotypus, US; isotypus, MERF. Ibidem planta acaule hasta 70 cm altura total, inflorescencia central, 18-20 Jun 197^, L6pez-Figueiras & H. Rodriguez 90^+^4- (US, MERF, paratypi). Ibidem, inflorescencia central 30-50 cm, eje p\irpurdceo, llgulas amarillas, estilo purpurdceo, flores del centre cremoso-amarillentas, 18-20 Jun 197^, L6pe2-Figueiras & H. Rodriguez 90U2 (US, MERF, paratypi). Ibidem, inflorescencia central en fructificaci6n avanzada, 9 Jan 197^, L6pez-Figueiras, H. Rodriguez & A. Carabot 8955 (US, MERF). Ibidem, 285O m, rosetas verdes semibrillantes o mates, gregarias por ramificaci6n basilar, hoja blanco-cin^reo-sericea o argentada envis, 9 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn & L6pez-Figueiras 28533 (US, MERF). Id. El Portachuelo (El Ramal), 2800 m, acaiilirrosiileto il-O cm alto, esteril, h Ag 1970, Ruiz-Terdn & L6pez-Figueiras U09 (us, MERF). Ibidem, tronco hasta Uo cm, cubierto de residues de
:

372

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

hoja marcescente, hojas verde pdlidas, brillantes haz, verdoso cin^reas env^s, inflorescencia central muy joven, con captillos, llgulas incipientes atnarillas o algo verd6sulas, estilos amarillos, fl6sculos amarillo claros. 8 Febr 1973^ Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn & L6pez-Figueiras 28503 (US, MERF).

ESPELETIA COLORADARIM Cuatr. sp. nov. Caulirosula ad 2.5 m alta. Caulis lignosus erectus sursum mediolosus deorsum fistulosus, basi 5 cm diam, apice subtrimcatorotundato 3 cm diametro, subapicem dense foliatus internodiis densissime sericeo-barbatus pilis strictis antrorsis 6 mm longis inter folias adpressis, infra rosiilam foliis marcescentibus pendulis copiosis et vaginis foliorum emortuor'um remanentibus adpressis obsitus, deorsum denique denudatus cortice ochroleuca crebre cicatricoso-striata internodiis subsemicircularibus 1-U mm longis. Rosulae comosae dense foliatae visu albescenti-cinereae. Gemma terminalis et folia initialia adjacentia revoluta dense longeque albo-villoso-sericea. Folia coriacea rigida subsessilia. Lamina anguste oblanceolato-linearis vel sublanceolato-linearis vel linearis apice acuminata valde acuta inferne gradatira usque ad basim in brevem pseudopetiolum anguste alatum raro exalatum angustata, infra basim subite in vaginam planam amplectentem ampliata, margine revoluta visu Integra sed dentibus mucroniformibus crassiusculis callosis ad 0.5 mm, abaxiale recurvatis leviter conspicuis, 2U-Ul cm longa, 2-6 cm lata; supra juvenilis dense nitideque longe sericea deinde glabrata costa lanuginosa excepta, denique excepto ad basim lanuginosa omnino glabra, pallide viridis vel luteoloviridis costa plana vel sursum leviter sulcata deorsum paiilo prominenti; subtus dense crasseque lanata albo-cinerea vel alboochraceo-virescens, costa prominenti robusta striolata deorsum bisulcata primum dense villoso- sericea deinde glabrata sed inferne persistente longe villoso-gossypina, nervis secundariis valde prominent ibus, angulo (60-)65-75(-80) ascendentibus, parallelis 2-5 (-6) mm inter se distantibus, vulgo 3-'+(2-5) in 1 cm, cirni crasso indumento occultis sed praecipue denique plus minusve signatis, nervis tertiis et minoribus etiam prominentibus reticulum densisn elevatum formantibus areolis profundis cum lanicula repletis. Basi lamina circa basim valde angustata pseudopetiolum alatum formantibus (5-20 mm longum) interdum brevissime (5 mm) ad costam reductum, semper dense longeque villoso-gossypinum. Vagina coriacea semiovata vel subsemiorbicularis vel oblongo-ovata (in juvenilis angustior), 3-2.5(3.5-^) cm longa (6-)5-3 cm lata, argute multi (3^-50)-nervata, intus glabra, extus dense adpresseque albo-sericeo-barbata pilis ad 10 mm longis. Inflorescentia terminalis corymbiforme paniculata valde floribunda usque ad U8 cm alta ko cm expansa folia rosularum attingens vel paulo excedens. Axis lignosus, basi 2 cm diam, robustus angulatus a basi foliatus et conferte ramosus. Rami principales 16-I8, lignosi robusti rigidi ascendentes; inferiores patulo ascendentes longiores verticem attingentes 50-^0 cm longi.

1975

Cuatrecasaa, Notes on neotropical flora

373

inferne (h-) 10-20 cm longitudine nudi, circa 2/3 vel l/2 et cian duobus paribus foliis oppositis vel pleruraque alternis, oblongis acute ac\miinatis 17-9 x 2-1.8 cm sursum decrescentibus internodia semper valde excedentibus textura indumentoque ceteris foliis similibus, ramulis 5-7 plerumque alternis erectis vel ascendentibus in parcos ramusculos 3-8 capitula plus minusve glomerata ferentes divisis; alteri rami basilares similes sed sursum in totum gradatim breviores, ultimi juxta verticem 10-8 cm longi axem excedentes. Axis, rami ram\ilique cmnes epidermide purpurascenti sed dense longeque villoso-gossypini, albicanti, pilis albis sericeis ascendentibus inferne 5 inm> sursvnn 3 mm longis deinde flexuosis intricatisque crassiuscvile molleque tecti. Folia ramos primaries subtendentia rosularia similissima sed breviora, proximalia 36-27 x 3.^-2.5 cm, cetera surstan gradatim minora sed semper partem indivisam ramorum bene superantia, et vaginis amplectentibus Folia ramulos subtendentia etiam cetera folia similia rigida et sursum gradatim breviora (1^1-6 X 2-1.2 cm) cum vagina evoluta amplectenti saepe purpuracea diluteque gossypina, suprema magis acuminata acutissima ad 3-2.5 X 0.7-0.3 cm reducta et in bracteas transientia. Pedicelli 2-7 mm longi primum brevissimi capitulis congeste glcmeratis maturitate elongati usque ad 15 mm longi, dense villoso-lanati. Bracteae rigidulae ovato-acuminatae acutae concavo-amplectentes pliorinerviae intus glabrae acumine excepto extus lanugineae. Capitula radiata ligulis amotis depresse subglobosa 8-10 mm lata, 66-102 flores ferentia, circulo ligularum 11-16 mm disco 7-10 mm diametro. Involucrum cupulatum leviter albido-lanuginoPhyllaria sterilia 5-8, crasse herbacea, capitulum haud sum. excedentia 7-5 x ^-3 nrni, ovata acuminata apice acuta saepe apiculata subplana, intus glabra obsolete 5-9-nervata extus albido longe villoso-lanuginosa pilis strictis antrorsis vel intricatis 1.5-2 mm longis et glandulis intersparsis globoso-obovoideis ad margines plus minusve conspicuis. Phyllaria fertilia 5*5-^ x 3-2.3 mm ovato- acuminata vel ovato-ovalia seu "ovato-oblonga ac\jminataque basim plusminusve angustata, incurvata vel concava, subamplectentia, intus obsolete plurivenosa, extus dorso longe ascendente villoso pilis strictis 1-2 mm longis sursum brevioribus subapicem aliquis pilis obtusis vel subclavatis saepe intermixtis, apice acuto nudo, gland'ulis obovoideis subsessilibus intersparsis praecipue sursimi ad margines et dorso saepe copiosis conspicuis que. Receptaculum convexo-conicum glabrum vel sparsissimis minutis pilis obsitum. Paleae U-5 x 1.2-2 mm ovali-oblongae vel ob ovato- ovale s apice acutatae saepe calloso-apiculatae membranaceae marginibus late scariosis amplectentes subcucullatae dorso sursum breviter copioseque antrorso-pilosae pilis subclavatis vel clavatis brunnescentibus vel rubescentibus 0.1-0.2(-0.3) mm et glandiolis sessilibus vel subsessilibus globoso-obovoideis, sparsis vel copiosis sursvm munitae. Flores marginales feminei ligulati 2-3-seriati, l6-32 in capitulo. Corolla alba U-7.3 mm longa, tubo 0.7-1*2 mm, dense piloso pilis hyalinis patiilis vel ascendentibus rectis vel subflexuosis crasse subclavatis et clavatis 0.2-0.6 mm, et parcis
lino
.

37U

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

glandiilis intersparsis obovatis subsessilibus vel breviter

pediculatis, fere inconspicuis, apice tub! saepe 1-2 appendic ibiis linearibus ad 1.5 n longis adaxiale praedito; lamina elliptica vel oblonga 1.5-2.2 mm lata, saepe 3-2-dentata, 5-9-nervata adaxiale glabra abaxiale inferne sparse pilosa et glandulosa reliqua glabra. Stylus 2.5-3.5 ram longus ramis crasse subulatis 1-1.5 mra longis. Achaenia nigricantia, exteriora 2.2-2.3 x 1.5 mm obovoideo-triangulata basi acuta, interiora 2.5 x 1 mm magis oblonga laterale ccmpressa subquadrangulata interdum quadrangulata. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi U7-73 in capitulo. Corolla lutescens 3.8-U.8 mm, tubo 1.5-1-8 mm crassiusculo, copiose vel sparse piloso pilis hyalinis ascendentibus substrictis vel crassiusculis subclavatis 0.1-0.3(-0.U) mm, et sparsissimis glandulis obovoideis subsessilibus, limbo tubuloso-infundibuliformi subglabro basi parcis pilis, lobis oblongo-triangularibus 0.8-1.2 mm, saepe inaequilongis margine incrassato adaxiale dense papilloso, dorso parcis vel copiosis glandulis obovoideis subsessilibus, et parcis pilis clavatis minutis 0.1-0.2 mm vel nullis. Antherae sagittatae 1. 7-1-8 mm appendice circa 0.35 ram ovata. Nectarium 0.6-0.8 mm tubulosum breviter dent iciolatum Venezuela, M^rida: Potreros de San Rafael en Typus Pdramo de Las Coloradas, 2700 m alt, arbolito no ramificado 2.8-3 m, hojas terminales, inflorescencia central, ligulas blancas, 3 Jul I97U, M. L6pez-Figueiras & M. Keogh 9IO8; holotypus, US; Ibidem, caule 0.7-1 m, ligulas blancas 18-20 Jun isotypus, MERF. 197^, L6pez-Figueiras & H. Rodriguez 90^+6, 90U7 (paratypi, US, Ibidem 2850-2950 m, tronco simple 1.5 ra alt., U.2 cm MERF). diam. base, r6sula porte cin^reo, hoja verdoso-amarillenta mate haz, blanco-cin^rea env^s cogollo verdoso-blanquecino sericeo, meristemo tenninal redondeado-truncado 2 cm diam., est^ril, 9 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn & L6pez-Figueiras 28531 Loma de La Libertad Junto a El Portachuelo (El Ramal) (us, MERF). 2850 m, caulirr6sula, tallo 1 m, hoja cori^cea verde clara haz, bianco cinerea env^s, esteril, 8 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, RuizTer&n 8= L6pez-Figueiras 28512A (US, MERE). Ibidem, La Montafla, 2850-2900 m, caulirrosuleto 2.5m, est6ril, 5 Aug 1970, RuizTerdn & L'6pez-Figueiras U93 (US, MERF).
:

ESPELETIA JOSEPHENSIS Cuatr. sp. nov. Caulirosula usque ad 2.5 m alta. Caulis erectus lignosus ad basim 5 cm diametro apice congeste rosulato-foliosus et sericeo-barbatus, rosula 6O-8O cm lata, habitu viridi-cinerea, infra rostilam foliis marcescentibus pendulis copies is simis et cum vaginis foliorum remanentibus adpresse tectus, interdum denique deors-um exfoliatus et trimco visibili, cortice glabrato pallide griseo cicatricibus transversis inaequalibus U-8 mm distantibus instructo. Gemmae foliaque initialia brevia revoluta dense villoso-sericea albo virescentia. Folia coriacea rigida sessilia vel subsessilia. Lamina oblanceolata sursum gradatim attenuata, acuta deorsum longior gradatim angustata, interdimi ad basim breviter pseudopetiolata.

1975

Cuatrecaaaa, Notes on neotropical flora

375

basi subite in vaginam planam amplectentem ampliata, margine revoluta in adultis leviter undulata, obsolete dentata dentibus callosis mucroniformibus 0.5 nun abaxiale recurvis paulo conspicuis, 30-50 cm longa U. 5-7-5 cm lata, basi usque ad 1.2-0.9(-0.7) cm latam angustata, vero sessilis vel interdum breviter ad costam reducta 1-2 cm longe pseudopetiolata; supra griseo-viridis primum pubescens vel puberula pilis albis rectis vel curvis subadpressis tecta ad costam dense adpresseque pubescentisericea pilis ajitrorsis rectis acutis 2 ram, denique glabrata rugulosa costa paulo impressa conspicua nervis secundariis filiformibus leviter impressis discolore signatis, reticulo minutissimo inter rugulositates instructo; subtus pallide viridi-cinerea juvenilis densissime deinde molle lanata, sed costa adpresse villoso-sericea pilis tenuissimis rectis antrorsis circa 3 nm, denique deciduis denudata, costa crassa elevata striolata utroque latere angulato-siilcata, circa basim gradatim ampliata magis robusta et argutiore striata, nervis sec\indariis bene prominentibus subregvilare parallelis (3-)^-6(-8) mm inter se distantibus (2 in 1 cm), angulo 65(60-70) ascendentibus, nervis tertiis cum quaterniis in reticulum polygonalem prominentem minutum anastomosatis, venulis reticulum prcminulum minutissimum inferne instructis, areolis intrareticularibus minuta lana crispa alba praeditis. Pseudopetiolus 0-2.5 cm longus, angustissime vel baud alatus. Vagina coriacea subsemiorbicularis miiltinervata apice rotundata basi leviter arcuata, adaxiale tantum infra apicem dense villoso-lanuginosa reliqua glaberrima, abaxiale dense longeque villoso-subsericeo-barbata pilis strictissimis sericeis antrorsis 10 mm longis inter vaginas compressis. Inflorescencia terminEilis magna corymbiforme paniciilata subobconica valde floribunda circa 6o cm alta 90 cm diametiens folia rosularia paulo longior. Axis lignosus valde robustus basi 2.5 cm crassus, tricostato-sulcatus striatusque a basi f oliosus et ramosus . Rami principales 18-20 etiam lignosi robusti rigidi patulo-ascendentes, supremi erecti; inferiores longiores verticem attingentes usque ad 75 cm longi, basim 10 cm longitudinem nudi, supra 5-6 foliis sterilibus alternis vel duobus oppositis (internodiis 8-10 cm longis) sublanceolatooblongis acuminatis acutis internodia semper valde excedentibus, 2U-9 x 4.5-1.8 cm sursum decre scent ibus, textura et indumento ceteris foliis similibus, ramiilis 5-7 plerumque alternis interdimi oppositis erectis vel ascendentibus in aliquos ramusculos 1-9 capitula plus minusve glomerata ferentes divisis; alteri rami basilares similes sed sursum in totum gradatim breviores, \altimi juxta verticem 10-7 cm longi axem superantes. Axis rami ramiili ramusculique cmnes striati epidermide plus minusve purpurascenti et laxiusc\ale longeque villoso-gossypini, pilis sericeis ascendentibus inferne ad 5 mm longis albidis vel ochroleucis sursum brevioribus deinde flexuosis intricatisque indumentum lanugineum laxum ad ramulos f ormantibus Folia ramos primarios subtendentia rosiilaria similia sed breviora, proximalia 33-26 x 5-4.5 cm, cetera sursim gradatim minora sed semper partem
.

376

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

indivisam ramorum superantia, vaginis aniplectentibus . Folia ramulos subtendentia etiam cetera folia similia, sad sursum gradatim minora (12-U.5 x 2.7-0.7 cm) et indumento breviori, cum vagina evoluta amplectenti viridi intus glabra extus albolajiuginea, suprema magis acuminata acutissima in bracteas tranPedicelli primum brevissimi deinde evoluti 3-10 mm sientia. longi, Gopiose longeque villoso-lanuginosi, pilis ad 3 imn longis patulo-flexuosis plerumque intricatis ochraceis (in sicco). Bracteae 10-15 x U.5-5 nm, amplectentes, ovato-acuminatae plurinervatae extus praecipue deorsum sparse villosae margins ciliatae ciliis 1-1.5 nun. Capitulata radiata ligvilis amotis semiglobosa vel depresse subglobosa 10-12 mm lata, 78-12'+ flores ferentia, circulo ligularum 18-20 mm disco 9-10 mm diametro. Involucriitn cupulatum viride, dilute villoso-hirsutulum. Phyllaria sterilia 7-8 crasse herbacea ovato-acuminata acuta, 9-6 x 5-3 '5 iniii> 5-7-nervata, extus praecipue deorsimi marginibusque dilute villosula pilis subpatulis tenuibus acutis 1-1-5 mm interdum sursum aliquis obtusis brevioribus et dorso margineque glandulis crasse pediculato-capitatis brevibus 0.03-0.05 mm longis copiosis praedita. Phyllaria fertilia 5 5-^-5 x U-2(-1.5) mm, exteriora quam sterilia similia interiora gradatim angustiora tenuiora, amplectentia oblonga apice angulata acutaque deorsum angustata obsolete plurivenosa, dorso pilis sparsis 0.5-1 mm, sursum copiose pilosa pilis erectis obtusis et subclavatis rubrofuscis 0.6-0.2 mm longis et glandulis copiosis pediculatis vel subsessilibus munita. Receptaculum convexo-conicum glabrum ^4-6 mm diametro. Paleae U.5-5 x 1.5 mm scariosae amplectentes oblongo-ovales apice angustato triangulate subcucullato, rubri-fusco-piloso pilis clavatis 0.2-0.3(-0.U) mm antrorsis erectisque, parcis pilis tenuloribus intersparsis et copiosis glandulis crasse obovoideis subsessilibus vel breviter pediculatis (ad 0.05 mm longis) obsitae. Flores marginales feminei ligulati 2(-3)-seriati, 22-30 in capitulo. Corolla lutea 6.5-7*8 mm longa, tubo 0.7-1 mm, copiose piloso pilis crassiusculis hyalinis patulis rectis vel flexuosis subclavatis et clavatis O.U-0.8 mm, et glandulis capitatis breviter pediculatis 0.03-0.05 mm longis intersparsis. Lamina latiuscule oblonga vel leviter subobovato-oblonga apice obtusa breviter 2-3-dentata, 2-2.6 mm lata basim paulo attenuata basi adaxiale aperta, 5-6-nervata, adaxiale minute mamillato-papillosa abaxiale supra basim parce pilosa glandulosaque sursum glabra vel sparsissimis glandulis. Stylus 3 mm longus ramis crasse subulatis 1.5-1.8 mm. Ovaria obovoideo- oblonga basi acuta exteriora triangulata 2.5 x 1.1 mm, interiora laterale compressa magis oblonga subrhcmboideo-quadrangulata 2.6-2.8 x 0.7 mm. Achaenia immatura. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi 5^-9^ in capitiolo. Corolla luteola 6-6.5 mm longa, tubiolo angusto 2.5-2.8 mm longo sparsis pilis hyalinis subclavatis subpatulis 0.2-O.U mm et sparsis glandulis brevibus crassiusculis capitate pediciolatis; limbo infundibuliformi subglabro, lobis oblongo-triangularibus acutis 1 mm longis margine incrassato papillosoque, abaxiale copiosis

1975

Cuatrecasaa, Notes on neotropical flora

377

gland\ilis crassiusciilis ooovoideic; cuDEeKGilious et parcis vel raris (vel nvillis) pills clavatis fusco-rubris 0.1-0.2 mm.

Antherae 2.2 mm longae sagittatae appendice ovata acutata 0.^5 mm longa. Stylus 5-6 mm. Nectarium tubulosvon 0.7 mm altum apice
irregulariter denticxilatijm. Pdramo de San Jos^ de Acequias Typus: Venezuela, Merida: arriba de Veguilla, 2600 m alt, arbolito 2-2.5 ni, hojas j6venes verdosas haz, bianco lanosas env^s, inflorescencias con eje central, ligulas amarillas, 18-20 Jul 197^, M. L6pez-Figueiras & H. Rodriguez 9073; holotypus, US; isotypus, MERF. Pdraxno de San Jos^, El Cupis, 3100 m, caulirr6sula, tronco 6o cm, hoja coridcea verde grisdcea haz, verdoso-cenicienta env^s, est^ril, 1 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn & L6pez-Figueiras 28UU9 (US, MERF).

ESPELETIA LEUCACTINA Cuatr. sp. nov. Caulirosula sessilis, vel subsessilis. Caulis ad 30 cm longus 5 cm diametro ad apicem truncato-rotundatum foliis copiosissimis erectis et patulo-erectis rosulam magnam visu viridi-albam formantibus, internodiis dense albo-barbatis pilis sericeis antrorsis ad 10 ram longis inter vaginas foliorimi adpressis. Gemma centralis et folia rosularum juvenilia adjacentia, longe angusteque linearia acuta valde margini-revoluta, dense adpresseque albo-sericea argentata nitidaque. Folia coriacea rigida sessilia. Lainina elongata, anguste oblanceolato-linearis, apicem versus angustata acuta, basira versus sensim sine sensu attenuata basi gradatim ampliata et in vaginain dilatatam producta, 32-50 cm longa 1.9-3.2 cm lata, inferne supra basim usque ad 1.6-1 cm latam angustata, margine bene revoluta visu integerrima sed dentibus minutis callosis mucroniformibus inter se saepe 2-k mm distantibus abaxiale recurvis cum vestiraento occultis; supra viridi-cinerea sericea pilis tenuibus antrorsis adpressis dens is 0.5-1-5 mni longis vel longioribus, tanttm costa conspicua svirsum angustissima deorsum gradatim crassiori inferne dilatata robusta striata elevata, densissime longeque argentato-sericea pilis 3-5 nm longis; subtus alba vel viridi-alba longe villoso-lanuginosa pilis 3-6 mm longis sericeis ascendentibus plus minusve curvatis vel intricatis, costa incrassata elevataque infra vestiment\jm dense sericeum plano-convexa striataque, bilaterale sulcata, inferne gradatim valde ampliata et striis magis numerosis robustisque, nervis secundariis crassiusc\ilis 1.5-3(-^) mm inter se distantibus (3-^ nervis in 1 cm) angulo 70-80 divergent ibus (interdian 65-60), c\jm nerviis tertiis etiam crassiusculis paulo minoribus et nervulis in reticulum elevatum minutum anastcmos ant ibus, alveolis intrareticularibus valde profundis albo crispo-lanatis . Vagina coriacea vel subcoriacea ovato-oblonga vel interdum trapezoidetriangulata, apice attenuata deorsum leviter ampliata vel, interdum, in valde adulta basi maxime dilatata, triangulata, U-5 cm longa, basi 3-7 cm lata argute miilti- (20-30- )nervata, adaxiale circa apicem adpresse sericea excepta glabra, abaxiale

378

PHYTOLCGIA

Vol. 29, no, 5

longe adpresseque sericeo-barbata pilis ad 10 mm longis dense tecta. Inflorescentiae axillares racemifonni-panlculatae, elongatae, f olios is siraae. Axis robustus ad 70 cm (-90) longus basi 2.5 cm crassus, argute striatus, primum dense albo-sericeo-barbatus pilis usque ad 10 mm longis, deinde magis intricatis indumento gossypino, ramificatione tantiom l/U superiori, parte Integra a basi usque partem floriferam copiose foliosus, foliis valde elongatis linearibus amplectente vaginatis quam rosularibus sirailissimis, basilaribus i+2-i+O x 2.2-2 cm, usque ad sursum 23-20 x 1.7-1.5 cm gradatim decrescentibus, vaginis elongatis adpresse amplectentibus, parte ramosa foliis subtendentibus cum ceteris similibus sed gradatim brevioribus. Rami alterni dense lanati, in specimine adhuc juveniles non bene evoluti inferiores quam folia valde breviores, superiores folia attingentia supremi bene excedentes, plerumque 2-6 capitxila pedicellata ferentes. Pedicelli 10-15 mm longi. Bracteae subtendentes lanceolato-subulatae inferne araplectentes membranaceae plurinervatae, intus glabrae extremo excepto extus copiose longeque villoso-barbatae. Rami ramusculi pedicellique dense crasseque albo-lanati. Capitula radiata ligulis amotis depresse semiglobosa 15-l6 mm lata, circulo ligularum 22-2U mm disco convexo 11-12 mm diametInvolucrum turbinato-cupulare 15-16 ro, 170-220 flores ferentia. mm diametro 7 mm altum, herbaceum, dense longe subsericeo-villosum fulvescenti-albidum. Phyllaria sterilia 8-9 sublanceolatosubulata acutaque 13-10 x 3-2.5 mm, exteriora discum excedentia sed radios baud superantia, plana, supra acumine excepto glabra 5-7 nervis conspicuis, infra densissirae antrorso-villosa subsericea pilis basi bulboso-ampliatis ceterum tenuissimis usque ad 8 mm longis, et glandulis columnaribus ad 0.07 mm intersparsis. Phyllaria fertilia 9-6 x 3-2 mm sublanceolato-subtilata acuta praecipue 5-nervata, extus dense longeque sericeo-villosa exteriora pilis dorso usque 6 mm longis altera pilis 3-1 mm, et glandulis 0.02-0.05 mm longis patulis praedita, interiora scariosa magis oblonga U.5-5 x 1.2-l.U mm, 3-nervata valde amplectentia extremo villoso vel hirto-barbiilata et ciliata pilis circa 1 mm longis plus pilis brevioribus crassiusculis obtusis 0.2 mm longis, dorso etiam glandulis columnaribus plus minusve copiosis. Receptaculum conicum 5 5-7 mm diametro glabrum. Paleae U.5-5 x 1.2-1.7 mm, scariosae, hyalinae, oblongae vel ovali-oblongae apice acutissimae, amplectentes costa conspicua nervis lateralibus 1-2 fere obsoletis, superne dorso margineque hirsutae ciliataeque pilis rigidis patulo- erect is subobtusis vel obtusis, interdum subclavatis, 0.2-0.8 (-1) mm longis et parcis glandulis inconspicuis Flores marginales feminei ligulati 3-seriati, 55-66 in capitulo. Corolla alba, 8-10 mm longa, tubo 1.5-1.8 mm longo crassiusculo, copiose pat'ulo-piloso, pilis mediocribus sed basi biilbiforme incrassatis obtusis vel subobtusis rigidulis paulo curvatis vel fere rectis 0.1-0.U(-0.5) mm longis plus glandiolis columnaribus patulis robustis 0.02-0.07 mm longis copiose intersparsis; apice tubo saepe dente adaxiale minutissimo; lamina 1.8-2.5 mm lata, oblonga basim verstim leviter attenuata basi

197^

Cuatrecasaa, Notes on neotropical flora

379

aperta, apice paiilo attenuata breviter 2-3-dentata, 5(-7)-nervata, adaxiale mainillato-papillosa, abaxiale basi pilosula plus glandulifera cetera sursum sparsis glandulis crassiusculis 0.02-0.04 mm Stylus 3-3.3 mm, ramis 1-1.2 mm longis . Ovaria conspicviis. Juvenilia 2 mm, basi acuta triangulata dorso gibboso basi acuta, interiora laterale campressa. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi 116-13^ in capitulo. Corolla lutescens U.2-4.5 mm longa, tube 1.2-1.5 mm longo crassiusculo copiosis glandulis columnaribus robustis patijlis 0. 0^-0.07 mm longis et parcis vel parcissimis vel haud pilis hyalinis obtusis inferne incrassatis 0.1-0.3 mm, limbo tubuloso subglabro tant\m basi raris pilis, lobis triangularibus acutis 0.8-1 mm longis margins valde incrassato et adaxiale dense papilloso, maturitate recurvatis abaxiale parcis pilis patulis obtusis 0.1-0.3 mm et parcis glandulis brevibus. Antherae 1.5 mm, sagitatae appendice ovata acutaque. Stylus U-5 mm apice elongato-conico bilobato dense breviterque papilloso. Wectarivmi crassum tubiilosxan 0.6 mm longum edentatum. Typus Venezuela, Tdchira: V&rsmo del Batall6n, 3000 m alt, planta acaule, ejes inflorescenciales robustos, ligulas blancas, en lugares protegidos, siempre cafladas, 13 Ag 197^, M. L6pezFigueiras 9151; holotypus US, isotypus MERF. Ibidem, tallo 30 cm long, inflorescencias axilares en bot6n, L6pez-Figueiras Ibidem in Quebrada Ferruginosa entre matorral andino 9152, 9153. 3300 m alt, rosetas grandes s^siles est^riles, hojas con indumento apretado semisericeo, 22 Jan 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn & L6pez-Figueiras 28U08 (US, IffiRF).
:

ESPELETIA RODRIGUEZII Cuatr. sp. nov. Arbuscula ad 8 m alt a saepe sursim parce ramosa ramis extreme copiose comoso-foliosi. Caviles sursum ramique teretes striolati nodosi internodiis 1.5-2 cm longis densissime crasseque adpresse barbatis pilis tenuissimis sericeis antrorsis 5-6 mm longis inter vaginas annulares et caulem valde compressis. Vaginae remanentes subcoriaceae, vulgo abaxiale 23 mm adaxiale 12 mm altae. Gemmae terminales et folia inicialia dense crasse adpresseque subtomentoso-villosa subvelutina subsericea viridi-albicantia. Rosulae foliorum latae laxae visu virides. Folia amplia viridia coriacea petiolata. Lamina oblonga vel elliptico-oblonga utrinque attenuata, oblongo-lanceolata vel oblongo-oblancelota, apice acuta basi cimeata, irregulariter leviterque undulata margine revoluta visu Integra sed adaxiale dentibus callosis mucroniformibus usque ad 0.8 mm longis reflexis 3-10 mm inter se distantibus cum indtmientum cancellatis plus minusve conspicuis, 30-60 cm longa 7-13 (-17) cm lata; supra Juvenilis dense adpresse vel subadpresse villosa pilis tenuibus subrectis acutis antrorsis ad 1 ram longis, ad costam albido-vestitam densissimis 2(-2.5) mm longis, adulta rug\ilosa venulis impressis, puberiila sed costa et nervis principalibus conspicuis impressis et minute tanentellis; subtus pallide griseo-viridula densissime villoso- subvelutina, costa robusta elevata subcarinata argute

380

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

striata, nervis secimdariis robustis (0.8-)l-2 cm inter se irregulariter distantibus, angulo 60-70(50-80) ascendentibus circa marginem arcuatis anostamosantibus, nervis tertiis at minoribus bene prominent ibus reticulum minutum elevat\mi cum indumento velatum formantibus, pilis 1-2.5 mm longis patijloascendentibus parallelis densissimis indumentum molle aspectu tactoque velutino tectis, sed areolis intra reticulum pilis teneribus crispis albis instructis; lamina vetusta cum reticulo venulorum elevato bene conspicuo indumento depauperato sed semper densiuscule breviterque vestimento lanuginoso tecto. Petiolus robustus 2-U.5 cm longus, supra leviter sulcatus subtus subcarinatus striatus dense tonentosus, basi triangulartus in vaginam productus. Vagina subcoriacea rigida annularis 1-2 cm alta adaxiale usque ad 0.5 cm brevior, multivenosa extus dense longeque villoso-sericea, margine insuper plusminusve lanuginosa. Inflores cent iae axillares corymboide pajiiculatae folia plus minusve aequilongae, 30-Uo cm longae 10-25 cm expansae. Axis inferne robustus, striatus circa basim angulatus superficie saepe purpurascens sed insuper primum dense albido-villosus pilis subadpressis vel patulo- ascendent ibus circa basim usque ad 6 mm longis ceteris sursum brevioribus, 2 mm longis, saepe deinde indumentum partim deciduum tantum pubescens, plervimque supra medium ramosuis, sursum ramosissimus; parte inferiori integra plerumque duobus paribus foliis decussatis munita internodiis: primo 1-13 cm, secimdo 1-10 cm, tertio 1.5-9 cm longo, foliis structura caulinariis similima sed brevioribus lamina late oblanceolato-oblonga acuta basi cuneata, inferioribus lh-26 X U-5.5 cm, mediis 12-20 x 3-5.3 cm, petiolo 1.5-3 cm longo basi robusta triangulata in vaginam producta, vaginis decussato-connatis in annulo usque ad 1 cm alto instructo ramum cingenti. Prima divisione ramis plerumque oppositis vel suboppositis ceteris alternis. Rami ramulique rigidi striati ascendentes primum densiuscule deinde dilute sed copiose villosi vel hirtuli, pilis (3-2 mm) ochraceis acutis subrectis vel leviter flexuosis saepe caudatis subpatulis vel patiilo ascendentibus vel paulo intricatis. Rami primarii tant-um sursum ramosi, parte integra longa etiam 1-2 paribus foliis oppositis cum alteris similibus sed minoribus muniti; foliis subtendentibus CTJim sterilibus similibus sed sursum supra tertia ramificatione brevissimis in bracteas transientibus. Bracteae 15-5 x 3-1.5(-l) mm, inferne late sublanceolatae acutae sessiles semiamplectentes, sursum gradatim breviores angustioresque, extus dense ochraceoantrorso-villosae. Pedicelli 1.5-5 cm longi, teneri erecti ebracteolati dilute vel copiose hirtuli, pilis patulo- ascendentibus tenuibus leviter flexuosis ad 2 mm longis, capitula singula parva erecta vel nutantia ferentes. Capitula parva, radiata 52-8o flores ferentia, ligulis amotis 7-10 mm diametientia, subglobosa, circulo ligularimi 17-22, disco convexo 7-10 mm diametro. Involucrum cupulatum viride sed ferrugineo-pubescente, circa 3 mni altum. Phyllaria sterilia saepe 5j interdum 1-2 additionalia interiora, 3.5-^'5 x 2-3-2 mm.

1975

Cuatrecaaaa. Notes on neotropical flora

381

herbaceo-subcoriacea rigidula, ovata subiteque acutata vel ovato- acuminata, plus minusve calloso-apic\ilata, basi rotundata, conspicue plurivenosa, concava incurva, intus glabra nitidaque, extus dense vel dilute subadpresse villoso-pubescens at ciliata pilis mediocribus acutis vel subacutis ad 1 mm longis, et glandvilis capitato-pediculatis ad 0.05 mm longis vel subsessilibus Phyllaria fertilia k.^-k x 2.5-1.8 mm subcoriacea intersparsis ovato-acvnninata vel oblongo-obovato-acTjminata apice angulato et calloso-apiculato acutoque, basim versus angustata et magis amplectentia, plurivenosa, basi excepta dorso pubescenti marginibus ciliatis pilis antrorsis subadpressis brunneo-fuscis acutis vel obtusis ad 0.5 mni longis, interiora breviora ad 3.5 x 1.8-2 mm subscariosa ovali-oblonga apice angulata acuta amplectentia dorso costa carinato-elevata sursum antrorso-pilosa pilis acutis et obtusis vel subclavatis 0.2-O.U mm, plus glandulis crassiusciilis intersparsis ad margines conspicuis 0.03-0.05 mm longis, vel obovoideis subsessilibus. Receptaculum ovoideo-conicum hirtum 2-3 mm diametro 2 mm altum, pilis hyalinis obtusis Paleae U-3.5 x 2-1.3 mm, scariosae ovalierectis, 0.1-0.7 mm. oblongae vel oblongo-obovatae apice triangulato apiculato acuto, basim versus attenuatae valde amplectentes, pluribus venis albidis saepe bene conspicuis costa elevato-subcarinata sursum subapice densiusc\ile barbulatae pilis erectis rubrofuscis crassiusculis acutis subobtusis et subclavatis 0.2-O.U mm et copiosis glandulis capitato-pediculatis brevibus sed crassiusculis praecipue ad margines conspicuis. Flores radii feminei 13-18 in capitulo 2-seriati. Corolla lutea 6-9 mm longa; tubo 0.8-1 mm apice annulo intemo incrassato et minuto dente adaxiali obtuso exserto saepe conspicuo, extus dense patulo-antrorso-barbato pilis plus minusve flexuosis intricatisque vel rectis, crassiusculis, hyalinis, obtusis, l(-1.5) mm longis et glandulis capitatis 0.02-0.03 mm intersparsis; lamina elliptica vel elliptico-oblonga vel obovato-oblonga 2.2-3.2 mm lata, apice rotundata breviter 2-3 dentata vel retusa basim attenuata aperta, conspicue U-7-nervata, adaxiale minute mamillatopapillosa abaxiale dilute vel sparse pilosa pilis obtusis ad 0.5 mm et sparsis glandiolis globosis sessilibus vel subsessilibus. Stylus 2.5-3 mm ramulis 1-1.2 mm longis. Achaenia nigra 2-2.3 x 1.5-2 mm obovata argute triangulata basi acute cuneata, dorso paulo convexo curvato, parca interiora laterale conpressa irregulariter triangulata vel subquadrangulata 1-1.2 mm lata. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi ^-0-61 in capitiilo. Corolla lutea 3-5-^.5 mm longa; tubijilo 1.5-2 mm longo copiose vel parce piloso pilis patvilo- antrorsis hyalinis crassiusculis obtusis 0.2-0.5 (-0.8) ram, et glandulis pediculato-capitatis ad 0.06 ram sparsis vel raris; limbo infundibiiliformi basi parcis vel parcissimis pilis vel glandulis, lobis oblongo-triangularibus acutis 0.7-0.8 mm longis margine incrassato dense papillose, extus parcis vel parcissimis pilis fuscis obtusis vel subclavatis 0.1-0.3(-0.ij-) mm et parcis glandulis subsessilibus. Antherae 1.5-1.6 ram longae basi sagittatae appendice apicali ovata O.U5-O.5 mm longa. Stylus U-5 mm sursum incrassatus. Nectarivan 0.6-0.7 mm
.

382

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

longum tubulosvmi apice saepe paulo aperto. Typus: Venezuela, Merida: Betania, entre Pd.ramo de Las Coloradas y El Molino, 2^00 m, drbol 8 m ramificado, llgtilas amarillas, 18-20 Jun 197^? L6pez-Figueiras & Henry Rodriguez 905O; holotypus, US; isotypus MERF. Entre la capilla del Pdramo de Las Coloradas y El Molino, 260O m, arb. 5-6 m, algunos ramificados desde 1 m, otros indivisos, hojas coridceas, inflorescencia axilar, llgulas amarillas, 18-20 Jun 197^ L6pez-Figueiras & Henry Rodriguez 90^+9; MERE, US, paratypi. Pdramo de Las Coloradas, borde camino frente a los potreros de San Rafael, 2700 m, arbusto ramificado 2-3 m, ligulas amarillas 18 Apr 197*+, L6pez-Figuelras & Carabot- Cuervo 8995 (MERF, US). Id. id. Los Aserruchos, 28OO m, tallo 5 m, hojas coridceas, verdes, verdoso grisdceas mds claras env6s, vaina envolvente, est^ril, 8 Feb 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terd,n & L6pez-Figueiras 2851^ (MERF, US).

SENECIO BATALLOKEWSIS Cuatr. sp. nov. Frutex parvus ad 0.5 m altus valde intricate divaricatoramosus foliosusque. Rami ultimi foliiferi dense crasse adpresseque albo-lanati, denique cicatricosi plus minusve lanuginosi, vetusti glabrati br-unnescentes; rami majores robusti brunnei. Folia crasse coriacea rigida breviter petiolata, alterna. Lamina elliptica basi obtusa vel rotundata apice obtuse subiteque mucronulata vel brevissirae attenuata subapictilataque, 12-25 mm longa, 6-l4 mm lata, margine satis revoluta visu Integra vel levissime undulato-dentata, dentibus remotis callosis acutis antrorsis 0.2-0. U mm longis patulis vel reflexis obsoletisque; supra viridis vernicosa nitidissima glaberrima tantum costa signata irnpressa ad basirti lanata, nervis secundariis k-'J utroque latere leviter depressis plus minusve notatis vel obsoletis; subtus crasse densissimeque cinereo-crispis-lanata, costa crassa elevata tantimi conspicua etiam lanata nervis lateralibus obsoletissimis, s.uperficie infra indumentum enervia sublaevi. Petiolus crassus 1-2 mm longus late vaginans ad ramum adpressus extus dense lanatus Inflorescentiae terminales rotundato-paniciilatae 3-7 cm latae, basi foliosae, congeste floribundae, ramulis ramusculisque alternis angulatis brevibus crassis dense crass iusculeque incanolanatis; pedicelli crassi 1-3 mm longi dense lanati; bracteae subtendentes coriaceae elliptico-oblongae vel oblongae adaxiale virides vernicosae adaxiale lanatae. Capitula discoidea elongato-cupulata circa 8-9 mm alta 7-9 mm diametientia, disco convexo visu luteo, Uo-70 flores ferentia. Calyculus 7-8 bracteolis subcoriaceis linearibus attenuatis subacutis U.2-5.2 X 1.3-1.8 mm, inferne vel omniim apice excepto dense lanatis, ad apicem pedicelli gradatim instructis. Involucrum pallido-viride, campanulatum basi albo-lanatum phyllaria 8, crassiuscula, interiora latiora 6.1-6.5 x 3.5-3.8 mm ovalia apice subacutata margine membranacea, tria exteriora 6.2-6.6 x

1975

Cuatrecasas , Notes on neotropical flora

383

1.8-2 ram oblonga sursum attenuata, intennedia late oblonga 6.1-6.5 X 2.5(-3-3.2), apice minutissime pilosula, raarginibus parce pilosiila, dorso sursimi glabra, basin versus plus minus ve basi dense lanuginea. Receptaculum convexum 2.5-3 nm diam, marginibus alveolorum longe fimbriatis squamis acutis 1 mm longis. Flores onnes hermaphroditi. Corolla 4.8-5.^ mm longa viridilutescens, apice luteola, glabra, tubo 1.2-1.5 mm longo, limbo tubuloso, lobis triangularibus acutis patulis vel recurvis 0.8-0.9 mm longis margine ad apicem dense papilloso-piloso pilis ad 0.075 mm. Antherae 1.6 mm longae basi sagittatae minuteque caudatae, Cauda 0.15 nm. Filamenta infra insertionera antherae incrassata. Rami styli exserti apice asyrametrice truncate, penicillato-coronato, pilis 0.05-0.l(-0.25) mm obtusis, marginibus late papillosoOvarium glabrum 5-striat\2n basi annulo calloso. stigraaticis. Pappus 2(-3)-seriatus 5 nmi longus, pilis scabridis apice inaequaliter bidentatis. Pdramo del Batsilldn, en Icma Typus: Venezuela, Tachira: despejada, paramuna, con espeletietum, 9 l^Ei de la Torre de Televisi6n, 3^00 m alt, frutex 20-50 cm, hoja coridcea rlgida verde brillantisima haz, cin^reo-afelpada env^s, involucros verde claros, disco amarillo, corolas verdoso-amarillentas, estilos amarillos, 22 Jan 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn & L6pez-Figueiras 28Ul5; holotypus US; isotypus MERF. Senecio batallonensis belongs to section Granata Cuatr., being closely related to S. andicola Turcz. The endemic species from T&raiao del Bata.1 1 6n is distinguished by its dv;arf and compact almost prostrate habit, by the elliptic, subsessile, thick leaves, by the glomerate inflorescences with short, thick pedicels bearing relatively larger heads, and by the compact, lanate indianentum on branchlets, leaves (beneath) and inflorescences
.

SENECIO LIBERTATIS Cuatr. sp. nov. Frutex 1-2 m altus. Rami erecti striati copiose cicatricosotuberculati ad cicatrices copiose antrorso-barbati ceterimi plus minusve lanuginosum. Ramvili elongati erecti dense foliosi internodiis brevibus densiuscule barbatis pilis flexuosis ascendentibus vel intricatis 1-1.5 nun longis. Folia alterna brevia subsessilia crasse coriacea plumbo-viridia, antrorsa vel patulo-antrorsa. Lamina 6.5-10 x 2-3.2(-3.6) mm carnosula oblonga apicem leviter attenuata subacuta vel subobtusa circa basim attenuata et in pseudopetiolum 1-1.5 nim longum et latum vaginantem transiens; margine crenata crenis saepe fere deplanatis sed sinubus argutis et longe barbijlatis pilis in juvenile statu usque ad 1 mm tenuissimis flexuosis copiosis intricatisque in vetustis saepe contractis vel reductis; utrinque in vivo laevis enervia margine non incrassata, in sicco rugvilosa et interdum margine leviter crassiori, saepe paulo incurva seu abaxiale convexa, costa vulgo inconspicua interdum adaxiale leviter impressa (in sicco) et ad basim lanviginosula, reliqua superficie glaberrima. Pseudopetiolus 1-1.5 nm longus 1 mm latus, crasstis.

38U

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. $

extus carinatus, adaxiale sulcatus breviterque lanuginosus ad basim barbatus, erectus ad caulem adpressus. Inflorescentiae terminales corymbosae, folia valde excedentes, usque ad 20 capitiilis radiatis graclliter pedicellatis instructae. Pedicelli 1.5-2.5 cm longi, teneri, argute striati, luteolovirides, laxe albido-lanuginosi pills patulis tenuibus valde flexuosis albis intricatis vestiti, bracteolati bracteolis alternis membranaceis linearibus acutatis sparse ciliolatis ^-3 x 1-0.7 imn, luteolo-viridibus, ad apicem 7-9 bracteolis lineari triangularlbus, 2.3-3 x 0.8-1 mm ad modum calyculi dispositis. Capitiila cylindracea 7-9 n alta circulo ligularum 11-15 mm, disco U-5 mm Involucrum tubulosum viride ^-^1.5 mm alttim h mm diam. diametro. Phyllaria 13 in capitulo, crassa, 3.7-^ mm alta, exteriora lineari subulata circa 0.9 mm lata, interiora cimi margine scarioso ovalia 1.3 mm lata sed visu etiam linearia, omnia acuta apice ad marginem ciliolato reliqua glabra. Receptaculimi planum alveolatum marginibus alveolorum dentatis, 2.2-2.^1 mm diametro. Flores marginales feminei ligulati 5-8 in capitulo; corolla lutea 6.5-7-5 mm longa, crassiuscula, tubo 2 mm longo glabro, lamina elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica 2 mm lata, apice rotundata minuteque bidentata, tenuiter ^-7-nervata, basi adaxiale in angulo acute aperta, oranis glabra sed apice argute mamillato-papillosa; stylus 3-5 mm ramis subulatis 0.7 mm; ovarium 1 mm glabrum. Flores hermaphroditi 15-20 in capitulo; corolla lutea h.'i-h.'^ mm longa, glabra, tubo 2.2 mm, limbo tubuloso, lobis 0.8-1 mm longis, oblongo-triangularibus apice paulo incrassato acuto minute cucullato, conspicuissime mamillato-papilloso; filamenta infra antheram valde incrassata, antherae 1.5 mm longae basi acutissime sagittatae; ovaria 1.5 mm glabra; rami styli apice truncato papilloso breviter pilosocoronato, adaxiale duobus lineis stigmaticis crassis, abaxiale sursum longe papillosis. Achaenia elliptico-oblonga, 2.2 mm longa 0.5 mm lata basi crasse callosa obtuse 5 costata cum 5 venis conspicuis et 5 venis alternantibus fere obsoletis. Pappus albus 3-3.5 mm altus pilis biseriatis strigosis extreme leviter ampliatis, saepe apice inaequaliter et acute 2-3-dentatis Venezuela, Merida: Paramo de Las Coloradas, Lcma Typus de la Libertad arriba de El Portachuelo (El Ramal), 2850 m alt, arbusto 1-2 m, llgulas y fl6sculos amarillos, 8 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn & L6pez-Figueiras 28512; holotypus, US; isotypus MERE. Senecio libertatis belongs to section Arbutoides Cuatr,, being closely related to S.pachypus Greenm and S.quiroranus Cuatr. From both relatives it differs mainly in its oblong leaves, acute at apex and narrowed basally into the short petiole, the blades being thick and smooth in life, leadish-green and dull, without thickened margins, the teeth being less prominent, usually almost flattened in the new species with deep notches provided with a long bunch of slender, intricate, flexuose hairs. Besides, the leaves are ascendent slightly incurved, rather concave or sulcate adaxially. The other two mentioned species have ovate or elliptic leaf blades rounded or obtuse at base, thickly marginate beneath, stronger crenate, and usually
:

1975

Cxiatrecasaa , Notes on neotropical flora

385

bent in a spreading or reflexed position. The thinner hairs at the branchlets and other features of the bracts distingtiish also S.libertatis. Furthermore, S.pachypus differs by its shining leaves

Acknowledgement
The collaboration and support received by the author for the field work of this monographic program, given by the Facviltad de Farmacia of the University of Los Andes, M^rida, Venezuela, is very much appreciated. The Facultad de Farmacia has provided excellent transportation and other facilities during the author's trips to the Venezuelan Andes in I969 sjnd 1973, as well as the invaluable, direct personal help from professors L. Ruiz-Terdn and M. L6pez-Figueiras in the field work and preparing specimens. The continued subsequent cooperation of both colleagues in seeking flowering specimens of Espeletia at type localities and other suspected imdescribed species, often in difficult reachable spots, is likewise, extremely appreciated. This cooperation has provided the author with a substantial amount of first-class prepared herbarium material very much needed for completion of his current program. Credit has to be given to the professors Dr. Fernando P^rez Barre, dean of the Faciiltad de Farmacia; Dr. Hildebrando Rodriguez, the former dean, and Ing. Carlos Liscano of the Facultad de Forestales and formerly Vice-Rector of the University of Los Andes for providing facilities. They have to be praised for their leadership in sponsoring botanical explorations and research in their respective institutions.

NOTES ON

NEir

AND NOTEWDRTHT PLAOTS. LECTII

Harold N. Moldenke

CEROTHAMNUS HETETOPHILLIRS (Raf ,) Moldenke, comb. nov. Hyrica heteroptylla RaT., Alsog. Amer* 9. I838.

PAEPALANTHDS KARSTENII var. COREI Moldenke, var, nov. Haec varletas a forma typlca spec lei scapls maturls plerumqae 12 cm. altis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its mature inflorescences on peduncles averaging only 1 2 cm, in length, mostly shorter than, equaling, or Jxxst barelysurpassing the uppermost leaves. The type of the variety wae collected by my very good lifelong friend and colleague. Earl Lemley Core ( no. 272a ) in whose honor
it is hereby named on a piramo above Purace, Cauca, Colombia, at an altitude of 11,000 feet, on February 19, 19hh, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the Nsir Yox^ Botanical Garden.

TRACAULON ARJFOIIUU var. PUBESCEIB (Keller) Moldenke, comb. nov. Polygonom sagittatum var. pubeaoens Keller, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 30 (2): k$. 1891.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. LI

Harold N. Moldenke

PAEPALANTHUS FOLIOSUS Kom. Additional synonyay: Dupatyn foliosa Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 2h$. 1902. Bibliography: Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (l): 333~33U & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2t 7l(5* 1891; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Keir., pr. 1, 2: li02. I89U; Durand St Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, m5. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanaenreich 13 {h30) t 190 196, 197, [283], Sc 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., FL. Mont. 1: U06. 1928; Durand &. Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 1U5. 19U1; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, & I4S. 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19U9; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kow. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, lUS. 19^9; Moldenke, R^ aum^ 98, 280, & UB7, 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: 162 & 1*81 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. This species ia based on Sellow B J.298/C .276 from the Serra do Santo Antonio, Minas Gerals, Brazil, deposited in the Berlin Herbarium where it was photogz*aphed bv Macbride as his type photograph 386

1975

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

387

number IO607. Silveira (1928) cites A. Sllveira IS from the Serro Pouso Alto, Minas Gerais, collected in I9O8. Ruhland (1903) cites only the type specinen. The Mello Barreto 5301 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 12587], distributed in seme herbaria as P^ f oliosua , is actuauLly P_. niricaulia Alv. Silv. Citations: BRAZIL: Uinas Gerais: Selloir E.1298/C,276 [Macbride photos IO6O7] (B type, B isotype. N photo of type, N photo of type, W photo of type, Z isotype) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRAIIOMS: drawings & notes by Komioke (B).

PAEPALANTHUS PORMOSUS Moldenke, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. U*: 11. 1952. Bibliography: Uoldenke, Bol* Soc. Venes. Cienc. Nat. lUt 11. 1952; Moldenke, R&a\m6 72 & U87. 1959 J G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppi. 12 t 101. 1959} Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: [lli6] & 166. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Snam. 1: 125 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971} Moldenke, Phytologia 28: U36 & Ii39. 1971. The Maguires report this plant as "abundant", "common", "frequent", and "locally common" on savannas, at altitudes of 1250 to 1500 meters, and describe it as a herbaceous perennial or biennial, 5 15 dm. tall, flowering and fruiting in February and March and dying after flowering. Mur^a Fires and his associates encountered it on savannas and in "terrestre l beira do campo" at U25 m* altitude, describe it as 1,5 m. tall, and found it in fruiting condition in December. Citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Magnire & Maguire 35177 (N, N), 35235 (N, N, N), 3527U (Mu, Mu, N, N), 35U32 (N, N)} Maguire , Phelps . Hitchcock . & Eudowski 3175U (N lype), 3178U (N, Ve). BRAZIL: Pari: Murca"wres, Black, Wurdack , & Silva 6372 (N, N), 6373 (N)

PAEPALANTHUS FRATERNDS N. E, Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Eot., ser. 2, 6: 6970. 1901. Bibliography: N* E. Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot., ser. 2, 6: 6970. 1901; Bur kill. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot., ser. 3, 6: 13. I9OI; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 222223 St 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3* 126. I908; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, U8, & 60. 19li6; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 352 (I9U8) and 3* 975. 19li9} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 6U, 66, & 209. 19li9; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 109 & 296. I97O; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: 125 & 130 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. This species is baaed on McConnell & Quelch 96 &. 659 from the summit of Mount Rorajna, at 8000 feet altitude, G\iyana, and ia deposited in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew. R\ihland (1903) inaccxu^tely cites Br-own'a original reference as "Trans. Linn, Soc, VI, 1, (1901) 69" [actually it is in series 2, volume 6], and ccinments that the "Species mihi incognita, ex cl, deacriptore cum P. falcate Koem, et P. flavescente Koem. (-Leio-


388

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. $

thrlx falcata Ruhl, resp L. flavesceiis Ruhl.) affinls. Sed in speciebus Leiothrlcla capltula non albo-villosa . Eadaa species cvnn P. Schomburgkll Klotzsch affinls esse dicitvir, sed hie verus Paepalanthus est et a speciebus 2 supra ccomemoratls Leiothrlcis valde allenus". Brown (1901) says that it is "Allied to P. falcatus, Koem., and P. flarescens , Koem. From the former it differs ty its more rigid, channelled leaves, less woolly heads, and more acute involucral bracts, and from P^ flavescena , Koem., by the narrower and more acute leaves, which have a different pubescence, and the very different flower-heads. It also appears to be near P^ Schomburgkii , Klotasch (which I have not seen) , but that plant is described as having longer and broader leaves, striate, with prominent veins on the upper side, a subulate point to the peduncular sheath, much shorter peduncles, and glabrous involucral bracts." Gleason, in his unpublished flora of British Guiana, describes P. fratemus as follows: "Caudex very short, densely woolly leaves rosulate, rigid, more or less reciirved, 2 3 mm. wide, 2 U cm. long, broadly and abiniptly dilated at base, irtilte-pubescent above; peduncles 1 3, 1 h dm. tall, sparsely villous- their sheaths much exceeding the leaves; heads hemispheric, o10 Bia. wide, cinereous; bracts imbricate in several series, appressed, ovate, pubescent. Summit of Mount Roralma, McConnell & Quelch 96, 659 , 660 (Jenman herbarium only), Tate h3h , U^l (Endemic)." Recent collectors have found this plant growing in acid mud and on dryish open savannas between low forests, at altitudes of 1925 to 3000 meters, flowering in Januaiy, February, April, and Septeoiber, describing it as a low tufted herb, the hairy leaves flaccid, shining, rich-green or deep-green but not bltilsh-purple and Stegolepls -lUce as in P. stegolepoides Moldenke, the scales pale-green, the Involucre blackish below, the bracts gray-brown, the flowering-heads dxisky- or dull-white, and the flowers irtiite. Wurdack refers to the species as "frequent in small clxmps atx the upper cumbre and in deep caiiyons", while he and Steyexmark found it "locally frequent in dense masses". Wurdack 3U213 is & mixture with Syngonanthus acopanensig Moldenke, while Tate U^U is a mixture with Lelothrla flavescens var alplna Moldenke . Material of P. fratemus has been mlsldentif led and distributed in some herbaria as P^ convexus Gleason. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Cardona 2703 (W 1997709) ; Irwin hhl (W 2197669) ; Pannier & Schwabs s.n. [Atjyantepul] (Ve); J. A. St<yemark 58876 (N), 93897 (Lw, N, S), 93959 (Z); Steyermark & Wurdack U90 (Mu, N), 10U5 (N)i Vareschi i Foldats U855 (Ve); Wurdack 3li213 . in part (N) . GUTANA: 0. H.'h. Tate U3U, in part (N), h$l (N)

PAEPALAOTHCS FREYRETSII (Billb.) Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 370 [as " freyreissii "] . 1863.

1975

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaiilaceae

389

Synopymy: Erlocaulon freyreTall Billb. in Thunb., PI, Braa. Dec. 1: 7, pl. 1, fig. 2. I8l7. Eriocaulon freyreiaii Billb. apud Ptoem, &. Schult., Mant. 2: U68. 182U. Erlocaulon paludoaum Bong., L'^Bi. Acad. la?). Sci. St. Pfitersb., aer. 6, 1: 625 626 & 651, pl. 9. 1831. Eriocaiilon fr^yr^isii Thunb. ex Bong., Ess. Uonog. Erloc. 3h. 1831. Paepalanthua paludoaus Kvinth, Enum. Pl. Erlocaulon freuriaii Billb. ex D. Dietr., 3: 502 & 625. I81a. Syn. Pl. 5: 266. 1852. Erlocaulon freyreiasii Thunb. ex Steud.,

Syn. Pl, Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 278 & 33li, 1855- Paepalanthus freyreiasii Kbm. in Mart., Fl. Bras, 3 (1): 370 371. 1863. Eupaepalanthua freyreiasii Kom. ex V, A. Poula., Vidensk. Ueddel. Kj^benh. 1888: 321. 1888. Dupatya freyreisaii (Thunb.) Kuntze, Rev, Gen.

Pl, 2: IhSo 1891. Dupatya freyreiasii Kuntze apud Dorand Jacks,, Ind, Kow, Suppl, 1, pr, 1, lli5. 1902. Paepalanthus freyreisaii (Thunb.) Kom. ex Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30) : 135. 1903. Paepalanthus freyreissi Kom. ex Alv, Silv,, Fl. Mont, 1: U06, 1928. Paepalanthus glaucus Mart, ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ* 2: 583, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Thunb., Pl, Braa. Dec, 1; 7, pl. 1, fig. 2. 1817; Roem. & Schult,, Mant. 2: U68--li69. 18 2U; Bong,, M&n, Acad. Imp. Sci, St, P^terab., aer. 6, 1: 625626 & 651, pl. 9. 1831} Bong., Eas. Monog, Erioc, 5, 6, 13, 26, & 5152, pl, 9. 1831} Steud,, Nom, Bot.. ed, 2, 1: 585. iSUOj Kur.th, Enum. Pl, 3: 502, 52li, 572. 57I1, 578, 613, & 625. 1811; D. metr., Syn. Pl. 5t 259 & 266. 1852; Steud., Syn, Pl. Glum, 2: [Gyp,] 278279 & 33l4. 1855; Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 370371 & 507. 1863; V. A, Poula., Videnak. Meddel. KJ/ibenh. 1888: 321. 1888; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 7U5. I89I; Jacka. in Hook, f. & Jacka., Ind, Kew,, pr, 1, 1: 878 & 879 (1893) and pr. 1. 2: U02. I89U; Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 1, llt5. 1902: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 125, 135136, [283J, 285. 286, 290, & 291. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 102 & U06. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 35 90 & 91. 19 30; IXirand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, lli5. I9U.; Jacka. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 & 879 (I9U6) and pr. 2, 2: 1402. 19li6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Erioc. 12, 29, 35, 38, li8, & 52. I9I46; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], Qh & 209. 19^9; Moldenke, Phytologia h'. HiU. 1952; Moldenke, R^suml 98, 280, 288, 291, 29I1, 325, 327, & U87. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl, 1, pr. 3, lli5. 1959; Moldenke, R^sxmiS Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. I96O; Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks,, Ind, Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 & 879 (I960) and pr. 3, 2: li02. I96O; Moldenke, R^sum^ Suppl. 17: 3, 10, & 11 (I968) and 18: 10. 1969; Tcmlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 1U9, 166, 17li, &; I89. 1969; Moldenke, Plytologia 20: 113 & 259. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 & I;8l (1971) and 2: 500, 508, 518, 583, 587, & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 162. 1973. Illustrations: Thunb., Pl. Braa. Dec. 1: pl. 1, fig. 2. 1817; Bong., M&n. Acad, Imp, Sci. St. Peters., aer. 6, 1: pl. 9. I83I;
Zc.


390

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 5

Bong,, Ess. Ifonog, Erioc, pi, 9. 1831 This species appears to be based on Freyreiss 7 deposited in the Stockholm herbarium, while Eriocaulon paludosum is based on L. Riedel hh$ from Itacolimi, Minas Geraia, Brazil, deposited at Leningrad. The type of P. glaucus is Martius s.n. from "in fontium limpidorum margine ad Villa do Principe in Serro Frio", Jlinas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Muaexm at Miinich. Billberg (1817) comments: "Obs. Flores feminei cum masculis in disco mixti, nee in radio siti, ut in E, sexangulari . Erioc axilon omnia monoica esse videntxir." Dietrich (1852) describes the plant simply as "culmo 3-gono; fol. setaceo-linearibus; capitulo henisphaerico. In Brasilia, J}." Jackson (1393) reduces Eriocaulon paludosum to Paepalanthua plantagineus (Bong,) Kom. Kunth (l8Ul) maintains that the species under discussion here is related to irtiat is now called Leiothrix graminea (Bong.) Ruhl. and to L, spiralis (Bong,) Ruhl,, but

this resemblance is certainly only superficial. The P^ Clausen s, n., distributed as P, freyreysii , is actually P, cachambuensis

Alv, Silv, Recent collectors have found P, freyreysii growing in swamps. Sphagnum bogs, rocky soil, and damp sancfy rather stony soil, flowering in February. Jxme to August, and December. Silveira (1928) cites _A. Silveira 2^9 from Itacolumi, Minas Garais, deposited in his own herbarium, Ruhland (1903) cites, also frm Minas Gerais, Froyreiss 8,n, , Glaziou l^^U^ & 18^8$ , Langsdorff s.n, , Magalhffes Gomes , Herb, Geogr, & Geol, Minas 625 , Martius s.n, , Pohl s,n. , L. Riedel 1U5 , S chwacke 9205, 9326, 9977 , & 12381, and Vauthier s.n, , all deposited in the Berlin herbarium. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Frqyreiss 7 (F photo of type, N ^photo of type, S type, Z photo of type)j Glaziou 155U5 (Br, N); MagalbSes Gomes & Silveira 67 [Herb, Jard, Bot, Belo Horiz. 26711] (N); Martius 8,n, [Villa do Principe, Serro Frio; N. Y, Bot, Gard. type photos, new ser,, neg, 8838] (Mu, N photo, Z photo) J . E. Pohl 3,n, [in irriguia montanis, I818] (Br); L. Riedel hhS [N, Y, Bot, Gard, type photos, new ser,, neg, 8837] (B, Mu, Nphoto, Ut 361, Z photo), 1*1*8 (M, Nphoto, S, Z ^photo) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes Ijy K*ditiicke (B); Bong,, M&n, Acad, Imp, Sci, St. Pdtersb,, ser, 6, 1: pi, 9* 1831 (N, Z),

PAEPALAHTHUS FULGIDUS Moldenke in Maguire & Wurdack, Mem, N. Y, Bot. Gard. 9: 279--280. 1957. Bibliography: Moldenke in Maguire & llurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard, 9: 279280, 1957; Moldenke, Rdsuad 72 & U87. 1959} G, Taylor, Ind, Kew, Suppl, 13: 98. I966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 125 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 211 & UI8,

197^

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

391

1972{ Anon., Biol. Abstr. Sh (U)i BJiJSJ..C. S.189. 1972} Moldenke, Biol, Abatr. 5U: 172$. 1972j Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23i 290. 197li. Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: B. Maguire 33383a (Ntjype)

PAEPALANTHUS FULGIDUS var. ZULOAOENSIS Moldenke, Ph^yt-ologia 23: 211. 1972. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 211 & Ul8. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abatr. $h (U): BA.S.I,C. S.189. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 5U: 1725. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 290. 1971; Citations! BRAZIL: Amaadnaa: . A. Steyenaark 103839 (N type).

PAEPAUNTHUS FUNCKEANDS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras.

3 (1): UOU Uo5. 1863. Synonyny: Dupatya funkeana (Koi*n.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 7U$. 1891. Dupatya funkeana Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, m5. 1902. Paepalanthua funckianua Kom. apud

Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (I4-3O): 206, 1903. Dupatya funcklana Kuntze apud Ruhl, in aigl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 206, in syn. 1903. Dupalya funckeana Kuntze apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): [283], in syn. I903. Bibliography: Kbm. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): hOU U05, 502, & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 7U5. IB9I; Jacks, in Hook. f. lod. Kew., pr. 1, 2: U02. 139U; Durand & Jacks., Ind Sc Jacks., Kew. Suppl, 1, pr. 1, lli5. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 201, 206, [283], & 290. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, lliS, I9I4I; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kefir., pr. 2, 2: U02. I9U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, 29, & U8. I9U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 61i & 209. 19U9; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, lii5. 1959; Moldenke, Rfisum^ 72, 280, 325. & U87. 1959; Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 1;02. I96O; Moldenke, R6sm6 Suppl. 18: 9. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125 & li8l (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. This species is based on Funck & Schlim 8O9 from Agua de Obispo, at an altitude of 2600 oteters, Trujillo, Venezuela, flowering in August, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium. An isotype in the Delessert Herbarium at Geneva was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number 25168. The surname of the first of the two collectors is nisspelled [Puncke] in the Bznissels herbarium and elsewliere. Ruhland (1903) ccoments that the "Vaginae a cl. Koemicke non recta descriptae" . He cites only the original collection, which seems to be the only collection knomn ao far. Citations: VENEZOEU: TrujlUo: Funck & SchUm 809 [Macbride photos 25I68] (B type, Br iaotype, N iso-t^nP, N ^photo of laotype, N photo of isotype, W photo of isotgrpe).

PAEPAIANTHUS FUSCOATER 1863.

Kbm. in Mart.,

KL. Bras. 3 (1): 382383.

392

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 5

Sjnonymy: Paepalanthus fuaco-ater Kom in Mart., Fl. Eras. 3 Dupatya fuacoater (Kom.) Kuntze, Rev, Gen, PI, Dupatya fuscoater Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind, 2: 7U5 1891Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, lli5. 1902. Dupatya fuscoatra Kuntze apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (lt-30): 179, in syn. 1903. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 290, 382383, & 507. 1863; Kiuitze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 7li5. l891j Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: U02. l89Uj Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl, 1, pr, 1, II45. 1902; Ruhl, in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 179, [283], & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: I8I 5c li07. 1928; Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew, Suppl, 1, pr, 2, Ili5. 19Ul; Jacks, in Hook, f , & Jacks,, Ind, Kew,, pr. 2, 2: 1^02, 1916; Moldenke. Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc, 12, 29, & U8, 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19ii9; Euraiid & Jacks,, Ind, Kew, Suppl. 1, pr, 3, lii5 1959; Moldenke, RfisumS Ii87. 1959; Jacks, in Hook. f. &. Jacks., Ind, Kew,, pr, 98, 280, 3, 2: U02. I960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 & Uol (1971) and 2: 583 & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Pt^ytologia 26 1 Ihh, 1973. This species is based on a Riedel collection fron stony localities near Tejuco, Minas Gerals, Brazil, flowering in December, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium. Rohland (1903) cites only the original collection and this appears to be the only known collection of the species so far. He comments that "Petalorum tubo floris <5 intus piloso insignis",
(1): 507. 1863.
Si.

1: I8I 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus fuacoater var. minora Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181 & U07. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181 & U07. 1928; Moldenrke. Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & li8. 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. I9li9; Moldenke, R6svsai 98, 325, & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 583 & 951. 1971. This variety is based on A, Silveira 782 collected in sandy fields between Serro and Diamantina, in the Serra Geral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in January of 1925, and deposited in the Silveira 2 herbarium. Silveira (1928) describes it as "FoUa minora cm longa, 1,5 3-iQm medio lata" and on page U07 of his work gives the date of collection as "1926", but whether this is a misprint or is intended as a correction of the date previously given is not clear.

PAEPAUKTHUS FUSCOATER var. MINOR Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont,

[as "minora "]
,

PAEPALAHTHUS FUSCDS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont, li 2U32lilt, pi. 162. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 2k>-2hh & U07, pi. 162. 1926; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): U76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind, Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind, Lond. Suppl, 2: 183. 19iil; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Erioc, 12 & U8, I9U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac,, [ed, 2], 8U&


1975
Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae
393
209. 191^9; Moldenke, Phytologla h'- Wx. 1952; Moldenke, Rfisimi^ 98 Ii87. 1959i Moldenke, Fifth Sumia. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 162. 1928. This species is based on A, Silveira 786 , collected in sandy fields between Diamantina and Serro, in the Serra Geral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June of 1925, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page U07 of his work, Silveira (1928) gives "1926" as the date of collection, but, again, vhethei this is a misprint or is meant to be a cori^ction of the date given in the original description is not clear. Also, in his text Silveira cites the illustration as plate "CXLII", but plate lli2 is actually an illustration of P_, percraesua Alv. Silv. and is in its proper se-

&

quence . The Illustration of P_. fuacua should have been cited by hia as pi. 162, which it actually is. Thus far the species is known only from the type collection,

PAEPALAOTHUS GARDNEHtEANUS Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 1: 889. 18U9. Synonyny: Cladocaulon brasiliense G, Gardn. in Hook, f.. Icon.
PI, 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pi. 528. 18^3 [not Paepalanthus brasiliensis (Mart.) Mart., 1855]. B^locaulon cladocaulon Steud., Syn. PI. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 276. 18^5^ Dupatya gardneriana (Walp.) Kuntze, Rev, Gen, PI. 2: 7li5. 1891. IXipatya gardneriana Kuntze apud Ruhl. in Engl,, Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 176, in syn, 1903. Bibliography: G, Gardn, in Hook, f.. Icon, PI. 6 [ser. 2. 2]: vi & viii, pi. 528. l8U3i Walp. Ann. Bot. Syst. 1: 889. 18U9; Steud., Syn, PI, Glum, 2: [Cyp, J 276. 333, & 3li2. 1855; Korn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 278, 373 37U, & 507. 1893; Benth, in Benth, & Hook, f.. Gen. PI, 3 (2): 1023. 1883; Hieron, in Engl. t Prantl, Nat, Pflanzenfam., ed, 1, 2 (U): 22, 1888; Kuntze, Rev, Gen. PI. 2: 71*5. 1891; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind, Kew,, pr. 1, 1: 552 & 878 (1893) and pr. 1. 2j U02. I89U; Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr, 1, lu5. 1902; Ruhl, in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (li-30): 173, 175, 176, [283j, 285, & 290. 1903; Ruhl, in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: UO. I93O; Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, ?, lhS 19U.; Jacks, in Hook, f, i Jacks., Ind, Kew,, pr. 2, 1: 552 & 878 (19146) and pr. 2, 2: U02. 1916; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 28, 29, 33, & U8. 1916; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed, 2], 8U & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, PtQrtologia I4: Ihh. 1952; Moldenke, Rsum6 98, 259, 280, 287, & 187, 1959; Durand & Jacks,, Ind, Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 1hS 1959; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 552 & 878 (i960) and pr. 3, 2: U02. I96O; Moldenke, Fifth Stamn. 1: 162, U38, & I18I (I97I) and 2: Ii97 & 952, 1971; Moldenke, Ph(ytologia 26: ll|2, 1973Illust rat ions: G, Gardn, in Hook, f,. Icon, PI, 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pi. 528. 18U3. Rohland (1903) cites the original pxiblication of Paepalanthus gardneriamis Walp. (18U9) as "18148 ", but actually only pages 1 38U of Walper's woric were published in 18U8; pages 385 not actually appe&r in print until ldU9.

1127

did

39h

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. $

Cladocaixlon braslliense G. Gardn. is actually the type species

Its specific type is G. Gardner 52^0 , which, he says, was "Rare on the ascent of Serra da Mendanha, from the Rio Jiquitimhonha, [in the] Diamond district", Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in JtOy, I81i0. Walpers' binomial is based on the same type and he notes that "Generice a Paepalanthus non differt". Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection and notes "Specimen non vidi". Only the one previously cited isotype has been seen by me. Gardner (18U3) ssqts that "The remarkable habit of this plant, as well as the curious structure of the female flowers, Justly entitle it to rank as a distinct genus. The habit is well represented by the artist [of plate ^28], but the dissections are very far from being correct. The female flower I always find to be such as is given in the description, and not that of a true species of PaepalanthTis , as represented in the plate. Nor are the lobes of the inner series of the perianth of the male flower pilose ," It is perhaps worth noting here that the note appended to a clipping in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden implying that the original publication of the name, P. gardnerianus , should be credited to "L. C. Rich, in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 1: 889. 18U8" is erroneous. Consultation of the original reference shows plainly that Richard is there cited as the original authority for the group name Eriocauleae , not as author of the descriptions irtiich follow in that section of the work^ It should also "270" is sometimes cited as the page of the be mentioned that original publication of Eriocaulon cladocaulon Steud., but this is apparently a typogrsiptiic error for "276".
of the genus Cladocaulon .

PAEPALANTHUS GAFTWPENSIS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 251253, pi. 162. 1928, Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 251253 & U07, pl. 162. 1928 J Wangerin in Jtist, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1)* 1^76. 1937} A. W, Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2t 183. 19Ulf Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 &. U8. I9U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Cistrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 81; & 209. I9li9i Moldenke, Rfiaumfi 98 & U87. 1959} Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. I960; Moldenke, Fifth Siaun. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 167. 1928. Silveira (1928) bases this species on A. Silveira 557, collected "Secus margines rivuli in campis in Serra do Garlmpo, inter Gaetd et Santa Barbara", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1909, but on p. Ii07 of the same work he cites Silveira 909 from "Serra do Garimpo prope Cocaes, 1909", perhaps as a second collection. On p, 253 he cites his illustration as "Tabula CLXII", but the plate itself is labeled "CLZVII". He ccoments that the "Species inter illas quae bracteas involucrantes discum paullum superantes habent, calore bractearum involucrantium facile distinguitur." [to be continued]

BOOK REVIEWS
George M. Hocking School of Pharmacy, Auburn University Auburn, Alabama 36830
(A GOLDEN SCIENCE GUIDE)." by R.R. Alexander, R.W, "BOTANY. Burnett, and H.S. Zlm, 160 pp., many col. figs., Golden Press, Western Publishing Co., Inc., 859 Third Ave., $4.95. New York 10022. 1970.

An attractive small book which is designed to interest and educate in the elements of botany, including areas of morphology, physiology, taxonomy, genetics, evolution, and It is designed to be used by adults as well as stuecology. dents in the high school and college. Great compression of subject matter results in coverage of a large number of facts in this 5 by Ih inch format. GMH

"POISONOUS PLANTS OF HAWAII" by Harry L. Arnold, M.D., 11+71, 24 pis., Charles E. Tuttle Co., Publishers, Rutland, Vt. 1968. $2.50
In this reprinting of a book originally published in 1944, there are two chapters: I) the common and dangerous plants of Hawaii, including those which are allergenic and the fungi; II) a comprehensive plant list, with alphabetic arrangement by the generic name. Over 90 taxa are taken up, with illustrations of about one third of these. Besides the table of contents, there The author is is an index and preceding this a bibliography. a physician resident in Hawaii, well acquainted with the plants and well informed on the poisonings which occur in that State from plant contact or ingestion. Many of the plants taken up are found in other parts of the world (ex., Nerium oleander ) GMH

"POLYSACCHARIDES. (SERIES: A COURSE IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY)." by Gerald 0. Aspinall, xvi, 228 pp., many figs, and tabs., 1 portr. (frontispiece) , Pergamon Press, Oxford (etc.), Elmsford, New York 10523. 1970. $8.75 (Hardback).

395

396

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

In this siaall volume we have an excellent survey for college and university students of the important things about the polysaccharides, those substances made up primarily of series of sugar molecules linked together by the removal between each pair of a molecule of water, hence representing sugar anhydrides. The Professor of Chemistry at Trent University in Ontario (Canada) has split the subject matter into 14 chapters, with a preliminary discussion of the terminology of carbohydrates and a terminal index. Each chapter is provided with an abundance of timely references. This book would therefore be of great service to a graduate student or one doing research in the field. Besides the usual formulas and reactions there are two schemes on fold-up sheets. The text is generally clear and unburdened by technicalities. The subjects run in the following order: general; isolation and determination of structure; cellulose; starch and glycogen; other glucans (= glucosans) and fructans (= fructosans) mannans, galactomannans, and glucomannans; galactans, arabinans, and xylansglycuronans; complex acidic polysaccharides (gums, mucilages); sulfated polysaccharides;- aminopolysaccharides; biosynthesis; and other carbohydrate-containing macromolecules (teic^hoic acid, glycoproteins, etc.). GMH
;

"MARINE PHARMACOLOGY" by Morris H. Baslow, (Ph.D), xiv, 286pp., many figs, and tabs., 4 col. pis.. The Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore, Maryland. 1969. Price not given.
In this work, rendered attractive by both the title and the brilliant color plates in the front part of the text, there is consideration of possible medicinal values of both plants and Thus, 69 pages are animals, with greater stress on the latter. devoted to plant organisms (pp. 17-85) and 168 pages (pp. 86The first chapter is introductory, while 253) to the animals. Chapter Two treats of the antibiotic activity of sea water, of particular interest here being the relatively strong antivirus (The (virus inactivating capacity) of this abundant product. practical therapeutic possibilities are however considered rather slim) Chapters 3 to 7 deal with various groups of Chapter 3 is concerned with Schizophyta plants, mostly algal. Among the values dis(Bacteria) and the Eumycophyta (Fungi) cussed in this chapter are antibacterial activity, antiviral potency, "antiyeast" factors, bacterial toxins, and vitamin sources. Cyanophyta , the Blue-green Algae, are taken up in chapter 4, the Pyrr ophyta (Dinof lagellates) and Cryptophyta (Cryptomonads) in chapter 5, the Chrysophyta (Yellow-green and Golden-brown Algae, and Diatoms) in chapter 6, and the Chlorophyta (Green Algae) , Phaeophyta (Brown Algae) , and Rhodophyta (Red Algae) in chapter 7. Of the remaining nine chapters, all but the final one are taken up with discussions of 13 animal phyla, using a classification system explained in
. .

1975

Hocking, Book reviews

397

Chapter 16 is a summary of the phara table on pages 5 and 6. macological potentials of the various substances isolated from this takes the form of marine organisms, plant and animal: A terminal index seems quite comprehentables 19 pages long. sive. At the end of each chapter as well as at the end of the various sections within the chapters many useful references appear. The pages are replete with figures and tables as well The text is as with structural formulas for many compounds. well printed and well bound. This is a book which should be in high demand by librarians as well as by individual scientists. GMH

"LEHRBUCH DER ANGEWANDTEN BOTANIK," Ed. 1, by Walter Baumeister and Gerhart Reichart, XVI + 490 pp., 188 figs., 68 tabs., Gust, Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, 1969, cloth bound, DM 68.In this textbook of applied botany, the cultivated plants of the world are considered from many standpoints, with eight There is a sections of the text devoted to these various areas. quite remarkable symmetry in these well-rounded treatments, which will be obvious from comparing the number of text pages devoted to each: General review of cultivated plants, with consideration of the tjrpe of products concerned, amounts produced in various parts of the world, common types of usage, etc. (39 pp.); Morphology of cultivated plants (47 pp.); Anatomy (48 pp.); Substances required by plants (fertilizers, atmosphere, etc.) (73pp.); Development of these plants (growth from seedling to mature plant) (60 pp.); Production of substances by cultivated plants (essential oils, tannins, etc.) (78 pp.); Diseases and infestations (34 pp.); Plant sociology (sociological plant geography) (82 pp.) This is followed by a classified list of teaching and research institutions in the field of cultivated plants (7 pp.); and the index (22pp.).
In descending order, the three longest sections are plant sociology, production of plant substances, and substance requirements of plants. The plants and plant products considered in this text include food and fodder plants (ex. rye and other cereal crops; legumes; potatoes; other starch-producing plants, such as manioc; sugar plants; fatty oil plants, such as olive tree; fruit and vegetable plants, such as tomatoes); beverage plants like coffee and popular plant "stimulants", such as tobacco; drugs (like Valerian) and spices (as cinnamon) fiber plants (flax); lumber plants (as oaks); plants producing rubber, gutta percha, balata, and chicle; and resin and balsam plants (ex. rosin).
;

Such an imposing array of useful plants must certainly be of interest to a large variety of individuals. With such a bait the theoretical aspects of botany would become quite

398

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

attractive. Why then not adopt economic or applied botany in the college curriculum as a beginning course to be followed by the more theoretical branches with their phytogeography, ecology, genetics, and chorology? It would be a case of the "entering wedge." A book like this in the English language should be most attractive and have a ready sale. GMH

"AUSTRALIAN NATIVE ORCHIDS IN COLOUR" by L. Cady and E.R. Rotherham 112 pp., 102 col. pis., 7 col. pis. on dust jacket, Charles E. Tuttle Co., Rutland, Vermont 05701. 1970 (reed. 1972). $6.75
This small hard-backed volume is beautifully embellished with handsome colored pictures of about 100 native Australian taxa of Orchidaceae (The seven color plates on both the dust cover and the regular cover are not reproduced in the pages of the book). The book is far more than simply a picture book, however; the descriptive text is quite technical and is obviously written for botanists. The book belongs to every library of botany seeking or possessing a comprehensive collection in the field.
.

An attempt was made to describe a broad representative collection of the orchids of the Australian continent. Of the 85 genera of orchids known from Australia, 70 are either shown 15 genera with 27 spp. have in color or have been discussed. not been taken up. GMH "FOUNDATIONS OF PLANT GEOGRAPHY" by Stanley A, Cain, xiv + 556 Hafner Publishing Co., Inc. 1971 pp., 63 figs., 32 abs. (1944). $11.95.
,

Several things can happen to a book after publication: it may be very popular, a best seller, so that the edition is soon exhausted; the book may be a slow seller but useful and important to some specialists: this edition may be kept for many years in stock (one Dutch firm is still selling books printed in 1923 or before; the Government Printing Office at Washington, D.C., was a few years ago able to sell copies of the Congres sional Digest or its predecessor which had been printed in the 1700 's) or the publishers may destroy the remainder or sell it for a nominal fee to some dealer. The book may be important and with good sales but soon outdated, in which case a new edition is generally prepared, and the old stock disposed of by one means or another. In the case of such a volume as Cain's Foundations, after a lapse of 27 years since its date of publication, sufficient demand has arisen apparently from a new generation of students of plant geography to necessitate the offering again in the form of a reprint edition of the original

1975

Hocking, Book reviews

399

Reprinting of the old classical texts is a great printing. benefit to science and to individuals who need these books. How much time do some of us waste in searching the shelves of the second hand book store (antiquariat) or the pages of book catalogs in an effort to locate some useful book for the institutional or our own library. And if it is a book in high demand, almost invariably it seems that an order is received too late; some one a little faster has already seen the book The present volume is basic to the field and purchased it. with definitions and concepts stated succinctly and accurately. There are five parts: the introduction; paleoecology; areography (that portion of geography which deals specifically with area) evolution and plant geography; and the significance of polyploidy in plant geography. (Polyploids with new characters and new requirements from the habitat tend to migrate to areas where they are more suited, thus distribution geographically is an important factor in the evolution and development of species) The text is followed by a useful glossary, a bibliography (covering the entire volume) and the mixed index. GMH
;
.

Notes bibliographiques: repertoire cumulatif. Series 1 a 71, 1946-1968, by Roger Calcoen, 207 pp.. Editions Culture et Civilisation, 115, avenue Gabriel Lebon, 1160 Bruxelles, Belgium. $19.00
In this volume we find the re-publication in two alphabetical portions of various series of bibliographies on the history of science published by the Comit^ Beige d'Histoire des sciences. These include Series 1 to 66 in one alphabetical sequence and as a supplement, another alphabetic sequence with series 67 to 71. These bibliographic citations cover all fields of science and refer to contemporary publications. Each numbered citation includes the author or authors (or where it is a serial, the first word of the serial title is given) and the title of the work. If a book or pamphlet publication, the publisher and place of publication are given, year of publication, size of volume, number of pages, and mention if illustrated. If it is a journal publication, the name of the journal is given, followed by the volume, date, and page numbers. For most books and brochures, and occasionally for journal articles, there is given a reference to a review. In the case of co-authors, editors, etc., a cross-reference to other numbers is given; however, such cross-references are not numbered, hence the published numbers all refer to different books, articles, pamphlets, or journals. The total number of references for both the main part and the supplement is 5491. The numbered reference citations are followed by an author index, a person's index, and two subject indices, one in French, the other Flemish. Since Belgium is a bilingual country, the title page and the foreword (by Prof. J. Gillis) are in these two languages.

UOO

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. S

From a study of the first 100 references, publications were found originating from the USA, Netherlands, Spain, Turkey, Belgium, France, Germany, Switzerland, Luxembourg, Eire, EngPublication dates for these land, Italy, Poland, and Sweden. ranged from 1945 to 1965, paralleling the dates of the 66 The following fields of science were included in the series. general science, mathematics, first century of citations: astronomy, medicine, biology, zoology, botany, fieology (and other earth sciences), military science, pharmacy, anthropology, archeology, agriculture, geography, food science, natural hisThe greatest emphasis is of tory, anatomy, and physiology. course on publications of the Low Countries - viz. Benelux. This is an important bibliographic treasury. GMH
"WILDFLOWER TRAILS OF THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST" by Art Chipman, III + 156 pp., 236 col. pis., 1 portrait (dust cover). Pine Cone Publishers, 2251 Ross Lane, Medford, Oregon
97501.
1970.

$15.00.

From the title, one might conceive that flowering plants found along certain specific "nature trails" are referred to: this is not the case, the reference being to trails in a genThe plants are arranged in the order of the eral sense. vernacular family names (Arum family to Water plantain family) Included are 236 taxa representative of 49 plant families. The Under each taxon are taxa include both species and varieties. given the botanical origin, vernacular name or names, family (common name), a brief description in popular language, the origin of the name, and uses made of the plant. The emphasis throughout has been on the family name, which is repeatedly used - in the page heading, family heading, under the species description, and in the figures. The area covered includes Of Washington, Oregon, Idaho, and British Columbia (Canada) course all the best known plants are here (Oregon grape, wild ginger, baneberry, columbine, larkspur, buttercups, prickly pear, The dogbane, fireweed, mullen) as well as the less known. colored figures are generally excellent, based on Kodachrome photos. This manual should be very helpful for the amateur interested in identifying the various flowering plants of the western area. The book is bound with a good index.
.

GMH

1975

Hocking, Book reviefws

UOl

"THE ANNALS OF ABSTRACTING, 1665-1970" by Robert Collison (Editor), V, 54 pp.; School of Library Service & the University Library, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles, Cal. 90024, 1971. $2.00.

This represents a compilation of abstracting organs, starting with the Journal des Scavans (1665-) and ending with 'Bulletin of peace proposals"(1970-) There are notes on predecessors and successors for many of the titles, publishing authority, etc. A terminal index with many cross-references makes the contents more accessible. - About 700 abstracting - Omissions: titles are shown. "International Pharmaceutical Abstracts" (c. 1965-) and "Pharmaceutical Abstracts" (Austin, Texas; 1957-1969). "Excerpta Botanica Sectio A" and "B" first appeared in 1959, not 1955 as stated. GMH
.

"THE LIFE OF PLANTS" by E.J.H. Corner (FRS; FLS) xii, 315 pp., 41 pis. (colored and uncolored) , 103 text figs., The World Publishing Company, 2231 West 110th St., Cleveland 1964. $12.50. 2, Ohio.
,

With a brilliant colored plate on the dust cover and with its many colored figures and line drawings inside, the present volume is bound to be attractive to an average person idly flicking the pages. A normal person, granted the time and opportunity, would be tempted to read passages here and there in the text and even to go on from there and read the entire book from the beginning. Samplings of the text would demonstrate how informing and interesting it really is. Let us consider only one passage (p. 35); which was selected at random: "The shore is a much more complicated place for plant life than the open sea. There can be no wonder therefore that plant life established on the shore has become vastly more complex. The vegetation that we see at the present day as the tide goes out is the consequence of the rivalry of seaweeds that has gone on for hundreds of millions of years. They have become extremely involved, just as forest consists of many kinds of plants intermingled: tall and short, annuals, perennials, and epiphytes (plants growing, but not parasitic, on others). Nevertheless, the seaweeds sort themselves according to the environmental factors in a way that illustrates their evolution The size of the seaweed indicates its store of protoplasm and measures, of course, its success as a plant growth; and from sizes of seaweeds the suitability of different parts of the shore for plant growth can be judged." This quotation will show what pleasant reading the book is: short simple words, short understandable sentences, the primary importance, hence interest, of the subject matter presented. - The arrangement of the book is a progressive one: it begins with the ocean and the life therein, proceeds to the land and follows the

Ii02

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

upward course or evolution of land forms. On land, the flora of the moist forest is followed by that of the drier zones of plains and desert, on the one hand, and back to water - the fresh water habitats - on the other. - Included at the end of Glossary, 285-90; Bibliography, 291-303; and the book are:
Index, 305-15.

GMH

Principes amers a fonction lactone. (Bitter principles with lactone function) by Jacques Couquelet, 70 pp., 5 tabs., 1 fig.. Mimeographed (or multigraphed) , No other biblio1967 (March) graphic data available.

A review of many different plant principles, with structural formulas, uses, and botanical origins particularly There is some discussion of the physiology of taste. stressed. Among the groups recognized and taken up are the bitters of the sesquiterpenes, diterpenes, limonoids, meliacins, and cucurbitacins. 163 references. GMH
"PHLOEM TRANSPORT IN PLANTS" by Alden S. Crafts and Carl E. Crisp, xxii + 481 pp., 64 figs., 54 tabs., W.H. Freeman & Company, 660 Market Str., San Francisco, Calif. 94104. 1971. $12.50
The text of this attractive book represents a study of translocation or transport of materials occurring in the phloem or bast of the plant axis. These substances include minerals (inorganic substances) water, organic foods (sugars both monosaccharides and oligosaccharides, sugar alkaloids, sugar phosphates, organic phosphates, amino acids, nucleic acids, vitamins, etc.), hormones (growth regulation substances including steroids), viruses, enzymes, and agricultural chemicals (including pesticides and "chemotherapeutants") This movement or migration of substances in the plant is important to the other processes of the plants especially those affecting reproduction and growth. Thus, sap movement is directly or indirectly involved in the operations of expansion, flowering, fruiting, dormancy, rejuvenation, and senescence. The direction of flow of chief importance is from the green cholorphyllbearing tissues to the non-green tissues (from "source to sink"). Translocation in the xylem, chiefly concerned with water and minerals conduction, is not discussed in this volume. Previously, movements of the solution in the sieve tubes was conceived as a mass flow; now it is quite clearly shown that this is actually an oversimplification and that movement of the stream is essentially a rapid diffusion through plasma membranes from cell to cell via the plasmodesmata. This is called the "symplast-apoplast concept", the symplast representing the protoplasmic continuum with no isolated cells and the apoplast
, .

1975

Hocking, Book revienrs

U03

representing the non-living but permeable cell wall which This viewpoint has been developed over surrounds the symplast. In fact, so rapid is the advance of work the past few years. in this field, that advances over only the last decade are Many of the new findings depend on the featured in this book. use of the electron microscope, which demonstrates for instance that the sieve tube pores actually represent smooth microtubules lined by a thin layer of plasmolemma. (The figure on the dust cover is a blow-up of Figure 2.10, showing a sieve plate in cross section with open pores) The volume text is broken into 3 parts: (l; Structure-functional relationships (88 pp.); (2) Experimental results (review of recent work of many researchers (183 pp.); (3) Translocation mechanism (149 pp.). - The senior author has been very fruitful in the research area, with the authorship of at least two other technical books, parts of several more volumes, and many scientific papers. Proofreading was occasionally imperfect with 2 errors in the Preface and one in the introduction (Chapt. I). GMH
.

"THE TREES OF SOUTH FLORIDA. VOLUME I. THE NATURAL ENVIR0N_2 llENTS AND THEIR SUCCESSION" by F.C. Craighead, Sr. xiv, 212 pp., 92 figs, (photos), 7 maps and charts, Univ. Miami Press, Coral Gables, Fla. 1971. $5.95.
,

In this first volume of a set of two, the physical environment (climate, geology, physiography, etc.) is discussed as related to tree growth and distribution in the southernmost part of the State of Florida (covering Collier, Dade, and Monroe Counties) Most of this area is off the beaten trail and visited by very few persons. The author, however, has thoroughly traversed this region for more than 20 years and with his long career in forestry and entomology as background, is most competent to write about this area. The last of the three chapters occupies more than half the text and is devoted to the nine physiographic provinces of the area and their plant associations: Kays; Florida Bay; Saline Mangrove Zone; freshwater swamps; pineland ridge; low pineland and sloughs; tree island everglades; hammock and cypress ridge; Big Cypress Swamp. Additional to the text proper there are a glossary, "selected" references, index to common and scientific names, (really a glossary with many local names included) and the general index. Much of the text is pertinent to the problem of pollution and man's interference with natural environments and this text will therefore be of much service to those individuals and organizations interested in the modern problems of Ecology. - The term "periphyton" is not defined in the text, the glossary, or the index to common names. GMH
.

UOU

PHTTOLOGIA
.

Vol. 29, no. $

"THE EVOLUTION AND CLASSIFICATION OF FLOWERING PLANTS" by Arthur Cronquist, xi + 396 pp., 28 figs., (Riverside Studies in - Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, MassBiology) achusetts. 1968. $6.95.
In an Introduction, W.C. Steere (Director, N.Y. Botanical Garden) points out that this book presents a clear and orderly summation of the basic principles of modern taxonomy and is the only work with the essential information presented in systematic order (botanical arrangement in the form of clear synThere are chapters on taxonomic principles; optical keys.) origin of the angiosperms; evolution of characters; the subclasses, orders, and families of dicotyledons and of monocotyledons; with a final listing of classes, subclasses, orders, and families of "Magnoliophyta" (here applied as a phylum or division name equivalent to Dicotyledoneae; the term does not appear in the index and does not seem to be used elsewhere in Magnoliophyta is made up of Magnoliatae (dicots) the text) and Liliatae (monocots) under it appears Magnoliidae as a sub-class and under this order Magnoliales and fam. Magnoliaceae. Croquist's treatment of taxonomic groups is conservative, that is, he is classed among the so-called "lumpers", who as far as possible reduce species to lower categories, such as subspecies, varieties, etc. However, he shows some "liberal" tendencies as in the placing of Rubiaceae and Caprifoliaceae in separate orders (cf. V.L. Harms, Econ. Bot. 294-5; 1969). 23: This is an important text in plant study. GMH
.

"LEWIS AND CLARK: PIONEERING NATURALISTS" by Paul Russel Cutright, xvi + 506 pp., 16 pis., 2 figs., 1 map, The University of Illinois Press, Urbana, 111. 61801. 1969. $12.50 Far from being a cut and dried account of the Lewis and Clark western expedition from the standpoint of the botanical and zoological accomplishments made, this book combines an interesting narrative with really important information on the various scientific accomplishments of the mission. One of the most valuable features of the work is the summation of findings and accomplishments of the expedition, and the analytical study of the records, features which are sprinkled through2,out the volume. Thus, for instance, one will find a list of the technical botanical terms used by Meriwether Lewis while describing the plants just at one location. Fort Clatsop As another example, at the end of the acount is an (p. 258). effort to determine the fate of the various expedition members several years after this great journey - (p. 346). Such analytical summations of the records are very helpful from several viewpoints. One difficulty in reading the text, particularly in reference consultation, is to determine the dates

1975

Hocking, Book reviews

U05

This is often the case of particular findings or events. It would be most in biographical and historical accounts. helpful if dates (year, month, day) were printed at the head of Unfortunately it is not often done; in consequence each page. it takes quite a bit of searching sometimes to find just when Another "would-have-been" help in the this or that took place. book would have been several maps, for the entire journey and for segments of it. The single map used is small and only shows a part of the route covering only three days of travel. The first collection of Rhamnus purshiana is mentioned without Some idea fanfare, as though it were just another wild plant. of its current importance (and for the last century as source of the important crude drug, Cascara Sagrada, now used extensively all around the world and still largely obtained from the Pacific coast areas of the United States, should have been given; several million pounds of this bark are produced annually. A considerable part of the botanical content will be found in the chapter "The fate of the Lewis and Clark In this chapter is recounted the sad booty." (pp. 356-375). story of lack of forethought, lack of conservation of the resources collected so arduously and at such cost by the ExMany of the zoological and ethnological specimens pedition. like many of the botanical specimens have been left erode to dust.

GMH

"HOW TO KNOW THE CACTI - PICTURED KEYS FOR DETERMINING THE NATIVE CACTI OF THE UNITED STATES AND MANY OF THE INTRODUCED SPECIES" by E.Y. Dawson, VI, 158 pp., 183 figs., Wm. C. Brown Company, Publishers, 135 S. Locust St., 1963. Spiral binding $2.25; cloth Dubuque, Iowa, USA. bound, $2.75
Like other volumes in this "How to Know" series, the text consists of a single long key, with a short description and a figure of nearly every species. Another common feature is the Index and Pictured-Glossary, which serves both to indicate page locations of the various species in the text and also to define technical terms in words and figures. An introductory section discusses the cacti (Fam. Cactaceae ) as a New World family, with general information on geographical distribution, identifying characteristics, preparation of specimens, and morphology. While this volume is gaited for the layman, it would undoubtedly be useful too for professional botanists and others. The spiral binding is a very handy device for field use, because it avoids the aggravations consequent to holding a place in a book while both hands are occupied (with plants and instruments in this case) GMH

h06

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. $

"THE LANGUAGE OF BOTANY" by C. Debenham, iv, 208 pp., 36 pis.. Society for Growing Australian Plants, 860 Henry Lawson Drive, Picnic Point, N. S.W. , Australia, c. 1971. $2.80.

Apparently all fields of botany are included in this dictionary; thus, terms in taxonomy, plant physiology, histology, morphology, genetics, phytochemistry plant biochemistry, microscopy, plant ecology, phytogeography and other fields are noted. It is withou question the most recent English dictionary in the field and in some respects would appear to be one of the most useful, modest as it is in appearance with its limp composition cover and low price. It includes many Latin and Greek words which are used either as regular terms in modern science or as roots to compound words. Many excellent line drawings and diagrams furnish important guidance in morphology, life cycles, taxonomy, and biochemistry. The pages are rather crowded and there is enough text to provide a volume of ca. 400 pages of ordinary type. The definitions seem to be clear and accurate. (One error: hypogenous for hypogonous) p. 117: GMH
, ,

"CAVEAT EMPTOR" by 0. Degener Newsletter Bot. Gardens Foundation. 1970.

,

(7):

1-4, Hawaiian

The plan of establishing a National Park on Hawaii (Hendrix, G.O., "The Island of Hawaii." A resource study and master plan; 103 pp.; 1970) is criticized. This Park would duplicate other volcanic areas with aa, pahoehoe lava, ash, cinders, and clinkers. It would be preferable to preserve the lush jungle areas of Hawaii which stand in need of conservation since they contain many plants which are not found elsewhere and will be lost in the course of time with the attempts at "improvement," commercialization, and pollution going on in the Hawaiian Islands. It is most important that the cloudbelt forests be conserved; these are of little commercial or agricultural value. The plan to build a super-highway is also condemmed.

GMH
"AN ILLUSTRATED TAXONOMY MANUAL OF WEED SEEDS" by RJ. Delorit, 175 pp., 192 col. pis., several text figs.. Agronomy Publications, River Falls, Wise. 54022. 1970.

This manual which conveniently opens at any page spread by reason of the spiral binding should provide a useful means for the identification of the commonest weed seeds of the United However, since weeds are so widely dispersed in the States. world at large, the book might prove useful in almost any part of the temperate zone which has undergone any intercourse with the other parts of the world. The classification is based on morphological characters of superficial type. Thus, all seeds are placed into one of three large classes, based on the

1975

Hocking, Book reriews

U07

The apical nature of the seed or the general shape of seed. color photographs are very effective, showing the seeds magnified 3.6 or 5.8 times. A rather complete description of each There are indexes, seed is given where it appears in the key. a glossary, and introductory information listing ail the seeds in alphabetic order by fam. and explaining the use of the key. This book should provide a very handy and effective guide to the botanist, seedman, fanner, and others. GMH

"FLORA OF THE SEA" by C.L. Duddington, 207 pp., 26 pis., 33 figs., 1 col. frontispiece, Thomas Y. Crowell Co., 203 10003. 1967 (copyPark Avenue South, New York, N.Y. 555 X 8Ji in. righted 1966). $6.95.
In this attractive volume, with its fine photographs and line drawings, we have another weapon in our struggle against those who would selfishly destroy our great natural environment. Those who are aware of the great intricacy and balance of the organic world as well as of its great importance to our human society and its compelling beauty, would surely not knowingly do anything destructive of it. In its fifteen chapters, there is unfolded the great drama of life in the sea. The story unfolds in this way: in Chapter 1, a general account is given of the Algae: Ch. 2 deals with Spirogyra and related algae (sometimes referred to picturesquely as "mermaids' tresses")* and good examples of the group; in Ch. 3, the nucleus and its function are described. The Green Algae (Chlorophyceae) are taken up in Ch. 5; the lichens are discussed in Ch. 6 from the standpoint of their algal component; Ch. 7 deals with organisms in the twilight borderland which separates animals from plants; in Ch. 8, the diatoms are dealt with in a general way. The next four chapters deal with four of the chief algal groups: 9, the Pyrrhophyta (=Dinophyceae = Dinof lagellata) 10, Phaeophyta (brown algae); 11, Rhodophyta (red algae); and 12, Cyanophyta (the blue green algae). The life story of the Algae comes up for discussion in the 13th Ch. The effect of environmental differences on Algae is discussed in the next chapter, representing the ecological treatment. The last Chapter deals with the economic values and on the applications of Algae to - Plate human needs. Finally, there are a Glossary and Index. 12 shows a centric diatom (or wheel diatom) the generic name - This book was published Arachnodiscus being mis-spelled. under a different title in Great Britain: "Seaweeds and other Algae." - The author is an Englishman who has written other works in the field of microbiology. GMH
; ,

U08

PHTTOLOQIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

"PRELUDE TO THE POLYCLAVE" by J. A. Duke, I. Embryo, 34 pp., II. Seed, 22 pp.. III. Sterile Specimen, 42 pp., IV. Flower, 32 pp. - Prelude to a palm polyclave; Panama, 18 pp. (I: 8*2 x 11 in.; others 8*2 x 14 in.) - Legume polyclave. 1966. $17.10. I. Habit., 4 pp.

A polyclave (multiple key) is an information retrieval system and is defined by the author as a "coordinated characteristic index designed primarily for the identification of unknowns." Two kinds of data cards are used: (1) red positives intended to indicate the fams. which have the characters noted; (2) black negative to indicate the fams. not possessing the particular characters. While these are published on paper, in the final edition, negative sheets are to be printed as transparencies; by superimposing the negative transparencies over the paper positive, it will be possible to distinguish those genera with a certain character, thus to perInteroceanic Canal Survey, mit rapid identification. (Address: (Price of these Gorgas Hospital, Balboa Heights, Canal Zone) Transperencies have a higher cost). sets $17.10. GMH
"BASIC BIOLOGY" by Alfred M. Elliott and Bruce R. Voeller, xii + 653 pp., many figs, and tabs., 17 col. pis., AppletonCentury-Crofts, Div. of Meredith Corp., 440 Park Ave. So., 1970. $10.95. New York, NY 10016.
In this attractive modern text on biology, the student will find the covers colorfully illustrated with plant tissues which appear to represent some kind of filamentous alga. Hopefully this kind of decoration will stimulate the student to open the book ("crack the book" as the American slang goes) and study The text has been printed the even more interesting contents. in an unusual combination of two colors, a dark bluish green, and a reddish brown. Plants are chiefly discussed on 113 pages out of 581 text pages in the main body of the book; however, aside from this total treatment, plants are discussed in the general biology sections when "the organism" could be either plant or animal. Specific animal coverage, including that for man (animal physiology), covers 227 pages, roughly twice as much space as for plants. Without question, to beginners animals are of more interest than the apathetic plant, hence greater emphasis on animals would seem to be justified. At the ends of the chapters, there are book and article references, with greater emphasis, wherever that is possible, on the less technical literary materials. Many of the articles are from Scientific American one of the most successful organs for the popularization of science. Several "service" sections occur at the end of the book: a classification scheme for plants and animals, a glossary of technical terms, and the index. Thorough and conscientious study of this book should serve to confer a good
,

1975

Hocking, Book revlefws

Ij09

background of modern physiology on the undergraduate college It is well presented - all that student or serious layman. it needs is the absorptive capability of the student. GMH
"JOHN BANISTER AND HIS NATURAL HISTORY OF VIRGINIA, 1678-1692," by Joseph and Nesta Ewan, xxx + 487 pp., 69 figs., 1 map, 1 portr. (dust cover). University of Illinois Press, Urbana, 111. 61801. 1970. $15.00.

The life of this rather obscure man is covered in the presented volume in a span of only 68 pages, running from the time of his birth in 1650 in Gloucestershire, England, to his untimely death at 42 years of age, when apparently shot by accident by another member of his exploratory party, (pp. 26-93). Most of this brief account is concerned with the most productive years of his life - the scant 14 years he lived in the New World. The balance of 437 pages is devoted to the fruits of his short life - his written works, collections, correspondence, drawings, and plans. Considerable attention is also given to his contemporaries. (The manner of his death is apparently still a matter of controversy, since for example, Lemmon in his recent "Golden Age of Plant Hunters" (1968), gives a fall from a rock as the cause of the tragedy) The author has added to the intrinsic interest of the subject by the insertion of numerous charts and "exhibits" throughout the text. A great wealth of information is made available in the pages of this book. - The work is divided into two parts, the first concerned with biographical details, including Banister's coming to the New World as an Anglican minister (not really as a missionary to the Indians as sometimes claimed) the fate which befell his estate including his various labors, the various books known or supposed to have been his, etc. Part Two publishes his various works, including the "Plant Catalogue," "Insect and Arachnid Catalogue," "Mollusca, Fossils, and Stones," the "General Natural History," and his account "Of the Natives", with a bibliography, indexes to the various plants and animals as well as the general index. The latter is defective in places, for instance the account "Of the Natives" (pp. 372-401) could not be located through the index, either under Banister or the title; likewise the "Natural History" (pp. 345-372) and the "Plant Catalogue" and other catalogues are lost as far as the index goes. They should certainly have been shown. The translation could have been improved (simplified) by using the equivalent of "ye," which of course is The legend of Fig. 1 is inadequate, "the" and which was intended. since this is a composite figure of 6 plants, only one of which is Camtosorus rhizophyllus (fern) (This is not indexed in the Index of plants and animals.) The religious beliefs of this minister make for interesting reading. He apparently was a liberal, a follower of Socino (in his Oxford student days) who
.

laO

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

at times refers to the "pious frauds" (ritual) of some churches A noteworthy biography! (Minor Errata: of his time. Page 34, the date should have been 1677 not 1697. P. 6.4, line 16: line 8: Dauphine is correct)

GMH
"EDIBLE WILD PLANTS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA" by Merritt Lyndon Fernald and Alfred Charles Kinsey, XV, 452 pp., 25 pis., 129 figs.. Revised by Reed C. Rollins, Harper & Row Publishers, New York, N.Y. and Evanston, 111. 1958 (1943).
$6.95.

The two original authors of this important text are both no longer with us, but the task of revision has been done by a man who has carried on in the footsteps of the senior author, as Director of the Gray Herbarium at Harvard University. The text is correctly described as "a complete, illustrated guide for the United States and Canada east of the Great Plains." One might raise his eyebrows at the word "complete," however, nothing is complete in this world, not even when a book comes fresh from the press and so one might allow a little tolerance in the Perhaps accuracy would have been served by use of the word. calling it the most complete popular text on the market, if one considers for a moment Sturtevant's "Notes on edible plants" (1919).

This volume has five chief divisions ("chapters") following introduction and preface: Chapter I deals with the food plants arranged in accordance with the particular food use desired Chapter II deals (soups; potherbs; beverages; syrups; etc.). with poisonous plants which may be mistaken for edible ones. Chapter III is a detailed enumeration and discussion of edible plants. Chapter IV has to do with mushrooms, seaweeds, and lichens as food, in other words cryptogams, not all of which Chapter V is the Bibliographyare considered especially desirable.
index.

GMH "A STORY OF NORTH AMERICAN FORESTRY. BERNHARD EDUARD FERNOW." by Andrew Denny Rodgers, III, IX + 623 pp., 6 portr., (Facsimile of the 1951 edition), Hafner Publishing Co., $11.00. 31 E. 10th St., New York 10003. 1968 (1951).
In this biography of the "creator of modern forestry in the United States," the life of the man and the history of American forestry are closely interwoven to produce a pattern of progress, development, and evolution. The combination is so close that in fact one often has difficulty in working out the vital facts of the biographee's life. An important change may be found often in the midst of a paragraph dealing mainly with developments in the science of forestry. A very useful feature

1975

Hocking, Book rerioirs

llll

in such a work would be particularly useful to the reader because there are no references to him in the index. Such a chronology might go as follows: 1851 - born in Prussia 1869 - began the study of forestry 1876 - became engaged to an American girl visitor to Germany, Olivia Reynolds 1877 - took out his first American citizenship papers 1878 - married the girl in New York 1880 - practicing mining engineering but becoming increasingly active in forestry matters 1886 - appointed Chief, Forestry Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture 1898-1903 - Dean of Forestry school, Cornell University 1899 - took trip with others interested in forestry to Pacific northwest 1903-1907 - engaged in literary work (editing, writing, lecturing) and as consultant in forest engineering 1907 - teaching at Pennsylvania State College 1908 - appointed Dean of forestry school. University of Toronto (Canada) 1919 - retired from deanship; continued writing 1923 - died in Toronto The volume is replete with data on many individuals previously active in forestry and botany. GMH

"FLOWERS OF POINT REYES NATIONAL SEASHORE" by Roxana S. Ferris, vi, 119 pp., 1 map, 172 figs., Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, Calif. 1970. Price US $7.95; paper US $2.65).

were selected, and briefly described and figured with pen sketches. The figs, are by Jean R. Janish; they are unusual in including for scale purposes, the figure of a "stick" man, rule, etc. As an aid to rapid identification of these plants, "color lists" are included in the front part of the volume, listing spp. with red, blue, yellow orange, and other colors of flower. There is also a brief discussion of the 12 plant associations found in the 53,000 acres of the Point Reyes Peninsula. Selected references and an index complete the volume. Both common and scientific names have been used, and the uses by Indians and others of various plants are described. The volume should be a very handy one for individuals of all ages in identifying the common plants of the region. GMH

Semi-popular account of the attractive and outstanding of Spermatophyta found in this area of the Pacific seacoast lies about 30 miles north of San Francisco, California. In compilation, 181 spp. occurring in twelve plant communities

taxa

which
this

Iil2

PHTTOLOGIA
.

Vol. 29, no. $

"ORCHIDACEAE" by E. Foldats, Vol. XV of Flora de Venezuela Part 1: pp. 1-502, 188 figs.; (directed by T. Lasser) 1-522, Part 3: 1-523, 201 figs.; 1970. Part 2: 1969. 1-558, 195 figs.; 1970. Part 4: 185 figs.; 1970. (Instituto Botanico, Min. Agric. y Cria, Caracas, Venzuela)
In this large work of the orchids, the family has been divided into two subfamilies, Cypripedioideae and subfamily Orchioideae, and into 5 tribes, the first tribe Cypripedieae of subfamily Cypripedioideae and the 4 others under subfamily Orchideae. Part 1 is concerned with all 5 tribes; in the case of subtribe 5, Epidendreae, subtribes Lipariinae, Polystachyinae, In Part 2, and the first part of Pleurothalliinae are taken up. this subtribe Pleurothalliinae is continued; in Part 3, the same subtribe is concluded, and subtribes Epidendriinae and Bletiinae are covered, and the first portion of Cyrtopodiinae is included. Part 4 completes the coverage of subtribe Cyrtopodiinae, and continues with subtribes Catasetinae, Stanhopeinae, Maxilariinae (including Zygopetalinae and Lycastinae) and Dendrobiinae. Included in this monograph are descriptions (in Spanish) of the family, genera, and species, keys for some genera, synonymy, detailed distribution data, discussions, and the line drawings About 1,000 species are included. Apparently of most species. there are no novelties. GMH
,

"KLEINE KRYPTOGAMENFLORA. BAND III. FLECHTEN (LICHENES) VON H. GAMS" VIII, 244pp., 84 figs., format 12.7 X 21 cm., plastic binding, Gustav Fischer Verlag, Postfach 431, ^r 7 Stuttgard 1, Ger. 1967. DM. 28 (US $7.00).
In the introductory part there are given a list of lichen specialists (with abbreviations), vegetative, generative, and ecological terminology, important lichen substances and color reactions, keys to the fungal components, algal, and chief groups. Beginning on p. 13 is the chief part of the text, with a combination of key arrangement with specific brief descriptive texts. As in earlier parts of this series, all Europe is included in the coverage. 2 classes are recognized: Ascolichenes (much the larger) and Basidiolichenes. Although there are no novelties, the author has introduced a number of changes from current treatment of the lichens. There is a genus index. This volume will be of special interest to botanists, plant geographers, forest specialists, college teachers, botanical institutes, and the libraries serving these persons. *Available in the US and Canada from: Intercontinental Medical Book Corporation, 381 Park Ave. South, New York, N.Y.
10016.

GMH

197^

Hockir^, Book reviews

1*13

"PATHOGENIC ROOT-INFECTING FUNGI" by S.D. Garrett, xi + 294 pp., 25 figs., 14 tabs., Cambridge University Press, Amer. 1970. $12.50 Branch, New York.
This book can be regarded as either a sequel to or a replacement of a previous work by the same author, viz., "Biology Instead of re-working of root-infecting Fungi" (1956, 1960). the first edition, the author decided to compose an entirely new book because of the many important advances in our knowledge The work is written for regular reading, of these fungal forms. preferably chapter by chapter, rather than for occasional reNevertheless it does have important reference ference use. values, when one considers the extensive bibliography (27 pages) Interest in the and the rather full subject index (12 pages). text focuses on both biological phenomena and economic importance associated with the functioning of these organisms. An important value in the work is a broad view of the plant as a whole to the soil as a whole rather than simply the relationship of root Following the introduction, there system to fungal organism. are successive chapters on "unspecialized" parasites of both seed plants and older plants; specialized parasites (1) vascular wild fungi; and (2) ectotrophic root-infecting fungi; root-infecting fungi which survive by colonization of substrates also utilized by higher plants, and thus termed "competitive saprophytic colonization"; survival of such fungi in infected or colon^ed host tissues; dormant survival by resting propagules (dispersal spores, resting spores, chlamydospores, sclerotia) of similar fungi; and control of root-disease of field, intensive, and plantation crops. (One might correctly expect little mention of mycorrhizae since these are non-pathogens; they are mentioned only incidentally on a few pages. The author suggests (p. 81) that the mycorrhizal fungi have evolved from specialized root pathogens.) Throughout the text, examples of the organisms concerned are constantly cited, and often several pages will be devoted to considering the anatomy and physiological behavior of such an organism, often as related to methods of practical control of infection. - This work should be of much value to plant pathologists, mycologists, agronomists, and others in the field of applied botany. GMH
"AN ILLUSTRATED STUDY GUIDE TO PLANT BIOLOGY" ed. 2, by J.W. Geis and J.L. Morrison, V + 145 pp., 138 figs., 21 tabs.. Burgess Publishing Co., 425 South 6th St., Minneapolis, Minn. 55415. 1971. $4.95.

The text is divided into 14 units intended to cover 14 weeks of study, which in American academic institutions amounts to one semester (two semesters per year) Each unit is made up of descriptive texts with accompanying illustrations (both line drawings and photographs, mostly photomicrographs), along with
.

),11,

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

Exspaces for the student to fill in with writing or sketches. perimental work is detailed and spaces are left for the findings from this; tables and graphs are also provided to be filled The text involves morphology, histology, physiology, emin. bryology, chemistry, biochemistry, taxonomy, genetics, economic (Coverage of chapters: unity and diversity botany, and ecology. in living world; plant body; cell; growth and development; meristems and tissue origins; secondary development of stems; plantsoil system; plant-water relationships; photosynthesis; plant metabolism; flower and gametogenesis; genetics; plant diversity; plant ecology) The authors have used a 5-kingdom classification scheme based on one by Whitaker (1969) , including Mineraj-ia , Protista Fungi Plantae, and Animalia. This guide is intended for first year botany and is best adapted to the semester rather than the quarter system. It is best used by the "auto-tutorial" method that is becoming so popular in the U.S.A. but it can easily be adapted to the ordinary old-fashioned course in botany (with conventional lecture, laboratory, and examination). GMH
.

Excerpt from ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY OF BOTANIC TERMS" by John Lindley (1848) - Reprint (with some changes) of reprint of 1938. J.J. Graham, (Ed.), 48 pp., many figs.. School of Earth Sciences, Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif. 1964.
.

$1.25.

The pamphlet cited represents a reprinting of part of Book III of Lindley' s Introduction to Botany, covering pp. 346-83, plus p. 319 of Book I, preceded by a few notes on the book and its author. The clear cut definitions for terms relating to form, outline, margin, etc., are still useful and applicable to living and also fossil plants.
..

GMH
"MUSHROOMS OF THE GREAT LAKES REGION" by Verne Ovid Graham, vii + 489 pp., 49 pis., Dover Publications, Inc., New 5-3/8 x 8% in., paper bound; York City. 1970 (1944).
$4.50.
(US)

It was an excellent idea to reprint this volume. It represents a good thorough treatment of the higher fungi of the central United States and eastern Canada, and beyond that it is very useful in other parts of North America since so many of the Ascomycetes and Basidiomycetes treated occur widely all over the continent (except perhaps for the frigid northern regions) The keys, descriptive texts, and figures are nicely balanced, and there are many common names (which unfortunately are not indexed in the index at the back of the text) , often a help in identification, or at least a short cut to the approximate postiion of the organism. The book is abundantly provided with diagnostic keys, the first one being the important key to genera.
.

197$

Hocking, Book reviefwa

hUS

a sub-title indicates the coverage geographically to be Illinois, Indiana, Ohio, and the southern half of Wisconsin and Michigan. Included are not only the Basidiomyetes but also some of the A glossary ("Dictionary") larger and more prominent Ascomycetes of technical terms is useful, especially when supplemented by As usual, the book is printed on strong durplates 12 and 49. able paper in a clear type face, the paper in signatures, and the volume strongly bound.
.

GMH
"DRUGS AND PHARMACY ON STAMPS" by George Grif fenhagen, R. PH., 95 pp., 21 pis., M.S. - ATA Medical Handbook series, v. 2: (Available from American Topical Assn., 3306 N. 50th St., 1967. (ATA Handbook No. 55). Milwaukee, Wise. 53216.) $5.00.
The cover of this brochure communicates the subject matter: the four traditional signs of pharmacy (RX sign; show bottle of colored water; cup of Hygeia; mortar and pestle) as background for a sampling of postage stamps on pharmaceutical subject matters. In this Topical Handbook it seems reasonably certain that all of the postal stamps which have anything to do with pharmacy or drugs have been included, representing a survey of all stamps issued starting with the first adhesive stamps of England (1840) up to the year 1966 and for all countries of the world plus the United Nations. The subject matter is laid out in the following pattern: Introduction; Pharmacopoeia Philatelica (drugs on stamps); pharmacological-theO>eutic classification of drugs represented on stamps, including a glossary of technical terms used (thus, under digestants, only 1 drug. Papain, is represented) a listing of the drugs (mostly crude drugs, but with a few inorganic and organic compounds), with detailed commentary on each one and a list of all stamps bearing the drug; index by countries (thus, for Guatemala, only coffee (caffeine) is listed); drug name index (this refers to the previous listing, each item of which has a coded number) drug dosage forms and sources (rather a miscellaneous group, for instance, with pictures of administration of medicine, pharmaceutical equipment, pharmacy congresses, etc.); personalities of pharmacy (by Henryk Szancer) (alphabetical listing with biographical sketch and stamps which have commemorated the person); private die proprietary medicine stamps (Varro E. Tyler) (these are privately printed stamps used to indicate payment of the federal excise tax on proprietaries, 1862-83); drug advertising and postage stamps (involving the use of framed postage stamps used for small change during the Civil War, with advertising on the back of the case and other devices) and finally the anno- At first thought, the price of this volume tated Bibliography. might appear to be high; however, it is undoubtedly priceless to the serious topical philatelist. The volume is truly a work of love and devotion to a scholarly hobby - the science of philately. GMH
; ; ;

Iil6

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

Printed books, 1481-1900, in the Horticultural Society (Library) of New York, by Elizabeth Cornelia Hall, compiler, xiii, 279 pp., 1 pi.. The Horticultural Society of New York, 1970 (reed. 1972) 128 W. 58th St., New York 10019. $16.00.

An alphabetic listing of ca. 4,000 volumes of botanical and horticultural printed matter including facsimiles and reA reference listing (pp. 243-79) of books is appended issues. with classification into various subjects. The citations are "short-title", that is, very brief without further definition of contents beyond the author name or names and essential words All other bibof title with place and date of publication. There are entries also under liographic data have been omitted. periodical titles, institutions, and also cross-references to authors when there are more than one. Works in all fields of botany and of horticulture are included. Five incunabula are among the items inventoried, including the Herbarium of Apuleius Barbarus (ca. 1483)

GMH
"HUMAN POISONING FROM NATIVE AND CULTIVATED PLANTS" by James W. Hardin and Jay M. Arena, x + 167 pp., 55 figs., Duke University Press, Durham, No, Carolina. 1969. $6.00.
In this thin volume, the authors - one a professor of botany, the other a medical professor - have told the story in simple and direct language of the dangers of poisoning from plants which occur in the North American continent. However, many or even perhaps a majority of the plants discussed are found on other continents - either as the same species or as The book is well written, one or more closely related species. accurate as far as could be noted from sample readings, and very attractive to the ordinary reader - with a clean appearing format, good illustrations, both line and halftone, well organized and arranged, and with a good list of references and a detailed terminal index. What more could one ask from a book of this type? Early in the volume is a listing of dangerous plants arranged under wild growing and cultivated types; the first chapter after the introduction takes up the very important allergenic plants, which are not regarded as truly poisonous plants in the sense of heart or respiratory poison materials, etc. The next chapter deals with dermatitis, then follows one on internal poisoning, and the last is I suppose rather unique - "poisoning of pets". In view of the popularity of cats and There dogs, this should be an important attraction for readers. is a good glossary with many figures to illustrate terminology. The plants are arranged by family, following the Englerian order. GMH

1975

Hocking, Book reviews

J4I7

"TEXTBOOK OF DENDROLOGY covering the important forest trees of the United States and Canada," by W.M. Harlow and E.S, xv + 512 pp., 221 figs., 68 pis., many Harrar, Ed. 5: tabs., col. frontispiece, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, London, Sydney, etc. 1968.
In this well-bound handsome volume, a standard work has reappeared to continue its service as a useful and accurate textbook and reference work on the important trees of the forest. The authors are well known professor and dean (respectively) both now in emeritus status. Many important features of identification, distribution, and silvics (forestry data) of about Among the 150 American commercial timber species are presented. new additions is a section on dendrochronology or the calculation of date in recent times (the last few thousand years) by means of a study of the wood rings. - Typically, for each accepted botanical tree, the following information is given: name (with authority) common English (American) name; botanical features of the tree; general description of the plant, including its habitat, preferred soils, uses, etc.; range (with maps); etc. An introductory section covers the general principles of botany as far as they apply to a study of trees, and this is followed by the systematic portion - the Gymnosperms (pp. 45-212) and the Angiosperras (pp. 213-453). Follow a glossary, a list of the official "state trees" of the U.S.A. (i.e., tree species voted by state legislatures as the most popular tree; for example, since 1949, Alabama's state tree is the southern pine, Pinus species) the derivations of some scientific names; a synopsis of important references (31 references); a listing of "selected" references (394 items); and - It is surprising how many of the trees included the index. are of drug use: among some noted were the pines, sassafras, sweet gum, witchhazel, wild cherry, basswood, and others. However, uses of the trees are only casually mentioned at most. GMH
, ;

"WESTERN EDIBLE WILD PLANTS" ed 1, by H.D. Harrington, vii, 156 pp., 62 figs., Univ. of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque,
.

N.M.

1972.

$2.95.

Presented in this paper-back book is a quasi- popular account of the food plants of the western USA, along with a chapter (4) on the toxic plants of the area. Altogether, the volume takes up 42 plant species, of which 37 are food sources and 5 are poisonous non-food plants. The figures are all line drawings except for the colored plate on the cover which illustrates Nuphar polysepala the cow lily. The covered area extends from w. Nebraska and w. Kansas n. to South Dakota (Black Hills) w. to Washington s. to s. California and e. to New Mexico. The book has considerable original material and is based primarily on the author's own experiments and experiences. GMH
,

la8

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 5

"KNOW YOUR GARDEN SERIES: TREES AND SHRUBS" by Richmond E. Harrison and Charles R. Harrison, 199 pp., 582 col. pis., Charles E. Tuttle Co., Publishers, Ratland (title page error for Rutland), Vermont and Tokyo, Japan, (copyright 1965). $12.50 (Yen 4,500).
This attractive volume is a "colour companion" to R.E. Harrison's "Handbook of trees and shrubs for the southern hemisphere". It is essentially an album of colored pictures of cultivated trees and shrubs of southern Australia and of New Zealand; there is a text (of 38 pages) separate from the plates which is chiefly concerned with general statements about cultivation, taking photographs, etc., or general information about important genera of the plants considered. The plants are arranged in the plate section in the alphabetical order of their botanical names (i.e., the genus). For each figure important information is given: the botanical name, common name (in many cases), height of plant as ordinarily seen in cultivations, brief description, and hardiness. An index of 7 pages terminates The the volume, with both common and scientific names listed. attractive colored illustrations are the chief value of the book, and it provides a convenient way to recognize many plants by riffling through the plate section. All the photographs were taken (Kodachromes) in New Zealand where the authors live. The plates are numbered and likewise the pages bearing the plates, so that locating a plate from the index is simply accomplished. While the emphasis is on plants of Australasia, the book also definitely applies to other southern Hemisphere locations, such as South Africa and southern South America. The authors, a father and son team, were successful in the horticultural business in North Palmerston, New Zealand, the father starting up in 1920, and they gradually became interested in the exposition of their attractive stock in trade through colored slides, etc., and this then developed into the compilation of books, of which this is the third. - Some omissions noted: Albizzia Melia (beautiful flowers in spring) Juniperus virginiana Tamar Indus Errata noted: Corrected names shown here: Palmaceae or Palmae (p. 120); Cytisus scoparius (p. 59); Datura rosei (p. 60); Rhaphiolepis (not Raphiolepis) (p. 135); Crataegus (not Crateagnus or Crateagus) (p. 58). An important common name used for Paulownia tomentosa is not mentioned: princess' tree. Robinia species are described as shrubs, however in the case of R, pseudoacacia trees up to 25 fee^ high occur (p. 140). Azalea is given as a good genus with 20 plants figured under this name; which is unfortunate since the genus is not recognized now as separate from Rhododendron for the sake of accuracy the plants should have been listed under Rhododendron GMH
; ; ;
.

1975

Hocking, Book reviews

hl9

"A BRIEF GUIDE TO SOURCES OF SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION" by Saul Herner, ix, 102 pp., 15 figs., Information Resources Press, 2100 M St. N.W. Washington DC 20037 $4.25 (card cover). 1969/1970.
,

The seven chapters of this book take up the following 1) ditopics in the area of research and development (R&D): scientific papers, reports, etc.; seconrectories - primary: textbooks, reviews, abstract and indexing organs; dary: compendia based on the preceding; 2) ongoing (contertiary: for which final results are not yet available; tinuing) with results available; 3) current 3) current or recent with results available; 4) past R&D; 5) or recent chief American libraries and informational sources; 6) prepar7) relation of ing one's own personal reference index files; An the scientist and engineer to such informational tools. appendix furnishes important information on how to obtain certain informational literature from the U.S. federal government. The text of this guide The index following gives good coverage. is based on the presentations at a course presented in 1967 to groups of Federal scientists and engineers and sponsored by the Panel on Education and Training of the COSATI (Committee on Scientific & Technical Information) GMH

R&D R&D

R&D

"BIOCHEMISCHE GENETIK, EINE EINFUEHRUNG UNTER BESONDERER BERUECKSICHTIGUNG HOEHERER PFLANZEN" by D. Hess, XI + 354 pp. 8 33 tabs., 140 figs., 1 col. pi. (dust cover), Springer-Verlag, New York, Berlin. 1968 DM 76,
,

US $19.00.

This introductory text is based on work for the period up There are three main parts to the text: (1) Gene and chemical characters; (2) nucleic acids as carriers of genetic data in viruses and bacteria as well as in the higher plants; and (3) the regulation of gene activity. For an introductory text, this volume seems to be quite comprehensive with many excellent figures, numerous structural formulas, and useful tables. This hybrid of chemistry and genetics is one of the newest active fields of science in which great progress has been made in the last few years. The first part is of particular interest since it takes up various classes of chemical materials - starches, fatty acids, terpenoids, phenols and phenolic derivatives, and alkaloids - with discussions of their constitution, biosynthesis, derivatives, genetic transmission, etc. This part will be of special interest to phytochemists. There are four indices, including the bibliography (with 1167 references) GMH
to and including 1968.
.

U20

PHYTOLOGIA
,

Vol. 29, no. 5

,

"POLLEN AND SPORES OF CHILE: MODERN TYPES OF PTERIDOPHYTA GYMNOSPERMAE AND ANGIOSPERMAE" by C.J. Heusser, 167 pp. 3 figs., 60 pis., with 687 figs., 1 map, The University of 85722 (USA). Arizona Press, Box 3398, Tucson, Ariz. 1971. $15.00. (h X 11 in.)
In this monumental work there will be found detailed descriptions of the pollen grains and spores of 698 species representing 624 genera and 178 fams. of the higher plants ( Pteridophyta Spermatophyta ) of the very interesting and diverse Suppleflora of Chile. 130 endemic genera are represented. menting the descriptions are photomicrographs of excellent quality. Each plate bearing eight to thirty pollen grains/ spores bears a scale in microns, which makes the figures that Other features of the volume include a much more useful. diagnostic key to generic (and a few specific) identities based entirely on the structure of the reproductive cell; a glossary; An outstanding palynoa bibliography; and the thorough index. logist. Dr. Lucy M. Cranwell (now Mrs. Watson Smith) has furnished an enthusiastic "foreword" to the volume, a sort of imprimatur. The primary purpose in preparing this work was to aid in the study of plant microfossils in the area of the Chilean Pleistocene. While the number of living plant species in Chile runs into the thousands, this work with its emphasis on generic representation should be of great help in any study involving pollens or spores. Most of the pollen studied were obtained from herbarium specimens although a small proportion came from living plants. For identifications, the author has depended in good part on Carlos Munoz' Sinopsis de la Flora Chilena (1959). Preceding the systematic part of the volume, there will be found an historical note, and a general description of the vegetation, methods of study, etc. The area covered includes besides the Chilean mainland, the Juan Fernandez Islands and Easter Island, the latter 2500 miles away from but a possession of Chile. This volume should furnish an excellent model for other similar treatments of pollen/spore materials of other areas of the world, and particularly of Latin America. chilensis ( Jubaea (Mol.) Baillon is apparently the same palm referred to in Willis' Dictionary (ed. 7) as J. spectabilis Kunth) GMH
;

"SIX-LEGGED SCIENCE" Editio 2, by Brian Hocking, vii + 199 pp., several figs., Schenkman Publishing Co. Inc., 3 Revere St., Cambridge, Mass. 02138. 1971. Cloth $4.95; paper $2.95.
This book by the outstanding prof essor^'entomology at the University of Alberta (Edmonton, Alta. , Canada), was designed to interest, amuse, and educate the layman. It is written in a light and amusing tempo , but, hidden in the amusing and attractive phrases there is a good dose of scientific knowledge. Surrounded as we are by hordes of insects and other arthropods.

1975

Hocking, Book reviews

U21

notably the spiders, it is remarkable how little the average person knows about them. There is definitely a cultural gap here and although it seems improbable that the insects will learn much about man, there is no reason that man should not acquire a considerable fund of knowledge about his tiny fellow inhabitants on the planet Earth. There are chapters on the various forms, characters, and capabilities of insects, their sensory powers, the great variety shown among members of the group, the economic importance of some members of Insecta, and For those who become interested and wish so forth and so on. more serious reading, there is at the end of the volume a rather well chosen list of references and finally, something usually omitted from popular books, an index. This would be an excellent book to buy as a gift for almost anyone GMH
(1)

"THE DEVELOPMENT OF F. D. and J. F. M. Folger Booklets on Press of Virginia,

NATURAL HISTORY IN TUDOR ENGLAND" by Hoeniger, iv, 60 pp., 21 pis. (separate), Tudor and Stuart Civilization, Univ. Charlottesville, Va. 1969. $1.50.

This treatment is divided into three parts - the text proper (semi-popular in type), suggested readings, and the excellent plates. The history of biological knowledge in England is traced from ca. 1485 to ca. 1599, thus roughly covering the 16thCentury. "THE GROWTH OF NATURAL HISTORY IN STUART ENGLAND FROM GERARD (2) idem, iv, 54 pp., 19 pis. (separate); 1969. TO THE ROYAL SOCIETY. (Price $1.50). The text is followed by "suggested readings" and the plates. This booklet covers the period roughly from 1600 to 1700, the 17th Century, including discussions on Gerard and his herbal, other herbal writers, such as Parkinson, Thomas Johnson, and Merret, Sir Thomas Browne, and the founding of the Royal Society of London (1660). These publications discuss the importance of the various workers and works and interpret their findings in the context of science as a whole. GMH
Eine Anleitung zur Erkenntnig von Drogen in "TEEANALYSE: Teemischungen. " by L. Horhammer Ed. 3: 74 pp. (text), with a portfolio containing 60 pis. with 556 figs., 1 col. pi., Springer-Verlag Berlin, 1970. DM. 48; US $13.20.
. . ,

The text describes 275 drugs mostly from the standpoint of their appearance to the eye using 6X hand lens. The accompanying portfolio shows these drugs, mostly in whole condition (natural size) and as comminuted drug (usually twice natural size). The drugs are divided into 10 groups and taken up in this order: leaf (30 representatives), herb (77), flower (34), fruit (8), wood (7), bark (25), root (36), rhizome (12), and miscellaneous crude drugs, such as algae, fungi, lichens.

U22

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

exudations, bulbs, tubers, arils, fruit peels, peduncles, and The book and portbuds (22). The photographs are excellent. folio should be of much assistance in the identifying of both teas and the crude drugs represented, and they thus play a The groups are sufficiently small that a diagnosdouble role. Index. tic key was apparently thought to be unnecessary. GMH

"QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF PLANKTON DIATOMS" by M.H. Hohn, xv + 211 pp., 91 figs., 84 tabs., 1 map. Bull. Ohio Biol. Survey N.S. 3(1), 1969.
Studies were made of diatoms in Lakes Erie, Michigan, Ontario, and Superior, with a description of Lake Erie. A check list of plantkon diatom species and varieties is included for western Lake Erie, covering the period 1938-1965. The occurrence of individual species over the past 40 years has varied considerably with four chief categories: (1) species previously common, which have more recently disappeared or almost so (ex. Cyclotella stelligera ) ; (2) species previously absent or rare now major dominants (ex. Melosira binderana) (3) species remaining stable in numbers (ex. Asterionella and (4) species increasing in frequency but with the f ormosa) same percentage occurrence (ex. Melosira ambigua) GMH
; ; .

"FLORA OF CHINA" Family 153: Malvaceae by Shiu-ying HU, 80 pp. plus 24 pis., index; (also 2 cover figs., map, list of fams. covered in Flora of China, on cover) Arnold Arboretum, Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (USA),
,

1955.

In this monograph, 14 genera of the fam. Malvaceae are keyed down and treated individually to varieties, with all the usual appurtenances of such a monograph together with useful information on medicinal and economic uses of the taxa in China as well as the Chinese names, in Chinese script. Dr. Hu is a acientist at the Arnold Arboretiom of many years standing and well known for her many studies of Oriental plants. She is also very much interested in the practical utilization of plants, particularly in medicine and foods, and so is of very great service in communicating to the west the enormous wisdom of the east in these matters which has accumulated over the course of several millenia. - In this work, the places of collection of the various taxa are shown for the various parts of China (with names of collectors, date of collection, etc.). GMH

1975

Hocking, Book reviews

U23

"A PRELIMINARY CHECKLIST OF THE FERNS AND SEED PLANTS OF UPHAM WOODS, BLACKHAWK ISLAND, JUNEAU COUNTY, WISCONSIN" by H.H. litis, Edit. 2., 17 pp., c. 1971 (mimeographed).

Upham Woods is located along the Dells (Dalles) of the Wisconsin River, 2 miles n.w. of Wisconsin Dells (town) and is Five habitats are recowned by the University of Wisconsin. ognized and described (prairies; pine woods; maple woods; hemlock-white cedar woods; and sandstone cliffs). The check list shows ca. 300 taxa and gives the botanical and common names of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta which have been found in Indices of scientific (Order of Engler-Prantl. ) this park. and vernacular names of families are appended. GMH

"PRINCIPLES OF RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE" by Dwight J. Ingle, Ph.D., xv, 123 pp., 2 tabs., J.B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia, Penna. 1958. $4.75.
This well written and well balanced text presents basic guide-lines for the proceduring of experimental work in these important disciplines. There are chapters on limitation of mind (sensory range, phobias, preconcepts, lack of controls, etc.), causality (types of causes, etc.), probability, chance, and randomization, errors (sampling and personal errors, fallacies) heteropoietic factors (referring to differences in results depending on variable external and internal factors, such as sex) principles of te<ting validity, reliability, standardization, etc.), the experiment proper (experimental design), interpretation of results, theory in biology and medicine, and relationships among scientists (ethics of teacherstudent relationships, senior-junior investigator, colleagues, etc.). The author nas succeeded in endowing the text with considerable interest by means of vivid examples, etc. GMH
, ,

"INDEX PLANTARUM QUAE IN OMNIUM POPULORUM PHARMACOPOEIS SUNT ADHUC RECEPTAE (Indice delle Piante finora ammesse nelle farmacopee ufficiali dei diversi stati del mondo) (Index of plants which are up to now officially recognized in all of the pharmacopeias of the world). 722 pp., 53 figs., 12 tabs., Antonio Imbesi. Messina, Italy XI, Available through Libreria Santo Vanasia, 71, Via M. Macchi, Milano, Italia. 1964. L 24,000.
The author of this elaborate tabulation of all the vegetable drugs of all pharmacopoeias of all modern times (from 1772, the date of the first edition of the Danish Pharmacopeia) is the Director of the Institute of Pharmacognosy of the Universita di Messina (Piazza XX Settembre) The following are the principal sections: (1) historical-bibliographical note on pharmacopeias,
.

I2k

PHTTOLOQIA

Vol. 29, no. $

is considered in turn; (2) pharmacognostic observations on the pharmacopeias; (3) alphabetical table of countries with editions, dates, numbers, and abbreviations used; (4) dates of first editions of pharmacopeias; (5) abbreviations of authors of plant epithets; (6) medicinal plants cited in the works of Celsus, Scribonius, Pliny, and Dioscorides; (7) the chief part of the work, a listing of plants by alphabetical order of genus, indicating correct botanical names, parts used, where official, etc. (583 pp.) followed by an Addendum to the same of 17 pages, representing additions necessitated by new editions of the Chilean (3rd), Japanese (7th), and Soviet (9th) which have since appeared. Finally, there is an index of the drug titles by Latin name.

A few criticisms are in order: The National Formulary (editions I to XII, from 1880 to 1965) should have been included. This book is legally equivalent to the U.S. Pharmacopeia as a drug compendium, and in the past has had many more crude vegetable drugs than the U.S.?./ A very useful compilation which would have facilitated use of the book would have been a one page listing of current pharmacopieas with the edition number and date, using abbreviated titles and in alphabetic order. For instance, Arg. IV, Austr. IX., Belg. IV, B.P. X, Bras. II., etc. This might even have been printed on a book mark. /Quite a number of omissions were noted, mostly representing N.F. drugs: Mitchella; Statice ( Limonlum carol inanum ) Mentha cardiaca Ipomoea orizabensis is not shown for any US compendium, whereas it was official in the N.F. VIII-XI. The fruit of Xanthoxylum americanum and X. clava-herculis is not indicated although this was official in the N.F. IV-VIII.
;
.

There is a discussion of the U.S. P. 1830 New York Convention edition; in that year, two pharmacopeial conventions were held, one in New York, the other in Philadelphia and each convention published a separate pharmacopeia. However, no attempt apparently was made to include drugs of the N.Y. Convention, in "Index Plantarum." Other errors or omissions: Berberis aquifollum should be Mahonia aguifolium (nom. conservandum) (page 208) Aletris farinosa is "Starwort" (p. 149) Aluna root should be Alum root (p. 402); Juniperus virginiana was official as red cedar leaves in USP early editions; USP 1830 (NYC) recognized Juniperus communis "berries" (galbuli) and tops The name Mentha spicata L. is generally recognized not M. viridis L. , which is considered a synonym (p. 476); the leaves of Papaver somniferum var. album were formerly recognized in the Spanish Pharm. (according to Tschirch) (p. 513). Pterocarpus santalinus was last official in USP XIV (XIII) (p. 574).
. . .

1975

Hocking, Book reviews

U2$

Another possibility which might have been explored in the compilation of vegetable drugs would have been inclusion of Thus, plant names where an active principle is represented. while Rauwolf ia serpentina is not and never has been off ical in the USP, yet reserpine, its characteristic alkaloid, has (Rauwolf ia has been official in been official there since 1959. Other omissions: Aralia racemosa (NF. the NF. since 1960). Chionanthus virginica Baptisia tinctoria (NF IV-V) IV-V) (NF IV-V); Cocillana ( Guarea rusbyi ) (NF IV-V); Dicentra canadensis (Corydalis) (NF IV-VII ) Dioscorea villosa (NF IV-V); Brauneria pallida and B. angustifolia (NF IV-V); and others.
; ; ;

In a work of this size and complexity, errors are bound to occur; in spite of them, we have here a very valuable work, which every library of pharmacy, pharmacology, pharmacognosy, medicine, or economic botany should possess. A second edition within a decade or so would be of great value in bringing the work up to date following the appearance of new editions of the various pharmacopeias. GMH

"AMERICA'S SYSTEMATICS COLLECTIONS: A NATIONAL PLAN" by H.S. Irwin, W.W. Payne, D.M. Bates, and P.S. Humphrey (Editors), xiv 58 pp., 10 tabs. 1973.
This is the report of a special committee of systematic biologists (the Belmont Writing Committee) prepared in Oct. 1972 at a meeting at the Belmont Estate, Maryland, of the Smithsonian Institution. It is concerned with systematic collections in all fields, principally botany and zoology, regarded as a national resource. Ways and means are proposed for making such collections more effective tools in the service of science. Suggestions include a survey of such resources, improving the quality and quantity of professional personnel associated with such collections. Following the discussions, there are a series of tables incorporating much statistical information dealing with these collections, including estimates of needs. GMH
"A SCIENTIST AND HIS EXPERIENCES WITH CORRUPTION AND TREASON IN THE U. S. MILITARY- INDUSTRIAL ESTABLISHMENT" by Donald H. Jacobs, xiv + 649 pp., 30 figs.. The Jacobs Instrument Co., Ltd., 3114 Beach Drive, Victoria, B.C., Canada. 1969. $30.00.

Here have we the epic story of a modem Prometheus attacked by the eagles and hawks of the Defense Department. Jacobs is said to be one of the outstanding inventors responsible for advances in the bomb sights used in military aircraft and his desire for perfection and genuine quality in this equipment was

1^26

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

opposed by the military office holders who apparently showed little or no interest in best defense efforts, hence in effect The story is told acted treasonably, according to the author. in detail, with names, places, and dates; it has the ring of In this book, the inventor first tells authenticity and truth. his life story from 1915, when born in New York City, later of his school and college life, and then of his professional career Los Angeles, New Jersey, and elsewhere. in Albuquerque, N.M. The author explains the unappreciative attitude of the military (p. 324) by saying that "the military people had taken over the scientific weapons field so completely since World War II that all key scientists had been eliminated from control of weapons research, and it was now completely in military hands." From his statements (and he shows proofs) it appears that the Navy did not pay him fairly for his long hours of labor carried on It seems clear for many years and for his productive efforts. that "the program is. .manipulated by Government officials for private gain to the vast detriment of the national military stature." In addition to the difficulties with the U.S. Navy, Mr. Jacobs also got into hot water with the Income Tax Division of the Federal government, which apparently took advantage of It is not hard to believe the transgressions and the situation. Finally, Jacobs got the unfairness of the income tax office. sick of the mess and went to live in the beautiful city of Victoria, B.C. in the Dominion of Canada. GMH
,
.

"SENOR KON-TIKI" by Arnold Jacoby, 424 pp., 56 black and white photographs, 1 portrait (dust cover). Rand McNally and 1967. Company, P.O. Box 7600, Chicago, Illinois 60680.
$6.95.

This is the story of Thor Heyerdahl, the man and the scientist, written by a boyhood associate. A chronology might be composed along the following lines for Heyerdahl: born in Larvik, Norway X/6/1914: 1/37: went to the South Seas (Fatu Hiva, in the Marquesas) with his wife, Liv. III/38: arrived back in Larvik. 1939: visited British Columbia, Canada (Bella Coola, Vancouver, Victoria, Trail), At the latter, he worked at the smelting plant, living at Rossland, the summer at Arrow Lake; and went to U. Wash. (Seattle) Fall/1941: Baltimore, Maryland, awaiting a call from his
11/42: 1943:

nation Joined Norwegian Armed forces in Canada. As member of armed forces to England and Scotland.

1975
X/^^:

Hocking, Book reTiewa

Ii27

Assigned to active duty in sabotage for the Norwegian army Returned to Norway (via Murmansk) X/44: Discharged from Norwegian Armed Forces VIIl/45: IV/38/47 Kon Tiki raft voyage across the Pacific from July, Aug. South America Second marriage; Santa Fe, New Mexico (USA) early summer.
Published "American Indians in the Pacific". Visit to Galapagos Islands Visits Easter Island to make archeological studies. 1958: Goes to live in Colla Micheri (Liguria) Italy, his present home 1960: J.xcoby went to no. Italy to visit T.H. and write his biography. Heyerdahl's early unpopularity among archeological scientists and rejection of his ideas slowly developing into acceptance and eventually acclaim and high honor is clearly and interestThis is an informative as well as an iningly expounded. teresting account of an outstanding person. - There are several misprints; ex., Olso for Oslo, etc.: also a few errors of fact (ex., "genes" for blood factors, p. 399). But these are really minor GMH
1949 1952: 1953: 1955:

"SELECTARUM STIRPIUM AMERICANARUM HISTORIA Nicolai Joseph! Jacquin', Facsimile of the 1763 edition, 2 vols. v. 1: Text. F1-F32 = 10 pp. (unpaginated) + I-XII + 1-284 + 14 Plates. (unpp. (unpaginated); totl 352 pp., V. 2: paginated); 32.5 X 22 cm, Hafner Publishing Company, Inc. New York City. 1971. $62.50.
:

This impressive work of the Baron Nicolaus Josephus Jacquin (1727-1817) has been admirably reproduced and thus made available to students of botanical taxonomy. The "History of Selected American Plants" is a good deal more than a mere history; the Latin "Historia" can here be interpreted as meaning a systematic account of the plant from the standpoint of morphology, habitat, geographical range, etc. In addition to the text and engravings of the original edition, an extensive discussion ("Foreword") of Jacquin and his activities is given, written by Dr. Frans A. Stafleu. (pp. F1-F32) This includes a biographical account: details on his collections and publications: a translation into the English language of the Praefatio (Preface), which is of course, like the entire work, in Latin; discussion of the botanical exploration of the Caribbean Sea before Jacquin' s work; an explanation of the various abbreviations and references which appear in Jacquin' s work; and references pertaining to Jacquin, his labors, and contemporary botanical history. - As to the work proper, the title page as was usual in
.

l^2Q

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. $

the period of its publication is elaborate with an engraving of two ships in heavy seas in the background, and in the foreground The place the land with Indians, plants, and a single white man. of publication, Vindobona (Vienna) is indicated, as well as the date 1763. In following pages is the dedication to Francis I, Holy Roman Emperor; the Preface; an index of plants by botanical name (binomial) showing corresponding pages of text and plate number; and then the text proper. The order used is that of the Linnaean system. The plants described and figured were collected in Martinique, Jamaica, what is now Hispaniola but was then denominated "Domingo", and in other islands as well as on the adjoining continental areas. There is at the end of the textual volume an appendix with additional plants, indexes of botanical names and vernacular names, a catalog of authors cited, and a keyed explanation of the plates. The volumes are well bound in cloth, with on the front covers the title in gold and a copy of one of the engravings of Hirtella americana (branch). These ..arge olumes are as additions to the library physically attractive as well as being a useful subsidiary reference.

GMH

"HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE"

Edition Two, by Jules Janick, xi + 586 pp., 324 figs., 24 tabs; W.H. Freeman and Company, 660 Market St., San Francisco, California 94104. 1972. $12.00.

This hard-back cloth-bound textbook represents a selfcontained treatment of the title subject, with adequate backgrounds in botany (systematics, morphology, physiology, etc.) to inform the student adequately in an elementary course. The subject is presented in an interesting and lucid manner, the ideal of any teacher. Numerous Illustrations and tabular compilations of data enliven the pages. There are three main divisions ("parts"): biology; technology; industry. Under the first, the classification and structure of horticultural plants are taken up, along with plant growth and development. In part II, there are chapters on controlling the plant environment, directing plant growth, biological competition, mechanisms of propagation, plant improvement, and marketing. Part III includes horticultural geography, production systems (taking up special fields of horticulture, such as plantation*, orchards, vegetable farming, landscape horticulturing, turf production, etc.), and crops, and a last chapter "Esthetics of horticulture", which tells us how the beauty of the home and other environments can be imp^ved by the intelligent cultivation of appropriate plants. A generally adequate index follows. - The chapter on horticultural crops was of special interest since it indicates what a diversity of plants are included within the scope of horticulture: fruit crops, including nut crops, beverage crops, spice and drug crops, vegetable crops, salad

1975

Hocking, Book reviews

U29

plants, solanaceous fruits (ex. tomato), edible legumes, starchy root vegetables, cole crops, vine crops, etc. and - In the section on spice and drug plants, ornamental crops. For inseveral errors were noted, eight on page 521 alone. stance, it states rather ambiguously, "there are over 200 species of spice and drug plants collected for use in the United States This was intended to mean that throughout the world alone". (including the USA) 200 such plants are collected for use in On page 522 "peppercorms should of course be "pepperthe USA. Neither peppermint nor spearmint are commonly culticorns". vated in Japan - these are different entities from "Japanese mint" (J. peppermint) which is widely grown there. Vanilla contains no essential oil as stated (p. 523) but only a fatty oil; the fine aroma is due to vanillin. The "seeds" of celery Despite such and other umbelliferous spices are actually fruits. errors, the book is all-in-all an excellent textbook.
,

GMH
"ANNUAL REVIEW OF ECOLOGY AND SYSTEMATICS" (Editors: R.F. Vol. 2: ix + Johnston, P.W. Frank, and CD. Michener) 1971. 510 pp., 58 figs., 8 tabs., 2 charts, 6 matrices. No price given.
.

The text is made up of 19 chapters, each one by a scholar or scholars specializing in the subject of his or their review. (or plants The following are concerned importantly with plants and animals or organisms in general) (6) Laboratory stream research: objectives, possibilities, and constraints (C.E. Warren and G.E. Davis). (7) The measurement and application of the calorie to ecological problems (R.T. Paine). (8) Significance of intestinal microflora in herbivores (R.H. McBee) (11) Adaptive radiation of reproductive characteristics in Angiosperms. II: (This conSeeds and seedlings (G.L. Stebbins) cerns the various special adaptations found in seeds and seedlings which peirmit them to survive and persist under different environmental conditions) - (12) High-latitude phytoplankton (Mary Belle Allen). (13) The hypothesis of nonspecif icity and taxonomic confluence (J.S. Farris) . - (14) Principles of clustering (W.T. Williams). - (15) The karyotype in systematics (R.C. Jackson).. - (17) Arctic and alpine plant life cycles. (L.C. - (18) Phytotelematic biota and community structure Bliss) determination in plant-held water (B. Maguire, Jr.). (In this contribution, there is a discussion about phytotelemata, small bodies of water occuring on leaves or flowers or in holes in trees and typically populated, at least in the hotter areas of the earth by algae, fungi, protozoa, insects, and other small orms of life. They are richest in biota in the tropical wet areas. Pitcher plants ( Sarracenia species) and bromeliads are well known for their water accumulations. The mode of colonization of organisms is often an enigmatic problem. In this chapter the author who is associated with the University of Alaska had
:

k30

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

discussed the Arctic and Subarctic areas (bathymetry, major currents, light, ice, etc.) and related these environmental parameters to the periodicity and numbers of the phytoplankton. The community of microalgae living in the ice is very unusual Anothej^roblem is the possible and worthy of further study. differences in the plant and animal forms at the Arctic compared It has been shown that ice formation is with the Antarctic. different in the two regions and that fishes in the two regions This excellent review of perhave differing metabolic states.) tinent subjects ends with extensive author and subject indexes. GMH
"THE GOLDEN AGE OF SCIENCE" by Bessie Zaban Jones (Editor), xxxvii, 659 pp., Simon and Schuster, 630 Fifth Ave., New $12.00. 10020. 1965. York, N.Y.

This volvime presents a series of biographies of great scientists of the 19''century, written by their contemporaries, usually acquaintances, and originally published in the Annual The individual biography Reports of the Smithsonian Institution. is concerned with the man's works and outlook at the same time There is a minimum that an account of his life is given. Among the 30 scientists included are Asa Gray, of annotation. In the table of conJoseph Dalton Hooker, and Charles Darwin. tents, the name and vital dates are given; it would have been advantageous to the user to have also included the specialty, such as (Mathematics) GMH

"BASIC MICROSCOPIC TECHNICS" by Ruth McClung Jones, xiv + 333 pp. 27 figs., 1 tabl., Univ. of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1968. $6.50. Illinois (USA) and London (England).

While the book is devoted primarily to the microscopic study of animal tissues, much of the content is useful and applicable There are chapters on study of the to that of plant materials.
whole organism; killing, fixation, and storage; stains and staining; non-section methods (smears, squashes, prints, etc.); histological stains; hematology; hard tissues; embryology; cytological methods (nuclei, chromosomes, mitochondria, etc.); histochemistry; injection methods; the microscope and simple There are magnifiers; drawing; collection of specimens; etc. appendices on reagents and supplies, formulae, equipment, and dealers. Finally, a glossary, bibliography, and index complete the treatment. The book is based on M.F. Guyer's "Animal Micrology" (1906-1953). The author is daughter of C.E. McClung The book (editor, "Handbook of microscopical technique"; 1929). reviewed is a practical and understandable textbook, - Error: page 200: paragraph 4: last line: 0.04 mm. should be 0.025 mm. GMH

1975

Hocking, Book revienra

h31

synopsis of "ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF MALAYAN SEED PLANTS: orders and families of Malayan Gymnosperms, Dicotyledons, and Monocotyledons, "by Hsuan Keng, xxiii plus 429 pp., 207 figs., 1 frontispiece, 1 fig. on dust cover, Univ. of Malaya Press (.available from Univ. of Malaya Co-operative Bookshop, Ltd., Univ. of Malaya, Pantai Valley, Kuala Price M $60. = c. $ U.S. 2U.00. 1969. Lumpur, Malaysia).
This work can serve in a dual capacity, on the one hand serving as a manual in the teaching of botany and on the other as a convenient scheme of reference for comprehending the arrangement and relationships of plant taxa, somewhat like the works of Rendle (."Classification of flowering plants") and of Lawrence ("Taxonomy of vascular plants") except that these works related to temperate land floras whereas the present work considers tropical plants, including many groups not mentioned in Rendle or Lawrence. The arrangement followed for the Gymnospermae is that of Engler-Diels, whereas the monocots and dicots have been set in the order used in McLean and Ivimey-Cook (."Textbook of theoretical Botany," vol. 2; 1956) and by Firbas (in Strasburger, "Lehrbuch der Botanik," ed. 28; 1962). Garnishing many pages are excellent line drawings of various species as means of illSuch ustrating the characteristics of the respective families. illustration^ almost invariably show a branch with leaves and flowers/fruits, individual flowers, floral parts (sometimes as diagrams or exploded to show sequence), a floral diagram, fruit, and seed. The text presents descriptions in brief form with an indication of numbers of genera and species in Malaya, and the economic value of various species, such as in foods, lumber making, medicinals, or technology. There are numerous keys throughout the text, all the way down from the Division Spermatophyta to genera. The book seems to have been well and accurately written and thoroughly proof-read, since errors were not noted in sample readings of the text. At the end of the volume, there are a Bibliography, Appendix I with order and family names in Malay and Chinese, Appendix II with a simple artificial key to the coiranoner families, a glossary (with illustrations) , an addendum, and an index of scientific names - The coverage is of plants native to or (family and genus) naturalized or commonly cultivated in the Malay Peninsula and on Singapore Island; in a few cases with plants on Sarawak and Sabah. The book should be of interest not only in tropical and sub-tropical areas, but also to taxonomic students everywhere. GMH
.

Ii32

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. $

"SEAWEEDS OF CAPE COD AND THE ISLANDS" by J.M. Kingsbury, X + 213 pp., 115 figs. The Chatham Press, Box 281, Chatham, 1969. $12.50. Mass. 02633.
The text of this book alternates with excellent drawings Generally, one text page and prepared by E. and Marcia Norman. In this way, an opposite figure are used to cover each species. some 93 species of Chlorophyta, Phaeophyta, and Rhodophyta are covered. At the end of the descriptive text there are a key to genera and species, a glossary (.mostly referring by page number to definitive texts), a very brief bibliography, and the index. The introduction discusses several higher plants growing in sea water (.such as eel grass, Zostera marina) which are often mistakenly taken for seaweeds or Algae - In the Individual treatment of algal species, the botanical name is used in the heading, along with the order to which the plant entity belongs, the etymological derivation of the name, and a general statement on distribution. The descriptive paragraphed information follows in smaller type-face. A successful combination of technical information with non-technical language results in a productive popularization of the scientific facts about Algae. At the same time, the coverage of important and interesting data on seaplants will appeal to the scientist reader as well as to the layman. GMH
.

"WILD EDIBLE PLANTS OF THE WESTERN UNITED STATES" by Donald R. Kirk, 338 pp., 339 figs., 2 portr., 1 col. pi.. Nature1970. Paper back; $3.95. graph Co., Healdsburg, California.
In this useful volume, plants are included from Southwestern Canada and northwestern Mexico in addition to those of the twelve states included in the Pacific Coast and Rocky Mountain States. The 302 plant species are arranged according to geographical location: (1) generally throughout the west; (2) northwest US; (3) southwest US; (4) The Rocky Mountain states. For each plant the data are presented in the following order: Names, scientific and common; preparation and uses; habitat and distribution; description and illustration. There are a glossary of botanical and food terms, a useful bibliography, and three Indices: a plant name index, a non-food use index, and a food use iridex. The paper is smooth and durable (unlike that of most paper backs), the printing clear, the figures (line drawings) exIn this day of a recellent, and the job generally well done. turn to the wilderness, the appeal of this book should be almost universal since so many are now in sympathy with the ideals of a simple rural life. It will also appeal to those who believe we should consume more fruits and vegetables, to those with money saving in mind, and to those who may desire to experiment with new tastes and aromas. GMH

197$

Hocking, Book reviews

U33

"BACK TO EDEN" by Jethro Kloss, VII, IX, 671 pp., XIII (Index); 700 pp.; -56 figs., 1 portr., Lancer Books, Inc., total: $2.00. 1939 (1971). 1560 Broadway, New York, N.Y. 10036.
This paper-back represents an unchanged reprinting of a It popular work on "herbal medicine" available in the'30's. brings out the pet treatments and fads of the writer, with one fruits; oranges; cooking in chapter devoted to each subject: aluminum containers; fasting; eating meat; fresh air and exMuch of the text is a kind of cookbook. ercise; and so on. This is now referred to as an "underground classic", meaning that it is not recognized by the medical profession, I suppose. Whereas much of the text expounding well known health principles is sound enough, some parts should have been deleted, such as the Biographical data section on cancer, which is very misleading. on the author who called himself an "herbalist" would have been Even the dates of his birth and death are not interesting. given. The author shows a strong religious belief throughout and appears to equate his system of "natural medicine" to the Creator GMH
I

"MYCOLOGICAL STUDIES HONORING JOHN N. COUCH" Edited by William J. Koch, ix + 280 pp., 1 portrait, many figs, and tabs.. The University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill, No. Carolina. 1968. $10.00.
This fine cloth-bound volume is made up of articles which appeared in a single issue of The Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society (vol. 84, No. 1; Spring, 1968), published by the same press. There are 40 articles in the "Festschrift", published in honor of the Kenan Professor of Botany Emeritus at the University of North Carolina. As would be expected, the first article in the volume is a tribute to this outstanding mycologist ("The career of John Nathaniel Couch"), and includes a listing of his publications (1920-1967). Many ot the articles which follow are of outstanding interest to the mycologist and sometimes to botanists of other areas, and as might be expected also to scientists in other disciplines. Thus, one article deals with a patently chemical subject: "Pigments of the Actinoplanaceae". Another one would appeal to the ecologist: "Ecology of Coelomomyces infections of mosquito larvae". The plant physiologist would find of interest the article titled: "Some nutritional requirements of an unidentified Micromonospora " To a cytologist, among other numbers, the paper on "Ultrastructure of Pilimelia anulata (Actinoplanaceae)" would be of interest. The plant pathologist would no doubt find of interest the contribution entitled "Extension of the host range of Octomyxa

U3U
.

PHITOLOGIA
I

Vol. 29, no. 5

A parasitologist might well be intrigued by a brevllegniae " "Infection by Coelomomyces indicus of Anopheles gambiae ". title: Truly there is something for everyone GMH
"UNKRAUTBEKAEMPFUNG" by Dr. Werner Koch, 342 pp., 42 figs., 32 tabs., Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Gerokstr. 19, Stuttgart, B R D 1970. DM. 34.-. (German Bund Republic).
In this volume there is dealt with from various viewpoints the very important matter of weeds - their biology and ecology, measures for getting rid of weeds, the herbicides, weed removal with various cultivations (cereal grains, maize, sugar beets, mangel wurzel (fodder beets), potatoes, rape and turnip, cabbage, pulses, carrots, celery, red beets, lettucej and endive, spinach, asparagus, onions, fruits, meadow crops, grapes, etc.), weed extirpation in forestry and measures for the removal of weeds (or other undesired plants) in areas classed as nonfarming and non-forest as well as in areas used for horticulture. The last chapter may well be the most important in the book, in view of the present tendency to avoid active herbicidal "poisons" so as to reduce pollution of our environment and to use non-toxic The book is written in biological controls wherever possible. simple German with many graphic aids to an understanding of the subject matter. An innovation of the publisher is the making available to interested persons of "reading samples", being mimeographed passages from the book which should give a good idea of the style, coverage, and utility of the text. GMH

"DEVELOPMENTS IN INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY" by Various Authors, C.F. Koda, (editor), IX, 398 pp., many figures and tables. Proceedings of the 18th General Meeting, Society for Industrial Microbiology. Held at Lafayette, Indiana, August 27-31, - Plenum Press, 227 West 17th Street, New York 11, N.Y. 1962. $13.50
39 papers are published in this volume, aside from the Introductions; a fortieth paper was withdrawn (.Potentiation of Several bacterial growth by algal extracts, by J.M. Sharpley) main classifications of papers are indicated: (1) Microbiological applications for space vehicles and extraterrestrial stations. (3) Prob(2) Preservation of oil-in-water systems. lems in water microbiology. (4; Fermentations. - As might be expected, there is a wide diversity of topics included in this ranging from anticancer as in preceding numbers of the series: antibiotics, hallucinogenic mushrooms, wood rotting through fungal activity, antibiotic non-medicinal uses, fungicides, etc. All articles of course are concerned with the utilization and control of micro-organisms. The largest single block of papers
.

1975

Hocking, Book reriews

U35

here such illuminating titles is that dealing with space travel: nutritive value for Algae of fecal are to be found as these: pyrolysis gases; microbial protein for the space age; human feces as a nutrient for Algae in closed space ecologies; microbial synthesis of animal feeds from human waste substrates; control of waste putrefaction in space flight; human feces as a nitrogen - It is obvious from source for some green Algae and others. these articles that the space travellers of the future may expect to sacrifice some of the pleasures of the table for the excitement of supersonic velocity travels to far realms. While earth-bound humans will enjoy their roast beef, green peas, and ice cream, planetary visitors will have to be content apparently - The with kelp stew, spirogyra broth, and weed coffeell various contributions in this useful book will no doubt be ab- The reviewer will stracted in the various abstract media. cover several of the chapters for Excerpta Botanica , Sectio A. (ex. hSPENSHADE, M. A, Isolation and cultivation of Basidio mycetes ) GMH
;

"LILIIFLORAft AND MICROSPERMAE" Flora of the U.S.S.R. Vol. IV. V.L. Komarov, (chief editor;, xxxiv + 586 pp., 44 pis., 2 maps, Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Botanicheskii Institut, Translated into English. Available from U.S. Dept. Price not given. 22151. 1968. Commerce, Springfield, VA.
, ,

The families covered are as follows: (XXXIII) Liliaceae Amaryllidaceae Dioscoreaceae Iridaceae Orchidaceae The first four families represent Liliif lorae Orchidaceae the Microspermae In addition to the systematic part of the text, there are an Addendum (III) with 46 spp. nov. (in Latin) (however, these diagnoses were published in 19JJ5, hence are of interest only as the original treatments) also an alphabetical list of families and genera which appear in this volume; a list of the vegetation regions of the USSR; and an explanatory list of abbreviations for Russian institutions and journals appearing in the text. 14 compilers are listed for this volume. GMH
; ;
; ; .

"SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF STRYCHNOS" VIII, by B.A. Krukoff and R.C. Barneby, 29, 1-93, 7 figs., tabs. Memoirs N.Y. Bot Card. 1969.
This number of the series contains new information on 71 of Strychnos together with a number of infra-specific entities, together with 14 appendices including sunmiary information of the taxa so far taken up. A key is provided to fruiting or sterile materials of American Strychnos. Included are the following new species: S. romeubelenii (coastal forests of
spp.

Ii36

PHYTOLOQIA

Vol. 2?, no. 5

Bahia, Brazil; related to S. rondeletioldes Spruce ex Benth.); S. araquaensis (Goias, Brazil; related to S. erichsonii Schomb. ex Prog.;; S. bahiensis (Bahia, Brazil; belongs to sect. (Para' and Amazonas, Brazil; related to S. diaboli Longif lorae) Sandwith; S. goiasesis (Goias, Brazil; related to S^. S. progeliana (AmaTronas, Brazil; panurensis Sprague et Sandwith) S. atlantica (.Belrelated to members of sect. Brevif lorae ) monte, Bahia, Brazil; of sect. Brevif lora e) and S. cerradoensis and S^. (Minas Gerais, Brazil; related to S. nigricans Progel) One var. neglecta (.Amazonas state, Brazil; sect. Brevif lorae ) nov. is described. There are also range extensions for 33 spp., reinstatement of 3 spp. as valid, and placing in synonymy of
;
;

spp.

GMH

"SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF STRYCHNOS IX," by B.A. Krukoff and R.C. Barneby, Memoirs N.Y. Bot Garden
. ,

20:

94-99.

1969.

This paper reports the results of a continuing study of specimens in various herbaria of the world. Information is given on ll species, including extensions of range for 7 of them. There are no novelties. Examination of the types of S. parvifolia DC. and S. rubiginosa DC. indicates that for the time being they are best treated as distinctive spp. As in previous instalments, mention is made of any chemical information or data on medicinal usage or toxic proporties. A total of 54 herbaria has been visited for specimen examination (important exception: Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris; and it is felt that nearly all specimens extant collected of American Strychnos have been examined. Some recent publications have also been considered in updating the authors' treatment of this group. GMH

"THE BIOLOGY OF PARASITIC FLOWERING PLANTS" by Job Kujit, xiii + 246 pp., 187 figs., 4 tabs., Univ. of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, Calif.; London, England. 1969. $15.00

This is a most interesting book, treating as it does of those mysterious higher plants which thrive by growing on other higher plants, sucking their life-giving sap and thus comparable to such animal parasites as the vampire bats or fleas. In this large folio-sized volume, there are 9 chapters: an introduction; then chapters on the mistletoes; sandalwoods and relatives; the broomrapes and parasitic f igworts ( Scrophulariaceae ) members of families Raf f lesiaceae , Hydnoraceae and Balanophor aceae genera Cuscuta and Cassytha , and families Lennoaceae and Krameriaceae the specialized sucking organ called the haustorium; physiological aspects of parasitism among plants; and the evolutionary aspects of the parasitic way of life. This is
, ; ;

197$

Hocking, Book reviews

U37

followed by an immense bibliography (30 columns) and the triplecolumned index. - The book is somewhat deciving if one considers the page count; actually it must represent the average book of twice the number of pages at least, since the print is rather small and there are two columns to each large page. The pages of text are decorated with many drawn figures and photographic prints so that it is almost in the order of a graphic - One of the most interesting account of this group of plants. chapters deals with the many genera and species of mistletoes, members of the family Loranthaceae Surprisingly to most Europeans and Americans is the fact that most taxa of mistletoes are natives of the tropics and sub-tropics, with a mere handful found in the temperate regions. The family is larger than generally realized, with 36 genera and about 1300 species now recognized. This chapter deals with habits and modes of parasitism; the morphology and biology of the flowers; embryology including fertilization of the egg cell, growth of embryo, and development of seedling in the early stages of independent life, fruit development and dispersal; and the mutual relationships of the mistletoes. The early history of human knowledge about these and the other parasitic plants is treated in Chapter 1, where also the uses, superstitious beliefs, folklore, etc., are taken up. This book is of value both as a reference work and for the intrinsic interest of the subject to serious students. GMH
.

"THE NARCOTIC COMPLEX OF THE NEW WORLD" by W. La Barre, 14 pp., Bobbs-Merrill Reprint Series in Anthropology. 197l

This represents a review of the use of psychotropic drug agents in the Americas as a means of furthering the religious experience, specifically by fostering shamanism. A shaman is a human priest believed to be in the "possession" of a master spirit or the god. The drugs discussed include tobacco, alcoholic drinks, peyote. Datura spp. caapi, caffeine drugs (yaupon, mat^; ololiuhqui, yopo. Salvia divinatorvmi , hallucinogenic toadstools, and coca. Of course there were several other agents in use. GMH
,
,

"INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE STRUCTURE OF PLANT CELLS" by M.C. Ledbetter, 51 plates and 8 text fig. IX, 188 pages, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag. 1970 Cloth DM 54, US $14.80.

The tremendous potentialities of the electron microscope have been drawn upon in this volume, which is essentially an album of electron photomicrographs with attached detailed legends. The book is appropriately composed of large sheets (folio size) of heavy shining-smooth paper in order to give maximum reproducibility to the micrographs. The authors are

U38

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

associated with prestigious institutions - Ledbetter with Brookhaven National Laboratories and Porter with Harvard University. The contents of the book are distributed among ten chapters with general ceil structure; fine the following subject matters: structure interphase cell (resting cell) and cell organelles; dividing cells; cell wall and plasmodesmata; vascular tissues (vessels and sieve tubes with companion cells); sclerenchyma (mis-spelled schlerenchyma) (fibers and stone cells) and collenchyma; epidermal cell and variations; photosynthetic apparatus cells having special inclusions (mesopht^ll, chloroplast) (chromoplasts, laticifers, tannin cells); germinative tissues (PMC, pollen grains, pollen tube, etc.). The volume has many applications: it will interest general botany students in giving concrete examples of some of the cell mechanism apparatus about which they learn in their classes; it will be equally as useful to advanced students in furnishing visual information on the important furniture of the cell. Another valuable feature of the book is the "Supplementary reading" following the descriptive text for each plate; these references (mostly in English) will enable those interested to read more on the subject, a valuable help if one considers how much time can be wasted in searching for a source of detailed information. (General information of course is easy to come by) Some of the plates represent lower magnifications (in the range of the light microscope) and are intended for orientation purposes. In some cases, such micrographs are marked with a rectangular box and this section shown at higher magnification in a subsequent photograph. Two of the 51 plates are diagrams not photographs. (There are 59 figures all told) There is additionally a micrograph on the dust cover, the identity of which is not revealed; possibly it is mesophyll cells of Phleum pratense (timothy) (see - On page 149, the raphid (raphide) cell is displate b.l). cussed and "raphid" or "raphide" (spelled in the text both ways) is defined to mean a bundle of needle-shaped calcium oxalate crystals. Most authorities use raphide to mean the individual acicular crystal, not the bundle. On the same page, "crystalizes" is a misspelled word. On p. 150, the first reference would be more correctly cited as Handbuch.Pf lanze nanatomie GMH
;
.

"GOOD-BYE TO ALL THAT" by Harris Lewine, (Designed by Alan Peckolick) 128 pp., many figs, (s.n.), McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, St. Louis, etc. 1970. Price unstated.
,

This volume is in the form of a tin box of Lucky Strike cigarettes (old design) which held 7U cigarettes and was called a "flat seventies". The text is lightened by a miscellanea of illustrations, including many actors and actresses of the screen smoking cigarettes at a time when the vice was considered a fashionable act. It is difficult to understand the significance of the book or the reason it was written. Apparently

1975

Hocking, Book revieira

li39

it is a kind of history of the rise and present decline of Cigarette smoking of sorts dates from very cigarette smoking. early times in America, but the modern cigarette as we known The book it origincited apparently in 1832 among the Egyptians. is nostalgic with stories of the past, of an old Auburn Speedster (car), the days when cigarette cards were popular (the reviewer remembers the fad as a schoolboy in England; when at the boys' school he attended the recess was taken up mostly in trading The book revives many fond memories for the perthe cards). The author is in error in son who is old enough to remember. supposing that cocaine induced "dreamlike, thoughtful states" The order of (p. 15) (actually cocaine is stimulating). illustrations on a page is not clockwise as stated in the leg-

ends.

GMH

"MODERN DRUG ENCYCLOPEDIA AND THERAPEUTIC INDEX (MDE) " 11th edition, by Arthur J. Lewis, (Editor), X + 788 pp.. The Yorke Medical Group, The Reuben H. Donnelley Corp., 46b Lexington Ave., New York 10017. With Supplement, Jan.24 pp. 1970. June, 1970. $2b.0U + 0.50 (handling charge).
In this text of 822 pages, one will find a current compilation of drugs (or "compendium") of outstanding value. Strongly bound in an attractive red hard cover, the book deserves and will secure a place on the No. 1 book shelf of many a medical library, physician's office, and pharmacy reference collection. For 35 years the book has been a most useful and a much used work - often the basis of collegiate courses on new drugs. The many items covered are arranged in alphabetical order from page 1 to page 741 running from Accelerase-PB to Zymafolic. Following this is a therapeutic index going from "abortion therapy "to" X-ray contrast media". Then comes the manufacturers' index from "Abbott Laboratories" to "Wyeth Laboratories", covering of course only the companies whose products are listed here. With this latter index one can see at a glance the chief products of each respective firm. Preceding the main body of text are foreword, table of contents, instructions on using the book, and a useful glossary of dispensing forms which have been trademarked (from Abboject to Zestab) Both pharmaceuticals and biologicals are included. Although most products can be found by using the total alphabetic sequence of the text, there are eight important groups where drugs have been segregated within the respective group and would have to be looked for in this place. These groups are listed in the Table of Contents and include the adrenal corticosteroids, erythromycins, fluoride-vitamins, insulins, penicillins, phenothiazines, sulfonamides (antibacterial), and thiazide diuretics. Fortunately, these items have been cross-indexed in the text. Thus for instance, if you did not know that Fluphenazine is a phenothiazine derivative, or did not know the manufacturer or the prime therapeutic
.

1^0

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

application, you still would not miss it, since it appears One on page 319, between Fluoxymesterone and Fluprednisolone. criticism I might make is that these cross entries might well be printed in a heavy face type, else they might well be overFor each item, the data are arranged in the following looked. trade name, chemical name, description, indications, order: contraindications, precautions, adverse reactions, dosage and administration method, and availability (dispensing forms;. A list of manufacturers with their addresses does not appear: it might be rather useful. GMH
"DRUGS FROM A TO Z: A DICTIONARY" by Richard R. Lingeman, xvii + 277 pp., McGraw-Hill Book Co., jJ30 W. 42nd St., 1969. $6.95. New York 10036.

This small volume is both interesting and contemporary, and will answer with useful information some of the questions For an instance, it is very that come up nowadays so often. difficult tr readily o, ain information on the properties and I know this becuase I made a brief uses of morni ig-glory seeds. search of my library books and found very little. Turn with me to "Drugs from A to Z" (pages 171 to 173) and you will find a rather useful account of this "new" hallucinogenic, with mention of course of the related "ololiuqui". - Following a brief pages of dictionary from A to Z, inintroduction, there come ^ cluding many slang expressions that are often difficult to find defined (ex. cop, cook up, corrine, etc.). Follow four appendixes: (1) "nonsynthetic derivatives" of opium, morphine, and (Error: some are synthetic, such as dihydromorcocaine". phinone) ; (2) generic names of synthetic opiates; (.3) generic and trade names of barbiturate, amphetamine, and combination drugs (Drug Abuse list); (.4) miscellanious drugs of potential All lists except No. 1 are in alphabetic order. - In danger. the introduction (p. xiv) , mention is made of some synthetic I could not find either morphine substitutes; one, "laterine". Some omisin this Dictionary or in any of my, reference books. jive, liamba; mata cachorro (Amazon area); sions were noted: pantagruelion (Cannabis ?) takrouri (Cannabis ?) GMH
;

"RELATIONSHIPS OF TREES OF THE LUQUILLO EXPERIMENTAL FOREST", by E.L. Little, Jr., Chap. 3-B/In ODUM, H.T. and PIGEON, R.F. A tropical rain forest; a study of irradiation (eds.): and ecology at El Verde, Puerto Rico. - U.S. Atomic Energy 1970. Commission, Washington, D.C.

A total of 207 species of native trees in 133 genera and 55 plant families are found in the Forest; 50 additional tree
The native trees are classified species have been introduced. Ca. 2/3 grow wild somewhere on the into 9 geographical groups.

197^

Hocking, Book reviews

hhl

North American continent and over 25% are also found in both 30% are native to other islands of Central and South America. The closest the West Indies but do not reach the continent. South America seems to relations are with Hispamiola and Cuba. Nearly 30% are be the main source of the original immigrants. restricted to Puerto Rico (61 species) and are of particular interest in studying plant relationships and evolution; included among these are 26 species endemic to the Luquillo Mountains or slightly beyond. GMH

"HERBIZIDE UND IHRE RUECKSTAENDE" (Herbicides and Their Residues) by Hans Maier-Bode, 479 pp., 189 tabs., Al figs., linen, Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Postfach 1032, 7000 Stuttgart 1, Ger1971. Price: DM 80.-. many.
The herbicides are of much interest in the world today and for instance, the are frequently mentioned in news dispatches: extensive use of these materials in South Viet Nam to destroy vegetation which shelters enemy troops; and the frequent mention of supposedly harmful effects on human beings, apparently first observed in Viet Nam. The author is Professor of Pharmacology at the University of Bonn, and 63 years ago (1908) his own father published in the same press a work entitled: "Die Bekaempfung der Acker-Unkraeuter".' Economics Councillor Fr. Maier-Bode was Director of the Information Office for Plant Protection and Plant Diseases in Augsburg. The two volumes, that one and the present While it is frequently by the son, have however little in common. stated that the herbicides are or may be hazardous, such a statement is really meaningless when one considers the large number of chemical substances of many different classes which are being used. In the special (second) part of this book, the author has considered in detail 66 compounds belonging to 10 chemical classes. These have been discussed both from the standpoint of his own researches and those of associates (which were previously unpublished) and from the extensive literature (there are ca. 1500 references in the bibliography). For each compound, there will be found detailed information on the physical-chemical properties of the compounds, their behavior in the soil and in plant and animal organisms, their degradative mechanisms, their acute and chronic toxicity for lower animals and man, their side-effects on the world of living things, the residues which remain on foods and harvested products following their regular application in agricultural practice, and the effects which may be expected to come from these residues. An annex to the text furnishes tabular summarizations of the data, including tolerances for herbicides allowed legally in various countries, oral toxicity of various herbicides, appropriate analytical methods to apply to various herbicides, annual applications of herbicides to agricultural areas of various countries during the years 1963-6, etc. Subject index. This book will be of interest to pest control

llU2

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

officials, toxicologists, pharmacologists, human and veterinary medical men, and chemists. GMH

"NATIVE AND NATUEALIZED PLANTS OF NANTUCKET" by F.C. MacKeever, (Edited by H.A. Ahles) , xxviii 130 pp., Univ. Massachusetts Press, Munson Hall, Amherst, Mass. 01003. 1968. $6.50.

Nantucket Island, about 50 miles in area, lies off the This catalog of coast of Massachusetts of which it is a part. species arranged the plants in alphabetical order of their families from Aceraceae, with two species of Acer, to ZosterFor each taxon, aceae, with six taxa of Potamogeton and Ruppia. there are given the common name, native home, synonyms, flowering period, references (sometimes), and mention in previous books, including four on Nantucket's flora, also Fernald's Gray Manual. There are also additional notes with discussion. The collection number of the author's specimen in the N.Y. Botanical Garden is also given. There are an introductory text and the 526 species are represented (Pteridophyta and Spermindex. atophyta) and a gr and total of 610 taxa (including varieties, forms, and hybrids). The last preceding work on the Nantucket flora was E. Bicknell's "Ferns and flowering plants of Nantucket" (1908-1919) This would be a very useful manual for the botanical visitor to the Island and should also be of interest for the adjoining land areas. GMH
.

"ABSTRACTING SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL LITERATURE: an introductory guide and text for scientists, abstractors, and management," by Robert E. Maizell, Julian F. Smith, and T.E.R. Singer, xvii + 297 pp., many tabs., 40 figs., Wiley-Interscience, 605 Third Ave., New York 10016. 1971. $14.50

Abstracting of books, brochures, and articles in journals has become constantly more important with the advance of science and technology; in fact, to a large extent this advance is dependent on the availability of abstracts - the key to the voluminous literature. This volume presents no history of the art and science of abstracting; however, we do know that this convenience extends back about a century in western countries and is parallel in its development to the outgrowth and flourishing of the various fields of science. This handbook should be of much utility to the person who prepares but also to the one who utilizes abstracts, especially those in the information field and those who operate computers. "Abstractors and abstracting are important" (to quote one heading) and this can be figured on a dollars and cents basis, since the salary of a full time researcher is high ($20,000 a year for a chemist with Ph.D. and something like $20.00 per man-hour). Time saved in literature searching is money saved. The monetary value of abstracting is

1975

Hocking, Book revieira

Uli3

not matched by any cash return to the abstractor since many abstractors carry on their useful activities as an unpaid voluntary service (ex. Biological Abstracts ) while others receive only a (It is said small return, properly denominated an honorarium. that in the Soviet Union, abstractors are well paid and can carry on this work as a regular profession rather than as a side line - In this volume, there are as it is in the United States). chapters on "user groups, clients, and audiences", managing abstract operations, selection of material for abstracting, the mode of writing the abstract, kinds of abstracts, exceptions and special cases, access to abstracts through indexing, in-house abstracting bulletins, the role of abstractor in literature searches; auxiliary services of abstracting organizations (such as translations), bridging the time gap with abstracts, evaluatThere are also included useful ing abstractors and abstracting. lists of selected terms and abbreviations, references, and examples of actual published abstracts. It seems that there is an unnecessarily large sample of some minor types of abstracts (ex. Both the beginning and the Metal Abstracts with 16 pp.). seasoned abstractor will find much of value in this volume. GMH
,

"BIOLOGY OF ACETAJBULARIA" by J. Brachet and S. Bonotto (editors), Academic Press, XV + 300 pp., 113 figs., 9 tabs., 7 pis. New York 10003. 1970. $10.00.

This is a report of the First International Symposium on Acetabularia organized jointly by the Universite'' Libre de Bruxelles (Belgium) and the Centre d'^tude de I'Energie Nucleaire, Mol (Belgium) under the auspices of the European Communities (EURATOM) held in Brussels and in Mol, 18-20 June, 1969. The 86 participants are listed in alphabetic order. The chief interest of the symposium in this unicellular (acellular) green alga depended on the ability of that part of the cytoplasm separated from the part containing the single nucleus to continue growing and differentiating. These capacities are of course generally thought of as being under the direct control of the nucleus. There are papers on morphogenesis, biochemistry, ultrastructure, photosynthesis, and circadian clocks, and the effects of light and radiation. Cytoplasmic-nuclear relationships and the autonomy of the mitochondria and chloroplasts are considered in terms of molecular biology. There are chapters on regulatory problems in Acetabularia medi terranea (the best kno^^m species) and other A. species, RNA synthesis, a stable RNA "species" (strain) in A. mediterranea cytoplasmic DNA, the effect of DNA synthesis inhibitors (hydroxy urea and ethidium bromide) on morphogenesis in the organism, the fine structure of gametes and zygotes, plastid structure and evolution of plastids, regulation of enzymic activity during morphogenesis of nucleate and anucleate cells, mechanisms of cell wall formation, ultrastructure of organism during formation of the secondary nuclei, effects of red and blue light on morphogenesis
,

UUU

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

and metabolism, photosynthesis in chloroplasts isolated from the ^Iga* rhythmic regulation in the genus, amino acids incorporation by chloroplasts isolated from anucleate Acetabular ia ,

GMH
"THE PRIMITVE THERAPEUTIC USE OF NATURAL PRODUCTS. A BIBLIOGRAPHY," by B.D. Martin. Self-published. - Pittsburgh, Penna. s.d. (1971).

The reference citations in this bibliography are arranged in the alphabetic order of the authors' names. Naturally, the scope is world-wide; the listing includes books, pamphlets, and journal articles. By "primitive" the compiler intends popular, primary, and not savage or untutored. Included are remedies used by primitve man centuries or millenia ago as well as primitive man of the present period; the literature is both ancient and modern. The bibliographic items are drawn from many different fields pharmacy, medicine, chemistry, botany, anthropology, etc. The items listed are all available at the Library of Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Penna., and are available for public use. 1491 ntmibers are listed. A skeletonized subject index covers the last few pages.

GMH
"THE MEDICAL MESSIAHS" by James Harvey Young, A social history of health quackery in twentieth-century America. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N. Jersey. XIV + 460 pp., 1967. $ 9.-8. pis.:

Congratulations, Professor Young, for an excellent work, a worthy successor to your "Toadstool Millionaires", which traced the history of proprietary medicines in the United States from the 1700' s up to 1906, the year of enactment of the Pure Food and Drug Act. In the present work, the continuing defrauding of the American people is told as it is extended from 1906 up to the most recent times. It is disgraceful to the American nation that such false practices have succeeded and still succeed despite all the efforts made by people of good will to prevent them. However, there is improvement, even though slow, and such exposures as this one should do much to accelerate the "The truth improvements in medical formulation and labeling. shall make you free"--and perhaps also healthier. One of the most interesting chapters deals with Hadacol, which only a few years ago was sold very widely in the States and was advertised with claims for health which were out of all reason. The book is thoroughly documented by the use of footnotes on almost every page. The end-papers are interesting for their reproductions

197$

Hocking, Book

revlefirs

Wi$

of American Medical Association posters; however one would need a magnifying glass to read them. The book is an important contribution to the history of medicine and pharmacy in the U.S.A. GMH
"PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS" by Ruth D. Musser and John J. O'Neill Ed. 4, The Macmillan Company, 866 Third Avenue, New York 10022. XX + 1033 pp., 47 tabs., many figs.: 1969. $10.95
If a student would wish to have a textbook in which the important matters are stressed and with an effective classification of the subject matter, he should find this book of It represents an unusually well written and well interest. arranged text - systematic, clear-cut, with the essentials plainly given. The book has made effective use of headings, bold face type, italics, tables, figures, and also useful tabular information on the end papers (measure and weight equivalents, and Latin abbreviations). Each chapter is provided with good important references and a set of questions. One useful device is the gray bars bearing a list of the official preparations and dispensing units (sizes), which also serves to separate the various compounds. There are three useful appendixes: (1) general book references; (2) glossary of technical terms; (3) answers to questions in Chaper 4 (Pharmaceutical arthmetic review). After these, there is a useful index. Although essentially a nurses' textbook, it is actually appropriate for other medical fields, including medicine itself and pharmacy. Included in the text are 14 "sections", each with from one to eleven chapters, a total of 54 chapters in the book. The content follows: introductory; antibiotics and other chemotherapeutic agents; autonomic nervous system agents; central nerv ous system agents; peripheral nervous system drugs; cardiovascular drugs; urinary system drugs; hormones; metabolic agents; gastrointestinal agents; agents acting on skin and mucous membranes; parasiticides; drugs for allergy; enzymes; toxicology; biologicals. The first edition of this book appeared in 1958 with later editions in 1961 and 1965, in addition to which several supplements have also been issued. The book is well made with good binding, strong paper, clear printing throughout. It is a book well worth the price tag.
i

GMH

BOOK REVIEIIS

Alma L. lloldenke

"TIMBER: Its Structure and Properties" ly H. E, Desch, Fifth edrition, XX & U2k pp., illus., Macmillan Ltd., London & St. Martin's Press, New loric, N. T. 10010. 1973. $17.50.

This new edition of this dependable, much-used text and reference source of worldnide scope introduces metric units throughout except for not altering imperial \mits in direct quotes. Seven additions have been described and illustrated in the chapter on the more important coomercial hardiroods. Re-evaluations of timber diylng, including a 1970 method of dehumidifying now in cocmeroial production, (2) superficial appearances of Merulius and Coniophora cubical breLkdown, (3) coaposite wood products, (U) mechanical add much of value stress grading practical for commercial usage to this new edition* The reference value of this book would have been enhanced if page numbers were added for all entries after the trade or botanical names listed in Appendix I or II or even in the index*

"THE GENERA OF THE MESEMBRrANTHEatACEAE " ty H. Herre, iv & 316 pp., illus., A. A* BaUcana, Publisher, Rotterdam, ? B. 16 75, Netherlands. 1973. Fl. 105 oversize,

Such a beautiful production! Taxonomic botanists should and probably will have access to this work, but professional horticulttirists, succulent enthusiasts, ecologists, etc. may not learn of its existence unless it becomes advertised by some U, S. distributor. The attractively accurate and partly colored illustrations by the Bolus Herbarium artists of the University of Cape Toira, the excellent distribution maps for each genus, the well worked out keys, the careful taxonomic studies that have grown out of ample field and herbarium e^qperiences, the valuable port raited biographical and bibliographic material, and the detailed descriptions of the plants on the 121; full-size color plates bjr the author who was a former ciirator of the Botanical Garden of the University of Stellenbosch in South Africa all these are the main factors in making this book both a study of considerable scientific value and a presentation of great beauty.

"LOVE OF EARTH" l=y Herbert E. French, 311i pp., G, P, Putnam's Sons, New York, N. T, 10016. 1973. t79$*
"Mankind has always been the most spendthrift creature of all, using up the limited treasures of the earth as if they will be end1*1*6

197^

Moldenke, Book reviewa

UU7

lessly available. Suddenly^ he has bogim to talk of recycling, oZ preserving, of conservation, of giving back some proportion of what he has bean thus far overtaking moat greedily," This author, who previously shared with mar^r readers the scientific wonders and beauty of the 70 percent of our globe in his "Of Rivers and the Sea" (1970), herein treats the dry 30 percent in similar interesting fashion under such topics as the birth of earth island, its stone and mineral treasures, forests, animals both wild and herded, farming and urbanization, humankind's connecting yet marring earthwide iroads euid better means (shank's maz^) of enjoyment of our only earth. Good readii^ for scientist and non-scientist alike*

"BABOON ECOLOGY": African Field Research" by Stuart A. Altmann & Jeanne Altmann, viii & 220 pp., illus.. University of Chicago Press, London & Chicago, Illinois 60637. 1973. $11.95
paperboiind

"In general, our goal was to understand how the animals cope with the problems that they face in their natural habitat; toward this goal, we tried to obtain records that would be adequate, in terras of accuracy of observation, quality of description, and. quantity of data." "Although baboons are found in environments ranging all the way from moist, evergreen forest to semi-desert steppe, most of them live in the savouinah habitat.. . .Such plant associations cover much of the African continent. Thus, much of the abundance and wide distribution of baboons is the result of being successful in a predominant habitat ... .^rtiere they exploit a wide variety of plant and animal food sources, and feed selectively on some of the most concentrated sovirces of nutrients in their environment. ...without exposing themselves to excessive risks." liThat a wonderful expeidence this couple with their infant, tent, Landrover, recorder, binoculars, alert and well trained minds, etc., must have had mostly in the Amboseli Game Reserve between July 1963 and August 1961^. This careful account has for its warp and woof interest axid accxiracy and is embroidered effectively, not superficially, with valuable diagrams, photographs and drawings as it reports primarily upon a specific troop of the yellow baboon, Papio cynocephalus

L.

"FLORA OF WEST VIRGINIA" Part III, 2nd Edition, by P. D. Strauabaugh & Earl L. Core, pp. 577877, illus.. West Virginia University [Press] Bulletin Series lU No. 2-1 August 1973, Morgantown, West Viiiginla 26505. $3.25 each part paperbound.

The botanical leaders in this university have always been very conscious of the local flora. Since the original edition of this work [1958] iras very carefully

UUS

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 5

prepared for descriptions, illustrations, range, and keys, all that is needed in this new supply of books for the students is up-to-date taxonony and county records amd an invitingly beautiful color photograph of Rhododendron aaadnum, the state flower, on the cover. This volume covers the flowering plants from the Linaceae through the Plantaginaceae . In reference to Verbena officinalis the cautious comment is made "Reported from 'W. Va,' by Oray's Manual, 8th ed., p. 1210, but we have no specimens." That record is probably based on two collections by Ritter Gustav von Outtenberg from Harper's Ferry in Jefferson County on August 2Uth and 28th, 1878.

"REVISION OF THE NDSTOCACEAE TIflTH CYLINDRICAL TRICHOMES: Fonnerly Scytonamataceae and Rivulariaceae " by Francis Drouet, v & 292 pp., illus., Hafner Press of Macmillan Publishing Company, London & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $1U.95.

The taxonomic reduction of over 3,000 specific and infraspecific designations often placed in either of the two families mentioned latterly above into only U in a section of only one family might concern some readers as crass oversimplification if they were not familiar with the lifetime studies of this careful scientist-author. Almost all of the 1,700 nomenclatural types not destroyed by war, neglect, or isolation behind political barriers were studied, as were also axenic and xenic laboratory ciiltures under varied conditions, and field observations also under varied conditions, times and localities, to a total of 20,000 Uilng and preserved specimens that were viewed microscopically. "The mox>phology and physiology of trichomes of the blue-green algae alter continuously tmtil the processes of growth or d^redation have been almost or completely stopped by catastrophic pfaysical or chemical changes of the environment or by thickening of cell walls... .yet the only criteria of systematic value in this group are trichomatal characteristics." Careful descriptions, drawings, indexing and substantiated disposal of synonymy are give for the accepted following four farranging species: Sgytonema Hofmannii Ag., Calothrix parletina (Nag.) Thur., C. Crustacea Schousb. & Thar., and Raphidiopeis cnrvata Fritsch & Rich constituting the Nostoeaceae with cylindrical trichomes.

PHYTOLOGIA
Designed tu expedite botanical publication
Vol. 20

January. 1975

No. 6

CONTENTS

LOURTEIG,

A., Oxalidaceae extra-austroamericanae.

I.

Oxalis L.

Sectio

Thamnuxys Planchon

449
472 477

EL-GAZZAR,

A.,

& BADAWI,

A. A., The taxonomic position of

Asparagus A

MOLDENKE, MOLDENKE, MOLDENKE,

H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. lAl. H. N., Notes on evv and noteworthy plants.
A. L.,
in

LXXIV. .... 503

504

Book

reviews

Index to authors

Volume Twenty-nine
scientific

504
Volume Twenty-nine
505

Index to supra-specific
Publication dates for

names

in

Volume Twenty-nine

512

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and

Alma

L.

Moldenke

303 Parkside Road

Plainfield,

New

Jersey

07060

U.S.A.

Price of this

number $1.50; per volume, $9.00

at close

in advance or $9.50 of volume; 75 cents extra to foreign addresses

LIBRARY
MAY 27
1975

NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEM

OXALIDACEAE EXTRA-AUSTROAMERICANAE
I.

Qxaljg L. Sectio Thamnoxya Planchon

Alicia Lourteig

MusSum d'Histoire Naturelie, Paris,

Abstract This is the first paper of a series on extra South Ameri*. can Oxalidaceae that I intend to publish by Sections. My research has led me to revise a great number of specimens outside of the South American continent and therefore, some changes in the nomenclature and on the ideas of geographical distribution are the present result. Oxalis L. Sectio Thamnoxy Planchon includes about 30 species most of them confined to South America, Only one, 0^, Barrelieri L. spreads out to reach Africa and the Pacific Islands. Two are endemics of the Antilles: 0^. pinetorum (Small) Urban in Cuba and 0^. scoparia Norlind ex Urban in Haiti. 0^, microcarpa Bentham and 0^. Dombeji Saint Hilaire from the tropical Andes reach Mexico along the Pacific slopes. 0_. f rutescens L. a widespread species in Central and South America (including the Antilles) is composed of several subspecies based on old species namtfs that I cannot keep in that rank. The following new combinations are established: frutescens L. ssp. f rutescens chiefly for the Antilles, 0^, frutescens L. ssp. pentantha (Jacquin) Lourt. comb, novof for O^e Venezuela mountains, (M.B.K.) Lourt., ce*nb. nov, for O^o frutescens L. ssp. borjensis the savannas of Colombian-Venezuelian frontier (affluents of the 0rinoco river) frutescens L. ssp. anqustifolia (H.B.K.) Lourt. comb, nov,, for 0^. the 5 of Texas and Mexico to NW of Argentina and SE of Brazil. The last taxon has much synonymy and is the most widespread o ne with large ecological variation; however no separation of any taxa can be maintainedo Unfortunately, the name adopted by priority, represents only a reduced number of specimens growing under difficult conditions, in very dry soil: stems short, hard, tortuous, leaves crowded, very small, folioles lineal, rather thick and glaucous, almost glabrous.
. .
,
,

La 5ecci6n thamnoxys se caracteriza por poseer el raquis foliar desarrollado apareciendo los dos follolos laterales opuestos aleja doB del terminal, y, las cipsulas turnantes. Exclusivamente americaw na, de regiones cSlidas, cuya distribucifin geogrSfica va desde Texas hasta el NW de Argentina y el SE de Brasil, esta Seccifin comprende unas 30 especies de las cuales s6lo seis habitan en Centro- y Norteamfirica; 0^. Barrelieri es la finica que se halla en otros continentes.

NOTA. No se cita la sinonimia exclusiva de SudamSrica.

kk9

U50

PHYTOLOGIA
Clave de las especies

Vol. 29, no. 6

A. GJpsulas globosaa, carpelos 1-seminados

a.

Pol. obovados a lineales

b. Peclolos cillndricos Pol. obtusos. C#pa.

globosas 1 pinetorum h* Pecfolos alados* Pol. retusos. CJps. globosoaplanadas 2. Bcoparia 3. microcarpa a' Pol. ovados, subagudos Bo Cfips, ovoideas u oblongas, carpelos pluriseminados a. Corola rosada, base blanca. GSps. ovoideas, glabras 4. Barrelieri a* Corola amarilla (a veces estrfadas de rojo). C^ps. oblongas b. Pis. glabras o con pelos largos, viscosos o glandulosos. 5. Dombeii Pol, glaucos con cistolitos blancos bT Pis. pubescentes. Pol. pubescentes. Pol, forma oariada, los laterales emarginados. Dorso carpelar generalmente pi6. frutescens ssp. anqustifolia lo80
1.

Oxalia pinetorum (Small) Urban

Pig. 1 B

Urban, Symb. Antill.

5^:

376.1908 Knuth, Pflreich.130: 74. 1930.

Lotoxalia pinetorum Small, N. Amer. PI. ^(1): 49.1907. 0. cajalbanensis Urban, Ark. Bot. 24 A^ (4): 12.1932. frutescens auct. cuban . (Grisebach, Sauvage) non L.J 0^.
Tipo .Cuba. Isla de los Pinos, Santa Rosalia, leg. A.A.Taylor (154) 25 VI 1901 NY. HerbScea (h. 40 cm) base aubleRosa. Tallo erguido o recostado, glabro o con pelos cortos esparcidos, pubescencia densa en los ramos jfivenes. Internodios casi nulos (hojas aubopuestas y pseudoverticilos o sumamente aproximadas) y h. 4,5 cm. Pollaje dimorfo, pero hay especlmenes con un solo tipo de hojas saan las lineales o las otras. Pecfoloa (h. 25 mm) finos, pubescentes. Raquis 1-2 mm. Peciolillos carnosos, purpiSreos, pilosos ( mm). Pollolos en hojas inferiores eJ.fpticoa a suborbiculares, obtusos (10-23 x -^--10 mm), en hojas superiores angostamente lineales, l-nervados (8-20 x 2-5 mm), todos cilia dos, con pubescencia sobre la nervadura media, raramente sobre las d dos faces, glabrescente. Ciroaa erguidas terrainales, largamente pee cioladas (h. 8 cm), bffidas (ramas h. 25 mm), 7-31-floraSo Brficteas pijpureas, owado-acuminadas ( 2 mm); bract^olaa ( 1 mm). Pedice los glabroB (3-4 mm) artioHlados cerca de ^ da la base. SSpalos verdosos, algo desigualea, oblongos o eljipticos (2,54,5 X 12 mm), glabras, truncados, obtusos o subagudos, alguno en cada flor retusQ. Pfitalos amarillo-brillantes, obovados (1012 mmj.Eatambrea pilosos, los largos (2,5 mm, los cortos 1,5 mm, soldados h. jr. Pistilos ( 4 mm); estilos pilosos, estigmaa pequeRos. CSpsula globoso-apiculada (4-4,5 mm) glabra, cSliz de su largo; carpelos 1 ssminados, interioimente glabros. Semillas (2,5 mm, inma-J-

+ftl epfteto alude a la localidad tipicf

1975

Lourteig, Oxalidaceae

U51

turas) ovoideo-aplanadae, agudas, B-costadae, lo-12 eetrfaa transver sales notables. Distribucitfn qeoqr^fica . Endftiiica del oeste de Cuba, en savanas hfimedas arenosas.V. carta 1. CUBA. l-eg. Wright 2177 ,1860-64 BM,6H,K,M0,P,S. Prov. Pinar del Rfo, Herradura, Clfan 1Q6B2 10 IV 1920 5. Los Palacios, Ekman lOBBl , 17 IV 1920 5. MantiJa, Darwiji, Ekman 11066 . 2 VI 1920 S, UPS. Pinar de Cajalbana, edge of brook, Ekman 17365 . 28 VIII 1923 tipo 0^. ca ialba nensJB . S. Pueblo Nuevo, leg. Ekman 17594. 9 X 1923 5. Herradura to Paso Real, Shafer 11775 . 11 I 1912 MO, US. Isla de los Pinos. Loma Daguilla, Ekman 12491 . 2 XII 1920 5. 5E corner of Cerro Daguilla to Sta. Isabel, Killip 43957 , 12 IV 1954 US. 5 Santa Rosalfa, A.A. Taylog 154 25 VI 1901 tipo e isfitipo NY. San Diego de los Ba03, Rutten-Pekelhaarinq 528 , 2 VI 1933 U. Ca. 100 m, lb. Rutten-Hekelharinq 612 . 11 VII 1946 U. Leg. N^. L, &. E.G. Britton and Wilson 15111 27 II-l III 1916 US. 0B5. La mayorla de las f lores son wicrostlieas; los estambres, en las pocas flores macrostileas observadas son mucho mSs pequeflos que en las otraa flores,
, ,

2o

Qxalia scoparia Norlind ex Urban

^ig. 1 A

Urban, Ark. Hot. 17(7): 33, 1921. Knuth,

0,

!...

75-76,1930.

trouiniana Urban, Ic. 20 A (5): 15. 1926, Knuth, _1,. 430.

Tipo . Haiti. Dep. du Sud, Port I Pimant, leg. Ekman (339) 26 VI 1917
S.

^^erbicea (h, 50 cm). Rizoma sublefloso. Tallos subleRosos en la base, erguidos, po6o ramificados. Pubescencia carta, curva, subad presa, esparcida. Ramos jfivenes pubescentes, glabrescentea, setas en la inserciiSn de los pecfolos. Internodios inferiores h, 20 mm, casi

nuloB en los fasclculos foliares y hacia el Spice; cicatrices de la insercitfn foliar esclerosadas. Hojas alternas, subopuestas y pseudoverticiladas. Peclolos rlgidos (h, 40 mm), filodialus (0,2-0,7 mm an cho), Peciolillos carnoaoB (0,2-0,5 mm) piloses. Follolos obovado-oblongos (nervaduras secundarias poco notables) a iineales (1 nervado doa), truncados, obtusos o subretusos a veces mucronados (8-23 x 1,5 -10 mm), pubescencia esparcida, haz a menudo glabro. Cimas ascenden tea largamente pedunculadas (h, 8 cm) mayores que el folia je, glabras, bffidas, ramas erguidas (h. 30 mm), 2 35 floras. Br^ctaas 8u buladas, elfptica-linealea, acuainadas ( 1 mm) y bract^oias mds angostas y menores. Pedicelos (1,52 mm) articulados cerca de la base, acrescido en el fruto (h, 4 mm). SSpalos werdes, elfpticos, anchos, agudos o aubagudos, mucrona doa (2-2,5 x 1-1,5 mm), 3-nervados, glabroa. Pfitaloa amarillos, obovadoa (ca. 8 mm), Estambrea con filamentos anchos en la base, loa

del Latfn, por el aspecto de la planta que recuerda una escoba, ramaa erectas, rigidas fastigiadas.

\62

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

envSs foliolar x3;c,fruta con Fig. l.A, 0. scoparia ; a, rama xl; b, rama x 1; B. O. pinetorum :a 5864 5. 10;tkn,an cSliz H"4;d. peclolo x de Paul11066 Ek.an 5. x c5liz 4; con b. envSs foliolar x 3; c,fruto trior del.

1975

Loxxrteig, Oxa].ldaceae

h$3

larqos (0,6-1 mm) cortamente pilosos, los cortos (0,4-0,6 mm) glabroa soldadoB h. -i-.PistiloB wuy largos ( 2,5 mm);estilQS glanduloso-pubescentes, ensanchadoB hacia el fipice; estigmas bifirios, papilosos; owario esferoidal, carpelos 1 ovulados. Cfipsula esferoideo- agudas (prolongacifin de los fipices carpelarea) glabras ( 3 mm); carpelos obtusos, Spice prolongado, 1-semina dos, interiormente con pelos diminutos visibles s6lo a fuerte aumen to.Semillas pardas, ovoideo asimtf tricas (1,5 mm), apiculadas, 8-cos tadas en zig-zag, estrlas transversales algo irregulares. Distribucitfn geogr^fica, Enddmica de Haiti, en lugares sombreados y humedos, sobre piedras calizaa (limestone), en rfos pedregosos. V.

carta 1. HAITI. Dep. du 5ud, E La Hotte, in steep limestone hill at Chapel7 XI 1924 S. Trouin, in lile, Mont Carmel, ca. 1600 m, Ekman 2414 mestone rocks at Rivifire Coupe Oreilles, Ekman 2442 ,10 XI 1924 tipo 0. trouiniana 5; isiStipo UPS. Props Port S Piment, in collibus altio ribus, Ekman 339 , 26 VI 1917 tipo S, isfitipos A,GH. Massif de la Hot te, E. group. Grand Goave, road Carrefour-Fauchfi to Trouin, gorge of RiviSre Coupe-Oreille, shaded limestone rocks, Ekman 5fl64 15 IV 1926 GH,K,5,U5. OBS, El especimen-tipo de 0^. scoparia es una planta de hojas mSa pequeKas y con expansiones mSs angostas que las del tipo de 0, trouiniana esta diferencia es stflo una variacifin ecolfigica, en todo lo demSs son idSnticos.
, ,
;

3.

Oxalis microcarpa Bentham

F'ig.

2 B

Bentham, PI. Hartweg. 115. 1839. Knuth, _1.. 63-64.

Oxalis e tjuayaquil Turczaninow, Bull. Soc. Imp, Moscou 31(1) ;427.

1858.

Tipo . Ecuador, prope pagum Zamboronton, leg. ^artweg III....

K,

HerbScea o subarbustiva (h. 1,20 m) pubescente, Rizoma delgado (h.4 mm diSm.). RSfces fibrosas, ramificadaa. Tallos erguirios, verdes o parduscos, finamente pubescentes; pubescencia fina, ondulada generalmente rotrorsa y larga, hirsuta, blanquecina o amarillenta. Internodios 2,5-5,5 cm. Hojas alternas o subopuestas, Pecfolos filiformes, ascendentes (h. 4 cm), pubescentes, canaliculados, ensancha dos en la base, pelos en la insercifin, Eollolos desiguales, discolores, owados, eltpticos o subromboidales (1038 x 16-20 mm), obtusos o subagudos, pubescencia subadpresa, uniforms, glabrescente esparcida en el haz, mSs abundante en el envfis, borde irregularmente ciliado; base cuneada o apenas cordada. Pedfinculos filiformes, semejantes a los pecfolos (h. 6 cm). Cimas bifidas 10-12- (40-) floras, ramas acregcidas en la fructificacifin (h, 6 cm), BrScteas lineal-acumina* das, hordes hialinos, hirsuto-pubescentes (1-1,5 mm), Pedicelos articulados cerca de la base (2-3 mm).

+ asf

llamada per la pequeRez de bus cSpsulas,

USh

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

SSpalos verdosos, ovados o elfptico acuminados ( 3 x -J^l rntn) o agudos lara subagudos, hordes hialino8,a nenudo con una cilia en el Spice, glabros. PStalos amarillos (6-7 mm) obovado-subespatulados. EstambrBB largos ( 2,5 iwn) ligulados por debajo de la mitad, glabros o pubescentes; los cortos (1,5-2 mm) glabros. Pistilo del largo de los estarabres mayores; estilos pilosos; estigmas ensanchados, 2-lobulados, capitados, papilosos; carpelos 1-2-ovulados, glabros. CSpsula subglobosa ( 3 mm) glabra, cSliz de su largo; carpelos membranosos, delgados, interiorraente glabros, 1 seminados, Semillas pardas ( 1,5 mm), 8 costadas, estrlas transversales profundas, pequePlos tubSrculos en la intersecciiSn con las costillas en zig-zag. Distribucitfn qeogr^f ica Costa paclfica de Ecuador, Colombia, Pana mS hasta Mfixico. PANAMA. Canal Zone. Isthmus of f'anamS, Punta de Carachine, Seemann 1063 XII 1847 K. Chagres, Fendler 25 1 1 - 1 V 1850 K,US; 26, I-II 1650 GH.MO. Rio Chagres, 1 mil. ab. Madden Lake, Du ke 4475. 7 X 1961 MO, P. Madden Dam, Ebinqer 876 13 VIII 1960 US. Las Cascadas Plantation, near summit, Standley 29618 , 4 I 1924 US, Fort Sherman, betw. Chagres Batteries and Fort 5. Lorenzo, Maxon and Valentine 6991 14 VI 1923 GH,NY,USo Forest along Quebrada La Palma and CafS6r\ Hill, Woodson Ailen L Seibert 720 IB VI 1938 F,GH,MO<. Along banks of Rfo Indio, 70100 ra. Dodge & Allen 17381 I 1935 BR, K, MO, P. Waterfall of BoqueriSn, Steyermark and Allen 17230 3D XII 1934 BR, MO, P, 5, US. Prov.Panamg , Ro Canita, near Jenine, Duke 383B 23 IX 1961 MO. Darien, Mannene, Kirkbride L Bristan 1612 y 1572 30 IV 1968 MO. Vera*, 27 XII guas, S. ^artln de Porre, 2-4 mil. N Santiago, Tyson 6059 1968 MO, Bayano Cuna, 2 mil, fr. Piria, 120 m, Duke 14359 23 IX 1967 MO, Rio Tapia, Standley 28075 , 7 XII 1923-11 I 1924 US. Falls of La Chorrera, Lewis et al 5198 5 IV 1969 MO. Near confl. Rfo Pacora and Rio Corso, 450 m, Duke 11955 , 9 VI 1967 P, Darien Rio Chico, fr. Yaviza at junct, with Rio Chucunaque, Burch et a_l. 1192, 19 XII 1966
. , , , , . , , , , . , .

MO,

MEXICO, Mexico Distr, of Galeana Moreno, Camalote, 250 m, Hinton 14349 . 26 VI 1939 GH,US,W, Distr. Temascaltepec, Luvianos, Hinton 3976, 25 V 1933 K. Anonas, 880 m, Hinton 4723 19 IX 1933 GH,K. lb., Hinton 4572 , VIII 1933 GH,K,S,U5. Bejuco, 610 m, Hinton 4143 20 VI 1933 K. Galeana, Atoyac, 25-300 m, Hinton 14596 . 9 VIII 1939 GH,US, Manzanillo, 10 Km f r. 30 m, leg. Worth . Morrison &. Horton 8620 8 VIII 1938 K,U5. lb., leg. Stork L Horton . UC. Comayagua, 1 Km S de la Misifin, 1000 m, Molina 10938 . 20 VII 1962 US. Entre Trincheras y MontaRuelas, 1400 m, Molina 10883 18 VII 1962 US. Guerreeo . Distr, Mina, dense Glade Palneres, 400 m, Hinton 9098 , 16 VII 1931 K,UC. Vallecitos, Montes de Oca, Hinton 10359, 24 VI 1937 GH, K,S,UC,US. MichoacSn . Near Km 153, ab, 11 mil, fr, Arteaga to Playa Azul, 720 m, Moore &. Bunting 8795, 12 IX 1961 UC.US, Sinaloa. Near Coloma, Rose 3191 . 13-20 VII 1897 US. Oaxaca . ArraySn, 350 m, Makrinius 623 12 VII 1926 US, San Miguel dl Puerto pr. m. Pacific, Liebwann 71, XI 1942 5.
. .

1975

Lourteig, Oxalidaceae

U55

Fig. 2, A, 0^. Barrelieri ;a, parte de plants xl; b,env5s foliolar x2; a, hoja x c, fruto con cSliz k 4; Amshoff 608 P. B, 0^. microcarpa 1; b, folJolo(izq. envSs, der, haz) x2; c, parte inflorescencia xl; c', details x 4; d, fruto con ciliz x4 ;5teyerTnark y Allen 17230 P.
:

C,

Dombeii } a, hoja xl; b.anv^s foliolar x2; c, parte inflorescencia x4; d, fruto con cSlir x2; D'Arcy 6057 P. de Faultrier del.

l$6

PHYTOLOGIA
4,

Vol. 29, no, 6

L.

Dxalis Barrelieri
Fig. 2 A

2: 642. 1763. Miller, Diet. 5^: 374,376.1785. Linnaeus, 5p. Jacquin, Monog. Oxal. 24, I5m. 3. 1794, Candolle, Prodr. _1: 690.1B24, Zuccarini, Denkschr. Ak. Muench. 9.: 173-4. 1B25; lb., ser. 2, 1^: 258 -260. 1831. Progel in Martius, Fl. Brasil. _12(2): 504-5. 1877. Knuth, !_.. 65 .. Konker in Pulle, Fl. Surin. 2^ 49-50. 1951 Lem6e, Fl. Guy. Franp. _2s 164-165. 1952. Kabuye in Milne Redhead and Polhill.Fl. E.Afr. 2-3. 1971. Veldkamp in van Steenis, Fl. Males. 2 U): 155, f.

PI. ed.

1 f-g.

1971.
J.

1714 Acetosella Barrelieri (L.) Kze., Rev. 1: 90, 92. 1891. Lotoxalia Barrelieri (L. ) Small, !,.. 49.

[Barrelier, Plant, rar. 64, l^m. 1139.

Tipo . LSmina 1139, Barrelier,

_1..

Erguida (h, 1 m) pubescente. Rafces fibrosas, ratnificadas, Ta-lloa verdes o violSceos, pubescencia amarillenta o blanca hirsute, en parte retrorsa, Spices finamente blanquecinohirsuto pubescentes. InternodioB de largo muy variado (h. B cm) a veces cortfsimos apareciendo las hojas subopuestas. Setas en la inserciSn de los peclolos. Pecfolos (h. 4 cm), ascendentes, ensanch^do en la base, canaliculados, hirsuto-ciliados en los bordes. Peciolillos carnosos (ca. 1 mm), pilosos. Raquis (h. 15 mm) hirsuto pubescente. Laminas discolores, env^s glauco, forma y tamaflo variados, suborbiculadas, ob longas, ovadas o elfpticas (10-55 x B 25 mm), obtusaa, raro agudas, pelos largo eaparcidos irregularmente en el env6s, generalmente caducos, borde hirsuto-ciliados o solo en la base; base aguda, redondeada o subpsltada, asim^trica. Cimas mayores que el follaje (pedfinculos h. 6,5 cm) pubescentes, bifidas, ramas h. 3 cm, 9 11-30 floras, laxifloras, paucifloras. BrScteas rojizas, lanceoladas o triangularacuminadas ( 2 ram), pilosas. Pedicelos (h. 2,5 mm) articulados cerca de la base.Bract^olas mis pequenas adpresas al pedicelo, flores pequeflas, limbo de la corola rosado, fauce y base blanca o amarillenta.

SSpalos verdosoa a veces eatrfados de rojo (33,5 x 11,5 mm), lineales a ovado-oblongos, agudos, mucronados, pubescentes, bordes hialinos. Pfitalos obovado-subespatulados, unguiculados (7-9 x 3,5 ram) apenas emarginados. Estambres largos (ca. 3 mm) pubescentes o glabros, Ifgula aacendente ca. de la mitad; los cortos (1,52 mm) glabros, Pistilos 3,5-4 mm; ovario ovoideo, glabro, carpelos 3 4ovulados; estilos pubescentes; estigmaa ensanchados, bffidos, subcapita doa, papilosos. CSpsulas ovoideaa (79 mm) nembranosas , agudas, raro oblongas, glabras, cSliz de la mitad de su largo; carpelos 3-(2-4 )-8eminados, interiormente setoso pubescentes. Semillas panlas, piriforme-aplana-

dedicada a J. BARRELIER (1606-1673) medico y padre dominicano francos que hizo la primera descripcifin y la ilustracidn de la especie (publicaci6n prelineana) utilizadas por Linn^.

197?
das (1,5-2
flaa

Lourteig, Oxalidaceae

kSl

iW)), B-co8tadas, eetrlas traeversales profundas y pequeprotuberancias Bobre las costillas dispuestas en zig-zag. Di8tribuci6n qaogr^fica En lugares relativamente hijmedos de las Antillas, Amfirica Central y Sudam^rica tropical. Introducida en Africa y Asia tropicalea y en algunas islas del Pacffico. V. carta 1. PANAMA. Prov. Herrara, Road betv*. Las Minaa and Peso, 600 ft., Duke 12340 14 VII 1967 MO. Prov. Panamfi, 6 mil. E of Chepo, Duke 4065 .28 IX 1961 MO, Highway at Ro Mawomi, ca. 1 mil. bey. Chepo, Duke 5573 11 IX 1962 MO. Bocas del Toro, Zigla Road junction of Chanquinola and Tuibe rivers, Lazor et al. 2513 18 IV 1969 MO. Road to "Bomba" Almiranto, Blum 1316 15 X 1965 MO, Cerro Jefe, in cafetal, R'Arcy 3968 . 8 IV 1970 MO, P. Santa Rita Ridge, Lewis et aJ^ 5245, 6 IV 1969 MO, P. Isthmus of Panama, leg. Seeraann BM,GOTT, K, COSTA RICA, Prov. Limfin, Los Diamantes on Rio Santa Clara, 1,7 Km E of Quapiles, 200 *i. Holm 8. litis 399 11 VII 1949 A,K. Ca. 12 Km NW of Puerto Lim6n, Godfrey 66400 12 II 1965 MO. Turrialba, 600 n, Mc Kee 11142 . 3 I 1964 K,US. GUATEMALA. Patulul, 250 m, Rodriguez 15, 26 XII 1920 P. SANTO DOMINGO. Santo Domingo, in ditches at Guibia, llano costero, Ekman 11265 . 21 I 1929 A,K,5,U5, San Criatfibal, Lavastre 2187 18 VI 1966 NY, lb,, TiJrckeim 2530, X 1909 BR, Trujillo, R.& E. Howard 9964 . 11 XI 1946 GH,NY,US. Rio Basima, jungle, Fr. Auqusto 1412 . 21 III
.

1964 A, NY.

PORTO RICO, Ab. Trujillo, Alto Dam, Alain 9567 22 VII 1962 NY, Wayside, Guavate, State Forest, 750 m, Liogier 10360 , 10 XI 1963 NY, Dist. Baramon, Otero 117 . 1937 A, MO, El Yunque to Florida, Km 41, Wagner 12, 1-14 II 1963 . lb., Km. 19,3 Wagner 180 . 13 IV 1963A,U. Near Florida, Km 28,3, Wagner 516 . 1 IV 1964 U, COTE D'lVOIRE. Azagui, leg. Akk Assi 9669 , 11 VII 1967 K. CAMEROON, Nkolbison, 6 Km W Yaounde, Centre Agronomique, JJ. et A_. Raynal 9507, B |I 1963 P, '"'efou, Nkolbisson, sentier, leg. Tankes Yves 1942, 10 VIII 19T0 P. N'Kolbisson, 7 Km W of Yaoundfi, 700 m, Leeuwemberq 6048 , 2 VII 1965 K,P. WAG. Road to Yaounde, 14 Km W of Nanga Eboko, 600 m, LeeuweBberg5795 . 8 VI 1965 K,P,WAG. Yaound6-Mbalmayo Sanford 5186 13 X 1968 K. lb,, 17 Km de Yaoundtf, Mezili 75. V 1968 P, Yaounde, dans les fossfis des rues, Jacques-Ffilix9131 . 17 XI 1967 K,? WKG. Prfes Nanga-Eboko, bordure de route, Letouzey 5423 16 VII 1963 P. Bertoua, 25 Km alomg road to Nnaga Eboko, Breteler 608 , 5 XI 1960 A, FI,K,P,WAG. Mfomalen (19 Km E '^anga-Eboko) galerie de I'Ewfi, ^. et A_, Raynal 12057 30 XI 1964 P. Mbalmayo, bord de foss6 en ville, _J. et A, Rayhal 10510 15 III 1963 P. Douala, Bernardi 9044 . 29 III 1962 K, lb., Nyombe, BO m, C.N.A.D . 2099 . 29 IV 1972 P. Ab. 5 Km of Bertona, 600 m, W,&. B. de Wilde 3692, 13 X 1964 WAG. UGANDA. Kampala, 4000 ft., Snowden 1787 . IX 1930 K. lb,, 3850-3900, Chandler 19B9, X 1937 K. TANZANIA. Tanga Prov. Nuheza Tonwship area, Amani Hill Station, Tanner 2279 2 X 1955 K,UC. Amani Parish, Tanner 2742 . 16 IV 1956 K,UC. lb,, Monga, T anner 2736 15 IV 1956 CH,K,UC, Lushoto Distr. Monga-Amani, E Usambaras, Drummond and Hemsley 3433 . 23 VII 1953 K. Tanga Distr., Sigi, Amani, 5. Paulo 818 . 21 IX 1960 K. Mibngano, Sandford 25, XI 1956 K. Amani, Verdcourt 16. 2 I 1950 K. Amani to Derema, Ka^
. , , , .
,

hSS

PHTTOLOOIA

Vol. 29, no, 6

Carte 1 buye 187 . 29 VI 1970 K. Kahawatta to Rakwana,300 CEYLAN.SabaragamuMa Prov., Ratnapura Dist. Dewalaga*. m, Hepper et al. 4560 . 29 VI 1972 K,P,U5. Ratnapura Dist. Cornanor Ma, 330 m, Cramer 3101 , 14 VIII 1970 US. Ratnapura area, 1126 . 20 III 196B US. West, Prov. Kalutara Dist. Maggona, Cramer 29B0 20 V 1970 US. Kalutara Dist. Kolana, Cramer 2718 17 X 1969 US. Kalutara Dist., Ellambawatta, Matugawa, Balakrishnan 1015 . 21 X 1971 K,U5 MALA5IA. Malakka, Singapore, Hot. Gardens, 70 ft., Purseqlove 4044 . 8 II 1955 A,L. Cluny Rd, Bot. Gardens, Moho Shah 1035 , 14 VIII 1965 A,L, Bot. Gardens, Furtado 9 XI 1927 UC. 7 Milo Seremban to Kuala Lam pur, J_. &. P_. 292 . 8 VII 1870 K.Singapore, 200 ft., Cantlev .9 III 1886 K, lb., Ridley 117 . II 1889 K. lb., Ridley I 1917 K. lb., near Rogei RidJlay XII 1920 K, Singapore Bot. Garden, Cluny Road, Shah 1035 .14 VIII 1965 LAE. SUMATRA. N. Noeden, 15-20 ro, Lorzing 130 6 , 17 III 1928 P. Arch. Ind. Banka, Muntol, 20 m, Bunneweyer 1342 10 X 1917 L. Palembord Dist. Fjabon For. Res., near Muara Enim, Kosterwans 567 , 2 II 1956 K,L. JAVA. Bruysman 11, 21 III 1918 K. Batavia, 240 m, Bakhuizen 9 XI 1924 L. Ibo, 350 m, Bakuizen 6060 14 VIII 1927 L, Hort. Bot, Buitenzorg 25o m, Schiffner 2109 , 23 XI 1893 GH,K,L. lb., 260 m, Schiffner 2111
, , .
.

1975

Lourteig, Oxalldaceae

it59

Carte 1
1894 L. lb., 17 XI 1893 L. lb., fl. Tjiliwong, Schiffner 2113 I Schiffner 2114 , 21 XII 1893 L. Buitenzorg, Boerlaqe 1888 L. lb., Hallier 43 f y g. 21 1893 L. lb., Koorders 31312 . 16 IX 1898 L. lb,, ca. 240 m, ^. Ooststroom 12557 . 27 I 1950 L. lb., v. Ooatstroom 13630 15 IV 1950 L. lb., Beatrixland, de Wit et Kraneveld 3949 . 7 XI 1943
. ,

L. Bogor,

Bot. Gardan, Alston 12612 3 XII 1953 K,L. Barenkok, z.v, Leuwiliang. W Buitenzorg, 35o m, Bakhuizen 6860 14 VIII 1927 K,P. lb., Jeawiet 1404 . 6 IX 1925 WAG. lb., Kuntze 4376 . 20 V 1875 NY. Bilimbing-Toempass, Coert 1210 13 I 1935 A,L. Pogal, Coert 1418 12 XII 1937 L. Bogor Depot, Soeqandired ja 255 . 1900 L. Bantardjaja Estate, 18 Km S of Rangkasbetung, Buwalda 2722 5 V 1937 L. Bandoeng, Popta 163/36 23 XI 1948 L. CAROLINE ISLANDS. Ponape . Agric. Stat. Glaasman 2639 14 VIII 1949 US lb., Glassman 2429, 2 VII 1949 US. Palau Isl . Koror, Kanehire et Hgtusima 4412 IV 1938 GH. Ngerebe'ed, <oror Isl, 10 m, . 8. Evana 47433 22 VIII 1965 US. Koror Isl., Black burn 23. 20 XII 1966 US. lb., Blackburn E9. 27 XII 1969 US. lb., Blackburn E42, 15 XII 1966 US. Yap lal W of Ngariy, 10 m, Fosberq 46309 . 16 VII 1965 US. Dinay, Cushinq 315 30 VI 1965 US. lb., 25 m, F. a n d Evana 502 . 27 VII 1965 US 5. of Yap High School, 0,5-0,7 mil. of Gitam, 50 m, Fosberg 46579 . 27
,
,

ii60

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

VII 1965 US. Yap Group, 100 m. Hosaka 3303 . 13 VII 1946 US. NUEVA GUINEA, Australian N. Guinea, E. Highlands, Taiora betw, Kainantu and Aiyura, 1490 m, v^. Royen 4466 . 9 VII 1954 L. Papua . Meaiwe, 200 ft. . "Gillison 22147 . 30 XII 1964 L.LAE.Rouna, ca. 1500 ft., Carr 12487, 3 VI 1935 B,A,K,L. 2 mil. E of Rouna, 1500 ft. Hartley 10622 , 6 IX 1962 K,L,UVE. Sogeri, Bell 35. 24 III 1965 K. 5ogeri-Rouna divide, 2000 ft., Schodde 2856 . 30 VIII 1962 K,L,LAE. Sogeri, Horobron Bluff, 1740 ft., Woweraley L Shflw 8824 . 21 VII 1956 A,K,

L.LAE. ^ogeri Rubbdr St., Gray & Tfltotne 12557 16 VI 1960 LAE,UC. Moresby-Sogeri Rd., 200 ft., Streimann L Kairo 51636 11 V 1971 A,K,LAE Central Dist. Nurumai, ca. 12 Km N of Amazon Bay, Pullen 7610 ,16 VI
. .

1969 A,K. Sogeri Rd. near Rouna Lookout, 300 ft., Pulsford 143 , 19 IX 1969 LAE. SAMOA ISLANDS. Upolu, Tanumalala, 200 m, McKEE 3008 . 13 VIII 1955 L. Upolu, Mt. Mangafolan, 450 ft., Sledge 1605 . 6 II 1965 K,L. Upolu, near Alafua Coll., Whistler 711116-5 . 16 XI 1971 US.
5,

Oxalia Dombeii Saint Hilaire

Fig. 2 C

Saint Hilaire, PI. Bras. Mer. 1: 111.1825*

(0.)

(Savigny, etc.) non L.i 0^. Barrelieri auct . . darjenensis Woodson, Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 27 ; 312-313, 1940.

Tipo . Peru, leg, Dombey, P.

Herb5cea,erguida (h. 60 cm), glabra o poco pubescente en las partes j5venes, cistolitos blancos presentes a menudo en brjcteas, bract^olas y a veces en s^palos, o pubescencia large, transparente (a veces viscosa). Rizoma delgado, cillndrico^ Ralces fibrosas ramificadas. Tallo a veces sublefloso en la base (h, 6 mm di^m. ) a menudo con pelos glandulosos que pueden pasar desapercibidos si no hay sacrecifin, Internodios 1,54 mm. Hojas alternas, subopuestas o psaudoverticiladas. Eoliolos laterales asim6tricos, Pecfolos (h, 4 cm) canaliculados, a menudo angostamente alados. Raquis h. 6 mm. LSminas oblongas, obovadas o suborbiculadas 9-85 " 5-22 ram), glabras o con finlsimas cilia* y pelos sobre la neryadura en el envfis; pice obtuso o has con cistolitos blancos a veces muy notables retuso; base subpeltada, apenas auriculada. PediSnculos h, 6 cm. Ci mas itia largas que el follaje, blfidas, ramas largas, 10 25-flora8, laxifloras (una rama puede abortar o presentarse acortada con las bractSolas superpuastas). BrScteas y bract^olas ( 3 mm y 1,54,5
;

dedicada a Joseph DOMBEY (1742-1794) medico, naturalists y etntfgrafo francos que viajfi en Chile y en PerC en donde recogifi el tipo. (1) En OBS. de la especie 0^. ca.janifolia St. Hilaire. (2) son los "petits points blancs" que Savigny describiS en su ". Barrelieri", lo que facilita la identificaci6n de la especie.

1975

Lourteig, Oxalldaceae

I46I

mm, respectiv. ) foli^ceas, verdasaB o estriadas de rojo, adpresas al raquis, subamplexicauleB, lanceoladas, acuminadas. f^ediceloa ( 3 mm) glabros, raro pubeacentes, articulados cerca de la base,

54palo8 verdoaoa, bordes hialinos, ovado acuminados u oblongos (4,5-7 X 1-2 mm) glabroa, agudos. P^talos amarillo-anaranjados, obovado subespatulados (7-13 mw). Estambres largos ( 2,5 mm), pubeacentes, llgula delgada notable, aguda, ascenriente, en la mitad inferior; I08 cortos ( It mm) glabrae. PiAtilos 3 mm; ovario oblongo,

arpelos

b. 10 ovulados; estilos delgados, pubeacentes; estigmas en> _ sanchadoB, subcapitados. Ctfpsula oblonga o elipsoidea ( 10 mm), cSliz b, /3 de su largo glabra; carpelos 7-10 seminados, interiormente dense- y f inf simamente pubescente. Semillas rojizas ( 1 mm), subpirifonties 5-6-costada8 con protuberancias en zig-zag en la interseccitfn con las estrfas transversales. Distribuci6n geoqr^fica . En dunas y terrenos Sridos y salitrosos, raramsnte en terrenos de cultivo, de la costa paclfica y laderas del W de los Andes de Per^j, Ecuador, Islas Galapagos y Panamd. PANAMA. Prov. del Darien, Vic. Boca de Cupe, Allen BBl. 5 X 1938 tipo 0^. darienensis MO, is6tipo GH,NY,P,Ll5. ^la Chucunaque, Larsen 215 28 I 1962 G. Betw, Cana and Boca de Cupe, vie. of El Real along Rio ^irrfl, Stern e t al . 609 . 16 VI 1959 GH,M0,U5, Junction Rio Peresenico and Rio Pirre, D'Arcy (5531) 20 V 1971 MO, P. Ca. 4 mil. S of Canita, W. 8. _J. D^Arcy 6057 25 VII 1972 MO, P. Ca. 10 mil. S of El Real on Rio Pirr, Duke 5371 4 VIII 1962 MO, P. 2-3 mil. 5E of El Real, Duke 4858 . 18 VI 1962 MO, P. Rio Chico, fr. Yaviza junction with Rio Chucu naque, Burch et al. 1086 . 19 XII 1966 MO.
. ,

6. Oxalis frutescens L. non frutescens R. et P. nee Vellosoi

Linnaeus, Sp. PI. ed. 1: 435. 1753; ed. 2: 624, 1762. Miller, Diet. 374. 1783 (ed. fr. ), Savigny in Lamarck, Encyc. Mth. : 684.1797. 5^: Thunberg, Diss. Acad. Vpsalae ^ab. 2: 77, 90, 1800. Poiret in Lamarck i.. Suppl.: 252. 1816. Knuth, _1.. 73. 1930.
0, Plumieri "^acquin, Qxal. Amer.
23.

1794. Willdenow, 5p. PI. 2: 801.

1799.

Cat. PI, 2. 1703. Rajus, Hist, 3: 548 N" 8. 1704^). f Oxalis caule fruticoso , foliis ternatis P^lumier, PI. Amer, 207, 15m. 213. 1755]. Urban, Rap. 5p. Nov, Beih, ^: 87, 174. 1920,

Acetosella frutescens (L. Kze,, l..o 92. Lotoxalis frutescens (L. Small, 1_.. 47-48. f Uxy lutea frutescens Trifolii bituminosi facie Plumier,
)
)

Tipo . Lamina de Plumier, basada sobre un especimen recogido en Marti nica. Subarbusto o arbusto (h. 1 m) cola tallo desnudo, foliado cuando los especimenes provienen de bordes de selwa; folfolos suborbiculados a ovado-oblongos, glabros o con pubescencia laxa, fina larga. La especie varia morfolfigicamente segdn su ecologia lo que ju8<* tifica el elevado n^jmero de binoRiios creados durante nias de dos si-


1^62

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

glos, Actualraente, las colecciones abundantes, de Centro y Sudamfirica a pesar de ciertos blancos"(grandes extensiones )que quedan afin sin explorar, permiten un estudio de las variaciones. Pesando los caracteres y buscando relaciones posibles no puedo conservar con rango especffico, binomios que corresponden a especl menes que, relativamente aislados geogr^ficamente, presentan ciertas diferencias, por lo cual los he reducido a subespecies de 0_. fruteseens L. Estas subespecies se habrfan diferenciado por evolucifin adap-

tativa, Aunque nomenclaturamente las combinnciones resultan iependienpienso que esas subespecies derivarlin de tes de 0^. frutescens L. una especie continental, probablemente de Sudamfirica, mientras que Oo frutescens L ssp. frutescens. se habrfa diferenciado, aislada en Antilles, continuacifin de la Cordillera de los Andes, 0^, frutescens L. ssp, anqustifolia (HoBoK,) Lourt es la mSs a bundante y la de mayor Srea de distribucifinj es la sola que retengo para Centroam^rica. L-amentablemente, el tipo es una planta muy pe queRa, mal desarrollada debido a condiciones ambientales adversas y
,

que represents una minorfa de especlmenes; asf el epiteto que lleva la prioridad results paradojal en su aplicacifin. La distribucijn de esta subespecie sigue las pendientes de la Cordillera de los Andes en CentroamSrica, las sabanas del norte de Sudarofirica, E de Brasil, region chaquerta de Paraguay, Bolivia y NW de Argentina. Es indudable que faltan colecciones de ciertas regiones. No obstante, este caso confirma una vez m&e el paso de especies entre la Serra do Mar y la Cordillera de los Andes, EHRENDORFER.en sus estudios sobre Relbunium llega a esa conclusion especialmente con R_, hypocarpiurn (L. )Hemsley; SLEUMER con Leucothoe , Gaylussaeia y Gaultheria L. B, SMITH con diversas especies de Bromeliaceae para no citar mSs casos similares que constituyen ejemploB de migracio nes tales como se citan en los Qrlgenes de la Flora de 5anta Catarina ( Cf. L,B. Smith). Clave de las subespecies
;
,

A. Tallos hirsuto-pubescentes (raro glabros), pelos curves desi

guales.
a. Arbusto o subarbusto rfgio. f^ol, suborbiculados, ovados, ob-

tusos, raro retuses* ciliados, glabros o t pubescentes.Stfpalos oblongos u ovado oblongos, mucronados, con cilias rfgidas. a, frutescens a' Hierba o subarbusto, pubescencia variada. Hojas alternas o pseudoverticiladas. Fol. lineales, ellpticos, subagudos, u,obovados emarginados; el central notablemente mayor, los laterales asim^tricos profundamente emarginados, Sdpalos elfpticos o lineales, agudos, mucronados s.d, anqustifolia B. Tallos adpreso pubescentes (pelos finos), pelos hirsutos mezcladoB. b. Arbusto o subarbusto. Hojas subcori^ceas generalmente "fasci culadas" en ramitaa abortadas, Fol. elfpticos, dense y fina mente pubescentes. Sp. piloses. Fr, dorao carpelar por lo comCn piloso b, pentantha

1975

Lourteig, Oxalidaceae

I463

bTSubarbusto ramificado desde la base. Pol. glaucoa suborbiculadoB, oblongoB u ovadooblongoe, qlabros o pocos pelos sobre el nervio medio o pubescencia finlsima muy corta casi inviaible.S^paloB caai glabroa. Carpelos por lo comfin glabros... c. borjensis
b.

OxalJB frutescens L, asp, pentantha

Mon. Oxal, 21,

Jacq. )Lourt. n, c.
1.

0, pentantha "^acquin,

Ifim.

1794. Knuth, _1.. 61-62.

Tipo . Venezuela, Caracas, ex herb. Jacqu'**, W. Istftipo B, ex herb. Willdenow.

c, Dxalia frutascens L. sap. 0. borjensia H.B.K.
I

borjensis (H.B.K.) Lourt. n.c.

5^:

Now. Gen. Sp. PI.

193. 1B21.

ipo . (Colombia, in ripa fluminis '-'rinoci, pr. San Borja, locis humidis, umbroais, leg. Humboldt at Bonpland (641) majo, P. Isfitipo B, ex herb. Willdenow aub 0^. fruticosa numenl
6a. Dxalis frutescens L. asp. anqustifolia (H.B.K.
)

Lourt.

Fig.
0. c.

3
1^.

anqustifdlia

H.B.K.,

!_._.

168. 1825; I.e. 247. 1831.

193. Candolle, 1^.. 691. Zuccarini, Knuth, l^.c. "75.

DC. l.. 690. Zuccarini, !_., 177; J^.. 262. Progel, jL.o Knuth, _!,, 71-72. 501, Knuth, _!.. 71. 0^. pilosissima T urczaninow, _1.. Progel in !_.. Knuth, _!. 74. 0^, psilotricha Turczaninow, !_.. tephrodes Turczaninow, _!.. Knuth, 1^., 73. 0^, fasciculata Turczaninow, _l.o _32(1): 273. 1859o Knuth, _!.. 74. 0^. Ex descript. Tipo:5hiesbrecht 13. Berlandieri Torrey, Bot. Hex. Bound. Surv. 41. 1859. Knuth, Ic . 0^. 72-73. . cawporum Brandegae, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. : 377. 1913. Knuth,
0. Neaei
!,..

Berlin 2: 291. 1919 ex descript. Tipo: Purpus 3608. 0. Btenoiaeres Blake, Contr. U.S.Nat. Herb. 24(1): 8. 1922. Knuth, 1^. .430. 0. qlabrata (Baker) Knuth, l., 292. 1919; !_.. 75, 1930. 0. yucatanensia (Roae) Knuth, l.. 291.1919; _1.. 75. 1930. praemoraa Willdenow ex Zuccarini, !_.. 1825 et Knuth, l.o nomon 0^. in synon.j 0, occidentalis (Rose) Knuth, _!.. 75 in synonym. Lotoxalis anquBtifolia (H.B.K. )Ro88, Contr, U.S.Nat. Herb. 10: 115. 1906. Small ,_!.. 48. L^. dichotoma Rose, L_. occidentalis Rose, L^. fasciculata (Turcz.),Lfc qlabrata (Baker), I.. Neaei (DC)Rose, I.e. L^. psilotricha Roae, I., tephrodes Rose, L. yucatanensia Rose, l^o 116. + por la forma de los folfolos del eapecimen-tipo.

0. Lindheiweri Torrey ex Knuth, Not. Bot. Gart.

Vol. 29, no. 6

kSk

PHYTOLOGIA
,

Acetosella anqustifolia (H.B.K.) Kze. A. Berlandieri (DC), A. fasciculata (Turcz.), A. ^eaej (DC), A. psilotricha (Turcz.), tephrodea (Turcz.) Kuntze, _1.. 92. A^. (Turcz.) Kuntze, !_.. 93. A_. pilosissima
Tipo . Mexico, Prope la Venta del Peregrino, leg. Humboldt et Bonpland (3906) P. Isfitipo B, sx herb. Willdenow.

Subarbusto (h. 40 cm) o arbustito ramificado desde la base leHosa, hirsuto-pubescente, ramas ascendentes o tortuosas o decumbentes. galz tortuosa a menudo gruesa (h. 7 mm diSm. ) ramificada. Hojas en pseudoverticilos muy acerdados o internodios largos (h. 5,5 cm). Tallos hirsuto-pubescentes, pubescencia muy variable y desi gual, fina, larga. '^ecfolos (10-40 mm) ascendentes pubescentes como el tallo. Raquis 0,2-10 mm. Follolos verde glauco o purpureos, el

central dos veces o mSs el largo de los laterales, elfpticos, subagudos u obovados, retusos o emarginados (10-45 x 4- 20 mm), los laterales asimStricoa oblongos, emarginados, Ifibulos obtusos o sub agudos (4-20 x 1,5-10 mm), raro elfpticos; pubescencia densa en ambas faces o haz glabrescente o glabro, algunos especfmenes poco pubescentes, sfilo sobre la nervadura media y con cilias largas. Cimas algo mayores que el follaje ( 2,5 cm), 3-7- (11-15-) floras, ramas acortadas ( 1 cm) a veces una aborta, subumbeliformes. Br8cteas (1,5 mm) y bractSolas ( 1 mm) lineal-acuminadas. Pedfinculos h. 3,5 cm. Pedicelos { 5 mm) pilosos, articulados a 1 mm de la
base.

frutescens ssp anqustifolia ; a, parte de planta x 1; b, hoja X 1; c, folfolo (izq. haz, der. env^s) x 2; d, fruto con cSliz X 8. b, Baleotti 3981, P; a,c,d, Hinton 9094.de Faultrier del.
Fig. 3,

1975

Lourtelg, Oxalldaceae

h6$

Sfipalos ellpticos, agudos mucronados o lineales (3-5,5 x-f-1,5 mm) pilosoB h. glabros, loa internos glabros, fipice ciliado. Pitalos amarillos 2^3 veces ol largo de los sfipalos, obovado unguiculados, apenaa retusos, Estambres largos ( 3 mm) pilosos, Ifgula

aguda ca. la mitad, los cortos ( 1,5 mm) soldados h. -J-. PistiloB 4,5 mm, pilosos; ovario ovoideo; estilos pilosos, estigmas 2'fidoB, capitados. CSpsulas ovoideas u oblongas (5-6 mm exc. cSps. con carpelos 1 -seminados; raro B mm si carpelos 5-semiBados ,c5liz generalmente la mitad de su largo o h. 4/5; carpelos aetosos en el dorso, interiormante cortf simamente pilosos, l35eminado8 (muy raro glabros). Semilias pa rdas (1,5-2 mm) ovoideo-apiculadas, 8 costadas, 1012 estrfaa horizontales, profundas, finas protuberancias en las intersecciones en zig-zag, OBS. El tipo de 0. stenomeres anf como Jones &. Proctor Facey 3116 y Dwyer et al. 440 son glabros (tallos y hojas) salvo las axilas foliares y los tallos muy j6venes. Distribuci6n qeoqr^fica . En terrenos pobres, arenosos, pedregosos y sabanas y campos. Desde Texas en la frontera con Mexico, America Central, N de Sudam^rica, E de Brasil h. Ro de Janeiro y hacia el W por Paraguay, Bolivia hasta el NW de Argentina (TucumSn, Catamarca) "yerba de conejo", "agrillo", "comino", "nacillo"en Centroamfirica, "chih-chakan", "toch-chakan" en Mexico, E5TAD05 UNIDOS. Texas . Ro Nueces, Berlandier 2524, lectotipo O. Berlandieri GH; istftipoa K,P,U5. Cerca del Rio de las Nueces, Berlandier 1094 IV 1831 GH,K, Near San Antonio Viejo, sandy places, Schott 149 p.p . VI 1851 F. Pena, Wall , 10 VIII 1935 5. lb,, sand hills, Prin qle 2407 10 VIII 1889 BM,GH K,NA,PENN,P,U5. lb., Nealley 289 1BB9 U5. lb,, Nealley 23. 1891 US. lb., Nealley 98. VIII 1892 US. Cameron Co., Mifflin, Lewton 181 13 IV 1905 NA.US. Riviera, Tharp 3510 3 VII 1925 US. N edge of Hidalgo Co., 300 ft., Runyon 879 17 VII 1925 US. 30 mil. 5 of Hebbronville, Tharp 6400 . 15 VI 1928 US. lb., 17 mil. E, Tharp 25 VI 1941 GH. Brooks Co., 5 of Rachal, 5ta. Fe Ranch, Lundell 14916 . 21 IV 1949 GH.US, Brooks CO., Hamby 695 5 IV 1940 NA. Kim Higg Co., Hamby 7273 , 5 IV 1940 NA. Duval, E Crestonia, Barkley 13775 19 IX 1943 NA. Kennedy Co., Yturria, C_.L, &. A.A.Lunv dell 8712 . 6 V 1940 NA. Brooks, 6,4 mil Falfurrias, Cory 14699 . 6 VI 1935 GH. Brooks, 2i mil. S Barroso, Cory 14172 . 7 VI 1935 GH. New Mexico . Valley of the Rio Grande, bel. DoflaOa, Parry et al . Boundary Comm 133a or 16^3 a^?) GH. MEXICO. Leg. Liehman 73, 1841-43 5. Mirador, Liebman 76 X 1841 US. Leg. Pav6n ex herb. MociRo y Sess^, BM. Sonora . Paso Mayo, Wawra (Kais. Maximilian Reise) 857 W, Soledad, Wawra 157 W. Sinaloa . MazatlSn, Ortega 7289 . VII 1934 K,U5. lb., Rose Standley 8. Russell 13825, 31 III 1910 US. Betw. Rosario and Concepci(5n, Rs 3265 27 VII 1897 tipo 0. occidentalis US. lb.. Rose 1539, 6 VII
) ,

Along the Trinidad River near Liberty, Small 8. Wherry 11777, 11 IV pertenece a este tSxon, segfin M. Johnston etiqueta errdneaj

U66

PHTTOLOGIA
, ,

Vol, 29, no. 6

1897 US. Near Coloma, Rose 1650 14 VII 1897 tipo Lotoxalis dichotoma US. lb., Rose 3237 21 VII 1898 US. Concordia, 546 m, Trejo 1080 IX 1919 US. Cerro Tecomate, W of Pericos, Scott Gentry 5757 . 29 II 1940 GH.US. Nayarit Sierra Madre, near Sta. Teresa, Territorio de Tepic, Rose
.

12 VIII 1897 US.

Colima . Manzanillo, Palmer 1008 2-18 III 1891 GH,K,U5. lb., near Cuyutlln, Ferris 6162, 28 XI 1925 GH,US. Mexico . Temascaltepec, Anonas, 880 m, Hinton 4574 , 23 VIII 1933 B^, GH,K,5,U5o Luvianoa, Hinton 3976 25 V 1933 BM. Tamaulipas Aldama, Las Yucas, Dressier 1891, 19 VII 1957 GH. lb., near Paso Lajas, Dressier 2331 b 10 X 1957 GH. PuBbla Near T huacSn, Rose L Hay 5911 1,2 VIII 1901 K,US. lb., near Coxcatlfin on Cerro Agujereado, 1000-18000 w, Smith et al 3592 . 3593 , 3612, 3635 3732 y 3751 VII 1961 US. TehuacSn, Purpus 1231 VI-VII 1905 GH. lb., Galeotti 3999 A . VIII 1840 P. ^1 Riego, Purpus 5855 VI 1912 BM,GH,US. Near Tehuac^n, _J.N. and J._5. Rose & Painter 9968, 30 VI 1 1-8 IX 1905 US. lb., J..N. 8> J.S. Rose 11248 . 1 IX 1906 US. Veracruz . 20 mil. SE of Xalapa, Barkley et al. 2620 , 3 VIII 1947 F. Cordillera, savanes, 3000 ped., Galeotti 3991 . VI-X 1840 K,P,US, i' sfitipos 0^. tephrodes . Zacuap5n, Linden 609 , VII 1838 tipo 0^. psilotricha , isfitipo K. lb., Purpus 7501 VII 1915 GH.US. BaRos del Carrizal, PurpuB 6038 , VIII 1912 tipo 0^. camporum DS, Isfitipos BM, GH,NY,US. Vic. of Pueblo Viejo, 2 Km S of Tampico, Palmer 536 1, 2 VI 1910 BM,GH,K,US. AcayuySn, Ross 10, 3 VII 1962 US. Vole. Tuxtla, 2000 ft., Nelson 483 . 13 V 1894 US. 2 Km Plan del rfo Jnlapa, 300 m, Nevlinq &. Gfimez Pompa 46 , VII 1967 GH, Coatzacoalcos, Istlgimus of Tehuantepec, C^. Smith 1062 . IV 1895 GH. Veracruz, Houston a. 1730 BM. Orizaba San Juan, Bourqeau V 1866 P. Guerrero . Montes de Oca, PetatlSn, Hinton et al, 10329 17 VI 1937 K,So Pr. Venta del Peregrino, flum. Papagayo, Humboldt et Bonpland 3906 tipo 0^. anqustifolia P. Istftipo B. Acapulco, N^e tipo 0^. eaei G; isfitipo B,K, 4 mil. of Acapulco, Barkley et al. 28 20 VIII 1947 F. Puerta de Oro, 550 m, Hinton 9094 15 VII 1936 GH,K, NY, 5. Galeana, San Luis, chaparral, Hinton 10880 2 XI 1937 GH,K, US. Mina, Pino, Hinton 10467 . 17 VI 1937 GH,K,US. Acapulco L vie. Palmer 262 X 1B94-III 1895 GH,K,US. Acapulco, dans le pare a charbon, Thjgbaut 1145 P. PetatlSn, Hinton 10329 , 17 VI 1927 GH.US. La Caleta-Acapulco, Lanqman 3353 II 1941 NA. Oaxaca . San Pedro Nolasco, 7500 pedes, Galeotti 3981 . 1840 P. C8tes Pacifique, Cordillera, Galeotti 3984 p.p. IX 1839 P. Ca. Tehuantepec, Andrieux 480 . IX-IV 1834 K,W. lb., Andrieux 460 1834 P. lb., Qrcutt 3330 . 19 IV 1910 BM,K,US. lb., Orcutt 6462 19 IV 1910 US. lb., Alexander 334 . 13 I 1945 US. lb., 10-12 Km E of Niltepec, Merrill Kinq 1791 IB VII 1959 US. 2-4 Km E Tehuantepec, to Oaxaca, M Merrill King 1181 1 VII 1959 US. 16 Km E Tehuantepec, 50 m, Merrill King 1382 7 VII 1959 US. 10-12 Km E Tehuantepec, to Oaxaca, Merrill Kinq 1223 2 VII 1959 US. 2 mil. N Mixteguilla, 50 m, MierriU King 1881, 14 VI 1960 US. La Ventosa, 7 Km E Salina Cruz, ca. 50 m, Mar, , . ,
.

197^
.

Lourteig, Oxalldaceae

1*67

rill King 1 261 3 VII 1959 US. 4 Km NE Tehuantepec, 50 m, Merrill King 1316. 5 VII 1959 US. 13 Km NE Tenuantepec, Merrill King 1426 21 VII 8 VII 1959 US. 2 Km E Zonatepec, 50 m, Merrill King 1914 1959 US. 4-5 Km E Juchitan, Merrill King 15B0 12 VII 1959 US. Salina Cruz, 40 ft., Fisher 35304 24 VIII 193? S, US. Tomellin Canyon, 3000 ft., Pringle 4B11 . 31 VII 1B94 GH,K,P,S, Tomellin CaRfin Rose L Hough 4685 24 VI 1899 US. lb., J.N . L J.S. Rose 11324. 7 31 VIII 1B94 BM.US. Near Tomellin, IX 1906 US. lb., Pringle 4B11 J.N . L J.S. Rose L Painter 10036 4,5 IX 1905 GH,US. Ab Lagunas 850 ft., Nelson 2651 . 5 VI 1895 US. Betw. Guichocovi L Lagunas, Nelson 2747 27 VI 1B95 US. San Gertfnimo, 200 ft.. Nelson 2765 1-6 VII 1895 GH,US. lb., Mell 2137 . 7 X 1933 US. Juchitan, Rancho Las Anonas, Seler 1984 2 II 1896 GH,US. Puerto Angel, Rexo 3806 28 IX 1917 US. lb., Morton L Makrinius 2606, 12 IV 1933US. 3-4 Km W Ixtaltepec, 50 m, Merrill King 1510 . 10 VII 1959 US. Cuicatl^n, Cuesta de Quistepec, 1000 m, Conzatti 4028-^- , 16 VII 1920 US. CuicatlSn, 2000 ft., Smith 509 15 VII 1895 GH.US. lb., 600 m, Gonzalez 977 16 IX 1899 GH. Santa Catalina, Rusby 28. 14 VII 1910 US Diat. Tuxtepec, Chiltepec L vie. 20 m, Calderfin 138 VII 1940-11 1941 GH, US. Dist. Tlacolula, pr. ZoquitlSn, C.L D. Ssler 75. VI 1BB8 GH. Chiapas Aguacate Palenque, Mptuda 3B20 16-18 VII 1939 GH. Banks of Ro Lagas, 4 mil. SW Soyalo Breedlova 6560 26 VII 1964 P. SayatitlSn R., 3 mil. NW Pinola, Breedlove 7090 . 22 VIII 1964 P.Trapichito, near ComitSn, 1350 m, Matuda 5662 .2 VI 1945 LL. Sierra de Tonala, Picacho San Gerfinimo, Purpus 6633 X 1913 BM,GH,NY,UB, WAG. Hac. Monserrate Purpus 9233 IX 1923 NY. Ca. 30 mil. E Tuxtla GutirrB^,4600 ft., itebster 11694 24 VI 1962 U. lb., ab. 9 mil. E, Merrill King 2770 . 9 VI 1960 US. El Chorreader9, 5,6 mil. E Chiapa de Corzo, 2500 ft., Laughlin 1121 . 21 VI 1966 US. Honduras, near Siltepec, 1500 m, Matuda 4404 . 9 VII 1941 A, US. San BartolomS, Goldman 776 22 III 1904 US.Petapa, Goldman 1022 29 V 1904 US. Santa Margarita, Mell 2022 . 15 III 1933 US. Michoacgn . El Muleto, Lanqlassg 213 30 VI 1898 GH,K,P,U5. Yucatan. Izamal, Gauwer 715 VI 1895 tipo L^. yucafanenais US.lsitipos A,BM,GH,R,P,5,UPS. lb., G aumer a. 1898 K. Chichankanab, Gaumer 1925 BM, ai,K,P,S,US. Mfirida-Uxmal Rd. Km 40, E.L L A.A Lundall 8091 V-VIII 1938 US. lb., Souza Novelo 62. VII 1939 NA. San Anselmo, Gaumer 1926 US. Chithen Itza, Bequaert 44 7 VI 1929 A, BRITISH HONDURAS. S. d.. Peck 1905-7 GH. Belice Cabbage Hall, ca. 1500 ft.i Dwyer et al. 440 21 1 1 1 1967 P. Belize-Cayo Rd., Gentle 9720, 17 IV 1950 LL. Near Minatee, Gentle 3410 . 5 X 1940 GH. El Ca yo, Chanek 212 1933 K. El Cayo Dist., Augustine, Mt. Pine Ridge, Hunt 2. 26 VIII 1959 US. Cayo, Central Farm, Proctor 29623 3 XII 1968 BM. El Cayo Dist. Mt. Pine Ridge, Mai Forest. Lookout, Hedgar 212. 15 VIII 1866 BM. All Pinae, 5 ft., Schipp 754 . 10 V 1931 BM, Hattieville, Sorensen T09?, 18 VTTT 1''71 US. GUATEMALA. Quatemala. Guatemala, Serre P. lb., 5000 pp. Shannon 4702 . V 1892 GH, US. lb., Sutton Hayes VI 1860 GH. Barranca de ChimantlS, 4000 ft., Donnell-Smith 2516 V 1892 K,US. Barranca del Zapote, Bernouilli 310 . I 1866 K. lb., Rodriguez 800 1919 Pe Concep,

1|68

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

ciSn, J.R . Johnston 545 . 8 I 1937 P. Santa Rosa . Santa Rosa, 3000 pp, , Heyde L Lux 2991 V 1892 GH,K,MO,
US.

Jutiapa
US.

Atescatempa, 3000 ft., Heyde

.

8.

Lux 6312 . IV 1894 GH,K,MO,

Solola . Patulul, 250 m, Rodriguez 15

m, R odriguez 2131 , P. Santa BSrbara,

26 XII 1920 P. Cocales, 250 1370 pd., Shannon 150 VIII

,

1891 US. Suchitepequez 1-as Animas, 650 ped., Shannon 232 IX 1891 US. lb., 3-4 leguas fr. Mazatenango, Haxon L Hay 3449 16 II 1905 US. Retalhulen . Mulu5, Kellerman 4985 13 II 1905 US. Quezaltenanqo , S. Josfi de Buena Vista, Costa Cuca, 900 m, Rodriguez 351 18 II 1920 P. lb., Rodriguez 1803 1 II 1920 P. Huchuetenango . Nenton, C. L E. Seler 2952, 23 Vt 1896 GH,US. Escuintla . Escuintla, 1100 ft., Donnell-Smith 1981 ,111 1890 GH,K, MO, NY, US. El Bafll, 350-1000 m, Tonduz y Ro.jas 52. 3 III 1921 MO, US. Hozelia, 1112 p., Morales Ruano 501 1 VIII 1926 US. San Gabriel, 1900 m, Conzatti 329 . 13 VI 1897 GH,US. IX 1888 GH, Ba.ia Verapaz . Santa Rosa, 5000 ped., v. TOrckheim 1440 K,NY,US. lb., 1600 m, v_. TurcMtem II 2309 VII 1908 US. Ca. Salama, 504 1 XII 1924 US. lb., Cuesta de Cachil, 1200-1600 m, Pittier 159 PetSn. Tikal Nat. Park, Bajo de Santa Fe. in pinal, Contreras 1259 5 III 14 VII 1960 LL, 5. Pop Rd., Km 5, Sta. Elena, Contreras 5515 1966 P. La Libertad, Lundell 3615 4 VI 1933 K,NY,S,US. Tikal, 5 Km Sta. ^lena, Tun Ortiz 518 4 I 1970 P. Santa ^lena a S. Andres, Km
. ,

28 V 1970 BM.MO. IzSbal . GualSnt 620 ft., Deam 6321 , 17 VI 1909 GH,MO,US. lb., 420 ft., Deam 13 I 1905 GH. Vic. Lago laSbal to Los Mariscos, 600 m, Jones . Proctor L Facey 3116 . 26 IV 1966 U. Los Amates, Blake 7309 . 9 V 1919 US. lb., to IzSbal, Blake 7791 . 31 V 1919 tipo 0. stenomeres US. Cristina, Blake 7638 . 23 V 1919 US. Santa Lucia, 0, L I. Degener 26483 19 IX 1959 US. Chichg, Lundell 3714 . 8 VI 1933 S. HONDURAS. El Paralso . Galeras,830 m, L.O. Williams & Molina 10213 . 4 VIII 1946 A, MO. Sierra El Chile, entre El Junquillo y El Robledal Quebrada El Coyol, 1300 m, Molina 14179 . 12 VI 1964 US. Atlantida . Lancetilla Valley, near Tela, 20-600 m, atandley 53058 6 XII 1927-20 III 1928 US. Betw. Tela and Lancetilla, 80 ft., Yuncker 4637 . IB VII 1934 MO. Vic. Tela, Mitchell 127 . 3 VI 1926 GH. Santa Bfirbara .San Pedro Sula, 1000 pp , , Thieme 5171 , VI 1888 US.GH. lb., Thieme 247, 25 IX 1887 F. lb., Banqham 329 , 11 VIII 1929 GH. MorazSn. Zamorano, BOO m, L.0._ Williams L Molina 19363. 19 VIII 1946 A. MO, lb., 2 Km S of EAP Campus, Pfeifer 1600 , VIII 1960 US. Near Pedregal, 850 m, Molina 120 , 14 VI 1947 GH. Cortfs. Cacholoma, 100 m, Molina 6674 19 IV 1956 US. Capital . Santa InSs, near Samarano, M. &. J^. Herngndez 5133 , 27 IV 1970 GH. Tegucigalpa, Barkley L Ertha 40692, 17 VI 1970 GH. Choluteca . La Laguna, 450 m, Williams & Molina 10859 17 XI 1946 GH. Marcos de ColiSn, Barkley L Ramirez 40514 6 VI 1970 GH.
IB, Tun Ortiz 1160 .
. . . , .

1975

Lourtaig, Oxalldaceae

1*69

hlQ

P H T T

G I A

Vol. 29, no. 6

Toledo . Dist. Monkey Riv. near Jenkins Creek, Gentle 4466 , 21 IX 1942 GH. Cosmaquaya . Vic. Siguatepeque, 1050 m, Yuncker et al. 5561 1 VII 1936 6H,K,M0,S. lb., 1080-1400 m, Standley 56252 14-27 II 1928 U5. Copgn . La Florida to Hac, Esplritu Santo, Blake 7402, 14 V 1919 US. Pep. Gracias . Hjalmarson a. 1852 5. Gulf of Fonseca, Legis Island, Sinclair a. 1847 BM,K. Pine Land at Los Dragos, 600 ft., Howard et al, 564, 29 VI-IOVIII 1951 A,BM.2,5 17 VII 1938 K,US. Km W of Amapala, 10 m, Norton L Morrison 8856 below Coyoles, Yuncker et al. 8114 29 VI 1938 MO. ^ear AguSn Riv. Aguas Calientes, Deam 6130 . 2 VI 1909 GH. EL SALVADOR. San Salvador . Lenson 128 260 302 US. lb., H.ialmarson a. 1853 S. San Jacinto, Velasco 8867 . IV 1905 US. San Martin to Laguna de Uopango, Standley 22514 1 IV 1922 US. San Salvador, 650850 m, Standley 23264 30 III-24 IV 1922 EH, MO, US. lb,, Standley 19392 . 20 XII 1921-4 I 1922 US. lb., Standley 19560 . 20 XII 1921-4 Vic. San Salvador, Standley 20447 2-7 II 1922 GH.US I 1922 GH.US. lb., Caldergn 819 . 1922 US. lb., Caldergn 264 , VI 1921 GH.US, lb., Ciudad Universitaria.McKee 11354, 7 II 1964 P,US. 11,12 XII 194D A, F. NaLa Unifin . La Unifin, near coast, Grant 705 huizalco, Hartman 66 , 22 I 1968 5. Chonchagua, 1200 ro. Wall 17 I 1928 S. Vic. La Unifin, 150 m, Standley 20840 .13-21 II 1922 GH,U5. Sonsonate . Rd, to Cerro Verde, betw, Loma Chata and San Isidro,8D0 25 II 1968 F, Vic, Izalco, 200-600 m, m, Molina & Montalvo 21686 Pittier 1922 14 II 1907 US. lb., Standley 21606 . 19,24 III 1922 GH,US. Vic. Armenia, Standley 23437 IB IV 1922 GH.US. Vic. Sonsonate, Standley 21993 16-27 III 1922 GH.US. Santa Ana . Vic. Santa Ana, 655-900 m, Standley 20437 28-30 I 1922 GH,S,US. Vic. MatapSn.ab. 370 m, Standley L Padilla 3310 , 29 I-l II
, . , , . . . . ,
,

1947 F. San Vicente . Vic. San Vicente, 400-500 m, Standley & Padilla 3475 7-14 II 1947 F. lb., Standley 21389, 2-11 III 1922 US. San Miguel . VolcSn San Miguel, finca Max Haltmayer, 600 m. Tucker 969. 22 II 1942 K,P,US. La Libertad . Vic. of Ateos, Standley 2337a 17 IV 1922 US. NICARAGUA, teg. Tate, a, 1867-8 K. Leg, Weight, a. 1853-6 P, US. Managua . Betw. Managua and Sabana Grande, Greeman 5690 27 II 1922 MO. Env. de Grenada, 40 m. Levy 101 VII 1869 P. Sierra de Managua 600-900 m. Gamier A 874 IV 1932 US. Vic. of Managua, Gamier A 1186 VIII 1932 US. Managua. Chaves 369 8 IX 1929 US. Near Granada Maxon et al. 7469, 2 VII 1923 US. lb., Mt. Mombache, 400 m, Grant 764 23 XII 1940 GH. Casa Colorada 5 of Managua, 250 m, Maxon et 28 V 1895 GH. al. 7454 . 27 VI 1923 US. Momotombo, C.L. Swith 116 Chinandeqa Chinandega, Baker 170 13 I 1903 GH,MD. lb.. Baker 614 1903 US. Ameya, Maxon et al. 7164 y 7116 19-21 VI 1923 GH,US, Masaya . Lake Masaya, Seymour &. Atwood 3314, 11 I 1970 GH,BM. Matagalpa . 5-10 Km W of Matagalpa, 600-700 m, "" L.O. Williams et al .
, .
,

23768 . 13

1963 F,

1975

Lourtoig, Oxalldaceae

U71

Carazo . Casa Colorada, Seymour 553, 12 XII 196B GH. Rio Grande, Tio Samuel, Molina 2292 ,22 IV 1949 GH, Zela.Va Lake Nicaragua, Ometcpe laland, Shiwek &. C, L. Smith 50 , 1B93 US. COSTA RICA. Leg. Serre P. Llanos de Turucares, versant Pacifique, Hacienda de Nuestro Amo, Pittier 16343 I 1902 US. Collines de Niw III 1900 BM,GH,K,P. lb., Tonduz 13960 BM. US. coya, Tonduz 13506 Nicoya, 200 m, Cook 8 Doyle 663 . 22 I 1903 US, Bords di^ chemin de Nicoya, Tonduz 13917 IV 1900 BM. MurciSlago Bay, Howell 10214 2 VII 1932 US. Guanacaste . 5 Km N of Liberia, Burger 6llfl 4 VII 1968 F. Bahia El Coco, Bahia Playa Hermosa and Sardinal, 0-150 m, W.C^. &. M^. Burger 775B , ?9-31 VII 1971 F. Vic. of CaRas, Daubemire 151 5 IX 1969 F. 11 III 1965 MO. CaRas Rd., 5 Km SE of Liberia, lb., Godfrey 67009 Harris 63, 1966 F. 8 Km NE of Liberia, Harris 98 y 124, 1966 F. Entre Caflas y Bagaces, 100 m, Jimenez 974, 1 VIII 1963 F. Ab. 5 Km 5 of La Cruz, 260 m, Weston 5011 10 VI 1967 F. 5-15 Km S of La Cruz, 150 m, L.O. Williams et al. 26416 1 I 1964 F. Bahfa Santa Elena, Rfo Guajiniquil, 50-200 m, L.O. Williams et al. 26724, 5 I 1964 F. San Jos. Santa Ana, Hac. La Lindora, 810 m, Jimenez 220 . 10 IX 1961 F. Quebrada de la Muerte, entre Santa Ana y Villa ColiSn, Jimenez 3519 ,22 XII 1965 F. Puntarenas Entre Mata de Limi5n y Cerro de las Mesas, 60 m, Jimfinez 713 1 VI 1963 F. Surubres .Prfes San Mateo, 200 m, Biolley 4048 III 1B91 US. PANAMA. PanamS.Near P4aya Rio Mar, 10-100 f t Duke 11783 3 VI 1967 MO, US. Near Rfo Mar, 5-20 m, Duke 12408 13 VII 1967 MO. Playa near Rfo Mar, Ebinger 497 19 VII 1960 F. Bocas del Toro . Nievecita, Woodson L Schery 1029 3-20 VIII 1940 tipo 0^. coccinea M8, isfitipos NY, US, Code 4-6 Mil. E of Nat^, 10-25 m, Duke 12402 13 VII 1967 MO. Na25 VIII 1960 t, Seemann 1227 Ill 1848 K. Penohom, Ebinger 996 F,MO. Rio Grande, 10 mil. E Nat3, Tyson 5277 4 I 1969 MO.
. , , ,
, . ,

THE TAXONOMIC POSITIUN OF ASPiUUGUS L.

A.

El-Gazzar* and A. A. Badawi**

Introduction
Asparagus is one of the largest genera of Liliaceae, with some 3U0 species concentrated in various parts of the Old World and characterized by the reduction of leaves into small scales or spines with groups of green assimilating cladodes in their axils (Airy Shaw, 1966). Because of this morphological peculiarity this genus was put in the same sub-family or tribe with Huscus Danae and Semele by all authors (e.g. Lindley, 1853; Benthom and Hooker, 1862 - 83; Krause, 1930; Rendle, 1953; Melchior, 1964) except Hutchinson (1934) v^o isolated Ruscus Danae and Semelo (with united stamens, extrorse anthers and inflorescences emerging on the surface or margins of cladodes) in a separate family (the Uuscacoae), thus leaving Asparagus as the only genus in his Liliaceae-Asparageae with free stamens, introrse anthers In doing so, Hutchinson and inflorescences free from claxlodes. overlooked the numerous similarities between Asparagus and Ruscaceae on one hand, and the several dissimilarities between this genus and These dissimilarities have been the rest of Liliaceae on the other. recently regarded by DaJilgren (1974) as sufficient to justify the removal of Asparagus from Liliaceae to a mono-generic family, the In tlie course of a taxonomic study of Liliaceae sensu Asparagaceae. lato, novel evidence from tlie plants' cliaracters has accumulated to decide whore Aspara/^us fits best.
,

Material and methods

The widest concept of Liliaceae-Asparagoideae is that of Krause (1930) with 26 genera, four of wiiich (Medeola, Paris Scoliopus and Trillium ) have been isolated as the Trilliaceae, and three (Ruscus, We have been able to Danae and Semele ) as Hutchinson's Ruscaceae. procure specimens of 28 species representing 9 ( Asparagus , Aspidistra , Clintonia Convallaria Disporum Maianthemum Polygonatum Reineckea and Streptopus ) of the remaining 19 genera of this sub-family, as well as fresh and herbarium material of 4 Ruscus spp. and 21 species from 10 genera representing the rest of Liliaceae sensu stricto making a Epidermal strips from mature leaves total of 53 species and 20 genera. and cladodes were cleared in warm lactic acid, and semi-permanent pollen preparations were made according to the method of I"Vanks and Watson (1963). Voucher specimens are kept at the herbaria of Cairo and Al-Azhar Universities.
, , , ,
,

Department of Agricultural Botany, Faculty of Agriculture, Al-Azhar University, Cairo. **Botany Department, Faculty of Science, Ain Shams University, Cairo.
*

U72

1975

El-Oazzar & Badajri, Position of Aaparagua

The choxactors and tlieir taxonorpic distribution

U73

The follovdng characters have been recorded comparatively for the species, and the results are given as Table 1:

leaves reduced to spines or scales / not so cladodes present + / absent 3. associated storaata present + / absent 4. exine granulose + / smooth 5. fruit capsule + / (jloboso berry 6. cliroraosome number (basic number for Gagoa in parentheses)
1. 2.

The term 'associated stomata' is used here (after Cliappet and Guyot, 1969) to describe the groups of two or more stomata whose guard cells are in direct contact with each other, and is synonymous with the term 'contiguous stomata' used by Gopal and Shah (l97o) who found these stomata in the cladodes of 4 Asparagus spp. ( A. gonoclatlos , A. plumosus , A. racemosus and A. sprengeri ). All four species have been re-examined by us and the results are in full agreement with the findings of Gopal However, to further ensure the reliability of the presence and Shah. or absence of these stomata as a taxonomic character, several specimens of Asparagus officinalis (from Kgypt, Finland, France and Switzerland) and A. aphyllus (from Kgypt, Jordan and Libya) have been examined and all possessed this feature, indicating that it is constant for the spectXirthermore, %^en ies regardless of their geographical 'i .tri'.juti in. these stomata are present they are sufficiently abundant not to be missed, thus obviating the need to determine their frequency relative The information in Table 1 has also been to that of single stomata. supplemented by data on tlie gross morphology of one species from each of Danae and Semcle as given by Hutchinson (1969), >rfiile the chromosome counts (in column 6) arc quoted from Darlington and Wylie (1955), Ornduff (1967 and 1968), Love (1973 and 1974) and Moore (1973 and 1974). The facts in Table 1 speak for themselves: a correlation exists between the recorded characters so that the species fall into two clearly definable groups; Group I takes in all representatives of Uuscaceae and Asparagus from Liliaceae, and Group II incorporates the rest of Liliaceae. Members of Group I are characterized by reduced leaves, the presence of cladodes, associated stomata, globose berries, smooth exine and chromosomes constantly in multiples of 10, whereas those of Group II have green foliage leaves, no clatlodes or associated stomata, loculicidal or septicidal capsules (rarely berries), granulose The exine and chromosomes in multiples of 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 19. multitude of chromosome counts scored for other genera and species of the two families ore also in keeping with this finding, which shows that the present sample has not in any way been biased. Tliis correlation between seemingly unrelated characters is further substantiated by the morpliological variation in tlie subterranean stems of the plants (not shown in Table l). Thus in all members of Group I tliese stems are sympodial rhizomes with conspicuous intornodes, whereas in Group II they are mostly bulbous or short rhizomes carrying radical leaves.

klh

PHTTOLOGIA
1-6

Vol. 29, no. 6

Table 1. Comparative observations on 6 characters recorded for 55 species from 22 genera of Uuscaceae and Lilieiceae sensu stricto correspond with characters 1 - 6 in text respectively; Columns column 7 shows the family to >rfiich a species belongs, L = Liliaceae, R = Ruscaceae.
.

species

12
+

Group I + Danae racemosa Medic Semele androgyna (L. ) Kunth Ruscus aculeatus L + alexandrinus J. Motte R. + hypoglossum L R. + R. ponticus Woronow Asparagus abyssinicus (A. Rich.) Hochst. + + A. albus L + A, aphyllus L + A. brachyphyllus Turcz + A. crispus Lam. + A. falcatus L + A. . . . flagellaris (Kunth) Baker + A. gonoclados Baker + A. maritimus (L.) Mill + A. medeoloides Thunb. + A. officinalis L + A. plumosus Baker + A. racemosus Villd + A. scaberulus A. Rich + A. springeri Kegel + A. stipularis Forsk + A. tenuifolius Lam + A. tetragonus Bresler + A. umbellatus Link + A. virgatus Baker

....++ ++++ + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + +

+ + + + +
+

+ + + +
+ +

+ + +
+

+ +
+ + + + + +

+
+ +

+
+

+ + _ _ _ -

Group II _ Aloe arbor esc ens Mill. _ A. ciliaris Haw A. eru A. Berger . grandidentata SalmDyck . . A. _ A. mitriformis Mill A. rossii Tod _ A. saponaria Haw A. spinosissima Jahand variegata L. A. A. vera L Asphodelus microcarpus Salz et Viv, . _ Aspidistra elatior Blume . . Chlorophytum comosum Baker
. . .

_
_

__
_ _

+ +
+ + + + + + + +

___ ___
_ _ -

+ +
+

28,32

his

PHYTOLOGIA
References

Vol. 29, no. 6

Airy Shaw, H.K. (1966). Willis's Dictionary of Flowering Plants and 7th ed. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Perns. Bentham, G. and Hooker, J.D. (1862 - 83). Genera PI an tartan London. Chappet, A. and Guyot, M. (1969). Les stomates associiSs de Vieia faba .
.

C.K. sea. Soc. Biol., 163 ; 2405 - 2410. Dahlgren, H. (1974). Angiospemernes Taxonomi. I. Akademisk Forlag, Copenhagen. Chromosome Atlas of Flowering Darlington, C.D. and Wylie, A.P. (1955). Plants. George Allen & Unwin, London. The pollen morphology of some Franks, J.W. and Watson, L. (1963). critical Ericales. Pollen et Spores, 5.: 51-68. Observations on normal and abnormal Gopal, B.V. and Shah, G.L. (1970). stomatal features in fo\ir species of Asparagus L. Amer. J. Hot., 57: 665-669. Hutchinson, J. (1934). The Families of Flowering Plants, vol. 2. Monocotyledons. Clarendon Press, Oxford. Hutchinson, J. (1969). Evolution and Phylogeny of Flowering Plants. Acadenic Press, London and N.Y. Krause, K. (1930). Liliaceae, in Engler and Prantl's Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Leipzig. The Vegetable Kingdom. 3rd ed. Bradbury and Evans, Lindley, J. (1853). London. Love, A. (1973). lOPB chromosome number rejxjrts XLI. Taxon, 22 ; 459-464. Love, A. (1974). lOPB chromosome number reports XLV. Taxon, 23: 619-624. Melchior, H. (1964). Engler's Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien, 2. Berlin. Moore, U.J. (1973). Index to Plant Chromosome Numbers for 1967 - 1971. Retrnum Vegetabile 90; 105-127. Moore, U.J. (1974). Index to Plant Chromosome Numbers for 1972. Regnum Vegetabile 91 ; 1 - 108. Index to Plant Chromosome Numbers for 1965. Regnxm Ornduff, U. (1967). Vegetabile 50: 41-45. Index to Plant Chromosome Numbers for 1966. Regnum Ornduff, U. (1968). Vegetabile 55; 32-37. Rendle, A.D. (19537. The Classification of Flowering Plants, 2nd ed. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
, , , ,

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAUIACEAi: . LII

Harold N. Moldenke

PAEPAIANTHUS GARDiPEieiS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 39li. 197$' The plate 162, cited in error by Silvelra (1928), actually depicts P_. fuscua Alv. Sil'', Citations: BRAZIL: Mlnag Gerais: Mendes Magalhgea 2327 [Herb. Jard. Bet. Belo Horiz. U3381] (N), 2$6 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horis. U3865] (N).
PAEPALANTHUS GENICULATUS (Bong.) Kunth,.Enum. PI. 3: 521522 & 573 [as "P. ? geniculatus "]. l9Ul; KJrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras, 3 (1): 381. 1863. Synonymy: Erlocaulon geniculatTm Bong., U4m. Acad. Imp. Scl. St. P^tersb., ser. 6, 1: 625. 1831. Paepalanthua geniculatua Kunth ex Kbm. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 293 & 381. 1363. IXipatya geniculata (Bong.) Kuntxe, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 7U5. 1891. Dupatya geniculata Kuntie apud Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suj^l. 1, pr. 1, lli5. 1902. Paepalanthus paniculatua (Bong.) Kunth ex Moldenke, R^smS 327, in syn. 1959. Paepalanthus falcatus Gardn. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2Ul, in syn. 1973 [not P. falcatna (Bong.) K8m., 139U, nor Korn., 1863, nor Mart., 1959] Bibliography: Bong., M4di. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. P^terab., aer. 6, 1: 625, [pl. 21]. 1831; Bong., Eaa. Monog. Erioc. 25. 1831; Bong., M&s. Acad. Scl. St. P^tersb., aer. 6. 5 (2): 21, pl. 31. 1839; Steud., NojB. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. I8u0; Kxmth, Enum. Pl. 3: 521, 573, 613, & 625. I81a; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. $: 261. 1352; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glom. 2: [Gyp.] 276 & 33U. 1855; Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 293, 381, 507, & 508. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 7U5. 1891; Jacka. in Hook. f. & Jacka., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: U02. I89li; Durand & Jacka,, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 1145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (li-30): U, 10, 168, 170, [283], 285, & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: U07. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 90. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, Ui5. 19Ul; Jacks, in Hook. f. L Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (19l*6) and pr. 2, 2: U02. I9U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Erioc. 12, 29, 35, & 1*8. 19l;6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbonac, [ed. 2], 8ii & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia k'- ihh* 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, lii5. 1959; Moldenke, Rfisumfi 98, 280, 288, 327, & U87. 1959; Moldenke, RdaumS Suppl. It 20. 1959; Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, iJ 878 (I960) and pr. 3, 2: U02. I960; Tomlinaon in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 190. I969; Moldenke, Fifth Suna. 1: 162 & U8I (1971) and 2: 501, 583, & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 130, 131, & 2ia. 1973. Illustrationa : Bong., M^m. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. P^tersb., aer. 6, U77

U78

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

5 (2): pi. 31. 1839. Under a strict interpretation of the present edition of the International Code, Kimth's transfer of Eriocaulon geniculatom Bong, to the genus Paepalanthus is invalid because he did so with a question-mark, indicating doubt in his own ndnd. However, the transfer was certainly validated by Kornicke in 1863. Bongard's illustration cited as '*Tab. XU** does not appear ever to have been published, but probably is preserved in the Leningrad library or herbarium, tinless, of course, it is the same as the plate 31 later published. The species is based on L. Riedel 106U , collected **in glareosis subhumidis Serra da Lapa", llinas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in December, and preserved in the Leningrad herbarim. Kxinth (I8I4I) says of it "Nonnisi ob affinitatem cxon praecedente [P. glareosus ] hue relatus". Under P. glareosus he says 'Sequenti affinis, distlnctus statura htmiliore, foliis radicalibus vagina brevioribus, patenti-difftisis et capitulorum bracteis exterioribus ovatoacutls, qpiaa valde obtusae in P. geniculate ." Bongard's original (1831) description is "subacaule; foliis radicalibus linearibus obtusiusculls pilosis ciliatis; caulieulis subhorlzontalibus foliosis; pedunculis adpresse pilosis; vaginis bifidis villosis". Rnhland (1903) cites only the original collection and conments "Cian specie praecedente [P^ glareosus ] valde affinis, sed jam pedunculorum indomento et bracteis involucrantibtis exteirioribus, obtusis bene ab ilia differb", Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 3UI, collected in the Serra do Cip6 in 190$. The specific name is sometimes written with an uppercase initial letter for no valid reason. Mrs. Chase collected the species in "sand on open summit of serra**, at lUOO meters altitude. The Paepalanthus falcatus (Bong.) Kom. and P^ falcatus om.,

referred to in the synon^ymy above, are synonyms of P. pedunculatus (Bong.) Ruhl., while ? falcatus Mart, is a synonym of Leiothrix flavescens (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: M. A. Chase 103$6 (W--lli95688)i A. P. Duarte 7798 [Herb. Brad. 27770] (Lw)j H6rlnger 6 Castellanos 5963 (B), 6099 (Z)j Murga Pires t Black $1-Il81t6 Tz), 2801 (N, Z)j L. Riedel 1061t [Macbride photos IO6O8] (Bisotype, Br isotype, Br isotype, N ^photo of isotype, N ^photo of isolype, Ut 362 isotype, W~photo of isotype) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B).

PAEPALANTHUS OEWTLKI Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19: UOI4I. 1937. Bibliography: Moldenke, N. Am, Fl. 19: UO lil. 1937} Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 333, 350, 351, 356, & 359. 1939} Moldenke, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 522: llji. I9UO} Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 32 & 231. 191)6} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. U & U8. 19U6} Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl, 10: 158. 19U7} Moldenke, Alph, List Cit. 2: 33U (19U8) and 3: 777. 19U9} Moldenke, Known Geogr,

1975

Moldenlce, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

U79

niatrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 36 & 209. 19li9; Moldenke, Phytologla & Steyera., Fieldiana Bot. 2I4: 377378. 1958; Moldenke, UsvsA U3 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Svma, 1: 82 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. The Gentle 992 isotypee cited below from the Cornell University, Lund ell, and Montevideo herbaria were previously cited as duplicates in the Britton and University of Michigan herbaria from irtiich they have been recently transferred. Additional & emended citations: BRITISH HONDURAS: H. H. BartU: lliU. 1952} Standi.

lett 118 7U (Ld, Mi) J GenUe 992 (F 699366--isotype, Ld Isotype, S isotype, 3 isotype, Ug isotype),

It isotype,

PAEPALANTEUS GIBBOSUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1; llalMh, pl. 89. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: lh2lkh & U07, pl. 89. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Eot. Jahresber. 57 (1): U76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. I9U.; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U8. 19l;6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8k & 209. 19li9; Moldenke, R6sum 98 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologla 20: 355. I97O; Moldenke, Fifth Srara. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv, Silv., Fl, Mont. 1: pl. 89. 1928. This species was based by Silveira (928) on A. Silveira 505, collected in April, I908, "in campis, prope Contageoi in Serra do Rlacho do Vento, inter Diamentina, et Curvello", Minas Gerais, Brazil, and is deposited in the Silveira herbarixm. He comments that the "Species ob sepala florum feodneozoim extus dense cooata ab af f inibus P. arenicola Alv. Silv. excepta, certe distincta" Thus far, jP, gibbosus is known only fron the type collection.

PAEPALAMTHUS GLABRIFOLIUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanenrelch 13 ik30): 139. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanaenreich 13 (Ii-30): 125, 139, t 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. I908; Alv. Silv,, Fl. Mont. 1: 181 & U07. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U8. 19li6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 81i & 209. I9U9; Moldenke, R6s\m6 98 & Ii87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229. 1973. Records of this species from l^jias Gerais appear to be eironeous. Ruhland, in his original description of the species (1903), cites the type collection as from "Prov, Rio de Janeiro" and Glaziou8 printed labels are so inscribed. The type locality is "auf Campos des Itatiaia, zwischen Felsen" and this locality is definitely in Rio de Janeiro, However, the type specimen in the Berlin herbarium has Rio de Janeiro" stricken out on Its label auid "Minas" substituted in longhand, A letter fron my good friend, Dr, G, F, J, Pabst, dated July 12, 1972, explains this as follows: The border of the States Rio de Janeiro and Minas goes along the middle of the Serra da Manticpeira. The Itatiaia re-

Il80

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

gion is in the Mantiqueira, with Pico das Agxilhas Negras as the highest part. Collections are usually made in the area belonging to [the] State of Rio de Janeiro. Very, very few collections have been made on the Minas Gerais part of the Itatiaia hills. Campo de Itatiaia usixally is called the high plateau better known as Planalto do Itatiaia (21^00 msm), also in the State of Rio de Janeiro. The Minas Gerais part is difficult to reach and has nothing specially interesting, so seldom a botanist goes that way. It is the part you will find cited as Airuoca. Very nice Podocarpus lambertii formation can be seen there however. It is the side opposite to the ocean, thus rather drier, but is rains heavily in summer. It only does not get the constant humid sea Trinds. I would write without fear of error: State of Rio de Janeiro for Trtiatever material is given from Itatiaia." Silveira (1928) cites, in addition, A. Silveira 608 , collected in the Serra do Itatiaia in 1913. Thus far, the species is known only from these two collections, and it has been collected in tmthesis in November. Ruhland (1903) notes "Species P. glaueescenti et P. Erigeronti affinis". Citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro; Glaziou 9001 [Macbride photos 10609] (B type, N photo of type, N photo of type, W photo of type, Z isotype),

PAEPAIAHTHUS GLAREOSUS (Bong.) Kimth, Enum. PI. 3: 521. 1811. Synonymy: Eriocaulon glareosum Bong., M&n. Acad. Imp. Sci. St, P6tersb., ser. 6, 1: 62^. I83I. Paepalanthus glareosus Kunth apud Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 292 & 299. 1863. Dupatya glareosa (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev, Gen. PI. 2r 7U5. I89I. Dupatya glareosa Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 1,
1902. Bibliography: Bong., Ess, Monog. Erioc. 25. 1831; Bong., M&n. Acad. Imp. Sci. St, PStersb,, ser. 6, 1: 625 (1631), 3 (1): 555 (1835), and 3 (2): pi. 25. I835i Steud., Norn, Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. l8U0j Kunth, Enum, PI. 3: 521, 573, 613, & 625. IflUlj D. Dietr., Syn. PI. 5: 261. 1852; Steud,, Syn. PI. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 276 & 33U. I855i Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (l)j 292, 299, 380381, 507, & 508, 1863J Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI, 2: 7U5. 1891; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr, 1, 2: U02. 189U$ Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 1U5. 1902; Ruhl, in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (li-30): 3, 168, 170, [283], 285, & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: UO7, 1928; Ruhl, in &gl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: la. 1930; Stapf, Ind, Lond. 3: 90. 1930; Durand & Jacks,, Ind, Kew, Suppl. 1, pr, 2, IhS. 19Ul; Jacks, in Hook. f. t Jacks., Ind. Kew,, pr, 2, 2: U02. I9I16; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, 35, & U8. 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2J, 8U & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, R6sum6 98, 280, 288, & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Rfisum* Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 3. lU5. 1959; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr, 3, 2: Ii02. I960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 & U8l (1971) and 2: 501, ^3, & 952. 1971.
lli5.

1975

lloldenke. Notes on Erlocatdaceae

U8l

Illustrations: Bong., )lim, Acad. Inp. Scl. St. Pdtersb., ser.

6, 3 (2): pi. 25. 1835.

Bongard's original (1831) description of this species is "subacaulej foliis radicalibua caespitosis patenti-diffuais brevissimis linearlbus obtusis villosis; cauliculls stibhor it ontali btia foliosis; pedunciills retrorsum pvibeecentibus ; vaginis folila longioribus bif idls pilosis" . It is baaed on L. Riedel 101^3 from "in glareosis siccis Serra da Lapa**, Minas Gerais, Brazil, and vaa collected in anthesis in Noyember. Bongaxxl comnents that "Praecedenti [P. genicttlatua ] affine, a quo distinguendum: statura humiliorej foliis radicalibua vaginis brevioribus patentidlffusis et capitulorum squamis exterioribua ovato-acutia , quae valde obtusae in E, geniculato " . Kunth (I81il) repeats this same list of differences between the two species. Ruhland (i903) cites only the original collection, Silveira (1928) cites A, Silvelra U9U from Serra Pouso Alto, Minas Gerais, collected in I906. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: L. Riedel 10U3 [Macbride
photos 10610] (B isotype, N photo of isotype, N photo of isotype, N photo of isotype, Ut 363 isotype, W photo of isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kbmicke (B).

PAEPALANTHUS GIAUCESCENS Kbm. in Mart., Fl, Bras. 3 (1): 391. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya glaucescens (Kom.) Kuntze, Rev, Gen. PI. Dupatya glaucescens Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., 2: 7U5 1891. Ind, Kew. Suppl. 1. pr. 1, 1U5. 1902. Bibliography: Kom, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 391 & 506. I863j Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 7li5. 1891; Jacks, in Hook, f. &. Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: U02. lB9Uj Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl, 1, pr. 1, lli5. 1902 J Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (li30): 126, 139, 1U2. [283], & 290. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 19Ul# Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: U02. 19U6i Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, & U9. 19U6j Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], Sk & 209. 19U9; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, ll;5. 1959 J Moldenke, R^sumfi 98, 280, & 1^87 . 1959; Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr, 3, 2: U02, I960; Moldenke, Fifth Svsm. 1: 162 & U81 (1971) and 2: 952, 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1^82, 1973. This species is known thus far only from the original collection nade by Friedrich Sellow somewhere in eastern Brazil and deposited in the Berlin herbarium. Citations: BRAZIL: State undetermined: Sellow s.n, [Brasilia] (B type, Zisotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings &: notes

by Komicke (B)
PAEPALANTHUS QLAUCOPHTLLUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 2321;, pl. 8. 1928, Synonymy: Paepalanthus glaucophyllnfl Alv, Silv,, Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 8, aphalTTi. I928,

U82

PHTTOLOGIA.

Vol. 29, no. 6

Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 23 2li & 1*07, pi. 8. I928j Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 57 (1): U76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Keir. Suppl, 9: 199. 1938j Woradell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1911; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U9. 19li6; Moldenke, Knoim Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, R6stnn6 98 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Svnm, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2la. 1973. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 8. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 810 from "In caapis siccis

et saxosis inter Itacaajbira et Jxiramento", Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in July, 1926, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) comments that the "Species a P. fasciculifero Alv. Silv. pilositate foliorum et bractearum involucrantium praecipue differt." It is known thus far only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS GLAUCOPODUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 99100, pi. 2 & 63 bis. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus glancopodus Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 2 & 63 bis, sphalm. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 99100 & U07, pi. 2 4 63 bis. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): U76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 19la; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Erioc. 12 & U9. 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19li9; Moldenke, R^staaS 98, 325, & 1*87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 583 & 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 2 & 63 bis. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 756, collected "In campis arenosis prope Milho Verde, in Serra Geral", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in Jxme of 1925 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Thus far it is known only from the original collection. PAEPALAKTHUS GUZIOVII Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (li-30): 181, fig. 22. 1903. Bibliohraphy: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzanreich 13 (U-30): k, 180, 181, & 290, fig. 22. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. I9O8; $2, Ruhl. in Sngl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam., ed. 2, l5a: UO I93O; Stapf, Ind. Lond. U: 5l8. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 St h9. 19U6; Moldenke, Riytologia 2: 231. 19U7; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], Qh St 209. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia U: HiU. 1952; Moldenke, R6sum6 98 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 181, fig. 22. 1903. This species is based on Glaziou 20016 , collected among rocks at Biribiry, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in April, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin, now destroyed. It is known thus far only from the original collection. Ruhland (1903) comments that the "Planta habitu valde insignia, Ramificatio psendo-dichotoma non adeo pulchra ut in P, guianensi
St.

U83

1975

Moldenko, Notes on Erlocaxilaceae

vbI dlchotoma , cum Interdum ramia tres In uno loco quasi Inserti slnt. Habitu mlnua compacto speciebus 3ubaect. Polyactldis < Effuai haud dlsaljailis." Citations: BRAZIL: Minaa Gerais: Glaziou 20016 (B type, Br iaotype, Nphoto of isotype, Z photo of isotype)

PAEPAJANTHUS GLEASONII Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Erioc. 6 & U9, hyponym (Feb. 9, 19U6), Phytologia 2: 11*0. July 8, I9I46. Synonyny: Paepalanthus robuatua Gleaaon, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club $8: 330331. 1931 [not P. robuatua Alv. Silv., I9O8]. Bibliography: Gleaaon, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 330 331. 1931} A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Sv?)pl. 9: 200. 1938; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahreaber. 5? (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Erioc. 6, h9, c 53. 19li6; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 11*0. 19U6| Moldenke, Alph. List Cit, U: 985. 19U9} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 6U, 66, 4 209. 19U9} Moldenke, Phytologia U: iMi lli5. 1952; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Moldenke, R6sumd 72, 75, 328, L 1*87. 1959; Moldenke, R^aum^ Suppl. 16: 6. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 297. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125, 130, & 162 (1971) and 2: 589 & 952. 1971} Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229. 1973. Thia speclea ia baaed on G^ H^ H_. Tate 622 , collected at the "SumiBit of Peak 7", Mount Duida, Bolivar, Venezuela, at an altitude of 7100 feet, and ia deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the Now Yoric Botanical Garden. Gleaaon (1931) notea that "It ia obviously cloaeiy related to P. convexoa Gleaaon, but is much lai^ ger in all its dimensions; it ia alaiilarly closely related to P. aubcauleacena Brown, irtiich haa broader leaves and much smaller heads." Recent collectors have encountered it at altitudea of 8500 to 9000 feet in Brazil. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Roraima: Maguire, Mur^a Pirea, "" St Maguire 601*87 (N)

PAEPALANTHUS GLOBOSUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): IU3II1I4. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 126, 11*3 iWi, & 290. 1903; Prain. Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl, Mont. 1: 1*07. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Erioc. 12 Sc k9* I9U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 81* & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, R^sum* 98 &. 1*87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Thia apeciea id based on Glaziou 15537, collected at CaraQa, in the Serra de Capanema, Minaa Geraia, Brazil, flowering in February, and depoaited in the herbarium of the Botaniachea Muaeura at Berlin. The original printed labels of the type collection are inacribed "Rio de Janeiro", but the locality of collection ia definitely in Minaa Geraia. Silveira (1928) citea A_. Silveira 1*33 from the Serra do Batatal in the aame atate, collected in I9O6. The apeciea ia thua far known only from three collectiona. Citations: BRAZIL: Minaa Geraia: Glaziou 15537 [Macbride photoa

1*BU

10611] (B type, type, Z Isotype); A. Lutz 1073 (Ja)

PHITOLOGIA N^photo of type, Hphoto

Vol. 29, no. 6

of type,

Wphoto

of

PAEPAUNTHUS GKEISSICOU Alv. Silv,, Fl. Mont. 1: 12U126, pi.

77. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 12U--126 & U07, pi. 77. 1928; Wangerln in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): It 76. 1937; A. W. Hill. Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Woradell, Ind. Loud. Suppl. 2: 183. 19U1; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U9. 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, Rfistmfi 98 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Suma. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 77. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 597, collected "In solo gneissicolo in Serra do Capara6", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April, 1913, and deposited in the Silveira herbarivm. On page U07 of his work (I928) Silveira gives the collection date as "1911'', but whether this is a typographic error or is meant to be a correction of the date given on page 126 is not clear. He coannents that "A P. caparoensl Ruhl, foliis obtusis bracteis involucrantibus acutis, appendiclbus et stigmatibus praecipue differt". Citations: BRAZIL: Espirito Santo: Irwin 2758 (N). Minas Gerais: Schwacke s.n. [Herb. Mas. Nac. Rio Jan. 29li65] (N, S)

PAEPALAOTHUS GOMESII Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 6769, pi. 39. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 6769 & U07, pi. 39. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): i;76. 1937; A. W. Hill. Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. I9I1I; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & li9. 19l*6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 2(^. 19U9; Moacyr do Amaral Lisboa, Revist. Esc. Minas 9. 1951; Moldenke, E^si8a5 98 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: I96 (1973) and 29: 313 & 311i.
1971*.

Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 39. 1928, The type of this species was collected by Dr. Francisco de MagalhSes Gomes in the Serra do Capanema, Minas Gerais. Brazil, in March of 1893. On page 69 of Silveira* s work (1928) no collection number is given for the type collection, but on page U07 of the same work it is cited as F. M. Gomes Ul3 . On page 69 what appears to be a second collection is cited as "in campis ex Serra do Batatal, prope Capanema: Alvaro da Silveira, Apr. 1905; n. UI3 in herbario Silveira", Silveira ccmments that the "Species cum P. eriophaeo Ruhl, et P^ Blepharophoro (Bong. Koem.) affinis, sed foliis glabris et bracteis involucrantibus paucis flavisque diversa". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Macedo 2792 (N, S)

PAEPALiOTHUS GONCALEIBIS Alv. Silv, Fl. Mont, 1: 259260, pi. 172 prim. [-171]. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus goncjLlensis Alv. Silv. apud A, W, Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938.

1975

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

li85

Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 259260 & U07, pi. 172 prla. [-171]. 1?28; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): U76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kefw. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Woradell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 19lil; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Erioc 12 & U9. 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 81i & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, R6s\m6 93 & 1;87. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 367 & 368. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sunn. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2la. 1973. This species ia baaed on Xlvaro da Sllveira 787, collected "in campia arenoaia prope S, Gon<;alo, inter Serro et Diamantina, in Serra Geral", minaa Gerada, Brazil, in June of 1925 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page li07 of the same work (1928) Silveira records the type as " Silveira 787 prope S . Gonijalo do Serros 1926". It should also be noted that on page 260 of hia work he cites plate "CLXXI", but the plate is actually nunbered "CLXni" and ia the first of two plates so numbered. I am therefore citing it as "pi. 172 prim. [-171]". The true plate 172, which I am citing as "pi. 172 bis" represents P. barreirenaia Alv. Silv. There seams to be no plate 173 at all. Silveii^ comments that the "Species ad affine P. homomallo (Bong.) Mart, foliia marginibua incrassatis et non canalic\ilato-revolutis praeclpue differt". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Black & MagalhSea 51-11797 (Z), 51-11859 (Z)j L. B. Smith 6833 (N, Z), 6837 (W 2120202).

PAEPALANTHUS GOUNELLEANDS Beauverd, Bull, Herb. Boias., aer. 2, 8: 292, fl. 11 B 917. 1908. Bibliography: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiaa., aer. 2, 8: [291] & 292, fig. 11 B 917. 1908; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. U: 170. 1913; Stapf, Ind. Lond. Us 5l8. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U9. 19li6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 81i & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, RfisumS 98 & 187. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Suam. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229. 1973. Illustrations: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., aer. 2, 8: [291], fig. 11 B 917. 1908. This species is baaed on "Sans No. Itatiaya (Bresil) Sitio de Ramos, altitude 2000 m.: leg. E Gounelle, fevrier 1899", deposited in the Herbier Boissier at Geneva. Thia type locality has hitherto been regarded by me as in Mlnas Gerais, but aujcording to a letter recently received by me from Dr. Pabst [see under P. glabrifolius ] it ia most likely in the atate of Rio de Janeiro, Beauverd (I9O8) comments that "Voiaine des Paepalanthua acantholimon Ruhland et . aretioidea Ruhl. cette nouvellea esp4ce ae distingue de ses deux congfineres par ses capitules beaucoup plus petita et aea p6doncules rigides tres tordus beaucoup plus courts cpie ceiix du P. acantholimon (U cm.) et deux fois plus longa que ceux du P. aretioidea (3 U cm); I'extr&aiti echancrle-cord^e des aSpales mAles et dea p^tales femellea lui aasignant en outre une place i part dans le groupe des RosulAtl

"

U86

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

auquel elle sa partie, en portant dSa lors 4 cinq des esp^ces qui en font part is, Thus far it is known only from the original collection,
PAEPALANTHUS GRANATENSIS Kom. in Mart,, Fl. Bras, 3 (1): U03UOU. 1863, Synonymy: Dupatya granatensis (Kbm,) Kuntze, Rev, Gen. PI, 2: k$ 1891. Dupatya granatensis Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Keif. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, lii^. 1902. Bibliography: Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 1;03 UOli & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev, Gen. PI. 2: U5. 1891} Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks,, Ind. Keir., pr. 1, 2: lt02. I89U; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, li;5, 1902j Ruhl. in Engl,, Pflanzenreich 13 (h30): 201, 205206, [283], & 290. 1903i Durand & Jacks,, Ind, Kew. Suppl, 1, pr. 2, lli5. 19Ulj Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc, 5, 30, & U9. 19u6j Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew,. pr, 2, 2: li02, 19li6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac., [ed. 2], 61 & 209. 19U9j Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl, 1, pr, 3, m5. 1959 J Moldenke, RfisumS 67, 280, & U87. 1959} Jacks, in Hook, f . &. Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: U02, I96O} Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 118 & Ii8l (1971) and 2: 952. 1971, According to Kb'micke's original (I863) description, the type of this species is Linden 2152 , and this collection number is repeated by Ruhland (I903), collected in the vicinity of Bogota, Cundinamarca, at an altitude of 2U00 m., Colonbia, flowering in March, and originally deposited in the Berlin herbarium. He cites also H. Karsten s.n. from the same locality, deposited in the Vienna herbarium. Allen collected the species at 11,000 feet altitude, also in Cundinamarca, while Hermann found it there at 2800 m., flowering in June, and describes his collection as a topotype collection, Macbride's type photograph number 25169 is of Linden 1252 in the Delessert Herbarium at the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques in Geneva, Apparently he regarded the " 1252 " on the label of this specimen as an error for the " 2152 " on the Berlin label. In this he is probably correct, and so I am regarding the Geneva specimen as an isotype. Citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: P. H. Allen 3001 (W 1951927) i Hermann 11352 (W~190626l) j Linden 1252 [Macbride photos 25I69] (N photo of isotype, N photo of isotype , W photo of isotype), 2152 (Bisotype) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Komicke (B)

PAEPALANTHUS GRAO^OGOLENSIS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont, 1: 133 13li, pi. 83. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus grgo-aogolensis Alv. Silv., PI. Mont, pi. 83. 1928, Bibliography: Alv, Silv,, Fl. Mont. It 133131* & 1*07, pi. 83. 1928 J Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 1*76. 1937j A. W. Hill, Ind. Kefw. Suppl, 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl.

1975

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

Ii87

Known Geogr. Dlstrib. Erioc . 12 & h?. 19U6j Moldenke, Known Geogr, Dlstrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 8I4 & 209. I9h9i Moldenke R6sum6 98, 325, & US?. 1959 J Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1 : 162 (1971) and 2: 58u & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 21a. 1973. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 83. 1928. The type of this species is Alvaro da Silveira 805 , collected
2: 183. I9I4I; Moldenke,

"In cerrados, locis siccis, prope Grfio Mogol\ Minas Gerais, Braail, in July of 1926 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. SilvBira (1928) says of it "Species a P^ polygene Koem. pilis acutis, foliis prime ciliatis ac valde angustioribus et forma bractearum involucrantium praecipue differt." Thus far it is known only from the original collection.

PIEPAIANTHUS GRISEUS Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 38O, num. mid. 19li7i Moldenke in Kaguire, Baill. Torrey Hot. Club 75: 197 198.

I9I18.

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 38O. 19li7; Moldenke in Maguire, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 197198. 191x8; Moldenke, Alph. List Clt. 3: 701. I9U9; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 66 & 209. I9U9; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Moldenke, R6sum6 75 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 297. I97O; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: I30 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. This species is based on Maguii-e Fanshawe 232U4 , said to be "locally frequent" in damp sand on the Kaieteur Savanna, Guyana, collected on May 5, I9lih, and deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collectors note that the "Leaves [are] erect, spreading, to 10 cm. [long]". The species resembles P. tatei Moldenke in habit, but is smaller in all its parts. Citations: GUIANA: Maguire & Fanshawe 232l;l; (N type).
Sc.

PAEPALANTHUS GUSTAVII Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 227228, pi. 150. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus gustarvli Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 150, sphalm. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 227228 & U07, pl. 150. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): ii76. 1937; A. W. Hill- Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199, 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl, 2: 183. I9UI; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & l49. I9I16; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 38O. 19^7; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 8h & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, R6sujii6 98, 325, & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 58U i 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: lk3, 1973. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 150. 1928. This species is based on Alvaro da Silveira 7lih , collected in the Serra do ChapadSo, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1925 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarixmi. On page U07 of his work (1928) Silveira adds the note that the type was actvially gathered "prope Serra da Canastra". He commants that the "Species a cl.

1|88

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no, 6

Gustavo Amanclo da SUveira, caro comlte meo in itinera ad Serra do ChapadSo, dedicata". Worsdell (I9UI) adopts the incorrect spelling of the si>ecific epithet since it occurs on the illustration cited by him. Thus far this species is known only from the original collection,
PAEPALANTHDS GDTANENSIS Klotzsch in Schomb. Reise Brit.-Guian. 3: IO6U, hyponym [as " guianensis "] . I8u8j Kom. in Mart,, Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 3h7. 1863. Synonymy: Paepalanthus guianensis Klotzsch in Schcob,, Reise Brit.-Guian. 3s IO6I1, hyponym. I81i8. Paepalanthus guyanensis Kunth apud Kom, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 300. 3863. Dupatya guyanensis (Klotzsch) Kuntze, Rev, Gen, PI. 2: 7h$. I89I, Dupatya guyanensis Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 1, lii5. 1902. Bibliography: Schcnib,, Reise [Vers, Faxina & Fl.] Brit.-Guian. 3: 106it. l8U8j Korn. in liart,, Fl, Bras. 3 (1): 277, 300, 3U7, & 507. 1863; Benth, & Hook, f,. Gen. Pi. 3 (2): 1023. 1883; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI, 2; 7U5. I891j Jacks, in Hook, f , & Jacks., Ind, Keir,, pr, 1, 2: U02. I89I4; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl, 1, pr, 1, lliS. 1902j Ruhl, in Engl,, Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): U, 5, 180, 181, & 290, fig, 21, 1903J Stapf, Ind, Lond. U: ^18, 1930j Ruhl, in Engl, & Prantl, Nat, Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, l^a: UO, hZ, & 51. 1930; Durand & Jacks,, Ind, Kew, Suppl. 1, pr, 2, lli$, 19U-I Uoldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Erioc, 6 & li9* 19U6; Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks,, Ind, Kew,, pr. 2, 2: U02, 19li6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac, [ed, 2], 66 & 209. 19U9j Bourdu, Bull, Soc, Bot, France lOU: 1$S, 1957; Moldenke, R5sum4 75 & U87. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl, 1, pr, 3, lli5. 1959; Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks,, Ind, Kenr,, pr, 3, 2: li02, I96O; Moldenke, Phytologia 19: 35, 1969; Tomlinson in C, R, Metcalfe, Anat, Monocot, 3: 190. 1969; Moldenke, Plqrtologia 20: 297, 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Svam, 1: I30 (1971) and 2: 58U & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 253. 1973. Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): I80, fig. 21. 1903, This species is based on an unnumbered collection by Richard Schanburgk from "atif sandigen Stellen in der Savanne, in der Umgebung des Ru^-imeru-Falls" , Guyana, flowering in September' and October. On page 181 of his work (1903), Ruhland spells the specific epithet " guianensi " [i.e., guianensis ] although in all other places he adopts the spelling " guyanensis ", the first validly published spelling. He cites Dupatya dichotoma Kuntze as a synonym, but I keep this separate as a synonym of Paepalanthus dichotofflos KLotasch, an obviously closely related taxon, Gleason, in his unpublished Flora of British Guiana, describes P, guyanensis as follows: "Stems 3 7 cm. tall, freely branched, leafy throughout; leaves very czxrwded, erect or appressed and overlapping, narrowly linear, obtuse, hirsute; heads solitary

1975

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaxxlaceae

li89

near the end of the branches, nearly or quite sessile among the leaves, 5 mm. wide; bracts oblong, appressed." He cites only the original collection and regards the ajiecies as endemic. Citations: GUIANA: Rich. Schomburgk "A" (B type, Z isotype). UOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kbmicke (B).

PAEPALANTHUS GYROTRICHUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (li-30): 132. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30) : 6, 12U, 132. 137, & 290, fig. 1 F. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908 J Alv. SilT., Fl. Mont. 1: U07. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 1x9 I9ii6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 81; & 209. l9U9i Moldenke, Phytologia k'- US* 1952; Moldenke, R^sxunS 98 & Ii87. 1959 J Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. I96O; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 158 & 190. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: I9I (1973) and 29: 311. 197U. Illustrations: Rihl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 6, fig. 1 F. 1903. This species was based by Ruhland (1903) on three collections: (1) W, Schwacke 8I4.98 from "zwischen Diamantina und Forma^So, unter Felsen", flowering in Apri.1, (2) Glaziou I9986 from "Perpetua, bei Dianantina" , flowering in April, and (3) Sena s.n. [Schwacke herb. 1U555] from Seira do Cip6, flowering in June, all in Minas Gerais, Brazil, and all deposited in the Berlin herbarium. He ccnments that the "Species habitu P. myocephalo Mart, similis, sed plane ad eo di versa. Insignis prae^er cetera floris pilorum fonaa. (Specimina jam destructa erant) . Proxime ad ?^ pullaan Koem. accedit, cujxis forsan modo varietas est. Specimina a cl. Glaziou collecta paullo validiora pr. p. caule breviter elongate et ramuloso instmcta sunt." Silveira (i928) cites one of his own collections fran Diamantina in I9O9. Irwin and his associates found this species "in soil-filled cracks of outcrops in region of high campo slopes, outcrops, and creek maurgins" at liiOO m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in February. Williams & Assis found it on a campo, flowering in May: their 686U is a zaixture with P. exiguus (Bong.) Korn. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou I9986 [Macbrtde photos 22232] (B cotype, N photo of cotype, photo of cotype); Irwin , Maxwell , & Wasshausen 202lt7 (N, N); Schwacke 8U98 [Herb. Jard, Bot. Belo Horiz. 26661] (N cotype); Sena s.n. [Herb. Schwacke lli555] (B cotype); Williams & Assia 686U, in part (B 1309U79, N).

"ti

1: 263265, pl. 175. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 251, 263265, 4 U07, pl. 175. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahreaber. 57 (1): li76. 1937; A. W, Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl, 2; 183. I9UI; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Erioc. 12 &

PAEPAUNTHUS HABENULIFER Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont.

U90

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

k9 19hSi Moldenke, Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8U

& 209. 19h9i Moldenke, Rlsum^ 98 & U87. 19^9; Koldenke, Fifth
Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2i 9$2. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26s 193. 1973. niuatratlona: llv. Silv.. Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 175. 1928. This species is based on Alvaro da Silveira 556 , collected "In campis arenosis in Serra do Cip6", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1909 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page U07 of his work, Silveira (1928) gives the year of collection as 'I905", but whether this is a typographic error or is intended as a correction of the date given with the original description is not clear. He comnents that the "Species bracteis involucrantibus interioribus valde longis, habenvdis imitsintibus, et pilis supraois bractearum periogoniorumque mucronatis ac gibbosis ab affinibus distinctissima." Thus far this species is known only from the original collection.

PAEPALANTHUS HARMSII Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 216. 1903. Synonyny: Paepalanthus multistriatus Alv. Silv. ex Moldenke, R6suni6 Stqjpl. 1: 21, in syn. 1959. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 214, 216, & 290. 1903} Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908j Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: U07. 1928} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U9. I9U6} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], Qh Sc 209. 191*9} Moldenke, RSsumfi 98 & U87. 1959} Moldenke, Rdsum$ Suppl. 1: 21. 1959} Moldenke, Fifth Summ. Is 162 (1971) and 2: 586 & 952. 1971. This species is based on H. de Magalhfles 1373, collected in damp places in the Serra de Ibitipoca, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June, 1896, and deposited in the herbarivun of the Botanlschea Museum in Berlin, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph nxmber IO6I3. The type of P^ multistriatus is H, de Magalhges 1371 in the sajae herbarium, Ruhland comments that the "Species colore et forma bractearum involucrantium ab affiivibus bene dignoscenda, cl. Dr. H. Harms dedicata." Silveira (1923) cites H. M. GCTnes 268 from the same Serra de Ibitipoca, collected in 1^9^ Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: H. Magalhffes 1371 (B), 1373 [Macbride photos IO6I3] (B type, N photo of type, N photo of type, W photo of tjrpe, Z isotype),

PAEPALANTHUS HEMIGLOBOSUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181183, pl# 117. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181133, 186, & li07, pi. 117. 1928} Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): i;76. 1937} A. W. Hill, Ind. Kerw. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938} Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191^1} Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Erioc. 12 h9' I9U6} Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8U c 209. 19U9} Moldenke, R5sum6 98 & U87. 1959} Moldenke,
Si.

1975

Moldenke, Nota on Erlocaulaceae

U91

Fifth Sunm. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. I971j Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 161. 1973. Illuatrations: Alv. Silv. Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 117. 1928. This species is baaed on Alvaro da Silvelra 733, collected "In campis arenoaio inter Serro et Dataa, in Serra Geral", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June, 1925, deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page li07 of hia work (1928), Silveira gives "1926" as the date of collection of the type, but whether he intends this as a correction of his earlier statement or if it is a typographic error, is not clear. He also notes that this species resembles P^^ bulboaus Alv. Silv. [for differences between these two species see my discussion of P^ bulbosus in this series of notes] . Of P. hemiglobosua he aaya "Species ob capitula magna, bulbis piloiom et pilis bractearum perigonlonmque acutis facile dignoscenda" Thus far, the species is known only from the original collection.
PAEPALAOTHUS HENRIQUEI Alv. Silv. t Ruhl. ex Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (li-30): 129. 1903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus henriquei Ruhl. ex Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 63. 1926. Eriocaxilon henriquei Alv. Silv. & Ruhl. ex Reitz, Sellowia 7: I2I4. 1956. Paepalanthus henriquei Alv. Silv. ex Moldenke, R5sum6 Suppl. 1: 21, in syn. 1959. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Er^l., Pflanrenreich 13 (U-30): 123, 129, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. I908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 58, 63, & li08. 1928j Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & U9. 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19U9i Reitz, Sellowia 7: 12U (1956) and 11: 31 & 103. 1959; Moldenke R^sumS 98 & li37. 1959; Moldenke, R^sum^ Suppl. 1: 21 (1959), h: 5 (1962), and 17: 10. I968; Reitz, Sellowia 22: 5l. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 502 & 58U. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2la. 1973. The type of this species was collected by Henrique Carlos de MagalhSes Gomes ( no, 1372) in the Seira de Ibitipoca, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in June, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum in Berlin, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 106l]|. On the type specimen the binomial is credited only to Silveira. Silveira (1928) cites lU M. Gomes 258 , also from the Serra de Ibitipoca, collected in I896 and this may possibly be part of the type collection. Reitz (1956) cites Rambo U96Q6 from Santa Catarina, Brazil, cind records the vernacular names "capim manso", "capipoatinga", "gravatl manso", amd "semprevivas do campo". Ruhland (1903) conments that the "Species cum P^ eriophaeo Ruhl. valde af finis, sed statlm peduncvilia brevibus atque folioTvm indumento differt." Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbairia under the name Paepalanthus blepharocnemia Mart, [a aynonym of P. aequalia (Veil.) J. F. Macbr.], an obviously closely related species

Vol. 29, no, 6

h92

PHITOLOGIA

Citations: BRAZIL: Minaa Gerais: Magalhgea Gomes 1372 [liacbride photos 106lli] (B type, N photo of type, N photo of type, W photo of type, Z isotype)j Widgren 333 (Br, N), 3.n, [Uinas Geraes, 18U5] (Br, N) . Rio Grande do Sul: Sehnam SU$3 (B). Santa Catarina: Rambo U9606 (Le, N, S)

PAEPALANTHUS IffiRZOGn Moldenke, Revist. Sudam. Bot. U: 17. 1937. Synonymy: Paepalanthus inihl and j i Herzog ex Liitzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordest, 3! Ilt9 150, hyponym (1923) in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 87. 192li [not P> ruhlandii Alv. Silv., 1903]. Paepalaihthas herzogii Uacbr. ex Moldenke, R^suml Suppl. 12: 11, in syn. 1965. Bibliography: Ltitzelburg, Estud. Bot, NordSst. 3; Ih? 150. 1923j Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 87. I92I4.; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 61 [ii3]. 1928; A. IT. Hill, Ind, Kew. Suppl. 7: 17U. 1929; Moldenke, Revist. Sudam. Bot. Us 17. I937j Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Erioc. 13, h9, & 53. I9U6} Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 158, I9li7i Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia U: 11^5. 1952; Moldenke, R^suml 98, 328, & U87. 1959; Moldenke, RlsumS Suppl. 12: 11. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 58U, 590, & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: I51i- 1973. This species is based on Lutzelbxirg 278 , collected on granite, at 1200 meters altitude, in the Serra Marsalina, central Bahia, Brazil, in August, I91ii, where, according to the collector (1923), it is typical of the "carrasco" formation. The type specimen, in the herbarium of the Botanische Staatssaramlung in Munich, was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number I872U. It should be noted that the type is labeled " 278a and its label indicates "Ban Jesus, 1000 m" as the type localily. It was annotated as "P. herzog ii Macbr." by Macbride, but his binomial was never validly published by him as far as I have been able to determine Herzog (192U) says that the species is "Aua der Verwandtschaft von P. brachypus Kunth; aber durch die wenig zahlreichen kurzen und fast kahlen Blatter gut unterschleden." Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Lvitzelburg 278a [Macbride photos I872li] (Mu type, N photo of type, Wphoto of type, Z-~lsotype).

PAEPALANTHUS HETEROCAULON Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 203205, pi. 13ii. 1928, Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 203205 & U08, pi. I3U. 1928; Wangerln in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): U76. 1937; A. W, Hill, Ind, Kew. Suppl. 9: I99. 1938; Worsdell, Ind, Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 19iil; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Erioc. 13 & li9. I9I46; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. I9U9; Moldenke, R^suml 98 & 1|87. 1959; Moldenke, R^suml Suppl. 12: U. 1965; Molderike, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971,

1975

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaulaceae

U93

Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Kont. 1: pi. I3U. 1923. This species is baaed on A, Sllveira 775, collected "In campis arenosis, inter SeiTO et Diamantina, in Serra Geral", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in January of 1925 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 1^08 of his work (1928), Silveira gives the year of collection of the type as "1926", but whether this is intended as a correction of the date given by him on page 205 or represents a typographic error, is not clear. Citationa: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Strang 2Uh [Herb, Gent. Pesq. Floreat. 786] (Z)
PAEPALAJfTHUS HETEROPUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 139--mO, pi. 87.

1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 139 liiO & UO8, pi. 87. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): U76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind, Kerr. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond, Suppl. 2: 133. I9UI; JJoldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13 & h9 I9U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U &: 209. 19h9i Moldenke, R6suin6 98 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Surnn. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pi. 87. 1928, The type of this species was collected by Alvaro Adolpho da Silveira ( no. 686) "In campis arenosis prope Itaob^ do Serro", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April, 1918, and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Curiously, on page li08 of his work (1928), Silveira writes the name of the type locality as "Serra do Itamb^" Thus far, the species is known only from the original collection.

PAEPALAOTHUS HETEROTRICHUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 200201, pi, 132. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont, 1: 200201 & U08, pi. 132. 1928; Waiigerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 57 (1): li76. 1937; A. 71, Hill. Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; ^Vorsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. I9UI; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Erioc, 13 &; U9. 19h6} Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 8U & 209. I9I49; Moldenke, R6sun5 98 & li87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv, Silv., Fl, Mont. 1: pi. 132, 1928. The type of this species was collected by J. G. Michaeli "In campis arenosis in Serra do Cip6", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in August of 1921 and is no. 721 in the A. Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) comments that the "Species ob pilositatem pedunculoman distinctissima" . It is known thus far only f rem the original collection.
PAEPAIANTHUS HILAIREI Kom. in Mart., Fl. Eras, 3 (1): 332, pi. U6, fig. 2. 1863. Synorymy: Eriocaulon maxImH jani Bong., M^. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. P^tersb., ser. 6, 1: 620, pi. 1. 1831 [not E, majHiniliani Schrad., I82li] . Eriocaulon bongardii A. St. Hil., Voy. Distr, Diam. 2: U^U. 1833. Paepalanthus maximiliani Kunth, Enum. PI. 3:

k9h
513

PHYTOLOGIA
5lii

Vol. 29, no. 6

18U1.

$: 261. 1852.

EriocaTilon bongardi Kunth ex D. Dietr., Syn, PI, Erlocaiilon bongardi St, Hil. apud Steud., Syn, PI,

Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 273 & 333. 1855. Paepalanthus hilairel var. (X Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras, 3 (1): 332. I863. Eriocaulon (Paegalanthus ) maxlmili ana, Mart, ex Korn. in Mart,, Fl, Bras. 3 (1)! 332, in syn, I863. Dupatya h1]airei (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev, Gen, PI, 2: Dupatya hilairei Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew, 7146. 1891. Suppl. 1, pr, 1, li;5. 1902, Paepalanthus hilairei f , typiea Ruhl. in Engl,, Pflanzenrelch 13 (li-30): 195. 1903. Eriocaulon maxijiiliani Mart, [in part] ex Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Erioc. 37, in syn. I9I16 [not E. maxjjillianl Schrad,, l82li] . Paepalanthus hilaire Korn. ex Angely, Fl, Paran, 10: 5, sphalm, 1957. Paepalanthus hilairei f , compacta Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Rlsvml Suppl. 1: 21, in syn. 1959. Paepalanthus hilarei Korn, ex Renn6, Levant, Herb, Inst, Agron. 70, sphalm. I96O, Paepalanthus halairi Korn, ex Moldenke, B6sum6 Suppl. 6: 10, in syn. I963. Paepalanthus hillairei Korn. ex Moldenke, R^sum^ Suppl. 12: 11, in syn. 1965. Paepalanthus hilareae Kunth ex Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2lJ., in syn. 1973. Ac t inoc ephalTis hilairei Kom,, in herb. Bibliography: Roem. & Schult., Mant, 2: U70, l82Uj Bong,, M&n. Acad. Imp. Sci, St, P^tersb., ser. 6, 1: 620 & 637- l831i Bong,, Ess. Monog. Erioc. 5 & 6. I83I; A, St, Hil., Voy. Distr, Diam. 2: Ui3--1M. I833i Steud., Ncm. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. I81i0i Kunth, Emm. PI. 3: 512511;, 516, 572, & 625. I81a; Mart., Flora 2U, Beibl. 2: 35. I81a; D, Ldetr., Syn, Pi, 5: 261, 1852; Steud,, Syn, PI. Glum. 2: [Gyp. J 273 27U, 333, & 33U. I855i Kbm. in Mart,, Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332, h99, & 507, pi. 1^6, fig. 2. I863j Kuntze, Rev, Gen. PI. 2: 7U6. 1891} Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks,, Ind, Kew,, pr. 1, 1: 877 & 878 (1893) and pr, 1. 2: ii02, I89U; Durand &. Jacks,, Ind, Kew. Suppl, 1, pr, 1, lIiS, 1902} Ruhl, in Engl,, Pflanzenrelch 13 (I4.-3O) : 7, 10, 190, 195196, 25i:, 28U, 286, & 290, fig. 2 0. 1903} Beauverd, Bull, Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 29U. 1908} Liitzelburg, Estud, Bot. Nordfist. 3: llt9. 1923} Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont, 1: 200 & 1^06, 1928} Stapf, Ind, Lond, k: 5l8. 1930} Ruhl. in Engl, & Prantl, Nat, Pflanzenfam,, ed, 2, l5a: U3 & 1*U, fig, 16 C, 1930} Durand & Jacks,, Ind, Kew, Suppl, 1, pr, 2, 1U5. I9I4I} Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Erioc, 13, 32, 37, U9, & 50. 19146} Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr, 2, 1: 877 & 878 (19li6) and pr. 2, 2: U02. 19U6} Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac, [ed. 2], 81 & 209. 19149} Moldenke, Alph, List Git, 3: 710 & 731. 19U9| Moldenke, Phytologia 3: ^2 ( 191*9) and Us lli5. 1952} Mendes MagalhSes, Anais V Reun. Anual Soc. Bot. Bras. 236. 1956} Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: 5. 1957} Moldenke, R6sum4 98, 286, 290, 325, 326, U87, & U9U. 1959} Moldenke, R^sumS Suppl. 1: 20 & 21. 1959} Durand & Jacks,, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, Renn6, Levant, Herb, Inst, Agron. 70. I96O} Jacks, in lli5. 1959} Hook, f . L Jacks,, Ind, Kew,, pr. 3, 1: 877 & 878 (I960) and pr. 3, 2: U02. I960} Moldenke, R6sum6 Suppl, 3: 3h (1962), 6: 10

197$

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocavilaceae

U9$

(1963), and 12: 11. 1965i Tomllnson in C, R, Metcalfe, Anat, Monocot. 3: 160, 162, 17U, lfl7, & 189191. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: 162 & hH (1971) and 2: U9li, $05, $8U, $86, & 9$2. 1971; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. $6: 3000. 1973j Moldenke, Phytologia 2$: 229, 238, 239, & 2la (1973) and 26: 229. 1973. Illustrations: Bong., M&i. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. P^tersb,, ser. 6, 1: pi. 1. I83I; Kbrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. Ii6. 1863; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 7, fig. 2 C. 1903; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, l$a: h3, fig. 16 C, 1930. Komicke based this species, insofar as his typical "var. ^( " is concerned, on the following cotype specimens: frcan Minas Gerais - (1) Martius 897 , (2) Schiich s.n. , (3) Ackerman s.n. , (U) P.

Clausen 3, ($) Arendt s.n. , (6) in arenosis et lapidosis berra Lenheiro, L_, Riedel s.n. , and (7) S. Joze atcpie prope S. Jofio, Junio, L^ Riedel s.n, , and frcm Rio de Janeiro - (8) inter Rio de Janeiro et Campos, Sellow 8.n and (9) near Sebastianopolis Lhotzky s.n. He describes the typical form as "var, / . foliis cauiinis glabris vel subtus breviter pilosxilis, cilia tis; foliis ramonim ciliatis, ceterum glabris". However, his binomial is obviously only a new name for Eriocaulon nvaximniani Bong., the specific epithet of which was not available for use in the genus Paepalanthus because of Schrader's homonym in l82li. Therefor* Bongard's type specimen shoxild be regarded as the actual type of P. hilairei . This appears to be L^ Riedel 289 Macbride photographed a Pohl collection in the Munich herbarium as his type photograph number 18702, but this specimen, as has proved true in the case of many of the photographs which he took, is not the type of anything. It should be noted that the Eriocaulon maTHmjUani of Martius is in part Paepalanthus hilairei and in part Syngonanthus nitens var. filiformis (Bong.) Ruhl., while E, mayl liani Schrad. is a synonym of P. ramosus (Wikstr.) Kunth. Kornicke's P. hilairei var. f is what we now call P. ramosus; his var. y is what we now call P^ hilairei var, mATrim-iHani Ruhl.; while his var. cf is P. hilairei var. pohlianus Moldenke and his var. ^ is P^ hilairei var, piauhyensis Ruhl, Kunth (18U.) comments that "E. Mayimi Hani (Schrad. ?) Bong. est Paepalanthus Marimiliani ", but actually Bongard's plant is P. hilairei and Schrader's is P^ ramosus . Some authors in the past have regarded _. bongaj^ii Kunth as a separate and valid specific taxon. Because of the considerable confusion over the identity of the various plants referred to in the synonymy above, it may be worthwhile to repeat here the original descriptions of seme of them. Bongard's Eriocaulon maylmiliani (1831) is described as "Caule iramoso, dense folioso; foliis cauiinis basi vaginantibus, patentibus, lanceolato-acuminatis , canal icula tis; jxmiortbus cilTirl


1*96

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

iatls; pedunculi s pubescentibus; Vciginls glabrls". Schrader's Eriocaulon maxim lliard (l82li) is described as "Caulis 2-pedall3, superae in ramos 3 h cauli similes divisvis, foliosus. Folia coriacea, supra glabra, subtus pubescentia, margine pilis longioribus ciliataj radical ia 3 U-pollicaria, linearilanceolata, supeme attenuata, plana j caulina 1 1/2 -poll., amplexicaolia, ovato-lanceolata, longissime acuminata, canalicvilata, subsquarrosa. Ifcibella e pedunculis 300 UOO pluribusve subbipollicaribus pubescentibus, basi ochreatls. Capitula magnitudine grani piperis nigri, obovata, apice albo-pilosa. Involucri foliola inibricata, apice rotundata, capitulo paulo breviora calyceque ciliata, Af finis Eriocaulo ramoso Wikstr." Paepalanthus maxiiniliani Kunth is described by Kunth (iSIil) as follows: " P. MaxLmiliani . Cavile ramoso, dense foliosoj foliis caulinis basi vaginantibus, patentibus, lanceolato-acuminatis, canaliculatis; jvmioribus ciliatisj pedunculis pubescentibus j Taginis glabris. Bong. Eriocaulon Maxim ilianl Schrad in Roem. et Schult. Mant. 2. U70-)? Bong, in Act. Petrop. 6. 1. 620. 637, t. 1. - Brasilia, in arenosis et lapidosis Serra Lenheira et de St, Joze. (Luschnath prope Te;3uco legit [v.s,].^," He continues with details, in his usual fashion: "Caulis erectxxs, ramosus, ad insertiones foliorum pilosus. Folia basi dilatata caulem amplectentia, patentia, squarrosa, supra canaliculata, subtxis conveia, mucronata, sxibpungentia, juniora pilosiuscuia mai^ineque pilis albis ciliata, dennim glabriuscula, 2 1/2 3-pollicaria . Pedunculi creberrini (circa 300), umbellati, aeqaales, 3 ii-poUicares pubescentes. Vaginae glabrae, apice oblique fissaa. Capitula subglobosa, albo-lanata, magnitudine seminis piperis nigri, Bracteae involucrantes steriles, breves, ovato-oblongae, ciliatae; bracteae f lores stipajites acuminatae, ad apicera pilosae, Receptaculum pilosum, Flores masculi et feminei'mixtij iUi pedicellati: Sepala 3 exteriora acuta, apice piiosaj 3 interiora in tubum obconicum, apice 3-lobun concreta, acuta. Antherae oblongae, flavae. Fem.: Sepala 3 exteriora obionga, acuta, margine pilosa; 3 interiora libera, ovata, acuta, basi angustiora, margine pilis longis obsita. Styli (appendices Bong.) slmplices, f ilif ormes . Capsula tricocca . Semina lineis longitudinalibus trans versalibusque rugulosa. Pili bractearum et calycis exterioris masculi et feminei breves, albi, opaci. (Bong.) Differt a planta Schraderiana statura aitiore, pedunculis longioribus, squamis (bracteis involucrantibus) capitulo multo brevioribus. (Bong.) Specimina a Sellowio in Serra da Piedade lecta a Bonga3>dianis differunt pedunculis glabris (potius ob piios delapsos glabratis?) ." He cites, and apparently vises as the basis of his description, a Luschnath unnumbered specimen collected near TeJuco "in arenosis et lapidosis Serra Lenheira et de St, Jose". In this same work, Kunth keys out the species as follows: "Staminibus 3 6 (sive partibus calycis ternariis)^ capitulis pilosolanatisj stigmata indivlsa (sepala exteriora faminea fructifera baud rigescentia?) J unbellata, caulescentia,. pedunculis in umbellum dispositis aequalibus". In his discussion of P. poly-

197^

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

Ii97

anthua (Bong.) Kunth he notes that it "Differt a P. MaxLmllianl caulibus caespltosls, simpllcibua, follls radlcalibua latolanceolatla, caullnia adpresais, plania, pedunculia dimidio brevloribua, piloaia, vaginia bifidla".

Ruhland (1903) citea Kbmicke'a original publication as page "323" instead of 332 as it actually is. Ke differentiates the typical form of this species from the other recognized foms as "Differt foliia caulinia glabriusculia vel pilis brevibua aparsia ornatiaj capitulia maturis globoaia, peraiatenter niveovilloaiaj bractela involucrantibua floribus reflexLa cite inconspicuia". He citea from Minaa Gerala: Glaziou 15516, Pohl yS3h t L. Riedel a.n. [Serra Lenheiro, S. Joa^, & S. Jo4o], 4 S live Ira
3; frcm Rio de Janeiro: Lhotzky a .n. and Sellow s .n ; from QoiAa: Glaziou 22321; and from "zwiachen llegrea und Trinidade" Pohl 2033 . Recent collectors describe P. hilairei as an erect plant, to 1 m. tall, with white f lower-heada , and have found it growing on campoa a lope a . Irwin and hia aaaociatea found it "on ateep sandy alopes with sandatone outcropa at sunnftit". It has been encountered at 1300 m. altitude, flowering in February and from April to

Septeiii>er

Paepalanthua hilairei f . conyacta , which Ruhland apparently never got around to publlahlng in his formal monograph of the faolly, seems to be baaed on Glaziou 22321 in the Brusaela herbarium and P. Clausen a.n. at Berlin. It should alao be noted that Eriocaulon maxi m1 liani Bong, is cited by Komicke (I863) as the baaia for hia Paepalanthua hilairei var, CT. Material of this species has been misldentified and distributed in some herbaria under the names Eriocaulon ma-QTniliani Schrad. and E. rigidTim Bong, On the other hand, the Ackermann a.n. [1832], distributed as P. hilairei , ia actually P. claussenianus Eorn., Glauaen 26? and Martiua ^0 , 886 , 897 , a.n. [In distr. adamant. Majo 1818], and s.n. [In districtu adamant, ad Curralinho] are P. hilairei var, ma-xi mi liani Ruhl. (the last-mentioned being a cotype collection of it), and Ackerman s.n. [1832] and Lucae a.n. [Tijuca] are P. ramoaua (Wikatr.) Kunth. The Clauaen specimen cited below from the Cornell Univeraity herbarium was previously cited by me (1952) from the Britten Herbarium, from rhich it was later transferred to Cornell. The Glaaiou 15516 cited by Ruhland (1903)
ia actually P. ramoaua (Wikatr.) Kxinth,

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Lutzelburg 2? (N). Goiia: (N)j Glaziou 22321 (Br, W 1185376) . Minaa Gerais: Archer & Mello Barreto 5016 [Herb. U. S. Nat, Arb. 177511] (Be

CuUer 80U0

39317, ir 2121795); Arendt a.n. (B); P. Clausen s.n. [l83li] (Br), s.n. [Aug.April I8U0] (Br, Br), s.n. (B); Glaziou 17301 (Br, N)j Irwin , Maxwell , & Waaahauaen 20138 (N, Z); Lhotzky s.n. [prope Sebaatianopol] (B); Macedo 2759 (N, S); Hello Barreto 700 [Herb.

U98

PHITOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

Jard. Bot. Bello Horiz. Ueilj Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 236376] (W 2109953), 2li99 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Bello Horiz. 7880; Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 255368] (W 2109985), 2$2U [Herb. Jard. Bot. Bello Horiz. 8228} Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 236397] (W 2109990), hTUj [Herb. Jard, Bot. Bello Horiz. 175l4i+i Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 236U03] (W 2121716); Mexia 5761i (S, 1571903); L. Rledel 289 (Ucotype, S cotype), 3.n. [Minas] (Br); Sellow B.553,Ar.5,P.3 (B, B) State undetermined: P. Clausen s.n. (It); Glaziou 15516 (Br); Sellow 3.n. [Brasilia] (Br). MOUNTED ISLLUSTBATIONS : drawings & notes by Komicke (B, B, B, B); Bong., M4a. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. P^tersb., ser. 6, 1: pi. 1. 1831 (N, Z); Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. U6. 1863 (B).

PAEPALANTHDS HELAIREI var. MAHMILIANI Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 196. I903. Synonjnuy: Paepalanthiis hilairei var. y Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. I863. Paepalanthus dif fie ills Ruhl. ex Moldenke, R4suib6 Suppl. 1: 20, in syn, 1959. Bibliography: Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (Ii-30): I96, 290, & 291. 1903; Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 29U. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: hOQ, 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13 &; U9. 19U6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 8U & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia 1^: lli5. 1952; Moldenke, R5sum6 98, 325, & U87. 1959; Moldenke, R6sum6 Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Tomlinson in G. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: I9I. I969; Moldenke, Fifth Sunun. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 580, 581i, & 952. 1971. Ruhland (1903) plainly proposes this trinomial for the P. hilairei var. Y of Kornicke (I863), and this, in turn, was typified by Kornicke by the following four collections, probably all deposited in the Munich herbarium: (1) in altis Minarium: Claussen, (2) in districtu adamant, ad Curralinho: M[ artiua ], (3) in Serra da Wedade: Sellow , and (U) in campis editis arenosis lapidosisque inter Alegres et Rio S. Francisci, Septembrl: Riedel . He describes it as "var, y. apice caulis sterili valde elongate; foliia caulinis ut in var. ^., vel subtus molliter pubescentibus, multo majoribus; foliis ramorum ut in var, ^. P. WaYimiiJani Kunth p.p. (spec. Sellow in Serra da Piedade lect. v.s.)". Ruhland, however, in I903 cites only Sellow s.n. [Serra da Piedade], Minas Gerais, in the Berlin herbarixm, and L. Riedel s.n. "aus hochgelegenen, sandigen und steinigen Campos zwischen Alegras und dem Rio S. Francisco", also in Minas Gerais, flowering in September. He differentiates this variety as "Differt a forma typica foliis caulinis subito angustatls, mucronatis, valde ciliatis, subttis persis tenter pubescentibus; vaginis paullo laxioribus quam in confinibiis; foliis ramorum ramulorumque primum pubescentibus, dein glabris, rarius subpers is tenter pubescentibus (ut in speciminibus a cl. Riedel collectis); caule sterili perspicue elongate; capitulis exacte globosis vel deraum verticaliter elongatis, mox

k99

1975

Moldenke, Notes on Erlocaiilaceae

glabrescentibus; follls omnlbua longioribua quam in typo et insequente [var. plauhyenala ]" The type of Paepalanthua difflcllia appears to be an unnumbered collection made by Ludwig Riedel and merely labeled "Brasilia" in the Berlin herbarium and so annotated by Ruhland. It had pi'eviously been annotated by Kbmicke as P^ hilairei Tar. V, Paepalanthus maximniani Kunth is cited (in part) by Komlcke (1863) as a synonym of his P. hilairei var. y, but Kunth' s binomial is plainly only a transfer of Bongard's Eriocaulon majdmiliani to the genua Paepalanthus , regardless of Kunth' s amplification of the diagnosis^ and so the name belongs in the synonymy of typical P^ hilairei Korn. Recent collectors describe P. hilairei var. marimiliani as an herb to 1 m. tall, growing in wet fields, in cerrado, and along roadsides, from sealevel to 800 m. altitude, and have found it flowering in April, Usy. August, and September and in fruit in August. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 696 from the Serra do Cip6, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in I9I8. The Guillemin 223 cited by me in a previous installment of these notes (19^2) proves to be P^ ramosus (Wikstr.) Kunth instead. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as typical P_, hilairei Kbrn., Eriocaulon marimil iani Schrad., E_. rigidum Bong., and Actinocephalua hilairei Kom, Citations: BRAZIL: Goifis: Irwin , Grear , Souza , & Reis dos Santos lii$U9 (N, Z); Lutzelburg 6m (Mu); j. E. Pohl s.n. (Br). Guanabara: L. B. Smith 6It01 (W 2120186, 212018?, Z) . Minas Gerais: Archer U062 (TT 1705677) j P. Clausen s.n. [1835] (Br, N); F. . Hoehne 5212 (Mu); Martius 886 (Mu), 888 (Liu), 897 (Br, Mu), s_. n. [in distr. adamant. Majo I8I8] (Mu), a.n. [In districtu ada-

mant, ad Curralinho] (Mu cotype), s.n. [Distr. adamant,] (Mu) j . E. Pohl 2033 (Br) J L. Riedel s.n. [Brasilia] (B, B); Sellow post B. 1300, C. 280 (B). State vindetermined: P. Clausen 267 (It, N); R. E. Pohl s.n. [in Brasiliaj Macbride photos 18702] (Mu, Mu, N photo, W photo). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B)

PAEPAUNTHUS HILAIREI var. PIAUHYENSIS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (I1-3O): I96. I903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus hilairei var. Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863. Paepalanthus hilairei var. pihauhyenais Ruhl. ex Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: li08 . 1928. Paepalanthus hilairei var, paiuhyensis Ruhl, ex Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. U9, sphaliii. 19 U6. Paepalanthus piavthyensis Ruhl. ex Moldenke, R5sum6 Suppl. 1: 21, in syn. 1959. Bibliography: Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. I863j Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 196 & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: I1O8. 1928 j Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13

500
&.

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 6

k9 19146; Uoldenke, Knoim Geogr. Distxlb. Verbenac, [ed 2], 85 & 209. I9U9; Moldenke, Phytologia U: lli5. 1952; Moldenke, Rlsum4 98, 325, UI9, i*87, & U9I. 1959; Moldenke, R63UD16 Suppl. 1: 21. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sunm. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 581i, 588, 778, & 952. 1971. The type of this variety was collected by George Gardner ( no. 2968) somewhere in Piaul, Brazil, and is deposited in the herbarThe variety is plainly iian of the Botanisches KTisemn in Berlin. based on Kornicke's P. hilairei var. \ , which he has described as "var. foliis oninibus utrinque pills moUibus incano-villos. is: in prov. Piauhiensis ; Gardner 2968 ." Silveira (1928) cites A. S ilveira 79jB from near Serrinha, GrSo Mogol, Minas Gerais . As far as I know, these are the only two know collections of the variety. Citations: BRAZIL: Piaul: G. Gardner 2968 (B type, W--937185 isotype).
-^

PAEPAIAHTHUS HXIAIREI var. POHLIANUS Moldenl:e, Phytologia 25: 229 & 2UI, hyponym. 1973; comb, nov, Synoinyny: Paepalanthus hilairei var, ' Korn, in Mart,, Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863 Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229 & 2U1. 1973. This variety is based on two collections by R, E. Pohl frcoi in prov. Gouazensi et Kinanan locis altis", probably deposited in the Berlin herbarlinn but now de;stroyed. The original descrip>tion by Komicke (I863) is "var. J. foliis ramorom supra glabris, subtus pilis subretrorsis mollibus dense et peraistenter incanopubescentibus" . In Phytologia 25: 2hX it was erroneously stated that this taxon is based on Kornicke's var. V .
PAEPAIAOTHUS HISPIDISSIMUS Herzog ex Lutzelburg, Estud. Bor. Nord6st. 3: ll;8 & 150, hyponym. 1923; Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 85. 192li. Bibliography: Lutzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nord^st. 3s II48 & 150. 1923; Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 85 & 86. 192U; Fedde &. Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 61 [U3] . 1928; A. W, Hill, Ind. Kew, Suppl. 7: 17U. 1929; Moldenke, Kno?m Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13 & U9. 19li6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac, [ed. 2], 85 & 209. 19U9; Moldenke, Phytologia k'- lli5. 1952; Moldenke, R6suin6 98 & U87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sunn, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. ,. Thds species is based on Lutzelburg 317 from sandstone along the [Alto] Rio de Gurgucia, in southern Piaul, and Lutzelburg 12657 from Bom Jesus [do Rio de Gontas], in the "Carrasco-Gebiet" of central Bahia. Brazil, deposited in the Munich herbarium. Lutzelburg (1923; says that it is also found at Brejo do Dorreio and Parnagui in southern Piaul. It has been encountered at 1000 m. altitude.

197$

Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae

501

Herzog (1921;) commenta that "Durch die borstlichen, lang behaarten in ein dichtes Kugelpolster vereinigten Blatter und die fast pappuaahnlichen behaarten Scheidenoffniingen auf den ersten Blick leicht zu erkennende ausserst zierliche Art. Wohl am ehesten in die Vemandtschaft von P. Uleanvia Ruhl. gehorig." Macbride photographed Lutzelburg 1^506 in th wunich herbarium as hia type photograph nianber I870li, but this photograph is of a collection not cited by Herzog. It is also not possible to tell from the photograph if the specimen is part of l5$Q6a or l5506b since the label does not appear in the photograph. Citations: BRAZIL: Bahla: Lutzelbxirg 15^06 [Macbride photos 1870)4] (N photo, Wphoto), 15506a (Mu, 1) , iSSOSb (liu) . Piaui: Liitzelburg 317 (Ku cotype)

PAEPALAIfi'HUS HOIIDMALLUS (Bong.) Mart, ex

Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 3U0. I863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon homomallvm Bong., M&n. Acad, Imp, Sci. St. P^tereb., ser. 6, 1: 626, I83I. Eriocaulon heteromallum

Kunth ex Steud., Syn. PI. Glum. 2: [Gyp.] 279 & 33li, in syn. 1855. Dupatya hetercmalla (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Geb. PI. 2: 7I46, 1891. Paepalanthus hcmomallua MJirt. apud Jacks, in Hook, f . & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: li02. I89U. Dupatya homomalla Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, lJi5. 1902, Paepalanthus hontonallua Mart, ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 58U, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Bong., M^. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. P^tersb., ser. 6, 1: 626. 1831} Bong., Ess, Monog. Erioc. 26. I83I; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed, 2, 1: 585. iSliO; Steud., Syn. PI. Glum, 2: [Gyp,] 279 & 33U. I855i Kom. in Mart., Fl. Bras, 3 (1): 3l*0, 507, & 508, 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen, PI, 2: 7I46, I89I; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks,, Ind, Kew,, pr, 1, 1: 878 (1893) and 2: h02, I89I1J Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew, Suppl, 1, pr, 1, lli5. 1902j Ruhl, in Engl,, Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 6, 8, 2lli, 217, [283], 286, & 29O. 1903} Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 260 & 261. 1928} Ruhl, in Engl, & Prantl, Nat, Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: Ii2, 1930} Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl. 1, pr, 2, U+5. I9I4I} Jacks, in Hook, f, & Jacks,, Ind, Kew., pr, 2, 1: 878 (19U6) and pr, 2, 2: U02, I9I16} Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Erioc, 13. 30, 35, & \x9 * I9I46} Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib, Verbenac., [ed. 2], 85 & 209. 19U9} Moldenke, Alph. List Git. 3: 855. 19l;9} Moldenke, Phytologia U: lU5. 1952} Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, Ui5. 1959} Moldenke, R6sum6 280, 289, & I487. 1959} Moldenke, Rfisuo^ Suppl. 1: 21, 1959} Jacks. in Hook, f , & Jacks,, Ind, Kew,, pr, 3, 1: 878 (I960) and pr, 3, 2: li02, I960} Moldenke, R6sum6 Suppl, 12: 11, 1965} Tcmlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 159 & 190. 1969} Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 367. 1970} Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 & U8l (1971) and 2: 502, 581i, & 952. 1971. This species is based on L. Riedel 10U7, "Habitat in glareosis Serra da Lapa", Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the Leningrad herbarium. Macbride photographed an isotype in the Berlin herbar-

502

PHTTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

ium as his type photograph nujnber 10615 Bongard's original description (1831) is "acaailej foliis caespitosis xinearibus obtusiusculis piloso-incanis subhcmomallis ; pedunculo soil tar io incano; vagina apice barbata. Tab. ixnx . . . .Flor . Novembri. - ." His plate appears never to have been published. In this connection Steudel (1855) sstys "Tabulae nr. 36 et seqpaentes in opera citato nondum sunt evulgatae sed modo diagnoses nimis breves illustrationes fuaiores adhuc e:q>ectantes; hinc inter has specie obiter tantum a Bongardo descriptas plures jam prius a Martio et Kunthio et nunc a me ipso sub aliis dencminationibus irrepsisae vis dubitari potest." Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: L. Riedel lOU? [Macbride photos 106l5] (B isotype, Br isotype, N photo of isotype, N photo of isotype, S isotype, Ut 36U isotype, W photo of isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Komicke

(B).

PAEPALANTHDS HYDRA Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenrelch 13 (ii-30) : 202. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (U-30): 201, 202, & 290. 1903 J Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. I9O8; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: U08. 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed, 2, l5a: 52. 1930; Moldenke, Knotm Geogr. Distrib, Erioc. 13 St k9 I9i*6; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac, [ed, 2], 85 & 209. I9I49; Moldenke, R5sum6 98 &. U87. 1959} Renn6, Levant, Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. I96O; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. This species is based on two collections from Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the Berlin herbarium: (1) Schtracke 120U0 from damp sandy places at the foot of Serra de Lavras Novas, Decomber 1895, and (2) Schiracke 13856 fron Chapada, Serra de Itatiaia, October, 1399, the former photographed by Macbride at Berlin as his type photograph number IO6I6. Ruhland (I903) says of the plamt "Species foliorum consistentia longe ab omnibus affinibus discrapans. Accedit glabrietas foliorum, eoi*umqae forma, atque vaginae breves, ciliatae." The specific epithet is uppercased by Prain (I9O8;, Inrln and his sissociates describe the plant as a "rosette herb, the inflorescences ascending to 20 cm." and found it growing "in cerrado on outcrops, brejo, and gallery forest", at 1150 meters altitude. It has been collected in anthesis in March, October, and December. Silveira (1928) cites A_^ Silveira IpT from the Serra do Itatiaia, collected in I9IO, Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Inrin , FonsSca, Souza , Rels dos Santos , & Ramos 28565 (N, Z) j Macedo 2760 (K, S, S); Maguire , Mendes MagalhSes , & Maguire h930$ ( N) ; Schwacke 120U0 [Macbride photos 10616] (B cotype, N photo of cotype, N photo of cotype, photo of cotype), 13856 (B cotype),

[to be continued]

NOTES ON NEW

AlfD

NOTEWORTHY PLANTS .

LXHV

Harold N. Moldenke

LANTANA. CAMARA var. VARIA (Kuntze) Moldenke. Known Geogr. Diatrib. Verbenac,, [ed, 2], l6l & 189, nom, nud. 19k9i comb, nov,

Camara aculeata
503. 1891.

ci'

sublnermla f . varla Kimtze, Rev, Gen, PI, 2;

OXERA PULCHELLA var. BREVI CALYX Moldenke, var. nov, Haec varietae a forma typica specie! cailicibus toto 6 9 mm. longis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its ceilyxes during anthesis only 6 9 mm. in total length, including the lobes. The type of the variety was collected by Grady Linder Webster and Richard Hildreth ( no, ll|633 ) in woods of Acacia and Dodonaea on iron-concreted serpentine soil between Riv. Rouge and Riv, Blanche, 19 km. by road southeast of Pouemboutan at an altutude of about 30 m,, near Poya, New Caledonia, on August 9, 1968, and is deposited in the herbarium of the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor, The collectors describe the plant as a vine with white flowers

PAEPALANTHUS PLANIFOLIUS var, VILLOSUS Moldenke, var. nov, Haec varietas a forma typica speciei folils supra puberulis subtus dense longeque griaeo-villosis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species and frcan all other described varieties in having its short (10 15 cm, long) leaves puberulent above and very densely long-viUous beneath with weak, soft, gray, irregularly disposed hairs which are quite conspicuous and persistent on dried specimens. The type of the variety was collected by Francis Raymond Fosberg ( no, U3331) on a mineral soil bank in an open grassy bog 1 km, northwest of the Campo Grande railway station, mxinicipality of RiberSo Pires, S3o Paulo, Brazil, on October 20, 1962, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainlleld, New Jersey. The collector notes that the plant was "occasional" at the type locality, with "Large rosettes, heads almost globose",

VERBENA SCABRA f. TERNIFOLIA Moldenke, f , nov. Haec fonna a foraa typica speciei foliis tematis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in its apparently uniformly temate leaves. The type of the form was collected by Robert Eckhardt (no, 1739 ) at Dove Creek on the Tweedy Ranch at Knickerbocker, Tom Green County, Texas, on Jiily 19, 1971*, and is deposited in my personal herbarixm at Plainfield, New Jersey. The plant was 1.5 a. tall, with blue flowers, and "locally frequent." 503

BOOK REVIE5IS
AlJBa

L* Uoldenke

"EVOLUTION OF SEX IN PIANTS" by John Merle Coulter, vi & lUO pp., illus.. Facsimile Edition by Hafner Press of Macmillan Publishing Co., N. Y. 10022. 1973. $6.95.
This replication of the original 1911* edition by one of the great botanical teachers and leaders of all time carries a new brief introduction by the well-known algologist, F. Drouet, who states that "the material discussed [is still] relevant today in spite of recent advances in moi^jhology, cytology, general physiology, and systematics of plants and the prodigious growth of the sciences of genetics, electron microscopy, and biochemistry," Now the present-day student, the interested layman, and the newer generations of scientists with any interest in this topic can have ready and inexpensive access to the careful descriptions and reasoning that lead to the author's conclusion that "the impression one obtains of sexuality as a method of reproduction is that it represents protoplasts engaged in reproduction under peculiar difficulties that do not obtain in rejxroduction by spores or by vegetative multiplication, and that its significance lies in the fact that it makes organic evolution more rapid and far more varied."

Index to authors in Volume Twenty-nine

Badawi, A. A., U72 Bowers, F. D., Uh Croat, T. B., 130 Cuatrecasas, J., 369 Davidse, G., 152 Degener, I., 2JiO Degener, 0., 2U0 El-Qazzar, A., 1;72 Gillis, W. T., 15U, 185 Hale, M. E., Jr., 188 Hocking, G. M., 395 King, R. M., 1, 121, 123, 251, 257, 26U, 3U3, 3li7, 351 Koyama, T., 73

Lourteig, A. hh? Marshall, M. P., 362 Moldenke. A. L., 66, 16?, 26?, 331, lii6, 50U Moldenke, H. N., 21, 38, 75, 78, 192, 193, 281, 386, U77, 503 Panigrahi, G., 337 Robinson, H., 1, llii, 116, 121, 123, 2k7, 251, 257, 26U, 339, 31*3, 3U7, 351 Seymour, F, C, 362 Simpson, D. R,, 277 Williams, L. 0., 273 Wurdack, J J., 135

50U

Index to aupra-apecif ic scientific namea in Volume Twenty-nine

Acacia , hh, 58, 503 Acanthaceae , 1|8 Acetabularia , kh3, Uhh Acetoaella, U56, li6l, li61i Achrophyllum , 118, 119 Aciaanthera , 138 Acliaia , 337, 338 Acrostic hum , 36I4 Ac tlnoc ephalua , 305, k9h, h99 Actinoplanaceae , li33 Adenostemma, 1-12, lU-17, 20, Adenostemmatinae , 1-3, 5,
7,

~M

11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 20, 3h3 Aegiphila , 23

Agave , 59 Ageratina , 3li7-350 Ageratum 123, 121;, 126, 257 Aizoaceae , I7I; Alangiaceae , 17U AlbJEzia , Ul8 Alepidocline , 21^8 Aletris . U2U Algae , 396, 107, li32, U35 Alhagi , 333 Alloneuron , lUS, lli9 Aloe, hlh, U75 Aloyaia , 6S, 70, 75, 171
,

Aphyllanthes , 215 Apia , 331* Apocynaceae , 23 Aralia , U25 Arbutoides, 38U Archaeopteris , 271 Artemiaioidea , 257 Aacidiogyne , 258 Aacoaycetea , hXh, hl$ Aaparagaceae , 1^72, U75 Aaparageae . U72, ii75 Aaparagoideae , k72 AsparagUB , Ii72-ii76 Asphodelua , I4.7U Aspidistra, U72, U7ii Aapidium , 367 Aster, 163, I61i, 192 Aateraceae , 1, 121-125, 2U7,
2I18,

251, 257, 26Ii, 339, 3U0, 3U3, 3UU, 3li7, 3U8, 351

Alyaavnn , 67

AJjxLa , 2la Amarylli dac ea e , li35 Amaaonia , 21, 2>25, 27-29, 31-33, 35-37 Amazonia , 2h, 29 Amphiatelma , 158 Amaonia , 21, 23 Anaphalia . 238 Aneilema , 337, 338 Angioapennae , li20 Animalia , UlU Anomoatephium . 16U Anophelea , [t3U Apbyllanthaceae , 215

Aaterales , 137 Aaterionella , 1x22 Averrhoaceae , 17U Avicennia , 75, 169, 173, 17U Avicenniaceae , 5U, 173, 17U Azalea , Ul8 Bacteria , 396 Balanophoraceae , li36 Eaptiaia , U25 Baaidiooycetea , UHx, lil5, U35 Begonia , 172 Begoniaceae , 172 Berberidaceao , 215 Berberis , 215, i;2li Beuchea, 3Q Blakea , 150 Blaatocaulon . 81, 82, 281 Bletiinae , Ul2 Blumea , 238 Boerhaavia 168 Boletaceaa 179 Boletinus, 179 Boletus, 179 Borreria 162, I63 Bouchea , 38, 39, Ul-65
, , ,

505

506

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol. 29, no. 6

Bouch6a , ^2 Brae hyp turn , 11*0-11*2 Brassicaceaa , lyl* Braiineria , U25 Brevi florae , 1*36 Bromellaceae . U62 Bryoduaenla . 118 Buchea, 38 Buchla , 111 Bucklandia , 116, 117 Buddie jaceae , 171* Bur 3 era , U? Burseraceae, 171* Buxaceae, 17l* Byrsonima , 31 Caetaceae . 1*05 Caeaalplnia . 156 Caesalplnlaeeae . 23, I7I* Calamagrostis , 21*1 Callicarpa . 23 Calothrix . 1*1*8 Calyptrella, 11*3 Camara , 503 Campanulales , 137 Camptosorus, 1*09 Campuloclinlum . 123, 125, 126, 129 Cannabaceae . I7I* Capparidaceae . I7I* Caprif oliaceae . l*Ol* Carduaceae , 23 Carex . 212, 216, 2la Carp tope tala . 82 Carptotepala . 82, 281
Caasytha,
1*36

Chaacanum , 1*1, 1*2 Cheilodlacua . 27l*, 275 Chenopodiaceae , I7I* ChenopodliBB . 171*, 175 Chlonanthua , 1*25 Chloropbyceae . 1*07 Chlorophyta , 396 Chlorophytom . i*7l* Chryaanthemum . 270 Chryaophyta . 396 Cinchoneae . 278 Cltharexylum , 171 Cladocaulon . 393, 39l* Cladochytrium , 86 Clerodendreae . 21* Clerodendrum . 23, 21*, 27, 168, 171, 172 Clintonla . 1*72, 1*75 Clitorla, I3O-I3I* Coccua, 333 Coelomomycea , 1*33, l*3l* Colchicum , 1*75 Ccmanthera , 82, 281 Commellna , 338 Commelinaceae , 337 Conpoaltae . 12, 13, 16, 121, 122,
121*,

125, 261, 266, 273, 275, 3h9, 358, 3$9, 369

CastiUeja . 58
Cataphractae . I36 Catasetlnae . 1*12 Cateabaea, 161, 162 Celtls , 58 Centaurium , 301* Centronla . 11*9 Cerothamnus, 386 Chaenanthera , 11*7 Chamaecyparla . 216

Condalla . 59 Condamineae , 277, 278 Congea 171 Coniophora , 1*1*6 Conocarpua , 21*1 Convallaria , 1*72, 1*75 Cordla . hh, 161 Coriariaceae . I7I* Corydalla , 1*25 Corylaeeae . 173, 17l* Crataegua, 1*18 Crateagnua . 1*18 Grategua . 1*18
.

Croton, 51* Cruciferae, 67 Cucubalua . 322 Cucurblta'lea , I87 Curatella , 31 Cuacuta, 1*36

1975
Cyanophyta , 396, U07 Cyclochalla , 188 Cyolotalla , ii22 Cynanchum , 158-160 Cyperaceao , 73 Cyperua . 73, 7li, 168 Cyprlpedleae . Iil2 Cypripedloldaae , iil2 Cyrtandra , 2lil, 2Ui Cyrtopodiinae , Ul2 Cytisus . Ul8 Danae . 1;72-U75 Da3ycondylu3 , 121 Datiacaceae , 17li
Datura, I4I8, 1|37 Decachaeta, 257

Index
Ectomycorrhlzae , 267 Effusl , U83

507

Eichhomla

2lil

Eichornla , 2U. Elatlnaceaa , 17U Elatine , 100 Ellenbergia 258 Elsinoe , 5^ Endophlyctls , 86 Epic ion . 158 Epldendreae . U12 Epidendriinae . U.2 Eragrostis . 2lil Ericaceae , 171; Eriocaulaceae , 78, 79, 81, 83, 85,
87, 89, 91, 93, 93, 103, 105, 107, 109, 193, 195, 197, 199, 205, 207, 209, 211, 217, 219, 221, 223, 229, 231, 233, 235, 281, 283, 285, 287, 293, 295, 297, 299, 305, 307, 309, 311, 317, 319, 321, 325, 386, 387, 389, 391, U79, U81, 1;83, U85, h91, h93, h9S. h97, 97, 99, 101, 111, 113, 201, 203, 213, 215, 225, 227, 237, 239, 289, 291, 301, 303, 313, 315, 327, 329, 393, 1x77, U87, U89, h99, 501

Dendrobllnae , Ul2 Denis la , lH Dlcentra , U25

DJchaespemmm , 337
Dichoeapermum , 337, 338 Dicotyledoneae , l^Oli Dlcotyledonea , 2liO Dicranaceae , lUi Dicranoloma , 117, 120 pictyospermum , 337, 338 Dlllenlaceae , I7U Dlnoflagellatae , U07 Dinophyceae , I4O7 Dioscorea, 177, U25 Dloscoreaceae , 171;, lj.35 Dlpcadl . ITt^ Diplostenma . 21, 23 Disporum , U72, U75 Dodonaea, 503 Dolichovespula , I80 Pro 3 era . 85, 216
pryaophlo9\i3 ,
2I4I

Erlocauleae . 391; Erlocaulinales . 81 Eriocaulon , 76, 83, 85-107, 109-111, 113, 171, 19l;-239, 281-287, 289, 298, 299, 303,
310, 313-315, 317, 318, 325, 327, 328, 389, 390, 393, 39li, li77, U78, U80, liSl, li91, i;93li97, ii99, 501 Erythradenia , 257,
261;

E2;^thraea, 30I;

Dugaldia ,

27ii

Dupatya, 206, 310, 313, 315, 325, 327, 329, 330, 386, 389, 391-393. hn, U80, U8l, U36, U88, U9li, 501 Dusenlella . 116, II8 Dy33odla . 273, 27li

Erythrina , 51; Erythroxylon , 157 Erythrojcyltm . 157 Escholtzia, 60 Espejoa . 271; Espeletia . 369, 372, 373, 377,
379

Eumycophyta 396 Eupaepalanthus . 302, 389

.

508

PHTTOLOGIA
261i,

Vol. 29, no, 6

Eupatorleae . 1, 13, 121-12$,

217, 251, 257, 32i7, 3U8, 351
3h3, 3hh,

Eapatorlum . 121-12li, 127, 2li7 Evolvulua, 160, 161, 165 Exacvm . 238 Exocarpos , 2lil E^aenhardtla . 59 Ferreyrella . 257, 258 Flmbristylls . 31, 201, 212 Fissidens, 116, 120
FlacoTirtlaceae . 157, 171; Fovearia , 38

Frankeniaceae , 171; Frarinus, 333 Fucus, 321 Fungi. 396, lah Gagea, 1|73, U75 Gasterla , 1^75 Gaultheria . )i62 Gayluasacia . 1^62 Geigeria . 23 Gentianaceae . 30li Gentlanoldeae . I36 Gesnera, 33 Gesneria, 33, 35 Gesneriaceae . I;8, 2hh Ghinia , 1;37"56

Hamamell dac eae , IJli Hartwrlghtia , 1 Hassleria, 21, 23 Hecubaea, 271; Hedyotldeae . 278 Hedyotls . 81 Hedysarum , 333 Helenleae . 258, 273 Helenium , 271; Hellantheae . 2l;7, 273, 339, Heliocarpua . 51; Heliotropimn . 161 Henriquezieae . 278 Hlllebrandia , 172 Hlntonla . 277-280 Hlrtella , 1;28 Hooker lac eae . 118 Hopkirkla . 275 Hydnoraceae . 1;36
I^drajigeaceae . 173, 171;

3l;0

Hypericum . 201;, 215 Bypnella . 115 Hypotracbyna . 188

IHecebraceae .

I7I;

Glossocentrum . IJ45-II17 Qnelina . 172 Goodeniaceae . 171; Graffenrieda . 11^3, ll;9 Gramlneae 152, 153 Gro33ulariaceae , 173, 171; Guapira, 156 Guarea , li25 Guazuma , kS Guettarda, 162 Guevaria . 257-261; Gullandina . 156 Guttiferae, I7I; Gymnocoronis, 1, 2, 9, 10, 12, 18, 20, 3hh Gymnospenaae . 2l;0, 1;20, 1;31 Gyptldium . 121, 122 Gyptis , 121
.

Iltisia . 2577 258 Ipomoea , 1;5, l;2i; Iridaceae . 90, 1;35 Ischaemum . 98 Isoetes . 215 Iteaceae, I73, I7I;
Jaxnnea .
271;

Jubaea . 1;20 Juglandaceae , I7I; June aginac eae . I7I; Juncus . 95, 215 Juniperus , lj.8, |j?l| Karwinskia , 58, 59 Koanophyllon . 123, 121;, 127,
129, 257,
261;

Krameriaceae . 1;30 Lachnocaulcn, 103, 111, 171-172, 201;, 285-287 Lantana , 172, 503 Lardizabalaceae . I7I; Lasiacls . i^2ri53 Lathyrus , 75 Lavoisiera, 135-137

1975
Leandra, 11x3, Ihh Lecanora, 167, 333 Leguminosae, 71, 130 Lelothrlx , 209, 287-291, 387-388, 390, li78 Lemna , 216 Lennoaceae , U36 Lena , 72 Lentlbularlaceae , 215 Leonticaceae , 17h Lescfuerella , 67 Leucothoe , li62 Lichen , 189 Liliaceae, U35, Ii72-li76 Liliatae , hOU Liliiflorae . k3$ LImonium , U2ii Llnaceae , 17U, hhQ

Index
Melia , Ul8 Leliaceae . 17ii Kelosira , ^22 Mentha , U2li Meriania lli2, 11^3 kerulius, Uh6 L'esarithacum 291-293
,

509

29li,

Vesanthuai , 291

Mesecbryanthanaceae , U^S
L^etastelma . 157-159 Meteoriaceae . 118

Miconia . lUi-lli8 Microlicia, I36 MicroEonospora , 1^33

llicrospermae . U35 Itlicrospennma . 258, 261 tlieria , 275 Mikania . 123, 121; Vlmosa , 192 Lflmosaceae . 173, 171; tlineralia , )|1)i

Llparilnae , 112 Llppla . 70, 75, 169, 172 Littorella . 215 Lobelia , 215 Lomake , h2, 55 Loranthaceae , 17U, li37 Lorentea , 27ii, 275 Lotoxalls . U50, 1;56, U61, U63, U67 L7ca3tinae , Ul2 Lyslloma , lUt Machaerina , 95
llagnoliaceae , 17U,
liOU

Magnoliales , UOk Magnoliatae , UOU Magnoliidae, UOli Magnoliophyta . UOU Mahonia , k2h Maianthemum , 1x72, li75 Malplghiaceae . 171; Malvaceae , U22 Mariscus . 73, 71, 216 Martynlaceae . 17U Maxilariinae , Ul2 Maytenua , 156, 157 Medeola . U72 Melampodlim, 5ii

Mitchella 1^21; Molluginaceae 173 Monochlleae , 23 Monocotyledones , 2[tO Monotrcpaceae 173, 17U Moringaceae , 171; Mucorosae , I36 Murdannia . 100, 337, 338 Musa, 177, 179 Muscari , U75 Musci , 111; Myrica , 386
. . .

ifarriophylltaa .

216

59 , Najaa , I63 Neocuatrecasia , 121 Neonlrandea . 351-355, 357-361 Nerium , 395 Neurolaena , 2l;8 Nostoc , 171 Nostocaceae, Ul;8 Nuphar . 216, la7 Nymphaea , 216 Nymphozaiithus , 216

Myroxylon 157 Myrtlllocactua

,

510

PHYTOLOGIA
Phyla , 60, 169 Physaria, 67

Vol. 29, no. 6

Octomyxa , k33 Oidium, 55 Oleaceae , 171; Olyra , 36 Ophyrosponia . 257, 261; Opuntia, 58, ^9 Orchidaceae . 398, Ul2, k3S Orchldeae . Ul2 Orchloideae , 1;12 Oreowelsla . Hi;, 115
Qjcalldaceae . 17i^, Uh9 U5l, U53 ii55, U57, 1459, 1;61, 1;63, U65,
li67,
li69,

Phytolaccaceae . I7I; Pillmelia . 1;33 Pilotrichum . 118 Pinguicula . 215 Pinus, S9, hn Plqueria , 251, 253,
261, 261;

251i,

257-259,

I47I

Oralis, 14t9-lt53,
li66,

1^55,

U56, 1;59-

1;68,

1;69

Oxera, I7I, 503 Oxys , l;6l Paepalanthus . 76-78, 192, 208,

209, 211, 287, 288, 336-39ii, 177-503

29>330,

Palmaceae , UlS Palmae . laS Pandanus . 229 Panic eae . 153 Panicoideae . 153 Papaver , l;2li Papaveraceae . I7I; Paplo , hhl Paris . 1;72 Parmelia . I88-I9I Parnasslaceae . I7I; Passlfloraceae . I7I; Paulovmla , lp.Q Pectls , 27li, 275 Pedaliaceae . 171; Perama . 1;1
Petitia, 171 Petrea, I7I Phaeophyta . 396, 1;07 Phalacraea . 251-256, 258 Phania . 257 Phlladelphaceae . I73, 17I; Phllodlce . 317 Phleum . 1;38

Piquerlella . 258, 259, 261;-266 Plquerlnae . 258 Plqueriopsls . 257, 258 Plsonia . 156 Plantae, lill; Plantaglnaceae . 17li, 1U;8 Plantago . 21J. Platanaceae . I7I; Pleroma , I39 Pleurochrysis . 269 Pleurostlgma , \^ Pleurothallllnae . Ia2 Plexlpus . 1;1 Plumb aglnaceae . 17U Podocarpus , 1;80 Podophyllaceae . 171; Poinsettia . 28 Polemonlaceae . I7I; Polyactis . 1;83 Polybotrya . 362-368 Polygala . 238 Polygalaceae . I7I;
\

Polygonattnn . 1;72, li75 Polygonian . 386

Polypodiaceae . 362 Polystachylnae . lj.2

Porotrichxan . 117, II8

Phoenix ,

33I;

PhTTBiaceae , I73, I7I;

Porphyridium . 269 Portulacaceae , I7I; Potamogeton, 216 Poteranthera . I37, 138 Premna , I71 Prltchardla, 2la, 2l;2 Prlva . h3, 56 Prosopls . 58, 59 Protista , lai Pseudobombax. 1;5

1975

Index
Schlzophyta , 396 Schlcuhria 275 Sciadocephala , 1,
,

5U

Pseudoparmella , 188-191 Psilophytales , 271

Psophocarpus , 71 Pterldophyta , U20, k23, Ui2 Pterocarpua , ii2li Pteropsida, 271 Pterygophyllmn , 118 Ptllanthua , II43 Purshla , 168 Pycrena , 7ii Pyrrhophyta , U07 PyrrophTta , 396 Quercus, $k, 58, 2li2
Racopilian , 118

2,

11, 12, 19,

20, 3l43-3li6

Scilla , U75 Scirp\xa , 95 Scoliopus, U72 Sc rophulariaceae , U36 Scytonema , UiS Scytonamataceae , UhQ Sematophyllum , II8, 119 Semele , U72-U7U Senecio, 2ii7, 382-385 Senecioneae , -21^7
Sertuieum , I6I1 Seauvlxan , 168

Rafflealaceae , li36 Randla , 2'7H~ Raphidlopsis , Ui8 Raphlolepis , UI8 Rauwolfia , U2^ Reineckea , 1^72, U75 Relbunlum , U62 Restiaceae, 81
Rhacanitrlvnp , 116, 117
Rhamrius , liO^

Sigesbeckia,

21il

Solarium , 55, 59, 161, 323

Rhaphlolepla , Ul8 Rhlzophora , I69 Rhododendron , Ul8, I4I18 Rhodophyta , 396, U07 Rhynchanthera , 137 Rhynchospora , 95, 216
Rlviilarlaceae , Ui8 Roblnia , Ul8

Soromanes , 365 Sparganlum , 100 Spermacoce , 185-187 Spermatophyta , U20, U23, li31, ~ull2 Sphagnum , 95, 109, 215, 216 Sphenocleaceaa , 171; Sphenodeama , 171 Spirogyra , U07 Stachytarphe ta , i|2, U3, hi, IS,
52, 55, 56, 60, 62, 63, 76

Rondeletieae, 278 Rorippa , 215 Rosulati , li85 Rotala , 100 Rubiaceae, Ul, 161, 165, 21^2, 277-279, UOU Rublalea , lb5, 187 Ruacaceae , U72, l;7ii, li75 Ruscus, U72, U7li Salmonella , 332 Salvadoraceae , 17U Salvia . U 37 Sarracenla , U29 Schlatocarpha , 21^7-250, 339-3U2

Stanhopelnae , Ul2 Staphyleaceae , I7I4. Statice, ii2ii Stamnodontia , I6J4. S tephanophyllum , 287, 29l* Stilbaceae, 5U Streptopus , U72, U75 Strobllomycea , 179 Strychnoa , U35, U36 Svensooia , U2 Symbegonia , 172 Symphorema , 171 Symphoremaceae , 5U Symphyopappua , 12>125, 128, 129 Symplocaceae , 17U Syncophalantha , 273 Syncaphalanthua , 273 Syngonanthua, 77, 78, 87, 172,
203,
i!OU,

211, 233, 29U, 310,

512

PHYTOLOGIA

Vol, 29, no. 6

Syngonanthrtis (cont.), 316-319,

321, 329, 388, U95 Tachigalea , 21, 23, 29 Tagetes, 275, 276 Taligalea , 23, 25, 31

Tamar Indus , 1;18 Tamarix , 333 Taraxacum , 173 Tactona , 23, 183 Tetracarpum , 275 Tetranthus , l6Ii ThamniTm . 117, 118 Thamnobryum , 117, 118 Thamnoxys , hh9 Thyaelaeaceae , 17U Tibouchlna , 138-liiO Tocoyena, 278 Todea , 92 Tolyposporium , 86 Topobaea , Iit9-l5l Torrubia . 155, 156 Torullnium , 7U Tracaulon , 386 Trachypogon , 31 Tricarpelema , 337, 338 Trichocephalus , 288 Trichogonia . 123, 12k Tschudya , 1^3, Idih Tullpa , li75 Umbelllferae . 17U Uralepis . 121, 122 Ustilago, 86

Utricularia , 100, 215, 216, 221 Vahliaceae , 17U Valerianae eae , 30U Valerianales , 187 Valerianoldea 60 Varronia , 161 Verbena . Ul, Ii5-li7, 50-52, $$,
,

56, 60, 62, 70, 78, 132, 193,

503 Verbenaceae , 23, U-, 5U, 132 Verbenoideae , 23 Vernonieae , 121 Veronica , 62 Veaicaria , 67 Vespula , 180 Vlcia , li76 Vitex , 23 Viticoideae , 2li Vittetia , 121, 122 Vivipari , 302 Wedelia , I6h Wolfiella . 269 Xanthlum , 21^1 Xanthoparmelia , I88 Xantho3(yltm , l^k Xylosma , Ikj Xyria , 9$, 100, 221, 228 Zanichelliaceae " , 17U Zapania ,"^ Zygopetalinae , ijl2 Zygopetalum , 179
Uii8,

Publication dates for Volume Twenty-nine

No. 1 - September 28, 1974 No. 2 - November 5, 1974 No. 3 - December 5, 1974 No. 4 - December 5, 1974 No. 5 - December 13, 1974 No. 6 - January 4, 1975

"V

Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllilllllllll

3 5185 00232 2244

^T'

N.

mancRRter